As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 11, 2013

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Platform Specialty Products Corporation

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

The British Virgin Islands*   2890   37-1744899

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

5200 Blue Lagoon Drive, Suite 855

Miami, FL 33126

(203) 575-5700

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Frank Monteiro

5200 Blue Lagoon Drive, Suite 855

Miami, FL 33126

Phone: (203) 575-5700 /Fax: (203) 575-7970

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copy to:

Donn Beloff, Esq.

Kara L. MacCullough, Esq.

Greenberg Traurig, P.A.

401 East Las Olas Boulevard, Suite 2000

Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301

Phone: (954) 765-0500/Fax: (954) 765-1477

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: From time to time after the effective date of this registration statement.

If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨      Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer     x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

Calculation of Registration Fee

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

 

Amount

to be

registered

 

Proposed

maximum

offering price

per unit

 

Proposed

maximum

aggregate

offering price

 

Amount of

registration fee

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

  132,557,316(1)   $10.46(2)   $1, 386,549,525.36(2)   $178,587.58

Warrants

  48,742,662   $0.18(3)   $8, 773,679.16(3)   $1,130.50

Series A Preferred Stock

  2,000,000   —  (4)   —     $—  

Total

          $1,395,323,204.52   $179,718.08

 

 

* This registration statement is being filed to effect a domestication under Section 388 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and a discontinuance under Section 184 of the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (as amended), pursuant to which the Registrant’s jurisdiction of incorporation will be changed from the British Virgin Islands to the State of Delaware.
(1) The shares to be registered include (1) up to 1,933,636 shares of common stock of Platform Specialty Products Corporation to the MacDermid, Incorporated Profit Sharing and Employee Savings Plan in exchange for common and preferred stock of MacDermid, Incorporated held by such Plan, (2) 103,220,350 shares of common stock issuable upon the domestication in exchange of the Registrant’s ordinary shares, (3) 2,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Registrant’s outstanding Series A Preferred Stock subsequent to the domestication, (4) 8,905,776 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the outstanding Platform Delaware Holdings, Inc. common stock which is convertible into the Registrant’s common stock at the option of the holder at any time after the earlier of October 31, 2014 or a change of control of Platform, and (5) 16,497,554 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Registrant’s outstanding warrants and options subsequent to the domestication.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee, based on the closing price of the ordinary shares of Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited on the London Stock Exchange (the “LSE”) on October 10, 2013 ($10.46 per share), which is the date such ordinary shares stopped trading on the LSE, in accordance with Rule 457(f)(1).
(3) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee, based on the closing price of the warrants of Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited on the LSE on October 10, 2013 ($0.18 per share), which is the date such warrants stopped trading on the LSE, in accordance with Rule 457(f)(1).
(4) No additional fee due pursuant to Rule 457(i).

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED [ ], 2013

PROSPECTUS

PLATFORM SPECIALTY PRODUCTS CORPORATION

 

 

Shares of Common Stock

Warrants

Series A Preferred Stock

DOMESTICATION IN DELAWARE

 

 

On October 31, 2013, we indirectly acquired substantially all of the equity of, MacDermid Holdings, LLC (“MacDermid Holdings”), which owns approximately 97% of MacDermid, Incorporated, a Delaware Corporation (“MacDermid”). As a result, we became a holding company for the MacDermid business.

This prospectus relates to our proposal to change our jurisdiction of incorporation by discontinuing from the British Virgin Islands and continuing and domesticating as a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Domestication”). Platform Specialty Products Corporation is incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the British Virgin Islands under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004, as amended (the “BVI Companies Act”). To effect the Domestication, we will, upon the final approval of our Board of Directors, file a notice of continuation out of the British Virgin Islands with the British Virgin Islands Registrar of Corporate Affairs (we refer to the British Virgin Islands entity prior to the domestication as “Platform BVI”) and file a certificate of incorporation and a certificate of corporate domestication with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, under which we will be domesticated and continue as a Delaware corporation (we refer to the domesticated Delaware entity as “Platform Delaware”). On the effective date of the Domestication, each of our currently issued and outstanding ordinary shares will automatically convert in connection with the Domestication, on a one-for-one basis, into shares of Platform Delaware common stock. Under British Virgin Islands law and our current governing documents, we do not need shareholder approval of the Domestication, and our shareholders do not have statutory dissenters’ rights of appraisal as a result of the Domestication.

This prospectus also relates to the issuance of up to 1,933,636 shares of our common stock to the MacDermid, Incorporated Profit Sharing and Employee Savings Plan (the “Plan”) in exchange for common stock and preferred stock of MacDermid, an indirect subsidiary of Platform BVI, held by the Plan pursuant to an Exchange Agreement entered into on October 25, 2013 by and between us and the Plan fiduciaries (the “401(k) Exchange”). As of October 31, 2013, the Plan owned the remaining approximately 3% of outstanding stock of MacDermid, with an aggregate value of approximately $21.3 million, which will be exchanged for cash or shares of Platform common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Platform Common Stock”) at the election of the Plan participants. Given that the Plan does not hold shares of Platform BVI, in connection with the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition, we and the Plan fiduciaries entered into the Exchange Agreement to enable the exchange of the Plan shares for shares of Platform Delaware following the Domestication. If you are a Plan participant, you may elect to receive the value of the MacDermid stock that you hold in the Plan in either cash or shares of Platform Common Stock. If you elect to receive shares of Platform Common Stock, each such share will be valued at $11.00 per share, and to the extent that the average daily closing price of our common stock for the five days preceding the closing date of the 401(k) Exchange is below $11.00 per share, you will also receive cash equal to the difference. Neither the value or the number of the shares of Platform Common Stock nor the cash consideration, as the case may be, to be received by the Plan participants will be impacted if the average daily closing price for your Platform Common Stock for the five trading days immediately prior to the closing date of the 401(k) Exchange is above $11.00 per share.

You will have 20 business days from the date on which this prospectus is first sent or mailed to the Plan participants to make your election. We expect that the exchange offer will take place 3 business days after the expiration of this 20-day period.

We are not asking you for a proxy and you are requested not to send us a proxy. No shareholder action is required to effect the Domestication. See “The Domestication—No Vote or Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal in the Domestication.”

We intend to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the ticker symbol “PAH”. We expect that our warrants will be traded on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board.

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for future filings. Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 9 of this prospectus.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

This prospectus will not be filed with the British Virgin Islands Registrar of Corporate Affairs. Neither the British Virgin Islands Financial Services Commission nor the British Virgin Islands Registrar of Corporate Affairs accepts any responsibility for Platform Delaware’s financial soundness or the correctness of any of the statements made or opinions expressed in this prospectus.

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2013


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     9   

INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     28   

CAPITALIZATION

     30   

MARKET PRICES AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION

     31   

THE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

     32   

THE DOMESTICATION

     35   

PLATFORM SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     39   

PLATFORM MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     40   

MACDERMID SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     46   

MACDERMID MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     47   

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     71   

BUSINESS

     79   

MANAGEMENT AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

     91   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     98   

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     105   

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP

     108   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK; COMPARISON OF RIGHTS

     110   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DOMESTICATION

     127   

SECURITIES ACT RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OF PLATFORM DELAWARE COMMON STOCK

     135   

ACCOUNTING TREATMENT OF THE DOMESTICATION

     135   

VALIDITY OF THE CAPITAL STOCK

     135   

TAX MATTERS

     135   

CHANGE IN PLATFORM’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

     135   

EXPERTS

     136   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     136   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

APPENDIX A—PLATFORM BVI AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

     A-1   

APPENDIX B—FORM OF NEW CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF PLATFORM DELAWARE

     B-1   

APPENDIX C—FORM OF NEW BY-LAWS OF PLATFORM DELAWARE

     C-1   

APPENDIX D—EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

     D-1   

APPENDIX D-1—FORM OF INDICATION OF INTEREST NOTICE

     D-I-1   

 

i


No person has been authorized to give any information or make any representation concerning us or the Domestication (other than as contained in this prospectus) and, if any such other information or representation is given or made, you should not rely on it as having been authorized by us. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front cover of this prospectus or the date of the incorporated document, as applicable.

Terms Used in This Prospectus

Unless the context otherwise requires, in this prospectus, the terms “the Company,” “Platform,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Platform Specialty Products Corporation (and its consolidated subsidiaries as a combined entity) as it currently exists under British Virgin Islands law and will continue under Delaware law after the Domestication, and the terms “Platform BVI” and “Platform Delaware” refer to the Company prior to and after the Domestication, respectively.

Trademarks and Trade Names

This prospectus contains some of our trademarks and trade names. See “Business—Patents, Trademarks and Proprietary Products.” All other trademarks or trade names of any other company appearing in this prospectus belong to their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus are referred to without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto.

Industry and Market Data

We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data described or referred to throughout this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research as well as from industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. While we believe our internal company estimates and research are reliable and the market definitions are appropriate, neither such research nor these definitions have been verified by any independent source.

 

ii


Summary

This summary provides an overview of selected information regarding our operations on a consolidated basis, including the operations of MacDermid that we acquired on October 31, 2013. Because this is only a summary, it may not contain all of the information that may be important to you in understanding (i) the exchange of capital stock of MacDermid for our common stock and (ii) the Domestication. You should carefully read this entire prospectus, including the section entitled “Risk Factors.” See the section of this prospectus entitled “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Overview

We were incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the British Virgin Islands under the BVI Companies Act on April 23, 2013 under the name Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited. Platform was created for the purpose of acquiring a target company or business with an anticipated enterprise value of between $750 million and $2.5 billion. Effective October 31, 2013, we changed our name to Platform Specialty Products Corporation.

On October 31, 2013, we completed the acquisition of substantially all of MacDermid pursuant to a Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger (collectively the “BCA”) in which we indirectly acquired substantially all of the equity of MacDermid Holdings which owns approximately 97% of the outstanding shares of MacDermid (the “MacDermid Holdings Acquisition”).

The total consideration for the equity acquired in the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition and the MacDermid Plan Shares to be acquired upon completion of the 401(k) Exchange will be approximately $1.8 billion (including the assumption of approximately $756 million of indebtedness), subject to a post-closing working capital adjustment, plus (i) up to $100 million of contingent consideration tied to achievement of EBITDA and stock trading price performance metrics over a seven-year period following the closing of the acquisition and (ii) an interest in certain MacDermid pending litigation.

In connection with the acquisition of MacDermid, on October 25, 2013, we entered into an Exchange Agreement with the Plan fiduciaries pursuant to which we agreed to acquire, and the Plan agreed to exchange, the remaining approximately 3% of MacDermid equity interests (the “MacDermid Plan Shares”) not already held by MacDermid Holdings. The MacDermid Plan Shares represent $21.3 million of the total consideration. The MacDermid Plan Shares will be exchanged, following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, for (i) cash and/or (ii) shares of Platform Common Stock, at the election of the Plan participants.

Our Business

We are a global producer of high technology specialty chemical products and provider of technical services. Our business involves the manufacture of a broad range of specialty chemicals, which we create by blending raw materials, and the incorporation of these chemicals into multi-step technological processes. These specialty chemicals and processes together encompass the products we sell to our customers in the electronics, metal and plastic plating, graphic arts, and offshore oil production and drilling industries. We refer to our products as “dynamic chemistries” due to their delicate chemical compositions, which are frequently altered during customer use. Our dynamic chemistries are used in a wide variety of attractive niche markets. We manage and report our business in two operating segments: a Performance Materials segment and a Graphic Solutions segment.

We sell our products into three geographic regions: Asia, Europe and the Americas. Because our Performance Materials segment utilizes shared facilities and administrative resources and offers products that are

 

 

1


distinct from those within our Graphic Solutions segment, we make decisions about how to manage our operations by reference to each segment and not with respect to the underlying products or geographic regions that comprise each segment.

Performance Materials

Our Performance Materials segment manufactures and markets dynamic chemistry solutions that are used in the electronics, automotive and oil and gas production and drilling industries. We operate in Europe, the Americas and Asia. Our products include surface and coating materials and water-based hydraulic control fluids. In conjunction with the sale of these products, we provide extensive technical service and support to ensure superior performance of their application.

Graphic Solutions

Our Graphic Solutions segment primarily produces and markets photopolymers through an extensive line of flexographic plates that are used in the commercial packaging and printing industries. Our operations in the Graphic Solutions segment are predominately in the Americas and Europe.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 5200 Blue Lagoon Drive, Suite 855, Miami, FL 33126 and our telephone number is (203) 575-5700.

The Domestication

We intend to change our jurisdiction of incorporation from the British Virgin Islands to the State of Delaware, and we refer to this change as the “Domestication.” We will affect the Domestication by filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a certificate of corporate domestication and a certificate of incorporation of Platform Delaware, and by filing with the British Virgin Islands Registrar of Corporate Affairs a notice of continuation out of the British Virgin Islands and certified copies of the certificates filed in Delaware. The Domestication and the certificate of incorporation of Platform Delaware were approved by our Board of Directors in connection with our acquisition of MacDermid, and no action of our shareholders is required to effect the Domestication. We anticipate that the Domestication will become effective shortly after the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part (we refer to this date as the “Effective Time”). See “Description of Capital Stock; Comparison of Rights—Effective Time”. Platform BVI has not received, and is not required by British Virgin Islands law to receive, approval of a plan of arrangement in the British Virgin Islands, and no plan of arrangement is contemplated.

Comparison of Shareholder Rights

The Domestication will change our jurisdiction of incorporation from the British Virgin Islands to the State of Delaware and, as a result, our organizational documents will change and will be governed by Delaware law rather than British Virgin Islands law. Those new organizational documents and Delaware law contain provisions that may differ in certain respects from those in our current organizational documents and British Virgin Islands law. For a more detailed description of how the new organizational documents and Delaware law may differ from our current organizational documents and British Virgin Islands law, please see “Description of Capital Stock; Comparison of Rights—Comparison of Rights” below. Our business, assets and liabilities on a consolidated basis, as well as our executive officers, principal business locations and fiscal year, will not change as a result of the Domestication.

 

 

2


The most significant differences between our current organizational documents and British Virgin Islands law and the new organizational documents and Delaware law are as follows:

 

    Delaware law requires that all amendments to the certificate of incorporation of Platform Delaware must be approved by the Board of Directors and by the stockholders, while amendments to the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of Platform BVI may be made by resolutions of the directors (in limited circumstances) or by the holders of ordinary shares;

 

    Delaware law prohibits the repurchase of shares of Platform Delaware when its capital is impaired or would become impaired by the repurchase, while there are no capital limitations in the BVI Companies Act;

 

    The Platform Delaware certificate of incorporation prohibits the common stockholders of Platform Delaware from acting by written consent, while the Platform BVI Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association permit shareholder action by written consent;

 

    The Platform Delaware by-laws require stockholders desiring to bring a matter before an annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate a candidate for election as director to provide notice to Platform Delaware within certain time frames, while the Platform BVI organizational documents do not contain similar notice requirements;

 

    The Platform Delaware by-laws do not permit the stockholders of Platform Delaware to call meetings of stockholders under any circumstances, while the shareholders holding 30% of the voting rights in respect of the matter for which the meeting is called may require the directors to call a meeting of shareholders of Platform BVI;

 

    Under Delaware law, only the stockholders may remove directors, while under British Virgin Islands law, a majority of the directors may remove a fellow director;

 

    Under the Platform Delaware certificate of incorporation and by-laws, vacancies and unfilled directorships may be filled solely by the remaining directors, while under the Platform BVI Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association vacancies may be filled by either the directors or the shareholders;

 

    Under Delaware law, directors may not act by proxy, while under British Virgin Islands law, directors may appoint another director or person to vote in his place, exercise his other rights as director, and perform his duties as director;

 

    Under Delaware law, a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Platform Delaware requires stockholder approval, while the Platform BVI Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association eliminate the shareholder vote otherwise required by the British Virgin Islands laws for a sale of more than 50% of the assets of Platform BVI;

 

    Under Delaware law, stockholders may dissent and obtain the fair value of their shares in connection with certain corporate actions, while British Virgin Islands law provides no similar right to shareholders; and

 

    Under Delaware law, “business combinations” with “interested stockholders” are prohibited for a certain period of time absent certain requirements, while British Virgin Islands law provides no similar prohibition.

Share Conversion

We are currently authorized to issue an unlimited number of no par value shares which may be either ordinary shares or preferred shares. As of December 1, 2013, there were 103,220,350 ordinary shares of Platform issued and outstanding, and 2,000,000 Founder Preferred Shares issued and outstanding. In addition, as of December 1, 2013, there were issued and outstanding (i) 48,742,662 warrants exercisable to purchase 16,247,554

 

 

3


Platform ordinary shares at an exercise price of $11.50 per share and (ii) 250,000 options to purchase Platform ordinary shares, all of which are fully vested. In addition, at any time after the earlier of October 31, 2014 or a change of control of Platform, we will be obligated to issue up to 8,905,776 shares of our common stock in exchange for shares of common stock of Platform Delaware Holdings, Inc., a Delaware subsidiary of Platform (“PDH”), on a one-for-one basis, at the option of the holder.

We may also be obligated to issue additional shares of Platform Common Stock as a dividend on our Founder Preferred Shares. See “Description of Capital Stock; Comparison of Rights—Shares Reserved for Future Issuances.” In connection with the Domestication, each ordinary share of Platform BVI that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will automatically convert into one share of common stock of Platform Delaware. Similarly, outstanding options, warrants and other rights to acquire Platform BVI shares will become options, warrants or rights to acquire the corresponding shares of stock of Platform Delaware. It will not be necessary for shareholders of Platform BVI who currently hold share certificates to exchange their existing share certificates for certificates of shares of common stock of Platform Delaware in connection with the Domestication. See “The Domestication—Domestication Share Conversion” below.

In connection with the Domestication, each Founder Preferred Share that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will be converted into one share of Series A Preferred Stock of Platform Delaware. The Series A Preferred Stock will be automatically converted into shares of Platform Delaware common stock on a one-for-one basis upon the occurrence of certain events. See “Description of Capital Stock; Comparison of Rights—Series A Preferred Stock.”

Reasons for the Domestication

Our Board of Directors believes that the Domestication will, among other things:

 

    provide legal, administrative and other similar efficiencies;

 

    relocate our jurisdiction of organization to one that is the choice of domicile for many publicly traded corporations, as there is an abundance of case law to assist in interpreting the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), and the Delaware legislature frequently updates the DGCL to reflect current technology and legal trends; and

 

    provide a more favorable corporate environment which will help us compete more effectively with other publicly traded companies in raising capital and in attracting and retaining skilled, experienced personnel.

Risk Factors

An investment in our common stock will involve risks. Please review the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 6 of this prospectus.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Domestication

See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Domestication” for important information regarding U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to (A) the Domestication and (B) the ownership and disposition of Platform Common Stock. Platform believes that a domestication of Platform BVI occurred on the date of the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition as a result of the transaction being treated as an “inversion” for federal income tax purposes (See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Inversion”). However, the IRS may conclude that the domestication of Platform BVI for federal income tax purposes did not occur on the date of the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition, but on the actual date of the Domestication.

 

 

4


In the case of a domestication of a foreign corporation such as Platform BVI (regardless of whether it occurs on the date of MacDermid Holdings Acquisition or the Domestication), a U.S. Holder (as defined in “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences”) who on the day that Platform BVI becomes a U.S. corporation for federal income tax purposes beneficially owns (directly, indirectly or constructively) Platform stock with a fair market value of $50,000 or more, but less than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of Platform BVI stock entitled to vote, generally will recognize gain (but not loss) on the exchange of its Platform BVI stock for Platform Common Stock in a fully taxable transaction, unless such U.S. Holder elects in accordance with applicable Treasury regulations to include in income the “all earnings and profits” amount attributable to its Platform BVI stock. The U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Domestication are complex, and the foregoing is qualified in its entirety by the section below entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

No Vote or Dissenters Rights of Appraisal in the Domestication

Under British Virgin Islands law and the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of Platform BVI, we do not need shareholder approval of the Domestication, and our shareholders do not have statutory dissenters’ rights of appraisal or any other appraisal rights as a result of the Domestication. See “The Domestication—No Vote or Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal in the Domestication.”

The 401(k) Exchange

 

Common stock offered by us

   1,933,636 shares(1)

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

   105,153,986 shares(2)

Use of proceeds

   We will not receive any cash proceeds from the 401(k) Exchange.

 

(1) Assumes that Plan participants holding all outstanding MacDermid Plan Shares elect to receive shares of Platform Common Stock in the 401(k) Exchange. As of the closing of the Merger, the MacDermid Plan Shares had an aggregate value of $21,207,006, subject to adjustment as set forth in the BCA.
(2) Assumes that all Plan participants elect to receive shares of Platform Common Stock. Does not include (i) up to 8,905,776 shares of our common stock issuable in exchange for shares of PDH common stock, at the option of the holder, at any time after the earlier of October 31, 2014 or a change of control of Platform, (ii) 2,000,000 shares issuable upon the conversion of the Founder Preferred Shares, (iii) 16,247,554 shares issuable upon the exercise of the Platform Warrants, (iv) 250,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of the outstanding options and (v) shares issuable as dividends pursuant to the terms of our Founder Preferred Shares.

 

 

5


Organizational Structure

The following chart shows the organizational structure of Platform as of October 31, 2013 immediately following the closing of the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition.

 

LOGO

 

 

6


The following chart shows the anticipated organizational structure of Platform immediately following the Domestication.

 

LOGO

The following chart shows the anticipated organizational structure of Platform immediately following the 401(k) Exchange.

 

LOGO

 

 

7


 

(1) In connection with the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition, we created PDH. PDH, in turn, formed Platform Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Merger Sub”). Merger Sub merged with and into MacDermid Holdings, with MacDermid Holdings surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of PDH (the “Merger”).
(2) Prior to the consummation of the Merger, certain members of MacDermid Holdings were offered the opportunity to exchange their equity interests in MacDermid Holdings for common stock in PDH and a proportionate share of (i) a contingent purchase price worth up to $100 million upon the achievement of certain EBITDA and stock price thresholds during the seven-year period after the Merger (the “CPP”) and (ii) an interest in certain pending litigation (the “CLP” and together with the CPP, the “PDH Stock Consideration”). Holders of approximately 14% of the equity interests in MacDermid Holdings elected to receive PDH Stock Consideration (such holders, “Retaining MacDermid Holdings Holders”). The remaining 86% of MacDermid Holdings equity interests were exchanged in the Merger for cash and their proportionate share of the CLP. As a result, Platform BVI has an 86% controlling interest in PDH, which in turn indirectly owns approximately 97% of MacDermid prior to the 401(k) Exchange and would own 100% thereafter. The remaining 14% of PDH is controlled by the Retaining MacDermid Holdings Holders. Holders of PDH common stock have the right to exchange such shares for shares of Platform ordinary shares or common stock, as the case may be, on a one-for-one basis, at any time after the earlier of October 31, 2014 or a change of control of Platform.
(3) The Plan’s interests consist of 1,514,371.01 shares of common stock of MacDermid, no par value, and 1,469 shares of 9.5% Series B Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock of MacDermid, no par value.

 

 

8


Risk Factors

Any investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk, including the risks described below. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer. As a result, the trading price of our shares could decline, perhaps significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment. The risks discussed below also include forward-looking statements and our actual results may differ substantially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. See the section entitled “Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our business and results of operations could be adversely affected if we fail to protect our intellectual property rights.

Our success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to protect and preserve our intellectual property rights and the rights to our proprietary processes, methods, compounds and other technology. Failure to protect our existing intellectual property rights may result in the loss of valuable technologies or in our having to pay other companies for infringing on their intellectual property rights. We rely on confidentiality agreements and patent, trade secret, trademark and copyright law as well as judicial enforcement of all of the foregoing to protect such technologies and intellectual property rights. In addition, some of our technologies are not covered by any patent or patent application.

We may be unable to prevent third parties from using our intellectual property and other proprietary information without our authorization or from independently developing intellectual property and other proprietary information that is similar to ours, particularly in countries where the laws do not protect our proprietary rights to the same degree as in the United States. The use of our intellectual property and other proprietary information by others could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantages we have developed, cause us to lose sales or otherwise harm our business. If it becomes necessary for us to litigate to protect these rights, any proceedings could be burdensome and costly, and we may not prevail.

Our patents also may not provide us with any competitive advantage and may be challenged by third parties. Further, our competitors may attempt to design around our patents. Our competitors may also already hold or have applied for patents in the United States or abroad that, if enforced or issued, could prevail over our patent rights or otherwise limit our ability to manufacture or sell one or more of our products in the United States or abroad. With respect to our pending patent applications, we may not be successful in securing patents for these claims. Our failure to secure these patents may limit our ability to protect inventions that these applications were intended to cover. In addition, the expiration of a patent can result in increased competition with consequent erosion of profit margins.

Competitors or other parties may, from time to time, assert issued patents or other intellectual property rights against us. If we are legally determined to infringe or violate the intellectual property rights of another party, we may have to pay damages, stop the infringing use, or attempt to obtain a license agreement with the owner of such intellectual property. Further, even if we are successful in defending our rights, such litigation could be burdensome and costly.

In some cases, we rely upon unpatented proprietary manufacturing expertise, continuing technological innovation and other trade secrets to develop and maintain our competitive position. While we generally will enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees and third parties to protect our intellectual property, our confidentiality agreements could be breached and may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or proprietary manufacturing expertise. In addition, adequate remedies may not be available in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets or manufacturing expertise. Violations by others of our confidentiality agreements and the loss of employees who have specialized knowledge and expertise could harm our competitive position and cause our sales and operating results to decline as a result of increased competition.

 

9


In addition, we rely on both registered and unregistered trademarks to protect our name and brands. Failure by us to adequately maintain the quality of our products and services associated with our trademarks or any loss to the distinctiveness of our trademarks may cause us to lose certain trademark protection, which could result in the loss of goodwill and brand recognition in relation to our name and products. In addition, successful third-party challenges to the use of any of our trademarks may require us to rebrand our business or certain products or services associated therewith.

The failure of our patents, applicable intellectual property law or our confidentiality agreements to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary information, including our processes, apparatuses, technology, trade secrets, trade names and proprietary manufacturing expertise, methods and compounds, or if we are unsuccessful in our judicial enforcement proceedings, could have a material adverse effect on our competitive advantages and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and share price.

We may experience claims that our products infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which may cause us to incur unexpected costs or prevent us from selling our products.

We seek to improve our business processes and develop new products and applications. Many of our competitors have a substantial amount of intellectual property that we must continually monitor to avoid infringement. We cannot guarantee that we will not experience claims that our processes and products infringe issued patents (whether present or future) or other intellectual property rights belonging to others. For example, we are currently a defendant in a patent infringement claim, which has been vigorously opposed by us, relating to technology that is important to us, although we do not expect this claim to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions, results of operations or reputation. From time to time, we oppose patent applications that we consider overbroad or otherwise invalid in order to maintain the ability to operate freely in our various business lines without the risk of being sued for patent infringement. If, however, patents are subsequently issued on any such applications by other parties, or if patents belonging to others already exist that cover our products, processes or technologies, we could experience claims for infringement or have to take other remedial or curative actions to continue our manufacturing and sales activities with respect to one or more products. Such actions could include payment of damages, stopping the use, obtaining licenses from these parties or substantially re-engineering our products or processes in order to avoid infringement. We may not be able to obtain the necessary licenses on acceptable terms, or at all, or be able to re-engineer our products successfully. Moreover, if we are sued for infringement and lose, we could be required to pay substantial damages or be enjoined from using or selling the infringing products or technology. Further, intellectual property litigation is expensive and time-consuming, regardless of the merits of any claim, and could divert our management’s attention from operating our business.

Our relationship with our employees could deteriorate, and certain key employees could leave the Company, which could adversely affect our business and our results of operations.

Our business involves complex operations and therefore demands a management team and employee workforce that is knowledgeable and expert in many areas necessary for our operations. As a company focused on manufacturing and highly technical customer service, we rely on our ability to attract and retain skilled employees, including our specialized research and development and sales and service personnel, to maintain our efficient production processes, to drive innovation in our product offerings and to maintain our deep customer relationships. As of September 30, 2013, MacDermid employed approximately 2,000 full-time employees, approximately 1,000 of whom were members of its research and development and sales and service teams. The departure of a significant number of our highly skilled employees or of one or more employees who hold key regional management positions could have an adverse impact on our operations, including as a result of customers choosing to follow a regional manager to one of our competitors.

In addition, many of our full-time employees are employed outside the United States. In certain jurisdictions where we operate, particularly, Brazil, France, Germany Italy, and Japan, labor and employment laws are relatively stringent and, in many cases, grant significant job protection to certain employees, including rights on termination

 

10


of employment. In addition, in certain countries where we operate, our employees are members of unions or are represented by a works council as required by law. We are often required to consult and seek the consent or advice of these unions and/or works councils. These laws, coupled with the requirement to consult with the relevant unions or works councils, could adversely affect our flexibility in managing costs and responding to market changes and could limit our ability to access the skilled employees on which our business depends.

The due diligence undertaken in connection with our acquisition of MacDermid may not have revealed all relevant considerations or liabilities of MacDermid, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

There can be no assurance that the due diligence undertaken by us in connection with our acquisition of MacDermid has revealed all relevant facts that may be necessary to evaluate such acquisition. Furthermore, the information provided during due diligence may have been incomplete, inadequate or inaccurate. As part of the due diligence process, we have also made subjective judgments regarding the results of operations, financial condition and prospects of MacDermid. If the due diligence investigation has failed to correctly identify material issues and liabilities that may be present in MacDermid, or if we consider any identified material risks to be commercially acceptable relative to the opportunity, we may incur substantial impairment charges or other losses following our acquisition of MacDermid. In addition, we may be subject to significant, previously undisclosed liabilities of MacDermid that were not identified during due diligence and which could contribute to poor operational performance and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Conditions in the global economy may directly adversely affect our net sales, gross profit and financial condition and may result in delays or reductions in our spending that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, prospects and share price.

Our products are sold in industries that are sensitive to changes in general economic conditions, including the metals and plastics finishings, electronics, oil production and drilling and graphic arts industries. Accordingly, our net sales, gross profit and financial condition depend significantly on general economic conditions and the demand for our specialty chemical products and services in the markets in which we compete. Delays or reductions in our customers’ chemical products purchasing that result from economic downturns would reduce demand for our products and services and could, consequently, have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, prospects and share price.

Our net sales and gross profit have varied depending on our product, customer and geographic mix for any given period, which makes it difficult to forecast future operating results.

Our net sales and gross profit vary among our products and services, and customer groups and markets, and therefore may be different in future periods from historic or current periods. Overall gross profit margins in any given period are dependent in large part on the product, customer and geographic mix reflected in that period’s net sales. Market trends, competitive pressures, commoditization of products, increased component or shipping costs, regulatory conditions and other factors may result in reductions in revenue or pressure on the gross profit margins of certain segments in a given period. Given the nature of our business, the impact of these factors on our business and results of operations will likely vary from period to period and from product to product. For example, a change in market trends that results in a decline in demand for products or businesses that are then high margin will have a disproportionately greater adverse effect on our profits for that period. The varying nature of our product, customer and geographic mix between periods therefore has materially impacted our net sales and gross profit between periods during certain recessionary times and may lead to difficulties in measuring the potential impact of market, regulatory and other factors on our business. As a result, we may be challenged in our ability to forecast our future operating results. Further, business acquisitions can compound the difficulty in making comparisons between prior, current and future periods because acquisitions and divestitures, which are not ordinary course events, also affect our gross profit margins and our overall operating results.

 

11


We face intense competition, and our failure to compete successfully may have an adverse effect on our net sales, gross profit and financial condition.

Our industry is highly competitive, and most of our product lines compete against product lines from at least two competitors. We encounter competition from numerous and varied competitors in all areas of our business; however, our most significant competitors are Atotech (a division of Total S.A.), DuPont, Enthone (an Alent plc company) and Rohm and Haas (a division of Dow Chemical). Further, in our Performance Materials segment, our products compete not only with similar products manufactured by our competitors, but also against a variety of chemical and non-chemical alternatives provided by our competitors. Industry consolidation may result in larger, more homogeneous and potentially stronger competitors in the markets in which we compete.

We compete primarily on the basis of quality, technology, performance, reliability, brand, reputation, range of products and services, and service and support. We expect our competitors to continue to develop and introduce new products and to enhance their existing products, which could cause a decline in market acceptance of our products. Our competitors may also improve their manufacturing processes or expand their manufacturing capacity, which could make it more difficult or expensive for us to compete successfully. In addition, our competitors could enter into exclusive arrangements with our existing or potential customers or suppliers, which could limit our ability, or make it significantly more expensive, to acquire necessary raw materials or to generate sales.

Some of our competitors may have greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do and may be able to devote greater resources to promoting and selling certain products. Unlike many of our competitors who specialize in a single or limited number of product lines, we have a portfolio of businesses and must allocate resources across those businesses. As a result, we may invest less in certain areas of our business than our competitors invest in competing businesses, and our competitors may therefore have greater financial, technical and marketing resources available to them with respect to those businesses.

Some of our competitors may also incur fewer expenses than we do in creating, marketing and selling certain products and may face fewer risks in introducing new products to the market. This circumstance results from the nature of our business model, which is based on providing innovative and high quality products and therefore may require that we spend a proportionately greater amount on research and development than some of our competitors. If our pricing and other factors are not sufficiently competitive, or if there is an adverse reaction to our product decisions, we may lose market share in certain areas, which could adversely affect our net sales, gross profit and our prospects. Further, because many of our competitors are small divisions of large, international businesses, these competitors may have access to greater resources then we do and may therefore be better able to withstand a change in conditions within our industry and throughout the economy as a whole.

If we do not compete successfully by developing and deploying new cost effective products, processes and technologies on a timely basis and by adapting to changes in our industry and the global economy, our net sales, gross profit and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Our substantial international operations subject us to risks not faced by domestic competitors, including unfavorable political, regulatory, labor, tax and economic conditions in other countries that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Currently, we operate, or others operate on our behalf, facilities in 24 countries, in addition to our operations in the United States. We expect sales from international markets to represent an increasing portion of our net sales. Accordingly, our business is subject to risks related to the different legal, political, social and regulatory requirements and economic conditions of many jurisdictions. Risks inherent in our international operations include the following:

 

    agreements and intellectual property rights may be difficult to enforce and receivables difficult to collect through a foreign country’s legal system;

 

12


    foreign customers may have increased credit risk and different financial conditions, which may necessitate longer payment cycles or result in increased bad debt write-offs or additions to reserves related to our foreign receivables;

 

    foreign countries may impose additional withholding taxes or otherwise tax our foreign income, impose tariffs or adopt other restrictions on foreign trade or investment, including currency exchange controls;

 

    foreign exchange controls may delay, restrict or prohibit the repatriation of funds, and any restrictions on the repatriation of funds may result in adverse tax consequences and tax inefficiencies;

 

    U.S. export licenses may be difficult to obtain;

 

    there may be delays and interruptions in transportation of our products;

 

    fluctuations in exchange rates may affect product demand and may adversely affect the profitability in U.S. Dollars of products and services provided by us in markets where payment for our products and services is made in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar;

 

    general economic conditions in the countries in which we operate, including fluctuations in gross domestic product, interest rates, market demand, labor costs and other factors beyond our control, could have an adverse effect on our net sales in those countries;

 

    our results of operations in a particular country could be affected by political or economic instability on a country-specific or global level from various causes, including the possibility of hyperinflationary conditions, natural disasters and terrorist activities and the response to such conditions and events;

 

    we may experience difficulties in staffing and managing multi-national operations, including the possibility of labor disputes abroad;

 

    unexpected adverse changes in foreign laws or regulatory requirements may occur, including environmental, health and safety laws (such as the European Union’s REACH regulations) and laws and regulations affecting export and import duties and quotas;

 

    compliance with a variety of foreign laws and regulations may be difficult;

 

    we may be subject to the risks of divergent business expectations resulting from cultural incompatibility; and

 

    overlap of different tax regimes may subject us to additional taxes.

Our business in emerging markets requires us to respond to rapid changes in market conditions in these countries. Our overall success as a global business depends, in part, upon our ability to succeed in different legal, regulatory, economic, social and political conditions. We cannot assure you that we will succeed in developing and implementing policies and strategies which will be effective in each location where we do business. Furthermore, any of the foregoing factors or any combination thereof could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have made investments in and are expanding our business into emerging markets and regions, which exposes us to certain risks.

As the regional sales mix in the Performance Materials segment has shifted from more industrialized nations towards emerging markets, we have increased our presence in emerging markets, including Greater China, Southeast Asia and South America, by investing significantly in these regions. For example, we have developed state-of-the-art facilities in Suzhou, China, and São Paulo, Brazil to better serve our customers and we remain focused on further increasing our presence in these markets. Furthermore, sales into Asia (excluding the non-emerging markets of Australia, Singapore, Hong Kong and Japan) and Brazil represented 22.9% and 25% of all net sales for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively.

 

13


Our operations in these markets may be subject to a variety of risks including economies that may be dependent on only a few products and therefore subject to significant fluctuations, consumers with limited or fluctuating disposable income and discretionary spending on which the end users of our products depend, weak legal systems which may affect our ability to enforce our intellectual property and contractual rights, exchange controls, unstable governments and privatization, changes in customs or tax regimes, or other government actions affecting the flow of goods and currency. Accordingly, changes in any of these areas may have significant negative impacts on our financial condition and operating results.

We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, which may adversely affect our operating results and may significantly affect the comparability of our results between financial periods.

The results of operations and financial condition of each of our foreign operating subsidiaries are reported in the relevant local currency and then translated to U.S. Dollars for inclusion in our consolidated financial statements. Exchange rates between these currencies and the U.S. Dollar in recent years have fluctuated significantly and are likely to continue to do so in the future. For the year ended December 31, 2012, an average of approximately 67% of our pro forma net sales were denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar and, for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, an average of approximately 67% of our pro forma net sales were also so denominated. These foreign currencies included predominantly the Euro, British Pound Sterling, Hong Kong Dollar, Chinese Yuan, Japanese Yen and Brazilian Real. A depreciation of these currencies against the U.S. Dollar will decrease the U.S. Dollar equivalent of the amounts derived from operations reported in these foreign currencies and an appreciation of these currencies will result in a corresponding increase in such amounts. From time to time we may engage in exchange rate hedging activities in an effort to mitigate the impact of exchange rate fluctuations. We cannot, however, assure you that this arrangement or any other exchange rate hedging arrangements we may enter into from time to time will be effective. If our hedging activities are not effective or if additional hedging transactions are not available, changes in currency exchange rates may have a more significant impact on our results of operations.

Because we do not manage our foreign currency exposure in a manner that would eliminate the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates on our net sales, cash flows and fair values of assets and liabilities, our financial performance can be positively or negatively impacted by changes in foreign exchange rates in any given reporting period.

Besides currency translation risks, we incur currency transaction risk whenever one of our operating subsidiaries enters into either a purchase or a sales transaction using a different currency from the currency in which it records revenues. Given the volatility of exchange rates, we cannot assure you that we will be able to effectively manage our currency transaction or translation risks or that any volatility in currency exchange rates will not have an adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Failure to comply with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and other similar anti-corruption laws, could subject us to penalties and damage our reputation.

We are subject to the FCPA, which generally prohibits U.S. companies and their intermediaries from making corrupt payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business or otherwise obtaining favorable treatment, and requires companies to maintain certain policies and procedures. Certain of the jurisdictions in which we conduct business are at a heightened risk for corruption, extortion, bribery, pay-offs, theft and other fraudulent practices. Under the FCPA, U.S. companies may be held liable for actions taken by their strategic or local partners or representatives. If we, or our intermediaries, fail to comply with the requirements of the FCPA, or similar laws of other countries, governmental authorities in the United States or elsewhere, as applicable, could seek to impose civil and/or criminal penalties, which could damage our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

14


Changes in our customers’ products and processes can reduce the demand for our specialty chemicals.

Our specialty chemicals are used for a broad range of applications by our customers. Changes, including technological changes, in our customers’ products or processes may make our specialty chemicals unnecessary, which would reduce the demand for those chemicals. We have had, and may continue to have, customers that find alternative materials or processes and therefore no longer require our products.

We generally do not have long-term contracts with the customers in our Performance Materials segment.

With some exceptions, our relationships with the customers in our Performance Materials segment are based primarily upon individual sales orders. As such, our customers in the businesses that comprise our Performance Materials segment could cease buying our products from us at any time, for any reason, with little or no recourse. If multiple customers, or a material customer, within those businesses elected not to purchase products from us, our business prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

The loss of certain customers or independent, third-party distributors in either our Performance materials or Graphic Solutions segment could adversely affect our overall sales and profitability.

In both our Performance Materials and our Graphic Solutions segment, we have customers and independent, third-party distributors, the loss of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations for the affected earnings periods. The principal products purchased by such customers are surface finishing chemicals in our Performance Materials segment and solid sheet printing elements in our Graphic Solutions segment.

Our net sales, gross profit and financial condition could be reduced by decreases in the average selling prices of products in the specialty chemicals industry.

Decreases in the average selling prices of our products may have a material adverse effect on our net sales, gross profit and financial condition. Our ability to maintain or increase our gross profit margin will continue to be dependent, in large part, upon our ability to offset decreases in average selling prices by improving production efficiency or by shifting to higher margin chemical products. In the past, MacDermid has elected to discontinue selling certain products as a result of sustained material decreases in the selling price of its products and its inability to effectively offset such decrease through shifts in operations. If we are unable to respond effectively to decreases in the average selling prices of our products in the future, our net sales, gross profit and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. Further, while we may elect to discontinue businesses that are significantly affected by such price decreases, we cannot assure you that any such discontinuation will mitigate the related declines in our financial condition.

Increases in costs or reductions in the supplies of specialty and commodity chemicals we use in our manufacturing process could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

We use a variety of specialty and commodity chemicals in our manufacturing processes. Our manufacturing operations depend upon obtaining adequate supplies of raw materials on a timely basis. We typically purchase our major raw materials on a contract or as needed basis from outside sources. The availability and prices of raw materials may be subject to curtailment or change due to, among other things, the financial stability of our suppliers, suppliers’ allocations to other purchasers, interruptions in production by suppliers, new laws or regulations, changes in exchange rates and worldwide price levels. Further, in some cases, we are limited in our ability to purchase certain raw materials from other suppliers by our supply agreements which contain certain minimum purchase requirements. Additionally, we cannot assure you that, as our supply contracts expire, we will be able to renew them or, or if they are terminated, that we will be able to obtain replacement supply agreements on terms favorable to us. Our results of operations could be adversely affected if we are unable to obtain adequate supplies of raw materials in a timely manner or if the costs of raw materials increase significantly.

From time to time, suppliers may extend lead times, limit supplies or increase prices due to capacity constraints or other factors. In addition, some of the raw materials that we use are derived from petrochemical-based

 

15


feedstocks, and there have been historical periods of rapid and significant upward and downward movements in the prices of these feedstocks. We cannot always pass on these price increases to our customers due to competitive pricing pressure, and, even when we have been able to do so , there has historically been a time delay between increased raw material prices and our ability to increase the prices of our products. Any limitation on, or delay in, our ability to pass on any price increases could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

We may incur material costs relating to environmental and health and safety requirements or liabilities.

As a manufacturer and distributor of specialty chemicals and systems, we are subject to extensive U.S. and foreign laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and worker health and safety, including those governing discharges of pollutants into the air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, the cleanup of contaminated properties and occupational safety and health matters. We could incur significant costs, including cleanup costs, fines and sanctions and third-party claims for property or natural resource damage or personal injuries as a result of past or future violations of, or liabilities under, such laws and regulations.

Liability under some environmental laws relating to contaminated sites can be imposed retroactively, regardless of fault or the legality of the activities that gave rise to the contamination. Some of our manufacturing facilities have an extended history of chemical manufacturing operations or other industrial activities, and contaminants have been detected at some of our sites and offsite disposal locations. We are actively remediating certain of these properties. As of September 30, 2013, on a pro forma basis, we had reserved $2.2 million (excluding asset retirement obligations) for various environmental matters. Ultimate environmental costs are difficult to predict and may vary from current estimates and reserves, and the discovery of additional contaminants at these or other sites, or the imposition of additional cleanup obligations at these or other sites, or third-party claims relating thereto, could result in significant additional costs.

In addition, MacDermid in the past has incurred, and will in the future incur, significant costs and capital expenditures in complying with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Future events, such as changes in or more rigorous enforcement of environmental laws and regulations, could require us to make additional expenditures, modify or curtail our operations or install pollution control equipment.

Global climate change legislation could negatively impact our results of operations or limit our ability to operate our business.

We operate production facilities in several countries. In many of the countries in which we operate, legislation has been passed, or proposed legislation is being considered, to limit greenhouse gases through various means, including emissions credits. Greenhouse gas regulation in the jurisdictions in which we operate could negatively impact our future results from operations through increased costs of production. We may be unable to pass such increased costs on to our customers, which may decrease our gross profit and results of operations. In addition, the potential impact of climate change regulation on our customers is highly uncertain and may also adversely affect our business.

We may be unable to respond effectively to technological changes in our industry, which could reduce the demand for our products and adversely affect our results of operations.

Our future business success will depend upon our ability to maintain and enhance our technological capabilities, develop and market products and applications that meet changing customer needs and successfully anticipate or respond to technological changes on a cost effective and timely basis. Our inability to anticipate, respond to or utilize changing technologies could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

16


Our substantial indebtedness may adversely affect our cash flow and our ability to operate our business and fulfill our obligations under our indebtedness.

As of October 31, 2013, after closing of the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition, on a consolidated basis, we had $751.3 million in principal amount of debt outstanding under our First Lien Credit Facility.

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:

 

    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, dividends, research and development efforts and other general corporate purposes;

 

    increase the amount of our interest expense, because our borrowings are at variable rates of interest, which, if interest rates increase, would result in higher interest expense;

 

    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

    limit our ability to make strategic acquisitions, introduce new technologies or exploit business opportunities; and

 

    place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less indebtedness.

In addition, the credit agreement governing the Credit Facilities contains covenants that restrict our operations. These covenants restrict, among other things, our ability to incur additional debt, grant liens, pay cash dividends, enter new lines of business, redeem our ordinary shares, make certain investments and engage in certain merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions. These restrictions could limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions, meet extraordinary capital needs or otherwise take actions that we believe are in the best interest of the Company. Further, a failure by us to comply with any of these covenants and restrictions could result in an event of default that, if not waived or cured, could result in the acceleration of all or a substantial portion of the outstanding indebtedness thereunder.

Our ability to borrow under our revolving credit facility depends on our level of indebtedness and our financial performance, and any deterioration in our results of operations or increase in our indebtedness could therefore have a material adverse effect on our liquidity.

Deterioration in our results of operations or an increase in our indebtedness may limit our access to borrowings under the revolving credit facility that is part of our Credit Facilities (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). Under the terms of the credit agreement governing the Credit Facilities, if the Company’s borrowings under the revolving credit facility exceed $12.5 million in the aggregate as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, we must maintain a 6.5 to 1.0 ratio of (x) consolidated indebtedness served by a first lien minus unrestricted cash and cash equivalents to (y) consolidated EBITDA for the four most recent fiscal quarters, subject to a right to cure.

Our ability to comply with these financial maintenance covenants depends, in part, on our financial performance and may be affected by events beyond our control. Any material deviations from our operating forecasts could require us to seek waivers or amendments of these covenants, alternative sources of financing or reductions in expenditures. We may not be able to obtain such waivers, amendments or alternative financings, or if we obtain them, they may not be on terms favorable to us.

Despite the restrictions set forth in the agreements governing our existing indebtedness, we may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Increases in the aggregate amount of our indebtedness may also result in our being unable to comply with the financial maintenance covenants, and our inability to borrow under our Revolving Credit Facility as a result of such non-compliance could have an adverse effect on our cash flow and liquidity.

 

17


Chemical manufacturing is inherently hazardous and could result in accidents that disrupt our operations or expose us to significant losses or liabilities.

The hazards associated with chemical manufacturing and the related storage and transportation of raw materials, products and wastes are inherent in our operations. These hazards could lead to an interruption or suspension of operations and have a material adverse effect on the productivity and profitability of a particular manufacturing facility or on our business as a whole. These potential risks include:

 

    pipeline and storage tank leaks and ruptures;

 

    explosions and fires;

 

    inclement weather and natural disasters;

 

    terrorist attacks;

 

    mechanical failure;

 

    unscheduled downtime;

 

    labor difficulties;

 

    transportation interruptions; and

 

    chemical spills and other discharges or releases of toxic or hazardous substances or gases.

These hazards may result in personal injury and loss of life, damage to property and contamination of the environment, which may result in a suspension of operations and the imposition of civil or criminal fines, penalties and other sanctions, cleanup costs and claims by governmental entities or third parties. We are dependent on the continued operation of our production facilities, and the loss or shutdown of operations over an extended period at our Morristown, Tennessee facility, which is our only Graphic Solutions segment sheet production facility, or any of our other major operating facilities could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our offshore industry products are subject to the hazards inherent in the offshore oil production and drilling industry, and we may incur substantial liabilities or losses as a result of these hazards.

We produce water-based hydraulic control fluids for major oil companies and drilling contractors to be used for potentially hazardous offshore deep water production and drilling applications. Offshore deep water oil production and drilling are subject to hazards that include blowouts, explosions, fires, collisions, capsizing, sinking and damage or loss to pipeline, subsea or other facilities from severe weather conditions. These hazards could result in personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to or destruction of property and equipment, pollution or environmental damage and suspension of operations. A catastrophic occurrence at a location where our products are used may expose us to substantial liability for personal injury, wrongful death, product liability or commercial claims. To the extent available, we maintain insurance coverage that we believe is customary in our industry. Such insurance does not, however, provide coverage for all liabilities, and we cannot assure you that our insurance coverage will be adequate to cover claims that may arise or that we will be able to maintain adequate insurance at rates we consider reasonable. The occurrence of a significant offshore deep water oil production or drilling event that results in liability to us that is not fully insured could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We are not insured against all potential risks.

To the extent available, we maintain insurance coverage that we believe is customary in our industry. Such insurance does not, however, provide coverage for all liabilities, including certain hazards incidental to our business, and we cannot assure you that our insurance coverage will be adequate to cover claims that may arise or that we will be able to maintain adequate insurance at rates we consider reasonable. For example, the

 

18


occurrence of a significant offshore deep water oil production or drilling event, or a significant business interruption in the operation of one or more of our facilities, could result in liability to us that is not insured and therefore could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, our products are used in or integrated with many high-risk end products and therefore if such products were involved in a disaster or catastrophic accident, we could be involved in litigation arising out of such incidents and susceptible to significant expenses or losses.

Compliance with government regulations, or penalties for non-compliance, could prevent or increase the cost of the development, distribution and sale of our products.

We, our business, our products and our customers’ products are subject to regulation by many U.S. and non-U.S. supranational, national, federal, state and local governmental authorities. These regulations include customs, imports and international trade laws, export control, antitrust laws, environmental requirements and zoning and occupancy laws that regulate manufacturers generally or govern the importation, promotion and sale of our products, the operation of our factories and warehouse facilities and our relationship with our customers, suppliers and competitors. Our products and manufacturing processes are also subject to ongoing reviews by certain governmental authorities.

New laws and regulations may be introduced, or existing laws and regulations may be changed or may become subject to new interpretations, which could result in additional compliance costs, seizures, confiscations, recalls, monetary fines or delays that could affect us or our customers. These effects could prevent or inhibit the development, distribution and sale of our products and may harm our reputation. In addition, changes in foreign governmental, federal and state minimum wage laws and other laws relating to employee benefits could cause us to incur additional wage and benefit costs, which could negatively impact our profitability. Further, if any of the regulations to which we are subject were violated by our management, employees, suppliers, buying agents or trading companies, the costs of certain goods could increase, or we could experience delays in shipments of our goods, be subject to fines or penalties, or suffer reputational harm, which could reduce demand for our products, hurt our business and negatively impact our results of operations and share price.

Further, in some circumstances, before we may sell some of our products, governmental authorities must approve these products, our manufacturing processes and facilities. In order to obtain regulatory approval of certain new products, we must, among other things, demonstrate to the relevant authority that the product is safe and effective for its intended uses and that we are capable of manufacturing the product in accordance with current regulations. The approval process can be costly, time consuming and subject to unanticipated and significant delays.

We cannot assure you that approvals will be granted to us on a timely basis, or at all. Any delay in obtaining, or any failure to obtain or maintain, these approvals would adversely affect our ability to introduce new products and to generate revenue from those products.

We are exposed to intangible asset risk.

We have recorded intangible assets, including goodwill in connection with our MacDermid Holdings Acquisition. Such valuation amounts are preliminary and will be updated with a third party valuation report in conjunction with purchase accounting. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable net assets of an acquired business. We do not amortize goodwill and other intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives; rather, goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for impairment periodically. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for potential impairment on an annual basis by comparing the estimated fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible assets to their carrying value. Goodwill will be tested for impairment at the reporting unit level annually, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired.

 

19


Obligations and expenses related to our defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans could negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We have defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans in the United States and a number of other countries. Changes in the market value of plan assets, investment returns, discount rates, mortality rates, regulations and the rate of increase in compensation levels may affect the funded status of our plans and could cause volatility in the net periodic benefit cost, future funding requirements of the plans and the funded status of the plans. As of December 31, 2012, MacDermid’s U.S. pension plans were underfunded by approximately $41.7 million and its U.S. post-retirement benefits plans were underfunded by approximately $6.8 million. A significant increase in our obligations or future funding requirements could have a negative impact on our results of operations and cash flows for a particular period and on our financial condition.

We may not be able to consummate future acquisitions or successfully integrate acquisitions into our business, which could result in unanticipated expenses and losses.

Part of our strategy is to grow through acquisitions. Consummating acquisitions of related businesses, or our failure to integrate such businesses successfully into our existing businesses, could result in unanticipated expenses and losses. Furthermore, we may not be able to realize any of the anticipated benefits from the acquisitions.

In connection with potential future acquisitions, the process of integrating acquired operations into our existing operations may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and may require significant financial resources that would otherwise be available for the ongoing development or expansion of existing operations. Some of the risks associated with acquisitions include:

 

    unexpected losses of key employees or customers of the acquired company;

 

    conforming the acquired company’s standards, processes, procedures and controls with our operations;

 

    coordinating new product and process development;

 

    hiring additional management and other critical personnel;

 

    negotiating with labor unions; and

 

    increasing the scope, geographic diversity and complexity of our operations.

In addition, we may encounter unforeseen obstacles or costs in the integration of businesses we may acquire. Also, the presence of one or more material liabilities of an acquired company that are unknown to us at the time of acquisition may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Business disruptions could seriously harm our net sales and increase our costs and expenses.

Our worldwide operations could be subject to extraordinary events, including natural disasters, political disruptions, terrorist attacks, acts of war and other business disruptions, which could seriously harm our net sales and increase our costs and expenses. Some areas, including parts of the East Coast and Midwest of the United States, have previously experienced, and may in the future experience, major power shortages and blackouts, significant floods and strong tornadoes and other storms. These blackouts, floods and storms could cause disruptions to our operations or the operations of our suppliers, distributors, resellers or customers. Similar losses and interruptions could also be caused by earthquakes, telecommunications failures, water shortages, tsunamis, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, medical epidemics and other natural or manmade disasters for which we are predominantly self-insured.

 

20


Productivity initiatives aimed at making our company more profitable and our operations more efficient are part of our strategy. We may not realize all of the anticipated benefits from the implementation of such productivity initiatives.

Our initiatives may reduce our workforce in our manufacturing, research and development, selling and technical and general and administrative functions. We cannot assure you that the assumptions underlying our decisions as to which reductions and eliminations to make as part of these operational restructuring initiatives will prove to be correct and, accordingly, we may determine that we have reduced or eliminated resources that are necessary to, or desirable for, our business. Any reduction or elimination of resources made in error could adversely affect our ability to operate or grow our business and may negatively impact our results of operations. Further, we may not realize all of the anticipated benefits from productivity initiatives in which we may engage in the future.

We are subject to litigation that could have an adverse effect upon our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are a defendant in numerous lawsuits that result from, and are incidental to, the conduct of our business. These suits concern issues including product liability, contract disputes, labor-related matters, patent infringement, environmental proceedings, property damage and personal injury matters. For example, we are currently a defendant in a patent infringement claim, which has been vigorously opposed by us, relating to technology that is important to us, although we do not expect this claim to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions, results of operations or reputation. The ultimate resolution of such claims, proceedings, and lawsuits is inherently unpredictable and, as a result, our estimates of liability, if any, are subject to change and actual results may materially differ from our estimates. If there is an unfavorable resolution of a matter, our reputation may be harmed and there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Moreover, we cannot assure you that we will have any or adequate insurance coverage to protect us from any adverse resolution.

We may be liable for damages based on product liability claims brought against our customers in our end use markets, and any successful claim for damages could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Many of our products provide critical performance attributes to our customers’ products that are sold to consumers who could potentially bring product liability suits related to such products. Our sale of these products therefore involves the risk of product liability claims. If a person were to bring a product liability suit against one of our customers, this customer may attempt to seek contribution from us. A person may also bring a product liability claim directly against us. A successful product liability claim or series of claims against us in excess of our insurance coverage for payments, for which we are not otherwise indemnified, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. While we endeavor to protect ourselves from such claims and exposures in our contractual negotiations, we cannot assure you that our efforts in this regard will ultimately protect us from any such claims.

We will face new challenges, increased costs and administrative responsibilities as an independent public company, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company”.

As a publicly traded company with listed equity securities, we will need to comply with certain laws, regulations and requirements, including certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley”), certain regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and certain of the NYSE requirements applicable to public companies. Complying with these statutes, regulations and requirements will occupy a significant amount of the time of our Board and management and will significantly increase our costs and expenses.

 

21


We will need to:

 

    institute a more comprehensive compliance framework;

 

    update, evaluate and maintain a system of internal controls over financial reporting in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules and regulations of the SEC;

 

    prepare and distribute periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws;

 

    revise our existing internal policies, such as those relating to disclosure controls and procedures and insider trading;

 

    comply with SEC rules and guidelines requiring registrants to provide their financial statements in interactive data format using eXtensible Business Reporting Language (“XBRL”);

 

    involve and retain to a greater degree outside counsel and accountants in the above activities; and

 

    enhance our investor relations function.

However, for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), we are permitted to, and intend to, take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” We are an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year during which we had total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous 3-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt or (iv) the date on which we are deemed a “large accelerated issuer” as defined under the federal securities laws. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to:

 

    have an auditor report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley;

 

    comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis); and

 

    submit certain executive compensation matters to shareholders advisory votes pursuant to the “say on frequency” and “say on pay” provisions (requiring a non-binding shareholder vote to approve compensation of certain executive officers) and the “say on golden parachute” provisions (requiring a non-binding shareholder vote to approve golden parachute arrangements for certain executive officers in connection with mergers and certain other business combinations) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010; and

 

    include detailed compensation discussion and analysis in our filings under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and instead may provide a reduced level of disclosure concerning executive compensation.

Although we intend to rely on the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act, the exact implications of the JOBS Act for us are still subject to interpretations and guidance by the SEC and other regulatory agencies. In addition, as our business grows, we may no longer satisfy the conditions of an emerging growth company. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these new rules, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to take advantage of all of the benefits from the JOBS Act. In addition, we also expect that being a public company subject to these rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs

 

22


to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and members of our Board, particularly to serve on our audit committee.

Failure to establish and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could have a material adverse effect on our business and share price.

As a publicly traded company, we will be required to document and test our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, which will require, beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2014, annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Additionally, as of the later of the filing of such Annual Report and the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley will require a report by our independent registered public accounting firm that addresses the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, although we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” as of December 31 of a particular year if (1) we had gross revenue of $1 billion or more in such year, (2) the market value of our ordinary shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of June 30 in such year or (3) at any point in such year, we would have issued more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt during the three-year period prior thereto. During the course of our testing, we may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet our deadline for compliance with Section 404.

Testing and maintaining internal control can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. We also expect the regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified executive officers and members of our Board, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and make some activities more difficult, time consuming and costly. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 and, when applicable to us, our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able or willing to issue an unqualified report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. If we conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, we cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and remediation actions or their effect on our operations because there is presently no precedent available by which to measure compliance adequacy.

We are an “emerging growth company” and our election to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies may result in our financial statements not being comparable to those of other public companies. As a result of this and other reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies”, our ordinary shares may be less attractive to investors.

In addition to taking advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements listed above, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933 (as amended, the “Securities Act”) for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We are electing to delay such adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may choose not to comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for public companies other than “emerging growth companies”. As a result of such election, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of companies that comply with public company effective dates of such new or revised accounting standards. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less attractive trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

23


Risks Relating to Our Common Stock

There is currently no public trading market for our common stock and an active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

There is currently no public or other market for shares of our common stock. Although our ordinary shares were initially listed for trading on the London Stock Exchange, trading of our ordinary shares was suspended upon announcement of our agreement to acquire MacDermid. We do not currently anticipate that trading of our ordinary shares on the London Stock Exchange will resume. Although we intend to apply for listing on the NYSE following our Domestication, we may never become listed on the NYSE, or any other exchange, a liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop.

Even if following the Domestication our common stock becomes listed on the NYSE, we cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in Platform will lead to the development of an active trading market on the NYSE or how liquid that market might become. An active public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained. If an active public market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at a price that is attractive to you, or at all.

We have numerous equity instruments outstanding that would require us to issue additional shares of common stock. Therefore, you may experience significant dilution of your ownership interests and the future issuance of additional shares of our common stock, or the anticipation of such issuances, could have an adverse effect on our stock price.

We currently have outstanding numerous equity instruments outstanding that would require us to issue additional shares of common stock for no or a fixed amount of additional consideration. Specifically as of December 1, 2013 we had outstanding the following:

 

    2,000,000 shares of Founder Preferred Shares, which will be convertible into shares of our common stock, on a one-for-one basis, at any time at the option of the holder;

 

    48,742,662 warrants, which will be exercisable for 16,247,554 shares of our common stock at $11.50 per share;

 

    8,905,776 exchange rights which will require us to issue shares of our common stock for shares of PDH common stock at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, at any time after the earlier of October 31, 2014 or a change of control of Platform; and

 

    250,000 options which are exercisable to purchase share of our Common Stock, on a one-for-one basis, at any time at the option of the holder.

In addition, commencing as of October 31, 2013, we will be obligated to pay dividends on our 2,000,000 outstanding Founder Preferred Shares (or the Series A Preferred Stock into which they will be converted in the Domestication) based on the market price of our common stock if such market price exceeds certain trading price minimums. These dividends are solely payable in shares of our common stock. We may also issue additional shares of our common stock or other securities that are convertible into or exercisable for our common stock in connection with future acquisitions, future issuances of our securities for capital raising purposes or for other business purposes. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the perception that sales could occur, could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

We may issue preferred stock in the future, and the terms of the preferred stock may reduce the value of our common stock.

Our Board of Directors is authorized to create and issue one or more additional series of preferred stock, and, with respect to each series, to determine number of shares constituting the series and the designations and the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, which may include

 

24


dividend rights, conversion or exchange rights, voting rights, redemption rights and terms and liquidation preferences, without stockholder approval. If we create and issue one or more additional series of preferred stock, it could affect your rights or reduce the value of our outstanding common stock. Our Board of Directors could, without stockholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of our common stock and which could have certain anti-takeover effects.

We cannot assure you that we will declare dividends or have the available cash to make dividend payments.

To the extent we intend to pay dividends on the common stock, we will pay such dividends at such times (if any) and in such amounts (if any) as the Board determines appropriate and in accordance with applicable law. Payments of such dividends will be dependent on the availability of any dividends or other distributions from MacDermid and its subsidiaries to us. We can therefore give no assurance that we will be able to pay dividends going forward or as to the amount of such dividends, if any.

We operate as a holding company and our principal source of operating cash will be income received from our subsidiaries.

We have a holding company structure and do not have any material assets or operations other than ownership of equity interests of our subsidiaries. Our operations are conducted almost entirely through our subsidiaries, and our ability to generate cash to meet our obligations or to pay dividends is highly dependent on the earnings of, and receipt of funds from, our subsidiaries through dividends or intercompany loans. As a result, we are dependent on the income generated by our subsidiaries to meet our expenses and operating cash requirements. The amount of distributions and dividends, if any, which may be paid from MacDermid and its subsidiaries to us will depend on many factors, including MacDermid’s results of operations and financial condition, limits on dividends under applicable law, its constitutional documents, documents governing any indebtedness of Platform or MacDermid, and other factors which may be outside the control of Platform. If our subsidiaries are unable to generate sufficient cash flow, the Company may be unable to pay its expenses or make distributions and dividends on the ordinary shares.

Risks Relating to the Change in Our Place of Incorporation

The Domestication may result in adverse tax consequences for you.

Platform BVI intends to take the position that at the time of the Merger, Platform BVI became a domestic corporation for federal income tax purposes as a result of an inversion transaction. See the description of the inversion transaction in “See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences after Domestication—Inversion”. If you are a U.S. holder (as defined in “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Domestication” below) of Platform ordinary shares or warrants, you may be subject to U.S. federal income tax as a result of the inversion unless you made a timely election on your filing with the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) as described below. If you are a non-U.S. holder (as defined in “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Domestication”) of Platform ordinary shares or warrants, you may become subject to withholding tax on any dividends paid on the ordinary shares of Platform BVI or the common stock of Platform Delaware subsequent to the Merger.

If the IRS determines that Platform BVI did not become a domestic corporation as of the date of the Merger, the discussion in the preceding paragraph would be applicable with respect to the Domestication.

If you are a U.S. holder who owns $50,000 or more of Platform ordinary shares, but less than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our shares entitled to vote at general meetings of the Company at the time Platform BVI became (or becomes) taxable as a domestic corporation, you must generally recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to such common stock of Platform Delaware, even if you continue to hold your stock and have not received any cash as a result of the inversion or Domestication. As an alternative to

 

25


recognizing gain, however, such U.S. holder may elect to include in income the “all earnings and profits amount,” as the term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.367(b)-2(d), attributable to its ordinary shares in Platform BVI. The income so included pursuant to this election generally is treated as dividend income. We do not expect that Platform BVI’s cumulative earnings and profits will be greater than zero through the Merger or the Effective Time, as the case may be. Therefore, the making of an election to include the person’s share of the “all earnings and profits amount” into income as a dividend generally would be advantageous to U.S. holders who would otherwise recognize gain with respect to the Platform BVI becoming a domestic corporation.

WE STRONGLY URGE EACH SUCH U.S. HOLDER TO READ CAREFULLY OUR DESCRIPTIONS OF THE ELECTION IN “MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DOMESTICATION”, STARTING ON PAGE 109 OF THIS PROSPECTUS, AS WELL AS TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR .

If a U.S. holder owns Platform ordinary shares with 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our shares entitled to vote at general meetings of the Company at the Effective Time, such U.S. holder will be required to pay taxes on a deemed dividend equal to the “all earnings and profits amount” attributable to its ordinary shares in Platform BVI, whose cumulative earnings and profits, as noted above, are not expected to be greater than zero through the date of the Merger or the Effective Time, as the case may be. A U.S. holder’s ownership of Platform BVI warrants will be taken into account in determining whether such U.S. holder owns 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our shares. Complex attribution rules apply in determining whether a U.S. holder owns 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our shares for U.S. federal tax purposes. EACH U.S. HOLDER IS STRONGLY URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR.

If we were a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) at any time during a U.S. holder’s holding period of our ordinary shares or warrants, such U.S. holder may be required to recognize gain on the inversion or the conversion of its Platform ordinary shares or warrants for Platform Delaware common stock or warrants and subject to complex rules applicable to a shareholder of PFIC. While we believe that we satisfied the asset or income test for PFIC status in our start-up year, we should not be treated as a PFIC in our start-up year since we should not be a PFIC in at least one of our first two taxable years after our start-up year. However, there is no assurance that the IRS would agree with our position. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Domestication.”

Additionally, the Domestication will cause non-U.S. holders to become subject to U.S. withholding taxes on any dividends or other payments in respect of the shares of capital stock of Platform Delaware after the Domestication.

For a more detailed description of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences associated with the Domestication, please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Domestication” starting on page 109 of this prospectus. WE STRONGLY URGE YOU TO CONSULT WITH YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR.

Currently, we are governed by British Virgin Islands law but upon effectiveness of the Domestication, we will be governed by Delaware law, which has anti-takeover implications.

Upon effectiveness of the Domestication, our organizational documents will change and we and our organizational documents will be governed by Delaware law rather than British Virgin Islands law. The application of Delaware law to us as a result of the Domestication may have the effect of deterring hostile takeover attempts or a change in control. Section 203 of the DGCL restricts certain “business combinations” with “interested stockholders” for three years following the date that a person becomes an interested stockholder unless: (1) the “business combination” or the transaction which caused the person or entity to become an interested stockholder is approved by the Board of Directors prior to such business combination or transactions;

 

26


(2) upon the completion of the transaction in which the person or entity becomes an “interested stockholder,” such interested stockholder holds at least 85% of the voting stock of Platform Delaware not including (x) shares held by officers and directors and (y) shares held by employee benefit plans under certain circumstances; or (3) at or after the person or entity becomes an “interested stockholder,” the “business combination” is approved by the Board of Directors and holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock, excluding shares held by such interested stockholder. A Delaware corporation may elect not to be governed by Section 203. Platform Delaware has not made such an election. For a detailed description of how the organizational documents of Platform Delaware and Delaware law may differ from our current organizational documents and British Virgin Islands law, please see “Description of Capital Stock; Comparison of Rights - Comparison of Rights” below.

 

27


Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. These statements concern expectations, beliefs, projections, plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends and similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts. Forward-looking statements included in this prospectus include:

 

    Our beliefs regarding the benefits of the Domestication;

 

    Our belief that a majority of our operations hold strong positions in the product markets they serve;

 

    Our expectation that sales from international markets will represent an increasing portion of our net sales;

 

    Our beliefs regarding our ability to build our core businesses, successfully enter new markets, selectively pursue strategic acquisitions and capitalize on future growth opportunities;

 

    Our intent to improve revenue growth over the longer term;

 

    Our belief that our proprietary technology, extensive industry experience and customer service-focused business model is difficult for competitors to replicate;

 

    Our belief that our cash conversion rate (the proportion of our profits converted into cash flow) is higher than a majority of the companies in our sector;

 

    Our estimates regarding the annual cost cash savings resulting from headcount reductions;

 

    Our beliefs regarding the sufficiency of our liquidity and capital resources to meet our working capital needs, capital expenditures and other business requirements for the next twelve months;

 

    Our estimates regarding future cash capital expenditures, including expenditures relating to investment and expansion plans relating to product development and sales and environmental, health and safety capital expenditures;

 

    Our belief that we will not be materially affected by environmental remediation costs or any related costs at certain contaminated manufacturing sites;

 

    Our belief that the resolution of various legal proceeding pending against us, to the extent not covered by insurance, will not have a material adverse effect on our liquidity;

 

    Our belief is that we have customary levels of insurance for a company of our size in our industry;

 

    Our expectation that our customary off-balance sheet arrangements will not have a current or future material impact on our financial condition;

 

    Our expectation that recent accounting pronouncements will not have a material impact on our financial statements; and

 

    Our belief that our exposure to counterparty risk is immaterial.

These forward-looking statements reflect our current views about future events and are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions. We wish to caution readers that certain important factors may have affected and could in the future affect our actual results and could cause actual results to differ significantly from those expressed in any forward-looking statement. The most important factors that could prevent us from achieving our goals, and cause the assumptions underlying forward-looking statements and the actual results to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by those forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    conditions in the global economy;

 

    the variability of our operating results between periods and the resulting difficulty in forecasting future operating results;

 

28


    the need for increased spending on capital expenditures to meet customer demand and pursue growth opportunities;

 

    our ability to compete successfully within our industry;

 

    our substantial international operations;

 

    fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

 

    changes in our customers’ products and processes;

 

    the fact that we do not enter into long-term contracts with certain of our customers and the potential loss of those customers;

 

    decreases in the average selling prices of products in our industry;

 

    increases in the cost, or reductions in the supply, of the specialty and commodity chemicals used in our manufacturing processes;

 

    costs related to compliance with health, safety and environmental laws and regulations, including global climate change legislation;

 

    our ability to maintain and enhance our technological capabilities and to respond effectively to technological changes in our industry;

 

    our substantial level of indebtedness and the effect of restrictions on our operations set forth in the documents that govern such indebtedness;

 

    our compliance with certain financial maintenance covenants in our revolving credit facility and the effect on our liquidity of any failure to comply with such covenants;

 

    our ability to protect our intellectual property, on which our business is substantially dependent, and our success in avoiding infringing the intellectual property rights of others;

 

    acquisitions of other businesses and our ability to integrate acquired operations into our operations;

 

    the inherently hazardous nature of chemical manufacturing and the offshore oil production and drilling industry;

 

    the costs of complying with government regulations and obtaining regulatory approval of our products;

 

    risks related to the evaluation of our intangible asset values and the possibility of write-downs;

 

    the loss of the services of key personnel;

 

    our relationship with our employees;

 

    disruptions in our operations or the operations of our suppliers, distributors, resellers or customers as a result of extraordinary events;

 

    our ability to realize a benefit from our productivity initiatives; and

 

    our role as a defendant in litigation that results from our business, including costs related to any damages we may be required to pay as a result of product liability claims brought against our customers.

Each of the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus speak only as of the date on which that statement is made. We will not update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances that occur after the date on which the statement was made.

 

29


Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of October 31, 2013 and as adjusted to give effect to the consummation of the 401(k) Exchange.

You should read this table in conjunction with “ Selected Consolidated Financial Information ”, “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ” and the audited and unaudited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of October 31, 2013  
     Actual     As Adjusted(1)  
(in millions, except per share data)    (unaudited)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 87.7      $ 87.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt:

    

Credit Facilities(1)

   $ 753.1      $ 753.1   

Other bank facilities

   $ 1.0      $ 1.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 754.1      $ 754.1   

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Ordinary shares (no par value)(2)

   $ —        $ —     

Preferred shares (no par value)(3)

     —          —     

Additional paid in capital(4)

     1,202.9        1,224.2   

Non-controlling interest(5)

     100.0        100.0   

Retained deficit

     (212.3     (212.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 1,090.6      $ 1,111.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 1,844.7      $ 1,865.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) As of October 31, 2013, there was $753.1 million of indebtedness outstanding under the first lien credit facility of MacDermid. We became a co-borrower under that facility in connection with the acquisition of MacDermid. See “Platform Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financing Activities.”
(2) Does not include (i) up to 8,905,776 shares of our common stock issuable in exchange for shares of PDH common stock at the option of the holder, at any time after the earlier of October 31, 2014 or a change of control of Platform, (ii) 2,000,000 shares issuable upon the conversion of the Founder Preferred Shares, (iii) 16,247,554 shares issuable upon the exercise of the Platform Warrants, (iv) and 250,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of the outstanding options and (v) shares issuable as dividends pursuant to the terms of our Founder Preferred Shares.
(3) In connection with our Domestication, the 2,000,000 outstanding Founder Preferred Shares will be converted into 2,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock which, as of October 31, 2013, entitles holders to receive an annual dividend based on the market price of our common stock if such market price exceeds certain trading price minimums. See “Description of Capital Stock; Comparison of Rights—Shares Reserved for Future Issuances.” Upon the closing of the acquisition, an adjustment was made to the balance sheet reflecting Platform’s recording of a one-time, non-cash expense estimated to be approximately $166 million, which represents the fair value of the founder preferred dividend rights at that time. This is a preliminary estimate of the expense to be recorded. Future dividends (if any) payable in Platform ordinary shares will be recorded in stockholders’ equity.
(4) Adjusted to include 1,933,636 shares issuable in connection with the 401(k) Exchange at $11 per share ($21.3 million).
(5) Represents the 8,905,776 shares of PDH common stock that are held by the Retaining MacDermid Holdings Holders.

 

30


Market Prices and Dividend Information

Ordinary Shares

Our ordinary shares are listed for trading on the London Stock Exchange under the symbol “PAH” in U.S. dollars. Our shares began trading on the London Stock Exchange on May 17, 2013 and were traded until October 10, 2013 when trading was halted due to the announcement of the then-pending MacDermid Holdings Acquisition. The following table sets forth the quarterly range of high and low reported sale prices of our ordinary shares as reported on the London Stock Exchange for the periods indicated:

 

Period

   High      Low  

Second Quarter 2013 (May 17, 2013 to June 30, 2013)

   $ 11.00       $ 10.05   

Third Quarter 2013

   $ 10.80       $ 10.13   

Fourth Quarter 2013 (through October 10, 2013)

   $ 10.60       $ 10.46   

As of December [    ], 2013, we had [            ] record holders of our ordinary shares. We have not declared or paid any dividends on our ordinary shares in the past two fiscal years, and have no current plans to pay dividends on our ordinary shares. We intend to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the ticker symbol “PAH”.

MacDermid common stock ceased trading on the NYSE in 2007 and has not been publicly traded since.

Warrants

Our warrants are listed for trading on the London Stock Exchange under the symbol “PAHW” in U.S. dollars. Our warrants began trading on the London Stock Exchange on July 2, 2013 and were traded until October 10, 2013 when trading was halted due to the announcement of the then-pending MacDermid Holdings Acquisition. The following table sets forth the quarterly range of high and low reported sale prices of our warrants as reported on the London Stock Exchange for the periods indicated:

 

Period

   High      Low  

Third Quarter 2013 (July 2, 2013 to September 30, 2013)

   $ 0.30       $ 0.15   

Fourth Quarter 2013 (through October 10, 2013)

   $ 0.18       $ 0.18   

As of December 1, 2013 there were 48,742,662 Platform Warrants, exercisable for Platform ordinary shares (with each three warrants entitling the holder to subscribe for one Ordinary Share). As of December [    ], 2013, we had [            ] record holders of our warrants. We expect that our warrants will be traded on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board.

 

31


The Exchange Agreement

The following is a brief summary of the material provisions of the Exchange Agreement dated as of October 25, 2013, a copy of which is attached as Appendix D to this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information about the Exchange Agreement that may be important to you. We urge all participants in the MacDermid, Incorporated Profit Sharing and Employee Savings Plan, which we refer to as the “Plan ”, to read the Exchange Agreement, as well as the Indication of Interest Notice attached that accompanies this prospectus, in their entirety for a more complete description of the terms and conditions of the exchange.

General

On October 25, 2013, Platform entered into an Exchange Agreement with the Plan fiduciaries pursuant to which Platform agreed to acquire all of the MacDermid Plan Shares held in trust for the Plan participants, consisting of 1,514,371.01 shares of common stock of MacDermid, no par value (the “Plan Owned MacDermid Common Stock”), and 1,469 shares of 9.5% Series B Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock of MacDermid, no par value (the “Plan Owned MacDermid Preferred Stock”). Pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, Platform agreed to exchange cash and/or, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, Platform Common Stock for the MacDermid Plan Shares. The MacDermid Plan Shares are held in trust by The Charles Schwab Trust Company Custodian for MacDermid Inc. PS and ESOP Plan, the trustee of the Plan (the “Trustee”).

401(k) Exchange Election

No later than five business days following the effective date of this registration statement, the Plan fiduciaries or the Trustee will send the Indication of Interest Notice, along with a copy of the prospectus that forms a part of this registration statement, to all Plan participants. Plan participants will be able to make either a stock or cash election with respect to the MacDermid Plan Shares beneficially owned by such Plan participant by filling out the Indication of Interest Notice and returning it to the Plan fiduciaries or Trustee. Each Plan participant will have 20 business days from the date such materials are first sent or mailed to make their election. We refer to this time period as the “Indication of Interest Period.” Plan participants may change their election during the Indication of Interest Period. If no election is made or received, the Plan fiduciaries will cause the Trustee to make a cash election on behalf of such Plan participant.

Timing of the 401(k) Exchange

We expect the 401(k) Exchange to take place three business days after the closing of the Indication of Interest Period. However, Platform and the Plan fiduciaries may agree in writing to another date. We refer to this date as the “Exchange Agreement Closing Date.”

Exchange Consideration

The exchange consideration for the MacDermid Plan Shares will be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of the Plan participants and continue to be held in trust pursuant to the Plan following the 401(k) Exchange. Plan participants will not directly receive any cash or stock consideration.

If this registration statement has been declared effective, then upon expiration of the Indication of Interest Period, we shall pay or deliver the following consideration to the Trustee for the benefit of the Plan participants:

 

    In exchange for the aggregate Plan Owned MacDermid Preferred Stock for which Plan participants have made a cash election (or no election) pursuant to the Indication of Interest Notice, a cash payment (the “Plan Preferred Stock Cash Election Consideration”) equal to the product of (x) the Company Preferred Stock Value Per Share (as defined below) multiplied by (y) the number of shares of Plan Owned MacDermid Preferred Stock for which a cash election (or no election) has been made;

 

32


    In exchange for the aggregate Plan Owned MacDermid Common Stock for which Plan participants have made a cash election (or no election) pursuant to the Indication of Interest Notice, a cash payment (the “Plan Common Stock Cash Election Consideration”) equal to the product of (x) the Company Common Stock Value Per Share (as defined below) multiplied by (y) the number of shares of Plan Owned MacDermid Common Stock for which a cash election (or no election) has been made;

 

    In exchange for the aggregate Plan Owned MacDermid Preferred Stock and Plan Owned MacDermid Common Stock for which Plan participants have made a valid stock election pursuant to the Indication of Interest Notice, a number of shares of Platform Common Stock equal to the quotient of:

 

    (x) the sum of (1) the product of (a) the Company Preferred Stock Value Per Share (as defined below) multiplied by (b) the number of shares of Plan Owned MacDermid Preferred Stock for which a valid stock election has been made plus (2) the product of (a) the Company Common Stock Value Per Share (as defined below) multiplied by (b) the number of shares of Plan Owned MacDermid Common Stock for which a valid stock election has been made; divided by

 

    (y) $11.00;

provided, however, that if the average daily closing price per share of Platform Common Stock on the NYSE (or other exchange on which such equity securities are then publicly traded) for the five consecutive trading days ending on the trading day immediately prior to the Exchange Agreement Closing Date (the “Trading Price”) shall be below $11.00, then Platform shall also deliver a cash payment (the “Plan Stock Election Cash Make-Whole Consideration”) equal to the product of (A) the difference between $11.00 and the Trading Price multiplied by (B) the number of shares of Platform Common Stock delivered.

If this registration statement has not been declared effective, then we shall pay cash equal to the sum of (the “Aggregate Cash Consideration”): (x) the Plan Preferred Stock Cash Election Consideration; (y) the Plan Common Stock Cash Election Consideration and (z) the Plan Stock Election Cash Make-Whole Consideration, if any.

The Exchange Agreement generally defines:

 

    “Company Preferred Stock Value Per Share” as an amount equal to the quotient of (x) the amount of the preference value attributable to the Plan Owned MacDermid Preferred Stock (such amount to be determined in accordance with the MacDermid Certificate of Incorporation, in effect immediately prior to the closing of the Merger, assuming MacDermid had been liquidated at12:01 a.m. New York time on the closing date of the Merger (such time, the “Measurement Time”) divided by (y) the number of shares of Plan Owned MacDermid Preferred Stock;

 

    “Company Common Stock Value Per Share” as an amount equal to the sum of (x) the amount each share of MacDermid common stock, no par value, outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Merger (which we refer to as the “MacDermid Common Stock”) would be entitled to receive under the MacDermid Certificate of Incorporation, in effect on such date, assuming MacDermid had been liquidated at the Measurement Time and the net value available for distribution to the MacDermid Class A Stock, no par value, and the MacDermid Common Stock were equal to the MacDermid Equity Value (as defined below) plus (y) an amount equal to $0.13 per share plus $0.39 per share; and

 

    “MacDermid Equity Value” as an amount equal to the sum of (x) $1,800,000,000.00 plus (y) the closing adjustment amount (which may be positive or negative) determined in accordance with the BCA plus (z) the final adjustment amount (which may be positive or negative) determined in accordance with the BCA minus (a) the amount of the preference value attributable to all shares of MacDermid’s Series B 9.5% Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock, no par value, outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Merger (such amount to be determined in accordance with the MacDermid Certificate of Incorporation, in effect immediately prior to the closing of the Merger, assuming MacDermid had been liquidated at the Measurement Time.

 

33


Conditions to Stock Election

The Exchange Agreement contains certain conditions to Platform’s delivery of the Platform shares of common stock. In certain cases, even if a Plan participant has made a valid stock election, if the Exchange Agreement is terminated by Platform, Platform shall have the right to purchase all of the MacDermid Plan Shares for the Aggregate Cash Consideration as if a cash election had been made with respect to all the MacDermid Plan Shares.

Termination Rights

We can terminate the Exchange Agreement only if (1) the Plan Fiduciaries’ representations and warranties were not true and correct as of the date of the Exchange Agreement or as of the Closing Date, (2) the Plan Fiduciaries shall not have performed or complied, in all material respects, with all agreements and covenants set forth in the Exchange Agreement or (3) the outside date of June 30, 2014 has been reached without a closing having occurred (which would only be the case if either (1) or (2) above was true or the parties had agreed not to set a closing date). The failure to have the registration statement declared effective or the failure to have the Platform Common Stock approved for listing on the NYSE are not bases for terminating the Exchange Agreement. The only impact of either of these two occurrences is that we will have the right to purchase the MacDermid common and preferred stock for cash even if some or all of the Plan participants have made a valid stock election (the amount of the consideration will not change).

 

34


The Domestication

General

Platform will effect the Domestication by filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a certificate of corporate domestication and a certificate of incorporation of Platform Delaware, and by filing with the British Virgin Islands Registrar of Corporate Affairs a notice of continuation out of the British Virgin Islands and certified copies of the certificates filed in Delaware. The Domestication and the certificate of incorporation of Platform Delaware were approved by our Board of Directors, and no action of our shareholders is required to effect the Domestication. Under British Virgin Islands law and Delaware law, the Domestication is deemed effective upon the filing of the certificate of corporate domestication and the certificate of incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. In addition, Platform must file with the British Virgin Islands Registrar of Corporate Affairs certified copies of the certificates filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware within 30 days of the date of their issuance by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon making this filing in the British Virgin Islands, the British Virgin Islands Registrar of Corporate Affairs will issue a certificate of discontinuance and, at that time, we shall cease to be registered as a company in the British Virgin Islands. We intend to file the certified copies of the certificates filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware with the British Virgin Islands Registrar of Corporate Affairs on the same day such certified copies are issued by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Platform BVI has not received, and is not required by British Virgin Islands law to receive, approval of a plan of arrangement in the British Virgin Islands, and no plan of arrangement is contemplated.

In connection with the Domestication, Platform Delaware’s Board of Directors will adopt new by-laws, which, together with the new certificate of incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, will be the organizational documents of Platform Delaware from and after the Domestication.

Background and Reasons for the Domestication

In connection with the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition, our Board of Directors approved the domestication of Platform from the British Virgin Islands to the State of Delaware in connection with the registration of the shares of common stock of Platform Delaware with the SEC. Our Board of Directors believes that the Domestication will, among other things:

 

    provide legal, administrative and other similar efficiencies;

 

    relocate our jurisdiction of organization to one that is the choice of domicile for many publicly traded corporations, as there is an abundance of case law to assist in interpreting the DGCL, and the Delaware legislature frequently updates the DGCL to reflect current technology and legal trends; and

 

    provide a more favorable corporate environment which will help us compete more effectively with other publicly traded companies in raising capital and in attracting and retaining skilled, experienced personnel.

For many years, Delaware has been a leader in adopting, implementing and interpreting comprehensive and flexible corporate laws that are responsive to the legal and business needs of corporations.

Effects of the Domestication

The BVI Companies Act permits a British Virgin Islands company to discontinue from the British Virgin Islands and continue in an appointed jurisdiction (which includes Delaware) as if it had been incorporated under the laws of that other jurisdiction. The BVI Companies Act and our memorandum and articles of association authorize our Board of Directors to continue Platform BVI in a jurisdiction outside of the British Virgin Islands (in this case, Delaware) without a shareholder vote. Consequently, we are not asking for your vote or soliciting proxies with respect to the Domestication. The BVI Companies Act does not provide shareholders with statutory rights of appraisal in relation to a discontinuance under the BVI Companies Act.

 

35


Section 388 of the DGCL provides that an entity organized in a country outside the United States may become domesticated as a corporation in Delaware by filing in Delaware a certificate of incorporation and a certificate of corporate domestication stating, among other things, that the domestication has been approved as provided in the organizational documents of the non-U.S. entity or applicable non-Delaware law, as appropriate. Section 388 of the DGCL provides that prior to the filing of a certificate of corporate domestication with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the domestication and the certificate of incorporation to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware must be approved in the manner provided for by the document, instrument, agreement or other writing, as the case may be, governing the internal affairs of the non-U.S. entity and the conduct of its business or by applicable non-Delaware law, as appropriate. Section 388 of the DGCL does not provide any other approval requirements for a domestication. The DGCL does not provide stockholders with statutory rights of appraisal in connection with a domestication under Section 388.

Under Section 184 of the BVI Companies Act, Platform BVI will cease to be a company incorporated under the BVI Companies Act and will continue as a company incorporated under the laws of Delaware. Similarly, Section 388 of the DGCL provides that, upon domesticating in Delaware:

 

    Platform Delaware shall be deemed to be the same entity as Platform BVI, and the domestication shall constitute a continuation of the existence of Platform BVI in the form of Platform Delaware;

 

    all rights, privileges and powers, as well as all property, of Platform BVI shall remain vested in Platform Delaware;

 

    all debts, liabilities and duties of Platform BVI shall remain attached to Platform Delaware and may be enforced against Platform Delaware to the same extent as if originally incurred by it; and

 

    unless otherwise agreed to or otherwise required under applicable British Virgin Islands law, the domestication shall not be deemed a dissolution of Platform BVI.

No Change in Business, Locations, Fiscal Year or Employee Plans

The Domestication will effect a change in our jurisdiction of incorporation, and other changes of a legal nature, including changes in our organizational documents, which are described in this prospectus. The business, assets and liabilities of Platform and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as well as our principal locations and fiscal year, will be the same upon effectiveness of the Domestication as they are prior to the Domestication.

Upon effectiveness of the Domestication, all of our obligations will continue as outstanding and enforceable obligations of Platform Delaware.

All Platform BVI employee benefit plans and agreements will be continued by Platform Delaware. We expect to amend any and all of our share-based benefit plans in accordance with their terms as may be necessary to provide that Platform Delaware common stock will be issued upon the exercise of any options or the payment of any other share-based awards granted under the plans, and otherwise to reflect appropriately the substitution of Platform Delaware common stock for Platform ordinary shares in connection with the plans, from and after the effectiveness of the Domestication.

Our Management and Our Board of Directors

Our executive officers will be the executive officers of Platform Delaware from and after the effectiveness of the Domestication. Our current executive officers are Daniel H. Leever (Chief Executive Officer) and Frank J. Monteiro (Chief Financial Officer and Secretary).

Our directors before the effectiveness of the Domestication will be the directors of Platform Delaware from and after the effectiveness of the Domestication. The composition of our Board of Directors changed upon the consummation of the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition. Our current directors are Martin Franklin, Daniel H. Leever, Ian G. H. Ashken, Nicolas Berggruen, Michael F. Goss, Ryan Israel and E. Stanley O’Neal. Mr. Franklin

 

36


is our Chairman. Upon the consummation of the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition, Alun Cathcart, Paul Myners and Alain Minc stepped down from our Board of Directors and Ian G.H. Ashken, Michael F. Goss, Ryan Israel, Daniel H. Leever and E. Stanley O’Neal joined our Board of Directors. See “Management and Corporate Governance—Board of Directors.”

Domestication Share Conversion

In connection with the Domestication, our currently issued and outstanding ordinary shares will automatically convert, on a one-for-one basis, into shares of Platform Delaware common stock. Consequently, at the Effective Time, each holder of a Platform ordinary share will instead hold a share of Platform Delaware common stock representing the same proportional equity interest in Platform Delaware as that shareholder held in Platform BVI immediately prior to the Effective Time. The number of shares of Platform Delaware common stock outstanding immediately after the Effective Time will be the same as the number of ordinary shares of Platform BVI outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

Platform Delaware does not intend to issue new stock certificates to Platform Delaware stockholders who currently hold any of our share certificates in connection with the Domestication. A shareholder who currently holds any of our share certificates will receive a new stock certificate upon request pursuant to Section 158 of the DGCL or upon any future transaction in Platform Delaware common stock that requires the transfer agent to issue stock certificates in exchange for existing share certificates. It is not necessary for shareholders of Platform BVI to exchange their existing share certificates for share certificates of Platform Delaware in connection with the Domestication. Until surrendered and exchanged, each certificate evidencing Platform ordinary shares will be deemed for all purposes of the Company to evidence the identical number of shares of Platform Delaware common stock. Holders of uncertificated ordinary shares of Platform BVI immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Domestication will continue as holders of uncertificated common stock of Platform Delaware upon effectiveness of the Domestication.

Similarly, outstanding options and warrants to acquire Platform ordinary shares will become options or warrants to acquire common stock of Platform Delaware. Platform Delaware will not issue new options or warrants to acquire Platform Delaware common stock until such future transaction that requires the issuance of options or warrants to acquire Platform Delaware common stock in exchange for existing options or warrants to acquire Platform ordinary shares. Until surrendered and exchanged, each option or warrant to acquire Platform ordinary shares will be deemed for all purposes of the Company to evidence an option or warrant to acquire the identical number of shares of Platform Delaware common stock.

Comparison of Shareholder Rights

The Domestication will change our jurisdiction of incorporation from the British Virgin Islands to the State of Delaware and, as a result, our organizational documents will change and will be governed by Delaware law rather than British Virgin Islands law. Those new organizational documents and Delaware law contain provisions that may differ in certain respects from those in our current organizational documents and British Virgin Islands law. For a more detailed description of how the new organizational documents and Delaware law may differ from our current organizational documents and British Virgin Islands law, please see “Description of Capital Stock; Comparison of Rights—Comparison of Rights” below. Our business, assets and liabilities on a consolidated basis, as well as our executive officers, principal business locations and fiscal year, will not change as a result of the Domestication.

The most significant differences between our current organizational documents and British Virgin Islands law and the new organizational documents and Delaware law are as follows:

 

    Delaware law requires that all amendments to the certificate of incorporation of Platform Delaware must be approved by the Board of Directors and by the stockholders, while amendments to the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of Platform BVI may be made by resolutions of the directors (in limited circumstances) or by the holders of ordinary shares;

 

37


    Delaware law prohibits the repurchase of shares of Platform Delaware when its capital is impaired or would become impaired by the repurchase, while there are no capital limitations in the BVI Companies Act;

 

    The Platform Delaware certificate of incorporation prohibits the common stockholders of Platform Delaware from acting by written consent, while the Platform BVI Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association permit shareholder action by written consent;

 

    The Platform Delaware by-laws require stockholders desiring to bring a matter before an annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate a candidate for election as director to provide notice to Platform Delaware within certain time frames, while the Platform BVI organizational documents do not contain similar notice requirements;

 

    The Platform Delaware by-laws do not permit the stockholders of Platform Delaware to call meetings of stockholders under any circumstances, while the shareholders holding 30% of the voting rights in respect of the matter for which the meeting is called may require the directors to call a meeting of shareholders of Platform BVI;

 

    Under Delaware law, only the stockholders may remove directors, while under British Virgin Islands law, a majority of the directors may remove a fellow director;

 

    Under the Platform Delaware certificate of incorporation and by-laws, vacancies and unfilled directorships may be filled solely by the remaining directors, while under the Platform BVI Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association vacancies may be filled by either the directors or the shareholders;

 

    Under Delaware law, directors may not act by proxy, while under British Virgin Islands law, directors may appoint another director or person to vote in his place, exercise his other rights as director, and perform his duties as director;

 

    Under Delaware law, a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Platform Delaware requires stockholder approval, while the Platform BVI Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association eliminate the shareholder vote otherwise required by the British Virgin Islands laws for a sale of more than 50% of the assets of Platform BVI;

 

    Under Delaware law, stockholders may dissent and obtain the fair value of their shares in connection with certain corporate actions, while British Virgin Islands law provides no similar right to shareholders; and

 

    Under Delaware law, “business combinations” with “interested stockholders” are prohibited for a certain period of time absent certain requirements, while British Virgin Islands law provides no similar prohibition.

No Vote or Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal in the Domestication

Under the BVI Companies Act and our memorandum and articles of association, shareholder approval of the Domestication is not required, and our shareholders do not have statutory rights of appraisal or any other appraisal rights of their shares as a result of the Domestication. Nor does Delaware law provide for any such rights. We are not asking you for a proxy and you are requested not to send us a proxy. No shareholder vote or action is required to effect the Domestication.

 

38


Platform Selected Consolidated Financial Information

The selected consolidated historical data for the period from Inception (April 23, 2013) to September 30, 2013 and as of September 30, 2013 has been derived from the unaudited financial statements of Platform which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial information should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and supplementary data and “Platform’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in this prospectus.

 

Statement of Operations Data    Period from
Inception
(April 23, 2013) to
September 30, 2013
 
(amounts in thousands)       

Net sales/operating revenues

   $ 0   

Loss from operations

     (4,912

Other Income

     122   
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (4,790
  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in computing basic and diluted loss per share

     88,530   

Net loss per share applicable to ordinary stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (0.05

 

Balance Sheet Data    As of June 30,
2013
     As of September 30,
2013
 
(amounts in thousands)              

Total assets

   $ 881,449       $ 880,750   

Total liabilities

   $ 262       $ 4,175   

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 881,187       $ 876,575   

Platform has not declared any dividends on its ordinary shares since its incorporation and does not anticipate that it will do so in the foreseeable future. In connection with the Domestication, the 2,000,000 outstanding Founder Preferred Shares will be converted into 2,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock of Platform Delaware which, as of October 31, 2013, entitle holders to receive an annual dividend based on the market price of Platform Common Stock if such market price exceeds certain trading price minimums. See Description of Capital Stock—Shares Issuable as Dividends on Series A Preferred Stock.”

The official currency of the British Virgin Islands is the U.S. dollar and therefore disclosure of the exchange rate between the British Virgin Islands and the U.S. is not applicable.

 

39


Platform Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following is a discussion of Platform’s financial condition and results of operations from April 23, 2013 (inception) to September 30, 2013. We did not own MacDermid during this period. Consequently, these results may not be indicative of the results that we would expect to recognize for periods after the closing of the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the information contained in our audited and unaudited financial statements and the notes thereto included in this prospectus.

As used in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the Financial Condition and Results of Operations, unless otherwise stated, the words “we”, “our” and “us” refer collectively to Platform prior to the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition.

Overview

We were a development stage company, formed on April 23, 2013 for the purpose of acquiring a target company or business with an anticipated enterprise value of between $750 million and $2.5 billion.

On October 31, 2013, we completed our acquisition of substantially all of the outstanding equity of MacDermid, a global provider of high value-added specialty chemicals, for approximately $1.8 billion (including the assumption of approximately $756 million of indebtedness), subject to a post-closing working capital adjustment, plus (i) up to $100 million of contingent consideration tied to achievement of EBITDA and stock trading price performance metrics over a seven-year period following the closing of the acquisition and (ii) an interest in certain MacDermid pending litigation.

At the closing of the acquisition, we paid approximately $925 million in cash and delivered approximately $100 million of new equity in the Merger. The equity issued consists of shares of a wholly-owned subsidiary of Platform that may be exchanged for shares of Platform in one year. We funded the cash portion of the purchase price and related transaction expenses with a combination of cash on hand and approximately $145 million of proceeds from an initial closing of a Platform warrant exchange offer. The Platform warrant exchange offer was an offer to permit holders of our warrants to exchange up to half of their outstanding warrants at a ratio of three (3) warrants plus $10.50 per share for one of our ordinary shares. The remaining portion of the purchase price (approximately $20 million) will be paid in cash or stock following completion of post-closing adjustments to the purchase price.

We intend to domesticate into Delaware from the British Virgin Islands. We also intend to apply to the NYSE for the listing of our common stock. It is currently anticipated that the listing of our ordinary shares and warrants on the London Stock Exchange will be cancelled at or around the time the listing on the NYSE is achieved. Our listing on the London Stock Exchange will remain suspended until such cancellation takes effect. Prior to the acquisition, we had no revenue. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we had losses relating to formation and administrative costs and approximately $4.0 million of diligence costs related to the acquisition of MacDermid. We had no other operations other than the active solicitation of a target business with which to complete a business combination. We relied upon the sale of our ordinary and preferred shares to fund our limited acquisition-related operations.

On April 25, 2013, we issued two preferred shares, one to each of Mariposa Acquisition, LLC and Berggruen Acquisition Holdings, IV, Ltd. (collectively, the “Founder Entities”) for $20, and in connection with the initial public offering on May 22, 2013, the Founder Entities purchased an additional 1,999,998 preferred shares (no par value) for $19,999,980 (the “Founder Preferred Shares”). Beginning in 2014, if the average stock price of our ordinary shares exceeds $11.50 per share for the last ten (10) days of the calendar year, the holders of Founder Preferred Shares will receive a dividend in the form of Platform ordinary shares equal to 20% of the appreciation of the market price of Platform ordinary shares issued to holders of Platform ordinary shares in the initial public offering. In the first year, if a dividend is payable, the dividend amount will be calculated at the end

 

40


of each calendar year based on the appreciated stock price as determined above (the “Dividend Price”) compared to the initial public offering price of $10.00 per Platform ordinary share. In subsequent years, the dividend amount will be calculated based on the appreciated stock price compared to the highest Dividend Price previously used in calculating the Founder Preferred Share dividends. Dividends are paid for the term the Founder Preferred Shares are outstanding. The Founder Preferred Shares will be automatically converted into Platform ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis (1) in the event of a change of control of Platform following the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition or (2) upon the last day of the seventh full financial year following such acquisition, being December 31, 2020. The life of the preferred can be extended up to 3 years at the request of the Founder Entities and with the consent of the Board. Each Founder Preferred Share is convertible into one Platform ordinary share at the option of the holder and has certain voting rights.

Upon the closing of the acquisition, an adjustment was made to the balance sheet reflecting Platform’s recording of a one-time, non-cash expense estimated to be approximately $166 million, which represents the fair value of the founder preferred dividend rights at that time. This is a preliminary estimate of the expense to be recorded. Future dividends (if any) payable in Platform ordinary shares, will be recorded in stockholders equity.

In connection with the initial public offering on May 22, 2013, we issued 88,500,000 of our ordinary shares (no par value) for gross proceeds of $885,000,000. In addition, on May 22, 2013, we issued 29,500 of our ordinary shares to non-founder directors for $10.00 per share. Each Platform ordinary share has voting rights and winding-up rights.

Each of the 2,000,000 Founder Preferred Shares, 88,500,000 Platform ordinary shares issued with the initial public offering as well as the 29,500 Platform ordinary shares issued to the non-founder directors was issued with a Platform warrant (90,529,500 warrants in aggregate), entitling the holder of each Platform warrant to purchase 1/3 of a Platform ordinary share with a strike price of $11.50 per Platform ordinary share. Each Platform warrant is exercisable until three (3) years from the date of an acquisition, unless mandatorily redeemed by us. The Platform warrants are mandatorily redeemable by us at a price of $0.01 per warrant should the average market price of a Platform ordinary share exceed $18.00 for ten (10) consecutive trading days. During November 2013, we completed a warrant exchange offer in which we received approximately $145 million of proceeds in exchange for approximately 42.6 million warrants and issued 14,224,184 ordinary shares (which includes an additional 761,904 ordinary shares issued in connection with the closing of the warrant exchange offer). As of December 1, 2013, there were approximately [48.7] million warrants outstanding representing approximately [16.2] million ordinary shares equivalents. See “Note 7 to the Financial Statements—Subsequent Events.”

Following the initial public offering, we invested approximately $867.0 million in United States Treasury Bills. As of September 30, 2013, we held a total of $516 million in United States Treasury Bills ($336 million of which is recorded as a cash equivalent because at the time of purchase, the maturity was less than three months) and approximately $364 million in cash.

Results of Operations

Our entire activity from inception to the closing of our initial public offering in May 2013 was the preparation for the acquisition of a target company or business with an anticipated enterprise value of between $750 million and $2.5 billion. Since the initial public offering, our activity has been limited to the evaluation of business combination candidates and the issuance of stock based compensation to our non-founder directors. We will not be generating any operating revenues until the closing and completion of our initial business combination. We expect to generate small amounts of non-operating income in the form of unrealized and realized gains on marketable securities and interest income on cash and cash equivalents. Unrealized and realized gains on marketable securities and interest income are not expected to be significant in view of current low interest rates on risk-free investments (treasury securities). We expect to incur increased expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance).

 

41


For the period from April 23, 2013 (inception) through September 30, 2013, we had net losses of approximately $4.8 million which consist of formation and operating costs, stock based compensation and approximately $4.0 million of costs related to the acquisition of MacDermid. We incurred offering costs of approximately $24.1 million with regard to the initial public offering, which were recorded as a component of stockholders’ equity as of September 30, 2013.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of September 30, 2013, we hold a total of $516.0 million in United States Treasury Bills ($336 million of which is recorded as a cash equivalent because at the time of purchase, the maturity was less than three months) and approximately $364 million in cash. Working capital was $876.6 million as of September 30, 2013, primarily due to the initial public offering in which we raised aggregate net proceeds of $881.2 million through the issuance of Founder Preferred Shares and Platform ordinary shares.

The following is a summary of our cash flows provided by (used in) operating, investing and financing activities during the periods indicated ($ in thousands):

 

     Period from Inception
(April 23, 2013) to
September 30, 2013
 

Cash at the beginning of the period

   $ —     

Cash used in operating activities

     (719

Cash used in investing activities

     (179,957

Cash provided by financing activities

     881,218   
  

 

 

 

Cash at the end of the period

   $ 700,542   
  

 

 

 

Operating Activities

During the period ended September 30, 2013, our operating activities consisted of start-up costs, general and administrative costs and diligence costs related to the acquisition of MacDermid

Investing Activities

During the period ended September 30, 2013, our investing activities related to the purchase of $359.9 million, and redemption of $179.9 million, in United States Treasury Bills.

Financing Activities

During the period ended September 30, 2013, our financing activities consisted of the initial public offering in which we raised net proceeds of $881.2 million through the issuance of Founder Preferred and Platform ordinary shares. Substantially all of the cash raised through the issuance of Founder Preferred Shares and Platform ordinary shares was used to acquire the equity interests of MacDermid.

In conjunction with the acquisition of MacDermid and related assumption of MacDermid indebtedness, we became a co-borrower on MacDermid’s $50 million revolving credit facility. A portion of the revolving credit facility not in excess of $15.0 million is available for the issuance of letters of credit. As of October 31, 2013 there was $751.3 million of indebtedness outstanding under the first lien credit facility which will also be assumed in conjunction with the acquisition of MacDermid. The revolving credit facility and first lien credit facility are hereinafter referred to as the “Credit Facilities.”

Platform has unconditionally guaranteed all obligations under the Credit Facilities. The Credit Facilities contain various covenants including limitations on additional indebtedness, dividends and other distributions, entry into new lines of business, use of loan proceeds, capital expenditures, restricted payments, restrictions on

 

42


liens, transactions with affiliates, amendments to organizational documents, accounting changes, sale and leaseback transactions and dispositions. Pursuant to the terms of the credit agreement, if the Company’s outstandings under the revolving credit facility exceed $12.5 million in the aggregate as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, we must maintain a 6.5 to 1.0 ratio of (x) consolidated indebtedness secured by a first lien minus unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of the Borrowers and Guarantors under the facility to (y) consolidated EBITDA for the four most recent fiscal quarters, subject to a right to cure. As of October 31, 2013, the borrowings under the revolving credit facility, consisting solely of stand-by letters of credit outstanding, were $3.8 million.

Off-Balance Sheet Transactions

We are not party to any off-balance sheet transactions. We have no guarantees or obligations other than those which arise out of normal business operations.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

We do not expect the adoption of recently issued accounting pronouncements to have a significant impact on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

There were no material contractual obligations and commitments as of September 30, 2013.

Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012

Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We are electing to delay such adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may choose not to comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies. Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act.

Significant Accounting Policies

Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to the Financial Statements. As disclosed in Note 2, the preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that impact the reported amounts and accompanying disclosures. Such decisions include the selection of the appropriate accounting principles to be applied and also assumptions upon which accounting estimates are based. We apply judgment based on our understanding and analysis of the relevant circumstances to reach these decisions. By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from the estimates applied.

Accounting and Reporting by Development Stage Enterprises

We are considered to be a development stage company and, as such, our financial statements are prepared in accordance with the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 915 “Development Stage Entities.” We are subject to the risks associated with development stage companies.

 

43


Cash and Cash Equivalents

The fair value of cash and cash equivalents approximates the carrying amount. We consider all highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. While cash held by financial institutions may at times exceed federally insured limits, we believe that no material credit or market risk exposure exists due to the high quality of the institutions. We have not experienced any losses on such accounts.

Stock-based Compensation

We expense stock-based compensation over the requisite service period based on the estimated grant-date fair value of the awards and forfeiture rates, if any. Compensation cost is determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of the awards at the grant date. An offsetting increase to stockholders’ equity is recorded equal to the amount of the compensation expense charge. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent our best estimates and involve inherent uncertainties and the application of judgment. The amount of the compensation expense is based on the estimated fair value of the awards of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. On May 17, 2013, we issued an aggregate of 250,000 options to its non-founder directors. The expense related to this issuance is included in stock-based compensation expense in the accompanying Statement of Operations.

Earnings per Share

Basic earnings (loss) per ordinary share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per ordinary share reflect the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue ordinary shares were exercised or converted into ordinary shares or resulted in the issuance of ordinary shares that then shared in the earnings of the entity. Since we have only incurred losses, basic and diluted losses per share are the same. The amount of potentially dilutive securities excluded from the calculation at September 30, 2013 was [30,176,500] ordinary shares underlying warrants (or [90,529,500] warrants, each entitling the holder to purchase 1/3 of an ordinary share), 2,000,000 preferred shares (convertible into ordinary shares on a 1-for-1 basis) and options to purchase 250,000 ordinary shares.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are recorded in accordance with ASC 740, Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which provides for deferred taxes using an asset and liability approach. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. We determine our deferred tax assets and liabilities based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, which are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided if, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

We account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740. When uncertain tax positions exist, we recognize the tax benefit of tax positions to the extent that the benefit will more likely than not be realized. The determination as to whether the tax benefit will more likely than not be realized is based upon the technical merits of the tax position as well as consideration of the available facts and circumstances. We do not have any significant uncertain tax positions.

Investment in Marketable Securities

Marketable securities are stated at fair value as determined by the most recently traded price of each security at the balance sheet date. Marketable securities are classified as trading securities with all unrealized gains and losses on our investment portfolio recorded through the Statement of Operations.

 

44


Fair Value Measurement

We record cash equivalents and marketable securities at fair value. Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, establishes a fair value hierarchy for those instruments measured at fair value that distinguishes between assumptions based on market data (observable inputs) and our own assumptions (unobservable inputs). The hierarchy consists of three levels:

 

    Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

    Level 2—Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

    Level 3—Unobservable inputs that reflect our own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date.

We used Level 1 fair value hierarchy assumptions to measure the fair value of all of its cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities as of September 30, 2013.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

As of September 30, 2013, we were not subject to any material market or interest rate risk. Following the consummation of the our initial public offering, the net proceeds of our initial public offering, have been invested in U.S. government treasury securities with a maturity of 180 days or less. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposure to interest rate risk.

 

45


MacDermid Selected Consolidated Financial Information

The selected consolidated historical data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of MacDermid, Incorporated, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated historical financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 and as of September 30, 2013 and 2012 have been derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of MacDermid, Incorporated, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of our management, include all adjustments, including normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation in all material respects of the information set forth therein. Results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that might be expected for any other interim period or for an entire year. The selected financial information should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and supplementary data and “MacDermid Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in this prospectus.

 

Statement of Operations Data:

(amounts in thousands)

   Year ended
December 31,
    Nine months ended
September 30,
 
   2012     2011     2013     2012  
                 (unaudited)  

Net sales

   $ 731,220      $ 728,773      $ 560,557      $ 548,825   

Cost of sales

   $ 376,166      $ 388,298      $ 271,730      $ 282,539   

Gross profit

   $ 355,054      $ 340,475      $ 288,827      $ 266,286   

Operating profit

   $ 115,097      $ 55,948      $ 105,028      $ 86,260   

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, non-controlling interest and accumulated payment-in-kind dividend on cumulative preferred shares

   $ 70,939      $ 11,306      $ 45,141      $ 57,732   

Income tax (expense)

   $ (24,673   $ (9,953   $ (20,932   $ (17,056

Net income

   $ 46,266      $ 1,353      $ 24,209      $ 40,676   

Less net income attributable to the non-controlling interest

   $ (289   $ (366   $ (319   $ (243

Net income attributable to MacDermid, Incorporated

   $ 45,977      $ 987      $ 23,890      $ 40,433   

Accrued payment-in-kind dividend on cumulative preferred shares

   $ (44,605   $ (40,847   $ (22,100   $ (33,096

Net income (loss) attributable to common shares

   $ 1,372      $ (39,860   $ 1,790      $ 7,337   

Balance Sheet Data:

(amounts in thousands)

   Year ended
December 31,
    Nine months ended
September 30,
 
   2012     2011     2013     2012  
           (unaudited)  

Cash and cash equivalents

     143,351        113,452        65,201        137,570   

Total assets

     1,233,917        1,221,418        1,144,272        1,248,017   

Total debt and capital lease obligations

     720,640        744,372        1,110,096        719,320   

Total equity (deficit)

     272,437        241,806        (209,970     280,089   

Cash dividends declared per common share

     —          —          —          —     

 

46


MacDermid Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following is a discussion of MacDermid’s financial condition and results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013. We did not own MacDermid during any of these periods. Consequently, these results may not be indicative of the results that we would expect to recognize for periods after the closing of the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the information contained in MacDermid’s consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included in this prospectus.

Overview

MacDermid manages and reports its business in two operating segments: a Performance Materials segment and a Graphic Solutions segment. In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, the Performance Materials and Graphic Solutions segments generated net sales of $559.5 million and $171.7 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Performance Materials and Graphic Solutions segments generated net sale of $429.4 million and $131.1 million, respectively.

MacDermid sells its products into three geographic regions: Asia, Europe and the Americas. Because the Performance Materials segment utilizes shared facilities and administrative resources and offers products that are distinct from those within the Graphic Solutions segment, MacDermid makes decisions about how to manage its operations by reference to each segment and not with respect to the underlying products or geographic regions that comprise each segment.

Performance Materials

The Performance Materials segment manufactures and markets dynamic chemistry solutions that are used in the electronics, automotive and oil and gas production and drilling industries. MacDermid operates in Europe, the Americas and Asia. MacDermid’s products include surface and coating materials and water-based hydraulic control fluids. In conjunction with the sale of these products, MacDermid provides extensive technical service and support to ensure superior performance of their application.

Graphic Solutions

The Graphic Solutions segment primarily produces and markets photopolymers through an extensive line of flexographic plates that are used in the commercial packaging and printing industries. Sales in the Graphic Solutions segment are predominately in the Americas and Europe.

Global Economic and Industry Conditions

MacDermid products are sold in industries that are sensitive to changes in general economic conditions. Accordingly, net sales, gross profit and financial condition depend significantly on general economic conditions and the impact of these conditions on demand for MacDermid’s dynamic chemistries and services in the markets in which MacDermid competes. The MacDermid business is particularly impacted by demand for chemistry products utilized in the automotive, printed circuit board, offshore oil production and commercial packaging industries.

The MacDermid business is also significantly influenced by trends and characteristics in the specialty chemical industry and the printing industry. These industries are cyclical and subject to constant and rapid technological change, product obsolescence, price erosion, evolving standards, short product life-cycles, raw material price fluctuations and changes in product supply and demand.

The specialty chemical industry is currently being affected by globalization and a shift in customers’ businesses out of traditional geographic markets and into high-growth, emerging markets.

 

47


The printing industry is currently shrinking, which is reflected in the newspaper closures and consolidations that have occurred during the past three years. The newspapers are also reducing capital spending due to outsourcing their production. As a result, sales of newspaper plates, which represented 26.8% of the Graphic Solutions segment sales for year ended December 31, 2012, has been adversely impacted by these trends. This adverse impact has been offset by the double digit growth in the consumer packaging market, which typically commands higher margins.

Net sales in future periods will depend, among other factors, upon a continued general improvement in global economic conditions, MacDermid’s ability to meet unscheduled or temporary changes in demand, and MacDermid’s ability to penetrate new markets with strategic product initiatives in specific targeted markets.

Foreign Currency Exposure

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, approximately 67% and 69%, respectively, of MacDermid’s net sales were denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. For each of the nine month periods ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, approximately 67% of net sales were denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar—predominantly the Euro, British Pound Sterling, Hong Kong Dollar, Chinese Yuan, Japanese Yen and Brazilian Real. MacDermid does not manage its foreign currency exposure in a manner that eliminates the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates on its net sales, cash flows or the fair values of its assets and liabilities. Therefore, MacDermid’s financial performance is positively or negatively impacted by changes in foreign exchange rates in any given reporting period. For most currencies, MacDermid is a net receiver of the foreign currency and therefore benefit from a weaker U.S. Dollar and are adversely affected by a stronger U.S. Dollar relative to the foreign currency.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net sales were negatively impacted as the U.S. Dollar strengthened against the Euro, British Pound Sterling and Brazil Real when compared to 2011. However, the absolute impact on 2012 net sales was not material.

Selected Statement of Operations Items

Net Sales

Revenue is generated from the sale of specialty chemicals products and processes to customers. Net sales represent revenues generated by MacDermid’s total sales offset by the effect of any rebates and credits for products that are returned. MacDermid recognizes revenue, including freight charged to customers, when its products are shipped to or received by customers in accordance with the terms of the applicable sales agreement, when title and risk of loss have been transferred, collectability is probable and pricing is fixed or determinable. Sales arrangements may include right of inspection, acceptance provisions and transfer of title, in which case revenue is deferred until these provisions are satisfied.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales consists primarily of raw material costs and related purchasing and receiving costs used in the manufacturing process, direct salary and wages and related fringe benefits, packaging costs, shipping and handling costs, plant overhead and other costs associated with the manufacture and distribution of MacDermid products.

Gross Profit

MacDermid’s gross profit is significantly influenced by its raw material prices and its absorption rate. The absorption rate refers only to manufacturing facilities and is based on the capacity of the manufacturing facilities. As absorption rates increase, there is more operating leverage because fixed manufacturing costs are spread over higher output. MacDermid’s profit margins are also significantly influenced by raw material costs. MacDermid’s

 

48


gross profit margins have improved by approximately 12.2% since the first quarter of 2011 to approximately 52.5% in the third quarter of 2013 due in large part to its operational restructuring programs and a change in its product mix to emphasize the sales of higher margin products.

Selling, Technical and Administrative Expenses

Selling, technical and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel and travel costs, advertising and marketing expenses, administrative expenses associated with accounting, finance, legal, human resources and risk management and overhead associated with these functions. Selling expenses consist primarily of compensation and associated costs for sales and marketing personnel, costs of advertising, trade shows and corporate marketing. Technical expenses consist primarily of compensation and associated costs for technical support personnel who support MacDermid products. General and administrative expense consists primarily of compensation and associated costs for executive management, finance, legal and other administrative personnel, outside professional fees and other corporate expenses.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses are expensed as incurred and include the cost of activities attributable to development and pre-production efforts associated with designing, developing and testing new or significantly enhanced products or process and packaging technology. These costs consist primarily of compensation and associated costs for MacDermid engineers engaged in the design and development of MacDermid products and technologies.

Other Operating Expenses

Amortization expense reflects the charges incurred to amortize MacDermid’s finite-lived intangible assets, such as developed technology and customer lists, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives of the assets are currently ten years for developed technology and range between three and 21 years for customer lists.

MacDermid’s operational restructuring expenses are related to the series of operational restructuring initiatives described above that it undertook beginning in 2008 as a result of the downturn in global economic conditions. As of September 30, 2013, with the exception of finalizing some operational restructuring programs in the Performance Materials segment in Europe and Graphic Solutions segment in the Americas, MacDermid has completed the majority of these operational restructuring actions.

MacDermid does not amortize goodwill or other intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives; rather, goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment. Expenses for impairment charges are related to the write down of goodwill balances and to intangible assets balances.

Other Income (Expense)

MacDermid’s interest income reflects the interest received on investments, including those other than cash that are held on a short- and long-term maturity basis. Interest expense reflects the interest MacDermid pays on its outstanding indebtedness. Miscellaneous (expense) income results primarily from currency-related gains and losses that relate to indebtedness that is denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, as discussed above.

 

49


Results of Operations

The following table summarizes certain information relating to MacDermid’s operating results that has been derived from MacDermid’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Statement of Operations Data:    Year ended
December 31,
    Nine months ended
September 30,
 

(amounts in thousands)

   2012     2011     2013     2012  
           (unaudited)  

Net sales

   $ 731,220      $ 728,773      $ 560,557      $ 548,825   

Cost of sales

     376,166        388,298        271,730        282,539   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     355,054        340,475        288,827        266,286   

Operating expenses:

        

Selling, technical and administrative

     187,514        185,649        143,854        140,173   

Research and development

     25,051        22,966        17,504        19,145   

Amortization

     27,100        28,578        20,124        20,292   

Restructuring(1)

     292        896        1,890        416   

Impairment charges(2)

     —          46,438        427        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     239,957        284,527        183,799        180,026   

Operating profit (loss)

     115,097        55,948        105,028        86,260   

Other income (expense):

        

Interest income

     532        500        304        392   

Interest expense

     (49,671     (54,554     (40,998     (38,012

Miscellaneous income (expense)(3)

     4,981        9,412        (405     9,092   

Loss on extinguishment of debt(4)

     —          —          (18,788     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, non-controlling interest and accumulated payment-in-kind dividend on cumulative preferred shares

     70,939        11,306        45,141        57,732   

Income tax (expense)

     (24,673     (9,953     (20,932     (17,056
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     46,266        1,353        24,209        40,676   

Less net income attributable to the non-controlling interest

     (289     (366     (319     (243
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to MacDermid, Incorporated

   $ 45,977      $ 987      $ 23,890      $ 40,433   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued payment-in-kind dividend on cumulative preferred shares

   $ (44,605   $ (40,847   $ (22,100   $ (33,096
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common shares

   $ 1,372      $ (39,860   $ 1,790      $ 7,337   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Charges in the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 relate to amounts recorded in connection with MacDermid’s operational restructuring initiatives.
(2) In 2011, MacDermid recorded impairment charges of $46.4 million related to a write down of customer list intangible assets to their estimated fair value as determined in accordance with ASC 360. In the second quarter of 2013, MacDermid recorded an impairment charge of $0.4M related to a write down of an indefinite-lived purchased intangible asset to its estimated fair value as determined in accordance with ASC 350. For a detailed description of these impairment charges, see the discussion under the headings “Impairment Charges” below and Note 5 to MacDermid’s audited financial statements and Note 6 to MacDermid’s unaudited financial statements included this registration statement.
(3) Represents remeasurement (gain) loss on foreign denominated debt as a result of changes in foreign exchange rates.
(4) Represents loss on extinguishment of debt in connection with the debt refinancing transaction in June 2013.

 

50


Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013 Compared to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012

Net Sales

MacDermid’s net sales of $560.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 increased by $11.7 million, or 2.1%, compared to the same period in 2012. Net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 were negatively impacted by $6.9 million due to the increase in value of the U.S. Dollar during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012. MacDermid believes that net sales of products that it has identified as new products, which represent opportunities to enter markets adjacent to those it currently serves, was $57.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to $46.6 million for the same period in 2012. MacDermid not only periodically introduces new products to market, but also continuously modifies its existing products, often at the request of, or in collaboration with, its customers. The impact of new product sales is a recurring factor to MacDermid’s results of operations.

The Performance Materials segment had higher net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 of $7.9 million, or 1.9%, compared to the same period in 2012, primarily attributable to an increase of $2.9 million, or 4.6%, in net sales of offshore industry products due primarily to higher worldwide demand, an increase of $1.5 million, or 0.6%, in net sales of industrial products primarily related to increased automotive sales in the United States and an increase of $3.5 million, or 3.1% in net sales of electronics industry products primarily in Asia.

The Graphic Solutions segment had higher net sales for the nine months ended September, 2013 of $3.8 million, or 3.0%, compared to the same period in 2012 due to higher sales of new products and market share gains in the Graphic Solutions segment.

For the nine month period ended September 30, 2013, net sales in the Performance Materials segment increased $4.4 million, or 3.3%, in the Americas due to higher demand for offshore and industrial products as discussed above. In Asia, sales in the Performance Materials segment increased by $3.3 million, or 2.3%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 due to higher sales in Asia of electronics industry products. In Europe, sales in the Performance Materials segment increased by $0.5 million, or 0.1%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 due to slightly higher sales volume throughout Europe.

The Graphic Solutions segment in the Americas reported higher net sales levels for the nine months ended September 30, 2013—$3.0 million, or 4.3%—compared to the same period in 2012 due to stronger customer demand for digital printing sheets and higher sales volume of newer products. This increase primarily reflects continued gains in market share as a result of customers switching to MacDermid’s LUX ® process, a platemaking process which enables certain types of printers to increase print quality and efficiency. In Europe, the Graphic Solutions segment experienced stronger net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 of $2.0 million, or 4.6%, compared to the same period in 2012 due to continued market share gains from new product sales. In Asia, the Graphic Solutions segment reported lower sales of $1.2 million, or 8.7%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 due to lower sales of non-proprietary products. Changes in the average selling prices of MacDermid products did not have a material impact on net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012.

Gross Profit

For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, gross profit increased $22.5 million, or 8.5%, compared to the same period in 2012 primarily attributable to higher sales levels of high margin products. Gross profit for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was negatively impacted by $2.2 million due to the increase in value of the U.S. Dollar during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was 51.5%, as compared to 48.5% for the same period in 2012. Changes in MacDermid’s product mix and the average selling prices of MacDermid products did not have a material impact on gross profit for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012.

 

51


Selling, Technical and Administrative Expenses

Selling, technical and administrative expenses increased $3.7 million, or 2.6%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 primarily as the result of higher selling expenses associated with higher sales, an increase in corporate expenses (including bonus expense) and an increase in salary expenses. As a percentage of net sales, selling, technical and administrative expenses were 25.7% for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to 25.5% for the same period in 2012.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 decreased $1.6 million, or 8.6%, from the same period in 2012 primarily due to additional investments made to support certain strategic projects in 2012. As a percentage of net sales, research and development expenses were 3.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, as compared to 3.5% for the same period in 2012.

Amortization Expenses for Finite-Lived Purchased Intangible Assets

Amortization expenses for finite-lived purchased intangible assets related to developed technology and customer lists for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 decreased by $0.2 million, or -0.8%, compared to the same period in 2012 primarily due to the decreased value of the British Pound Sterling and the Euro compared to the U.S. Dollar, which slightly decreased the reported amount of amortization expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012.

Operational Restructuring Expenses

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, MacDermid recorded $1.9 million of restructuring expense, of which $1.7 million related to the elimination of forty-seven positions in the Graphic Solutions segment in the Americas, $0.1 million related to the elimination of four positions in the Performance Materials segment in the Americas and $0.1 million related to the elimination of two positions in the Performance Materials segment in Asia. As of September 30, 2013, MacDermid has accrued restructuring costs of $0.9 million that are anticipated to be paid out by December 31, 2013. MacDermid anticipates that these headcount reductions will have annual cash cost savings of approximately $3.4 million going forward. Actual cash cost savings to be realized depend on the timing of payments and many other factors, some of which are beyond MacDermid’s control, and could differ materially from its estimates. MacDermid anticipates recognizing the estimated cash cost savings once all payments have been finalized related to these restructuring initiatives.

Impairment Charges

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, MacDermid recorded an impairment charge related to an indefinite-lived purchased intangible asset in the Graphic Solutions segment, based upon MacDermid’s annual impairment review. MacDermid’s management concluded that the estimated direct cash flows associated with the applicable intangible assets using a “relief from royalty” methodology associated with revenues projected to be generated from this intangible asset was less than the carrying value of the intangible assets. Because of lower net sales, primarily from newspaper sales within the Graphic Solutions segment, MacDermid experienced lower estimated cash flows utilized in the “relief from royalty” methodology. Impairment analysis of indefinite-lived purchased intangible assets indicated that a Graphic Solutions segment’s trade name was therefore impaired by $0.4 million, and MacDermid accordingly recorded an impairment charge of $0.4 million related to this trade name during the nine months ended September 30, 2013. After recording this impairment charge, the value of the Graphic Solutions segment’s trade name was $3.9 million.

The primary driver of this impairment charge related to indefinite-lived purchased intangible assets was lower net sales levels of newspaper products in the Graphic Solutions segment in the Americas because of the consolidation and decline of printed newspapers in the United States.

 

52


During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, there were no impairment charges recorded.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 increased by $3.0 million, or 7.9%, compared to the same period in 2012 due to higher debt balances outstanding during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012.

Miscellaneous (Expense) Income

Miscellaneous expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was $(0.4) million compared to the $9.1 million of miscellaneous income recorded during the same period in 2012, a decrease due primarily to a remeasurement charge on Euro denominated debt. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, MacDermid recorded a remeasurement gain of $1.1 million on Euro denominated debt, due to the fluctuation of the Euro compared to the U.S. Dollar. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, MacDermid recorded a remeasurement gain of $1.1 million on Euro denominated debt, due to the fluctuation of the Euro compared to the U.S. Dollar. The change in the value of the Euro to the U.S. Dollar from December 31, 2012 to September 30, 2013 was a decrease of 1.4%. During the first quarter of 2013, MacDermid recorded a gain of $4.1 million on Euro denominated debt as the value of the Euro decreased by 2.9% against the U.S. Dollar. During the second quarter of 2013 MacDermid recorded a loss of $3.0 million on Euro denominated debt as the value of the Euro increased by 1.5% against the U.S. Dollar. During the third quarter of 2013 MacDermid did not record any amount as a gain or loss on Euro denominated debt because it was paid off in June 2013. During the first quarter of 2012 MacDermid recorded a loss of $4.4 million on Euro denominated debt as the value of the Euro increased by 3.0% against the U.S. Dollar. During the second quarter of 2012 MacDermid recorded a gain of $7.7 million on Euro denominated debt as the value of the Euro decreased by 5.1% against the U.S. Dollar. During the third quarter of 2012 MacDermid recorded a loss of $2.2 million on Euro denominated debt as the value of the Euro increased by 1.6% against the U.S. Dollar. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, MacDermid recorded a remeasurement gain of $8.4 million on foreign denominated intercompany loans compared to no remeasurement gain for the same period in 2013. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, MacDermid recorded a loss on settled foreign currency hedges of $0.4 million compared to a loss of $0.1 million for the same period in 2012. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, MacDermid recorded $1.2 million of foreign exchange losses compared to $0.6 million of foreign exchange losses for the same period in 2012.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, MacDermid recorded a loss of $18.8 million related to refinancing Tranche B and Tranche C term loans and Senior Subordinated Notes. This amount consisted of $12.5 million of call premiums on the Senior Subordinated Notes and $6.3 million of net write-offs of deferred financing fees related to the extinguished debt. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012 MacDermid did not record any loss on extinguishment of debt.

Income Tax Expense

For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, MacDermid’s effective tax rate was 46.4% and 29.5%, respectively. The difference from the statutory tax rate to the reported tax rate in the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was a result of the earnings mix of MacDermid’s entities within taxing jurisdictions and the loss incurred on the extinguishment of debt. The loss on the extinguishment of debt is treated as a discrete item in determining MacDermid’s estimated annual tax rate. The discrete items for loss on extinguishment of debt did not result in a tax charge or benefit for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 because MacDermid maintains a valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets. The difference from the statutory tax rate to the reported tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was a result of the earnings mix of MacDermid’s entities within taxing jurisdictions and foreign exchange losses. Foreign exchange losses are considered discrete items because of the difficulty in estimating their full-year impact on MacDermid’s estimated annual tax rate.

 

53


Foreign exchange gains and losses are considered discrete items because of the difficulty in estimating their full-year impact on the estimated annual tax rate. Foreign exchange gains decreased by $9.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012, resulting in an overall loss of $0 for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The loss on extinguishment of debt is a discrete item as it is a significant, unusual and infrequent item. The loss on extinguishment of debt was $18.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 versus $0 for the same period in 2012. Foreign exchange gain/loss will occur in the future, although it is extremely difficult to estimate the amount of the future impact. The loss on extinguishment of debt is not expected to occur again in the future.

Accrued payment-in-kind dividend on cumulative preferred shares

For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, MacDermid’s accrued payment-in-kind dividend on cumulative preferred shares was $11.0 million lower for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 due to the paying off the cumulative dividend and redemption of its cumulative preferred shares in June 2013. The cumulative preferred shares accrue a 9.5% cumulative payment in kind dividend compounded quarterly.

Segment Reporting

The following discussion breaks down MacDermid’s net sales and operating profit by operating segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012.

Performance Materials— Net sales increased by $7.9 million, or 1.9%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012, and were negatively impacted by $6.4 million due to the increase in value of the U.S. Dollar during the nine months September 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012. The Americas operations experienced the highest net sales growth among the geographic regions in the Performance Materials segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 of $4.4 million, or 3.3%, due to an increase in sales of offshore industry products and higher sales of industrial automotive products in the United States. In Europe, the Performance Materials segment had higher sales of $0.2 million, or 0.1%, for industrial products sold in Europe. The Performance Materials segment in Asia had higher sales of $3.3 million, or 2.3%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 due primarily to higher industry electronic products in Asia.

Operating profit for the Performance Materials segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 increased by $14.5 million, or 23.0%, as compared to the same period in 2012. This increase is primarily attributable to higher sales of offshore industry products and higher margins on industrial products sold in the United States and electronics industry products sold in Asia. Operating profit for industrial products was negatively impacted by $1.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 due to the increase in value of the U.S. Dollar during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012.

 

     Nine Months ended
September 30,
     2013
to 2012
% Change
 
     2013      2012     
(amounts in thousands)                  Favorable  

Performance Materials

        

Net sales

   $ 429,446       $ 421,541         1.9

Operating profit

   $ 77,660       $ 63,136         23.0

 

54


Graphic Solutions— Net sales increased by $3.8 million, or 3.0%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012, and were negatively impacted by $0.5 million due to the increase in value of the U.S. Dollar. The Graphic Solutions segment in the Americas reported higher net sales levels for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 of $3.0 million, or 4.3%, compared to the same period in 2012 due to stronger customer demand for digital printing sheets and the continued sales levels of new products. This increase primarily reflects a gain in market share as a result of customers switching to MacDermid’s LUX ® process. In Europe, the Graphic Solutions segment had higher net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 of $2.0 million, or 4.6%, compared to the same period in 2012 due to market share gains from new product sales.

Operating profit for the Graphic Solutions segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was $4.2 million, or 18.4%, higher than the same period in 2012, an increase primarily due to the increase in net sales in the Graphic Solutions segment in the Americas and Europe, as discussed above, and the continued market share gains related to new and higher margin products.

 

     Nine Months ended
September 30,
     2013
to 2012
% Change
 
     2013      2012     
(amounts in thousands)                  Favorable  

Graphic Solutions

        

Net sales

   $ 131,111       $ 127,284         3.0

Operating profit

   $ 27,368       $ 23,124         18.4

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

Net Sales

Net sales of $731.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased by $2.4 million, or 0.3%, compared to the same period in 2011. Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2011 were negatively impacted by $18.6 million due to the increase in value of the U.S. Dollar during the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. MacDermid believes that net sales of products that it has identified as new products, which represent opportunities to enter markets adjacent to those it currently serves, was $66.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $56.0 million for the same period in 2011. MacDermid not only periodically introduces new products to market, but also continuously modifies its existing products, often at the request of, or in collaboration with, its customers. The impact of new product sales is a recurring factor to MacDermid’s results of operations.

The Performance Materials segment had lower net sales for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $9.1 million, or 1.6%, compared to the same period in 2011. This decrease was attributable to an increase of $17.2 million, or 25.2%, in net sales of offshore industry products due primarily to higher worldwide demand for offshore fluids, offset by a decrease of $15.3 million, or 4.5%, in net sales of industrial products due to a stronger U.S. Dollar against the Euro and Britain Pound Sterling and lower automotive sales in Brazil and Europe and a decrease of $10.9 million, or 6.8%, in net sales of electronics industry products attributable to lower product sales in China and product migration in Asia during 2012. The Graphic Solutions segment had higher net sales for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $11.5 million, or 7.2%, compared to the same period in 2011 due to higher sales of new products and market share gains in the Graphic Solutions segment.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net sales in the Performance Materials segment increased by $14.1 million, or 8.6%, in the Americas due to higher demand for offshore industry products as discussed above. In Asia, net sales in the Performance Materials segment decreased by $12.1 million, or 6.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011 due to lower sales in Japan as economic conditions in Japan decreased demand for electronics and MacDermid’s strategic decision in 2011 to cease selling low margin products in Asia negatively impacted sales in 2012. In Europe, net sales in the Performance Materials segment

 

55


decreased by $11.1 million, or 5.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011 due to a stronger U.S. Dollar which increased by 7.7% against the Euro and 1.1% against the British Pound Sterling. On a constant dollar basis the Performance Materials segment in Europe experienced modest growth from the year ended December 31, 2011 to the year ended December 31, 2012.

The Graphic Solutions segment in the Americas reported higher net sales levels for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $9.0 million, or 10.2%, compared to the same period in 2011 due to stronger customer demand for digital printing sheets and the introduction of new products. This increase primarily reflects a gain in market share as a result of customers switching to MacDermid’s LUX ® process. The Graphic Solutions segment in Europe had higher net sales for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $2.6 million, or 4.6%, compared to the same period in 2011 due to market share gains from new product sales. Changes in MacDermid’s product mix and the average selling prices of products did not have a material impact on net sales for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011.

Gross Profit

For the year ended December 31, 2012, gross profit increased $14.6 million, or 4.3%, compared to the same period in 2011 primarily attributable to MacDermid’s decision in 2011 to cease selling low margin products in Asia and higher sales levels of high margin products in 2012. Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2011 was negatively impacted by $9.7 million due to the increase in value of the U.S. Dollar during the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 48.6%, as compared to 46.7% for the same period in 2011. Changes in the product mix and the average selling prices of products did not have a material impact on gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011.

Selling, Technical and Administrative Expenses

Selling, technical and administrative expenses increased $1.9 million, or 1.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011 primarily as the result of higher selling expenses associated with higher sales and an increase in salary expenses. As a percentage of net sales, selling, technical and administrative expenses were 25.6% for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to 25.5% for the same period in 2011 primarily due to the increase in net sales.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased $2.1 million, or 9.1%, from the same period in 2011 primarily due to additional investments made to support certain strategic projects. As a percentage of net sales, research and development expenses were 3.4% for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to 3.2% for the same period in 2011, an increase due to higher salary expense.

Amortization Expenses for Finite-Lived Purchased Intangible Assets

Amortization expenses for finite-lived purchased intangible assets related to developed technology and customer lists for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased by $1.5 million, or 5.2%, compared to the same period in 2011 due to the $46.1 million impairment charge related to a portion of customer list intangible assets in the Performance Materials Asia reporting unit recorded in 2011 and a portion of customer list intangible assets being fully amortized in 2011.

Operational Restructuring Expenses

During the year ended December 31, 2012, MacDermid recorded $0.3 million of restructuring expenses. MacDermid recorded $0.3 million related to the elimination of four positions in the Performance Materials

 

56


segment in Europe, $0.1 million related to the elimination of seven positions in the Performance Materials segment in Asia and $0.1 million related to the elimination of two positions in the Graphic Solutions segment in the Americas. Also, MacDermid reversed $(0.1) million related to accrued other for estimated lease termination costs and $(0.1) million related to accrued other for legal and other costs that were no longer required in the Performance Materials segment in Europe as the amounts were no longer due. As of December 31, 2012, MacDermid has accrued restructuring costs of $0.6 million that are anticipated to be paid out within the next twelve months. MacDermid anticipates that these headcount reductions will have annual cash savings of approximately $0.3 million going forward. Actual cash cost savings to be realized depend on the timing of payments and many other factors, some of which are beyond MacDermid’s control, and could differ materially from out estimates. MacDermid anticipates recognizing the estimated cash cost savings once all payments have been finalized related to these restructuring initiatives in MacDermid’s results of operations and cash flows.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, MacDermid recorded $0.9 million of operational restructuring expenses. MacDermid recorded $0.9 million related to the elimination of four positions in the Performance Materials segment in Europe and $0.2 million related to the elimination of seven positions in the Performance Materials segment in Asia. MacDermid also reversed $(0.2) million of operational restructuring charges related to accrued benefits in the Performance Materials segment as the amounts were no longer due to employees and for estimated legal costs that were no longer required. MacDermid believes it has recognized $0.5 million, the full amount of the anticipated annual cost savings related to 2011 headcount reductions, in MacDermid’s results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Impairment Charges

During the year ended December 31, 2012, there were no impairment charges recorded.

During 2011, MacDermid recorded $46.4 million of impairment charges related to a write down of the customer list intangible assets in the Performance Materials segment in Asia to their estimated fair values. MacDermid concluded that certain indicators were present suggesting a potential impairment of the customer list intangible assets of the Performance Materials segment in Asia. The indicators of this potential impairment included:

 

    Recent reductions in gross profit margins of certain products;

 

    Increases in raw material prices used in manufacturing process that were difficult to pass along to customers;

 

    Increased pricing pressure for certain products from competitors; and

 

    Customers’ reluctance to accept product price increases and MacDermid’s reluctance to continue selling certain products, which require technical support, at low margin levels.

Based upon the above indicators MacDermid evaluated customer list intangible assets for potential impairment. In accordance with ASC 360, a long-lived asset (asset group) shall be tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that a long-lived asset (asset group) may not be recoverable. Under ASC 360, impairment is defined as the condition that exists when the carrying amounts of a long-lived asset (asset group) exceeds its fair value. MacDermid utilized an “income approach” method to test the Performance Materials Asia customer list intangible assets for impairment. In step one of the testing, MacDermid compared the carrying amounts of the Performance Materials Asia customer list intangible assets to the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the use and eventual disposition of the customer list intangible assets over their remaining useful lives. Four of the end markets served by the products in the Performance Materials Asia reporting unit passed the first step of the testing procedures, with significant headroom. Two of the end markets served by the products in the Performance Materials Asia reporting unit failed the first step of the testing procedures; therefore, MacDermid performed the second step of impairment testing. In the second step of the testing procedures, the

 

57


estimated fair value of the Performance Materials Asia customer list intangible assets was determined by estimating the after-tax cash flows attributable to the assets and then discounting these cash flows to a present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. The cash flow model utilized in the customer list intangible asset impairment test involves significant judgments related to future growth rates, discount rates and tax rates, among other considerations. The step-two testing procedures indicated that the Performance Materials Asia customer list intangible assets relating to the products serving two of the industry end markets were impaired because the carrying value of these assets exceeded their estimated fair value by $46.4 million.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased by $4.9 million, or 9.0%, compared to the same period in 2011 due to lower outstanding debt balances.

Miscellaneous Income

Miscellaneous income for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $5.0 million compared to the $9.4 million of miscellaneous income recorded during the same period in 2011, a decrease due primarily to a remeasurement charge on Euro denominated debt. For the year ended December 31, 2012, MacDermid recorded a remeasurement loss of $2.7 million on Euro denominated debt, due to a 1.8% increase in the value of the Euro against the U.S. Dollar, although the Euro was even stronger against the U.S. Dollar for the first and fourth quarters of 2012. Specifically, the Euro appreciated in value against the U.S. Dollar by 3.0% during the period from December 31, 2011 to March 31, 2012 and by 2.6% during the period from September 30, 2012 to December 31, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2011, MacDermid recorded a remeasurement gain of $4.1 million on Euro denominated debt as the Euro decreased in value by 3.1% against the U.S. Dollar from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2012, MacDermid recorded a remeasurement gain of $8.4 million on foreign denominated intercompany loans compared to a remeasurement gain of $5.1 million recorded for the same period in 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2012, MacDermid recorded a gain on settled foreign currency hedges of $0.1 million compared to a gain of $0.6 million for the same period in 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2012, MacDermid recorded $1.1 million of foreign exchange losses compared to $0.2 million of foreign exchange losses for the same period in 2011.

Income Tax Expense

For the year ended December 31, 2012, MacDermid’s effective tax rate was 34.8% compared to 88.0% for the same period in 2011. MacDermid is a U.S. based company with a statutory income tax rate of 35%. However, MacDermid operates in 24 foreign countries, which have tax rates that are different from the U.S. statutory tax rate. MacDermid’s 2012 and 2011 annual effective tax rates differed from the U.S. statutory rate of 35% in 2012 and 2011 due to: (1) the imposition of taxes in different tax jurisdictions combined with the earnings mix in these taxing jurisdictions, (2) the impact of tax rate changes in certain taxing jurisdictions during 2012 which resulted in a change to accumulated deferred tax balances and a tax benefit to the 2012 and 2011 tax rates, (3) the effect of tax reserves and (4) the effect of valuation allowances. The foreign tax rate differential is a benefit of $11.6 million and $1.5 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively, a result of different tax rates applied to foreign pre-tax income as well as the impact of repatriating income from overseas locations, net of allowed foreign tax credits. There were several tax rate changes instituted in 2012 and 2011 which resulted in a tax benefit of $1.0 million and $0.9 million, respectively. MacDermid also recognized a tax charge of $5.7 million for tax reserves which were recorded in 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2012, MacDermid had a charge of $6.9 million for increases to valuation allowances, compared to $6.7 million in the same period in 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2011, MacDermid had a deferred tax charge of $1.2 million for foreign earnings that may be repatriated in the future. Each one of these factors impacting MacDermid’s 2012 and 2011 effective tax rates will likely also impact the tax rate in the future, although it is extremely difficult to estimate the amount of their future impact.

 

58


Segment Reporting

The following discussion breaks down MacDermid’s net sales and operating profit by operating segment for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011.

Performance Materials— Net sales decreased by $9.1 million, or 1.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011, and were negatively impacted by $14.8 million due to the increase in value of the U.S. Dollar during the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. Our Americas operations experienced the highest net sales growth among the geographic regions in our Performance Materials segment for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $14.1 million, or 8.6%, due to an increase in our sales of offshore industry products. In Europe, our Performance Materials segment had lower sales of $11.1 million, or 5.5%, due to a stronger U.S. Dollar against the Euro and British Pound Sterling as discussed above. Our Performance Materials segment in Asia had lower sales of $12.1 million, or 6.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 due to lower sales in China as a result of our strategic decision in 2011 to cease selling low margin products in Asia which negatively impacted sales in 2012 and the sale of our Australian and New Zealand industrial operations in 2011, which negatively impacted 2012 sales by approximately $6.8 million. Overall our sales in our offshore products increased by 25.5% from the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to same period in 2012 within our Performance Materials segment while our sales in our industrial and electronics products decreased by 4.5% and 6.8% from the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the same period in 2012 within our Performance Materials segment.

Operating profit for the Performance Materials segment for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased by $51.8 million, or 170.7%, as compared to the same period in 2011. This increase is primarily attributable to the $46.4 million of impairment charges related to a write down of the customer list intangible assets in the Performance Materials segment in Asia recorded during the year ended December 31, 2011 and the decision in 2011 to cease selling low margin products in Asia. The Performance Materials segment operating profit was positively impacted by $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to the increase in value of the U.S. Dollar during the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011 related to customer list intangible asset impairment charges recorded in Asia.

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     2012
to 2011
% Change
 
     2012      2011     
(amounts in thousands)                 

Favorable

(Unfavorable)

 

Performance Materials

        

Net sales

   $ 559,520       $ 568,578         -1.6

Operating profit

   $ 82,101       $ 30,331         170.7

Graphic Solutions— Net sales increased by $11.5 million, or 7.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011, and were negatively impacted by $3.8 million due to the increase in value of the U.S. Dollar. The Graphic Solutions segment in the Americas reported higher net sales levels for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $9.0 million, or 10.2%, compared to the same period in 2011 due to stronger customer demand for digital printing sheets and the introduction of new products. This increase primarily reflects a gain in market share as a result of customers switching to MacDermid’s LUX ® process. The Graphic Solutions segment in Europe had higher net sales for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $2.6 million, or 4.6%, compared to the same period in 2011 due to market share gains from new product sales.

 

59


Operating profit for the Graphic Solutions segment for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $7.4 million, or 28.8%, higher than the same period in 2011, an increase primarily due to the increase in net sales in the Graphic Solutions segment in the Americas and Europe, as discussed above, and the introduction of higher margin products in 2011 in those operations which carried into the full year of 2012. The Graphic Solutions segment operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2012 was negatively impacted by $1.1 million due to the increase in value of the U.S. Dollar during the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011.

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     2012
to 2011
% Change
 
     2012      2011     
(amounts in thousands)                  Favorable  

Graphic Solutions

        

Net sales

   $ 171,700       $ 160,195         7.2

Operating profit

   $ 32,996       $ 25,617         28.8

Operational Restructuring

MacDermid has executed a series of operational restructuring initiatives to streamline its cost structure and consolidate its global manufacturing activities. These actions have reduced the workforce in its manufacturing, research and development and sales, technical and administrative functions.

At each reporting date, MacDermid evaluates accruals for operational restructuring activities, which consist primarily of termination benefits (principally severance payments), to ensure that accruals are still appropriate. In certain circumstances, accruals are no longer required because of efficiencies in carrying out the initiative or because employees previously identified for separation resigned unexpectedly and did not receive severance or were redeployed due to circumstances not foreseen when the original plans were initiated. MacDermid reverses accruals to operational restructuring expense when it is determined they are no longer required.

The following table displays the activity from December 31, 2012 to September 30, 2013 of costs related to MacDermid’s operational restructuring initiatives:

 

     Balance,
December 31,
2012
     Nine months ended
September 30, 2013
     As of September 30, 2013  
      Charges to
Expense
     Cash
Payments
    Non-Cash
adjustments
     Total costs
and
adjustments
    Total
expected
costs &
adjustments
 
(amounts in thousands)                                        
(unaudited)                                        

Graphic Solutions Segment

               

Severance and other benefits

   $ —        $ 1,668       $ (1,442   $ —        $ 226      $ 226   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal Graphic Solutions Segment

     —           1,668         (1,442     —           226        226   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Performance Materials Segment

               

Severance and other benefits

     616         222         (224     18         16        632   

Other

     16         —           (4     —           (4     12   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal Performance Materials Segment

     632         222         (228     18         12        644   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 632       $ 1,890       $ (1,670   $ 18       $ 238      $ 870   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The $1.7 million of cash payments set forth above reflects cash payments made to employees separated as part of MacDermid’s operational restructuring programs from 2013. As of September 30, 2013, MacDermid had accrued operational restructuring costs of $0.9 million that are anticipated to be paid out within the succeeding six months.

 

60


Liquidity and Capital Resources

MacDermid’s primary source of liquidity is cash generated from operations. MacDermid’s primary uses of cash are raw material purchases, salary expense, capital expenditures and debt service obligations. MacDermid believes that its cash and cash equivalent balance and cash generated from operations will be sufficient to meet its working capital needs, capital expenditures and other business requirements for at least the next twelve months. From time to time there are various legal proceedings pending against MacDermid; however, MacDermid believes that the resolution of these claims, to the extent not covered by insurance, will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on its liquidity. At September 30, 2013, MacDermid had $65.2 million in cash and cash equivalents.

Although MacDermid has not historically done so, if appropriate, it may borrow cash under the Revolving Credit Facility which, at September 30, 2013, had approximately $46.1 million of availability. While MacDermid believes it has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet its current operating requirements, if cash flows from operations are less than expected or it requires funds to pursue additional expansion activities that it may elect to pursue, it may need to incur additional debt, issue additional equity securities or sell or monetize existing assets. MacDermid cannot, however, assure you that future funding will be available on terms favorable to it or at all. The restrictions in its existing debt instruments may also limit its ability to incur additional debt or sell assets; however, MacDermid is currently able to borrow up to the entire amount of its availability under the Revolving Credit Facility despite these restrictions.

Of MacDermid’s $65.2 million of cash and cash equivalents at September 30, 2013, $45.7 million was held by its foreign subsidiaries. The majority of the cash held by foreign subsidiaries is generally available for the ongoing needs of its operations. The laws of certain countries may limit MacDermid’s ability to utilize cash resources held in those countries for operations in other countries. However, these laws are not likely to impact its liquidity in any material way. The operations of each foreign subsidiary generally fund such subsidiary’s capital requirements. In the event that other foreign operations or operations within the United States require additional cash, MacDermid may transfer cash between and among subsidiaries as needed so long as such transfers are in accordance with law. As of September 30, 2013, MacDermid had the ability to repatriate $25.5 million of cash at MacDermid’s discretion from the foreign subsidiaries and branches while the remaining balance of $20.2 million was held at subsidiaries in which earnings are considered permanently reinvested. Repatriation of some of these funds could be subject to delay and could have potential tax consequences, principally with respect to withholding taxes paid in foreign jurisdictions. If cash is repatriated from jurisdictions in which earnings are considered permanently reinvested MacDermid will be required to accrue and pay U.S. income taxes on such repatriations. As of December 31, 2012, MacDermid’s foreign subsidiaries held $31.2 million of its total cash and cash equivalents balance of $143.4 million.

As market conditions warrant, MacDermid may from time to time repurchase debt securities issued in privately negotiated or open-market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise, or issue new debt in order to refinance or prepay amounts outstanding under the Credit Facilities or for other permitted purposes.

Operating Activities

MacDermid generated cash flows from operating activities of $64.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to $59.0 million for the same period in 2012. This increase was primarily attributable to a decrease in earnings of $(16.5) million, a decrease in depreciation expense of $(2.0) million, a decrease of $(1.1) million due to lower bad debt expense, a $8.4 million increase in remeasurement charges on foreign denominated debt based upon the exchange rate of the U.S. Dollar to the Euro, an increase of $18.8 million related to the loss on extinguishment of debt not present in the same period in 2012, an increase of $1.5 million due to higher restructuring charges, an increase of deferred income taxes of $10.2 million due to change in the deferred tax balances associated with the Euro denominated debt, an increase of accounts receivable of $3.0 million due to higher sales levels, an increase in income tax balances of $(5.2) million due to recording

 

61


higher income taxes payable based upon earnings offset by slightly lower income tax payments, and an increase in accrued expenses of $(11.3) million due primarily to lower accrued interest payables balance at September 30, 2013 due to the payoff of the Senior Subordinated Notes in June 2013.

MacDermid generated cash flows from operating activities of $75.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $49.7 million for the same period in 2011. The increase in cash flow provided by operations, for the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily attributable to an increase in earnings of $44.9 million, a decrease of $(46.4) million in impairment charges, a $3.5 million increase in remeasurement charges on foreign denominated debt related to the remeasurement charges MacDermid records on foreign denominated debt based upon the exchange rate of the U.S. Dollar to the Euro, an increase of deferred income taxes of $7.6 million primarily due to a change in the deferred tax balances associated with the Euro denominated debt and the $46.4 million of impairment charges related to a write down of customer list intangible assets, a decrease in accounts receivable of $(4.5) million, an increase in accounts payable of $6.8 million attributable to higher inventory levels, a $9.1 million increase in accrued expenses due to higher bonus payments and a $5.3 million increase in income tax balances due to recording higher income taxes payable based upon earnings and higher income tax payments.

MacDermid reviews accounts receivable on a consolidated basis on a business-by-business level. These quarterly reviews focus primarily on the seasonality and collectability of accounts receivable. As a result of these reviews, MacDermid determined that the composition of accounts receivable did not change in any material respect during (1) the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to the same period in 2012 or (2) the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. MacDermid’s management uses days sales outstanding (“DSO”) to measure how efficiently MacDermid manages the billing and collection of accounts receivable. MacDermid calculates DSO by dividing the product of 360 and its accounts receivable balance by its annualized net sales. At September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, DSO was 69 days and 68 days, respectively.

The primary components of MacDermid’s inventory are finished goods, raw materials and supplies and equipment. MacDermid reviews its inventories quarterly on a consolidated basis on a business-by-business level for obsolescence and to evaluate the appropriateness of the composition of its inventory at any given time. MacDermid’s management uses days in inventory (“DII”) to calculate its efficiency at realizing inventories. MacDermid calculates DII by dividing the product of 360 and its inventory balance, net of reserves, by its annualized cost of sales, excluding any intercompany sales. At September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, DII was 80 days and 73 days, respectively. Its products generally have shelf lives that exceed one year.

Investing Activities

Net cash flows (used in) investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was $(6.1) million compared to $(10.4) million for the same period in 2012. The increase was attributable to the acquisition payments for a company in Brazil that closed in the nine months ended September 30, 2012 for approximately $(3.7) million, $1.8 million of proceeds from the sale of an asset group during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and $(1.7) million of higher capital expenditures during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012.

Net cash flows (used in) investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $(18.3) million compared to $(3.5) million for the same period in 2011. The decrease of $14.8 million was attributable to $13.4 million of capital expenditures and $5.0 million related to the acquisition of a company in Brazil during the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $3.3 million of proceeds from the sale of business units, $0.3 million of proceeds from the sale of assets, capital expenditures of $(8.7) million, the purchase of equity securities of $(0.8) million and the redemption of a certificate of deposit of $2.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

62


Financing Activities

Net cash flows (used in) financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was $(136.1) million compared to $(24.8) million for the same period in 2012, an increase of ($111.3) million due primarily to the debt refinancing transaction which occurred in June 2013. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 MacDermid borrowed $1,109.5 million, net of debt discounts of $5.5 million. The funds that MacDermid borrowed were used to 1) pay off its Tranche B and Tranche C terms loans of $345.2 million, 2) pay off its Senior Subordinated Notes of $355.4 million, 3) pay a $14.7 million call premium payment on the Senior Subordinated Notes, 4) pay a dividend payment on the Series A preferred stock of $229.8 million, 5) repurchase $270.2 million of the outstanding Series A preferred stock and 6) pay $13.6 million of financing costs. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, MacDermid made a $17.1 million mandatory excess cash flow payment based upon its 2012 operating results compared to a $14.6 million mandatory excess cash flow payment based upon its 2011 operating results made during the same time period in 2012.

Net cash flows (used in) financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $(27.2) million compared to $(37.8) million for the same period in 2011, a decrease of $10.6 million due to $(10.9) million in lower payments of long-term debt made during the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. The decrease in long-term debt payments was due to a $14.6 million mandatory excess cash flow payment based upon MacDermid’s 2011 operating results made during the first quarter of 2012, compared to a $24.2 million mandatory excess cash flow payment based upon MacDermid’s 2010 operating results made during the same time period in 2011. MacDermid also had a decrease in short term borrowings of $(1.3) million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011, offset by lower proceeds from capital leases of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011.

Credit Facilities, Japanese Debt and Senior Subordinated Notes

As of September 30, 2013, the Credit Facilities consist of (1) the $755.0 million first lien credit facility, (2) the $360.0 million second lien credit facility and (3) the $50.0 million Revolving Credit Facility. A portion of the Revolving Credit Facility not in excess of $15.0 million is available for the issuance of letters of credit. Separate and apart from the Credit Facilities, MacDermid also had Japanese senior secured bank debt denominated in Japanese Yen. Upon consummation of the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition, MacDermid had approximately $751.3 million of indebtedness outstanding under the first lien credit facility.

As of September 30, 2013, MacDermid had $751.3 million of indebtedness outstanding under the first lien credit facility, $356.6 million of indebtedness outstanding under the second lien credit facility and $1.2 million of Japanese debt. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013, there were no borrowings under the $50.0 million Revolving Credit Facility. MacDermid had letters of credit outstanding of $3.8 million at September 30, 2013. The letters of credit reduce the borrowings available under the Revolving Credit Facility.

The borrower under the Credit Facilities and the issuer of the Senior Subordinated Notes is MacDermid. Upon consummation of the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition, Platform became a co-borrower on all obligations under the Credit Facilities. Each of the notes representing MacDermid’s Japanese debt is secured by the assets of MacDermid Japan.

The Credit Facilities contain various covenants including limitations on additional indebtedness, dividends and other distributions, entry into new lines of business, use of loan proceeds, capital expenditures, restricted payments, restrictions on liens, transactions with affiliates, amendments to organizational documents, accounting changes, sale and leaseback transactions and dispositions. In addition, the Revolving Credit Facility requires us to comply with certain financial covenants, including consolidated leverage and interest coverage ratios and limitations on capital expenditures if MacDermid’s funding under the Revolving Credit Facility exceeds $12.5 million at any fiscal quarter end. As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, MacDermid was in compliance with the debt covenants contained in the Credit Facilities and the Senior Subordinated Notes.

 

63


Recent Developments

In connection with the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition, on October 31, 2013 MacDermid entered into Amendment No. 1 to the First Lien Credit Agreement (the “Amended and Restated First Lien Credit Facility”) and MacDermid paid $373.0 million in connection with the repayment of the $360.0 million in principal on the second lien credit facility. Pursuant to the Amended and Restated First Lien Credit Facility, (1) the change of control provision was amended to permit Platform to become a co-borrower on all obligations under the $50.0 million Revolving Credit Facility and the $751.3 million of indebtedness outstanding under the $755.0 million first lien credit facility (together, the “First Lien Facilities”); (2) Barclays Bank PLC replaced Credit Suisse AG as collateral agent, administrative agent and L/C issuer; and (3) the negative and affirmative covenants contained therein were modified to reflect the pro forma corporate structure, but are otherwise substantially similar to those originally contained in the first lien credit agreement. The terms relating to the incremental facility, maturity, indicative margin, LIBOR floor, ranking, guarantors, mandatory prepayments and financial covenants remained unmodified by the amendment.

In connection with the repayment of the second lien credit facility, MacDermid expects to record a $8.6 million loss on extinguishment of debt, and in connection with the amendment to the Amended and Restated First Lien Credit Facility, MacDermid expects to pay approximately $8.0 million in amendment and breakage fees.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

MacDermid owns most of its major manufacturing facilities, but it does lease certain office, manufacturing factories and warehouse space and land, as well as other equipment primarily under non-cancelable operating leases.

Summarized in the table below are MacDermid’s obligations and commitments to make future payments in connection with debt and minimum lease payment obligations (net of minimum sublease income) as of September 30, 2013.

 

     Payment Due by Period      Total  
(amounts in thousands)    2013      2014      2015      2016      2017      2018 and
Thereafter
    

Debt obligations (including short-term debt)(1)

   $ 363,109       $ 7,550       $ 7,550       $ 7,550       $ 7,550       $ 721,026       $ 1,114,335   

Capital lease obligations(2)

     99         436         306         151         7         —          999   

Operating leases(3)

     2,691         7,192         4,881         3,506         2,872         19,428         40,570   

Interest payments(4)

     7,535         29,927         29,609         29,298         28,992         69,286         194,647   

Expected pension funding payments(5)

     3,248         3,000         3,000         3,000         3,000         —           15,248   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash contractual obligations

   $ 376,682       $ 48,105       $ 45,346       $ 43,505       $ 42,421         809,740       $ 1,365,799   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Reflects the principal payments on the Credit Facilities and the Senior Subordinated Notes and Japanese debt. September 30, 2013 exchange rates were utilized to estimate U.S. Dollar payments for Japanese debt interest payments. Assumes payoff of second lien secured credit facility at acquisition closing date.
(2) Excludes interest on capital lease obligations of $0.1 million at September 30, 2013.
(3) Amounts are net of sublease income on operating leases of approximately $0.1 million in 2014 and $0.1 million in 2015.
(4) Amounts are based on currently applicable interest rates in the case of variable interest rate debt. September 30, 2013 exchange rates were utilized to estimate U.S. Dollar payments for Japanese debt interest payments.
(5) Amounts are based upon MacDermid’s expected future pension funding payments in the U.S. and the United Kingdom for 2013 through 2016. As the funded status of MacDermid’s pension plans in the U.S. and the United Kingdom will vary, obligations for expected pension funding payments after 2017 cannot be reasonably estimated and are not included in the table.

 

64


Capital Expenditures

From September 30, 2013 through the end of 2013, MacDermid expects to spend approximately $5.5 million related to its capital expenditures using cash generated from its operations and cash on hand. The general purposes of its capital expenditures are to support its investment and expansion plans relating to product development and sales and to ensure compliance with environmental health and safety laws and initiatives. MacDermid estimates that it spends approximately $1.0 million annually on environmental, health and safety capital expenditures. MacDermid does not expect this amount to increase materially in the future.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

MacDermid uses customary off-balance sheet arrangements, such as operating leases and letters of credit, to finance our business. None of these arrangements has or is reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors.

Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Estimates

Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. As disclosed in Note 1, the preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that impact the reported amounts and accompanying disclosures. Such decisions include the selection of the appropriate accounting principles to be applied and also assumptions upon which accounting estimates are based. MacDermid applies judgment based on its understanding and analysis of the relevant circumstances to reach these decisions. By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from the estimates applied.

Those areas requiring the greatest degree of management judgment or deemed most critical to our financial reporting involve:

The Periodic Assessment of Potential Impairment of Goodwill

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level annually, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. We test goodwill for impairment at our reporting unit level in accordance with ASC 350-20 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other”. Our reporting units are determined based upon our organizational structure in place at that date of the goodwill impairment test. There were no changes in MacDermid’s reporting units for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012. MacDermid’s evaluation of potential impairment of goodwill did not change for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012. For goodwill, a two-step impairment test is performed at the reporting unit level. In the first step of impairment testing, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. The fair value of each reporting unit is determined based on the present value of discounted future cash flows. The discounted cash flows are prepared based upon cash flows at the reporting unit level for the twelve months ended preceding the date of impairment testing. The cash flows utilized in goodwill impairment testing differ from actual consolidated cash flows due to exclusion of non-recurring charges. The cash flow model utilized in the goodwill impairment test involves significant judgments related to future growth rates, discount rates and tax rates, among other considerations. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that reporting unit, goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is performed. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that reporting unit exceeds the fair value of that reporting unit, then the second step of the impairment test must be performed to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment charge is recorded equal to the difference. For the annual impairment testing related to goodwill performed on April 1, 2011, 2012

 

65


and 2013, respectively, no reporting units had lower estimated fair values than carrying values in the first step of goodwill impairment evaluation; therefore no further testing was performed and no goodwill impairment charges were recorded. There were no other events or changes in circumstances indicated that goodwill might be impaired.

As of April 1, 2013, MacDermid had four reporting units that have been allocated goodwill. As of April 1, 2013, no reporting units had lower estimated fair values than carrying values in the first step of the goodwill impairment evaluation; therefore no further testing was performed and no goodwill impairment charges were recorded. As of April 1, 2013, the estimated fair value of all of the reporting units substantially exceeded their carrying value. The estimated discounted cash flows utilized in MacDermid’s April 1, 2013 goodwill impairment testing procedures were prepared based upon the cash flows at the reporting unit level for the 12 months preceding the date of the impairment testing. The cash flows utilized in the goodwill impairment testing differ from the actual consolidated cash flows due to exclusion of non-recurring charges utilized in the cash flows.

As of April 1, 2012, MacDermid had four reporting units that have been allocated goodwill. As of April 1, 2012, no reporting units had lower estimated fair values than carrying values in the first step of the goodwill impairment evaluation; therefore no further testing was performed and no goodwill impairment charges were recorded. As of April 1, 2012, the estimated fair value of all of the reporting units substantially exceeded their carrying value. The estimated discounted cash flows utilized in MacDermid’s April 1, 2012 goodwill impairment testing procedures were prepared based upon the cash flows at the reporting unit level for the 12 months preceding the date of the impairment testing. The cash flows utilized in the goodwill impairment testing differ from the actual consolidated cash flows due to exclusion of non-recurring charges utilized in the cash flows.

The Periodic Assessment of Potential Impairment of Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Indefinite-lived intangible assets (including MacDermid’s tradenames) are reviewed for potential impairment on an annual basis by comparing the estimated fair value of the indefinite-lived purchased intangible assets to the carrying value. MacDermid also tests for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that these identifiable intangible assets may be impaired. An impairment charge is recognized when the estimated fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than the carrying value. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment at the reportable business unit level for which identifiable revenues are reported. MacDermid tests its corporate tradename for impairment at the consolidated level because it is operated as a single asset and relies upon its consolidated financial results and consolidated cash flows. MacDermid’s other tradenames are not combined for impairment testing because they generate cash flows independently and are reviewed at the level each such tradename is recorded.

MacDermid determines the fair value of its indefinite-lived intangible assets (other than tradenames) in accordance with ASC Topic 820, “ Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures . MacDermid’s impairment evaluation of identifiable intangible assets and property, plant and equipment includes an analysis of estimated future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets over their remaining estimated useful lives. If the estimated future undiscounted net cash flows are insufficient to recover the carrying value of the assets over the remaining estimated useful lives, MacDermid records an impairment charge in the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the fair value. MacDermid determines fair value based on either market quotes, if available, or estimated discounted cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risk inherent in MacDermid’s current business model for the specific asset being valued.

 

66


MacDermid use the “relief from royalty” method to value its trade name intangible assets. The primary assumptions in these calculations are MacDermid’s net sales projections, growth rates and the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) that MacDermid applies to determine the present value of these cash flows. The WACC MacDermid utilizes is based upon comparable industry averages. MacDermid then applies a royalty rate to the projected net sales. The royalty rate is based on market royalty rates and royalties MacDermid pays to outside parties. The resulting royalty savings are reduced by income taxes resulting from the annual royalty savings at a market participant corporate income tax rate to arrive at the after-tax royalty savings associated with owning the trade names. Finally, the present value of the estimated annual after-tax royalty savings for each year is used to estimate the fair value of the trade names. Assumptions concerning net sales are impacted by global and local economic conditions in the various markets MacDermid serves as well as uncertainties related to sales growth, economic growth, future product development and cost estimates.

The Periodic Assessment of Potential Impairment of Finite-Lived Intangible Assets

Finite-lived intangible assets such as developed technology and customer lists are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which are currently ten years for developed technology and range between three and 21 years for customer lists. If circumstances require a long-lived asset group to be tested for possible impairment, MacDermid first determines whether the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset plus net proceeds expected from disposition of the asset, if any, are less than the carrying value of the asset. When an impairment is identified, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its estimated fair value based on a discounted cash flow approach or, when available and appropriate, based on comparable market values.

The valuations of customer lists and developed technology intangible assets are based on estimated undiscounted cash flows, which incorporate long-term net sales projections as a key assumption. The long-term net sales projections utilized in the valuation of customer lists and developed technology intangible assets are based upon current customers, new strategic products and potential sales growth based on historical experience and current expectations. The undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the customer lists and developed technology intangible assets are then compared to their respective carry values to determine if impairment exists.

The Analysis and Evaluation of Income Taxes

MacDermid recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the differences between the financial statement bases and the tax bases of assets, liabilities, net operating losses and tax credit carry-forwards. A valuation allowance is required to be recognized to reduce the recorded deferred tax asset to the amount that will more likely than not be realized. In assessing whether deferred tax assets will be realized, MacDermid considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income by jurisdiction during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible, including foreign source income for U.S. federal tax purposes and state taxable income, to determine potential utilization of state and foreign net operating losses, foreign tax credit, research and development credits and state tax credit carry forwards. MacDermid considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and expiration dates of certain deferred tax assets in making this assessment.

Valuation allowances reflect MacDermid’s assessment that it is more likely than not that certain deferred tax assets for state and foreign net operating losses, foreign tax credits, research and development credits and state tax credit carry-forwards will not be realized. The assessment of the need for a valuation allowance requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future earnings, reversal of existing temporary differences and available tax planning strategies. If actual experience differs from these estimates and assumptions, the recorded deferred tax asset may not be fully realized resulting in an increase to income tax expense in MacDermid’s results of operations. As of December 31, 2012, valuation allowances of $41.4 million have been recorded.

 

67


MacDermid is subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in evaluating its uncertain tax positions and determining its provision for income taxes. The first step in evaluating the tax position for recognition is to determine the amount of evidence that supports a favorable conclusion for the tax position upon audit. In order to recognize the tax position, MacDermid must determine whether it is more likely than not that the position is sustainable. The next requirement is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that has a more than 50% chance of being realized upon final settlement. As of December 31, 2012, MacDermid had reserves of approximately $22.8 million for taxes, interest and penalties that may become due in later years as a result of future tax audits. These reserves are associated with potential transfer pricing issues, tax residency issues, deductibility of interest expense in various jurisdictions and certain foreign tax reporting income issues.

Determination of the Various Assumptions Employed in the Valuation of Employee Benefits and Pension Obligations

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements related to pension and other postretirement benefits are determined from actuarial valuations. Inherent in such valuations are assumptions including expected return on plan assets, discount rates at which the liabilities could be settled, rates of increase in future compensation levels, mortality rates and health care cost trend rates. These assumptions are updated annually and are disclosed in Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. In accordance with GAAP, actual results that differ from the assumptions are accumulated and amortized over future periods and, therefore, affect expense recognized and obligations recorded in future periods.

MacDermid considers a number of factors in determining and selecting assumptions for the overall expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. MacDermid considers the historical long-term return experience of its assets, the current and expected allocation of its plan assets, and expected long-term rates of return. MacDermid derives these expected long-term rates of return with the assistance of its investment advisors. MacDermid bases its expected allocation of plan assets on a diversified portfolio consisting of domestic and international equity securities, fixed income, real estate, and alternative asset classes. The measurement date used to determine pension and other postretirement benefits is December 31st, at which time the minimum contribution level for the following year is determined.

With respect to U.S. plans, MacDermid’s investment policies incorporate an asset allocation strategy that emphasizes the long-term growth of capital and acceptable asset volatility as long as it is consistent with the volatility of the relevant market indexes. The investment policies attempt to achieve a mix of approximately 75% of plan investments for long-term growth and 25% for near-term benefit payments. MacDermid believes this strategy is consistent with the long-term nature of plan liabilities and ultimate cash needs of the plans. Plan assets consist primarily of corporate bond mutual funds, limited partnership interests, listed stocks and cash. The corporate bond mutual funds held by the pension plan include primarily corporate bonds from companies from diversified industries located in the U.S. The listed stocks are investments in large-cap and mid-cap companies located in the U.S. The assets from the limited partnership investments primarily include listed stocks located in the U.S. The weighted average asset allocation of the Pension Plan was 17% equity securities, 61% limited partnership interests and managed equity funds, 14% bond mutual fund holdings and 8% cash at December 31, 2012. Return on asset (“ROA”) assumptions are determined annually based on a review of the asset mix as well as individual ROA performances, benchmarked against indexes such as the S&P 500 Index and the Russell 2000 Index. In determining an assumed rate of return on plan assets, MacDermid considers past performance and economic forecasts for the types of investments held by the Pension Plan. The asset allocation strategy and ROA assumptions for the non-U.S. plans are determined based on similar set of criteria adapted for local investments, inflation rates and in certain cases specific government requirements.

 

68


Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2013, the Financial Accounting Standard Board (the “FASB”) issued ASU No. 2013-05 Foreign Currency Matters (Topic 830): Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity which resolves diversity in practice regarding the release of the cumulative translation adjustment into net income when a parent either sells a part or all of its investments in a foreign entity. In addition, the standard resolves diversity in practice for the treatment of business combinations achieved in stages involving a foreign entity. The guidance is effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2013. MacDermid does not anticipate the adoption of this new ASU to have a material impact on its financial statements.

On July 17, 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-10 Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes which permits the use of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (OIS) as an acceptable benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes in addition to U.S. Treasury rates and the LIBOR swap rate. This ASU was effective upon issuance and should be applied prospectively for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into. MacDermid does not anticipate the adoption of this new ASU to have a material impact on its financial statements.

In June 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11 I ncome Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists which requires standard presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a carryforward related to net operating losses or tax credits exist. The guidance is effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2013, with early adoption permitted. MacDermid adopted this new ASU in the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on MacDermid’s financial statements.

On February 5, 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (ASU 2013-02), which adds additional disclosure requirements for items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. MacDermid adopted the amendments in this ASU effective January 1, 2013, and the initial adoption of the amendments in this ASU concerns presentation and disclosure only and did not have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Foreign Currency Risk

MacDermid conducted a significant portion of its business in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, the currency in which its consolidated financial statements are reported. Generally, each of its operations utilizes the local currency of the operation as its functional currency—the currency in which it incurs operating expenses and collects accounts receivable. MacDermid’s business is exposed to foreign currency risk primarily from changes in the exchange rate between the U.S. Dollar and the following currencies: the Euro, British Pound Sterling, Hong Kong Dollar, Chinese Yuan, Japanese Yen and Brazilian Real. As a result, MacDermid’s operating results could be affected by foreign currency exchange rate volatility relative to the U.S. Dollar.

Generally, MacDermid has not utilized foreign currency hedges to mitigate exchange rate changes between the U.S. Dollar and the foreign currencies of its operations other than with respect to the British Pound Sterling. However, approximately 25% of the net sales of its Autotype foreign subsidiary, which is based in the United Kingdom and utilizes the British Pound Sterling as its functional currency, are denominated in U.S. Dollars. For that reason, MacDermid utilizes foreign currency hedges between the British Pound Sterling and the U.S. Dollar to help mitigate the risk of a stronger British Pound Sterling for its Autotype foreign subsidiary. To hedge against the risk of a stronger British Pound Sterling with respect to its Autotype foreign subsidiary, in 2012 and 2011, MacDermid contracted with a financial institution to deliver U.S. Dollars at a fixed British Pound Sterling rate

 

69


and to receive British Pound Sterling in exchange for the U.S. Dollar. MacDermid did not pay up-front premiums to obtain the hedge. As of September 30, 2013, the aggregate U.S. Dollar notional amount of foreign currency forward contracts, designated as hedges, was $13.5 million. These contracts were all denominated in British Pound Sterling. The fair value of the foreign currency forward contract at September 30, 2013, was a $0.1 million short term asset.

MacDermid’s policy prohibits it from speculating in financial instruments for profit on exchange rate price fluctuations, from trading in currencies for which there are no underlying exposures, and from entering into trades for any currency to intentionally increase the underlying exposure.

Interest Rate Risk

MacDermid is also exposed to interest rate risk associated with its cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, long-term debt, and other financing commitments. At September 30, 2013, MacDermid had cash and cash equivalents of $65.2 million. Included in this amount is $18.5 million of cash included in money market accounts which pays MacDermid interest income. A 100 basis point increase in the interest rate MacDermid earns on its money market accounts would have an approximate $0.2 million positive impact on our interest income. At September 30, 2013, MacDermid had total debt of $1,110.1 million including $1,107.9 million of variable interest rate debt based on 1-month LIBOR. MacDermid’s remaining variable interest rate debt is subject to interest rate risk, because its interest payments will fluctuate as the underlying interest rates change from market changes. A 100 basis point increase in LIBOR rates would result in a higher interest expense of approximately $11.1 million annually.

Counterparty Risk

Outstanding financial derivative instruments expose us to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to the agreements. The credit exposure related to these financial instruments is represented by the fair value of contracts with an obligation fair value as of September 30, 2013. On a periodic basis, MacDermid reviews the credit ratings of its counterparties and adjusts its exposure as deemed appropriate. As of September 30, 2013, MacDermid believes that its exposure to counterparty risk is immaterial.

 

70


Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

On October 31, 2013, we completed our acquisition of substantially all of the outstanding equity of MacDermid, a global provider of high value-added specialty chemicals, for approximately $1.8 billion (including the assumption of approximately $756 million of indebtedness), subject to a post-closing working capital adjustment, plus (i) up to $100 million of contingent consideration tied to achievement of EBITDA and stock trading price performance metrics over a seven-year period following the closing of the acquisition and (ii) an interest in certain MacDermid pending litigation.

At the closing of the transaction, we paid $925 million in cash and delivered approximately $100 million of new equity in the Merger. The equity issued consisted of shares of a wholly owned subsidiary of Platform that may be exchanged for shares of Platform in one year. We funded the cash portion of the purchase price and related transaction expenses with a combination of cash on hand and approximately $145 million of proceeds from an initial closing of a warrant exchange offer. The remaining portion of the purchase price (approximately $20 million) will be paid in cash or stock following the completion of post-closing adjustments to the purchase price.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements reflect preliminary adjustments to our September 30, 2013 balance sheet, as well as to MacDermid’s historical financial position. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet gives effect to our MacDermid Holdings Acquisition, as if it had occurred on September 30, 2013. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012 give effect to the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition as if these events occurred on January 1, 2012.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2013 has been derived from the application of pro forma adjustments to our unaudited balance sheet as of September 30, 2013, as well as to the unaudited historical consolidated balance sheet MacDermid, which is included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012 have been derived from the application of pro forma adjustments to the historical consolidated statements of operations of MacDermid, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We had no operations during 2012 or from January 1, 2013 through April 23, 2013. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information presented below should be read in conjunction with the “Platform Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “MacDermid Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” MacDermid’s consolidated annual and interim financial statements and corresponding notes and our financial statements and corresponding notes as of September 30, 2013 and for the period from April 23, 2013 (date of inception) to September 30, 2013 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes and include the following:

 

    The preliminary allocation of the purchase price to the MacDermid balance sheet as shown below;

 

     (in millions)  

Other current assets

   $ 286   

Identifiable intangible assets

     832   

Goodwill

     1,130   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     99   

Other long-term assets

     32   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,379   
  

 

 

 

Current liabilities

     108   

Long-term liabilities, including deferred tax liability

     423   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 531   
  

 

 

 

Total Consideration

   $ 1,848   

 

71


    The completion of the acquisition of MacDermid;

 

    The initial closing of the exchange of approximately 42 million Platform warrants and approximately $145 million of cash for approximately 14 million of Platform ordinary shares (the “Platform Warrant Exchange Offer”). The proceeds from the Platform Warrant Exchange Offer were used to fund a portion of the cash consideration for the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition;

 

    The delivery of approximately 9 million ordinary share equivalents to fund the equity portion of the consideration (exchange rights for shareholders of MacDermid who elected to receive equity in lieu of cash consideration);

 

    The changes to Platform’s equity capitalization. Platform has an unlimited number of authorized preferred and ordinary shares. Set forth below is a table detailing the actual and pro forma shares issued as of September 30, 2013 after giving effect to the Acquisition:

 

(in millions)    Actual      Pro Forma  

Ordinary shares issued and outstanding

     88         102   

 

    The preliminary estimate of the fair valuation and recording as a liability of the contingent consideration received by the sellers in conjunction with the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition;

 

    The amendment to and assumption of MacDermid’s first lien credit facility; and

 

    An adjustment to the balance sheet reflecting Platform’s recording of a one-time, non-cash expense estimated to be approximately $166 million upon the closing of the acquisition, which represents the fair value of the founder preferred dividend rights at that time. This is a preliminary estimate of the expense to be recorded. As this will not have an ongoing impact to the income statement, it is not presented as a dollar adjustment in pro forma statements of operations below. Future dividends (if any) payable in Platform ordinary shares, will be recorded in equity.

Pro forma adjustments to historical financial information are subject to assumptions described in the following notes. We believe that these assumptions and adjustments are reasonable and appropriate under the circumstances and are factually supported based on information currently available.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information reflects all adjustments that, in the opinion of our management, are necessary to present, for comparative and informational purposes only, our condensed consolidated financial position as of September 30, 2013 as if the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition had occurred as of such date, and the consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013, as if the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2012. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is not intended to represent or be indicative of what our financial condition or results of operations would have been had the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition occurred on the dates indicated. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information also should not be considered indicative of our future consolidated financial condition or consolidated results of operations.

 

72


PLATFORM SPECIALTY PRODUCTS CORPORATION

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2013

 

($ Millions)

  Platform
(Historical)
    MacDermid
(Historical)
    Adjustments         Pro Forma
Consolidated
 

ASSETS

         

Current assets:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 701      $ 65      $ 145      A  
        180      B  
        (54   C  
        (925   D  
        (36   E  
        (2   F     74   

Marketable securities

    180        —          (180   B     —     

Inventories

    —          79        35      G     114   

Accounts receivable

    —          144            144   

Other current assets

    —          17            17   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total current assets

  $ 881      $ 305      $ (837     $ 349   

Long-term assets:

         

Goodwill and other intangibles

  $ —        $ 703      $ (703   H  
        832      I  
        843      J  
        287      K   $ 1,962   

Property and equipment, net

    —          99            99   

Other long-term assets

      37        (5   L  
    —          —          2      F     34   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total long-term assets

  $ —        $ 839      $ 1,256        $ 2,095   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 881      $ 1,144      $ 419        $ 2,444   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

         

Current liabilities:

         

Current portion of long-term debt and capital leases

  $ —        $ 9      $ —        M   $ 9   

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other

    4        108        21      N     133   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  $ 4      $ 117      $ 21        $ 142   

Long-term liabilities:

         

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

  $ —        $ 1,101      $ (356   M  
        (4   O     741   

Other long-term liabilities

    —          136        287      K  
        48      P     471   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

  $ —        $ 1,237      $ (25     $ 1,212   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

  $ 4      $ 1,354      $ (4     $ 1,354   

Preferred shares

    —          46        (46   Q     —     

Ordinary shares

    —          49        (49   Q     —     

Additional paid in capital

    882        2        145      A  
        (2   Q  
        166      R     1,193   

Retained earnings (deficit)

    (5     (271     (36   E  
        271      Q  
        4      O  
        100      S  
        (166   R     (103

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

      (36     36      Q     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY(DEFICIT)

  $ 877      $ (210   $ 423        $ 1,090   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

  $ 881      $ 1,144      $ 419        $ 2,444   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) Historical Platform amounts included in the audited income statement of Platform reflect operations for the period from April 23, 2013 (date of inception) through September 30, 2013.

 

73


PLATFORM SPECIALTY PRODUCTS CORPORATION

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2013

 

($ thousands, except per share amounts)

  Platform(1)
(Historical)
    MacDermid
(Historical)
    Adjustments          Pro Forma
Consolidated
     

Revenue

  $ —        $ 560,557      $ —           $ 560,557     

Cost of sales

    —         271,730       —             271,730     
 

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

Gross profit

    —         288,827       —             288,827     

Operating expenses:

            

Selling, general and administrative

    4,912       143,854       (195   T     
        (4,175   U      144,396     

Research and development

    —         17,504            17,504     

Amortization

    —         20,124       (20,124   V      —       
        42,600      W      42,600     

Restructuring

      1,890       —             1,890     

Impairment Charge

    —         427       —             427     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

Total operating expense

    4,912       183,799       18,106           206,817     

Operating income

    (4,912 )     105,028       (18,106        82,010     

Other income (expenses):

            

Interest (expense)

    —         (40,998 )     40,998      X      —       
        (23,403   Y      (23,403  

Interest income

    80       304       —             384     

Other income

    42       (405 )     —             (363  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    —         (18,788 )     —             (18,788  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

Total other income (expense)

    122       (59,887 )     17,595           (42,170  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

Pre-tax income

    (4,790 )     45,141       (511        39,840     

Provision for income taxes

    —         20,932       (414   Z      20,518     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

Net income (loss)

    (4,790 )     24,209       (97   A      19,322     

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

    —         (319 )     (1,333   A      (1,652  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

    (4,790 )     23,890       (1,430   B      17,670     

Accrued payment-in-kind dividend on cumulative preferred shares

    —         (22,100 )     22,100      B      —       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

Net income (loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders

  $ (4,790 )   $ 1,790     $ 20,670         $ 17,670     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

Earnings per share—basic

  $ (0.05 )     n/a       —          $ 0.17     

Earnings per share—diluted

  $ (0.05 )     n/a          $ 0.15     

(shares in millions)

            

Weighted shares outstanding—basic

    89       —              102      CC

Weighted shares outstanding—diluted

    89              129      DD

 

(1) Historical Platform amounts included in the unaudited income statement of Platform reflect operations for the period from April 23, 2013 (date of inception) through September 30, 2013.

 

74


PLATFORM SPECIALTY PRODUCTS CORPORATION

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012

 

($ thousands, except per share amounts)

  Platform(1)
(Historical)
    MacDermid
(Historical)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
        Pro Forma
Consolidated
     

Revenue

  $ —        $ 731,220          $ 731,220     

Cost of sales

    —         376,166           376,166     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

Gross profit

    —         355,054           355,054     

Operating expenses:

           

Selling, general and administrative

    —         187,514       (162   T     187,352     

Research and development

    —         25,051           25,051     

Amortization

    —          27,100       (27,100   V    
        56,800      W     56,800     

Restructuring

    —         292           292     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total operating expense

    —         239,957       29,538          269,495     

Operating income

    —         115,097       (29,538       85,559     

Other income (expenses):

           

Interest (expense)

    —         (49,671 )     49,671      X     —       
        (33,764   Y     (33,764  

Interest income

    —         532           532     

Other income

      4,981           4,981     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total other income (expense)

    —         (44,158 )     15,907          (28,251  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Pre-tax income

    —         70,939       (13,631       57,308     

Provision for income taxes

    —         24,673       (3,146   Z     21,527     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net income (loss)

    —         46,266       (10,485   A     35,781     

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

    —         (289 )     (2,469   A     (2,758  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

    —         45,977       (12,954   B     33,023     

Accrued payment-in-kind dividend on cumulative preferred shares

    —         (44,605 )     44,605      B     —       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders

  $ —        $ 1,372     $ 31,651        $ 33,023     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Earnings per share—basic

    n/a       n/a         $ 0.32     

Earnings per share—diluted

    n/a       n/a         $ 0.28     

(shares in millions)

           

Earnings per share—diluted

  $ (0.05 )     n/a       —         $ 0.15     

(shares in millions)

           

Weighted shares outstanding—basic

    89       —             102      CC

Weighted shares outstanding—diluted

    89             129      DD

 

(1) Historical Platform amounts included in the unaudited income statement of Platform reflect operations for the period from April 23, 2013 (date of inception) through September 30, 2013.

 

75


A. Adjustment to reflect the issuance of approximately 14 million ordinary shares upon completion of the Platform Warrant Exchange Offer and the related purchase of shares by certain directors at $10.50 per share. The proceeds from the Platform Warrant Exchange Offer were used to fund a portion of the cash consideration for the acquisition of MacDermid.
B. Adjustment to reflect the liquidation of all of the marketable securities owned by Platform, the proceeds of which were used to fund a portion of the cash consideration for the acquisition of MacDermid. At the time of the Closing, all of Platform’s marketable securities were, in fact, liquidated to fund the cash portion of the purchase price of MacDermid.
C. Adjustment to reflect the amount of cash retained by the sellers in conjunction with the acquisition of MacDermid which required the sellers to leave $11 million of cash on the balance sheet of MacDermid. As of September 30, 2013, the adjustment amount of $54 million is calculated as total cash on hand at MacDermid of $65 million less required amount to be retained on MacDermid’s balance sheet at closing of $11 million.
D. Adjustment to reflect the cash paid by Platform to the sellers as part of the consideration for the acquisition of MacDermid.
E. Adjustment to reflect the estimated transaction costs incurred in conjunction with the acquisition of MacDermid, including but not limited to financial advisory fees, attorney’s fees and accountants fees. These costs will be expenses in the statement of operations when incurred and are shown as a cash adjustment in this pro forma balance sheet as if they were already incurred as of September 30, 2013.
F. Adjustment to reflect deferred financing fees incurred in conjunction with the amendment to MacDermid’s first lien debt.
G. Adjustment to reflect the preliminary estimate of the profit in inventory asset step up amount as of September 30, 2013.
H. Adjustment to reflect the elimination of the goodwill and intangibles at MacDermid at the time of the acquisition of MacDermid.
I. Adjustment to reflect the preliminary estimated fair value of the intangible assets of MacDermid as of the closing date:

 

Intangible asset

   ($ in millions)  

Trade names-indefinite lives

     80   

Trade names-definite lives (15 years)

     2   

Technology (10 years)

     200   

Customer relationships (15 years)

     550   

 

J. Adjustment to reflect the preliminary estimated goodwill associated with the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition before setting up deferred tax liabilities (see note K below). Such amount was calculated as the difference between the estimated fair value of the tangible and intangible net assets ($1,005 million) excluding the deferred tax liability calculated in Note K and the total consideration paid for MacDermid ($1,848 million).
K. Adjustment to reflect the estimated deferred tax liability associated with the preliminary step up to intangible assets of $972 million (the sum of adjustments H, I and J above) at an estimated worldwide statutory tax rate of 29.5%. The estimated worldwide statutory tax rate was calculated using the estimated income tax rates applicable to the jurisdictions in which the intangible assets are expected to be recorded.
L. Adjustment to reflect the write off of the deferred financing fees recorded by MacDermid in conjunction with its second lien term debt which was paid down at closing. See note M.
M. Adjustment to reflect the amount of debt paid down at closing prior to the acquisition of MacDermid as a condition to the closing.
N. Adjustment to reflect the purchase consideration to be paid to MacDermid’s 401(k) plan in exchange for outstanding shares of MacDermid upon effectiveness of the registration statement. Such consideration may be paid in stock or in cash at the election of each Plan participant.
O.

Adjustment to reflect a preliminary estimate of the original issue discount to be recorded at fair value in conjunction with the first lien debt. Such estimate was calculated as 0.5% of the gross amount of first lien

 

76


  debt assumed on October 31 st based upon the trading market value of the MacDermid debt on the over-the-counter debt markets in which MacDermid’s lenders participate.
P. Adjustment to reflect the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration issued to the sellers, tied to certain EBITDA and stock trading price performance metrics over a seven-year period following the closing of the acquisition of MacDermid. Such fair value was based on a discounted future cash flow analysis and comparable companies’ market valuation.
Q. Adjustment to eliminate all of the equity of MacDermid.
R. Adjustment to reflect Platform’s recording of a one-time, non-cash expense estimated to be approximately $166 million upon the closing of the acquisition, which represents the fair value of the founder preferred dividend rights at that time. This is a preliminary estimate of the expense to be recorded. As this will not have an ongoing impact to the income statement, it is not presented as a dollar adjustment in the pro forma statements of operations. This estimate was calculated using a monte carlo simulation that simulates the daily price of shares over the potential dividend period with an estimate of volatility and interest to arrive at an estimated fair value of future dividend payments as of October 31, 2013.
S. Adjustment to reflect the equity-based consideration delivered to the sellers at closing. Such equity represents an ownership in a subsidiary of Platform and accordingly will be treated as a non-controlling interest until such time as it is exchanged for Platform ordinary shares.
T. Adjustment to eliminate stock based compensation for awards at MacDermid that vest upon closing of the acquisition.
U. Adjustment to eliminate non-recurring MacDermid acquisition related expenses recorded during the period ended September 30, 2013.
V. Adjustment to eliminate recorded amortization expenses on MacDermid’s intangible assets
W. Adjustment to reflect amortization expense to be recorded in conjunction with the estimated fair value of the intangible assets of MacDermid as of the closing date based on a preliminary outside valuation by a third party obtained by Platform prior to closing and broken down as follows:

 

(In thousands)              

Asset

   Estimated
Fair Value
     Annual
amortization
 

Trade names-indefinite lives

   $ 80,000       $ —     

Trade names-definite lives (15 years)

   $ 2,000       $ 133   

Technology (10 years)

   $ 200,000       $ 20,000   

Customer relationships (15 years)

   $ 550,000       $ 36,667   

 

     Annual amortization is calculated as Estimated Fair Value divided by the estimated life of the related asset,
X. Adjustment to eliminate recorded interest expense at MacDermid for indebtedness not assumed at closing.
Y. Adjustment to record interest expense related to indebtedness assumed comprised of the following:

 

    Interest on the first lien debt of $753 million at a rate of approximately 4% based on the terms of the credit agreement. Such interest rate is based on an applicable margin of 3% applied to a LIBOR floor of 1% and is variable in nature. The pre-tax effect of a 1/8% change effective interest rate would be $0.9 million annually.

 

    Amortization of the estimated original issue discount of approximately $4 million (see note O) over the 5-year life of the loan.

 

    Amortization of deferred financing fees of $9 million for the first lien term debt over the five year life of the loan.

 

    Interest on other assumed indebtedness ($44,000 of interest annually)

 

Z.

Adjustment to reflect income tax expense related to the earnings (loss) before taxes generated by the pro forma adjustments based upon the estimated applicable statutory tax rates. The Company’s estimated United States statutory tax rate of 35% was applied to interest expense in the United States, where the debt resides. The Company’s estimated worldwide statutory tax rate of 29.5% was applied to stock compensation

 

77


  and intangible asset related adjustments, based upon the estimated income tax rates applicable to the jurisdictions where the adjustments are expected to be recorded. No income tax expense adjustment was applied to the non-recurring MacDermid acquisition related expense due to the fact that they are being eliminated from the Company’s results in which no income taxes are paid or applied.
AA. Adjustment to reflect the non-controlling interest represented by equity interests in a subsidiary of Platform provided as a portion of the consideration of the acquisition. Such equity interest represents approximately 7% of Platform multiplied by the pro forma combined net income before such adjustment.
BB. Adjustment to reflect the elimination of dividends paid to sellers for an equity interest which has been repaid and eliminated in conjunction with the acquisition of MacDermid.
CC. Represents the number of Platform ordinary shares outstanding at the closing consisting of 88.5 million ordinary shares outstanding before the closing and approximately 14 million shares issued in the Platform Warrant Exchange Offer, the proceeds of which were used to fund a portion of the cash consideration for the acquisition of MacDermid.
DD. Represents the Platform ordinary shares outstanding plus (i) 250,000 options outstanding; (ii) approximately 9 million ordinary share equivalents based upon the $100 million of equity interests delivered in connection with the Merger; (iii) 2 million ordinary share equivalents for convertible preferred shares outstanding; and (iv) 16 million ordinary share equivalents issuable upon conversion of the remaining Platform warrants outstanding.

 

78


Business

Overview

We were incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the British Virgin Islands under the BVI Companies Act on April 23, 2013 under the name Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited. Platform was created for the purpose of acquiring a target company or business with an anticipated enterprise value of between $750 million and $2.5 billion. Effective October 31, 2013, we changed our name to Platform Specialty Products Corporation.

On October 31, 2013, we consummated the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “BCA”) pursuant to which we indirectly acquired substantially all of the equity of MacDermid Holdings, LLC (“MacDermid Holdings”) which owns approximately 97% of the outstanding shares of MacDermid, Incorporated (“MacDermid”).

On October 25, 2013, we entered into an Exchange Agreement with the Plan fiduciaries pursuant to which we agreed to acquire, and the Plan agreed to exchange, the remaining approximately 3% of MacDermid equity interests not already held by MacDermid Holdings. The Plan’s interests consist of 1,514,371.01 shares of common stock of MacDermid, no par value, and 1,469 shares of 9.5% Series B Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock of MacDermid, no par value (the “MacDermid Plan Shares”) with an aggregate value of $21,070,006. The MacDermid Plan Shares will be exchanged for (i) cash and/or (ii) to the extent that this registration statement has been declared effective prior to April 29, 2014, shares of Platform Common Stock, at the election of the Plan participants.

Our Business

We are a global producer of high technology specialty chemical products and provider of technical services. Our business involves the manufacture of a broad range of specialty chemicals, which we create by blending raw materials, and the incorporation of these chemicals into multi-step technological processes. These specialty chemicals and processes together encompass the products we sell to our customers in the electronics, metal and plastic plating, graphic arts, and offshore oil production and drilling industries. We refer to our products as “dynamic chemistries” due to their delicate chemical compositions, which are frequently altered during customer use. Our dynamic chemistries are used in a wide variety of attractive niche markets and, based on our pro forma 2012 net sales, we believe that the majority of our operations hold strong positions in the product markets they serve.

We generate revenue through the manufacture and sale of our dynamic chemistries and by providing highly technical post-sale service to our customers through our extensive global network of specially trained service personnel. Our personnel work closely with our customers to ensure that the chemical composition and function of our dynamic chemistries are maintained as intended. As an example, a customer will engage us to manufacture and sell a product consisting of a process composed of eight successive chemical baths, each of which is made up of our specialty chemicals, in order to enhance the overall performance of that customer’s circuit boards. In addition to providing such product, a member of our professional service team would visit the customer’s manufacturing facilities on a regular basis post-sale to ensure that the process sold maintains the correct chemical balance and can be used effectively in the manner and for the purpose desired.

We have more than 3,500 customers worldwide. Among these customers are some of the world’s preeminent companies, such as LG, Molex, Samsung, FIAT, Ford, GM, Stanley Black & Decker and major companies in the offshore oil and gas industries. We believe that we are able to service these customers and that we will attract new customers successfully through a global network of 14 manufacturing sites, 21 technical service facilities, including 8 research centers, a direct sales force in 24 countries and through our several distribution partners in an additional ten countries. Our international reach, coupled with our local presence, enables us to meet the global and local needs of our customers.

 

79


We leverage our close customer relationships to execute our growth strategies by working with our customers to identify opportunities for new products, which we develop by drawing upon our significant intellectual property portfolio and technical expertise. We believe that our customers place significant value on the “MacDermid” brand, which has been developed through innovation, product leadership and customer service. In order to ensure that we are able to continue to provide innovative products and highly technical service to our customers, we place a premium on maintaining a highly specialized and qualified employee base. As of October 31, 2013, we employed approximately 2,000 full-time employees, including approximately 1,000 research and development chemists and experienced technical service and sales personnel.

The diversity of our materials and suppliers, our end markets, products, product applications, customer base and the range of geographic regions in which we operate helps to mitigate the effects of any adverse event affecting a particular raw material or a specific end market or region. In many of the regions in which we operate, we are able to increase our prices in response to increases in our costs.

While our dynamic chemistries typically represent only a small portion of our customers’ costs, they are critical to our customers’ manufacturing processes and overall product performance. Further, operational risks and switching costs make it difficult for our customers to change suppliers and allow us to retain customers and maintain our market positions. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we generated, on a pro forma basis, net sales, operating profit and net income attributable to MacDermid of $731.2 million, $115.1 million and $46.0 million, respectively, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we generated, on a pro forma basis, net sales, operating profit and net income attributable to MacDermid of $560.6 million, $105.0 million and $23.9 million, respectively. Our capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2012 and nine months ended September 30, 2013, on a pro forma basis, were $13.4 million and $7.4 million, respectively, accounting for 1.8% and 1.3%, respectively, of our net sales during the corresponding period.

We believe our business is currently benefiting from global growth trends in many of our end markets, including the increasing use of electronic devices such as mobile phones and computers, growth in worldwide automotive production and increasing oil production from offshore, sub-sea wells. We also believe that we are effectively expanding the existing market for our dynamic chemistries by developing new applications within the electronics, general industrial and automotive, graphic arts and offshore oil production and drilling markets. These new applications include: surface coatings for solar panels, plated antennas for smart mobile devices, flexographic plates for printing consumer packaging materials, decorative components for automobile interiors and control system fluids used to prevent oil from seeping from ocean floor valves.

We report our business in two operating segments: a Performance Materials segment and a Graphic Solutions segment. In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, our Performance Materials and Graphic Solutions segments generated, on a pro forma basis, net sales of $559.5 million and $171.7 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, our Performance Materials and Graphic Solutions segments generated, on a pro forma basis, net sales of $429.4 million and $131.1 million, respectively, on a pro forma basis. We sell our products into three geographic regions: Asia, Europe and the Americas.

Performance Materials— Our Performance Materials segment manufactures and markets dynamic chemistry solutions that are used in the electronics, automotive and oil and gas production and drilling industries. We operate in Europe, the Americas and Asia. Our products include surface and coating materials and water-based hydraulic control fluids. In conjunction with the sale of these products, we provide extensive technical service and support to ensure superior performance of their application. The regional sales mix in this segment has shifted over the past several years from more industrialized nations towards emerging markets, such as Asia and South America, To better serve customers in these markets, we have developed state-of-the-art facilities in Suzhou, China, and São Paulo, Brazil. We have over 600 personnel and three manufacturing facilities in Asia and remain focused on further increasing our presence in the region.

 

80


Our Performance Materials segment utilizes shared manufacturing facilities and administrative resources to provide specialty chemicals to three industries:

Industrial. We believe that we are one of the worldwide leaders in industrial metal and plastic finishing chemistries based on our pro forma 2012 net sales. In this industry, our dynamic chemistries are used for finishing, cleaning and providing surface coatings for a broad range of metal and non-metal surfaces. These coatings may have functional uses, such as improving wear and tear or providing corrosion resistance for appliance parts, or decorative uses, such as providing gloss finishes to components used in automotive interiors. As of December 31, 2012, MacDermid manufactured more than 1,000 chemical compounds for these surface coating applications, including cleaning, activating, polishing, electro and electroless plating, phosphatizing, stripping and coating, anti-tarnishing and rust inhibiting for metal and plastic surfaces. Electroless plating is a method of plating metals onto a variety of base materials using chemical reduction without the application of electrical power. Electro plating, in contrast, involves plating metals with the use of an electrical current. Phosphatizing is the application of phosphates, such as iron and zinc, to prevent corrosion of steel surfaces. Our industrial customer base is highly fragmented and includes customers in the following end markets: automotive parts, industrial parts, transportation equipment, electronics equipment and appliances and plumbing goods. We believe our growth in this industry will be primarily driven by increased world-wide automobile production and demand for appliances, computers and general engineering hardware.

Electronics. We believe we are one of the leading global suppliers of chemical compounds to the printed circuit board fabrication industry based on our 2012 pro forma net sales. In this industry, we design and formulate a complete line of proprietary “wet” dynamic chemistries that our customers use to process the surface of the printed circuit boards and other electronic components they manufacture. Our product portfolio in this business is focused on niches such as final finishes, through hole metallization and circuit formation, in which we are a small cost to the overall finished product, but a critical component for maintaining the products’ performance. We believe our growth in this industry will be driven by demand in telecommunication, wireless devices and computers, and the increasing use of electronics in automobiles. Our customer base includes customers in the following end markets: computers, telecommunications, wireless devices, audio visual, automotive and office equipment.

Offshore. We produce water-based hydraulic control fluids for major oil companies and drilling contractors for offshore deep water production and drilling applications. Production fluids are used in the control systems that open and close critical valves for the deep water oil extraction and transportation process. Drilling fluids are used in control systems to operate valves on the ocean floor. Our current customer base is primarily in the production area of this business. We believe there is significant growth potential for this business as the oil and gas industry continues to grow and as oil is produced from new offshore, sub-sea wells.

Graphic Solutions— Our Graphic Solutions segment primarily produces and markets photopolymers through an extensive line of flexographic plates that are used in the commercial packaging and printing industries. We manufacture photopolymers used to produce printing plates for transferring images onto commercial packaging, including packaging for consumer food products, pet food bags, corrugated boxes, labels and beverage containers. In addition, we also produce photopolymer printing plates for the flexographic and letterpress newspaper and publications markets. Our products are used to improve print quality and printing productivity. Flexography is a printing process that utilizes flexible printing plates made of rubber or other flexible plastics. Photopolymers are molecules that change properties upon exposure to light. Our business mix in this segment is focused on high innovation, higher cash flow businesses by offering new products. We believe growth in this segment will be driven by consumer demand and advertising.

Both of our operating segments include significant foreign operations. There are certain risks attendant to our foreign operations, including the following:

 

    enforcing agreements and our intellectual property rights may be more difficult in foreign jurisdictions;

 

    the imposition of taxes, tariffs and other restrictions on foreign trade or investment could impact our ability to operate or make operations more expensive;

 

81


    delays and interruptions inherent in foreign travel may impact the transportation of our products;

 

    fluctuations in exchange rates may affect product demand and may adversely affect the profitability in U.S. Dollars of our foreign operations;

 

    general economic conditions in the foreign countries in which we operate may impact the profitability of our foreign operations;

 

    political or economic instability on a country-specific or global level may impact our ability to operate;

 

    we may encounter difficulties in staffing and managing multi-national operations, including the possibility of labor disputes;

 

    we may be subject to possible adverse changes in foreign laws or regulatory requirements and may experience difficulties in complying with the variety of foreign laws and regulations; and

 

    we may be subject to the risks of divergent business expectations resulting from cultural incompatibility.

For more information regarding the risks attendant to our foreign operations, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Our substantial international operations subject us to risks not faced by domestic competitors, including unfavorable political, regulatory, labor, tax and economic conditions in other countries that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations .

For financial information about our segments, see Note 20 to the MacDermid audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and Note 18 to the MacDermid unaudited financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 included in this registration statement. For financial information about the geographic areas in which we operate, see Note 20 to the MacDermid audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 included in this registration statement.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that the following are our key competitive strengths:

Strong Market Position in Attractive Niche Markets. We believe, based on our 2012 pro forma net sales, that we are one of the leaders in each of the product markets that we serve. We believe that the combination of our global presence, innovative technology, process know-how, strong commitment to research and development, dedication to customer service and broad range of proprietary products distinguishes us from our competitors, allowing us to maintain our strong market share positions. Furthermore, we believe the diversity of the niche markets we serve will enable us to continue our growth throughout economic cycles and mitigate the impact of a downturn in any single market.

Proprietary Technology and Service Oriented Business Model. Our commitment to technological innovation and our extensive intellectual property portfolio of over 750 issued patents enables us to develop our cutting-edge products. In order to continue to provide innovative products and highly technical service to our customers, we place a premium on maintaining a specialized and qualified employee base. Our global sales and service personnel possess extensive knowledge of and experience in our local markets. For instance, our technical management team serving our Asian markets has, on average, over 20 years of experience, including decades of joint product development with our key customers located in the greater China region. We believe that our proprietary technology, extensive industry experience and customer service-focused business model are difficult for our competitors to replicate. As a result, and in order to avoid the transition risks that go along with switching suppliers, customers may elect not to switch from our products to those of our competitors. Switching suppliers generally may not make sense for our customers from a cost-benefit standpoint: the cost of our products is low relative to the potential cost savings, as switching expenses (including conducting expensive trials to ensure quality assurance and compliance with regulatory requirements, industry standards and internal protocols) can be significant.

 

82


The key role our products play in improving the efficacy of our customers’ manufacturing processes and reducing their total costs, combined with our extensive experience in local markets, our focus on highly technical customer service and the significant customer switching risks and costs inherent in our industry, have enabled us to establish and maintain our long-term customer relationships. We leverage these close relationships to identify opportunities for new products and position our portfolio of products within the ever-changing business environment.

Customer, Product, Application, End-Market and Geographic Diversity. We offer a broad range of products and services to diverse end markets, ranging from electronics to printing to offshore oil drilling. We have more than 3,500 customers globally. No single customer accounted for more than 3% of our 2012 pro forma net sales. We have a significant presence in the rapidly growing Asian and Brazilian markets, with over $260 million in 2012 pro forma net sales to customers in those regions. In addition, each of our product lines serves numerous and often unrelated end markets. Our customer, product and geographic diversity help to mitigate the effects of any adverse event affecting a specific industry, end market or region.

Limited Raw Material Concentration and Low Exposure to Energy Prices. We use in excess of 1,000 chemicals as raw materials in the manufacture of our proprietary products. No single raw material represented more than 4% of our 2012 pro forma cost of sales. Further, the raw materials that are of greatest importance to our global operations are, in most cases, obtainable from multiple sources worldwide. In addition, energy costs, which have historically been volatile, only represented approximately 2% of our 2010 pro forma cost of sales.

Our Business Strategy

We intend to continue to grow our business, improve profitability and strengthen our balance sheet by pursuing the following integrated strategies:

Build Our Core Businesses. We believe that we can capitalize on our technical capabilities, sophisticated process know-how, strong customer relationships and deep industry knowledge to enhance growth.

 

    Extend Product Breadth: We intend to extend many of our product offerings through the development of new applications for our existing products in our existing markets. For example, we are extending our capabilities for films used in in-mold decoration for high-end automotive interiors, exteriors and other applications. We are also leveraging our capabilities in plating technology in printed circuits and automotive applications to meet the emerging technological and environmental needs of our customers.

 

    Continue to Grow Internationally with Our Customers: We intend to continue to grow internationally by expanding our product sales to our existing multinational customers as they penetrate emerging regions. We continue to make investments, especially in technical staff, in high-growth markets such as the greater China region and Brazil in order to better serve our customers.

Leverage our Capabilities to Grow into New Markets and Applications. Building on our core competencies in product innovation, applications development and technical services, we intend to expand into new high-growth markets and expand upon our existing technologies to develop new products for new applications in markets that are adjacent to those we currently serve. Examples of our initiatives include:

 

    Plating for Molded Interconnect Devices: Molded interconnect devices are devices made with injection-molded parts that integrate mechanical and electrical functions into a single piece. We are extending our “plating on plastics” technology into antenna manufacturing for smartphones. We believe that our technology results in a higher manufacturing yield and lower cost to our customers.

 

    Light-Emitting Diode (“LED”) Lighting Market: We are developing products for thermal management systems and using silver as a wire-bondable and reflective finish option to enhance energy conversion into light.

 

83


    High Value PET Recycling: As worldwide demand for recycled polyethylene terephthalate (“PET”) grows, we are leveraging our strong position in Europe for specialized cleaners and defoamers that are used in recycling plastic products made of PET to expand that business globally, especially in emerging markets such as Asia and South America. Our specialized cleaners and defoamers enable recycled PET to be used in higher value applications such as bottle resin.

 

    Digital Flexographic Printing: We have developed an innovative LUX ® process, which uses a flat top dot processing technology that significantly increases the quality and consistency of the printed image from a flexographic printing plate in a manner that is more efficient and cost effective for our customers. The LUX ® process is a proprietary process we developed that changes the form of the dots on printing plates and enables printing with higher definition and fidelity.

Maintain Our Technology Leadership Position. We believe that our focused commitment to technology and research and development will result in future success in our product innovation and applications development. Because the highly technical service we provide to our customers is an integral part of their successful use of our products, our service personnel become closely acquainted, and develop deep relationships, with our customers. These close customer relationships enable us to identify and forecast the needs of our customers and draw upon our intellectual property portfolio and expertise in technology research and development to create new products and successfully position our portfolio of products within the ever-changing business environment.

Continue to Pursue Operational Efficiencies. We consistently focus on opportunities to reduce operating expenses through facility optimization, product and raw material rationalization and by maintaining a relatively low fixed cost structure that supports our growth strategy. We believe our operational restructuring initiatives were primarily responsible for an increase in our gross profit margin percentage, on a pro forma basis, from 46.7% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 48.6% for the year ended December 31, 2012, representing a 4.1% increase.

Focus on Human Capital. The success of our business depends on our ability to continue to capitalize on our technical capabilities, unique process know-how, strong customer relationships and industry knowledge. Our technical expertise and history of innovation demonstrated by the MacDermid employees we acquired in the acquisition of MacDermid reflect the specialized and highly skilled nature of our research and development personnel. Our strong customer relationships and familiarity with our local markets result from the work of our highly talented and experienced sales and service personnel. As such, we intend to focus on attracting, retaining and developing the best human talent across all levels of our organization, which is key to our ability to successfully operate and grow our business.

Our Products

We review our portfolio of products quarterly to identify and replace low margin products with high margin products. Accordingly, our product mix may frequently change depending upon customer demand and the cost and selling prices related to any given product. In our Performance Materials segment, we offer various products to the electronics, industrial and offshore end markets.

As of September 30, 2013, the following products were among those offered by MacDermid to customers in the Performance Materials segment:

 

    Plating products, which are used to plate holes drilled through printed circuit boards to connect opposite sides of the board and to connect the different layers of multi-layer printed circuit boards;

 

    Final finishes, which are used on printed circuit boards to preserve the solderability of the finished boards;

 

    Circuit formation products, which are an assortment of products to promote adhesion and form circuit patterns; and

 

84


    Oxides, which are conversion coatings used in the fabrication of multilayer circuit boards.

 

    Pre-treatment and cleaning solutions, which are applied to prepare the surfaces of a wide variety of industrial products for additional treatment. We have a complete line of aqueous and semi-aqueous pre-treatment and cleaning products, which are more environmentally friendly than the solvents they replace;

 

    Functional conversion coatings, which are applied to metals to enhance corrosion resistance and paint adhesion in a wide spectrum of industrial applications where heavy duty usage and exposure to unfavorable environments are anticipated. Our products plate various parts that are used in automotive and aerospace equipment, appliances, computer hard disks and other electronic products;

 

    Electroless nickel, which is applied to a variety of metal and plastic surfaces to enhance corrosion resistance, wear resistance, solderability and to repair worn or over-machined surfaces in a variety of applications. MacDermid was among the earliest developers of electroless nickel products, which are safer and more environmentally friendly than the products they replace;

 

    Decorative plating products, which can be used on all surface conditions to provide mirror-like finishes on steel, alloys or plastic in a more environmentally friendly manner. We offer an extensive range of quality decorative plating processes used in the plating of appliances, plumbing goods and automotive trim; and

 

    Hard-coated films for the membrane switch and touch screen markets.

 

    Production fluids which are water-based hydraulic control fluids used in subsea production control systems to operate valves for the deep water oil extraction and transportation process; and

 

    Drilling fluids, which are water-based hydraulic control fluids used in subsea control systems to operate valves for drilling rigs on the ocean floor.

As of September 30, 2013, the following products were among those offered by MacDermid to customers in the Graphic Solutions segment:

 

    Solid sheet printing elements, which are digital and analog printing sheets used in the flexographic printing and platemaking processes. Our extensive line of flexographic plates are used in the commercial packaging and letterpress newspaper and publication industries;

 

    Liquid products, which are liquid photopolymers used to produce printing plates for transferring images onto commercial packaging; and

 

    Printing equipment, which are thermal plate processing systems that allow press-ready printing plates to be created without solvents.

Customers and Classes of Products : We believe that our business is not materially dependent upon a single customer. However, although we have a diverse customer base and no customer or distributor constitutes 10% or more of our consolidated pro forma net sales, we do have customers and independent, third-party distributors, the loss of which could have a material adverse effect on results of operations for the affected earnings periods. Both our Performance Materials segment and our Graphic Solutions segment are dependent on such customers and distributors. The principal products purchased by such customers are surface finishing chemicals in our Performance Materials segment and solid sheet printing elements in our Graphic Solutions segment. No material part of our business is subject to renegotiation or termination at the election of a governmental unit.

Within our two general types of products, as of September 30, 2013, MacDermid sold approximately 76 classes of products. Three of classes of products, each within our Performance Materials segment, each represent 10% or more of our net sales. Net sales of our class of functional products, which is comprised of approximately 25 different products designed to improve the corrosion resistance and/or functionality of the surfaces they are used to treat, approximated 28% and 28%, respectively, of our consolidated pro forma net sales for the years

 

85


ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. Net sales of our class of decorative products, which is comprised of approximately 30 different products designed to enhance the appearance of the surfaces they treat, approximated 11% and 12%, respectively, of our consolidated pro forma net sales for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. Net sales of our class of metallization products, which is comprised of six different products used to plate electronic components onto the surfaces they treat, approximated 14% and 15%, respectively, of our consolidated pro forma net sales for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Proprietary sales are generated from manufactured chemical compounds produced from our own research and development laboratories and manufacturing facilities. In many cases, these products are protected with patents or trademarks. Proprietary products have higher gross margins than non-proprietary products, and are perceived by our management to be more critical to our overall performance.

Methods for selling and marketing our proprietary products vary slightly by geographic region. In total, we generate business through the efforts of sales and service personnel and regional distributors and manufacturing representatives. In the Americas, approximately 290 sales and service personnel market our entire line of proprietary products. In certain areas of the United States, distributors and manufacturing representatives also sell and service many of our products. We market certain of our products through wholly owned subsidiaries in Canada and Mexico, and through 95% ownership of our operations in Brazil. In Europe, approximately 340 sales and service representatives, who are employed by our wholly owned subsidiaries located in Belgium, Czech Republic, France, Germany, Great Britain, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Spain and Sweden, market our proprietary products. In the Asia-Pacific region, our local subsidiaries employ more than 420 sales and service representatives to market our proprietary products through either wholly owned subsidiaries or branches in Australia, mainland China, Hong Kong, India, Japan, Singapore, South Korea and Taiwan. In addition to the countries where we have wholly owned subsidiaries, some of our proprietary chemicals are sold in other countries throughout Asia, Europe and South America through distributors. Such resale items are marketed in conjunction with and as an aid to the sale of proprietary chemicals.

Revenue from product sales, including freight charged to customers, is recorded upon shipment to the customer if the collection of the resulting receivable is probable. Our stated shipping terms are customarily FOB shipping point and do not include customer inspection or acceptance provisions. Equipment sales arrangements may include right of inspection or acceptance provisions in which case revenue is deferred until these provisions have been satisfied. If circumstances arise where title has not passed, or revenue is not earned, we defer revenue recognition in accordance with criteria set forth in Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements and Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition .

There is no material portion of our business that is subject to seasonality.

Research and Development

Research in connection with proprietary products is performed principally in the United States, Great Britain, Japan and China. MacDermid spent approximately $25.0 million during fiscal year 2012 and $23.0 million during fiscal year 2011 on research and development activities. Substantially all research and development activities were performed internally.

Patents, Trademarks and Proprietary Products

We own more than 750 domestic and foreign patents. The patents we hold are important to our business and have remaining lives of varying duration. Although certain of these patents are becoming increasingly more important to our business, we believe that our ability to provide technical and testing services to customers, and to meet our customers’ rapid delivery requirements of our customers is equally, if not, more important. No specific group or groups of intellectual property rights are material to our business. However, we have many proprietary products which are not covered by patents and which are responsible for a large component of our

 

86


total sales. Further, we hold a number of domestic and foreign trade names and trademark registrations and applications for registration which we consider to be of value in identifying the MacDermid business and our products. We do not hold nor have we granted any franchises or concessions.

Government and Environmental Regulation

We are subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations in the countries in which we operate, including tax and other laws that govern the way we conduct our business. However, no portion of our business is subject to re-negotiation of profits or termination of contracts or subcontracts at the election of the governments in the countries in which we operate.

We are subject to the FCPA, which prohibits companies and their intermediaries from making payments in violation of law to non-U.S. government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or securing any other improper advantage. Our reliance on independent distributors to sell some of our proprietary chemicals internationally demands a high degree of vigilance in maintaining our policy against participation in corrupt activity, because these distributors could be deemed to be our agents, and we could be held responsible for their actions. Other U.S. companies have faced criminal penalties under the FCPA for allowing their agents to deviate from appropriate practices in doing business with these individuals. We are also subject to similar anti-bribery laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including the United Kingdom’s Bribery Act of 2010, which went into effect in the third quarter of 2011, which also prohibits commercial bribery and makes it a crime for companies to fail to prevent bribery. These laws are complex and far-reaching in nature, and, as a result, we cannot assure you that we would not be required in the future to alter one or more of our practices to be in compliance with these laws or any changes in these laws or the interpretation thereof. Any violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our operations, involve significant management distraction, involve significant costs and expenses, including legal fees, and could result in a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, or results of operations. In recent years, several jurisdictions have enhanced their laws and regulations in this area, increased their enforcement activities, and increased the level of cross-border coordination and information sharing. We could also suffer severe penalties, including criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement, and other remedial measures.

We maintain the Business Conduct and Ethics Policy (the “Policy”) which was approved by Platform’s board of directors and is promulgated by MacDermid’s CEO and General Counsel. The Policy covers compliance with the FCPA and similar anti-corruption laws, as well as other legal areas applicable to our operations. We provide compliance training to our employees in an effort to raise awareness, foster compliance and set an expectation of compliance at all levels within the company. The Policy establishes a duty to report non-compliance and provides avenues for making such reports, including a reporting hotline. We also maintain a system for auditing compliance with applicable laws.

As a manufacturer and distributor of specialty chemicals and systems, we are subject to extensive U.S. and foreign laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and worker health and safety, including those governing discharges of pollutants into the air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, the cleanup of contaminated properties and occupational safety and health matters. We have and may in the future incur significant costs, including cleanup costs, fines and sanctions and third-party claims for property or natural resource damage or personal injuries as a result of past or future violations of, or liabilities under, such laws and regulations.

Domestic and international laws regulate the production and marketing of chemical substances. Almost every country has its own legal procedures for registration and import. Of these, the laws and regulations in the European Union, the United States (Toxic Substances Control Act), Brazil, the United Kingdom, China and Taiwan are the most significant to our business. Additionally, other laws and regulations may also limit our expansion into other countries. Chemicals that are not included on one or more of these, or any other country’s chemical inventory lists, can usually be registered and imported, but may first require additional testing or submission of additional administrative information.

 

87


The European Commission enacted a regulatory system in 2006, known as Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemical substances (“REACH”), which requires manufacturers, importers and consumers of certain chemicals to register these chemicals and evaluate their potential impact on human health and the environment. As REACH matures, significant market restrictions could be imposed on the current and future uses of chemical products that we use as raw materials or that we sell as finished products in the European Union. Other countries may also enact similar regulations.

In response to increased government attention to environmental matters worldwide, we continue to develop proprietary products designed to reduce the discharge of pollutant materials into the environment and eliminate the use of certain targeted raw materials while enhancing the efficiency of customer chemical processes.

In addition, many of our full-time employees are employed outside the United States. In certain jurisdictions where we operate, particularly, Brazil, France, Germany Italy, and Japan, labor and employment laws are relatively stringent and, in many cases, grant significant job protection to certain employees, including rights on termination of employment. In addition, in certain countries where we operate, our employees are members of unions or are represented by a works council as required by law. We are often required to consult and seek the consent or advice of these unions and/or works councils. These laws, coupled with the requirement to consult with the relevant unions or works councils, could adversely affect our flexibility in managing costs and responding to market changes and could limit our ability to access the skilled employees on which our business depends.

Competitive Environment

We provide a broad line of proprietary chemical compounds and supporting services. Broadly speaking, we compete in the specialty chemicals market. On a more narrow scale, we compete in markets for specialty chemicals for electronic applications, general metal and plastic finishing, printing and oil exploration and production.

We have many competitors in some proprietary product areas. Some of our competitors may have greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do and may be able to devote greater resources to promoting and selling certain products. Some large competitors operate globally, as we do, but most operate only locally or regionally. Our Performance Materials segment has eight primary worldwide competitors, the primary of which are Atotech, Alent and Dow Chemical. Within our Graphic Solutions segment, we have three main competitors, DuPont, Flint Group and Asahi.

We compete primarily on the basis of quality, technology, performance, reliability, brand, reputation, range of products and services, and service and support. We maintain extensive support, technical and testing services for our customers, and are continuously developing new products. We believe that our combined abilities to manufacture, sell, service and develop new products and applications, enable us to compete successfully both locally and internationally.

 

88


Properties

We operate manufacturing facilities, laboratory and warehouse and sales offices throughout the world. As of December 31, 2012, MacDermid owned 15 facilities and leased 42 facilities. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our current requirements. The following table lists our principal active facilities by segment and gives a brief description of the activities performed at each facility:

 

Location    Principal Use    Ownership status

Corporate & other support functions

     

Denver, Colorado

   Corporate offices    Owned*

Waterbury, Connecticut

   Performance Materials and Graphic Solutions segment administration offices, marketing offices, corporate service, customer support and research laboratories    Owned*

Performance Materials segment

     

Ferndale, Michigan

   Factory, warehouse and offices    Owned*

New Hudson, Michigan

   Laboratories and offices    Owned*

Pasadena, Texas

   Factory, warehouse and offices    Owned*

São Paulo, Brazil

   Factory, warehouse and offices    Leased

Hsin Chu, Taiwan

   Factory, warehouse, laboratories and offices    Owned

Panyu, China

   Factory, warehouse, laboratories and offices    Owned

Suzhou, China

   Factory, laboratories and offices    Owned

Sungnam-City, South Korea

   Warehouse and offices    Leased

Singapore

   Warehouse and offices    Leased

Hong Kong

   Warehouse and offices    Leased

Kawasaki, Japan

   Laboratories and offices    Leased

Birmingham, United Kingdom

   Factory, warehouse, laboratories and offices    Leased

Wigan, United Kingdom

   Factory, warehouse and offices    Owned

Wantage, United Kingdom

   Factory, warehouse, laboratories and offices    Leased

Novara, Italy

   Factory, warehouse, laboratory and offices    Owned

Frost, Germany

   Warehouse and offices    Leased

Barcelona, Spain

   Warehouse, laboratory and offices    Owned

Graphic Solutions segment

     

Morristown, Tennessee

   Factory, warehouse, laboratory and offices    Owned*

Atlanta, Georgia

   Offices and laboratories    Owned*

San Marcos, California

   Factory, warehouse, laboratory and offices    Owned*

Middletown, Delaware

   Factory, warehouse and offices    Owned*

Cernay, France

   Warehouse and offices    Leased

Melbourne, Australia

   Factory, warehouse and offices    Leased

 

* Subject to a mortgage granted to secure our obligations under the Credit Facilities.

We believe that all of our facilities and equipment are in good condition, are well maintained and are adequate for our present operations.

 

89


Insurance

Our belief is that we have customary levels of insurance for a company of our size in our industry. Our insurance policies are subject to deductibles and limits. We have property coverage with a limit of $150.0 million, domestic employee benefits coverage with a limit of $2.0 million and cargo transport liability with a limit of $1.5 million. We also maintain other types of insurance, such as aviation products liability, automobile, and general liability insurance.

We maintain insurance coverage at levels that we believe to be reasonable. However, we are not fully insured against all potential hazards incident to our business. Additionally, we may incur losses beyond the limits of, or outside the coverage of, our insurance. We maintain full replacement value insurance coverage for property damage to a majority our facilities and business interruption insurance. Nevertheless, a significant business interruption in the operation of one or more of our facilities could have a material adverse effect on our business. As a result of market conditions, premiums and deductibles for certain insurance policies can increase substantially and, in some instances, certain insurance may become unavailable or available only for reduced amounts of coverage.

Employees

We employ individuals in 24 countries. As of October 31, 2013, we employed approximately 2,000 full-time employees, including approximately 1,000 research and development chemists and experienced technical service and sales personnel.

Legal Proceedings

In the ordinary course of our business, we are subject to periodic lawsuits, investigations and claims, including, but not limited to, product liability claims, contractual disputes, premises claims and employment and environmental, health, and safety matters. Although we cannot predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits, investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe any currently pending legal proceeding to which we are a party will have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We are a manufacturer and distributor of specialty chemical products, and are therefore exposed to the risk of liability or claims with respect to environmental cleanup or other matters, including those in connection with the disposal or releases of hazardous materials. We have received notices of violation with respect to instances of non-compliance with environmental laws. A number of our facilities and former facilities have been environmentally impacted from historic operations and some of our facilities are in the process of being investigated and remediated. See Note 17 to the MacDermid audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. We or our affiliates have been named as a potentially responsible party in numerous superfund sites due to historic operations. Asbestos and other hazardous substances are or may be present at our facilities. We are subject to extensive domestic and foreign laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and worker health and safety, including those governing discharges of pollutants into soil, air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, and the cleanup of contaminated properties. We have incurred, and will continue to incur, costs and capital expenditures in complying with these laws and regulations. Additional costs could be incurred, including cleanup costs, fines, sanctions, and third-party claims, as a result of violations of or liabilities under environmental laws. As of September 30, 2013, on a pro forma basis, we had reserved $2.2 million (excluding asset retirement obligations) for various environmental matters.

 

90


Management and Corporate Governance

Board of Directors

Upon consummation of the Domestication, our Delaware by-laws will permit our Board of Directors to set the size of the Board at not less than 1 director. Our Board of Directors currently consists of seven directors. For the size and scope of our business and operations, we believe a board of approximately this size is appropriate as it is small enough to allow for effective communication among the members but large enough so that we get a diverse set of perspectives and experiences around our board room. Our by-laws provide that, in uncontested elections, directors will be elected by a majority of the votes cast, and in contested elections, directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast.

Upon consummation of the Domestication, each director on our Board of Directors will serve a one-year term or until their successor has been duly elected and qualified, subject to their earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. Pursuant to the DGCL and our by-laws, in general, any vacancies on our Board of Directors resulting from death, retirement, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause may be filled only by an affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Our current directors are as follows:

 

Name

   Age  

Martin E. Franklin*

     49   

Daniel H. Leever

     65   

Ian G. H. Ashken

     53   

Nicolas Berggruen

     52   

Michael F. Goss

     53   

Ryan Israel

     28   

E. Stanley O’Neal

     62   

 

* Denotes Chairman

Upon the consummation of the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition, Paul Myners, Alun Cathcart and Alain Minc stepped down from our Board of Directors and Ian G. H. Ashken, Michael F. Goss, Ryan Israel, Daniel H. Leever and E. Stanley O’Neal joined our Board of Directors.

We believe that each of our directors possesses the experience, skills and qualities to fully perform his duties as a director and contribute to our success. Our directors were nominated because each is of high ethical character, highly accomplished in his field with superior credentials and recognition, has a reputation, both personal and professional, that is consistent with Platform’s image and reputation, has the ability to exercise sound business judgment, and is able to dedicate sufficient time to fulfilling his obligations as a director. Our directors as a group complement each other and each of their respective experiences, skills and qualities so that collectively the Board operates in an effective, collegial and responsive manner. Each director’s principal occupation and other pertinent information about particular experience, qualifications, attributes and skills that led the Board to conclude that such person should serve as a director, appears on the following pages.

Martin E. Franklin has served as a director of Platform since April 28, 2013, and has served as Chairman since the completion of the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition on October 31, 2013. Mr. Franklin is the founder and executive chairman of Jarden Corporation, a broad-based consumer products company. Mr. Franklin was appointed to Jarden’s board of directors in June 2001 and served as Jarden’s chairman and chief executive officer from September 2001 until June 2011, at which time he began service as executive chairman. Mr. Franklin has experience serving on the boards of private and public companies. Mr. Franklin served on the Board of Directors of Justice Holdings Limited (“Justice”) from February 2011 until its business combination with Burger King Worldwide, Inc. in June 2012, and continues to serve on the board of Burger King Worldwide, Inc. and is a

 

91


member of its audit committee. Mr. Franklin also served on the Board of Directors of Kenneth Cole Productions, Inc. from July 2005 to December 2011. He also served on the Board of Directors of Liberty Acquisition Holdings Corp. (“LAHC”) from June 2007 until its business combination with Grupo Prisa in November 2010, and continues to serve on the board of Grupo Prisa. Mr. Franklin also served on the board of Liberty Acquisition Holdings (International) Company, a Cayman Islands company (“LAHIC”), from January 2008 until its acquisition of Phoenix Group Holdings (formerly known as Pearl Group) in September 2009 and Freedom Acquisition Holdings, Inc. (“Freedom”) from June 2006 until its acquisition of GLG Partners in November 2007 and continued to serve on the board of GLG Partners until it was acquired by the Man Group plc in October 2010. Mr. Franklin also was a director and trustee of a number of private companies and charitable institutions. Mr. Franklin graduated from the University of Pennsylvania in 1986 with a degree in political science.

We believe Mr. Franklin’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his leadership, extensive experience as a member of other corporate boards and his knowledge of public companies.

Daniel H. Leever has served as a director of Platform since the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition on October 31, 2013. Mr. Leever is currently the Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman of Platform. Mr. Leever served as Chief Executive Officer of MacDermid from 1990 to 2013. From 1998 to 2013, Mr. Leever served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of MacDermid. From 1989 to 1990, Mr. Leever served as Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of MacDermid. Mr. Leever initially joined MacDermid as an employee in 1982. Mr. Leever attended undergraduate school at Kansas State University and the graduate school at the University of New Haven School of Business.

We believe Mr. Leever’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his extensive knowledge of MacDermid and his years of leadership at MacDermid.

Ian G. H. Ashken has served as a director of Platform since the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition on October 31, 2013. Mr. Ashken co-founded Jarden Corporation and serves as its Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer. Until February 15, 2007, Mr. Ashken was also Secretary of Jarden Corporation. Mr. Ashken was appointed to Jarden Corporation’s Board of Directors on June 25, 2001 and became its Vice Chairman, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary effective September 24, 2001. Mr. Ashken is also a principal and executive officer of a number of private investment entities. Mr. Ashken also served as the Vice Chairman and/or Chief Financial Officer of three public companies, Benson Eyecare Corporation, Lumen Technologies, Inc. and Bollé Inc. between 1992 and 2000. Mr. Ashken also served as a director of Phoenix Group Holdings from 2009 to May 2013. During the last five years, Mr. Ashken also previously served as a director of one other public company, GLG Partners, Inc. Mr. Ashken graduated from the University of Newcastle.

We believe Mr. Ashken’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his executive experience, service on other corporate boards and his knowledge of public companies.

Nicolas Berggruen has served as a director of Platform since April 28, 2013. Mr. Berggruen founded what became Berggruen Holdings Ltd in 1984 to act as the direct investment vehicle of what became the Nicolas Berggruen Charitable Trust. Mr. Berggruen has served as the chairman of Berggruen Holdings Ltd since its inception. Mr. Berggruen is also founder of the Berggruen Institute on Governance, an independent, nonpartisan think tank. Mr. Berggruen has experience serving on the boards of private and public companies. He served on the board of directors of Justice from February 2011 until its business combination with Burger King Worldwide, Inc. in June 2012. Mr. Berggruen also served on the board of directors of LAHC from June 2007 until its business combination with Grupo Prisa, Spain’s largest media conglomerate, in November 2010, and continues to serve on the board of Grupo Prisa. Mr. Berggruen served on the Board of Directors of LAHIC from January 2008 until its acquisition of Phoenix Group Holdings (formerly known as Pearl Group) in September 2009, and Freedom from June 2006 until its acquisition of GLG Partners in November 2007 and continued to serve on the board of GLG Partners until February 2009. Mr. Berggruen studied at l’Ecole Alsacienne before attending Le Rosey in Switzerland and obtained his B.S. in finance and international business from New York University.

 

92


We believe Mr. Berggruen’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his leadership, service on other corporate boards and financial management expertise.

Michael F . Goss has served as a director of Platform since the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition on October 31, 2013. Mr. Goss joined Bain Capital in 2001 as Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer until 2011. In 2004, he was also named Chief Operating Officer, a role he held until 2011. He currently serves, since 2012, as Managing Director and Head of Global Investor Relations of Bain Capital with responsibility for capital raising activities and client relationship matters. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Goss was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Digitas Inc., a global internet professional services firm, which he helped take public in March 2000. Prior to joining Digitas Inc., Mr. Goss was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and a member of the board of directors of Playtex Products, Inc. Mr. Goss graduated from Kansas State University in 1981 with a BS in economics and received an MBA with Distinction from Harvard Business School in 1986.

We believe Mr. Goss’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his leadership, executive experience, service on other corporate boards and financial management expertise.

Ryan Israel has served as a director of Platform since the completion of the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition on October 31, 2013. Mr. Israel is currently a partner at Pershing Square Capital Management, L.P., a research intensive, fundamental value based investment firm based in New York City. Mr. Israel joined Pershing Square in March 2009, and is responsible for identifying, analyzing and monitoring current and prospective investment opportunities across a variety of industries. Before joining Pershing Square, from July 2007 to March 2009, Mr. Israel was an investment banker in the technology, media and telecom division at Goldman Sachs. Mr. Israel attended the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, where he received a B.S. in Economics, with concentrations in Finance and Accounting.

We believe Mr. Israel’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his extensive experience in business and management, including his experience identifying and analyzing potential investment opportunities.

E. Stanley O’Neal has served as a director of Platform since MacDermid Holdings Acquisition on October 31, 2013. Mr. O’Neal served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. until October 2007. He became Chief Executive Officer of Merrill Lynch in 2002 and was elected Chairman of the Board in 2003. Mr. O’Neal was employed with Merrill Lynch for 21 years, serving as President and Chief Operating Officer from July 2001 to December 2002; President of U.S. Private Client from February 2000 to July 2001; Chief Financial Officer from 1998 to 2000 and Executive Vice President and Co-head of Global Markets and Investment Banking from 1997 to 1998. Mr. O’Neal has served as a director of Alcoa, an aluminum manufacturing company, since January 2008 and is a member of its audit and governance committees. Mr. O’Neal was a director of General Motors Corporation from 2001 to 2006, and a director of American Beacon Advisors, Inc. (investment advisor registered with the SEC) from 2009 to September 2012. Mr. O’Neal graduated from Kettering University in 1974 with a degree in industrial administration and received his MBA from Harvard Business School in 1978.

We believe Mr. O’Neal’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his leadership, executive experience, service on other corporate boards and financial management expertise.

 

93


Corporate Governance

Corporate Governance Guidelines

Our Board of Directors is responsible for overseeing the management of our company. The Board has adopted a Board of Directors Governance Principles and Code of Conduct (“Governance Principles”) which set forth our governance principles relating to, among other things:

 

    director independence;

 

    director qualifications and responsibilities;

 

    board structure and meetings;

 

    management succession; and

 

    the performance evaluation of our Board and chief executive officer.

Our Governance Principles are available in the investor relations section of our website at [ ].

Director Independence

The composition of the Board and its committees will be subject to the independence standards set forth under the NYSE corporate governance listing standards as well as the Governance Principles which have been adopted by the Board. Under the NYSE corporate governance listing standards, a director qualifies as independent if the Board affirmatively determines that the director has no material relationship with us. While the focus of the inquiry is independence from management, the Board is required to broadly consider all relevant facts and circumstances in making an independence determination. In making each of these independence determinations, the Board has considered all of the information provided by each director in response to detailed inquiries concerning his or her independence and any direct or indirect business, family, employment, transactional or other relationship or affiliation of such director with us.

Based on information provided by each director concerning his background, employment, and affiliations, we believe that each of Ian G. H. Ashken, Nicolas Berggruen, Michael F. Goss, Ryan Israel and E. Stanley O’Neal are “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the corporate governance listing standards of the NYSE.

Board Committees

On October 31, 2013, the Board established three standing committees: the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Policies Committee. Copies of the committee charters of each of the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Policies Committee setting forth the responsibilities of the committees can be found under the investor relations section of our website at [ ], and such information is also available in print to any stockholder who requests it through our investor relations department. We will periodically review and revise the committee charters. A summary of the composition of each committee as it will be constituted upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

Name

 

Audit Committee

 

Compensation Committee

 

Nominating and
Policies Committee

Ian G. H. Ashken

  X     X

Nicolas Berggruen

    X     X*

Michael F. Goss

    X*    

Ryan Israel

  X   X   X

E. Stanley O’Neal

      X*  

 

* Denotes Chairman of applicable Committee

 

94


Audit Committee

On [ ], our Board adopted a written Audit Committee Charter that governs the responsibilities of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    overseeing preparation of our financial statements, the financial reporting process and our compliance with legal and regulatory matters;

 

    appointing and overseeing the work of our independent auditor;

 

    preapproving all auditing services and permitted non-auditing services to be performed for us by our independent auditor and approving the fees associated with such work;

 

    approving the scope of the annual audit;

 

    reviewing interim and year-end financial statements;

 

    overseeing our internal audit function, reviewing any significant reports to management arising from such internal audit function and reporting to the Board; and

 

    preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement.

The Audit Committee has the power to investigate any matter brought to its attention within the scope of its duties and to retain counsel for this purpose where appropriate. Under procedures adopted by the Audit Committee, the Audit Committee reviews and pre-approves all audit and non-audit services performed by our independent accountant.

We have reviewed the background, experience, and independence of the Audit Committee members and based on this review, we have determined that each member of the Audit Committee:

 

    meets the independence requirements of the NYSE’s corporate governance listing standards;

 

    meets the enhanced independence standards for audit committee members required by the SEC; and

 

    is financially literate, knowledgeable and qualified to review financial statements.

In addition, the Board has determined that each of Messrs. Ashken and Goss qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” under the SEC rules.

Compensation Committee

On [ ], our Board adopted a written Compensation Committee Charter that governs the responsibilities of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    assisting the Board in developing and evaluating potential candidates for executive positions;

 

    reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives with respect to compensation for the Chief Executive Officer;

 

    making recommendations to the Board with respect to compensation of other executive officers and providing oversight of management’s decisions concerning the performance and compensation of such executive officers;

 

    reviewing on a periodic basis compensation and benefits paid to directors;

 

    reviewing our incentive compensation and other stock-based plans and recommending changes in such plans to the Board of Directors as needed; and

 

    preparing a compensation committee report on executive compensation as required by the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement.

 

95


We have reviewed the background, experience and independence of the Compensation Committee members and based on this review, we have determined that each member of the Compensation Committee:

 

    meets the independence requirements of the NYSE’s corporate governance listing standards;

 

    is an “outside director” pursuant to the criteria established by the Internal Revenue Services; and

 

    meets the enhanced independence standards for Compensation Committee members established by the SEC.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of the Compensation Committee who presently serve or in the past year have served on the Compensation Committee has interlocking relationships as defined by the SEC or had any relationships requiring disclosure by the Company under the SEC’s rules requiring disclosure of certain relationships and related party transactions.

Nominating and Policies Committee

On [ ], our Board adopted a written Nominating and Policies Committee Charter that governs the responsibilities of the Nominating and Policies Committee. The Nominating and Policies Committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    assisting our Board in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending nominees for each annual meeting of shareholders to our Board;

 

    leading the search for individuals qualified to become members of the Board and selecting director nominees to be presented for stockholder approval at our annual meetings;

 

    reviewing the Board’s committee structure and recommending to the Board for approval directors to serve as members of each committee;

 

    developing and recommending to the Board for approval a set of corporate governance guidelines and generally advising the Board on corporate governance matters;

 

    reviewing such corporate governance guidelines on a periodic basis and recommending changes as necessary; and

 

    reviewing director nominations submitted by stockholders.

The Nominating and Policies Committee may, when it deems appropriate, delegate certain of its responsibilities to one or more Nominating and Policies Committee members or subcommittees. In making nominations, the Nominating and Policies Committee is required to submit candidates who have the highest personal and professional integrity, who have demonstrated exceptional ability and judgment and who shall be most effective, in conjunction with the other nominees to the Board, in collectively serving the long-term interests of the stockholders. In evaluating nominees, the Nominating and Policies Committee is required to take into consideration the following attributes, which are desirable for a member of the Board: leadership, independence, interpersonal skills, financial acumen, business experiences, industry knowledge and diversity of viewpoints.

We have reviewed the background, experience and independence of the Nominating and Corporate Policies Committee members and based on this review, we have determined that each member of the Nominating and Corporate Policies Committee meets the independence requirements of the NYSE’s corporate governance listing standards and SEC rules and regulations.

Business Conduct and Ethics Policy

On [ ], our Board adopted a written Business Conduct and Ethics Policy (“Ethics Policy”) that establishes the standards of ethical conduct applicable to all our directors, officers, and employees. The Ethics Policy

 

96


addresses, among other things, competition and fair dealing, conflicts of interest, financial matters and external reporting, company funds and assets, confidentiality and corporate opportunity requirements, and the process for reporting violations of the Ethics Policy, employee misconduct, conflicts of interest or other violations. A copy of our Ethics Policy is publicly available in the investor relations section of our website at [ ]. Any waiver of our Ethics Policy with respect to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, controller or persons performing similar functions may only be authorized by our Board of Directors and will be disclosed on our website as promptly as practicable, as may be required under applicable SEC and NYSE rules.

Executive Officers

Set forth below is certain information relating to our, and/or MacDermid’s, current executive officers and key employees. Biographical information with respect to Mr. Leever is set forth above under “— Board of Directors ”.

 

Name    Age      Title

Daniel H. Leever

     65       Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman of Platform

Frank J. Monteiro

     43       Chief Financial Officer

John L. Cordani

     50       Secretary of Platform and General Counsel of MacDermid

Frank J. Monteiro: Mr. Monteiro has served as the Chief Financial Officer of Platform since the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition on October 31, 2013. Mr. Monteiro served as the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of MacDermid from February 2010 to October 31, 2013. From April 2007 until February 2010, Mr. Monteiro served as Vice President of Finance and Treasurer of MacDermid. Mr. Monteiro joined the MacDermid business in June 1998 and, from June 1998 to April 2007, served in the positions of General Accounting Manager, Domestic Accounting Manager and Assistant Controller of Industrial Americas operations, and as Assistant Treasurer and Risk Manager of MacDermid. Mr. Monteiro received a Bachelor of Science in Accountancy from Bentley University.

John L. Cordani: Mr. Cordani has served as the General Counsel of MacDermid from 1993, other than during the period from May 2000 to March 2002, when he worked as a partner at Carmody & Torrance LLP, and Secretary of Platform since the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition on October 31, 2013. From 1989 until 1992, Mr. Cordani served as IP Manager of MacDermid, Incorporated. Having joined MacDermid in 1986, Mr. Cordani served as a Researcher for the company from 1986 until 1989. Mr. Cordani also works, and has since 2001, as an Adjunct Professor of Law at Quinnipiac University Law School. Mr. Cordani received a Juris Doctor from Quinnipiac University Law School, a Master of Science in Materials Science from Rensselaer Polytech, and a Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering from Texas A&M University.

 

97


Executive Compensation

Introduction

Platform did not have any executive officers prior to the completion of the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table summarizes the compensation from MacDermid to each of the named executive officers of MacDermid for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. The MacDermid board of directors was responsible for all decisions regarding such compensation.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary
($)(1)
     Stock
Awards
($)(2)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(3)
     All Other
Compensation
($)(4)
     Total
($)
 

Daniel H. Leever

     2012         818,750         43,416         825,000         3,564         1,690,730   

Chief Executive Officer

     2011         793,750         43,416         480,000         3,564         1,320,730   

Frank J. Monteiro

     2012         293,475         12,529         200,000         541         506,545   

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

     2011         269,750         12,529         95,550         541         378,370   

John L. Cordani

     2012         309,700         3,685         114,060         810         428,255   

Vice President, Corporate Secretary and General Counsel

     2011         302,525         3,685         68,400         810         375,420   

 

(1) Amounts disclosed in this column represent annual base salary, and include adjustments to the named executive officers’ base salaries made by the MacDermid board of directors at its February 2012 and February 2011 meeting, respectively. These adjustments were applied retroactively to January 2012 and January 2011, respectively. These amounts were not reduced to reflect the named executive officers’ elections to defer receipt of salary under the Plan.
(2) Amounts represent the fair value of stock awards made to the named executive officers by the MacDermid Holdings Board. For information relating to the assumptions made in determining the fair value of the stock, see Note 8 to MacDermid’s audited financial statements included in this prospectus.
(3) A discussion of the terms of the non-equity incentive plan is set forth below.
(4) Amounts disclosed in this column represent premiums paid on behalf of the named executive officers for a company-sponsored life insurance program. In addition, during 2011 and 2012 Mr. Leever was, on occasion, accompanied by family members when flying on business in the aircraft leased by MacDermid. MacDermid did not incur any additional costs associated with this perquisite.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

The following describes material features of the MacDermid compensation disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table:

Non-Equity Incentive Plan

For 2011 and 2012, MacDermid had an annual performance-based compensation plan (the “MacDermid Performance Compensation Plan”) in which each of the named executive officers participated. Under the MacDermid Performance Compensation Plan, each of the named executive officers was eligible to receive annual performance-based cash compensation equal to a percentage of their annual salary. Whether an individual received such cash compensation depended upon whether various financial performance and corporate performance metrics tied to each individual’s responsibilities were satisfied and whether certain strategic projects were completed.

 

98


To be considered for annual performance-based cash compensation, MacDermid had to first meet the predetermined threshold level for consolidated EBITDA, or no annual performance-based compensation would be granted to participants.

For 2011 and 2012, if the “threshold” level was reached, each of Messrs. Leever, Monteiro and Cordani became eligible for annual performance-based compensation equal to 20%, 20% and 10% % of his salary, respectively. If the “target” level of was reached, each of Messrs. Leever, Monteiro and Cordani became eligible for annual performance-based cash compensation equal to 100%, 50% and 35% of his salary, respectively. If the “stretch” level of was reached, each of Messrs. Leever, Monteiro and Cordani became eligible for annual performance-based cash compensation equal to 200%, 75% and 50% of his salary, respectively.

For 2011, the consolidated threshold level was $151 million, the target level was $155 million and the stretch level was a $161 million. For 2012, the consolidated threshold level was $153 million, the target level was $162 million and the stretch level was a $170 million. For 2011 and 2012, MacDermid achieved consolidated EBITDA of $153.0 million in 2011, between threshold and target level, and $162.4 million in 2012, the target level.

Mr. Leever then recommended each individual’s compensation (other than his own) based upon an evaluation of each individual’s overall performance and contributions over the prior year with respect to satisfying corporate performance metrics (e.g., corporate year-end tax rate, etc.) and completing strategic projects. Mr. Leever’s recommendations were reviewed by the MacDermid board of directors, which retained final discretion in determining the amount of any compensation actually paid.

As a result, a payout of compensation of $400,000 and $825,000 for Mr. Leever, $95,550 and $200,000 for Mr. Monteiro and $68,400 and $114,060 for Mr. Cordani was awarded in 2011 and 2012, respectively.

2012 Outstanding Equity Awards of MacDermid at Fiscal Year End

The following table sets forth information concerning our named executive officers’ outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2012.

 

Name

   Number of
Shares or
Units of Stock
That
Have Not
Vested(1)
     Market Value
of Shares or
Units of Stock
That Have
Not Vested(2)
 

Daniel H. Leever

     121,600       $  86,832   

Frank J. Monteiro

     37,400       $ 25,058   

John L. Cordani

     11,000       $ 7,370   

 

(1) Amounts disclosed in this column relate to memberships interests in MacDermid Holdings held by the named executive officers. Upon completion of the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition, these membership interests in MacDermid Holdings were contributed to a newly-formed entity.
(2) The amounts in this column represent the market value of memberships interest in MacDermid Holdings held by the named executive officers. Upon completion of the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition, these membership interests in MacDermid Holdings were contributed to a newly-formed entity.

Each of Messrs. Leever, Monteiro and Cordani has a severance agreement with the Company. If Mr. Leever is terminated without cause at any time, he will be paid severance equal to two years base salary, based upon the then most recent one year period, and two years’ target bonus based upon the then current and applicable bonus plan.

If either of Messrs. Monteiro or Cordani is terminated without cause within two years following the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition, he will be paid severance equal to two years’ base salary and cash bonus, based upon the then most recent two year period.

 

99


Director Compensation Policy

From April 23, 2013 until October 31, 2013, we paid our non-founder directors an annual fee of $85,000, paid in advance, and our chairman an annual fee of $125,000, paid in advance. Paul Myners, our former Chairman, was paid compensation for his services as Chairman.

Upon our inception Mr. Myners was granted a five year option to acquire 100,000 ordinary shares and each of Alun Cathcart and Alan Minc was granted a five year option to acquire 75,000 ordinary shares. See “Related Party Transactions—Option Deeds.”

Commencing as of October 31, 2013, we will pay to all non-executive directors an annual fee of $50,000, paid quarterly. Members of any of our Committees are entitled to an additional annual fee of $2,000. The chairman of our Audit Committee is entitled to an additional $10,000 annual fee, and each of the chairmen of our Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Policies Committee is entitled to an additional $7,500 annual fee. In addition, all non-executive directors will be granted annually a number of restricted shares of Platform Common Stock equal to $100,000 at the date of issue. The restricted shares will vest on the date of the following year’s annual meeting or not later than 13 months from the date of issuance.

Messrs. Goss and O’Neal will be paid compensation for their respective services on our Board. For their initial term as directors, each of Messrs. Ashken, Berggruen, Franklin and Israel has elected to waive all compensation for service as a director. Neither Mr. Berggruen nor Mr. Franklin who served as our Founder Directors nor Mr. Leever who serves as our Chief Executive Officer is entitled to receive any additional compensation for their services as a director. Fees are payable quarterly in arrears. In addition, all of the Directors are entitled to be reimbursed by Platform for travel, hotel and other expenses incurred by them in the course of their directors’ duties relating to Platform.

2013 Incentive Compensation Plan

On October 31, 2013, our Board of Directors approved the Platform Specialty Products Corporation 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan, hereinafter referred to as our “2013 Plan,” and will submit it to our stockholders for approval within twelve (12) months. The purpose of our 2013 Plan is to assist our Company and its subsidiaries and other designated affiliates, which we refer to as “Related Entities”, in attracting, motivating, retaining and rewarding high-quality executives and other employees, officers, directors, consultants and other persons who provide services to our Company or its Related Entities, by enabling such persons to acquire or increase a proprietary interest in our Company in order to strengthen the mutuality of interests between such persons and our Company’s stockholders, and providing such persons with long term performance incentives to expend their maximum efforts in the creation of shareholder value.

Administration. Our 2013 Plan is to be administered by a committee designated by our Board of Directors consisting of not less than two directors, hereinafter referred to as the ‘‘Committee”; provided, however, that except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, our Board of Directors may exercise any power or authority granted to the Committee under our 2013 Plan. From and after the date on which we are a publicly held corporation (as defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)), the Committee will consist solely of independent directors, each of whom is intended to be, to the extent required by Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, a non-employee director and will, at such times as we are subject to Section 162(m) of the Code and intend for awards to be treated as performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m), qualify as an outside director for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

Subject to the terms of our 2013 Plan, the Committee is authorized to select eligible persons to receive awards, determine the type, number and other terms and conditions of, and all other matters relating to, awards, prescribe award agreements (which need not be identical for each participant), and the rules and regulations for the administration of the 2013 Plan, construe and interpret the 2013 Plan and award agreements, and correct defects, supply omissions or reconcile inconsistencies therein, and make all other decisions and determinations as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of our 2013 Plan.

 

100


Eligibility. The persons eligible to receive awards under our 2013 Plan are the officers, directors, employees, consultants and other persons who provide services to our Company or any Related Entity. An employee on leave of absence may be considered as still in the employ of our Company or a Related Entity for purposes of eligibility for participation in our 2013 Plan.

Types of Awards. Our 2013 Plan provides for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalents, bonus stock and awards in lieu of cash compensation, other stock-based awards and performance awards. Performance awards may be based on the achievement of certain business or personal criteria or goals, as determined by the Committee.

Shares Available for Awards; Annual Per-Person Limitations. The total number of ordinary shares of our Company that may be subject to the granting of awards under our 2013 Plan shall be equal to 15,500,000 shares. The foregoing limit shall be increased by the number of shares with respect to which awards granted under our 2013 Plan are forfeited, expire or otherwise terminate without issuance of shares, or that are settled for cash or otherwise do not result in the issuance of shares. Awards issued in substitution for awards previously granted by a company acquired by our Company or a Related Entity, or with which our Company or any Related Entity combines, do not reduce the limit on grants of awards under our 2013 Plan.

In addition, our 2013 Plan imposes individual limitations on the amount of certain awards. Under these limitations, during any 12-month period, the number of stock options and stock appreciation rights granted to any one participant under the 2013 Plan may not exceed 3,100,000 ordinary shares, and the number of shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares and other stock based-awards granted to any one participant under the 2013 Plan may not exceed 3,100,000 ordinary shares, in each case subject to adjustment in certain circumstances. The maximum amount that may be paid out as performance units in any 12-month period is $2,000,000 (pro-rated for any period less than 12 months, and with respect to any performance period longer than 12 months, the maximum amount is $4,000,000.

The Committee is authorized to adjust the limitations described in the two preceding paragraphs and is authorized to adjust outstanding awards (including adjustments to exercise prices of options and other affected terms of awards) in the event that a dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, ordinary shares or other property), recapitalization, forward or reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, share exchange or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the ordinary shares so that an adjustment is appropriate. The Committee is also authorized to adjust performance conditions and other terms of awards in response to these kinds of events or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles.

Description of Awards

Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights . The Committee is authorized to grant stock options, including both incentive stock options, which can result in potentially favorable tax treatment to the participant, and non-qualified stock options, and stock appreciation rights entitling the participant to receive the amount by which the fair market value of an ordinary share on the date of exercise exceeds the grant price of the stock appreciation right. The exercise price per share subject to an option and the grant price of a stock appreciation right are determined by the Committee, but must not be less than the fair market value of an ordinary share on the date of grant. For purposes of the 2013 Plan, the term “fair market value” means the fair market value of an ordinary share or other property as determined by the Committee or under procedures established by the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the fair market value of an ordinary share as of any given date shall be the closing sales price per ordinary share of the Company as reported on the principal stock exchange or market on which the ordinary shares are traded on the date as of which such value is being determined or, if there is no sale on that date, then on the last previous day on which a sale was reported. The maximum term of each option or stock appreciation right, the times at which each option or stock appreciation right will be exercisable, and provisions requiring forfeiture of unexercised options or stock appreciation rights at or following termination

 

101


of employment or other service generally are fixed by the Committee, except that no option or stock appreciation right may have a term exceeding ten years. Methods of exercise and settlement and other terms of the stock appreciation right are determined by the Committee. The Committee, thus, may permit the exercise price of options awarded under the Plan to be paid in cash, shares (including the withholding of shares otherwise deliverable pursuant to the award), other awards or other property (including loans to participants). Options may be exercised by payment of the exercise price in cash, ordinary shares or other property having a fair market value equal to the exercise price, as the Committee may determine from time to time.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units . The Committee is authorized to grant restricted stock and restricted stock units. Restricted stock is a grant of ordinary shares which may not be sold or disposed of, and which shall be subject to such risks of forfeiture and other restrictions as the Committee may impose. A participant granted restricted stock generally has all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company, unless otherwise determined by the Committee. An award of restricted stock units confers upon a participant the right to receive ordinary shares, cash equal to the fair market value of a specified number of ordinary shares, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee, at the end of a specified deferral period, subject to such risks of forfeiture and other restrictions as the Committee may impose. Prior to settlement, an award of restricted stock units carries no voting or dividend rights or other rights associated with share ownership, although dividend equivalents may be granted, as discussed below.

Dividend Equivalents . The Committee is authorized to grant dividend equivalents conferring on participants the right to receive, currently or on a deferred basis, cash, ordinary shares, other awards or other property equal in value to dividends paid on a specific number of ordinary shares or other periodic payments. Dividend equivalents may be granted alone or in connection with another award, may be paid currently or on a deferred basis and, if deferred, may be deemed to have been reinvested in additional ordinary shares, awards or otherwise as specified by the Committee.

Bonus Stock and Awards in Lieu of Cash Obligations. The Committee is authorized to grant ordinary shares as a bonus free of restrictions, or to grant ordinary shares or other awards in lieu of Company obligations to pay cash under our 2013 Plan or other plans or compensatory arrangements, subject to such terms as the Committee may specify.

Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee is authorized to grant awards that are denominated or payable in, valued by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to shares of Common Stock. The Committee determines the terms and conditions of such awards.

Performance Awards . The Committee is authorized to grant performance awards to participants on terms and conditions established by the Committee. The performance criteria to be achieved during any performance period and the length of the performance period is determined by the Committee upon the grant of the performance award; provided however, that a performance period cannot be shorter than 12 months or longer than 5 years. Performance awards may be valued by reference to a designated number of ordinary shares (in which case they are referred to as performance shares) or by reference to a designated amount of property including cash (in which case they are referred to as performance units). Performance awards may be settled by delivery of cash, shares or other property, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee. Performance awards granted to persons whom the Committee expects will, for the year in which a deduction arises, be “covered employees” (as defined below) will, if and to the extent intended by the Committee, be subject to provisions that should qualify such awards as “performance-based compensation” not subject to the limitation on tax deductibility by the Company under Section 162(m) of the Code. For purposes of Section 162(m), the term “covered employee” means the Company’s chief executive officer and each other person whose compensation is required to be disclosed in the Company’s filings with the SEC by reason of that person being among the three highest compensated officers of the Company as of the end of a taxable year (other than the chief financial offer). If and to the extent required under Section 162(m) of the Code, any power or authority relating to a performance award intended to qualify under Section 162(m) of the Code is to be exercised by the Committee and not our Board of Directors.

 

102


If and to the extent that the Committee determines that these provisions of the 2013 Plan are to be applicable to any award, one or more of the following business criteria for the Company, on a consolidated basis, and/or for Related Entities, or for business or geographical units of the Company and/or a Related Entity (except with respect to the total shareholder return and earnings per share criteria), shall be used by the Committee in establishing performance goals for awards under the 2013 Plan: (1) earnings per share; (2) revenues or margins; (3) cash flow; (4) operating margin; (5) return on assets, net assets, investment, capital, operating revenue or equity; (6) economic value added; (7) direct contribution; (8) income; net income; pretax earnings; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; earnings after interest expense and before extraordinary or special items; operating income; net operating income; income before interest income or expense, unusual items and income taxes, local, state or federal and excluding budgeted and actual bonuses which might be paid under any ongoing bonus plans of the Company; (9) working capital or working capital management, including inventory turnover and days sales outstanding; (10) management of fixed costs or variable costs; (11) identification or consummation of investment opportunities or completion of specified projects in accordance with corporate business plans, including strategic mergers, acquisitions or divestitures; (12) total shareholder return; (13) debt reduction; (14) market share; (15) entry into new markets, either geographically or by business unit; (16) customer retention and satisfaction; (17) strategic plan development and implementation, including turnaround plans; and (18) fair market value of an ordinary share. Any of the above goals may be determined on an absolute or relative basis (e.g. growth in earnings per share) or as compared to the performance of a published or special index deemed applicable by the Committee including, but not limited to, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index or a group of companies that are comparable to the Company. The Committee shall exclude the impact of an event or occurrence, or otherwise make adjustments to the performance goals, which the Committee determines should appropriately be excluded, or made to avoid unanticipated results or to otherwise insure that the results are determined in a manner consistent with the intention of the Committee at the time it established the goals, including, without limitation, exclusions or adjustments for (i) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, and other unusual or non-recurring charges, (ii) a change in accounting standards required by generally accepted accounting principles or (iii) such other exclusions or adjustments that the Committee specifies at the time an award is granted.

The Committee may, in its discretion, determine that the amount payable as a performance award will be reduced from the amount of any potential award.

Other Terms of Awards. Awards may be settled in the form of cash, ordinary shares, other Awards or other property, in the discretion of the Committee. The Committee may require or permit participants to defer the settlement of all or part of an Award in accordance with such terms and conditions as the Committee may establish, including payment or crediting of interest or dividend equivalents on deferred amounts, and the crediting of earnings, gains and losses based on deemed investment of deferred amounts in specified investment vehicles. The Committee may condition any payment relating to an award on the withholding of taxes and may provide that a portion of any ordinary shares or other property to be distributed will be withheld (or previously acquired ordinary shares or other property be surrendered by the participant) to satisfy withholding and other tax obligations. Awards granted under our 2013 Plan generally may not be pledged or otherwise encumbered and are not transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or to a designated beneficiary upon the participant’s death, except that the Committee may, in its discretion, permit transfers for estate planning or other purposes subject to any applicable restrictions under Rule 16b-3.

Awards under our 2013 Plan are generally granted without a requirement that the participant pay consideration in the form of cash or property for the grant (as distinguished from the exercise), except to the extent required by law. The Committee may, however, grant awards in exchange for other awards under our 2013 Plan, awards under other Company plans, or other rights to payment from our Company, and may grant awards in addition to and in tandem with such other awards, rights or other awards.

Acceleration of Vesting; Change in Control. The Committee may, in its discretion, accelerate the exercisability, the lapsing of restrictions or the expiration of deferral or vesting periods of any award, and such accelerated exercisability, lapse, expiration and, if so provided in the award agreement or otherwise determined

 

103


by the Committee, vesting shall occur in the case of a “change in control” of our Company, as defined in our 2013 Plan. In addition, the Committee may provide in an award agreement that the performance goals relating to any performance award will be deemed to have been met upon the occurrence of any “change in control.”

Amendment and Termination. Our Board of Directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate our 2013 Plan or the Committee’s authority to grant awards without further stockholder approval, except stockholder approval must be obtained for any amendment or alteration if such approval is required by law or regulation or under the rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which our ordinary shares are then listed or quoted. Thus, stockholder approval may not necessarily be required for every amendment to our 2013 Plan. Our 2013 Plan will terminate at the earliest of (a) such time as no ordinary shares remain available for issuance under our 2013 Plan, (b) termination of our 2013 Plan by our Board of Directors, or (c) the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the 2013 Plan. Awards outstanding upon expiration of our 2013 Plan shall remain in effect until they have been exercised or terminated, or have expired.

 

104


Related Party Transactions

From April 23, 2013 (Platform’s date of incorporation) through the date of this prospectus, we have not entered into any related party transactions other than as set forth below:

Placing Agreement

We entered into a Placing Agreement dated May 17, 2013 (the “Placing Agreement”) among Platform, Nicolas Berggruen, Martin E. Franklin, Paul Myners, Alun Cathcart, Alain Minc, and each of the Founder Entities, and Barclays Bank PLC and Citigroup Global Markets Limited (together, the “Placing Agents”), in connection with our May 2013 public offering, pursuant to which the Placing Agents procured subscribers for Platform BVI’s ordinary shares (with matching warrants), other than the ordinary shares that were subscribed for by the Founder Entities. Under the Placing Agreement, each of the Directors and the Founder Entities agreed that they would not, without the prior written consent of the Placing Agents, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of any ordinary shares or warrants (or any preferred shares in the case of Founder Entities) which they held directly or indirectly in the Company, for a period commencing on the date of the Placing Agreement and ending one year after the completion of the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition.

Retaining Holder Securityholders’ Agreement

Immediately prior to the closing of the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition, each Retaining Holder, including Messrs. Leever, Monteiro and Cordani, executed a Retaining Holder Securityholders’ Agreement (a “RHSA”) with us pursuant to which they agreed to exchange their respective interests in MacDermid Holdings for shares of common stock of our subsidiary Platform Delaware Holdings, Inc., (the “PDH Common Stock”), at an exchange rate of $11.00 per share plus, with respect to the common, class A and class B unit equity interests of MacDermid Holdings held by the Retaining Holder (i) a proportionate share of a contingent interest in certain pending litigation (the “CLP”) as further described in the BCA, and (ii) a proportionate share of up to $100 million of contingent purchase price payable upon the attainment of certain EBITDA and stock trading price performance metrics during the seven-year period following the Closing Date (the “CPP”). Immediately prior to the closing of the Merger, members of MacDermid management and certain affiliates, including each of Messrs. Leever, Monteiro and Cordani, contributed all or a portion of their MacDermid Holdings interests to Tartan Holdings, LLC, a newly-formed Delaware limited liability company (“Tartan”), and Tartan agreed to receive the PDH Stock Consideration in exchange for such MacDermid Holdings equity interests.

Pursuant to the terms of each RHSA, each Retaining Holder agreed to not, without our prior consent, (1) sell, assign, transfer (including by operation of law), incur any liens, charges, security interests, options, claims, mortgages, pledges, proxies, voting trusts or agreements, obligations, understandings or arrangements or other restrictions on title or transfer of any nature whatsoever, dispose of or otherwise encumber any shares of PDH Common Stock received or enter into any agreement that would have a similar effect or (2) deposit any of such shares of PDH Common Stock into a voting trust or enter into a voting agreement or arrangement or grant any proxy or power of attorney with respect thereto that is inconsistent with the RHSA for a period of four years from the closing of the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition, other than to (i) the spouse or former spouse of such holder pursuant to a domestic relations order or similar court order upon the divorce of the holder and his or her spouse and (ii) the holder’s executors, administrators or testamentary trustees upon the death of holder; provided that, in each case, (A) such transfer does not violate any federal or state securities laws and (B) the respective transferee shall, as a condition to such transfer, agree in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of the RHSA. These restrictions shall lapse with respect to 25% of the total shares of PDH Common Stock initially received by such Retaining Holder on each of the first through fourth anniversaries of the closing of the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition.

Each RHSA also provides that after the earlier of (i) October 31, 2014 or (ii) a Change of Control, the shares of PDH Common Stock will be exchangeable, at the option of the holder, into Platform Common Stock, on a

 

105


one-for-one basis (subject to adjustment). The RHSA defines “Change of Control” as (a) a merger or consolidation of Platform with another entity where Platform is not the surviving entity and where immediately after the merger or consolidation Platform’s stockholders immediately prior to the merger or consolidation hold less than 50% of the voting stock of the surviving entity, or (b) the sale of all or substantially all of Platform’s and its subsidiaries’ assets to a third party if, immediately following such sale, Platform’s stockholders hold less than 50% of the stock of said third party. Pursuant to the RHSA, we have agreed to file with the SEC a registration statement registering the resale of Platform Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the PDH Common Stock promptly after the completion of Platform’s domestication into Delaware. We have agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to have any registration statement filed declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof and to keep such registration statement continuously effective until the earlier of (a) the date on which all of such Retaining Holder’s shares of Platform Common Stock have been sold, and (b) the date on which all of such Retaining Holder’s shares of Platform Common Stock may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 (without volume or other restrictions).

Registration Rights Agreement

On November 7, 2013, we entered into a registration rights agreement with Pershing Square Capital Management, L.P. Pursuant to the agreement, for so long as any included party holds any Platform shares, Platform agreed to cooperate with such holders’ reasonable requests to facilitate any proposed sale of shares by the requesting holder(s) in accordance with the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act or any successor rule (“Rule 144”), including, without limitation, by complying with the current public information requirements of Rule 144 and providing opinions of counsel, to the extent required. Additionally, Platform agreed that promptly after becoming eligible to utilize a Form S-3 registration statement, Platform will file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-3 registering (among other securities) the resale of the Platform shares held by the holders and use its commercially reasonable efforts to have such registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable after its filing. Platform’s obligations under the registration rights agreement shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the date on which all of a holder’s shares have been sold, and (ii) the date on which all of a holder’s shares may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 without volume or other restrictions.

Advisory Services Agreement

On October 31, 2013, Platform Specialty Products Corporation entered into an Advisory Services Agreement with Mariposa Capital, LLC, an affiliate of Martin Franklin and Mariposa Acquisition, LLC. Under this agreement, Mariposa Capital, LLC will provide certain services (e.g., corporate development and advisory services, advisory servies with respect to mergers and acquisitions, investor relation serves, strategic planning advisory services, strategic treasury advisory services and such other services relating to Platform Specialty Products Corporation as may from time to time be mutually agreed). In connection with these services, Mariposa Capital, LCC will be entitled to receive an annual fee equal to $2,000,000, payable in quarterly installments. This agreement will terminate on October 31, 2014 and will be automatically renewed for successive one-year terms unless either party notifies the other party in writing of its intention not to renew this agreement no later than 90 days prior to the expiration of the term. This agreement may only be terminated by Platform upon a vote of a majority of our directors. In the event that this agreement is terminated by Platform, the effective date of the termination will be six months following the expiration of the initial term or a renewal term, as the case may be.

Bridge Loan

On August 28, 2013, MacDermid granted a bridge loan to Frank Monteiro in connection with his relocation and purchase of a new home. The principal amount of the loan was $275,000 and the agreed interest rate was prime plus 1.0%. All principal and interest on the loan was to become due on the date Mr. Monteiro’s existing home was sold. The principal amount of the loan and the accrued interest of $2,081.34 was repaid in full on October 31, 2013, in advance of the due date.

 

106


Option Deeds

On May 17, 2013, Platform entered into Options Deeds with the Non-Founder Directors. Mr. Myners, our former Chairman, was granted a five-year option to acquire 100,000 ordinary shares and each of the other Non-Founder Directors was granted a five-year option to acquire 75,000 ordinary shares, all at an exercise price of $11.50 per ordinary share (subject to adjustment in accordance with their respective Option Deeds).

Additional Stock Issuances to Our Founder Entities and Certain Directors

On November 6, 2013, in connection with the closing of the warrant exchange offer, we issued and sold 190,476 ordinary shares at $10.50 per share to each of Mariposa Acquisition, LLC, Berggruen Acquisition Holdings IV, Ltd., E. Stanley O’Neal and Michael Goss (one-half of which were issued to a family trust).

Policy Concerning Related Party Transactions

The Board of Directors has determined that the Audit Committee is best suited to review and approve or ratify transactions with related persons, in accordance with the policy set forth in the Audit Committee Charter. Such review will apply to any transaction or series of related transactions or any material amendment to any such transaction involving a related person and the Company or any subsidiary of the Company. For purposes of the policy, “related persons” will consist of executive officers, directors, director nominees, any stockholder beneficially owning more than 5% of the issued and outstanding common stock, and immediate family members of any such persons. In reviewing related person transactions, the Audit Committee will take into account all factors that it deems appropriate, including whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. No member of the Audit Committee will be permitted to participate in any review, consideration or approval of any related person transaction in which the director or any of his immediate family member is the related person.

 

107


Beneficial Ownership

The following table sets forth certain information regarding (1) all shareholders known by the Company to be the beneficial owners of more than 5% of the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares and (2) each director, each named executive officer and all directors and named executive officers as a group, together with the approximate percentages of issued and outstanding ordinary shares owned by each of them. Percentages are calculated based upon shares issued and outstanding plus shares which the holder has the right to acquire under share options exercisable within 60 days. Unless otherwise indicated, amounts are as of December 1, 2013 and each of the shareholders has sole voting and investment power with respect to the ordinary shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. As of December 1, 2013, we had 103,220,350 Platform ordinary shares issued and outstanding.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each person named in the table below is c/o Platform Specialty Products Corporation, 5200 Blue Lagoon Drive, Suite 855, Miami, FL 33126.

 

    Ordinary shares
beneficially owned prior
to the 401(k) Exchange
    Ordinary shares beneficially
owned following the
401(k) Exchange
 

Beneficial Owner

        Number                 %                 Number(1)                 %        

5% Shareholders:

       

Berggruen Acquisition Holdings IV Ltd.(2)

    6,457,142 (3)      6.2        6,457,142 (3)      6.0   

Mariposa Acquisition, LLC

    7,257,142 (4)      6.9        7,257,142 (4)      6.8   

Pershing Square Capital Management, L.P.(5)

    33,333,332 (6)      31.0        33,333,332 (6)      30.5   

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

       

Nicolas Berggruen

    6,457,142 (3)      6.2        6,457,142 (3)      6.0   

Martin E. Franklin

    7,257,142 (4)      6.9        7,257,142 (4)      6.8   

Daniel H. Leever(7)

    —          —          891,221.25          

Frank Monteiro(7)

    —          —          287,764.35          

Ian G. H. Ashken

    —          —          —          —     

Michael F. Goss

    190,476 (8)             190,476 (8)        

Ryan Israel

    —          —          —          —     

E. Stanley O’Neal

    190,476               190,476          

All named executive officers and directors as a group
(8 persons):

    14,095,236        13.4        15,274,221.6        14.5   

 

 * Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%) of our outstanding ordinary shares.
(1) Assumes the issuance of 1,933,636 shares of Platform Common Stock, the maximum amount of shares offered in the 401(k) Exchange.
(2) The address of Berggruen Acquisition Holdings IV Ltd. is c/o Berggruen Holdings Inc., 1114 Avenue of the Americas, 41st Floor, New York, NY 10036.
(3)

This number includes (i) 4,733,808 Platform ordinary shares, (ii) 940,000 Founder Preferred Shares, which are convertible at any time at the option of the holder into Platform ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis, and (iii) 783,334 Platform ordinary shares underlying 2,350,004 Platform Warrants, which are exercisable at any time at the option of the holder at a rate of three Platform Warrants for one Platform ordinary share. These shares are held by Berggruen Acquisition Holdings IV Ltd., a British Virgin Islands business company. Mr. Berggruen is the president and sole director of Berggruen Acquisition Holdings IV Ltd. and may be considered to have beneficial ownership of Berggruen Acquisition Holdings IV Ltd.’s interests in Platform. Berggruen Acquisition Holdings IV Ltd. is the direct subsidiary of Berggruen Holdings Ltd, a British Virgin Islands business company. All of the shares of Berggruen Holdings Ltd. are owned by the Nicolas Berggruen Charitable Trust, a British Virgin Islands trust. The trustee of the Nicolas Berggruen Charitable Trust is Maitland Trustees Limited, a British Virgin Islands corporation acting as an institutional trustee in the ordinary course of business without the purpose or effect of changing or influencing control of Platform. Mr. Berggruen disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

108


(4) This number includes (i) 5,313,809 Platform ordinary shares, (ii) 1,060,000 Founder Preferred Shares, which are convertible at any time at the option of the holder into Platform ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis, and (iii) 883,333 Platform ordinary shares underlying 2,650,001 Platform Warrants, which are exercisable at any time at the option of the holder at a rate of three Platform Warrants for one Platform ordinary share. These shares are held by Mariposa Acquisition, LLC. Martin E. Franklin holds sole voting and investment power over such shares. Martin E. Franklin disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(5) The address of Pershing Square Capital Management is 888 Seventh Avenue, 42 nd Floor, New York, New York, 10019.
(6) Based on a notification made by Pershing Square Capital Management, L.P. with the London Stock Exchange on November 6, 2013. This number includes (i) 29,166,665 Platform ordinary shares and (ii) 4,166,667 Platform ordinary shares underlying 12,500,001 Platform Warrants, which are exercisable at any time at the option of the holder at a rate of three Platform Warrants for one Platform ordinary share. These shares are held as follows: Pershing Square, L.P. holds 10,017,112 ordinary shares and 4,293,048 warrants exercisable for 1,431,016 ordinary shares. Pershing Square International, Ltd. holds 12,709,242 ordinary shares and 5,446,818 warrants exercisable for 1,815,606 ordinary shares. Pershing Square Holdings, Ltd. holds 6,237,439 ordinary shares and 2,673,189 warrants exercisable for 891,063 ordinary shares. Pershing Square II, L.P. holds 202,872 ordinary shares and 86,946 warrants exercisable for 28,982 ordinary shares.
(7) Does not include up to 8,905,776 shares of our common stock issuable in exchange for shares of PDH common stock, at the option of the holder, at any time after the earlier of October 31, 2014 or a change of control of Platform.
(8) Includes 95,238 Platform ordinary shares held by The Michael F Goss 2012 GST Non-Exempt Irrevocable Family Trust, Michael F Goss & R Bradford Malt Trustees U/Inst Dtd 9/27/2012.

 

109


Description of Capital Stock; Comparison of Rights

The following description of the Platform Delaware capital stock (common and preferred) reflects our capital stock as it will exist from and after the Effective Time, as governed by our new certificate of incorporation and by-laws and by Delaware law. We also identify the material differences between the current rights of shareholders of Platform BVI, a BVI limited liability entity, and the rights that the stockholders of Platform Delaware will have once Platform is a Delaware corporation. These descriptions are a summary only. We urge you to read the forms of the new certificate of incorporation and by-laws of Platform Delaware in their entirety, which are attached as Appendix B and Appendix C, respectively, to this prospectus.

General

We currently are a BVI Business Company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and are registered with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs of the British Virgin Islands under registration number 1771302. We were incorporated in the British Virgin Islands on April 23, 2013 under the name Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited, and we changed our name to Platform Specialty Products Corporation in connection with the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition.

Authorized Share Capital

Until the Effective Time, Platform will not have any Delaware capital stock and will not exist as a Delaware entity. Upon effectiveness of the Domestication, Platform Delaware’s authorized capital stock will consist of 200,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which 2,000,000 will be designated Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”).

As of October 28, 2013, Platform BVI had reserved 15,500,000 of its 200,000,000 authorized ordinary shares for issuance under its existing share-based compensation and other benefit plans, subject to increase in accordance with the terms of such plans, and upon effectiveness of the Domestication, Platform Delaware will reserve a similar number of its 200,000,000 authorized shares of common stock for such issuances.

Common Stock

Voting . Each holder of Platform Delaware common stock will generally be entitled to one vote for each share of common stock owned of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of Platform Delaware. Except as otherwise required by law, holders of common stock (as well as holders of any preferred stock entitled to vote with the common stockholders) will generally vote together as a single class on all matters presented to the stockholders for their vote or approval, including the election of directors. There will be no cumulative voting rights with respect to the election of directors or any other matters.

Dividends and distributions . Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of preferred stock of Platform Delaware then outstanding, the holders of Platform Delaware common stock will have the right to receive dividends and distributions, whether payable in cash or otherwise, as may be declared from time to time by its Board of Directors, from legally available funds.

Liquidation, dissolution or winding up . Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of preferred stock of Platform Delaware then outstanding, in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of Platform Delaware, holders of its common stock will be entitled to share ratably in proportion to the number of shares of common stock held by them in the assets available for distribution after payment or reasonable provision for the payment of all creditors.

Redemption, conversion or preemptive rights . Holders of Platform Delaware common stock have no redemption rights, conversion rights or preemptive rights to purchase or subscribe for Platform Delaware securities.

 

110


Other provisions . There will be no redemption provisions or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock of Platform Delaware.

The rights, preferences, and privileges of the holders of the Platform Delaware common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of any series of preferred stock of Platform Delaware.

Shares Reserved For Future Issuances

Outstanding Warrants. As of December 1, 2013, there were 48,742,662 Platform Warrants, exercisable for subscription rights for Platform ordinary shares (with each three warrants entitling the holder to subscribe for one ordinary share). The Platform Warrants were issued pursuant to that Warrant Instrument executed by Platform on May 17, 2013 (the “Platform Warrant Instrument”). Each Platform Warrant entitles the registered holder (a “Platform Warrantholder”) to subscribe for one-third of a Platform ordinary share upon exercise at a price of $11.50 per whole Platform ordinary share (subject to any prior adjustment in accordance with the terms and conditions set out in the Platform Warrant Instrument and discussed below) at any time during the Subscription Period (described below).

Any outstanding Platform Warrants are exercisable until 5:00 p.m. London time on October 31, 2016 (provided that if such day is not a trading day, the trading day immediately following such day), unless earlier redeemed in accordance with the Platform Warrant Instrument and as described below (the “Subscription Period”), provided in each case that there is an effective registration statement covering the Platform ordinary shares (or, from and after the Domestication, Platform Common Stock) underlying the Platform Warrants in effect. Subject to any such prior adjustment, each Platform Warrantholder will be required to hold and validly exercise three Platform Warrants in order to receive one Platform ordinary share.

The Platform Warrants will expire at the end of the Subscription Period described above or earlier upon redemption. Platform may call the Platform Warrants for redemption:

 

    in whole but not in part,

 

    at a price of $0.01 per Platform Warrant,

 

    upon not less than 20 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each Platform Warrantholder,

 

    if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Platform ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 10 consecutive trading days.

The Platform Warrants are subject to mandatory redemption at any time prior to the end of the Subscription Period, at a price of $0.01 per Platform Warrant if at any time the daily average closing price per Platform ordinary share equals or exceeds $18.00 (subject to any prior adjustment in accordance with the terms and conditions set out in the Platform Warrant Instrument) for a period of ten consecutive trading days.

The right to exercise will be forfeited unless the Platform Warrants are exercised prior to the date specified in the notice of redemption. On and after the redemption date, a record holder of a Platform Warrant will have no further rights except to receive the redemption price for such holder’s Platform Warrant upon surrender of such Platform Warrant. The redemption criteria for the Platform Warrants have been established at a price which is intended to provide Platform Warrantholders a reasonable premium to the initial exercise price and provide a sufficient differential between the then-prevailing Platform ordinary shares price and the Platform Warrant exercise price so that if the stock price declines as a result of the redemption call, the redemption will not be expected to cause the stock price to drop below the exercise price of the Platform Warrants.

The exercise price and number of ordinary shares issuable on exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend or distribution, recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the Platform Warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of the Platform ordinary shares at a price below the Platform Warrant exercise prices.

 

111


Subject to the terms and conditions of the Platform Warrant Instrument, each Platform Warrant will be transferable by an instrument of transfer in any usual or common form, or in any other form which may be approved by the Board of Directors. No transfer of any Platform Warrant to any person will be registered without the consent of Platform if it would constitute a transfer to a Prohibited Person. Additionally, the Platform Warrants will only be exercisable by persons who represent, amongst other things, that they (i) are qualified institutional buyers or (ii) are outside the United States and not a U.S. person (or acting for the account or benefit of a U.S. person), and are acquiring Platform ordinary shares upon the exercise of the Platform Warrants in reliance on an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

The Platform Warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration of the Subscription Period at the offices of the warrant agent, with the subscription notice form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price, by certified or official bank check payable to Platform, for the number of Platform Warrants being exercised. The Platform Warrantholders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of Platform ordinary shares and any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive Platform ordinary shares. After the issuance of Platform ordinary shares upon exercise of the Platform Warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by shareholders.

No Platform Warrants will be exercisable and Platform will not be obligated to issue Platform ordinary shares unless at the time a holder seeks to exercise such Platform Warrant, a prospectus relating to the Platform ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Platform Warrants is current and the Platform ordinary shares have been registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt from the registration requirements under the Securities Act and securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the Platform Warrants.

No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Platform Warrants. Accordingly, no Platform Warrants are exercisable unless a sufficient number of Platform Warrants are exercised to equal a whole number of Platform ordinary shares issued upon such exercise. In addition, no fraction of a Platform Warrant will be issued or returned to the Platform Warrantholder following exercise and any such fraction, determined after aggregation of all Platform Warrants being exercised, will lapse and be cancelled.

Shares Issuable Upon Exchange of PDH Common Stock . At any time after the earlier of October 31, 2014 or a change of control of Platform, we will be obligated to issue up to 8,905,776 shares of our common stock in exchange for shares of common stock of PDH, on a one-for-one basis.

Shares Issuable as Dividends on Series A Preferred Stock . In connection with the Domestication, the 2,000,000 outstanding Founder Preferred Shares will be converted into 2,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock of Platform Delaware which, as of October 31, 2013, entitle holders to receive an annual dividend based on the market price of Platform Common Stock if such market price exceeds certain trading price minimums. This dividend is solely payable in shares of Platform Common Stock. In addition, the Founder Preferred Shares or Series A Preferred Stock, as the case may be, are convertible into ordinary shares or, from and after the Domestication, Platform Common Stock, on a one-for-one basis.

Preferred Stock

Blank Check Preferred . Under the new Platform Delaware certificate of incorporation, our Board of Directors will be authorized by resolution to create and issue one or more series of preferred stock of Platform Delaware, and, with respect to each series, to determine the number of shares constituting the series and the designations and the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, which may include dividend rights, conversion or exchange rights, voting rights, redemption rights and terms and liquidation preferences, without stockholder approval. Our Board of Directors may therefore create and issue one or more series of preferred stock with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power of the

 

112


holders of our common stock and which could have certain anti-takeover effects. Before Platform Delaware may issue any series of preferred stock, its Board of Directors will be required to adopt resolutions creating and designating such series of preferred stock.

Series A Preferred Stock . Prior to the Domestication, Platform had 2,000,000 Founder Preferred Shares outstanding. In connection with the Domestication, each Founder Preferred Share will be converted into one share of Series A Preferred Stock of Platform Delaware. The special rights, preferences and privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock are set forth in the form of the new certificate of incorporation attached to this prospectus.

Dividends . Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of any series of preferred stock of Platform Delaware ranking senior to the Series A Preferred Stock as to dividends, at any time subsequent to the consummation of the MacDermid Holdings Acquisition, if the average closing price per share of common stock is $11.50 (subject to adjustment in accordance with the certificate of incorporation) or more for ten consecutive trading days, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, in respect of each calendar year (or period commencing on November 1, 2013 and ending on December 31, 2013) (each a “Dividend Year”), a cumulative annual dividend amount (the “Annual Dividend Amount”), which is calculated as follows:

A X B, where:

A = an amount equal to 20% of the increase (if any) in the value of a share of Platform Delaware common stock, such increase calculated as being the difference between (i) the Average Price (as defined in the Platform Delaware certificate of incorporation) per share of Platform Delaware common stock or Platform ordinary shares, as the case may be, over the last ten days of the relevant calendar year for such annual dividend (the “Dividend Price”) and (ii) (x) if no Annual Dividend Amount has previously been paid, a price of $10.00 per share of Platform Delaware common stock, or (y) if an Annual Dividend Amount has previously been paid, the highest Dividend Price for any prior Dividend Year (provided in each case such amount is subject to such adjustment either as the Board of Directors in its absolute discretion determine to be fair and reasonable in the event of a subdivision, combination or similar reclassification or recapitalization of the outstanding Platform Delaware common stock or otherwise as determined in accordance with the certificate of incorporation, in each case without a corresponding subdivision, combination or similar reclassification or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock); and

B = a number of shares of Platform Delaware common stock equal to such number of shares of Platform ordinary shares as was in issue on May 17, 2013 plus the number of Platform ordinary shares issuable upon automatic conversion of the Founder Preferred Shares in accordance with the Platform BVI Articles (as defined below) of Platform BVI as if converted on May 17, 2013, which such amount is subject to such adjustment either as the Board of Directors in its absolute discretion determine to be fair and reasonable in the event of a subdivision, combination or similar reclassification or recapitalization of the outstanding Platform Delaware common stock or otherwise as determined in accordance with the certificate of incorporation, in each case without a corresponding subdivision, combination or similar reclassification or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

Each Annual Dividend Amount shall be divided between the holders pro rata to the number of Series A Preferred Stock held by them on the relevant Dividend Date (as defined in the Platform Delaware certificate of incorporation). The Annual Dividend Amount will be paid no later than ten trading days from the Dividend Date by the issue to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock of such number of shares of common stock as is equal to the pro rata amount of the Annual Dividend Amount to which they are entitled divided by the average closing price per share of Platform Delaware common stock on the relevant Dividend Date.

Conversion

Automatic Conversion . The Series A Preferred Stock will be automatically converted (the “Automatic Conversion”) into shares of Platform Delaware common stock on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustment in

 

113


accordance with the Platform Delaware certificate of incorporation) (i) in the event of a Change of Control (as defined in the Platform Delaware certificate of incorporation) or (ii) upon the last day of the seventh full financial year of Platform Delaware following October 31, 2013, or the last day of such subsequent financial year of Platform Delaware (not exceeding the tenth full financial year of the Company following October 31, 2013) as agreed between the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock and a majority of the Platform Delaware independent directors in accordance with the certificate of incorporation, as described below (or if either such date is not a trading day, the first trading day immediately following such date). In the event of any Automatic Conversion, the Annual Dividend Amount shall be payable for such shortened Dividend Year on the trading day immediately prior to such conversion.

Upon notice in writing from the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock to Platform Delaware to be received not less than ten business days prior to the last day of the seventh full financial year of Platform Delaware after October 31, 2013, such holder(s) may request that the date of automatic conversion be deferred to the last day of the eighth full financial year of Platform Delaware following October 31. 2013. If a majority of the independent directors determine in their discretion to defer the relevant date of Automatic Conversion as requested then (i) the date of Automatic Conversion shall be such deferred date; and (ii) the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock will have the right to make a further request in writing no later than ten business days prior to the last day of the eighth full financial year of Platform Delaware following October 31, 2013 for the deferral of the relevant date of Automatic Conversion by a further year. In the event a majority of the Platform Delaware independent directors approve any such further request for a deferral of the relevant date of Automatic Conversion then (i) the date of Automatic Conversion shall be such deferred date and (ii) the holders of a majority of Series A Preferred Stock will have the right to make one further request on the same basis as referenced above no later than ten business days prior to the last day of the ninth full financial year of Platform Delaware following October 31, 2013 for the deferral of the relevant date of Automatic Conversion by a further year. In the event that a majority of the Platform Delaware independent directors approve any such further request for a deferral of the relevant date of Automatic Conversion then the date of Automatic Conversion shall be such deferred date. In no circumstances shall the date of Automatic Conversion be deferred beyond the last day of the tenth full financial year of Platform Delaware following October 31, 2013 (or, if such date is not a trading day, on the first trading day immediately following such date).

Optional Conversion . A holder of Series A Preferred Stock may require some or all of his, her or its Series A Preferred Stock to be converted (the “Optional Conversion”) into an equal number of shares of Platform Delaware common stock (subject to adjustment in accordance with the certificate of incorporation) by written notice to Platform Delaware, and in such circumstances those Series A Preferred Stock the subject of such conversion request shall be converted into shares of Platform Delaware common stock five trading days after receipt by Platform Delaware of the written notice. In the event of an Optional Conversion, no Annual Dividend Amount shall be payable in respect of those Series A Preferred Stock for the Dividend Year in which the date of the Optional Conversion. A holder of Series A Preferred Stock may exercise its rights independently of the other holders of Series A Preferred Stock.

Voting Rights . The Series A Preferred Stock do not carry voting rights except in respect of any amendment to the certificate of incorporation that alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock.

 

114


Comparison of Rights

The rights of Platform BVI’s shareholders are currently governed by the BVI Companies Act, Platform BVI’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (the “Platform BVI Articles”). At the Effective Time, the shareholders of Platform BVI holding ordinary shares will automatically receive shares of common stock of Platform Delaware. Accordingly, after the Domestication, the rights of the holders of common stock will be governed by Delaware law and Platform Delaware’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws.

 

Provision

  

Platform BVI

  

Platform Delaware

Authorized Capital    Unlimited number of ordinary shares and preferred shares, no par value per share.    200,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which shares of preferred stock, 2,000,000 shares have been designated as Series A Preferred Stock.
Preferred (Preference) Shares    Directors issue one or more classes of preferred shares with preferences and other designations as they determine, in accordance with the BVI Companies Act and the Platform BVI Articles. This action requires an amendment to the memorandum and articles of association.    As permitted (but not required) by Delaware law, the Platform Delaware certificate of incorporation empowers the Board of Directors to, by resolution, create and issue one or more series of preferred stock and, with respect to such series, determine the number of shares constituting the series and the designations and the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications and limitations thereof.
   Pursuant to the Platform BVI Articles, directors may issue preferred shares only as Founder Preferred Shares   
Amendments to Organizational Documents (i.e., Articles of Incorporation, by-laws, Memorandum and Articles of Association)    Amendments to the memorandum and articles of association may be made by resolution of the directors (in limited circumstances) or by the shareholders (holders of ordinary shares), provided that in the case of amendment by directors such amendment doesn’t materially prejudice the rights of the holders of any class of shares as set out in the memorandum, unless the shareholders of the affected class consent in accordance with the Platform BVI Articles.(1)    Pursuant to Delaware law, amendments to the certificate of incorporation must be approved by the Board of Directors and by the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote on the amendment, and if applicable, by the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding stock of each class or series entitled to vote on the amendment as a class or series. As permitted by Delaware law, the Platform Delaware by-laws require the vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding stock entitled to

 

115


Provision

  

Platform BVI

  

Platform Delaware

      vote to amend the by-laws (rather than the majority of quorum otherwise provided by Delaware law). As permitted (but not required) by Delaware law, the Platform Delaware certificate of incorporation also confers upon the Board of Directors the power to amend the by-laws.
   Changes in the class rights of shareholders as set forth in the Platform BVI Articles require approval of at least 75% of the shareholders of that particular class.    Any amendment to the certificate of incorporation that alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock requires the approval of the Board of Directors and the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock (rather than the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock otherwise provided by Delaware law).
Voting Rights    Each ordinary share has one vote for each share. Each Founder Preferred Share has no vote on any matter other than amendments to the Platform BVI Articles and approval of mergers, consolidations and acquisitions.   

Common stock: one share, one vote on all matters before the holders of the common stock.

 

Series A Preferred Stock: no voting rights except in respect of amendment to certificate of incorporation that alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock, which amendment requires the approval of the Board of Directors and the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock (rather than the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock otherwise provided by Delaware law).

 

Other series of preferred stock may have voting rights as assigned to them by the Board of Directors; other classes of capital stock or the holders of bonds, debentures and other obligations may have voting rights as approved by the Board of Directors and the stockholders.

 

116


Provision

  

Platform BVI

  

Platform Delaware

   Directors elected by a resolution of directors to fill a vacancy or appoint an additional director or a vote of shareholders.    The Platform Delaware by-laws provide that directors elected by majority of the votes cast, and in contested elections, directors elected by plurality of the votes cast (rather than the plurality of votes otherwise provided by Delaware law). All other matters by the holders of at least a majority of issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote unless otherwise specified by the Platform Delaware certificate of incorporation or bylaws, Delaware law or the rules or regulations of an exchange upon which the securities of Platform Delaware are listed.
Redemption of Equity; Treasury Shares    Shares may be repurchased as determined by the board subject to shareholder consent. There are no capital limitations in the BVI Companies Act. The company may hold or sell treasury shares.    Pursuant to Delaware law, shares may be repurchased or otherwise acquired, provided the capital of the company will not be impaired by the acquisition. Pursuant to Delaware law, the company may hold or sell treasury shares.
Stockholder/Shareholder Written Consent    Any action required to be taken by meeting of shareholders may be taken without meeting if consent is in writing and is signed by a majority of the shareholders entitled to vote if permitted by the articles of association. The Platform BVI Articles provide for such consent in writing.    The Platform Delaware certificate of incorporation provides that no action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders at any meeting of stockholders may be effected by written consent (thereby eliminating the ability of common stockholders to act by written consent otherwise available under Delaware law), except that holders of Series A Preferred Stock may act by written consent with respect to any amendment to the certificate of incorporation that alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock.
Notice Requirements for Stockholder/Shareholder Nominations and Other Proposals    To bring a matter before a meeting or to nominate a candidate for director, 10 days’ written notice must be given by the company to the shareholders.    As permitted, but not required by, Delaware law, the Platform Delaware by-laws provide that in general, to bring a matter before an annual meeting or to nominate a candidate for director, a stockholder must give notice of the proposed matter or nomination not

 

117


Provision

  

Platform BVI

  

Platform Delaware

      less than 90 days and not more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting. In the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 70 days after such anniversary date, notice must be delivered not less than 90 days and not more than 120 days prior to such annual meeting or the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by Platform Delaware.
Meeting of Stockholder/Shareholder—Notice    BVI Companies Act permits as few as 7 days’ notice. Under the Platform BVI Articles, not less than 10 days’ notice is required; no maximum limit.    As required by Delaware law, the Platform Delaware by-laws require not less than 10 days’ or more than 60 days’ notice, unless the DGCL provides for a different period.
Meeting of Stockholder/Shareholders—Call of Meeting    Meetings may be called by the directors and shall be called by the directors upon requisition by shareholders holding 30 percent of the voting rights in respect of the matter for which the meeting is requested. The Platform BVI Articles require an annual meeting of the shareholders for the election of directors to be called by the directors. Pursuant to the Platform BVI Articles, a meeting of the shareholders may be called by shorter notice if shareholders holding at least 90% of total voting rights on all matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting.    The Platform Delaware by-laws provide that (i) regular annual meetings shall be called by the Board of Directors and (ii) special meetings may be called only by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.
Meeting of Stockholders/Shareholders—Quorum    Quorum is as designated in the memorandum and articles of association. Quorum in the Platform BVI Articles is one shareholder. Meeting may be adjourned for such time as directors determine.   

Pursuant to Delaware law, the certificate of incorporation or by-laws may specify the number to constitute a quorum but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of shares entitled to vote at a meeting.

 

Under the Platform Delaware by-laws, quorum is a majority of the capital stock issued and

 

118


Provision

  

Platform BVI

  

Platform Delaware

      outstanding and entitled to vote at meeting and a meeting may be adjourned for up to 30 days without additional notice to stockholders.
Meeting of Stockholders/Shareholders—Record Date    As fixed by the directors.    Pursuant to Delaware law, the record date for meetings of stockholders is (i) as fixed by the Board of Directors, but may not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting of stockholders and (ii) if not fixed by the Board of Directors, the day before notice of meeting is given.
Directors—Election/Appointment    By the shareholders as entitled by their terms, including the holders of ordinary shares. Directors may also appoint a director to fill vacancy or as an additional director.    Pursuant to Delaware law, directors are elected annually by the stockholders entitled to vote, including the holders of common stock.
Directors—Term    Term fixed by resolution of shareholders or directors; if no term fixed at appointment, indefinitely.    Pursuant to Delaware law, directors serve for annual terms.
Directors—Removal    By resolution of the shareholders or a resolution of directors.    Pursuant to Delaware law, directors may be removed by the stockholders with or without cause.
Directors—Vacancy    May be filled by a majority vote of shareholders or a majority of the directors.    Under Platform Delaware’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws, vacancies and newly created directorships shall be filled solely by majority of remaining directors although less than a quorum or the sole remaining director (rather than also by the stockholders).
Directors—Number    Board must consist of at least one director. Maximum number of directors can be changed by amendment to the Platform BVI Articles. The Platform BVI Articles provide that there shall be not less than one director, with no maximum.    As determined by Board of Directors, but not less than one, as provided in the Platform Delaware by-laws. Under Delaware law, the number of directors may be fixed by the amendment to the by-laws or certificate of incorporation and if fixed by the certificate of incorporation, the number may be changed only by amendment to the certificate of incorporation.

 

119


Provision

  

Platform BVI

  

Platform Delaware

Directors—Quorum and Vote Requirements    As fixed by the directors with a minimum of two, except if there is only one director then a quorum will be one.    As permitted by Delaware law, the Platform Delaware by-laws provide that, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum (rather than the one-third of the directors permitted by Delaware law). Pursuant to Delaware law, the affirmative vote of a majority of directors present at a meeting at which there is a quorum constitutes action by the Board of Directors.
Directors—Managing Director    Provision for the board to select one or more officers to be managing director.    Not applicable.
Director—Alternates    Directors may appoint another director or person to attend and vote in his place at any meeting of the directors and perform the duties and functions and exercise the rights of such appointing director.    Under Delaware law, directors may not act by proxy.
Directors and Officers—Fiduciary Duties   

In summary, under British Virgin Islands law, directors and officers owe the following fiduciary duties:

 

Duty to act in good faith in what the directors believe to be in the best interests of the company as a whole;

 

•    Duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose;

 

•    Directors should not improperly fetter the exercise of future discretion;

 

•    Duty to exercise powers fairly as between different groups of shareholders;

 

•    Duty not to put himself in a position of conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests; and

 

•    Duty to exercise independent judgment.

  

Under Delaware law:

 

•    Directors and officers must act in good faith, with due care, and in the best interest of the corporation and all of its stockholders.

 

•    Directors and officers must refrain from self-dealing, usurping corporate opportunities and receiving improper personal benefits.

 

•    Decisions made by directors and officers on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action was taken in the best interest of the corporation and its stockholders will be protected by the “business judgment rule.”

 

 

 

 

120


Provision

  

Platform BVI

  

Platform Delaware

  

In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as “a reasonably diligent person” having both:

 

•    the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company, and

 

•    the general knowledge, skill and experience that that director has.

 

As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of his position. However, in some instances a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the memorandum and articles or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.

  
Director—Indemnification; Indemnification Insurance   

A summary of indemnification of officers and directors under the BVI Companies Act and the Platform BVI Articles is discussed below following this table of comparison.

 

A company may purchase insurance in relation to any person who is or was a director or officer of the company, including a liquidator of the company.

  

A summary of indemnification of officers and directors under the DGCL and the Platform Delaware Documents is discussed below following this table of comparison.

 

Pursuant to Delaware law, a company may purchase insurance in relation to any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation.

 

121


Provision

  

Platform BVI

  

Platform Delaware

Sale of Assets    Under the BVI Companies Act, the sale of more than 50% of the assets of the company not otherwise in the ordinary course of business requires approval by a majority of the ordinary shares at a meeting at which a quorum is present (a quorum being 50% of the votes of the outstanding voting shares), unless disapplied. The Platform BVI Articles disapplied this requirement.    Pursuant to Delaware law, the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the company requires approval by the Board of Directors and stockholders holding at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.
Compulsory Acquisition    Under the BVI Companies Act, subject to any limitations in a company’s memorandum and articles, shareholders holding 90% of the votes of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, and shareholders holding 90% of the votes of the outstanding shares of each class of shares entitled to vote, may give a written instruction to the company directing the company to redeem the shares held by the remaining shareholders.    Under DGCL Section 253, in a process known as a “short form” merger, a corporation that owns at least 90% of the outstanding shares of each class of stock of another corporation may either merge the other corporation into itself and assume all of its obligations or merge itself into the other corporation by executing, acknowledging and filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a certificate of such ownership and merger setting forth a copy of the resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing such merger. If the parent corporation is a Delaware corporation that is not the surviving corporation, the merger also must be approved by a majority of the outstanding stock of the parent corporation entitled to vote thereon. If the parent corporation does not own all of the stock of the subsidiary corporation immediately prior to the merger, the minority stockholders of the subsidiary corporation party to the merger may have appraisal rights as set forth in Section 262 of the DGCL.
Dissolution/Winding Up    Not applicable.    Under the DGCL, the dissolution of a corporation requires either (1) the approval of the Board of Directors and at least a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to

 

122


Provision

  

Platform BVI

  

Platform Delaware

      vote thereon or (2) the approval of all of the stockholders entitled to vote thereon.
Dissenters’/Appraisal Rights    Not applicable.    Under the DGCL, a stockholder may dissent and obtain fair value of shares in connection with certain corporate actions. A summary of the material portions of those provisions is reproduced below following this table of comparison.
Stockholders’/Shareholders’ Derivative Actions   

Generally speaking, the company is the proper plaintiff in any action. Derivative actions brought by one or more of the registered shareholders may only be brought with the leave of the Supreme Court where the following circumstances apply:

 

•   Those who control the company have refused a request by the shareholders to move the company to bring the action;

 

•   Those who control the company have refused to do so for improper reasons such that they are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority” (this is a legal concept and is different to “fraud” in the sense of dishonesty);

 

•   a company is acting or proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;

 

•   the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of the authority, could only be effected if duly authorized by more than the number of votes which have actually been obtained; or

 

  

Pursuant to Delaware law, in any derivative suit instituted by a stockholder of a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a stockholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such stockholder’s stock thereafter devolved upon such stockholder by operation of law.

 

Pursuant to Delaware law, the complaint shall set forth with particularity the efforts of the plaintiff to obtain action by the Board of Directors (“demand refusal”) or the reasons for not making such effort (“demand excusal”).

 

Such action shall not be dismissed or compromised without the approval of the court.

 

In general, the stockholders maintain stock ownership through the pendency of the derivative suit.

 

123


Provision

  

Platform BVI

  

Platform Delaware

  

•   the individual rights of the plaintiff shareholder have been infringed or are about to be infringed.

 

Once a shareholder has relinquished his, her or its shares (whether by redemption or otherwise), it is generally the case that they could no longer bring a derivative action as they would no longer be a registered shareholders.

  
Anti-Takeover Provisions    Not applicable.   

Section 203 of the DGCL generally prohibits “business combinations,” including mergers, sales and leases of assets, issuances of securities and similar transactions by a corporation with an “interested stockholder” who beneficially owns 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock, within three years after the person or entity becomes an interested stockholder, unless:

 

•   the business combination or the transaction which caused the person or entity to become an interested stockholder is approved by the Board of Directors prior to the business combination or the transaction;

 

•   upon the completion of the transaction in which the person or entity becomes an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder holds at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation not including (a) shares held by officers and directors and (b) shares held by employee benefit plans under certain circumstances; or

 

124


Provision

  

Platform BVI

  

Platform Delaware

     

•     at or after the person or entity becomes an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by the Board of Directors and holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock, excluding shares held by the interested stockholder.

 

A Delaware corporation may elect not to be governed by Section 203. Platform Delaware has not made such an election.

 

(1) The Platform BVI Articles and the BVI Companies Act permit the Board of Directors to amend the Platform BVI Articles, except that the BVI Companies Act prohibits the Board of Directors from restricting the rights or powers of the shareholders to amend the Platform BVI Articles, or changing the percentage of shareholders required to pass a resolution to amend the memorandum or articles. This power, unlike Delaware law, gives the board a wide discretion in changing many provisions of the memorandum and articles of association without shareholder approval.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Laws and the New Platform Delaware Certificate of Incorporation and by-laws

The new Platform Delaware certificate of incorporation and by-laws will contain provisions that may prevent or discourage a third party from acquiring Platform Delaware, even if the acquisition would be beneficial to its stockholders. Upon effectiveness of the Domestication, the Board of Directors of Platform Delaware also will have the authority to fix the rights, powers and preferences of shares of one or more series of preferred stock of Platform Delaware and to issue such shares without a stockholder vote.

Upon effectiveness of the Domestication, Platform Delaware will also be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. Section 203 prohibits Platform Delaware from engaging in any business combination (as defined in Section 203) with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years subsequent to the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder unless:

 

    prior to such time, the corporation’s Board of Directors approve either the business combination or the transaction in which the stockholder became an interested stockholder;

 

    upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owns at least 85% of the outstanding voting stock (with certain exclusions); or

 

    at or after the person becomes an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by the corporation’s Board of Directors and authorized by a vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation not owned by the interested stockholder.

For purposes of Section 203, an “interested stockholder” is defined as an entity or person (other than the corporation and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation) beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation, based on voting power, and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such an entity or person.

 

125


A “business combination” includes mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in financial benefit to a stockholder. Section 203 could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change of control attempts with respect to us and, accordingly, may discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by stockholders.

Such provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control of management of Platform Delaware.

 

126


Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Domestication

Subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations in the opinion attached as Exhibit 8.1, the statements of law and legal conclusions set forth below represent the opinion of Greenberg Traurig, P.A.

This section describes (A) the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Merger and the Domestication to a U.S. Holder (as defined below) of Platform ordinary shares and (B) the material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the ownership and disposition of a share of Platform Delaware common stock by a non-U.S. Holder (as defined below) after the Merger and the Domestication. This section applies only to holders that hold Platform ordinary shares or Platform Delaware common stock, as applicable, as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, property held for investment). This section is general in nature and does not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that might be relevant to a particular holder in light of its personal investment circumstances or status, nor does it address tax considerations applicable to a holder that is a member of a special class of holders subject to special rules, including:

 

    a dealer in securities;

 

    a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for securities holdings;

 

    a tax-exempt organization;

 

    a life insurance company, real estate investment trust or regulated investment company;

 

    a person liable for alternative minimum tax;

 

    a U.S. expatriate;

 

    a person that actually or constructively owns 10% or more of Platform voting stock (except as specifically provided below);

 

    a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or a beneficial owner of a partnership or other pass-through entity;

 

    a person that holds Platform ordinary shares or Platform Delaware common stock as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction;

 

    a U.S. holder whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

 

    a person that received Platform ordinary shares or Platform Delaware common stock as compensation for services;

 

    a controlled foreign corporation; or

 

    a passive foreign investment company.

This section is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), its legislative history, existing and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code, published rulings by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and court decisions, all as of the date hereof. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. This discussion does not address U.S. federal tax laws other than those pertaining to U.S. federal income taxation (such as estate or gift tax laws or the recently enacted Medicare tax on investment income), nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state or local or non-U.S. taxation.

We have not and do not intend to seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the Merger or the Domestication. The Domestication will be effected in part under the applicable provisions of British Virgin Islands law which are not identical to analogous provisions of U.S. corporate law. There is no assurance that the IRS will not take positions concerning the tax consequences of the Merger and/or the Domestication that are different from those discussed below, or that any such different positions would not be sustained by a court.

If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity so characterized for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds Platform ordinary shares, the tax treatment of such partnership and a person treated as a partner of such partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership.

 

127


Partnerships holding Platform ordinary shares and persons that are treated as partners of such partnerships should consult their own tax advisors as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Merger and the Domestication and holding or disposing of Platform ordinary shares.

This summary does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences of transactions effectuated prior or subsequent to, or concurrently with, the Domestication (whether or not any such transactions are undertaken in connection with the Domestication) including, without limitation, the exercise of an option to acquire Platform ordinary shares or other right to acquire Platform ordinary shares; or (ii) the consequences of the Merger to shareholders of MacDermid.

THE FOLLOWING IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR CAREFUL TAX PLANNING AND ADVICE. SHAREHOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE MERGER AND THE DOMESTICATION AND CONSIDERATIONS RELATING TO THE OWNERSHIP AND POSSIBLE DISPOSITION OF PLATFORM DELAWARE COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE EFFECTS OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX LAWS.

U.S. HOLDERS

The following describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Merger or the Domestication, as the case may be, to a U.S. Holder. For purposes of this discussion, a U.S. Holder means a beneficial owner of a Platform ordinary share that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S. or any state thereof (including the District of Columbia);

 

    an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if (1) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Assumptions

This summary is based upon certain understandings and assumptions with respect to the business, assets and shareholders of Platform BVI, including that Platform BVI is not, nor at any time has been, a “controlled foreign corporation” as defined in Section 957 of the Code (“CFC”). Platform believes that it is not and has never been a CFC. In the event that one or more of such understandings or assumptions proves to be inaccurate, the following summary may not apply and material adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences may result to U.S. Holders.

Inversion

In connection with the Merger, Platform BVI may be treated as an “inverted corporation” and, therefore, would be treated for federal income tax purposes as a U.S. domestic corporation thereafter, notwithstanding that it remains a BVI corporation. The determination of whether Platform BVI is a domestic corporation because it has become an inverted corporation depends on the ownership of Platform ordinary shares for purposes of the inversion test set out in the Code. If 80% or more of the Platform ordinary shares are held by persons who received the shares in connection by reason of their direct or indirect ownership of MacDermid shares, Platform BVI will be treated as an inverted corporation. For this purpose, persons who acquired Platform ordinary shares in connection with Platform BVI’s initial public offering (“IPO”) would not be treated as shareholders if the IPO were deemed related to the acquisition of MacDermid. It is unclear whether the IPO would be treated as related to the Merger for this purpose. The IRS has not issued any guidance on how to apply this provision nor is there

 

128


any authority addressing the issue which is directly on point. If persons who acquired Platform ordinary shares in the IPO are not treated as shareholders for purposes of the inversion rules, Platform would be treated as a U.S. domestic corporation upon the closing of the Merger.

Platform BVI has determined to take the position that it became a U.S. domestic corporation for federal income tax purposes as of the date of the Merger. There is no assurance that the IRS will agree with this position.

The U.S. federal income tax characterization described below of Platform BVI becoming a domestic corporation, and the U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding stock in a domestic corporation will generally be the same regardless of whether Platform BVI becomes a U.S. domestic corporation as a result of the Merger or the Domestication, as the case may be. Based upon Platform’s determination that it became a U.S. domestic corporation on the date of the Merger, the provisions of Section 368(a)(1)(F) and Section 367 of the Code and other matters described below would be applicable on the date of the Merger. If the IRS determines an inversion did not occur in connection with the Merger, then the provisions of Section 368(a)(1)(F) and Section 367 of the Code and other matters described below would be applicable on the date of the Domestication, not on the date of the Merger.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Characterization of the Inversion and the Domestication

Under Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code, a reorganization (an “F Reorganization”) is a “mere change in identity, form, or place of organization of one corporation, however effected.” To qualify as an F reorganization, a transaction must satisfy three requirements: (i) it must involve only one operating corporation; (ii) there must be no change in the shareholders of the corporation; and (iii) there must be no change in the assets of a corporation. Based on Rev. Rul. 96-29, 1996-1 C.B. 50, the proper time for testing these requirements is immediately before and immediately after the purported F reorganization, without regard to other aspects of a larger transaction that may follow that step. Based upon the foregoing, the requirements for an F reorganization will be satisfied, and the inversion and the Domestication, as the case may be, should each constitute an F reorganization. Therefore, U.S. Holders will not recognize taxable gain or loss as a result of the inversion or the Domestication for U.S. federal income tax purposes, except as explained below under the caption headings “—Effect of Section 367” and “—PFIC Considerations.”

Basis and Holding Period Considerations

If each of the inversion and the Domestication, respectively, qualifies as an F Reorganization, then the tax basis of a Platform ordinary share deemed received in the inversion and the Platform Delaware common stock received by a U.S. Holder in the Domestication, as the case may be, will equal the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Platform ordinary share surrendered in exchange therefor, increased by any amount included in the income of such U.S. Holder as a result of Section 367 of the Code. See the discussion under “—Effect of Section 367” below. The holding period for the Platform ordinary shares received deemed received in the inversion and the Platform Delaware common stock received by a U.S. Holder in the Domestication will include such holder’s holding period for the Platform ordinary share surrendered in exchange therefor.

Effect of Section 367

Section 367 of the Code applies to certain non-recognition transactions involving foreign corporations, including a domestication of a foreign corporation in an F Reorganization. When it applies, Section 367 imposes income tax on certain United States persons in connection with transactions that would otherwise be tax-free. Based on Platform BVI’s determination to treat itself as a domestic corporation as of the date of the Merger, Section 367(b) will generally apply to U.S. Holders of Platform ordinary shares at the time of the Merger, not at the time of the Domestication. If the IRS determines that Platform BVI did not become a domestic corporation on the date of the Merger, Section 367(b) would apply upon the Domestication.

 

129


  A. U.S. Holders of more than 10 percent or more of the Platform ordinary shares

A U.S. Holder who on the day of the Domestication beneficially owns (directly, indirectly or constructively) 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of Platform BVI stock entitled to vote (a “U.S. Shareholder”) must include in income as a dividend the “all earnings and profits amount” attributable to the Platform stock it directly owns, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.367(b)-2(d). A U.S. Holder’s ownership of stock options will be taken into account in determining whether such holder owns 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock. Complex attribution rules apply in determining whether a U.S. Holder owns 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of Platform stock entitled to vote for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

A U.S. Shareholder’s all earnings and profits amount with respect to its Platform ordinary shares is the net positive earnings and profits of the corporation (as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.367(b)-2(d)(2)) attributable to the shares (as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.367(b)-2(d)(3)) but without regard to any gain that would be realized on a sale or exchange of such shares. Treasury Regulation Section 1.367(b)-2(d)(3) provides that the all earnings and profits amount attributable to a shareholder’s stock is determined according to the principles of Section 1248 of the Code. In general, Section 1248 of the Code and the Treasury regulations thereunder provide that the amount of earnings and profits attributable to a block of stock in a foreign corporation is the ratably allocated portion of the foreign corporation’s earnings and profits generated during the period the shareholder held the block of stock.

Accordingly, under Treasury Regulation Section 1.367(b)-3(b)(3), a U.S. Shareholder should be required to include in income as a deemed dividend the all earnings and profits amount (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.367(b)-2(d)) with respect to its Platform stock. Since the determination of the all earnings and profits amount requires an analysis by a tax accountant of the earnings and profits of Platform since its incorporation, Platform will engage an independent certified public accounting firm to perform this analysis. Based on its own expectation of its projected earnings and profits through the Merger, Platform does not expect that its cumulative earnings and profits will be greater than zero through the date of the Merger. If Platform’s cumulative earnings and profits through the date of the Merger are not greater than zero, then a U.S. Shareholder should not be required to include in gross income an all earnings and profits amount with respect to its Platform ordinary shares.

However, it is possible that the amount of Platform’s earnings and profits could be greater than expected through the date of the Merger or could be adjusted as a result of an IRS examination. The determination of Platform’s earnings and profits is a complex determination and may be impacted by numerous factors, including the change of its functional currency in connection with the Merger. Therefore, it is possible that one or more of these factors may cause Platform to have positive earnings and profits through the date of the Merger. As a result, depending upon the period in which such a U.S. Shareholder held its Platform ordinary shares, such U.S. Shareholder could be required to include its earnings and profits amount in income as a deemed dividend under Treasury Regulation Section 1.367(b)-3(b)(3) as a result of the Merger.

 

  B. U.S. Holders That Own Less Than 10 Percent of Platform

A U.S. Holder who on the date of the Merger beneficially owns (directly, indirectly or constructively) Platform ordinary shares with a fair market value of $50,000 or more but less than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of Platform stock entitled to vote may elect to recognize gain with respect to the deemed receipt of Platform ordinary shares in the Merger or, in the alternative, recognize the “all earnings and profits” amount as described below.

Unless a U.S. Holder makes the “all earnings and profits” election as described below, such holder generally must recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to the deemed receipt of Platform ordinary shares in the inversion. Any such gain should be equal to the excess of the fair market value of the Platform ordinary shares received

 

130


over the U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in the Platform ordinary shares deemed to be surrendered in exchange therefor. Such gain should be capital gain, and should be long-term capital gain if the holder held the Platform ordinary shares for longer than one year. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate taxpayers are subject to a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 20%.

In lieu of recognizing any gain as described in the preceding paragraph, a U.S. Holder may elect to include in income the all earnings and profits amount attributable to its Platform ordinary shares under Section 367(b). There are, however, strict conditions for making this election. This election must comply with applicable Treasury regulations and generally must include, among other things: (i) a statement that the transaction is a Section 367(b) exchange; (ii) a complete description of the transaction, (iii) a description of any stock, securities or other consideration transferred or received in the transaction, (iv) a statement describing the amounts required to be taken into account for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (v) a statement that the U.S. Holder is making the election that includes (A) a copy of the information that the U.S. Holder received from Platform establishing and substantiating the U.S. Holder’s all earnings and profits amount with respect to the U.S. Holder’s Platform ordinary shares, and (B) a representation that the U.S. Holder has notified Platform (or Platform Delaware) that the U.S. Holder is making the election, and (vi) certain other information required to be furnished with the U.S. Holder’s tax return or otherwise furnished pursuant to the Code or the Treasury regulations thereunder. In addition, the election must be attached by the U.S. Holder to its timely filed U.S. federal income tax return for the year of the inversion and the U.S. Holder must send notice to Platform of the election no later than the date such tax return is filed. In connection with this election, Platform intends to provide each U.S. Holder eligible to make such an election with information regarding Platform’s earnings and profits upon request.

Platform BVI does not expect that its cumulative earnings and profits will be greater than zero through the date of the Merger and if that proves to be the case, U.S. Holders who make this election should generally not have an income inclusion under Section 367(b) provided the U.S. Holder properly executes the election and complies with the applicable notice requirements. Thus, it is expected that the making of any election to include the all earnings and profits amount in income as a dividend would generally be advantageous to a U.S. Holder who would otherwise recognize gain with respect to its Platform ordinary shares in the inversion. However, as noted above, if it were determined that Platform had positive earnings and profits through the date of the Merger, a U.S. Holder that makes the election described herein could have an all earnings and profits amount with respect to its Platform ordinary shares, and thus could be required to include that amount in income as a deemed dividend as a result of the inversion.

U.S. HOLDERS ARE STRONGLY URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING WHEN AND WHETHER TO MAKE THIS ELECTION AND, IF THE ELECTION IS DETERMINED TO BE ADVISABLE, THE APPROPRIATE FILING REQUIREMENTS WITH RESPECT TO THIS ELECTION.

 

  C. U.S. Holders that Own Platform Ordinary Shares with a Fair Market Value Less Than $50,000

A U.S. Holder who on the date of the Merger owns (or is considered to own) stock of Platform with a fair market value less than $50,000 should not be required to recognize any gain or loss under Section 367 of the Code in connection with the inversion, and generally should not be required to include any part of the all earnings and profits amount in income (the “de minimis exception”).

 

  D. Shareholder Basis in and Holding Period for Platform Delaware common stock

For a discussion of a U.S. Holder’s tax basis and holding period in Platform Delaware common stock received in the Domestication, see above under “—U.S. Federal Income Tax Characterization of the Domestication—Basis and Holding Period Considerations.”

U.S. HOLDERS ARE STRONGLY URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE TIMING OF THE APPLICABILITY AND THE CONSEQUENCES OF SECTION 367(B) IN THE CASE OF THE MERGER AND THE DOMESTICATION.

 

131


PFIC Considerations

In addition to the discussion under the heading “—Effects of Section 367” above, the inversion or the Domestication, as the case may be, might be a taxable event to U.S. Holders under the passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) provisions under Section 1297 of the Code, to the extent that Section 1291(f) of the Code applies.

In general, Platform will be a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder if for any taxable year in which such holder held Platform ordinary shares (a) at least 75% or more of Platform’s gross income for the taxable year was passive income or (b) at least 50% or more of the value, determined on the basis of a quarterly average, of Platform’s assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held to produce passive income. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties, but excludes rents and royalties that are derived in the active conduct of a trade or business and that are received from an unrelated person, as well as annuities and gains from assets that produce passive income. For purposes of these rules, interest income earned by Platform would be considered to be passive income, and cash held by Platform would be considered to be a passive asset.

Even if a foreign corporation satisfies the asset or income test for PFIC status, a corporation is not treated as a PFIC for the first taxable year such corporation has gross income (the “start-up year”) if it is established to the satisfaction of the IRS that such corporation will not be a PFIC for either of the first two taxable years following the start-up year. While Platform believes that it satisfied the asset or income test for PFIC status in its start-up year, Platform should not be treated as a PFIC in its start-up year since it should not be a PFIC in at least one of its first two taxable years after its start-up year. However, the determination of whether Platform will be a PFIC in one of the first two taxable years after its start-up year is primarily factual and is based upon its future operations, and there is little administrative or judicial authority which interprets the start-up year exception. Accordingly, the IRS or courts might not agree with Platform’s analysis of whether or not it is or was a PFIC during any particular year.

The PFIC rules are complex and the implementation of certain aspects of the PFIC rules requires the issuance of Treasury regulations which in many instances have not been promulgated and which may be promulgated and which may have retroactive effect. There can be no assurance that any of these proposals will be enacted or promulgated, and if so, the form they will take or the effect that they may have on this discussion.

ACCORDINGLY, AND DUE TO THE COMPLEXITY OF THE PFIC RULES, U.S. HOLDERS ARE STRONGLY URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE IMPACT OF THE PFIC RULES ON THE INVERSION OR THE DOMESTICATION, AS THE CASE MAY BE.

NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following describes certain U.S federal income tax considerations relating to the ownership and disposition of a Platform ordinary share after the inversion and a share of Platform Delaware common stock by a non-U.S. Holder after the Domestication. For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. Holder means a beneficial owner of a share of Platform Delaware common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    a nonresident alien individual,

 

    a foreign corporation, or

 

    a foreign estate or trust.

Dividends

As discussed under the section entitled “Risk Factors” above, Platform Delaware does not anticipate paying dividends. In the event that Platform BVI or Platform Delaware does make a distribution of cash or property with respect to Platform ordinary shares or Platform Delaware common stock, respectively, any such distribution will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from the Platform BVI’s or

 

132


Platform Delaware’s current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Dividends paid to a non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. holder generally will be required to provide to Platform BVI or Platform Delaware an IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable documentation) certifying its entitlement to benefits under the treaty.

The withholding tax does not apply to dividends paid to a non-U.S. Holder that provides an IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to U.S. persons (subject to an applicable income tax-treaty providing otherwise). A foreign corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate).

If a non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty, the non-U.S. Holder may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of that rate by timely filing a refund claim with the IRS.

If the amount of a distribution paid by Platform BVI or Platform Delaware on a Platform ordinary share or a share of Platform Delaware common stock to a non-U.S. Holder exceeds Platform or Platform Delaware’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, as the case may be, such excess will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such share, and thereafter as capital gain from a sale or other disposition of such share that is taxed as described below under the heading “—Sale or Other Disposition of a Platform Ordinary Shares or Platform Delaware Common Stock.”

Sale or Other Disposition of Platform Ordinary Shares or Platform Delaware Common Stock

A non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain realized on a sale or other disposition of a Platform ordinary share or a share of Platform Delaware common stock unless:

 

  (i) the non-U.S. Holder is an individual who was present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and other requirements are met,

 

  (ii) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. Holder in the United States, subject to an applicable treaty providing otherwise (in this case, the gain will be subject to U.S. tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to U.S. persons (subject to an applicable income tax-treaty providing otherwise) and, if the non-U.S. Holder is a corporation, an additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate) may also apply), or

 

  (iii) Platform BVI or Platform Delaware is or has been a U.S. real property holding corporation at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever period is shorter, and either (A) the Platform ordinary shares or the Platform Delaware common stock have ceased to be regularly traded on an established securities market or (B) the non-U.S. Holder has owned or is deemed to have owned, at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever period is shorter, more than 5% of the Platform Delaware’s common stock.

Platform BVI has not been and is not, and Platform Delaware does not anticipate becoming, a U.S. real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, the determination of whether a corporation is a U.S. real property holding corporation is primarily factual and there can be no assurance whether such facts will not change or whether the IRS or a court will agree with our determination.

 

133


Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

Information returns will be filed with the IRS in connection with payments of dividends on and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of Platform ordinary shares or Platform Delaware common stock. A non-U.S. Holder may have to comply with certification procedures to establish that it is not a United States person or otherwise establish an exemption in order to avoid information reporting and backup withholding requirements. The certification procedures required to claim a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty will satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid the backup withholding as well. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a non-U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against such non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such non-U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Under U.S. federal income tax and U.S. Treasury Regulations, certain categories of U.S. holders must file information returns with respect to their investment in, or involvement in, a foreign corporation. U.S. Holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors concerning such reporting requirements.

Withholding on Payments to Foreign Financial Institutions and Foreign Non-financial Institutions

The Code generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined for this purpose) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to, among other things, withhold on “withholdable payments” (which includes interest and dividends from U.S. sources and gains from the disposition of assets that produce interest and dividends) and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). The legislation also will generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends to, and the gross proceeds of a disposition of a Platform ordinary share or a Platform Delaware common stock by a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or provides certain information regarding direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. Under certain transition rules, any obligation under this legislation to withhold with respect to dividends on our common stock will not begin until July 1, 2014 and with respect to gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2017. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of the legislation on their investment in Platform Delaware common stock.

THIS SECTION IS OF A GENERAL NATURE ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED TO BE, LEGAL, BUSINESS OR TAX ADVICE TO ANY PARTICULAR SHAREHOLDER. SHAREHOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DESCRIBED TRANSACTIONS IN THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

 

134


Securities Act Restrictions On Resale Of Platform Delaware Common Stock

At the Effective Time, the outstanding shares of common and preferred stock of Platform Delaware will have been registered under the Securities Act, and holders of shares of such stock who are not affiliates of the Company may freely resell their stock under the Securities Act. Holders of such shares of such stock who are affiliates of the Company, however, will not be permitted to resell their shares unless an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, such as Rule 144 thereunder, is available. In general, Rule 144 will permit an affiliate of the Company to resell shares of stock received in connection with the Domestication only if certain requirements are met. Among other things, the affiliate of the Company may not sell shares of any class (including any shares of that class otherwise acquired) in an amount that, during any three-month period, exceeds 1% of the outstanding shares of that class (or, solely in the case of the common stock, the average weekly trading volume of the stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of the notice referenced below, if greater). In addition, all such resales must be made in unsolicited brokers’ transactions, the Company must have filed all periodic reports it was required to file under the Exchange Act within the year preceding the resale and (depending on the amount being resold), the affiliate of the Company must have filed a notice of sale on Form 144 with the SEC. For this purpose, an “affiliate” of the Company is any person who controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company.

Accounting Treatment of the Domestication

There will be no accounting effect or change in the carrying amount of the consolidated assets and liabilities of Platform BVI as a result of Domestication. The consolidated business, capitalization, assets, liabilities and financial statements of Platform Delaware immediately following the Domestication will be the same as those of Platform BVI immediately prior to thereto.

Validity of the Capital Stock

The validity of the shares common stock of Platform Delaware into which the outstanding ordinary shares of Platform BVI will be converted in connection with the Domestication will be passed upon for Platform Delaware by Greenberg Traurig, P.A.

Tax Matters

The opinion that the Domestication will constitute a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code has been passed upon by Greenberg Traurig, P.A.

Change in Platform’s Certifying Accountant

(a) Previous independent registered public accounting firm

On October 31, 2013, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (United Kingdom) has stated the intention to resign as the independent registered public accounting firm for Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited. Neither our Board of Directors nor our Audit Committee recommended or approved that we change accountants prior to this decision by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (United Kingdom).

Such resignation will become effective upon completion by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (United Kingdom) of its procedures on the financial statements of Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited as of and for quarter ended September 30, 2013 and be simultaneous with the cancellation of the listing of shares on the London Stock Exchange.

 

  (ii) The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (United Kingdom) on the financial statements for the period from April 23, 2013 (date of inception) to June 30, 2013 contained no adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principle.

 

135


  (iii) During the period from April 23, 2013 (date of inception) to June 30, 2013 and the subsequent interim period through October 31, 2013, there have been no disagreements with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (United Kingdom) on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements if not resolved to the satisfaction of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (United Kingdom) would have caused them to make reference thereto in their reports on the financial statements for such years.

 

  (iv) During the period from April 23, 2013 (date of inception) to June 30, 2013 and the subsequent interim period through October 31, 2013, there have been no reportable events (as defined in S-K 304(a)(1)(v)).

 

  (v) The Registrant has requested that PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (United Kingdom) furnish it with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether or not it agrees with the above statements. A copy of such letter, dated November 4, 2013, is filed as Exhibit 16 to this registration statement on Form S-4.

(b) New independent registered public accounting firm

 

  (i) The Registrant engaged PricewaterhouseCoopers (US) as its new independent registered public accounting firm as of December 10, 2013. During the period from April 23, 2013 (date of inception) to June 30, 2013 and the subsequent interim period through December 10, 2013, the Registrant has not consulted with PricewaterhouseCoopers (US) regarding either (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed; or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Registrant's financial statements, and neither a written report was provided to the Registrant or oral advice was provided that PricewaterhouseCoopers (US) concluded was an important factor considered by the Registrant in reaching a decision as to the accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue; or (ii) any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement, as that term is defined in S-K 304(a)(1)(iv) and the related instructions to S-K 304, or a reportable event, as that term is defined in S-K 304(a)(1)(v).

Experts

The financial statements of Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited as of June 30, 2013 and for the period from April 23, 2013 to June 30, 2013 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The consolidated financial statements of MacDermid, Incorporated and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

Where You Can Find More Information

We have filed with the SEC the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) under the Securities Act with respect to the Domestication and the 401(k) Exchange. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the Registration Statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information about us, the 401(k) Exchange and the Domestication, we refer you to the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as a part of the Registration Statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the

 

136


Registration Statement, we refer you to the copy of the contract or document that has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each statement about such contract or document being qualified in all respects by such reference.

A copy of the Registration Statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov . Our reports and any other information that we have filed or may in the future file with the SEC are not incorporated by reference into, and do not constitute a part of, this prospectus or the Registration Statement.

We will become subject to the full informational requirements of the Exchange Act. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports and other information with the SEC. We intend to furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements certified by an independent public accounting firm.

 

137


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. PLATFORM SPECIALTY PRODUCTS CORPORATION F/K/A PLATFORM ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LIMITED

(A Development Stage Company)

 

Financial Statements   

Audited Financial Statements for the Period from April 23, 2013 (Inception) through June 30, 2013

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-3   

Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2013

     F-4   

Statement of Operations for the Period from April 23, 2013 (Inception) through June 30, 2013

     F-5   

Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for the Period from April 23, 2013 (Inception) through June  30, 2013

     F-6   

Statement of Cash Flow for the Period from April 23, 2013 (Inception) through June 30, 2013

     F-7   

Notes to Financial Statements for the Period from April 23, 2013 (Inception) through June 30, 2013

     F-8   

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements as of and for the period ended September 30, 2013

  

Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2013

     F-14   

Statement of Operations for the Period from April 23, 2013 (Inception) through September 30, 2013

     F-15   

Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for the Period from April  23, 2013 (Inception) through September 30, 2013

     F-16   

Statement of Cash Flow for the Period from April 23, 2013 (Inception) through September 30, 2013

     F-17   

Notes to Financial Statements for the Period from April 23, 2013 (Inception) through September  30, 2013

     F-18   
MacDermid, Incorporated and Subsidiaries   
Consolidated Financial Statements   

Audited Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-24   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-25   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-26   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-27   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-28   

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December  31, 2012 and 2011

     F-29   

Notes to Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-30   

 

F-1


Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013 and 2012

  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013 and 2012

     F-70   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013 and 2012

     F-71   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2013 and 2012

     F-72   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013 and 2012

     F-73   

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013

     F-74   

Notes to Financial Statements for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013 and 2012

     F-75   

 

F-2


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To Board of Directors and Shareholders of Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited

In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet and the related statement of operations, of stockholders’ equity, and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited (a development stage company) at June 30 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows from the period of April 23 2013 (date of inception) to June 30 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

October 30, 2013

London, United Kingdom

 

F-3


PLATFORM ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LIMITED

(A Development Stage Company)

BALANCE SHEET

(in thousands)

 

     June 30, 2013  

ASSETS

  

Current assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 521,230   

Marketable securities at fair value

     359,955   

Other current assets

     264   
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     881,449   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 881,449   
  

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY   

Current liabilities:

  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 262   
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     262   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     262   

Commitments and contingencies

  

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  

Preferred shares, no par value, unlimited shares authorized; 2,000 issued and outstanding

     —     

Ordinary shares, no par value, unlimited shares authorized; 88,529.5 issued and outstanding

     —     

Additional-paid-in capital

     881,267   

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

     (80
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     881,187   
  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

   $ 881,449   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements

 

F-4


PLATFORM ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LIMITED

(A Development Stage Company)

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Period from
Inception
(April 23, 2013) to
June 30, 2013
 

Operating costs and expenses:

  

General and administration

   $ 70   

Stock-based compensation expense

     49   
  

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

     119   

Loss from operations

     (119

Other income:

  

Interest income from cash and marketable securities

     17   

Unrealized gain on cash equivalents and marketable securities

     22   
  

 

 

 

Total other income

     39   
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (80
  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in computing basic and diluted loss per share

     88,529.5   

Net loss per share applicable to ordinary stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (0.00

See accompanying notes to financial statements

 

F-5


PLATFORM ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LIMITED

(A Development Stage Company)

STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    Preferred
Shares
    Common
Shares
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Stockholders'
Equity
 

Total stockholders’ equity as of April 23, 2013

    —          —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Issuance of 2 preferred shares @$10.00 per share on April 25, 2013

    2        —          —          —          —     

Issuance of 1,999,998 preferred shares @$10.00 per share with matching warrants on May 22, 2013 along with 2 matching warrants matching with previously issued preferred shares

    1,999,998        —          20,000        —          20,000   

Issuance of 88,529,500 ordinary @$10.00 per share with matching warrants on May 22, 2013

    —          88,529,500        885,296        —          885,296   

Equity offering cost

    —          —          (24,078     —          (24,078

Stock-based compensation—option deeds

    —          —          49        —          49   

Net loss

    —          —          —          (80     (80
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders' equity as of June 30, 2013

    2,000,000        88,529,500      $ 881,267      $ (80   $ 881,187   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements

 

F-6


PLATFORM ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LIMITED

(A Development Stage Company)

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW

(in thousands)

 

     Period from Inception
(April 23, 2013) to
June 30, 2013
 

Cash Flows from operating activities:

  

Net loss

   $ (80

Reconciliation of net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

  

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

     (22

Stock-based compensation costs

     49   

Increase (decrease) in cash resulting from changes in assets and liabilities:

  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (264

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     262   
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (55
  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

  

Purchases of marketable securities

     (359,933
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (359,933

Cash flows from financing activities:

  

Proceeds from issuance of promissory notes

     200   

Repayment of promissory notes

     (200

Proceeds from issuance preferred shares, net

     20,000   

Proceeds from issuance ordinary shares, net

     861,218   
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     881,218   
  

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     521,230   
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     —     
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 521,230   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements

 

F-7


PLATFORM ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LIMITED

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

For the Period from April 23, 2013 (Inception) through June 30, 2013

 

NOTE 1 BACKGROUND

Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited (“Platform” or the “Company”) was incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the British Virgin Islands under the BVI Companies Act on April 23, 2013. Platform was created for the purpose of acquiring a target company or business with an anticipated enterprise value of between $750 million and $2.5 billion. Platform’s name will be changed in conjunction with its planned acquisition of MacDermid, Incorporated on October 31, 2013 (See Note 7—Subsequent Events)

 

NOTE 2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

The Company is considered to be a development stage company and, as such, the Company’s financial statements are prepared in accordance with the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 915 “Development Stage Entities.” The Company is subject to the risks associated with development stage companies.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The fair value of cash and cash equivalents approximates the carrying amount. The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. While cash held by financial institutions may at times exceed federally insured limits, the Company believes that no material credit or market risk exposure exists due to the high quality of the institutions. The Company has not experienced any losses on such accounts.

Stock-based Compensation

The Company expenses stock-based compensation over the requisite service period based on the estimated grant-date fair value of the awards and forfeiture rates, if any. Compensation cost is determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of the awards at the grant date. An offsetting increase to stockholders’ equity is recorded equal to the amount of the compensation expense charge.

The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent the Company’s best estimates and involve inherent uncertainties and the application of judgment.

The amount of the compensation expense is based on the estimated fair value of the awards of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. On May 17, 2013, the Company issued and aggregate of 250,000 options to its non-founder directors. The expense related to this issuance is included in stock-based compensation expense in the accompanying Statement of Operations.

 

F-8


Earnings per Share

Basic earnings (loss) per ordinary share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per ordinary share reflect the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue ordinary shares were exercised or converted into ordinary shares or resulted in the issuance of ordinary shares that then shared in the earnings of the entity. Since the Company has only incurred losses, basic and diluted losses per share are the same. The amount of potentially dilutive securities excluded from the calculation at June 30, 2013 was 30,176,500 ordinary shares underlying warrants (or 90,529,500 warrants, each entitling the holder to purchase 1/3 of an ordinary share), 2,000,000 preferred shares (convertible into ordinary shares on a 1-for-1 basis) and options to purchase 250,000 ordinary shares.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are recorded in accordance with ASC 740, Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which provides for deferred taxes using an asset and liability approach. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. The Company determines its deferred tax assets and liabilities based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, which are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided if, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740. When uncertain tax positions exist, the Company recognizes the tax benefit of tax positions to the extent that the benefit will more likely than not be realized. The determination as to whether the tax benefit will more likely than not be realized is based upon the technical merits of the tax position as well as consideration of the available facts and circumstances. The Company does not have any significant uncertain tax positions.

As a British Virgin Islands limited liability company, the Company is not subject to any income, withholding or capital gains taxes.

Investment in Marketable Securities

Marketable securities are stated at fair value as determined by the most recently traded price of each security at the balance sheet date. Marketable securities are classified as trading securities with all unrealized gains and losses on the Company's investment portfolio recorded through the Statement of Operations.

Fair Value Measurement

The Company records cash equivalents and marketable securities at fair value. Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, establishes a fair value hierarchy for those instruments measured at fair value that distinguishes between assumptions based on market data (observable inputs) and the Company’s own assumptions (unobservable inputs). The hierarchy consists of three levels:

 

    Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

    Level 2—Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

    Level 3—Unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date.

 

F-9


The Company used Level 1 fair value hierarchy assumptions to measure the fair value of all of its cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities as of June 30, 2013.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

The Company does not believe that the adoption of any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards will have a material impact on its financial position and results of operations.

 

NOTE 3 STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Founder Preferred Shares

On April 25, 2013, the Company issued two preferred shares, one to each of the founder entities (“Founders”) for $20. In connection with the initial public offering on May 22, 2013, the Founders purchased an additional 1,999,998 preferred shares (“Preferred” shares or stock; no par value) for $19,999,980. Beginning in 2014, assuming an acquisition has been completed, if the average stock price of the ordinary shares exceeds $11.50 per share for the last 10 days of the calendar year, the holders of the Preferred stock receive a dividend in the form of ordinary shares equal to 20% of the appreciation of the market price of ordinary shares issued to ordinary shareholders in the initial offering. In the first year a dividend is payable (if any), the dividend amount will be calculated at the end of each calendar year based on the appreciated stock price as determined above (the “Dividend Price) compared to the initial offering price of $10 per ordinary share. In subsequent years, the dividend amount will be calculated based on the appreciated stock price compared to the highest Dividend Price previously used in calculating the Preferred stock dividends. Dividends are paid for the term the Preferred stock is outstanding. The Preferred shares will be automatically converted into ordinary shares on a one for one basis (i) in the event of a Change of Control of the Company following an acquisition or (ii) upon the last day of the seventh full financial year following acquisition, being December 31, 2020 assuming an acquisition has been completed in 2013. Each Preferred share is convertible into one ordinary share at the option of the holder until December 31, 2020 and has certain voting rights.

At the time of the acquisition, the estimated fair value of the Preferred dividends until the end of the dividend earning period (ie until December 31, 2020) will be calculated and recorded as a one-time charge to the income statement. In future periods, on payment of Preferred dividends, additional paid in capital and a corresponding entry in retained earnings will be recorded directly in stockholders equity.

Ordinary Shares

In connection with the initial offering on May 22, 2013, the Company issued 88,500,000 ordinary shares (no par value) for gross proceeds of $885,000,000. Also, on May 22, 2013, the Company issued an aggregate of 29,500 ordinary shares to non-founder directors for $10 per share. Each ordinary share has voting rights and winding-up rights.

Warrants

Each of the 2,000,000 Preferred shares, 88,500,000 Ordinary shares issued with the initial offering as well as the 29,500 Ordinary shares issued to the non-founder directors was issued with a warrant (90,529,500 warrants in aggregate), entitling the holder of each warrant to purchase 1/3 of an ordinary share with a strike price of $11.50 per ordinary share. Each warrant is exercisable until three years from the date of an acquisition, unless mandatorily redeemed by the Company. The warrants are mandatorily redeemable by the Company at a price of $0.01 should the average market price of an ordinary share exceed $18.00 for 10 consecutive trading days. Refer to Note 7—Subsequent events.

 

NOTE 4 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company may be subject to lawsuits or claims as a result of the proposed business combination. As of October 30, 2013, there were no known or threatened lawsuits or unasserted claims.

 

F-10


NOTE 5 MARKETABLE SECURITIES

The Company’s investment in marketable securities consists of U.S. Treasury Bills.

As of June 30, 2013 all of the Company’s marketable securities were classified as trading securities. The change in the unrealized gains on these investments are included in the Statement of Operations. Trading securities are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     Cost      Gross
Unrealized
Gain
     Gross
Unrealized
Loss
     Net
Unrealized
Gain
     Fair Value  

As of June 30, 2013

              

U.S. Treasury Bills

   $ 359,933       $ 22       $ —         $ 22       $ 359,955   

As of June 30, 2013, the Company had $22,000 of unrealized gains related to the Company's investment portfolio recorded in the Statement of Operations.

 

NOTE 6 STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

On May 17, 2013, the Company issued an aggregate 250,000 option deeds to its non-founder Directors. The exercise price of each options is $11.50 and the option deeds expire in five years from the date of completion of acquisition and vest on completion of acquisition.

The Company estimates the fair value of stock option grants using a Black-Scholes option pricing. In applying this model, the Company uses the following assumptions:

 

    Risk-Free Interest Rate: The Company determined the risk-free interest rate equivalent to the expected term based on the U.S. Treasury constant maturity rate.

 

    Expected Volatility: The Company determined its future stock price volatility based on the average historical stock price volatility of comparable peer companies.

 

    Expected Term: The Company determined the expected term equal to the life of the contract.

 

    Expected Dividend Rate: The Company has not paid and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the near future.

The fair value of each option award was estimated on the grant date using the Black Scholes option-pricing model and expensed under the straight line method over the vesting period. The following assumptions were used:

 

Stock option plans

   June 30, 2013  

Exercise price

   $ 11.50   

Expected stock price volatility

     18.49

Risk-free rate of interest

     0.37

Expected life of options

     5.0 years   

Stock-based compensation expense from option deeds was approximately $49,000 for the period from inception (April 23, 2013) to June 30, 2013. The options vest on the date of completion of an acquisition, which is estimated to be by December 31, 2013 and accordingly, the total value of the options at issuance are amortized over the period from inception to December 31, 2013. Unrecognized stock-based compensation from option agreements totals $198,865 as of June 30, 2013 and shall be recognized during the period from July 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013 on a straight line basis.

 

F-11


The following table summarizes stock option activity:

 

     Number of
Shares
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Total
Weighted
Average
Intrinsic
Value
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
 

Outstanding at April 23, 2013

     —             
  

 

 

          

Options granted

     250,000           

Options exercised

     —             

Options forfeited

     —             

Options cancelled

     —             
  

 

 

          

Outstanding at June 30, 2013

     250,000      $ 11.50       $ —          4.88   
  

 

 

          

Options expected to vest

     250,000      $ 11.50      $ —           4.88   

Options vested and exercisable

     —        $ —        $ —           —     

 

NOTE 7 SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On October 10, 2013, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire substantially all of the outstanding equity of MacDermid, Incorporated (“MacDermid”), a global provider of high value-added specialty chemicals for $1.8 billion (including the assumption of approximately $756 million of indebtedness) plus up to $100 million of contingent consideration tied to certain EBITDA and stock trading price performance metrics over a seven year period following the closing of the acquisition.

At the closing of the transaction, the Company estimates it will pay approximately $925 million in cash and issue approximately $100 million of new equity to the sellers. The equity to be issued consists of shares of a wholly owned subsidiary of Platform that may be exchanged for shares of Platform in one year. The Company will fund the cash portion of the purchase price and related transaction expenses with a combination of cash on hand and an anticipated approximately $145 million of proceeds from an initial closing of a warrant exchange offer. The remaining portion of the purchase price will be paid in cash or stock following the completion of post-closing adjustments to the purchase price. The warrant exchange offer was an offer to issue ordinary shares of the Company in exchange for $10.50 and 3 warrants, up to a maximum of half of the warrants outstanding.

In conjunction with the assumption of MacDermid indebtedness, the Company will become a co-borrower on MacDermid’s $50 million revolving credit facility. A portion of the revolving credit facility not in excess of $15.0 million is available for the issuance of letters of credit. It is anticipated that upon consummation of the MacDermid acquisition, there will be $753.1 million of indebtedness outstanding under the first lien credit facility which will also be assumed in conjunction with the Acquisition. The revolving credit facility and first lien credit facility are hereinafter referred to as the “Credit Facilities.”

Platform will unconditionally guarantee all obligations under the Credit Facilities. The Credit Facilities contain various covenants including limitations on additional indebtedness, dividends and other distributions, entry into new lines of business, use of loan proceeds, capital expenditures, restricted payments, restrictions on liens, transactions with affiliates, amendments to organizational documents, accounting changes, sale and leaseback transactions and dispositions. In addition, the revolving credit facility will require the Company to comply with certain financial covenants, including consolidated leverage and interest coverage ratios and limitations on capital expenditures if funding under the revolving credit facility exceeds $12.5 million for ten or more consecutive days in any fiscal quarter. As of October 30, 2013, the borrowings under the revolving credit facility, consisting solely of stand-by letters of credit outstanding, were $3.8 million.

 

F-12


The Company intends to re-domicile to Delaware from the British Virgin Islands. The Company also intends to apply to the New York Stock Exchange for the listing of its common stock. It is currently anticipated that the Company’s listing of ordinary shares and warrants on the London Stock Exchange will be cancelled at or around the time the New York Stock Exchange listing is achieved. The Company’s listing on the London Stock Exchange will remain suspended until such cancellation takes effect.

The Company has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through October 30, 2013, which is the date the financial statements were issued.

 

F-13


PLATFORM SPECIALTY PRODUCTS CORPORATION

(A Development Stage Company)

UNAUDITED BALANCE SHEET

(in thousands)

 

     September 30, 2013
(Unaudited)
 

ASSETS

  

Current assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 700,542   

Marketable securities at fair value

     179,999   

Other current assets

     209   
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     880,750   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 880,750   
  

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY   

Current liabilities:

  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 4,175   
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     4,175   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     4,175   

Commitments and contingencies

  

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

  

Preferred shares, no par value, unlimited shares authorized; 2,000 issued and outstanding

     —     

Ordinary shares, no par value, unlimited shares authorized; 88,529.5 issued and outstanding

     —     

Additional-paid-in capital

     881,365   

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

     (4,790
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders' equity

     876,575   
  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

   $ 880,750   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements

 

F-14


PLATFORM SPECIALTY PRODUCTS CORPORATION

(A Development Stage Company)

UNAUDITED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Period from
April 23, 2013
(Inception) to
September 30, 2013
(Unaudited)
 

Operating costs and expenses:

  

General and administration

   $ 304   

Acquisition costs

     4,460   

Stock-based compensation expense

     148   
  

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

  

Loss from operations

     (4,912

Other income:

  

Interest income from cash and marketable securities

     80   

Unrealized gain on cash equivalents and marketable securities

     42   
  

 

 

 

Total other income

     122   
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (4,790
  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in computing basic and diluted loss per share

     88,529.5   

Net loss per share applicable to ordinary stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (0.05

See accompanying notes to financial statements

 

F-15


PLATFORM SPECIALTY PRODUCTS CORPORATION

(A Development Stage Company)

UNAUDITED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    Preferred
Shares
    Common
Shares
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Stockholders’
Equity
 

Total stockholders’ equity as of April 23, 2013

    —          —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Issuance of 2 preferred shares @$10.00 per share on April 25, 2013

    2        —          —          —          —     

Issuance of 1,999,998 preferred shares @$10.00 per share with matching warrants on May 22, 2013 along with 2 matching warrants matching with previously issued preferred shares

    1,999,998        —          20,000        —          20,000   

Issuance of 88,529,500 ordinary @$10.00 per share with matching warrants on May 22, 2013

    —          88,529,500        885,296        —          885,296   

Equity offering cost

    —          —          (24,078     —          (24,078

Stock-based compensation—option deeds

    —          —          147        —          147   

Net loss

    —          —          —          (4,790     (4,790
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity as of September 30, 2013

    2,000,000        88,529,500      $ 881,365      $ (4,790   $ 876,575   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements

 

F-16


PLATFORM SPECIALTY PRODUCTS CORPORATION

(A Development Stage Company)

UNAUDITED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW

(in thousands)

 

     Period from
Inception
(April 23, 2013) to
September 30, 2013
(Unaudited)
 

Cash Flows from operating activities:

  

Net loss

   $ (4,790

Reconciliation of net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

  

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

     (42

Stock-based compensation costs

     147   

Increase (decrease) in cash resulting from changes in assets and liabilities:

  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (209

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     4,175   
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (719
  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

  

Purchases of marketable securities

     (359,934

Redemption of marketable securities (excluding realized gain)

     179,975   
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (179,957
  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

  

Proceeds from issuance of promissory notes

     200   

Repayment of promissory notes

     (200

Proceeds from issuance preferred shares, net

     20,000   

Proceeds from issuance ordinary shares, net

     861,218   
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     881,218   
  

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     700,542   
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     —     
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 700,542   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements

 

F-17


PLATFORM SPECIALTY PRODUCTS CORPORATION

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements

For the Period from April 23, 2013 (Inception) through September 30, 2013

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 1 BACKGROUND

Platform Specialty Products Corporation (“Platform” or the “Company”) was incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the British Virgin Islands under the BVI Companies Act on April 23, 2013. Platform was created for the purpose of acquiring a target company or business with an anticipated enterprise value of between $750 million and $2.5 billion. On October 31, 2013 Platform completed its acquisition of MacDermid, Incorporated and changed its name from Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited (See Note 7—Subsequent Events)

 

NOTE 2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

The Company is considered to be a development stage company and, as such, the Company’s financial statements are prepared in accordance with the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 915 “Development Stage Entities.” The Company is subject to the risks associated with development stage companies.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The fair value of cash and cash equivalents approximates the carrying amount. The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. While cash held by financial institutions may at times exceed federally insured limits, the Company believes that no material credit or market risk exposure exists due to the high quality of the institutions. The Company has not experienced any losses on such accounts.

Stock-based Compensation

The Company expenses stock-based compensation over the requisite service period based on the estimated grant-date fair value of the awards and forfeiture rates, if any. Compensation cost is determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of the awards at the grant date. An offsetting increase to stockholders’ equity is recorded equal to the amount of the compensation expense charge.

The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent the Company’s best estimates and involve inherent uncertainties and the application of judgment.

 

F-18


The amount of the compensation expense is based on the estimated fair value of the awards of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. On May 17, 2013, the Company issued and aggregate of 250,000 options to its non-founder directors. The expense related to this issuance is included in stock-based compensation expense in the accompanying Statement of Operations.

Earnings per Share

Basic earnings (loss) per ordinary share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per ordinary share reflect the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue ordinary shares were exercised or converted into ordinary shares or resulted in the issuance of ordinary shares that then shared in the earnings of the entity. Since the Company has only incurred losses, basic and diluted losses per share are the same. The amount of potentially dilutive securities excluded from the calculation at September 30, 2013 was 30,176,500 ordinary shares underlying warrants (or 90,529,500 warrants, each entitling the holder to purchase 1/3 of an ordinary share), 2,000,000 preferred shares (convertible into ordinary shares on a 1-for-1 basis) and options to purchase 250,000 ordinary shares.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are recorded in accordance with ASC 740, Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which provides for deferred taxes using an asset and liability approach. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. The Company determines its deferred tax assets and liabilities based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, which are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided if, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740. When uncertain tax positions exist, the Company recognizes the tax benefit of tax positions to the extent that the benefit will more likely than not be realized. The determination as to whether the tax benefit will more likely than not be realized is based upon the technical merits of the tax position as well as consideration of the available facts and circumstances. The Company does not have any significant uncertain tax positions.

As a British Virgin Islands limited liability company, the Company is not subject to any income, withholding or capital gains taxes.

Investment in Marketable Securities

Marketable securities are stated at fair value as determined by the most recently traded price of each security at the balance sheet date. Marketable securities are classified as trading securities with all unrealized gains and losses on the Company's investment portfolio recorded through the Statement of Operations.

 

F-19


Fair Value Measurement

The Company records cash equivalents and marketable securities at fair value. Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, establishes a fair value hierarchy for those instruments measured at fair value that distinguishes between assumptions based on market data (observable inputs) and the Company’s own assumptions (unobservable inputs). The hierarchy consists of three levels:

 

    Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

    Level 2— Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

    Level 3—Unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date.

The Company used Level 1 fair value hierarchy assumptions to measure the fair value of all of its cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities as of September 30, 2013.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

The Company does not believe that the adoption of any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards will have a material impact on its financial position and results of operations.

 

NOTE 3 STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Founder Preferred Shares

On April 25, 2013, the Company issued two preferred shares, one to each of the founder entities (“Founders”) for $20. In connection with the initial public offering on May 22, 2013, the Founders purchased an additional 1,999,998 preferred shares (“Preferred” shares or stock; no par value) for $19,999,980. Beginning in 2014, if the average stock price of the ordinary shares exceeds $11.50 per share for the last 10 days of the calendar year, the holders of the Preferred stock receive a dividend in the form of ordinary shares equal to 20% of the appreciation of the market price of ordinary shares issued to ordinary shareholders in the initial offering. In the first year a dividend is payable (if any), the dividend amount will be calculated at the end of each calendar year based on the appreciated stock price as determined above (the “Dividend Price) compared to the initial offering price of $10 per ordinary share. In subsequent years, the dividend amount will be calculated based on the appreciated stock price compared to the highest Dividend Price previously used in calculating the Preferred stock dividends. Dividends are paid for the term the Preferred stock is outstanding. The Preferred shares will be automatically converted into ordinary shares on a one for one basis (i) in the event of a Change of Control of the Company following an acquisition or (ii) upon the last day of the seventh full financial year following acquisition, being December 31, 2020 assuming an acquisition has been completed in 2013. Each Preferred share is convertible into one ordinary share at the option of the holder until December 31, 2020 and has certain voting rights.

At the time of the acquisition, the estimated fair value of the Preferred dividends until the end of the dividend earning period (ie until December 31, 2020) will be calculated and recorded as a one-time charge to the income statement. In future periods, on payment of Preferred dividends, additional paid in capital and a corresponding entry in retained earnings will be recorded directly in stockholders equity.

Ordinary Shares

In connection with the initial offering on May 22, 2013, the Company issued 88,500,000 ordinary shares (no par value) for gross proceeds of $885,000,000. Also, on May 22, 2013, the Company issued an aggregate of 29,500 ordinary shares to non-founder directors for $10 per share. Each ordinary share has voting rights and winding-up rights.

 

F-20


Warrants

Each of the 2,000,000 Preferred shares, 88,500,000 Ordinary shares issued with the initial offering as well as the 29,500 Ordinary shares issued to the non-founder directors was issued with a warrant (90,529,500 warrants in aggregate), entitling the holder of each warrant to purchase 1/3 of an ordinary share with a strike price of $11.50 per ordinary share. Each warrant is exercisable until three years from the date of an acquisition, unless mandatorily redeemed by the Company. The warrants are mandatorily redeemable by the Company at a price of $0.01 should the average market price of an ordinary share exceed $18.00 for 10 consecutive trading days. Refer to Note 7—Subsequent events.

 

NOTE 4 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company may be subject to lawsuits or claims as a result of the proposed business combination. There are no known or threatened lawsuits or unasserted claims.

 

NOTE 5 MARKETABLE SECURITIES

The Company’s investment in marketable securities consists of U.S. Treasury Bills.

As of September 30, 2013 all of the Company’s marketable securities were classified as trading securities. The change in the unrealized gains on these investments are included in the Statement of Operations. Trading securities are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     Cost      Gross
Unrealized
Gain
     Gross
Unrealized
Loss
     Net
Unrealized
Gain
     Fair Value  

As of September 30, 2013

              

U.S. Treasury Bills

   $ 179,957       $ 42       $ —         $ 42       $ 179,999   

As of September 30, 2013, the Company had $42,000 of unrealized gains related to the Company's investment portfolio recorded in the Statement of Operations.

 

NOTE 6 STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

On May 17, 2013, the Company issued an aggregate 250,000 option deeds to its non-founder Directors. The exercise price of each options is $11.50 and the option deeds expire in five years from the date of completion of acquisition and vest on completion of acquisition.

The Company estimates the fair value of stock option grants using a Black-Scholes option pricing. In applying this model, the Company uses the following assumptions:

 

    Risk-Free Interest Rate : The Company determined the risk-free interest rate equivalent to the expected term based on the U.S. Treasury constant maturity rate.

 

    Expected Volatility : The Company determined its future stock price volatility based on the average historical stock price volatility of comparable peer companies.

 

    Expected Term : The Company determined the expected term equal to the life of the contract.

 

    Expected Dividend Rate : The Company has not paid and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the near future.

 

F-21


The fair value of each option award was estimated on the grant date using the Black Scholes option-pricing model and expensed under the straight line method over the vesting period. The following assumptions were used:

 

Stock option plans

   June 30, 2013  

Exercise price

   $ 11.50   

Expected stock price volatility

     18.49

Risk-free rate of interest

     0.37

Expected life of options

     5.0 years   

Stock-based compensation expense from option deeds was approximately $147,000 for the period from inception (April 23, 2013) to September 30, 2013. The options vest on the date of completion of an acquisition which occurred on October 31, 2013 (See Note 7—Subsequent Events). Unrecognized stock-based compensation from option agreements totals approximately $100,000 as of September 30, 2013 and shall be fully recognized as October 31, 2013.

The following table summarizes stock option activity:

 

     Number of
Shares
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Total
Weighted
Average
Intrinsic
Value
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
 

Outstanding at April 23, 2013

     —             
  

 

 

          

Options granted

     250,000           

Options exercised

     —             

Options forfeited

     —             

Options cancelled

     —             
  

 

 

          

Outstanding at September 30, 2013

     250,000      $ 11.50      $ —          4.88   
  

 

 

          

Options expected to vest

     250,000      $ 11.50      $ —           4.88   

Options vested and exercisable

     —        $ —        $ —           —     

 

NOTE 7 SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On October 31, 2013, the Company completed its acquisition of substantially all of the outstanding equity of MacDermid, Incorporated (“MacDermid”), a global provider of high value-added specialty chemicals for $1.8 billion (including the assumption of approximately $756 million of indebtedness) plus up to $100 million of contingent consideration tied to certain EBITDA and stock trading price performance metrics over a seven year period following the closing of the acquisition.

At the closing of the transaction, the Company paid approximately $925 million in cash and delivered approximately $100 million of new equity to the sellers. The equity consisted of shares of a wholly owned subsidiary of Platform that may be exchanged for shares of Platform in one year. The Company funded the cash portion of the purchase price and related transaction expenses with a combination of cash on hand and approximately $145 million of proceeds from the initial closing of a warrant exchange offer. The remaining portion of the purchase price will be paid in cash or stock following the completion of post-closing adjustments to the purchase price. The warrant exchange offer was an offer to issue ordinary shares of the Company in exchange for $10.50 and 3 warrants, up to a maximum of half of the warrants outstanding. In conjunction with the warrant exchange offer not being fully subscribed, in November 2013, the Company issued 380,952 shares at $10.50 per share to the Founders and issued 190,476 shares each to two of its independent directors at $10.50 per share.

In conjunction with the assumption of MacDermid indebtedness, the Company became a co-borrower on MacDermid’s $50 million revolving credit facility. A portion of the revolving credit facility not in excess of

 

F-22


$15.0 million is available for the issuance of letters of credit. As of October 31, 2013, there was $753.1 million of indebtedness outstanding under the first lien credit facility which was assumed in conjunction with the Acquisition. The revolving credit facility and first lien credit facility are hereinafter referred to as the “Credit Facilities.”

Platform unconditionally guaranteed all obligations under the Credit Facilities. The Credit Facilities contain various covenants including limitations on additional indebtedness, dividends and other distributions, entry into new lines of business, use of loan proceeds, capital expenditures, restricted payments, restrictions on liens, transactions with affiliates, amendments to organizational documents, accounting changes, sale and leaseback transactions and dispositions. In addition, the revolving credit facility requires the Company to comply with certain financial covenants, including consolidated leverage and interest coverage ratios and limitations on capital expenditures if funding under the revolving credit facility exceeds $12.5 million for ten or more consecutive days in any fiscal quarter. As of October 31, 2013, the borrowings under the revolving credit facility, consisting solely of stand-by letters of credit outstanding, were $3.8 million.

The Company intends to re-domicile to Delaware from the British Virgin Islands. The Company also intends to apply to the New York Stock Exchange for the listing of its common stock. It is currently anticipated that the Company’s listing of ordinary shares and warrants on the London Stock Exchange will be cancelled at or around the time the New York Stock Exchange listing is achieved. The Company’s listing on the London Stock Exchange will remain suspended until such cancellation takes effect.

As of the closing of the acquisition of MacDermid, Platform will record a one-time, non-cash expense preliminarily estimated to be approximately $166 million, which represents the fair value of the Founder preferred dividend rights at that time.

The Company has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through December 11, 2013, which is the date these financial statements were issued.

 

F-23


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

MacDermid, Incorporated:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MacDermid, Incorporated and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MacDermid, Incorporated and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

(signed) KPMG LLP

Hartford, Connecticut

March 6, 2013

 

F-24


MACDERMID, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands )

 

     For the years ended  
     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  

Net sales

   $ 731,220      $ 728,773   

Cost of sales

     376,166        388,298   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     355,054        340,475   

Operating expenses:

    

Selling, technical and administrative

     187,514        185,649   

Research and development

     25,051        22,966   

Amortization

     27,100        28,578   

Restructuring

     292        896   

Impairment charges

     —          46,438   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     239,957        284,527   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     115,097        55,948   

Other income (expense):

    

Interest income

     532        500   

Interest expense

     (49,671     (54,554

Miscellaneous income

     4,981        9,412   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations before income taxes, non-controlling interest and accumulated payment-in-kind dividends on cumulative preferred shares

     70,939        11,306   

Income tax (expense)

     (24,673     (9,953
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     46,266        1,353   

Less net income attributable to the non-controlling interest

     (289     (366
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to MacDermid, Incorporated

     45,977        987   

Accrued payment-in-kind dividend on cumulative preferred shares

     (44,605     (40,847
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common shares

   $ 1,372      $ (39,860
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-25


MACDERMID, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

( In thousands )

 

     For the years ended  
     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  

Net income

   $ 46,266      $ 1,353   

Foreign currency translation (loss) gain

     (6,232     (5,683

Pension and postretirement benefit plans

    

Amortization of actuarial loss and prior service credits

     767        90   

Current year change

     (17,420     (22,781

Unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale equity investments

    

Change in fair value

     290        (153

Unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives valuation

    

Change in fair value

     2,906        2,958   

Reclassification into earnings

     141        527   

Income tax benefit (expense) on comprehensive income (loss)

     4,247        6,085   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

     30,965        (17,604

Comprehensive income attributable to the non-controlling interest

     (289     (366

Foreign currency translation adjustments attributable to the non-controlling interest

     (10     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to MacDermid, Incorporated

   $ 30,666      $ (17,970
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-26


MACDERMID, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands , except share and per share amounts )

 

     December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 143,351      $ 113,452   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful receivables of $8,831 and $8,730, respectively

     138,970        134,584   

Inventories, net

     76,093        75,186   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     10,946        12,048   

Deferred income taxes

     5,169        6,116   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     374,529        341,386   

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $89,118 and $76,216, respectively

     100,391        96,916   

Goodwill

     476,232        474,581   

Intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $167,261 and $139,427, respectively

     251,772        274,105   

Deferred income taxes

     1,812        2,387   

Other assets

     29,181        32,043   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,233,917      $ 1,221,418   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 53,416      $ 49,481   

Accrued compensation

     14,289        14,372   

Accrued interest

     6,985        6,958   

Accrued income taxes payable

     4,443        6,398   

Accrued expenses

     10,393        9,641   

Current installments of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     26,819        26,141   

Other current liabilities

     11,801        13,915   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     128,146        126,906   

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     693,821        718,231   

Retirement benefits, less current portion

     54,207        40,902   

Deferred income taxes

     49,411        62,835   

Other long-term liabilities

     35,895        30,738   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     961,480        979,612   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity

    

Cumulative preferred shares, 316,000 shares authorized and issued, 315,144 shares and 315,264 shares outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, including cumulative dividends of $209,027 and $164,449 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

     525,027        480,449   

Common shares, 50,000,000 shares authorized and issued, 49,582,936 shares and 49,732,194 shares outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

     50,000        50,000   

Class A Junior shares, 2,150,000 shares authorized and issued, 1,880,192 vested shares and 1,571,225 vested shares outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

     —          —     

Class B Junior shares, 1,620,000 shares authorized, 411,576 vested shares and 249,388 vested shares outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

     —          —     

Additional paid-in capital

     2,318        2,156   

Accumulated deficit

     (273,086     (274,458

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     (30,270     (14,959

Common and preferred shares in treasury, 856 preferred shares and 417,064 common shares at December 31, 2012, and 736 preferred shares and 267,806 common shares at December 31, 2011 at cost, respectively

     (1,264     (994
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ equity

     272,725        242,194   

(Deficit) in non-controlling interest

     (288     (388
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     272,437        241,806   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 1,233,917      $ 1,221,418   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-27


MACDERMID, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

( In thousands )

 

     For the years ended  
     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income

   $ 46,266      $ 1,353   

Adjustments to reconcile net income from operations to net cash flows provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation

     15,093        18,167   

Amortization

     27,100        28,578   

Provision for bad debts

     1,694        1,995   

Deferred income taxes

     (8,364     (16,010

Write off of deferred financing costs

     226        506   

Equity compensation expense

     162        727   

Remeasurement (gains) on foreign denominated debt

     (5,702     (9,156

Gain on disposition of fixed assets

     (92     (157

Impairment charges

     —          46,438   

Restructuring charges

     292        896   

Amortization of deferred financing fees

     3,917        3,802   

Loss on sale of business units

     —          1,237   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

(Increase) in accounts receivable

     (4,912     (401

Decrease (increase) in inventories

     789        1,481   

Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses

     1,451        (734

(Increase) decrease in equipment at customers

     (1,999     (1,074

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

     3,274        (3,498

(Decrease) in accrued expenses

     (3,603     (12,743

(Decrease) in long term assets

     (1,550     (10,977

Increase (decrease) increase in income tax balances

     3,315        (2,011

Other, net

     (2,181     1,327   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows provided by operating activities

     75,176        49,746   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Capital expenditures

     (13,399     (8,741

Proceeds from disposition of fixed assets

     140        261   

Redemption (purchase) of certificate of deposit

     —          2,516   

Proceeds from sale of business units

     —          3,267   

Business acquired

     (5,059     —     

Purchases of equity securities

     (57     (757

Proceeds from sale of equity investments

     98        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows (used in) investing activities

     (18,277     (3,454
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Short term (repayments) borrowings

     (48     (1,308

Proceeds from capital leases

     172        1,283   

Repayments of borrowings

     (26,092     (36,983

Dividends paid to non-controlling interest partner

     (677     (614

Sale of noncontrolling interest in subsidiary

     31        —     

Issuance of treasury shares

     —          100   

Dividend paid on preferred stock

     (27     —     

Repurchase of treasury shares

     (270     (12

Payment of financing fees

     (321     (264
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows used in financing activities

     (27,232     (37,798
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     232        (1,782
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     29,899        6,712   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     113,452        106,740   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

     143,351        113,452   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure information:

    

Cash paid for interest

     45,235        50,040   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

     27,144        25,878   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-28


MACDERMID, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

( In thousands , except share and per share amounts )

 

    MacDermid Shareholders              
    Cumulative
Preferred
Shares
    Common
Shares
    Class A
Junior
Shares
    Class B
Junior
Shares
    Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
    Treasury
Shares
    Total
MacDermid
Shareholder
Equity
    Non-
controlling
interest
    Total
equity
 

Balance at January 1, 2011

  $ 439,602      $ 50,000      $ —        $ —        $ 1,429      $ (234,598   $ 3,998      $ (1,082   $ 259,349      $ (140   $ 259,209   

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          987        —          —          987        366        1,353   

Equity compensation

    —          —          —          —          727        —          —          —          727        —          727   

Accrual of paid in kind dividend on cumulative preferred shares

    40,847        —          —          —          —          (40,847     —          —          —          —          —     

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (5,683     —          (5,683     —          (5,683

Pension and postretirement plans, net of tax benefit of $7,251

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (15,440     —          (15,440     —          (15,440

Derivatives valuation, net of tax expense of $1,220

    —          —          —          —          —          —          2,265        —          2,265        —          2,265   

Shares issued

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          100        100        —          100   

Shares repurchased

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (12     (12     —          (12

Unrealized loss on available for sale equity securities, net of tax benefit of $54

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (99     —          (99     —          (99
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividend paid to noncontrolling interest partner

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (614     (614
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 480,449      $ 50,000      $ —        $ —        $ 2,156      $ (274,458   $ (14,959   $ (994   $ 242,194      $ (388   $ 241,806   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          45,977        —          —          45,977        289        46,266   

Equity compensation

    —          —          —          —          162        —          —          —          162        —          162   

Accrual of paid in kind dividend on cumulative preferred shares

    44,605        —          —          —          —          (44,605     —          —          —          —          —     

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (6,242     —          (6,242     10        (6,232

Pension and postretirement plans, net of tax benefit of $5,415

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (11,238     —          (11,238     —          (11,238

Derivatives valuation, net of tax expense of $1,067

    —          —          —          —          —          —          1,980        —          1,980        —          1,980   

Shares repurchased

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (270     (270     —          (270

Unrealized gain on available for sale equity securities, net of tax expense of $101

    —          —          —          —          —          —          189        —          189        —          189   

Dividend paid to non-controlling interest partner

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (677     (677

Dividend paid on preferred stock

    (27     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (27     —          (27

Assignment of value for non controlling interest in business acquisition

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          447        447   

Sale of noncontrolling interest in subsidiary

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          31        31   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ 525,027      $ 50,000      $ —        $ —        $ 2,318      $ (273,086   $ (30,270   $ (1,264   $ 272,725      $ (288   $ 272,437   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-29


1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Business Description —MacDermid, Incorporated and its subsidiaries (collectively, “MacDermid” or “the Company”) was established in Waterbury, Connecticut, in 1922. The terms “MacDermid” or “the Company” shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be deemed to include the consolidated entity. MacDermid Holdings, LLC, is a Delaware limited liability company organized as a holding company with the sole purpose of being the primary shareholder of its consolidated operating subsidiary MacDermid. MacDermid Holdings, LLC has no business operations or material assets or liabilities other than its ownership interest of 96.9% of the ordinary shares and 96.7% of the preferred stock in MacDermid as of December 31, 2012. Participants of the MacDermid, Incorporated Profit Sharing and Employee Savings Plan (the “Savings Plan”) owned 3.1% of the ordinary shares and 3.3% of the preferred stock in MacDermid as of December 31, 2012. These shares have substantially the same terms as the MacDermid Holdings, LLC common and preferred units. The Company develops, produces and markets a broad line of specialty chemical and printing products that are used worldwide. These products are supplied to the metal and plastic finishing markets (for automotive and other applications), the electronics industry (to create electrical patterns on circuit boards), the offshore oil and gas markets (for oil production) and to the commercial printing and packaging industries (for image transfer applications). The Company’s products are delivered primarily to customers directly or secondarily through distributors.

Merger Transaction —On April 12, 2007, Daniel H. Leever, MacDermid’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, together with Court Square Capital Partners II LP (“Court Square or CSC”), a related party, Weston Presidio, a related party and certain other members of the Company’s management acquired the ordinary shares of predecessor MacDermid, Incorporated (“predecessor”). See Note 2 below for further information. The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of the surviving Company.

Principles of Consolidation —The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of MacDermid and all of its majority-owned domestic and foreign subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions were eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates —In preparing the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), Company management must undertake decisions that impact the reported amounts and related disclosures. Such decisions include the selection of the appropriate accounting principles to be applied and also assumptions upon which accounting estimates are based. The Company applies judgment based on its understanding and analysis of the relevant circumstances to reach these decisions. By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from the estimates applied. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the useful lives of fixed assets; allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns, deferred tax assets, inventory, inventory valuation, share-based compensation, reserves for employee benefit obligations, environmental liabilities, income tax uncertainties and other contingencies.

Cash and Cash Equivalents —For the purpose of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, MacDermid considers all highly liquid instruments purchased with an initial maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Credit Risk Management —MacDermid’s products are sold primarily to the automotive, electronics and printing industries. This level of concentration exposes the Company to certain collection risks which are subject to a variety of factors, including economic and technological change within these industries. As is common industry practice, MacDermid generally does not require collateral or other security as a condition of sale, rather relying on credit approval, balance limitation and monitoring procedures to control credit risk on trade accounts receivable. The Company establishes reserves against possible uncollectible amounts based on historical experience and specific knowledge regarding customers’ ability to pay.

Derivatives —The Company used an interest rate swap and an interest rate collar to manage risks associated with changes in interest rates. The Company entered into the interest rate swap and an interest rate collar to

 

F-30


hedge against the effect of changes in interest rates on floating rate debt. These transactions were designed as cash flow hedges. The Company also uses forward and option contracts to manage risks generally associated with foreign exchange rate volatility. Company management will enter into foreign exchange forward and option contracts to hedge against the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash flows denominated in foreign currencies. These transactions are designated as cash flow hedges. When these contracts are settled, the associated difference between the settlement amount and contracted amount is recognized in earnings.

The Company accounts for each hedge instrument as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, with changes in the fair value of qualifying hedges recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of stockholders’ equity. The Company records the changes in a derivative’s fair value in earnings unless specific accounting criteria related to hedging are met. The Company formally documents, designates and assesses the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting treatment. Currently, all of the Company’s cash flow hedge contracts are deemed effective. The settlement of these derivatives will result in reclassifications from accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income to earnings in the period during which the hedged transactions affect earnings.

While the Company expects that its derivative instruments will continue to meet the conditions for hedge accounting, if the hedges did not qualify as highly effective or if the Company did not believe that forecasted transactions would occur, the changes in the fair value of the derivatives designated as hedges would be reflected immediately in earnings.

Inventories —Inventories are stated at the lower of average cost or market. The Company regularly reviews inventories for obsolescence and calculates a reserve based on historical write-offs, customer demand, product evolution, usage rates and quantities of stock on hand. Inventory in excess of estimated usage requirements is written down to its estimated net realizable value.

Property, Plant and Equipment —Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. MacDermid records depreciation on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of each asset. Estimated useful lives by asset class are as follows:

 

Furniture, fixtures, automobiles, computers, etc

   3 to 5 years

Machinery and equipment

   5 to 15 years

Buildings

   20 years

Building improvements

   15 to 20 years

Leasehold improvements

   lesser of useful life or lease life

Maintenance and repair costs are charged directly to expense; renewals and betterments which significantly extend the useful life of the asset are capitalized. Costs and accumulated depreciation on assets, retired or disposed of, are removed from the accounts and any resulting gains or losses are recorded to earnings in the period of disposal.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Purchased Intangible Assets —Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable net assets of an acquired business. The Company does not amortize goodwill and other intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives; rather, goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level annually, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. The Company’s annual test for goodwill impairment is performed as of April 1 st , utilizing a two-step impairment test procedure for each of our reporting units. In the first step of impairment testing, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. The fair value of a reporting unit is determined based on the present value of estimated discounted future cash flows. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that reporting unit, goodwill is not impaired, and no further testing is performed. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then the second

 

F-31


step of the impairment test must be performed to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss is recorded equal to the difference.

Indefinite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for potential impairment on an annual basis, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that indefinite-lived intangible assets might be impaired. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment at the reportable business unit level for which identifiable revenues are reported. The Company’s annual test for indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment is performed as of April  1 st . Indefinite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment by comparing the estimated fair value of the indefinite-lived purchased intangible assets to the carrying value. The estimated fair value of these intangible assets is determined using the “relief from royalty” approach. An impairment loss is recognized when the estimated fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than the carrying value.

Long-lived Assets Including Finite-Lived Purchased Intangible Asset —Finite-lived intangible assets such as developed technology and customer lists are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which are currently ten years for developed technology and range between three and twenty one years for customer lists. The Company evaluates long-lived assets, such as property, plant and equipment and purchased intangible assets with finite lives, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset group to be tested for possible impairment, the Company first determines if the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset plus net proceeds expected from disposition of the asset, if any, are less than the carrying value of the asset. When an impairment is identified, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its estimated fair value based on a discounted cash flow approach or, when available and appropriate, to comparable market values.

Asset Retirement Obligations —MacDermid records the fair value of legal obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets in the period in which they are determined to exist, if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. Upon initial recognition of a liability, the Company capitalizes the cost of the asset retirement obligation by increasing the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset. Over time, the liability is increased for changes in its present value and the capitalized cost is depreciated over the useful life of the related asset.

Employee Benefits —MacDermid sponsors a variety of employee benefit programs, some of which are non-contributory. The accounting policies used to account for these plans are as follows:

Retirement —MacDermid provides non-contributory defined benefit plans to domestic and certain foreign employees. The projected unit credit actuarial method is used for financial reporting purposes. The Company recognizes the funded status; the difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the projected benefit obligation (pension plans) or the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (other postretirement plan) in its Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company’s funding policy for qualified plans is consistent with federal or other local regulations and customarily equals the amount deductible for federal and local income tax purposes. Foreign subsidiaries contribute to other plans, which may be administered privately or by government agencies in accordance with local regulations. MacDermid also provides the defined contribution Savings Plan (401(a), (k) and 501(a)) for substantially all domestic employees. MacDermid may make discretionary contributions to the Savings Plan, but there were no discretionary contributions made to the Savings Plan during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Post-retirement —MacDermid currently accrues for post-retirement health care benefits for U.S. employees hired prior to April 1, 1997. The post-retirement health care plan is unfunded.

Post-employment —MacDermid currently accrues for post-employment disability benefits to United Kingdom (“U.K.”) employees meeting specified service requirements. The post-employment benefits plan is unfunded.

 

F-32


Financial Instruments —The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, investments, accounts payable and current and long-term debt. The Company believes that the carrying value of the cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable are representative of their respective fair values. Available for sale equity investments are carried at fair value with net unrealized gains or losses reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income. See Note 13 for the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments.

Foreign Operations —The assets and liabilities of MacDermid’s foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars using foreign currency exchange rates prevailing as of the balance sheet dates. Revenue and expense accounts are translated at weighted-average foreign currency exchange rates for the periods presented. Cumulative currency translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the stockholders’ equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Gains and losses realized from foreign currency transactions are included in miscellaneous income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Revenue Recognition —MacDermid recognizes revenue, including freight charged to customers, when the earnings process is complete. This occurs when products are shipped to or received by the customer in accordance with the terms of the agreement, title and risk of loss have been transferred, collectability is probable and pricing is fixed or determinable. Shipping terms are customarily “FOB shipping point” and do not include right of inspection or acceptance provisions. Equipment sales arrangements may include right of inspection or acceptance provisions, in which case revenue is deferred until these provisions are satisfied.

Cost of Sales —Cost of sales consists primarily of raw material costs and related purchasing and receiving costs used in the manufacturing process, direct salary and wages and related fringe benefits, packaging costs, shipping and handling costs, plant overhead and other costs associated with the manufacture and distribution of MacDermid’s products.

Selling, technical and administrative expenses —Selling, technical and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel and travel costs, advertising and marketing expenses, administrative expenses associated with accounting, finance, legal, human resource, risk management and overhead associated with these functions.

Research and development —Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Amortization —Amortization expense represents the expense of finite-lived intangible assets expensed over a straight-line basis based upon their estimated useful lives. As of December 31, 2012, the net carrying amount of the Company’s customer list intangible assets with differing useful lives are as follows:

 

Non-compete agreement (useful life of one year)

   $ 22   

License agreement (useful life of five years)

   $ 96   

Developed technology (useful lives of ten years)

   $ 35,877   

Customer list intangible assets (useful lives of three to nine years)

   $ 16,301   

Customer list intangible assets (useful lives of 12 to 13 years)

   $ 28,216   

Customer list intangible assets (useful lives of 20 to 21 years)

   $ 112,843   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 193,355   
  

 

 

 

Income Taxes –The provision for income taxes includes federal, foreign, state and local income taxes currently payable by the Company. Deferred income taxes are recognized at currently enacted tax rates for temporary differences between the financial reporting and income tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred taxes are not provided on the undistributed earnings of subsidiaries operating outside the United States of America (“U.S.”) that are determined to be permanently reinvested.

 

F-33


Equity-based Compensation Plans —MacDermid granted Class A Junior Shares (“A Shares”) to employees who invested funds in the Company. The A Shares are accounted for by using the fair value method of accounting for all equity-based compensation. The resulting expense is amortized over the period in which the A Shares vest. MacDermid granted Class B Junior Performance Shares (“B Shares”) to senior management employees in 2008. The B Shares are accounted for by using the fair value method of accounting for all equity-based compensation. The resulting expense is amortized over the period in which the B Shares vest. See Note 8 for further information regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans.

New Accounting Standards —In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement.” This ASU clarifies the concepts related to highest and best use and valuation premise, blockage factors and other premiums and discounts, the fair value measurement of financial instruments held in a portfolio and of those instruments classified as a component of shareowners’ equity. The guidance includes enhanced disclosure requirements about recurring Level 3 fair value measurements, the use of nonfinancial assets, and the level in the fair value hierarchy of assets and liabilities not recorded at fair value. The provisions of this ASU are effective prospectively for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The Company adopted the amendments in this ASU effective January 1, 2012, and the initial adoption of the amendments in this ASU did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income.” This ASU intends to enhance comparability and transparency of other comprehensive income components. The guidance provides an option to present total comprehensive income, the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income in a single continuous statement or two separate but consecutive statements. This ASU eliminates the option to present other comprehensive income components as part of the statement of changes in shareholders’ equity. The provisions of this ASU will be applied retrospectively for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Early application is permitted. The Company adopted the amendments in this ASU in the fourth quarter of 2011. Since this standard impacts presentation and disclosure requirements only, the adoption of the amendments in this ASU did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment”. This ASU allows an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. Under this new ASU, if a company chooses the qualitative method, an entity would not be required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The provisions of this ASU are effective prospectively for interim and annual impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early application is permitted. The Company adopted the amendments in this ASU effective January 1, 2012, and the initial adoption of the amendments in this ASU did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment . The guidance in this ASU is intended to reduce complexity and costs of the annual impairment tests for indefinite-lived intangible assets by providing entities with the option of performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. The amendments in this ASU include examples of events and circumstances that might indicate that an asset’s fair value is less than its carrying value. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual and interim indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012 with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of the amendments in this ASU to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-34


2. MERGER AND CHANGE IN BASIS OF ACCOUNTING

On April 12, 2007, MacDermid completed a management led leveraged buyout of the predecessor company. This transaction resulted in MacDermid having an entirely new and significantly different capital structure. Subsequent to the transaction date of April 12, 2007, the Company recorded purchase adjustments related to the Company’s balances of land, buildings, equipment, goodwill and intangible assets based on the fair value at the time of the transaction and with the assistance of an outside valuation firm.

 

3. ACQUISITION OF BUSINESS

During the quarter ended March 31, 2012, the Company acquired 95% of the stock of a chemical business located in Brazil. This business was acquired to complement the service and product offerings within Brazil and its balance sheet and results of operations have been integrated into the Performance Materials segment. The total purchase price was approximately $8,877. At December 31, 2012, approximately $2,783 remains payable to the former owners of the acquired business. The payable represents the estimated fair value of contingent consideration expected to be payable in the event that the acquired business achieves specific performance metrics over the next year. Assets and liabilities of the acquired business were included in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 based on their estimated fair value on the date of acquisition as determined in a purchase price allocation, using available information and making assumptions MacDermid believes are reasonable. The Company’s allocation of purchase price for this acquisitions included current assets of approximately $2,035, property, plant and equipment of approximately $1,884, goodwill of approximately $1,940 and intangible assets of $3,018. The total amount of goodwill that is expected to be deductible for tax purposes is $0. Of the $3,018 of acquired intangible assets, $467 was assigned to registered trademarks that are not subject to amortization. The remaining $2,551 of acquired intangible assets has a weighted-average useful life of approximately six years. The intangible assets that make up that amount include customer lists of $2,095 (seven year useful life), licensing agreement of $142 (five year useful life), and non-compete agreement assets of $314 (one year useful life).

 

4. IMPAIRMENT LOSS

The Company recorded impairment losses to goodwill, intangibles and property, plant, and equipment as summarized below:

 

     For the years ended  
     December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Goodwill

     

Performance Materials

   $ —         $ —     

Graphic Solutions

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total goodwill impairment

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other intangible assets

     

Performance Materials

     —           46,438   

Graphic Solutions

     —           —     

Corporate

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other intangible asset impairment

     —           46,438   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

     

Performance Materials

     —           —     

Graphic Solutions

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property, plant and equipment impairment

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total asset impairment charges

   $ —         $ 46,438   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-35


2012

In 2012, there was no impairment of goodwill, intangible or property, plant and equipment assets.

2011

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded $46,438 of impairment charges related to a write down of customer list intangible assets in its Performance Materials Asia reporting unit to their estimated fair values. During the third quarter of 2011, the Company concluded that certain indicators were present suggesting a potential impairment of the customer list intangible assets of the Performance Materials Asia reporting unit. The indicators of this potential impairment included:

 

    Recent reductions in gross profit margins of certain products;

 

    Increases in raw material prices used in our manufacturing process that were difficult to pass along to customers;

 

    Increased pricing pressure for certain of our products from competitors and Customers reluctance to accept product price increases and our reluctance to continue selling certain products, which require technical support, at low margin levels

Based upon the above indicators the Company evaluated its customer list intangible assets for potential impairment in the third quarter of 2011. The Company utilized an “income approach” method to test the Performance Materials Asia customer list intangible assets for impairment. In step one of the impairment testing, the Company compared the carrying amounts of the Performance Materials Asia customer list intangible assets to the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the use and eventual disposition of the customer list intangible assets over their remaining useful lives. Four of the Company’s businesses in the Performance Materials Asia reporting unit passed the first step of our testing procedures, with significant headroom. Two of the Company’s businesses in the Performance Materials Asia reporting unit failed the first step of the testing procedures; therefore, the Company performed the second step of its impairment testing procedures. In the second step of the testing procedures, the estimated fair value of the Performance Materials Asia customer list intangible assets was determined by estimating the after-tax cash flows attributable the assets and then discounting these cash flows to their present values using a risk-adjusted discount rate. The cash flow model utilized in the customer list intangible asset impairment test involves significant judgments related to future growth rates, discount rates and tax rates, among other considerations. The Company’s step two testing procedures indicated that customer list intangible assets of two of its businesses in the Performance Materials Asia reporting unit were impaired because the carrying value of these assets exceeded their estimated fair value by $46,438.

In 2011, there was no impairment of goodwill or property, plant and equipment assets.

 

5. INVENTORIES

The major components of inventory were as follows:

 

     December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Finished goods

   $ 46,820       $ 46,142   

Raw materials and supplies

     27,657         26,535   

Equipment

     1,616         2,509   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventory, net

   $ 76,093       $ 75,186   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the reserve for inventory was $9,326 and $9,611, respectively.

 

F-36


6. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

The major components of property, plant and equipment were as follows:

 

     December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Land and improvements

   $ 27,129      $ 23,900   

Buildings and improvements

     63,979        61,394   

Machinery, equipment and fixtures

     98,401        87,838   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property, plant and equipment

     189,509        173,132   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (89,118     (76,216
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 100,391      $ 96,916   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded depreciation expense of $15,093 and $18,167, respectively.

 

7. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following table presents goodwill allocated to the reportable segments:

 

     Reportable Segment      Total  
     Performance
Materials
    Graphic Solutions     

Balance as of January 1, 2011

   $ 449,003        28,480         477,483   

Foreign currency adjustments

     2,402        —           2,402   

Revisions

     (5,304     —           (5,304
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill balance at December 31, 2011

     446,101      $ 28,480       $ 474,581   

Foreign currency adjustments

     (289     —           (289

Additions due to business acquisition

     1,940        —           1,940   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 447,752      $ 28,480       $ 476,232   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated goodwill impairment related to the Performance Materials reporting segment as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $57,515.

Intangible assets are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Customer lists

   $ 276,480       $ (119,120   $ 157,360       $ 272,336       $ (100,129   $ 172,207   

Developed technology

     83,760         (47,883     35,877         83,318         (39,298     44,020   

License agreement

     117         (21     96         —           —          —     

Non-compete agreement

     259         (237     22         —           —          —     

Trade names

     58,417         —          58,417         57,878         —          57,878   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 419,033       $ (167,261   $ 251,772       $ 413,532       $ (139,427   $ 274,105   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded amortization expense on intangible assets of $27,100 and $28,578, respectively.

 

F-37


Estimated future amortization of intangible assets is as follows:

 

Year end       

2012

   $ 27,072   

2013

     27,050   

2014

     22,689   

2015

     20,767   

2016

     14,665   

Thereafter

     81,112   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 193,355   
  

 

 

 

 

8. EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS

On April 13, 2007, MacDermid authorized and issued 2,150,000 A Shares to employees who purchased both preferred and common shares of MacDermid, Incorporated as part of a $7,000 management buy-in of both preferred and common shares of MacDermid, Incorporated at the time of the Merger. Under the existing terms of the A Shares, vesting of the A Shares occurs evenly over a five year period and requires continued employment. Forfeited A Shares can be reissued at the Board of Directors’ discretion. Holders of the A Shares are not entitled to any dividends at the time that they vest. However, holders of vested A Shares are entitled to distributions if declared by the board of directors of MacDermid Holdings, LLC. Any such distributions, when declared, would be paid in the order of priority specified in the MacDermid Holdings, LLC operating agreement. Redemption value of the A Shares is based on a sliding formula which takes into account the final valuation of MacDermid at a “liquidity event”, such as an initial public offering or sale of the Company. At the point of the liquidity event, the A Shares will be liquidated in their order of priority or seniority, as compared to each of the Company’s debt and equity instruments. If during the liquidity event, there are not enough proceeds to redeem the Company’s debt and equity instruments with senior claims, then the A Shares may potentially have a $0 value.

The A Shares were valued at $1.00 per share for equity compensation expense purposes. The Company determined the estimated fair value of the A Shares as of the date of grant based upon the issuance price of the ordinary shares in connection with the Merger, which was determined based on various factors including the lack of liquidity of the ordinary shares, the general and industry specific economic outlook and the relative rights of the holders of capital stock of the Company and MacDermid Holdings, LLC to receive assets of the Company upon a liquidation event. A key assumption in determining the value of the A Shares was that the Company would attain the performance metrics required for full vesting of the B Shares because the number of B Shares vested at the time of any liquidation event would impact the amount of assets available for distribution to the A Shares upon such liquidation event. None of the specific terms of the A Shares, other than their vesting terms and the rights of the holders of the A Shares in a liquidation event relative to the rights of the holders of the common shares, preferred shares and B Shares, impact the fair value of the A Shares. The issuance of the A Shares was designed to compensate certain of the Company’s employees for their long-term commitment to the Company and, in a liquidation event, to permit employees to share in the value of equity in the Company.

As the A Shares vest, the Company records equity based compensation expense and the number of vested A Shares reflected on the balance sheet is increased. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded equity based compensation expense of $65 and $390, respectively, based upon the vesting of the A Shares. The Company did not receive any funds upon the vesting of the A Shares. The total intrinsic value of A Shares exercised for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, was $0. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, there was $11 and $155, respectively, of unrecognized compensation cost related to the A Shares, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average remaining period of approximately 0.9 years. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were 1,880,192 and 1,571,225 vested A Shares, respectively.

 

F-38


The following table presents the activity in the non-vested A Shares:

 

A Shares:

   A Shares     Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value
 

Outstanding non-vested balance at January 1, 2011

     787,505      $ 1.00   

Changes during the period:

    

Forfeited

     (945  

Vested

     (393,755  

Granted

     10,000     

Outstanding non-vested balance at December 31, 2011

     402,805      $ 1.00   

Changes during the period:

    

Forfeited

     (64,621  

Vested

     (319,586  

Granted

     —       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding non-vested balance at December 31, 2012

     18,598      $ 1.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

On April 13, 2007, MacDermid authorized 1,620,000 B Shares for issuance. In May 2008, the Company issued 1,364,000 B Shares. The B Shares carry a vesting period of one to four years as well as performance requirements when issued. The Company’s Board of Directors issued the B Shares as a future compensation tool, using a valuation based method, during their annual Compensation and Equity meeting, held at the time of the financial review for the previous fiscal year’s earnings. The Company’s Board of Directors has no further obligation to issue B Shares to any employee of the Company and further issuance of B Shares is at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors.

The B Shares were adjusted by resolution of the Board on February 28, 2011, subject to MacDermid Holdings, LLC member consent, to take into account the divestitures and acquisitions by the Company since 2007 and the difficult global economic conditions that occurred in 2009. MacDermid Holdings, LLC member consent was completed on April 4, 2011. The change resulted in the reinstatement of shares previously forfeited under the former performance metrics. As a result of the modification of the performance metrics, the estimated fair value of the awards was determined at the date of modification. At the date of modification, the Company considered numerous objective and subjective factors, including liquidation scenarios and their respective dates and probabilities based upon management’s best estimates. As a result of the analysis, the estimated fair value at the date of modification was approximately $842. The Company determined the estimated fair value of the B Shares as of the modification date to be $0.67 per share based upon a stock valuation model of the Company’s ordinary shares on the modification date of the B Shares. The stock valuation model that the Company utilized and that was used to estimate the fair value of the B Shares considered a number of factors including operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of the Company’s ordinary shares and the relative rights of the holders of capital stock of the Company and MacDermid Holdings, LLC to receive assets of the Company upon a liquidation event. The key assumptions and estimates in determining the value of the B Shares were (1) the assumption that the Company would attain the modified performance metrics required for full vesting of the B Shares and (2) the estimation of the fair value of the Company’s ordinary shares on the modification date of the B Shares. None of the specific terms of the B Shares, other than their vesting terms and the rights of the holders of the B Shares in a liquidation event relative to the rights of the holders of the common shares, preferred shares and A Shares, impact the fair value of the B Shares. The issuance of the B Shares was designed to compensate certain of the Company’s employees for their long-term commitment to the Company, motivate sustained increases in the Company’s financial performance and, in a liquidation event, permit employees to share in the value of equity in the Company.

The B Shares will vest ratably on each of March 31, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015 (each, a “Vesting Date”) if the Company attains the modified performance metrics with respect to the calendar year immediately prior to the year of the applicable Vesting Date (a “Performance Vesting Target”). The B Shares can also be adjusted from time to time with the approval of Court Square to take into consideration any divestitures or acquisitions by the Company occurring during such year (a “Modified Performance Vesting Target”). If the

 

F-39


Company does not attain the Performance Vesting Target for any of calendar years 2010, 2011, 2012 or 2013, but does attain the Performance Vesting Target for the immediately subsequent calendar year, then, such prior year’s Performance Vesting Target shall be deemed satisfied and such ratable portion of the B Shares that did not vest with respect to the prior calendar year shall vest on the Vesting Date for the then applicable period or upon a change of control (as defined in the MacDermid Holdings, LLC operating agreement), subject to holders of the Company’s preferred shares, common shares and A Shares having received certain threshold amounts in connection with the change of control. If the B Shares have not vested upon the earlier of March 31, 2015 or the date of the consummation of the change of control, any B Shares that have not vested shall be forfeited to the Company and shall cease to be outstanding. Holders of the B Shares are not entitled to any dividends at the time that they vest. However, holders of vested B Shares are entitled to distributions if declared by the board of directors of MacDermid Holdings, LLC. Any such distributions, when declared, would be paid in the order of priority specified in the MacDermid Holdings, LLC operating agreement.

The Performance Vesting Targets required for ratable vesting of the B Shares on the applicable Vesting Date are (1) EBITDA (as defined in the MacDermid Holdings, LLC operating agreement) for calendar year 2011 of at least $150 million; (2) EBITDA for calendar year 2012 of at least $162 million; (3) EBITDA for calendar year 2013 of at least $172 million; and (4) EBITDA for calendar year 2014 of at least $185 million.

As the B Shares vest, the Company records equity based compensation expense and the number of vested B Shares reflected on the balance sheet is increased. During 2011, under the modified performance metrics noted above, 20% of the B Shares vested based upon the Company’s operating results of 2010. Additionally, the Company’s EBITDA for calendar year 2011 exceeded $150 million. As a result, stock compensation expense related to the vesting of the B Shares was $337 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The Company’s EBITDA for calendar year 2012 exceeded $162 million. As a result, stock compensation expense related to the vesting of the B Shares was $97 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The Company did not receive any funds upon the vesting of the B Shares. As of December 31, 2012, there was potentially $280 of unrecognized compensation cost related to the B Shares, which would be recorded if the performance metrics are achieved. If the performance metrics are achieved each year for the years 2013 and 2014, stock based compensation of $140 would be recognized each year. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were 411,576 and 249,388 vested B Shares, respectively.

The A Shares and B Shares have no redemption value as of December 31, 2012 or December 31, 2011, as the redemption value of each is contingent upon liquidation or dissolution of MacDermid Holdings, LLC, as described in the operating agreement governing that entity.

The following table presents the activity in the non-vested B Shares:

 

B Shares:

   B Shares     Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 

Nonvested balance at January 1, 2011

     757,140        —    

Changes during the period:

    

Forfeited

     —         —    

Canceled

     —         —    

Reinstated

     489,800      $ 0.67   

Vested

     (249,388     —    

Granted

     10,000        —    

Nonvested balance at December 31, 2011

     1,007,552        —    

Changes during the period:

    

Forfeited

     (121,800     —    

Vested

     (232,688     —    

Granted

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonvested balance at December 31, 2012

     653,064        —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-40


9. PENSION, POST-RETIREMENT AND POST-EMPLOYMENT PLANS

The Company has multiple deferred compensation arrangements, which are described below. The Company has defined benefit pension plans for certain domestic and foreign employees, a supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”) for executive officers and a post-employment benefits program for certain domestic employees. Aggregate amounts charged to earnings for these plans for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $3,209 and $1,873, respectively.

Domestic Defined Benefit Pension Plan

The Company has a non-contributory domestic defined benefit pension plan (“Pension Plan”), which provides retirement benefits based upon years of service and compensation levels. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the projected benefit obligation for the Pension Plan was $137,078 and $116,922, respectively. The measurement date used to determine pension and other postretirement benefits is December 31st, at which time the minimum contribution level for the following year is determined. The Company expects to contribute pension funding requirements of $3,000 in 2013 and approximately $3,000 each of the four years thereafter.

The Company’s investment policies incorporate an asset allocation strategy that emphasizes the long-term growth of capital and acceptable asset volatility as long as it is consistent with the volatility of the relevant market indexes. The investment policies attempt to achieve a mix of approximately 75% of plan investments for long-term growth and 25% for near-term benefit payments. The Company believes this strategy is consistent with the long-term nature of plan liabilities and ultimate cash needs of the plans. Plan assets consist primarily of corporate bond mutual funds, limited partnership interests, listed stocks and cash. The corporate bond mutual funds held by the Pension Plan include primarily corporate bonds from companies from diversified industries located in the U.S. The listed stocks are investments in large-cap and mid-cap companies located in the U.S. The assets from the private investment partnership funds primarily include listed stocks located in the U.S. The weighted average asset allocation of the Pension Plan was 17% equity securities, 61% limited partnership interests and managed equity funds, 14% bond mutual fund holdings and 8% cash at December 31, 2012.

An investment committee, appointed by the Board of Directors, manages Pension Plan assets in accordance with the Company’s investment policies. The investment committee meets at least four times per year to assess risk factors, rates of return, investment managers and asset allocation limitations as prescribed by the committee’s investment policy statement. Return on asset (“ROA”) assumptions are determined annually based on a review of the asset mix as well as individual ROA performances, benchmarked against indexes such as the S&P 500 Index and the Russell 2000 Index. In determining an assumed rate of return on plan assets, the Company considers past performance and economic forecasts for the types of investments held by the Pension Plan.

Actual pension expense and future contributions required to fund the Pension Plan will depend on future investment performance, changes in future discount rates, the level of contributions the Company makes and various other factors related to the populations participating in the pension plan. The Company will continue to evaluate all of the actuarial assumptions, on an annual basis, including the expected long-term rate of return on assets and discount rate, and will adjust the assumptions as necessary to ensure proper funding levels are maintained for the Pension Plan and that it can meet its long-term retirement obligations.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

The Company sponsors an unfunded Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) for certain executive officers. The SERP is a non-qualified plan and entitles executive officers to the difference between the benefits actually paid to them and the benefits they would have received under the Defined Benefit Domestic Pension Plan were it not for certain restrictions imposed by the Internal Revenue Service Code, which relate to the amount of benefits payable under the SERP and the amount of annual compensation which may be taken into

 

F-41


account in determining benefits under the SERP. Covered compensation under the SERP includes an employee’s annual salary and bonus. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the projected benefit obligation was $7,276 and $4,537, respectively.

Foreign Pension Plans

MacDermid has retirement and death benefit plans (the “U.K. Pension Plan”) covering employees in the U.K. The U.K. Pension Plan is comprised of a defined benefit plan and a defined contribution plan. The defined benefit plan is closed to new entrants and existing active members ceased accruing any further benefits exclusive of adjustments for an inflation factor. The defined contribution plan is structured whereby the Company contributes an amount equal to a specified percentage of each employee’s contribution up to an annual maximum Company contribution per participant. The Company’s expense for matching contribution was $560 and $526, respectively for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

The projected benefit obligation of the U.K. Pension Plan was $68,564 and $61,804 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The measurement date used to determine pension and other postretirement benefits is December 31st, at which time the minimum contribution level for the following year is determined. The Company anticipates contribution pension funding requirements of approximately $4,874 in 2013 and $3,249 each of the four years thereafter. The plans’ assets consist primarily of pooled funds that invest in bonds, listed stocks and property.

The weighted-average asset allocation of the U.K. Pension Plan as of December 31, 2012 was 31% pooled bond funds, 7% pooled funds invested in real estate and 54% pooled equity funds and 8% cash. An independent trustee committee, appointed by both Company management and the employees in the U.K. Pension Plan, meets to assess risk factors, rates of return, and the asset allocation limitations as prescribed by the committee’s investment policy statement. In addition, an annual review is conducted to ensure both (a) that proper funding levels are maintained for the plan; and (b) that the plan can meet its long-term retirement obligations.

The Company also has retirement and death benefit plans covering employees in Taiwan and former employees located in Germany. The Company also has longevity plans covering employees in France. The plans covering employees in Taiwan, Germany and France are not significant individually or in the aggregate to the overall consolidated financial statements. Information for these plans, along with the U.K. Pension Plan previously mentioned, is included in the accompanying tables of pension benefits below in the “Foreign” labeled columns.

Certain other MacDermid foreign subsidiaries maintain benefit plans that are consistent with statutory practices but do not meet the criteria for accounting rules under defined benefit plans under ASC 715-30 Compensation—Retirement Benefits—Defined Benefit Plans—Pensions. These benefit plans had obligation balances of $3,741 ($43 of short-term liabilities and $3,698 of long-term liabilities) and $3,433 ($51 of short-term liabilities and $3,382 of long-term liabilities) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, which are included in Other Current Liabilities and Retirement Benefits on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are excluded from the accompanying tables of pension benefits.

Domestic Defined Benefit Post-Retirement Medical and Dental Plan

The Company sponsors a defined benefit post-retirement medical and dental plan that covers all of its domestic full-time employees, hired prior to April 1, 1997, who retire after age fifty-five, with at least ten to twenty years of service (depending upon the date of hire).

In 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (collectively, the “Health Care Acts”) were approved in the U.S. The Health Care Acts include several provisions that may affect a company’s postretirement benefit plans. The Company has evaluated the effects of the Health Care Acts for 2010 and has concluded that there was no current impact on the Company’s domestic defined benefit post-retirement medical and dental plans.

 

F-42


Eligible employees receive a subsidy from the Company towards the purchase of their retiree medical benefits. The subsidy level is based on the date of retirement from MacDermid. The annual increase in the Company’s costs for post-retirement medical benefits is subject to a limit of 5% for those retiring prior to March 31, 1989 and 3% for those retiring after April 1, 1989. Retirees will be required to contribute to the plan costs in excess of their respective Company limits stated above in addition to their other required contributions.

The projected benefit obligation for the post-retirement plan at December 31, 2012 was comprised of 34% retirees, 21% fully eligible active participants and 45% other active participants. As described above, the annual increase in healthcare cost to MacDermid is subject to a defined limit of 3% or 5% for post-retirement medical benefits, based on the date of retirement; therefore, the healthcare trend rate assumption has no effect on the amounts reported. There is no assumed rate increase for dental benefits because it is a scheduled plan.

Foreign Defined Benefit Post-Retirement Medical Plan

The Company has recorded the impact of a government sponsored defined benefit post-retirement medical plan that covers certain employees located in Brazil. This plan was mandated by the Brazilian government in 2012 and the Company recorded the liability related to this plan during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Domestic Defined Benefit Post-Employment Compensation Plan

The Company sponsors a defined benefit post-employment compensation continuation plan that covers all full-time domestic employees. Employees who have completed at least six months of service, and become permanently disabled and are unable to return to work, are eligible to receive a benefit under the plan. The benefit may range from one week to a maximum of six months of compensation. The estimated ongoing after-tax annual cost is not material to the overall consolidated financial statements.

The components of net periodic benefit cost of the pension, SERP and postretirement benefit plans with respect to the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) were as follows:

 

     For the years ended  
Pension & SERP Benefits:    December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  
     Domestic     Foreign     Domestic     Foreign  

Net periodic benefit expense:

        

Service cost

   $ 3,647      $ 678      $ 2,982      $ 654   

Interest cost on the projected benefit obligation

     6,096        3,096        5,806        3,262   

Expected return on plan assets

     (7,330     (4,478     (7,104     (4,314

Other adjustments

     —          —          —          —     

Amortization of prior service cost

     93        —          54        —     

Amortization of net loss

     601        508        (54     90   

Cost of special event

     —          68        —          —     

Settlement (gain)/loss

     —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost (benefit)

   $ 3,107      $ (128   $ 1,684      $ (308
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     For the years ended  
Postretirement medical benefits:    December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
     Domestic     Foreign      Domestic      Foreign  

Net periodic benefit expense:

          

Service cost

   $ 65      $ —        $ 99       $ —     

Interest cost on the projected benefit obligation

     305        —           398         —     

Amortization of prior service cost

     (140     —           —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 230      $ —         $ 497       $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-43


Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) in 2012 are as follows:

 

     For the year ended December 31, 2012  
     Pension     Postretirement Medical
Benefits
       
     Domestic     Foreign     Domestic     Foreign     Total  

Current year actuarial (loss)

   $ (14,830   $ (1,792   $ (780   $ —        $ (17,402

Amortization of prior service credits

     93        —          (139     (364     (410

Amortization of actuarial loss

     601        576        —          —          1,177   

Translation adjustment

     —          (701     —          —          (701
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) (pre tax)

   $ (14,136   $ (1,917   $ (919   $ (364   $ (17,336
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company expects to recognize $2,259 of net actuarial loss and $18 of net prior service credit as a component of net periodic pension cost in 2013 for its defined benefit plans.

The following tables set forth the components of the pension and SERP with respect to the Consolidated Balance Sheets:

 

     Pension & SERP Benefits  
     2012     2011  
     Domestic     Foreign     Domestic     Foreign  

Change in Projected Benefit Obligation:

        

Beginning of year balance

   $ 121,459      $ 67,609      $ 103,749      $ 63,323   

Service cost

     3,647        678        2,982        654   

Interest cost

     6,096        3,096        5,806        3,262   

Actuarial loss/(gain) due to assumption change

     15,436        3,871        9,440        4,196   

Actuarial loss/(gain) due to plan experience

     1,492        530        2,582        (129

Benefits and expenses paid

     (3,776     (3,570     (3,544     (3,124

Amendments

     —          —          444        —     

Settlement

     —          (347     —          —     

Translation adjustment

     —          3,129        —          (573
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year balance

   $ 144,354      $ 74,996      $ 121,459      $ 67,609   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Pension & SERP Benefits  
     2012     2011  
     Domestic     Foreign     Domestic     Foreign  

Change in Fair Value of Plan Assets:

        

Beginning of year balance

   $ 90,988      $ 68,094      $ 85,909      $ 65,209   

Actual return on plan assets, net of expenses

     9,428        6,668        2,623        709   

Employer contributions

     6,000        5,086        6,000        5,260   

Benefits paid

     (3,776     (3,152     (3,544     (2,688

Settlement

     —          (347     —          —     

Translation adjustment

     —          3,290        —          (396
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year balance

   $ 102,640      $ 79,639      $ 90,988      $ 68,094   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded Status:

        

Fair value of plan assets

   $ 102,640      $ 79,639      $ 90,988      $ 68,094   

Benefit obligations

   $ (144,354   $ (74,996   $ (121,459   $ (67,609
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status of plan

   $ (41,714   $ 4,643      $ (30,471   $ 485   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-44


The following tables set forth the components of the post-retirement medical benefit plans with respect to the Consolidated Balance Sheets:

 

     Postretirement Medical Benefits  
     2012      2011  
     Domestic     Foreign      Domestic     Foreign  

Change in Projected Benefit Obligation:

         

Beginning of year balance

   $ 6,028      $ —         $ 7,168      $ —     

Service cost

     65        —           99        —     

Interest cost

     305        —           398        —     

Employee contributions

     271        —             —     

Actuarial loss/(gain) due to assumption change

     625        —           (458     —     

Actuarial loss/(gain) due to plan experience

     155        —           (2     —     

Other

     —          364         —          —     

Benefits and expenses paid

     (635     —           (435     —     

Amendments

     —          —           (742     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year balance

   $ 6,814      $ 364       $ 6,028      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Postretirement Medical Benefits  
     2012     2011  
     Domestic     Foreign     Domestic     Foreign  

Change in Fair Value of Plan Assets:

        

Beginning of year balance

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Employer contributions

     364        —          435        —     

Employee contributions

     271        —          —          —     

Benefits paid

     (635     —          (435     —     

End of year balance

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Funded Status:

        

Fair value of plan assets

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Benefit obligations

   $ (6,814   $ (364   $ (6,028   $ —     

Funded status of plan

   $ (6,814   $ (364   $ (6,028   $ —     

Amounts included in the balance sheet categories consist of the following:

 

     December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Prepaid pension assets

     

Foreign pension

     9,261         4,506   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long term assets

   $ 9,261       $ 4,506   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other current liabilities

     

Domestic pension

     3,000         3,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   $ 3,000       $ 3,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retirement benefits, less current portion

     

Domestic pension & SERP

     38,714         27,471   

Foreign pension

     4,618         4,021  

Domestic postretirement medical benefits

     6,814         6,028   

Foreign postretirement medical benefits

     364         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

   $ 50,510       $ 37,520  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-45


     Pension & SERP Benefits  
     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
     Domestic     Foreign      Domestic     Foreign  

Amounts Recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:

         

Retirement benefit (liability) asset

   $ (41,714   $ 4,643       $ (30,471   $ 485   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     35,667        16,924         21,531        15,007   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

   $ (6,047   $ 21,567       $ (8,940   $ 15,492   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Postretirement Medical Benefits  
     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  
     Domestic     Foreign     Domestic     Foreign  

Amounts Recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:

        

Retirement benefit (liability) asset

   $ (6,814   $ (364   $ (6,028   $ —     

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (308     364        (1,227     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

   $ (7,122   $ —        $ (7,255   $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) consist of the following:

 

     Pension & SERP Benefits  
     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  
     Domestic     Foreign     Domestic     Foreign  

Net actuarial (loss) gain

   $ (35,004   $ (16,924   $ (20,775   $ (15,007

Prior service (costs) credits

     (663     —          (756     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (35,667   $ (16,924   $ (21,531   $ (15,007
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Postretirement Medical Benefits  
     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
     Domestic     Foreign      Domestic      Foreign  

Net actuarial (loss) gain

   $ 295      $ —         $ 485       $ —     

Prior service (costs) credits

     (602     364         742         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ (307   $ 364       $ 1,227       $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Pension & SERP Benefits  
     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  
     Domestic     Foreign     Domestic     Foreign  

Weighted average assumptions used to measure benefit obligations at December 31:

        

Discount rate

     4.4     4.2     5.2     4.6

Rate of compensation increase

     4.0     3.4     4.0     3.4

 

     Postretirement Medical Benefits  
     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  
     Domestic     Foreign     Domestic     Foreign  

Weighted average assumptions used to measure benefit obligations at December 31:

        

Discount rate

     4.7     10.8     5.2     N/A   

Rate of compensation increase

     **        **        **        **   

 

** Not a meaningful statistic.

 

F-46


     For the years ended  
Pension & SERP Benefits    December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  
     Domestic     Foreign     Domestic     Foreign  

Weighted average assumptions used to determine expense:

        

Discount rate

     5.2     4.6     5.7     5.1

Rate of compensation increase

     4.0     3.4     4.0     3.4

Long-term rate of return on assets

     7.8     6.5     8.0     7.4

 

     For the years ended  
Postretirement Medical Benefits    December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  
     Domestic     Foreign     Domestic     Foreign  

Weighted average assumptions used to determine expense:

        

Discount rate

     5.2     10.8     5.7     N/A   

Rate of compensation increase

     4.0     N/A        4.0     N/A   

Long-term rate of return on assets

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

The major categories of assets in the Company’s various pension plans as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are presented in the following table. Assets are segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value (see Note 13—Fair Value Measurements). The Company’s postretirement plan is unfunded.

 

          Fair Value Measurement Using  
    December 31,
2012
    Quoted prices in
active markets
(Level 1)
    Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
unobservable inputs
(Level 3)
 

Asset Category

       

Domestic equities

  $ 17,523      $ 17,523      $ —        $ —     

Pooled funds holding global equity securities

    42,361        —          42,361        —     

Pooled funds holding global fixed income securities

    24,285        —          24,285        —     

Pooled funds holding property in the United Kingdom(a)

    5,376        —          —          5,376   

Mutual funds holding U.S. Treasury Securities

    11,774        11,774        —          —     

Fixed income mutual funds holding domestic securities

    3,005        3,005        —          —     

Limited partnership interests(b)

    62,356        —          62,356        —     

Designated benefit fund(c)

    1,815        —          1,815        —     

Cash and cash equivalents

    13,784        13,784        —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Total   $ 182,279      $ 46,086      $ 130,817      $ 5,376   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-47


     Fair Value Measurement Using  
     December 31,
2011
     Quoted prices in
active markets
(Level 1)
     Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable inputs
(Level 3)
 

Asset Category

           

Domestic equities

   $ 15,996       $ 15,996       $ —         $ —     

Global equity securities

     4,551         4,551         —           —     

Pooled funds holding global equity securities

     32,267         —           32,267         —     

Pooled funds holding global fixed income securities

     26,182         —           26,182         —     

Pooled funds holding property in the United Kingdom(a)

     5,298         —           —           5,298   

Mutual funds holding U.S. Treasury Securities

     11,687         11,687         —           —     

Limited partnership interests(b)

     55,022         —           55,022         —     

Designated benefit fund(c)

     1,785         —           1,785         —     

Cash and cash equivalents

     6,294         6,294         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 159,082       $ 38,528       $ 115,256       $ 5,298   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) This category represents investments in real estate directly held by the pooled funds.
(b) This category represents limited partner investments with general partners that invest in debt and equity securities.
(c) This category includes assets held in a fund with the Bank of Taiwan as prescribed by the Taiwan government in accordance with local statutory rules.

The fair value measurement of plan assets using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) changed during 2012 due to the following:

 

     December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Beginning balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 5,298      $ 5,296   

Unrealized gains relating to instruments still held in the reporting period

     342        331   

Purchases

     —          —     

Sales

     (264     (329
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 5,376      $ 5,298   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s retirement plan assets are reported at fair value. Level 1 assets include investments in publicly traded equity securities and mutual funds. These securities (or the underlying investments of the funds) are actively traded and valued using quoted prices for identical securities from the market exchanges. Level 2 assets consist of global fixed-income securities, limited partnership interests and commingled funds that are not actively traded or whose underlying investments are valued using observable marketplace inputs. The fair value of plan assets invested in fixed-income securities is generally determined using market approach pricing methodology, where observable prices are obtained by market transactions involving identical or comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. Plan assets that are invested in limited partnership interests and commingled funds are valued using a unit price or net asset value (NAV) that is based on the underlying investments of the fund. Level 3 assets include investments in pooled funds holding property in the United Kingdom which are valued on a weekly basis using discounted cash flow models which consider long-term lease estimates, future rental receipts and estimated residual values. Valuation estimates are supplemented by third-party appraisals on a monthly basis.

 

F-48


As of December 31, 2012, expected future benefit payments related to the Corporation’s defined benefit plans were as follows:

 

Year End    Domestic      Foreign      Postretirement
Benefits
     Total  

2013

   $ 4,225       $ 3,491       $ 383       $ 8,099   

2014

     8,397         3,644         395         12,436   

2015

     5,679         3,741         403         9,823   

2016

     5,196         3,830         401         9,427   

2017

     5,475         3,951         410         9,836   

Thereafter

     34,455         21,478         1,971         57,904   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 63,427       $ 40,135       $ 3,963       $ 107,525   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

10. INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense (benefit) is allocated as follows:

 

     For the years ended  
     December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Income tax expense

   $ 24,673      $ 9,953   

Stockholders’ equity for the tax effects of pension and postretirement benefit plans and hedging activities

     (4,247     (6,085
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 20,426      $ 3,868   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit) attributable to income from continuing operations consisted of the following:

 

     For the years ended  
     December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Current:

    

U.S.:

    

Federal

   $ 1,839      $ (4,221

State and local

     473        324   

Foreign

     30,725        29,860   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current

     33,037        25,963   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

    

U.S.:

    

Federal

     (4,937     3,459   

State and local

     100        (615

Foreign

     (3,527     (18,854
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred

     (8,364     (16,010
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 24,673      $ 9,953   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-49


Income tax expense (benefit) attributable to continuing operations differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. Federal statutory tax rates to pretax income, as a result of the following:

 

     For the years ended  
     December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

U.S. Federal statutory tax rate

     35.0     35.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxes computed at U.S. statutory rate

   $ 24,829      $ 3,957   

State income taxes, net of Federal benefit

     (459     (702

Foreign tax rate differential

     (11,613     (1,469

Net change in reserve

     5,724        (27

Change in valuation allowances

     6,915        6,674   

Provision for tax on undistributed foreign earnings

     204        (260

Change in tax rate

     (1,054     (847

Foreign exchange impact on provision

     100        1,193   

Other, net

     27        1,434   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual income taxes

   $ 24,673      $ 9,953   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     34.78     88.02
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, earnings from continuing operations before income taxes included foreign earnings of $107,785 and $56,669, respectively. A significant portion of the Company’s pre-tax income and income tax expense are derived from foreign operations. The Company’s foreign effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was 25.2% and 19.4%. The Company’s foreign effective tax rate is impacted by various factors, such as earnings mix, changes in enacted tax rates, changes in valuation allowance, global tax planning initiatives and foreign tax incentives.

 

F-50


MacDermid has not recognized a deferred tax liability for U.S. taxes on the portion of the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that arose in 2012 and prior years that the Company does not expect to repatriate in the foreseeable future. A deferred tax liability will be recognized when the Company expects to recover those earnings in a taxable transaction, such as the receipt of dividends or sale of the investment, net of foreign tax credits. A determination of the deferred tax liability related to the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that are permanently reinvested is not practical. The undistributed earnings of those subsidiaries were $127,001 and $112,552 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

     December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accounts receivable, primarily due to allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 1,313      $ 1,295   

Inventories

     2,414        2,350   

Accrued liabilities

     1,617        1,748   

Employee benefits

     18,910        14,566   

Capitalized research and development costs

     13,267        12,393   

Foreign tax credits

     29,234        24,450   

Net operating losses

     12,783        12,420   

State tax credits

     1,311        1,183   

Unrealized foreign exchange gain/loss

     23        193   

Research and development credits

     6,794        5,844   

Alternative minimum tax credits

     2,202        2,342   

Deferred financing

     —          786   

Other

     5,171        5,696   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     95,039        85,266   

Valuation allowance

     (41,446     (34,531
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

     53,593        50,735   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Plant and equipment, primarily due to depreciation

     882        4,727   

Goodwill and intangibles

     73,962        78,483   

Undistributed foreign earnings

     6,185        5,915   

Partnership basis difference

     11,585        12,304   

Unrealized foreign exchange gain/loss

     792        1,819   

Other

     2,617        1,819   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

     96,023        105,067   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ 42,430      $ 54,332   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The net tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the net deferred tax asset and liabilities are as follows:

 

     December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Net current deferred tax asset

   $ 5,169       $ 6,116   

Net noncurrent deferred tax asset

     1,812         2,387   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     6,981         8,503   

Net noncurrent deferred tax liability

     49,411         62,835   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax liability

   $ 42,430       $ 54,332   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-51


In assessing whether deferred tax assets will be realized, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. The Company considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and expiration dates of certain deferred tax assets in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, the Company believes it is more likely than not that the benefits of those deductible differences will be realized, net of existing valuation allowances at December 31, 2012.

The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was $ 41,446 and $34,531 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

At December 31, 2012, MacDermid had state and foreign net operating losses of approximately $15,518 and $10,762 respectively, which were available for carry-forward. The majority of the state net operating loss carry-forwards expire during the years 2016 and 2025. The state net operating loss carry-forwards result in a deferred tax asset of $10,088 net of federal tax. A full valuation allowance has been provided against the deferred tax asset because it is more likely than not that it will not be utilized based on the Company’s domestic operations and structure. The majority of the foreign net operating loss carry-forwards expire during the years 2016 through 2029, with some being unlimited in utilization. This results in a deferred tax asset of $ 2,695. A valuation allowance of $473 has been provided against the deferred tax assets associated with certain foreign net operating loss carry-forwards because the recent results of the business units associated with the loss carry-forwards indicate that it is more likely than not that the benefits from the net operating loss carry-forwards will not be realized. A valuation allowance of $502 has been provided against the deferred tax asset for interest benefit recorded at a foreign subsidiary where it is more likely than not that the recognition of the benefit will not be realized.

In addition, at December 31, 2012, the Company has approximately $29,234, $6,794, $2,202 and $1,311 of foreign tax credits, research and development credits, alternative minimum tax credits and state tax credits (net of federal tax), respectively, that are available for carryforward. These carry-forward periods range from ten years to an unlimited period of time. A valuation allowance of $22,641, $6,431 and $1,311 is provided for foreign tax credits, research and development credits and state tax credits, respectively, that the Company believes the benefits from the credits will not be realized.

The United Kingdom and Sweden enacted tax rate changes during 2012. The total impact of the lower rates resulted in a decrease to deferred taxes of $1,160. MacDermid also changed the state tax rate applied to U.S. temporary items for one of its subsidiaries as well as the rate applied to certain deferred tax liabilities. This rate change has resulted in a decrease to the net deferred tax liabilities of $106. The total impact due to the change in tax rates is $1,054.

MacDermid was a beneficiary of a tax holiday in China which expired at December 31, 2011. The aggregate effect on income tax expense in 2011 as a result of the tax holiday was a benefit of approximately $1,751.

 

F-52


Tax Uncertainties —A reconciliation of the beginning and ending unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

     December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of period

   $ 18,833      $ 22,502   

Additions based on current year tax positions

     2,308        3,716   

Additions (reductions) based upon prior year tax positions

     1,748        (3,881

(Reductions) for settlements and payments

     —          (3,504

Reductions due to closed statutes

     (130     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Unrecognized Tax benefits at end of period

   $ 22,759      $ 18,833   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company has $22,759 of total unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2012, of which $15,803, if recognized, would impact the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company estimates that $41 of the total unrecognized benefits will reverse within the next twelve months.

The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters as part of income tax expense. The Company has approximately $3,972 and $2,174 accrued for interest and penalties as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Changes in these balances are recorded in income tax expense or as a reduction of the balance for payments made. The Company made no payments in 2012.

MacDermid, Inc. and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state and foreign jurisdictions. The Company has closed all U.S. federal tax matters for years through 2005. Federal income tax returns for 2006 through 2012 are currently open to examination although no audits are ongoing. The Company is undergoing an audit in the United Kingdom for the 2009 tax year. The Company does not expect the amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly change within the next twelve months.

As of December 31, 2012 the following tax years remained subject to examination by the major tax jurisdiction indicated:

 

Major Jurisdiction

   Open Years

Brazil

   2008 through 2012

China

   2009 through 2012

France

   2010 through 2012

Germany

   2008 through 2012

Italy

   2008 through 2012

Japan

   2012

Netherlands

   2007 through 2012

Singapore

   2008 through 2012

United Kingdom

   2009 through 2012

United States

   2006 through 2012

 

F-53


11. DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASES

MacDermid’s debt and capital lease obligations consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  

Borrowings under lines of credit

   $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Senior secured credit facility, tranche B due 2014, LIBOR plus 2.00%, weighted average interest rate of 2.29% and 2.27%, respectively

     217,656        229,982   

Senior secured credit facility, tranche C due 2014, EURIBOR plus 2.25%, weighted average interest rate of 2.64% and 3.41%, respectively

     147,337        153,115   

Senior subordinated notes due 2017, 9.50% interest rate

     350,000        350,000   

Japanese senior secured bank debt, due in 2012 and 2014, weighted average interest rate of 1.90% and 1.85%, respectively

     4,698        10,108   

Other

     949        1,167   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt and capital lease obligations

     720,640        744,372   

Less: current portion debt and capital lease obligations

     (26,819     (26,141
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt and capital lease obligations

   $ 693,821      $ 718,231   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum future principal payments on short-term debt, long-term debt and capital leases are as follows:

 

Year End    Capital leases      Long-term debt      Total  

2013

   $ 364       $ 26,455       $ 26,819   

2014

     334         343,236         343,570   

2015

     201         —           201   

2016

     44         —           44   

2017

     6         350,000         350,006   

Thereafter

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 949       $ 719,691       $ 720,640   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Senior Secured Credit Facility

On April 12, 2007, the Company closed three senior secured credit facilities consisting of (i) a $360,000 tranche B term loan credit facility denominated in U.S. Dollars (“tranche B”), (ii) a $250,000 tranche C term loan credit facility denominated in Euros (“tranche C”) and (iii) a $50,000 revolving credit facility denominated in U.S. Dollars. The loans under the tranche B facility and the revolving credit facility bear interest at the LIBOR based rate, 0.21% at December 31, 2012, plus 2.00% or an alternate base rate at the Company’s option. The Company has chosen the LIBOR based rate. The loans under the tranche C credit facility bear interest at EUROBOR, 0.06% at December 31, 2012, plus 2.25%. Under the tranche B and C term loans the Company is required to make quarterly interest and principal payments and the tranche B and C term loans which mature in 2014.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, $3,600 and $5,066 of principal and interest payments, respectively, were made on the tranche B term loan and $2,606 and $3,878 of principal and interest payments, respectively, were made on the tranche C loan. During the year ended December 31, 2011 $3,600 and $5,316 of principal and interest payments, respectively, were made on the tranche B term loan and $2,756 and $5,750 of principal and interest payments, respectively, were made on the tranche C loan.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded $2,966 of other expense related to the remeasurement loss on the foreign denominated tranche C term loan. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded $4,736 of other income related to the remeasurement gain on the foreign denominated

 

F-54


tranche C term loan. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the realized portion of the remeasurement gain on the foreign denominated tranche C term loan was $256. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the realized portion of the remeasurement loss on the foreign denominated tranche C term loan was $608.

In addition to scheduled repayments, the tranche B and tranche C loans contain mandatory prepayment provisions, whereby the Company is required to reduce the outstanding principal amounts of these loans based on excess cash flow (as defined in the credit agreement for the tranche B and tranche C loans) as of the most recent completed fiscal year. The Company has estimated that mandatory excess cash flow prepayment, based upon 2012 operating results, of $10,199 on the tranche B term loan and $6,904 on the tranche C term loan. These prepayments are due by March 31, 2013 and are included in current installments of long-term obligations in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company made a mandatory excess cash flow prepayment, based on 2011 operating results, of $8,726 on the tranche B loan and $5,882 on the tranche C loan. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company made a mandatory excess cash flow prepayment, based on 2010 operating results, of $13,938 on the tranche B loan and $10,282 on the tranche C loan.

Following the Business Combination, the Senior Secured Credit Facility will be guaranteed by Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited and is secured by 65% of the stock of the Company’s first tier foreign subsidiaries, subject to customary exceptions, exclusions and release mechanisms.

Revolving Credit Facility

As discussed above, on April 12, 2007, the Company entered into a $50,000 revolving credit facility. In May 2012, the revolving credit facility was amended and extended. The revolving credit facility, as amended, will mature in April 2014. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, no balances were outstanding under the revolving credit facility. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company paid commitment fees of $292 and $269, respectively, for the revolving credit facility.

MacDermid also has letters of credit outstanding of $3,874 and $3,874 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The letters of credit reduce the borrowings available under the revolving credit facility.

Senior Subordinated Notes

On April 12, 2007, the Company issued $350,000 of senior subordinated notes with a fixed interest rate of 9.50% at par. The senior subordinated notes mature April 2017. Interest is payable semi-annually under the senior subordinated notes (October 15th and April 15th) and the principal amount is payable at maturity in 2017. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, no principal payments were made on the senior subordinated notes.

During each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, $33,250 of interest payments was made on the senior subordinated notes. The senior subordinated notes are guaranteed by the Company’s wholly owned domestic subsidiaries (“Guarantors”).

Japanese Senior Secured Bank Debt

On February 26, 2007, the Company borrowed approximately $15,000 denominated in Japanese Yen in three separate notes. The first note of $8,397 had a maturity date of February 26, 2012 and a fixed interest rate of 1.37%. Under the first note, interest and principal payments were due on a semi-annual basis. During 2009, this note was paid in full. The second note of $5,878, which is the first outstanding note, has a maturity date of March 26, 2014 and a fixed interest rate of 1.47%. Under the second note, interest and principal payments are due on a semi-annual basis. The third note of $840, which was the second outstanding note, has a maturity date of March 27, 2012 and a fixed interest rate of 1.31%. The third note, formerly the second outstanding note, was paid in full on March 27, 2012.

 

F-55


On May 7, 2007 the Company borrowed an additional $7,557 denominated in Japanese Yen. The May 2007 note had a maturity date of May 28, 2012 and a fixed interest rate of 1.41%. This note was paid in full on May 28, 2012.

On September 26, 2007, the Company borrowed an additional $2,519 denominated in Japanese Yen. The September 2007 note has a maturity date of September 26, 2014 and a fixed interest rate of 1.47%. Interest and principal payments are due on a semi-annual basis.

On October 1, 2009, the Company borrowed $5,569 denominated in Japanese Yen. This note has a maturity date of August 20, 2014, and a fixed interest rate of 2.40%. Under this note, interest and principal payments are due on a monthly basis.

On February 15, 2010, the Company borrowed $1,111 denominated in Japanese Yen. The note had a maturity date of March 31, 2010 and a fixed interest rate of 1.725% and was paid in full on March 31, 2010.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, $4,624 and $144 of principal and interest payments, respectively, were made on the Japanese senior secured bank debt. During the year ended December 31, 2011, $5,935 and $245 of principal and interest payments, respectively, were made on the Japanese senior secured bank debt.

During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded $0 of other expense and $35 of other expense, respectively, related to the remeasurement gains/losses on the foreign denominated Japanese debt.

Capital Leases

During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company entered into equipment capital lease agreements totaling $172 and $1,283, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company entered into capital lease agreements totaling $257 and $0, respectively, that are considered non-cash investing capital leases. Interest rates on the capital leases range from 4.3% to 10%. Payments on capital leases were $654 and $472 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Debt Covenants

The senior secured credit facility and senior subordinated notes contain various covenants including limitations on additional indebtedness, dividends and other distributions, entry into new lines of business, use of loan proceeds, capital expenditures, restricted payments, restrictions on liens, transactions with affiliates, amendments to organizational documents, accounting changes, sale and leaseback transactions and dispositions. In addition, the revolving credit facility requires the Company to comply with certain financial covenants, including consolidated leverage, interest coverage ratios and limitations on capital expenditures if the Company’s funding under the revolving credit facility exceeds $10,000 for ten or more consecutive days in any fiscal quarter. As of December 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with the debt covenants contained in the senior secured credit facility and senior subordinated notes.

Other Debt Facilities

MacDermid carries various short-term debt facilities worldwide which are used to fund short-term cash needs when the need arises. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, there was $0 and $0, respectively, outstanding under these other debt facilities. The Company also has various overdraft facilities available. The capacity under these overdraft facilities was $18,761 at December 31, 2012 and $22,762 at December 31, 2011. Some of these overdraft lines carry variable interest rates. As of December 31, 2012, MacDermid’s overdraft lines bore interest rates ranging from 1% to 6.3%.

 

F-56


12. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

In the normal course of business, MacDermid is exposed to risks such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices. Derivative financial instruments, such as interest rate swaps are used to manage changes in market conditions related to debt obligations. All derivatives are recognized on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value at the end of each year. The counterparty to the Company’s derivative agreements is a major international financial institution. The Company continually monitors its positions and the credit ratings of its counterparties, and does not anticipate nonperformance by the counterparties.

Interest Rates

In June 2007, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement (“swap”) to hedge interest rate fluctuation on the Company’s tranche B term loan in the senior secured credit facility (see Note 11 above). The swap helped mitigate interest rate fluctuations on the Company’s floating rate U.S. dollar denominated debt. The swap was at a fixed rate of 5.40%, a notional amount of $170,000 and matured on June 30, 2010. The Company also entered into an interest rate collar agreement (“collar”) in June 2007. The collar helped protect the Company’s floating rate U.S. dollar denominated debt. The collar had a floor of 5.20% and a ceiling of 6.25%, a notional amount of $100,000 and covered the period from June 30, 2010 through June 30, 2012.

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated as and meets all the required criteria for a cash flow hedge are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and reclassified into earnings as the underlying hedged item affects earnings. Amounts reclassified into earnings related to interest rate swap agreements are included in interest expense. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, approximately $0 and $1,500 of unrealized losses, net of tax, respectively, related to the interest rate derivative instruments were included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) with a corresponding offset to both current and long-term liabilities. There was hedge effectiveness of approximately $0 and $80, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, included in other comprehensive income (“OCI”). For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, $(13) and $28, respectively, was recorded as other (expense) income in the statement of operations for hedge ineffectiveness. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded $1,462 of unrealized gains, net of tax and $2,707 of unrealized gains, net of tax, to OCI, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company made payments of $0 and $0, respectively, related the difference between the swap rate of 5.40% and the actual interest rate on the Company’s floating rate U.S. dollar denominated debt.

During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company made payments of $2,364 and $4,949, respectively, related to the difference between the interest rate collar agreement rate of 5.20% and the actual interest rate on the Company’s floating rate U.S. dollar denominated debt.

These payments were recorded as interest expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Foreign Currency

The Company conducts a significant portion of its business in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the currency in which the consolidated financial statements are reported. Correspondingly, the Company’s operating results could be affected by foreign currency exchange rate volatility relative to the U.S. dollar. The Company’s Autotype subsidiary in the United Kingdom uses the Great Britain Pound (“GBP”) as its functional currency for paying labor and other operating costs, while approximately 25 percent of its revenues are U.S. dollar denominated. To hedge against the risk of a stronger GBP, the Corporate Treasury Group contracted in 2012 and 2011, on behalf of the Autotype foreign subsidiary, with a financial institution to deliver U.S. dollars at a fixed GBP rate and to receive GBP in exchange for the U.S. dollar. The Company did not pay up-front premiums to obtain the hedge.

 

F-57


While the Company has implemented certain strategies to mitigate risks related to the impact of fluctuations in currency exchange rates, it cannot ensure that it will not recognize gains or losses from international transactions, as this is part of transacting business in an international environment. Not every exposure is or can be hedged and, where hedges are put in place based on expected foreign exchange exposure, they are based on forecasts for which actual results may differ from the original estimate. Failure to successfully hedge or anticipate currency risks properly could adversely affect impact or benefit the Company’s consolidated operating results.

As of December 31, 2012, the aggregate U.S. dollar notional amount of foreign currency forward contracts, designated as hedges, was $15,000. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, unrealized gains and (losses) of $518, net of tax and $(442), net of tax, respectively, were recorded to OCI related to foreign currency hedges. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded realized gains of $128 and $555, respectively, in other income related to the settlement of hedged foreign exchange contracts.

The following table summarizes derivative instrument amounts as of December 31, 2012, by currency and the portion of the asset/liability that settles within the next twelve months.

 

     Local Currency
Amount
     U.S. Dollar
Amount
     Percentage Settled
Within One Year
    Dates Contracts are
Through
 

Derivative Assets

          

Great Britain Pound

   £ 3,153       $ 5,000         100     March 26, 2013   

Great Britain Pound

   £ 3,206       $ 5,000         100     June 27, 2013   

Great Britain Pound

   £ 3,082       $ 5,000         100     September 25, 2013   
     

 

 

      
      $ 15,000        
     

 

 

      

The following table summarizes the fair value of derivative instruments reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:

 

Derivatives designated as hedging
instruments:
  Assets
Balance
Sheet
Location
    December 31,
2012 U.S.
Dollar
Amount
    December 31,
2011 U.S.
Dollar
Amount
    Liabilities
Balance
Sheet
Location
    December 31,
2012 U.S.
Dollar
Amount
    December 31,
2011 U.S.
Dollar
Amount
 

Interest rate collar

    $ —        $ —         
 
Other current
liabilities
  
  
  $ —        $ 2,234   

Interest rate swap

         
 
Other current
liabilities
  
  
    —          —     

Foreign exchange contracts

   
 
Other current
assets
  
  
    336        —         
 
Other current
liabilities
  
  
    —          463   
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 
    $ 336      $ —          $ —        $ 2,697   
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative contracts

    $ 336      $ —          $ —        $ 2,697   
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-58


The effect of derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) is as follows:

 

     For the years ended  
     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  
Cash Flow Derivative Instrument    Interest
rates
    Foreign
Currency
     Total     Interest
rates
     Foreign
Currency
    Total  

Amount of gain (loss) recognized in OCI—effective portion

   $ 1,462      $ 518       $ 1,980      $ 2,707       $ (442   $ 2,265   

Amount of net loss reclassified from accumulated OCI to Other income (expense)—effective portion

   $ —        $ 128       $ 128      $ —         $ 555      $ 555   

Amount of net (loss) gain reclassified from accumulated OCI to Other income
(expense)—ineffective portion

   $ (13   $ —         $ (13   $ 28       $ —        $ 28   

An accumulated other comprehensive pre-tax gain of $336 related to the foreign exchange contracts is expected to be reclassified into earnings within the next twelve months of December 31, 2012.

 

13. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company determines fair value measurements used in its consolidated financial statements based upon the exit price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants exclusive of any transaction costs, as determined by either the principal market or the most advantageous market. The principal market is the market with the greatest level of activity and volume for the asset or liability. Absent a principal market to measure fair value, the Company has used the most advantageous market, which is the market in which the Company would receive the highest selling price for the asset or pay the lowest price to settle the liability, after considering transaction costs. However, when using the most advantageous market, transaction costs are only considered to determine which market is the most advantageous and these costs are then excluded when applying a fair value measurement.

Inputs used in the valuation techniques to derive fair values are classified based on a three-level hierarchy. The basis for fair value measurements for each level within the hierarchy is described below with Level 1 having the highest priority and Level 3 having the lowest.

The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

    Level 1—quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

    Level 2—quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in non-active markets; and model derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant valuation drivers are observable.

 

    Level 3—significant inputs to the valuation model are unobservable and/or reflect the Company’s market assumptions.

 

F-59


The following table presents the Company’s financial instruments, assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

            Fair Value Measurement Using  
     December 31,
2012
     Quoted prices in
active markets
(Level 1)
     Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Money market accounts

   $ 110,867       $ 110,867       $ —        $ —     

Available for sale equity securities

     2,233         2,233         —           —     

Derivatives

     336         —           336         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 113,436       $ 113,100       $ 336       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivatives

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

            Fair Value Measurement Using  
     December 31,
2011
     Quoted prices in
active markets
(Level 1)
     Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Money market accounts

   $ 87,365       $ 87,365         —           —     

Available for sale equity securities

     1,941         1,941         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 89,306       $ 89,306         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivatives

   $ 2,697       $ —         $ 2,697       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,697       $ —         $ 2,697       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Money market accounts are included in cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet. Available for sale equity securities are included in other long term assets in the balance sheet.

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements

In accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment”, certain customer list intangible assets with carrying amounts of $51,138 in the Performance Materials Asia reporting unit were written down to their implied fair values of $4,700, resulting in intangible asset impairment charges of $46,438. These impairment charges were included in the results from operations for the year ended December 31, 2011.

There were no write down of assets to implied fair value during the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

            Fair Value Measurements Using         

Description

   Year ended
December 31,
2011
     Quoted prices in
active markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
other
observable
inputs (Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs (Level 3)
     Total
(Losses)
 

Customer list intangible assets—Performance Materials Asia

   $ 4,700         —           —         $ 4,700       $ (46,438
              

 

 

 
               $ (46,438
              

 

 

 

 

F-60


The following table presents the carrying value and estimated fair value of the Company’s tranche B, tranche C and senior subordinated notes debt:

 

     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
     Carrying value      Fair Value      Carrying value      Fair Value  

Tranche B, tranche C and senior subordinated notes debt including current portion

   $ 714,993       $ 727,589       $ 733,097       $ 727,883   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The carrying value of the Company’s Japanese senior secured bank debt approximates fair value as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of the Company’s financial instruments, assets and liabilities:

Money market accounts —The Company invests in various money market funds which are managed by financial institutions. These money market funds are not publicly traded, but historically have been highly liquid. The fair value of the money market accounts is determined by the banks based upon the funds’ net asset values (“NAV”). All of the money market accounts currently permit daily investments and redemptions at $1.00 NAV.

Derivatives —The fair value of derivatives are determined using pricing models based upon market observable inputs including interest rate curves and both forward and spot prices for currencies. Derivative assets include foreign exchange contracts and derivative liabilities include an interest rate collar and foreign exchange contracts.

Available for sale equity securities —Equity securities classified as available for sale are measured using quoted market prices at the reporting date multiplied by the quantity held.

Tranche B, Tranche C and senior subordinated notes debt —The Tranche B, Tranche C and senior subordinated debt are measured using quoted market prices at the reporting date multiplied by the carrying amount of the related debt.

 

14. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

In connection with the Merger transaction described in Note 2 above, the Company issued 50,000,000 shares at $1.00 par value per share of common share. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were 49,582,936 common shares and 49,732,194 common shares outstanding, respectively.

The Company also issued 316,000 shares at $1,000 par value per share of preferred shares. The preferred shares accrue a 9% cumulative payment in kind dividend compounded quarterly. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the amount of the cumulative payment in kind dividend was $209,027 and $164,449, respectively. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were 315,144 preferred shares and 315,264 preferred shares outstanding, respectively. The preferred shares are not redeemable and have no voting rights, covenants or restrictions. Upon the liquidation of the Company, the preferred shares would first receive, to the extent funds are available, proceeds equal to the payment in kind dividend then the unreturned preferred share original cost, which is $1,000 per share. Then, the holders of the common shares will receive the unreturned common share original issue cost, which is $1.00 per share. After, the holders of the common shares and junior shares shall be entitled to receive the remaining portion of the proceeds from liquidation. Additionally, no shareholder shall be liable for the debts, obligations or liabilities of the Company.

 

F-61


Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   $ 3,317      $ 9,559   

Pension and postretirement benefit plans, net of tax

     (33,908     (22,670

Cash flow and foreign currency hedges—derivatives valuation, net of tax

     217        (1,763

Investment securities, net of tax

     104        (85
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (30,270   $ (14,959
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

15. OPERATING LEASE COMMITMENTS

The Company conducts its operations in various leased facilities under leases that are classified as operating leases for financial statement purposes. Certain leases provide for payment of real estate taxes, common area maintenance, insurance and certain other expenses. Lease terms may have escalating rent provisions and rent holidays which are expensed on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The Company’s leases expire at various dates through 2047 for certain office and warehouse space, land, transportation, computer and other equipment. Contingent rentals are paid for warehouse space on the basis of the monthly quantities of materials stored and for transportation and other equipment on the basis of mileage or usage. Total rental expense for leases for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $9,700 and $10,224, respectively. Of these amounts, $723 and $721 were contingent rentals. The fixed operating lease commitments detailed below assume that the Company continues the leases through their initial lease terms.

Minimum future non-cancelable operating lease commitments are as follows:

 

2013

   $ 6,812   

2014

     5,510   

2015

     4,378   

2016

     3,346   

2017

     3,024   

Thereafter

     18,583   
  

 

 

 
     41,653   
  

 

 

 

 

F-62


16. MISCELLANEOUS INCOME (EXPENSE)

The major components of miscellaneous income (expense) are as follows:

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
             2012                     2011          

Miscellaneous income:

    

Remeasurement gain on foreign denominated debt

   $ —        $ 4,093   

Remeasurement gain on foreign denominated intercompany loans

     8,430        5,063   

Gain on settled foreign currency derivative

     128        555   

Gain on interest rate derivative

     —          28   

Other, net

     393        403   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total miscellaneous income

   $ 8,951      $ 10,142   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Miscellaneous expense:

    

Remeasurement loss on foreign denominated debt

   $ (2,728   $ —     

Loss on settled foreign currency derivative

     —          —     

Foreign exchange loss, net

     (1,050     (208

Joint ventures

     —          (287

Loss on interest rate derivative

     (13     —     

Other, net

     (179     (235
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total miscellaneous expense

     (3,970     (730
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net miscellaneous income

   $ 4,981      $ 9,412   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

17. CONTINGENCIES, ENVIRONMENTAL AND LEGAL MATTERS

Environmental Issues

MacDermid is a manufacturer and distributor of specialty chemical products, and is therefore exposed to the risk of liability or claims with respect to environmental cleanup or other matters, including those in connection with the disposal of hazardous materials. The Company is subject to extensive domestic and foreign laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and worker health and safety, including those governing discharges of pollutants into the air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, and the cleanup of contaminated properties. The Company has incurred, and will continue to incur, costs and capital expenditures in complying with these laws and regulations. Additional costs could be incurred, including cleanup costs, fines, sanctions, and third-party claims, as a result of violations of or liabilities under environmental laws.

Asset Retirement Obligations

The Company has recognized asset retirement obligations (“ARO’s”) for properties where the Company can make a reasonable estimate of the future cost, including those obligations for which the timing and/or method of settlement are conditional on a future event that may or may not be within the control of the Company. In identifying ARO’s, the Company considers identification of legally enforceable obligations, estimate of potential settlement dates and the calculation of an appropriate discount rate to be used in calculating the fair value of the obligations. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company has accrued $2,283 and $2,497 respectively, for its ARO at manufacturing and administrative sites in the U.S., Europe and Japan. The ARO balances are included in the other long-term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

F-63


The changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s asset retirement obligations for the year ended December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

Asset retirement obligations, December 31, 2011

   $ 2,497   

Additional obligations incurred

     100   

Settlements

     (259

Accretion expense

     227   

Revisions

     (200

Foreign currency adjustments

     (82
  

 

 

 

Asset retirement obligations, December 31, 2012

   $ 2,283   
  

 

 

 

On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates and assumptions; however, actual amounts could differ from those based on such estimates and assumptions. Changes in the estimates during the period from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012 have not been significant.

Environmental Remediation

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, $2,142 and $2,398, respectively, was reserved for various environmental matters. Ultimate costs may vary from current estimates and reserves, and the discovery of additional contaminants at these or other sites, or the imposition of additional cleanup obligations, or third-party claims relating thereto, could result in additional costs. The environmental remediation liabilities are included in both other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2012 and 2011. The Company’s management has determined that any possible losses related to environmental remediation in addition to the amounts recorded as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are not material.

The following summary provides some details regarding the Company’s environmental liabilities:

 

    MacDermid is named as a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) at a Superfund site (Fike-Artel in Nitro, West Virginia), in which many other PRPs are also involved. With respect to this site, the Company has entered into a cost sharing agreement that historically has resulted in costs of less than $10 per year for funding MacDermid’s share of the ongoing cleanup costs at the site. No reserve has been established for this cost sharing agreement, because of the de minimus nature of the costs. The Company’s cost sharing percentage for this site is 0.2%. On October 31, 2005, the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) notified the Company of alleged de minimus responsibility for certain contamination at the Mercury Refining Site in New York. The Company has entered in a de minumus settlement agreement with the EPA regarding the Mercury Refining Site and has paid $3 in settlement of its liabilities. The Company has also been named as a PRP at other sites within the U.S. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, no liability amount was recorded by the Company as MacDermid has not been named as a PRP at these sites and due to the Company’s assessment that exposure is not probable.

 

    Some of the facilities associated with the Company have an extended history of chemical and industrial activity. These sites include certain sites such as the Kearny, New Jersey and Waukegan, Illinois sites, which were associated with the Company’s December 1998 acquisition of W. Canning plc (“Canning”). With respect to the Kearny, New Jersey site, a Canning subsidiary withheld, under the agreement in respect of the Canning acquisition, a deferred purchase price payment of approximately $1,600. In addition, a separate escrow fund of $2,000 has been established to fund remediation of the Kearny site. Clean-up costs at these sites are estimated to be between $2,000 and $5,000. The owners of the Kearny, New Jersey site have primary responsibility for clean-up costs. Investigations into the extent of contamination at these sites are, however, ongoing. MacDermid is in the process of characterizing contamination at its Huntingdon Avenue, Waterbury, Connecticut site, which was closed in 2003. As of December 31, 2012, $396 has been accrued for the estimated closure costs for this site.

 

F-64


Legal Proceedings

From time to time there are various legal proceedings pending against the Company. MacDermid considers all such proceedings to be ordinary litigation incident to the nature of our business. Certain claims are covered by liability insurance. MacDermid believes that the resolution of these claims, to the extent not covered by insurance, will not individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on its financial position or results of operations. To the extent reasonably estimable, reserves have been established regarding pending legal proceedings. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company has approximately $1,041 and $2,089, respectively, of reserves for legal proceedings.

 

18. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

For the years ending December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company paid management fees of $305 and $509, respectively, to Court Square. Three of MacDermid’s board members are employees of Court Square.

For the years ending December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company paid management fees to Weston Presidio of $116 and $70, respectively. Weston Presidio was owed $23 as of December 31, 2011 for a portion of its annual management fee.

 

19. RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITIES

MacDermid continuously evaluates all operations to identify opportunities to improve profitability by leveraging existing infrastructure to reduce operating costs and respond to overall economic conditions. MacDermid implemented certain consolidation actions during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. These actions are intended to better align the Company’s manufacturing capacity, eliminate excess capacity by lowering operating costs, and streamline the organizational structure for improved long-term profitability. The restructuring actions consist of facility consolidations and closures and equipment write offs and employee terminations. The Company expects to incur incremental manufacturing inefficiency costs at the operating locations impacted by the restructuring actions during the related restructuring implementation period. During 2009, the Company initiated restructuring and other cost-saving actions in order to streamline operations and improve efficiency and effectiveness in response to economic conditions within the businesses that the Company served. The restructuring actions included a reduction of the Company’s global workforce, reduction of manufacturing capacity and inventory and equipment write offs at its locations worldwide. The restructuring plans initiated in 2011 primarily related to the consolidation of certain back office functions in the Performance Materials Europe reporting unit. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, MacDermid recognized restructuring charges in the amount of $292 and $896, respectively, related to employee severance and other charges.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded $292 of restructuring expense. The Company recorded restructuring expense of $297 related to the elimination of four positions in the Performance Materials Europe business unit, $99 related to the elimination of seven positions in the Performance Materials Asia business unit and $87 related to the elimination of two positions in the Graphic Solutions Americas business unit. Also, the Company reversed $(47) related to accrued other for estimated lease termination costs and $(124) related to accrued other for legal and other costs that were no longer required in the Performance Materials Europe business unit as the amounts were no longer due. The Company reversed $(12) related to accrued benefits in the Graphic Solutions Europe business unit as the amounts were no longer due to employees. Additionally, the Company reversed $(8) related to accrued other for restructuring liabilities for estimated legal costs that were no longer required in the Graphic Solutions Europe business unit as the amounts were no longer due. As of December 31, 2012, the Company has accrued restructuring costs of $632 that are anticipated to be paid out within the succeeding twelve months.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded $896 of restructuring expense. The Company recorded $931 related to the elimination of four positions in the Performance Materials Europe operations, $12 related to the elimination of one position in the Performance Materials Americas operations and

 

F-65


$180 related to the elimination of seven positions in the Performance Materials Asia operations. Additionally, the Company reversed $(163) related to accrued benefits in the Performance Materials Europe operations and $(3) in the Performance Materials Americas operations as the amounts were no longer due to employees. The restructuring costs reversed during the year ended December 31, 2011 were accrued in prior years. Additionally, the Company reversed $(61) related to accrued other for estimated legal costs that were no longer required. As of December 31, 2011, the Company has accrued restructuring costs of $1,247.

The activity in the accrued restructuring was as follows:

 

            For the year ended December 31, 2012      Total costs and
adjustments for
the year ending
December 31,
2012
    Total costs as
of December 31,
2012
 
     Balance
December 31,
2011
     Charges to
Expense
    Cash
payments
    Non-cash
Adjustments
      

Graphic Packing:

              

Severance and other benefits

   $ 12       $ 75      $ (87   $ —         $ (12   $ —     

Site clean-up costs

     8         (8     —          —           (8     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Graphic Packing

     20         67        (87     —           (20     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Performance Materials:

              

Severance and other benefits

     1,012         396        (814     22         (396     616   

Other

     215         (171     (28     —           (199     16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Performance Materials

     1,227         225        (842     22         (595     632   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total restructuring charges

   $ 1,247       $ 292      $ (929   $ 22       $ (615   $ 632   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

            For the year ended December 31, 2011     Total costs and
adjustments for
the year ending
December 31,
2011
    Total costs as
of December 31,
2011
 
     Balance
December 31,
2010
     Charges to
Expense
    Cash
payments
    Non-cash
Adjustments
     

Graphic Packing:

             

Severance and other benefits

   $ 24       $ —        $ —        $ (12   $ (12   $ 12   

Site clean-up costs

     10         —          (2     —          (2     8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Graphic Packing

     34         —          (2     (12     (14     20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Performance Materials:

             

Severance and other benefits

     1,912         957        (1,815     (42     (900     1,012   

Other

     442         (61     (171     5        (227     215   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Performance Materials

     2,354         896        (1,986     (37     (1,127     1,227   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total restructuring charges

   $ 2,388       $ 896      $ (1,988   $ (49   $ (1,141   $ 1,247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

20. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company’s operations consist of two business segments: Performance Materials and Graphic Solutions. The segments represent businesses for which separate financial information is utilized by the chief operating decision maker (the “CODM”) in determining how to allocate resources and evaluate performance. The businesses are managed in two segments primarily on homogeneity of products, technology, delivery channels and economic characteristics in addition to shared manufacturing facilities and back office services. Each of the Company’s segments has its own President and no segments have been aggregated in our disclosure. Each of the segment Presidents report to the CODM.

 

F-66


The Performance Materials segment manufactures and markets dynamic chemistry solutions that are used in the electronics, automotive and oil and gas production and drilling industries. Its products include surface and coating materials and water-based hydraulic control fluids. In conjunction with the sale of these products, we provide extensive technical service and support to ensure superior performance of their application.

The Graphic Solutions segment primarily produces and markets photopolymers through an extensive line of flexographic plates that are used in the commercial packaging and printing industries. The Company evaluates the performance of its operating segments based on net sales and operating profit. Operating profit for each segment includes net sales to third parties, related cost of sales and operating expenses directly attributable to the segment. Operating profit for each segment includes an allocation of corporate costs such as corporate salary and wages, equity compensation expense and legal costs.

Segment assets include cash, prepaid expenses, receivables, inventories, capital assets, goodwill, intangibles, deferred taxes, other long term assets and intercompany balances. Segment assets exclude corporate assets, which consist of cash and cash equivalents, corporate property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets.

The following table gives financial information regarding each reportable segment’s results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
             2012                      2011          

Net Sales:

     

Performance Materials

     

External sales for the Performance Materials segment

   $ 559,520       $ 568,578   

Graphic Solutions

     

External sales for the Graphic Solutions segment

     171,700         160,195   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated external sales

   $ 731,220       $ 728,773   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

     

Performance Materials

   $ 33,965       $ 37,827   

Graphic Solutions

     8,228         8,918   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated depreciation and amortization

   $ 42,193       $ 46,745   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating profit

     

Performance Materials

   $ 82,101       $ 30,331   

Graphic Solutions

     32,996         25,617   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated operating profit

   $ 115,097       $ 55,948   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets by reportable segment as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 

     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  

Performance Materials

   $ 971,907      $ 968,572   

Graphic Solutions

     408,327        391,776   

Corporate assets

     147,161        125,235   

Intercompany eliminations

     (293,478     (264,165
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated total assets

   $ 1,233,917      $ 1,221,418   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-67


The following provides information for those countries that are 10 percent or more of the specific category:

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
             2012                      2011          

Net Sales*:

     

United States

   $ 205,567       $ 187,480   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign Net Sales

     

United Kingdom

     115,160         113,129   

China

     66,294         72,763   

Other countries

     344,199         355,401   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Foreign Net Sales

     525,653         541,293   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consolidated sales

   $ 731,220       $ 728,773   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Net sales are attributed to countries based on the country which generates the sale.

 

     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Long-lived assets:

     

United States

   $ 39,818       $ 36,640   

Foreign Long-lived assets:

     

United Kingdom

     21,463         21,432   

Italy

     14,266         15,391   

China

     8,766         9,538   

Other countries

     16,078         13,915   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     60,573         60,276   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consolidated long-lived assets

   $ 100,391       $ 96,916   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Within the performance materials segment, the Company has two primary categories of products. Industrial products are materials used to improve the performance or look of a component of an industrial part or process. Electronic products are materials used to manufacture and improve the performance of circuit boards and similar electronic items. The Company's graphic solutions products are all photopolymers used in the commercial packaging and printing industries.

The following table shows the Company's external party sales by product for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

           2012                  2011        

Industrial Group

   $ 411,091       $ 409,251   

Electronics Group

     148,429         159,327   

Graphic Solutions

     171,700         160,195   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 731,220       $ 728,773   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

21. SALE OF BUSINESS UNITS

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company sold its Performance Materials Performance Materials Australia and New Zealand business units for proceeds of $3,267. A loss on the disposal of these business units of $1,237 was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2011 and is included in selling, technical and administrative expense in the statement of operations. The revenues and loss contributions of these business units for the years ended December 31, 2011 were not material.

 

 

F-68


22. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through March 6, 2013, the date of these financial statements. There were no events or transactions during this evaluation that require recognition or disclosure in the financial statements.

 

F-69


MACDERMID, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands )

(Unaudited)

 

     For the nine months ended  
     September 30,
2013
    September 30,
2012
 

Net sales

   $ 560,557      $ 548,825   

Cost of sales

     271,730        282,539   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     288,827        266,286   

Operating expenses:

    

Selling, technical and administrative

     143,854        140,173   

Research and development

     17,504        19,145   

Amortization

     20,124        20,292   

Restructuring

     1,890        416   

Impairment loss

     427        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     183,799        180,026   

Operating profit

     105,028        86,260   

Other income (expense):

    

Interest income

     304        392   

Interest expense

     (40,998     (38,012

Miscellaneous (expense) income, net

     (405     9,092   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (18,788     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations before income taxes, non-controlling interest and accumulated payment-in-kind dividends on cumulative preferred shares

     45,141        57,732   

Income tax expense

     (20,932     (17,056
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     24,209        40,676   

Less net income attributable to the non-controlling interest

     (319     (243
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to MacDermid, Incorporated

     23,890        40,433   

Accrued payment-in-kind dividend on cumulative preferred shares

     (22,100     (33,096
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common shares

   $ 1,790      $ 7,337   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-70


MACDERMID, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In thousands )

(Unaudited)

 

     For the nine months ended  
     September 30,
2013
    September 30,
2012
 

Net income

   $ 24,209      $ 40,676   

Foreign currency translation (loss)

     (6,164     (4,677

Unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale equity investments

    

Change in fair value

     351        242   

Reclassification into earnings

     (192     —     

Unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives valuation

    

Change in fair value

     112        3,160   

Reclassification into earnings

     (372     (37

Income tax benefit (expense) on other comprehensive income

     35        (1,177
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

     17,979        38,187   

Comprehensive income attributable to the non-controlling interest

     (319     (243

Foreign currency translation gain attributable to the non-controlling interest

     (1     (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to MacDermid, Incorporated

   $ 17,659      $ 37,937   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-71


MACDERMID, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

    September 30,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 
    (Unaudited)        

Assets

   

Current assets:

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 65,201      $ 143,351   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful receivables of $9,624 and $8,831, respectively

    144,372        138,970   

Inventories, net

    79,361        76,093   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    11,526        10,946   

Deferred income taxes

    5,449        5,169   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    305,909        374,529   

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $96,661 and $89,118, respectively

    99,179        100,391   

Goodwill

    471,560        476,232   

Intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $186,586 and $167,261, respectively

    231,069        251,772   

Deferred income taxes

    1,416        1,812   

Other assets

    35,139        29,181   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 1,144,272      $ 1,233,917   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   

Current liabilities:

   

Accounts payable

  $ 56,032      $ 53,416   

Accrued compensation

    18,767        14,289   

Accrued interest

    229        6,985   

Accrued income taxes payable

    7,657        4,443   

Accrued expenses

    10,374        10,393   

Current installments of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

    9,306        26,819   

Other current liabilities

    14,547        11,801   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    116,912        128,146   

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

    1,100,790        693,821   

Retirement benefits, less current portion

    55,938        54,207   

Deferred income taxes

    52,482        49,411   

Other long-term liabilities

    28,120        35,895   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $ 1,354,242      $ 961,480   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity

   

9.00% cumulative Series A preferred shares, 0 and 316,000 shares authorized and issued, 0 shares and 315,144 shares outstanding at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively; cumulative dividends of $0 and $209,027 at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively ; 856 shares canceled

  $ —        $ 525,027   

9.50% cumulative Series B preferred shares, 44,977 shares authorized and issued, 44,977 shares and 0 shares outstanding at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, including cumulative dividends of $1,295 and $0 at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively

    46,272        —    

Common shares, 50,000,000 shares authorized and issued, 49,582,936 shares and 49,582,936 shares outstanding at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively; 417,064 shares canceled

    49,583        50,000   

Class A Junior shares, 2,150,000 shares authorized and issued, 1,892,762 vested shares and 1,892,762 vested shares at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively; 257,238 shares canceled

    —         —    

Class B Junior shares, 1,620,000 shares authorized, 642,264 vested shares and 411,576 vested shares at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively; 563,360 shares canceled

    —         —    

Additional paid-in capital

    2,427        2,318   

Accumulated deficit

    (271,296     (273,086

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)

    (36,500     (30,270

Common and preferred shares in treasury, 0 preferred shares and 0 common shares at September 30, 2013 and 856 preferred shares and 417,064 common shares at December 31, 2012, at cost, respectively

    —         (1,264
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (209,514     272,725   

(Deficit) in non-controlling interest

    (456     (288
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (deficit) equity

    (209,970     272,437   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and (deficit) equity

  $ 1,144,272      $ 1,233,917   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-72


MACDERMID, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

    Nine months ended
September 30, 2013
    Nine months ended
September 30, 2012
 
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

   

Net income

  $ 24,209      $ 40,676   

Adjustments to reconcile net income from operations to net cash flows provided by operating activities:

   

Depreciation

    9,334        11,330   

Amortization

    20,124        20,292   

Provision for bad debts

    1,099        2,209   

Deferred income taxes

    3,192        (7,030

Write off of deferred financing costs

    143        226   

Equity compensation expense

    109        195   

Remeasurement (gains) on foreign denominated debt and intercompany loans

    (1,137     (9,487

(Gain) on the disposition of fixed assets

    (170     (80

(Gain) on sale of external investments

    (145     —     

Impairment loss

    427        —     

Restructuring charges

    1,890        416   

Amortization of deferred financing fees

    2,556        2,926   

(Gain) on sale of asset group

    (422     —     

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    18,788        —     

Changes in assets and liabilities:

   

(Increase) in accounts receivables

    (7,437     (10,473

(Increase) in inventories

    (4,428     (4,659

(Increase) in prepaid expenses and other

    (990     (605

(Increase) in equipment at customers

    (677     (717

Increase in accounts payable

    2,433        2,645   

(Decrease) increase in accrued expenses

    (273     11,050   

(Decrease) increase in income tax balances

    (2,945     2,215   

Other, net

    (1,289     (2,111
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows provided by operating activities

    64,391        59,018   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

   

Capital expenditures

    (7,168     (5,518

Proceeds from the sale of assets

    296        121   

Proceeds from the sale of an asset group

    1,831        —     

Business acquired

    (1,369     (5,059

Purchase of equity investments

    (472     (57

Proceeds from sale of equity investments

    824        98   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows (used in) investing activities

    (6,058     (10,415
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

   

Net borrowings (repayments) from short-term borrowings

    3        (48

Proceeds from issuance of long term debt, net of discounts and fees

    1,109,513        —     

Proceeds from capital leases

    —          172   

Repayments of long term debt and capital leases

    (731,597     (24,020

Contribution of equity by non-controlling interest partner

    17        31   

Dividends paid to non-controlling interest partner

    (505     (505

Payment of financing costs

    (13,519     (321

Repurchase of treasury shares

    —          (72

Repurchase of Series A preferred shares

    (270,167     —     

Payment of Series A preferred share accumulated dividends

    (229,833     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows (used in) financing activities

    (136,088     (24,763
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (395     278   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (78,150     24,118   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    143,351        113,452   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 65,201      $ 137,570   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure information:

   

Cash paid for interest

  $ 44,936      $ 26,295   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

  $ 18,304     $ 19,805   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-73


MACDERMID INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

    Cumulative
Series A
Preferred
Shares
    Cumulative
Series B
Preferred
Shares
    Common
Shares
    Class A
Junior
Shares
    Class B
Junior
Shares
    Contributed
Capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
    Treasury
Shares
    Total
MacDermid
Shareholder
Equity
    Non-
controlling
interest
    Total
equity
(deficit)
 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ 525,027      $ —        $ 50,000      $ —        $ —        $ 2,318      $ (273,086   $ (30,270   $ (1,264   $ 272,725      $ (288   $ 272,437   

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          23,890        —          —          23,890        319        24,209   

Equity compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          109        —          —          —          109        —          109   

Accrual of paid in kind dividend on cumulative preferred shares

    20,805        1,295        —          —          —          —          (22,100     —          —          —          —          —     

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (6,164     —          (6,164     1        (6,163

Derivatives valuation, net of tax expense of $91

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (169     —          (169     —          (169

Unrealized loss on available for sale equity securities, net of tax benefit of $56

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          103        —          103        —          103   

Shares repurchased

    (500,000       —          —          —          —          —          —          (8     (500,008     —          (500,008

Shares exchanged

    (44,977     44,977        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Shares canceled

    (855     —          (417     —          —          —          —          —          1,272        —          —          —     

Dividend paid to non-controlling interest partner

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (505     (505

Assignment of value for non controlling interest in business acquisition

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          17        17   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2013

  $ —        $ 46,272      $ 49,583      $ —        $ —        $ 2,427      $ (271,296   $ (36,500   $ —        $ (209,514   $ (456   $ (209,970
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-74


MACDERMID, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited interim financial information has been prepared in accordance with the interim reporting rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and therefore does not include all information and footnotes necessary for a fair presentation of financial position, results of operations and cash flows in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been omitted. The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingencies at the date of the financial statements as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates have been prepared on the basis of the most current and best available information and actual results could differ from those estimates.

In the opinion of MacDermid, Incorporated (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “MacDermid” or the “Company”) management, the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements of the interim periods presented contain all adjustments necessary to present fairly the financial position of MacDermid as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 and the statements of cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for a full year and cannot be used to indicate financial performance for the entire year.

Within these interim financial statements, there are references to MacDermid Holdings, LLC. MacDermid Holdings, LLC, is a Delaware limited liability company organized as a holding company with the sole purpose of being the primary shareholder of its consolidated operating subsidiary MacDermid. MacDermid Holdings, LLC has no business operations or material assets or liabilities other than its ownership interest of 96.9% of the common stock and 96.7% of the preferred stock in MacDermid as of September 30, 2013. Participants of the MacDermid, Incorporated Profit Sharing and Employee Savings Plan (the “Savings Plan”) owned 3.1% of the common stock and 3.3% of the preferred stock in MacDermid as of September 30, 2013.

2. NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-05 Foreign Currency Matters (Topic 830): Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity which resolves diversity in practice regarding the release of the cumulative translation adjustment into net income when a parent either sells a part or all of its investments in a foreign entity. In addition, the standard resolves diversity in practice for the treatment of business combinations achieved in stages involving a foreign entity. The guidance is effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2013. We do not anticipate the adoption of this new ASU to have a material impact on our financial statements.

In June 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11 Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists which requires standard presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a carryforward related to net operating losses or tax credits exist. The guidance is effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2013, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted the provisions of this ASU during the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

F-75


On February 5, 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (ASU 2013-02), which adds additional disclosure requirements for items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The Company adopted the amendments in this ASU effective January 1, 2013, and the initial adoption of the amendments in this ASU concerns presentation and disclosure only and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

3. RECAPITALIZATION AND REFINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

On June 7, 2013, the Company completed a refinancing arrangement whereby the outstanding Tranche B term loan, Tranche C term loan, revolving credit facility and senior subordinated notes payable were retired and replaced with two new senior secured credit facilities. The new senior secured credit facilities consist of (i) a $805,000 first lien credit facility allocated between a $755,000 term loan denominated in U.S. Dollars (“first lien term loan”), a $25,000 revolving credit facility denominated in U.S. Dollars and $25,000 multi-currency revolving credit facility and (ii) a $360,000 second lien term loan credit facility denominated in U.S. Dollars (“second lien term loan”). The first lien term loan and related revolving credit facilities accrue interest at the greater of 4.00% or LIBOR plus 3.00% and has quarterly principal payments of $1,878. The revolving credit facility portion of the first lien term loan matures June 7, 2018. The first lien term loan matures June 7, 2020. The second lien term loan accrues interest at the greater of 7.75% or LIBOR plus 6.75% and matures December 7, 2020. The first lien term loan was issued at a discount of $1,887 and the second lien term loan was issued at a discount of $3,600. The new senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by MacDermid Holdings, LLC and certain of its direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries and is secured by the personal property now owned or hereafter acquired of MacDermid Holdings, LLC and certain of its direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries and also 65% of the stock of the Company’s first tier foreign subsidiaries, subject to customary exceptions, exclusions and release mechanisms. MacDermid Holdings, LLC, is a Delaware limited liability company organized as a holding company with the sole purpose of being the primary shareholder of its consolidated subsidiary MacDermid.

MacDermid also has letters of credit outstanding of $3,774 at September 30, 2013. The letters of credit reduce the borrowings available under the new revolving credit facility.

The recapitalization and refinancing transactions sources and uses of cash are summarized below:

 

Sources:

  

First lien term loan

   $ 755,000   

Second lien term loan

     360,000   

Cash

     117,080   
  

 

 

 

Total sources

   $ 1,232,080   
  

 

 

 

Uses:

  

Retire Tranche B and Tranche C term loans and accrued interest

   $ 345,426   

Retire senior subordinated notes, accrued interest and call premium

     368,164   

Redemption of Series A preferred stock and accumulated dividends

     500,000   

Fees and expenses

     13,003   

Discount on first lien term loan and second lien term loan

     5,487   
  

 

 

 

Total uses

   $ 1,232,080   
  

 

 

 

As part of the refinancing, $100,481 of the senior subordinated notes were called but not tendered on June 7, 2013 but were paid on the tender date of July 8, 2013. As a result, $105,864 of the new debt proceeds from the refinance and recapitalization were escrowed to pay the outstanding called senior subordinated notes of $100,481, redemption premium of $3,182 and accrued interest $2,201 through the tender date of July 8, 2013. The escrowed funds were paid to the holders of the remaining senior subordinated note holders on July 8, 2013.

 

F-76


The Company utilized $500,000 of the proceeds from the new term loans to complete a recapitalization whereby the outstanding 9.00% cumulative Series A preferred shares and related accumulated payment in kind dividends were exchanged for cash and issuance of 9.50% cumulative Series B preferred shares. As a result, 44,977 shares of 9.00% cumulative Series B preferred stock were issued as part of the exchange and the 9.50% cumulative Series A preferred shares were retired, and payment of related accumulated payment in kind dividends.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and in connection with the recapitalization and refinancing, the Company recorded a loss of $18,788 on extinguishment of debt. This consisted of $12,539 of called bond retirement premiums and $6,249 of write-offs of deferred financing fees related to the extinguished debt.

In connection with the recapitalization and refinancing, the Company recorded $13,628 of deferred financing costs as an asset in the consolidated balance sheet. This amount recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at September 30, 2013, is expected to be amortized into interest expense over the next seven years.

4. ACQUISITION OF BUSINESS

During the quarter ended March 31, 2012, the Company acquired 95% of the stock of a chemical business located in Brazil. This business was acquired to complement the service and product offerings within Brazil and its balance sheet and results of operations have been integrated into the Performance Materials segment. The total purchase price was approximately $8,877. At September 30, 2013, approximately $1,285 remains payable to the former owners of the acquired business. The payable represents the estimated fair value of contingent consideration expected to be payable in the event that the acquired business achieves specific performance metrics over the next year. The Company’s allocation of purchase price for this acquisition included current assets of approximately $1,642, property, plant and equipment of approximately $2,163, goodwill of approximately $2,054 and intangible assets of $3,018. The total amount of goodwill that is expected to be deductible for tax purposes is $0. Of the $3,018 of acquired intangible assets, $467 was assigned to registered trademarks that are not subject to amortization. The remaining $2,551 of acquired intangible assets has a weighted-average useful life of approximately six years. The intangible assets that make up that amount include customer lists of $2,095 (seven year useful life), a licensing agreement of $142 (five year useful life), and non-compete agreement assets of $314 (one year useful life).

5. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following table presents goodwill allocated to the reportable segments:

 

     Reportable Segment         
     Performance Materials     Graphic Solutions      Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2012

   $ 447,752      $ 28,480       $ 476,232   

Revision due to business acquisition

     100        —           100   

Foreign currency translation

     (4,772     —           (4,772
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill balance at September 30, 2013

   $ 443,080      $ 28,480       $ 471,560   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated goodwill impairments related to the Performance Materials reporting segment as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $57,515, respectively. There was no accumulated goodwill impairment for the Graphic Solutions reporting segment as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

 

F-77


Intangible assets are as follows:

 

     September 30, 2013      December 31, 2012  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Amount
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Amount
 

Customer lists

   $ 275,613       $ (132,172   $ 143,441       $ 276,480       $ (119,120   $ 157,360   

Developed technology

     83,721         (54,139     29,582         83,760         (47,883     35,877   

License agreement

     108         (36     72         117         (21     96   

Non-compete agreement

     239         (239     —           259         (237     22   

Tradenames

     57,974         —          57,974         58,417         —          58,417   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 417,655       $ (186,586   $ 231,069       $ 419,033       $ (167,261   $ 251,772   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company recorded amortization expense on intangible assets of $20,124. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company recorded amortization expense on intangible assets of $20,292. Amortization expense for intangible assets is expected to range from $27,015 to $14,637 over the next five years.

Customer lists assets are amortizable and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit of three to twenty one years. Developed technology assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit of ten years. License agreements are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit of five years. Non-compete agreement is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit of one year. Trademarks assets are indefinite-lived intangible assets and are not amortizable.

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level annually, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. The Company’s annual test for goodwill impairment is performed as of April  1 st . The Company performed a qualitative assessment for goodwill impairment on its reporting units. The results of the qualitative goodwill impairment assessment indicated that step one of the two-step goodwill impairment review was required for two reporting units. In the first step of impairment testing, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. The fair value of a reporting unit is determined based on the present value of estimated discounted future cash flows. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that reporting unit, goodwill is not impaired, and no further testing is performed. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then the second step of the impairment test must be performed to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss is recorded equal to the difference.

Indefinite-lived purchased intangible assets are reviewed for potential impairment as of April  1 st , on an annual basis, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that indefinite-lived intangible assets might be impaired. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment at the reporting unit level for which identifiable revenues are reported. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment by comparing the estimated fair value of the indefinite-lived purchased intangible assets to the carrying value. The estimated fair value of these intangible assets is determined using the income approach. An impairment loss is recognized when the estimated fair value of an indefinite-lived purchased intangible asset is less than the carrying value. Currently, the Company is not aware of any event that would have caused goodwill or intangible assets to become impaired.

Based upon the Company’s 2013 goodwill impairment testing performed as of April 1st, no goodwill impairment was required.

 

F-78


As of April 1, 2013, the Company reviewed its indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment. The Company estimated the direct cash flows associated with the applicable intangible assets using a “relief from royalty” methodology associated with revenues projected to be generated from these intangible assets. This analysis indicated that a certain trade name was impaired by $400. The Company recorded an impairment charge of $400 related to this trade name in the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

6. ASSET IMPAIRMENT CHARGES

During the second quarter of 2013, the carrying value of leasehold improvements at a certain business unit in the Performance Materials Asia business units was evaluated due a restructuring plan. The recoverability of these assets was measured in accordance with Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets Subsection of ASC Subtopic 360-10. This evaluation indicated that the carrying values of certain equipment were not recoverable, as the expected undiscounted future cash flows to be generated by them were less than their carrying values. The related impairment loss was measured based on the amount by which the asset carrying values exceeded fair value. The asset fair value was based on estimates of prices for similar assets. As a result of the above evaluation under the requirements of ASC 360-10, the Company recorded a $27 asset impairment charge during the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The Company recorded no tax benefit related to this asset impairment charge in the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

There were no asset impairment charges during the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

7. EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS

On April 13, 2007, MacDermid authorized and issued 2,150,000 A Shares to employees who purchased both preferred and common shares of MacDermid, Incorporated as part of a $7,000 management buy-in of both preferred and common shares of MacDermid, Incorporated. Under the existing terms of the A Shares, vesting of the A Shares occurs evenly over a five year period and requires continued employment. Forfeited A Shares can be reissued at the Board of Directors’ discretion. Holders of the A Shares are not entitled to any dividends at the time that they vest. However, holders of vested A Shares are entitled to distributions if declared by the board of directors of MacDermid Holdings, LLC. Any such distributions, when declared, would be paid in the order of priority specified in the MacDermid Holdings, LLC operating agreement. Redemption value of the A Shares is based on a sliding formula which takes into account the final valuation of MacDermid at a “liquidity event”, such as an initial public offering or sale of the Company. At the point of the liquidity event, the A Shares will be liquidated in their order of priority or seniority, as compared to each of the Company’s debt and equity instruments. If during the liquidity event, there are not enough proceeds to redeem the Company’s debt and equity instruments with senior claims, then the A Shares may potentially have a $0 value.

The A Shares were valued at $1.00 per share for equity compensation expense purposes. The Company determined the estimated fair value of the A Shares as of the date of grant based upon the issuance price of the common stock in connection with the Merger, which was determined based on various factors including the lack of liquidity of the common stock, the general and industry specific economic outlook and the relative rights of the holders of capital stock of the Company and MacDermid Holdings, LLC to receive assets of the Company upon a liquidation event. A key assumption in determining the value of the A Shares was that the Company would attain the performance metrics required for full vesting of the B Shares because the number of B Shares vested at the time of any liquidation event would impact the amount of assets available for distribution to the A Shares upon such liquidation event. None of the specific terms of the A Shares, other than their vesting terms and the rights of the holders of the A Shares in a liquidation event relative to the rights of the holders of the common shares, preferred shares and B Shares, impact the fair value of the A Shares. The issuance of the A Shares was designed to compensate certain of the Company’s employees for their long-term commitment to the Company and, in a liquidation event, to permit employees to share in the value of equity in the Company.

As the A Shares vest, the Company records equity based compensation expense and the number of vested A Shares reflected on the balance sheet is increased. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the

 

F-79


Company recorded equity based compensation expense of $8, based upon the vesting of the A Shares. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company recorded equity based compensation expense of $103, based upon the vesting of the A Shares. The Company did not receive any funds upon the vesting of the A Shares. The total intrinsic value of A Shares exercised for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, was $0. As of September 30, 2013, there was $0, of unrecognized compensation cost related to the A Shares. As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there were 1,884,192 and 1,880,192 vested A Shares, respectively.

The following table presents the activity in the A Shares:

 

A Shares:

   A
Shares
    Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Outstanding non-vested balance at December 31, 2012

     18,598      $ 1.00   

Changes during the period:

    

Vesting

     (12,598     —    

Forfeited

     (6,000     —    

Granted

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonvested balance at September 30, 2013

     —        $ 1.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

On April 13, 2007, MacDermid authorized 1,620,000 B Shares for issuance. In May 2008, the Company issued 1,364,000 B Shares. The B Shares carry a vesting period of one to four years as well as performance requirements when issued. The Company’s Board of Directors issued the B Shares as a future compensation tool, using a valuation based method, during their annual Compensation and Equity meeting, held at the time of the financial review for the previous fiscal year’s earnings. The Company’s Board of Directors has no further obligation to issue B Shares to any employee of the Company and further issuance of B Shares is at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors.

The B Shares were modified by resolution of the Board on February 28, 2011, subject to MacDermid Holdings, LLC member consent, to take into account the divestitures and acquisitions undertaken by the Company since 2007 and the difficult global economic conditions that occurred in 2009. MacDermid Holdings, LLC member consent was completed on April 4, 2011. The change resulted in the reinstatement of shares previously forfeited under the former performance metrics. As a result of the modification of the performance metrics, the estimated fair value of the awards was determined at the date of modification. At the date of modification, the Company considered numerous objective and subjective factors, including liquidation scenarios and their respective dates and probabilities based upon management’s best estimates. As a result of the analysis, the estimated fair value at the date of modification was approximately $842. The Company determined the estimated fair value of the B Shares as of the modification date to be $0.67 per share based upon a stock valuation model of the Company’s common stock on the modification date of the B Shares. The stock valuation model that the Company utilized and that was used to estimate the fair value of the B Shares considered a number of factors including operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of the Company’s common stock and the relative rights of the holders of capital stock of the Company and MacDermid Holdings, LLC to receive assets of the Company upon a liquidation event. The key assumptions and estimates in determining the value of the B Shares were (1) the assumption that the Company would attain the modified performance metrics required for full vesting of the B Shares and (2) the estimation of the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the modification date of the B Shares. None of the specific terms of the B Shares, other than their vesting terms and the rights of the holders of the B Shares in a liquidation event relative to the rights of the holders of the common shares, preferred shares and A Shares, impact the fair value of the B Shares. The issuance of the B Shares was designed to compensate certain of the Company’s employees for their long-term commitment to the Company, motivate sustained increases in the Company’s financial performance and, in a liquidation event, permit employees to share in the value of equity in the Company.

 

F-80


The B Shares vest ratably on each of March 31, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015 (each, a “Vesting Date”) if the Company attains the modified performance metrics with respect to the calendar year immediately prior to the year of the applicable Vesting Date (a “Performance Vesting Target”). The B Shares can also be adjusted from time to time with the approval of Court Square to take into consideration any divestitures or acquisitions by the Company occurring during such year (a “Modified Performance Vesting Target”). If the Company does not attain the Performance Vesting Target for any of calendar years 2010, 2011, 2012 or 2013, but does attain the Performance Vesting Target for the immediately subsequent calendar year, then, such prior year’s Performance Vesting Target shall be deemed satisfied and such ratable portion of the B Shares that did not vest with respect to the prior calendar year shall vest on the Vesting Date for the then applicable period or upon a change of control (as defined in the MacDermid Holdings, LLC operating agreement), subject to holders of the Company’s preferred shares, common shares and A Shares having received certain threshold amounts in connection with the change of control. If the B Shares have not vested upon the earlier of March 31, 2015 or the date of the consummation of a change of control, any B Shares that have not vested shall be forfeited to the Company and shall cease to be outstanding. Holders of the B Shares are not entitled to any dividends at the time that they vest. However, holders of vested B Shares are entitled to distributions if declared by the board of directors of MacDermid Holdings, LLC. Any such distributions, when declared, would be paid in the order of priority specified in the MacDermid Holdings, LLC operating agreement.

The Performance Vesting Targets required for ratable vesting of the B Shares on the applicable Vesting Date are (1) EBITDA (as defined in the MacDermid Holdings, LLC operating agreement) for calendar year 2010 of at least $137 million; (2) EBITDA for calendar year 2011 of at least $150 million; (3) EBITDA for calendar year 2012 of at least $162 million; (4) EBITDA for calendar year 2013 of at least $172 million; and (5) EBITDA for calendar year 2014 of at least $185 million.

As the B Shares vest, the Company records equity based compensation expense and the number of vested B Shares reflected on the balance sheet is increased. The Company’s EBITDA for calendar year 2011 exceeded $150 million and as a result, 20% of the B Shares vested on March 31, 2012. Additionally, the Company’s EBITDA for calendar year 2012 exceeded $162 million. As a result, 20% of the B Shares vested on March 31, 2013 for the achievement of the 2012 EBITDA performance metric, bringing the total B Share vesting percentage to 60%. The Company did not receive any funds upon the vesting of the B Shares. As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there were 642,264 and 411,576 vested B Shares, respectively

The A Shares and B Shares have no redemption value as of September 30, 2013 or December 31, 2012, as the redemption value of each is contingent upon liquidation or dissolution of MacDermid Holdings, LLC, as described in the operating agreement governing that entity.

The following table presents the activity in the non-vested B Shares:

 

B Shares:

   B Shares     Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested balance at December 31, 2012

     653,064      $ 0.67   

Changes during the period:

    

Forfeited

     (8,000     —     

Canceled

     —          —     

Vested

     (230,688     0.67   

Granted

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonvested balance at September 30, 2013

     414,376      $ 0.67   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-81


During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compensation expense of $101 was recorded related to the B Shares based on the Company’s management concluding that the achievement of the performance condition contained in the B Shares was probable. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, compensation expense of $92 was recorded related to the B Shares based on the Company’s management concluding that the achievement of the performance condition contained in the B Shares was probable. At September 30, 2013, there was $174 of unrecognized compensation cost related to the B Shares, which is expected to be recognized as the performance metrics are achieved. If the performance metrics are achieved each year for the years from 2013 through 2014, stock based compensation of $139 would be recognized each year.

On January 29, 2013, MacDermid authorized for issuance 5,000,000 Class C shares. The Class C Junior are allocated to three tranches of 1,666,666 shares each and defined as Class C-1 Junior Shares, Class C-2 Junior Shares and Class C-3 Junior Shares (collectively “C Shares”). The Class C-1 Junior Shares vested upon the grant date of January 29, 2013. Class C-2 Junior Shares vest on January 1, 2014 and the Class C-3 Junior Shares vest on January 1, 2015. The number of issued and awarded Class C Junior Shares was 4,890,000 shares or 1,630,000 shares each for the Class C-1 shares, Class C-2 shares and Class C-3 shares. The Company’s Board of Directors issued the C Shares as an incentive compensation tool, using a valuation based method, during their annual Compensation and Equity meeting, held at the time of the financial review. The Company’s Board of Directors has no further obligation to issue C Shares to any employee of the Company and further issuance of C Shares is at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Class C shares are measured based upon the performance criteria in the operating agreement of MacDermid Holdings, LLC of estimated enterprise value of the Company. The Class C shares are to be paid in cash in accordance with the operating agreement of MacDermid Holdings, LLC upon a change in control, liquidating event or initial public offering. The Class C shares are considered liability-classified and such awards recognize the fair value of the award ratably over the performance period; however, equity-classified awards only measure the fair value at the grant date, whereas liability-classified awards measure the fair value at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value of the award cumulatively adjusted through compensation expense each period. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, $0 was recognized as compensation expense related to the C Shares as a change in control, liquidating event or initial public offering related to the Company (as defined in the MacDermid Holdings, LLC operating agreement) was not probable. The estimated fair value of the Class C stock (all tranches) was approximately $9,030 at September 30, 2013.

8. INVENTORIES

The major components of inventory as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 were as follows:

 

     September 30, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Finished goods

   $ 48,403       $ 46,820   

Raw materials and supplies

     29,235         27,657   

Equipment

     1,723         1,616   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventory, net

   $ 79,361      $ 76,093   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the reserve for inventory was $10,519 and $9,326, respectively.

 

F-82


9. PENSION, POST-RETIREMENT AND POST-EMPLOYMENT PLANS

The following tables show the components of the net periodic pension benefit costs the Company incurred for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012:

 

     For the nine months ended
September 30, 2013
    For the nine months ended
September 30, 2012
 
         Domestic             Foreign             Domestic             Foreign      

Net periodic benefit cost:

        

Service cost

   $ 3,234      $ 522      $ 2,598      $ 498   

Interest cost

     4,695        2,304        4,614        2,277   

Expected (return) on plan assets

     (6,015     (3,849     (5,110     (3,294

Net prior service cost amortization

     69        —          —          —     

Net (gain)/loss amortization

     1,515        405        705        375   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost (income)

   $ 3,498      $ (618   $ 2,807      $ (144
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The estimated net periodic benefit cost for domestic other postretirement benefits for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was $168. The estimated net periodic benefit cost for foreign other postretirement benefits for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was $84.

The estimated net periodic benefit cost for domestic other postretirement benefits for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was $171. The estimated net periodic benefit cost for foreign other postretirement benefits for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was $0.

The Company is required to contribute $1,500 and $4,633, respectively, to MacDermid’s various domestic and foreign pension plans in fiscal 2013. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, domestic and foreign pension plan contributions were $2,250 and $2,546, respectively. The current portion of pension and postretirement benefit plans are included in other current liabilities in the Company’s balance sheets at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

10. INCOME TAXES

For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, the Company reported an income tax provision from continuing operations of $20,932 and $17,056, respectively. Foreign exchange gains and losses are treated as discrete items in determining the annual tax rate. Foreign exchange gain and loss are discrete items as it is not possible to estimate their full year effect. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, the Company included discrete items for foreign exchange gains and (losses) of $0 and $9,036, respectively. The discrete items for foreign exchange loss resulted in a tax charge of $0 and $249, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 the Company included discrete items for loss on extinguishment of debt of ($18,788). The discrete items for loss on extinguishment of debt did not result in a tax charge or benefit for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

The Company has net liabilities related to unrecognized tax benefits of $16,393 and $22,759 at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 of which $16,393 and $15,803, if recognized, would impact the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company estimates that none of the total unrecognized benefits will reverse within the next twelve months. The Company adopted the rules set forth by the ASU No. 2013-11 Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists during the nine months ended September 30, 2013. As a result of the adoption of this ASU, the Company has presented the net liabilities related to unrecognized tax benefits in a net position which results in a reduction of the unrecognized tax benefits by $6,956 at September 30, 2013.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. Accrued interest and penalties are included with the related liability for unrecognized tax benefits in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

F-83


11. DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASES

MacDermid’s debt and capital lease obligations as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

     September 30,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Borrowings under lines of credit

   $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

First lien secured credit facility, due 2020, interest at the greater of 4.00% or LIBOR plus 3.00%, weighted average interest rate of 4.00% at September 30, 2013, respectively, net of discount of $1,798

     751,315        —     

Second lien secured credit facility, due 2020, interest at the greater of 7.75% or LIBOR plus 6.75%, weighted average interest rate of 7.75% at September 30, 2013, net of discount of $3,440

     356,560     

Senior secured credit facility, tranche B due 2014, LIBOR plus 2.00%, weighted average interest rate of 2.13% and 2.29%, respectively; Credit facility paid in full June 7, 2013

     —          217,656   

Senior secured credit facility, tranche C due 2014, EURIBOR plus 2.25%, weighted average interest rate of 2.23% and 2.64%, respectively; credit facility paid in full June 7, 2013

     —          147,337   

Called senior subordinated notes due 2017, 9.5% interest rate; paid in full July 8, 2013

     —          350,000   

Japanese senior secured bank debt, due in 2014, weighted average interest rate of 2.40% and 1.90%, respectively

     1,222        4,698   

Other

     999        949   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt and capital lease obligations

     1,110,096        720,640   

Less: current portion debt and capital lease obligations

     (9,306     (26,819
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt and capital lease obligations

   $ 1,100,790      $ 693,821   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Refinancing

On June 7, 2013, the Company completed a refinancing arrangement whereby the outstanding Tranche B term loan, Tranche C term loan, revolving credit facility and senior subordinated notes payable were replaced with two new senior secured credit facilities. The new senior secured credit facilities consist of (i) a $805,000 first lien credit facility allocated between a $755,000 term loan denominated in U.S. Dollars (“first lien term loan”), a $25,000 revolving credit facility denominated in U.S. Dollars and $25,000 multi-currency revolving credit facility and (ii) a $360,000 second lien term loan credit facility denominated in U.S. Dollars (“second lien term loan”). The first lien term loan and related revolving credit facilities accrues and pays interest monthly at the greater of 4.00% or LIBOR plus 3.00% and has quarterly principal payments of $1,878. The revolving credit facility portion of the first lien term loan matures June 7, 2018. The first lien term loan matures June 7, 2020. The second lien term loan accrues and pays interest monthly at the greater of 7.75% or LIBOR plus 6.75%, requires no principal payments until maturity at December 7, 2020. The first lien term loan was issued at a discount of $1,887 and the second lien term loan was issued at a discount of $3,600. The new senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by MacDermid Holdings, LLC and certain of its direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries and is secured by the personal property now owned or hereafter acquired of MacDermid Holdings, LLC and certain of its direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries and also 65% of the stock of the Company’s first tier foreign subsidiaries, subject to customary exceptions, exclusions and release mechanisms.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, interest payments of $9,647, were made on the first lien term loan. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, principal payments of $1,887 were made on the first lien term loan.

 

F-84


During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, interest payments of $8,913 were made on the second lien term loan.

MacDermid also has letters of credit outstanding of $3,774 at September 30, 2013. The letters of credit reduce the borrowings available under the new revolving credit facility.

Retired Senior Secured Credit Facility

On April 12, 2007, the Company closed three new senior secured credit facilities consisting of (i) a $360,000 tranche B term loan credit facility denominated in U.S. Dollars (“tranche B”), (ii) a $250,000 tranche C term loan credit facility denominated in Euros (“tranche C”) and (iii) a $50,000 revolving credit facility denominated in U.S. Dollars.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, interest payments of $2,054, were made on the tranche B term loan. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, interest payments of $1,454, were made on the tranche C term loan.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, principal payments of $217,656, were made on the tranche B term loan. The tranche B principal payments for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 consist of a quarterly payment of $900, excess cash flow payment of $10,277 and the retirement payoff of the outstanding balance of $206,479.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, principal payments of $146,194, were made on the tranche C term loan. The principal payments for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 consist of a quarterly payment of $647, excess cash flow payment of $6,810 and the payoff of the outstanding balance of $138,737.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company recorded $3,261 of other expense related to the remeasurement loss on the foreign denominated tranche C term loan. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the realized portion of the remeasurement gain on the foreign denominated tranche C term loan was $4,398.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, principal and interest payments of $2,700 and $3,803, respectively, were made on the tranche B term loan and $1,939 and $2,990 of principal and interest payments, respectively, were made on the tranche C term loan.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company recorded $817 of other income related to the remeasurement gain on the foreign denominated tranche C term loan. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company recorded $240 of other income related to the remeasurement gain on the foreign denominated tranche C term loan.

In addition to scheduled repayments, the tranche B and tranche C loans contain mandatory prepayment provisions, whereby the Company is required to reduce the outstanding principal amounts of these loans based on excess cash flow (as defined in the credit agreement for the tranche B and tranche C loans) as of the most recent completed fiscal year. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company made a mandatory excess cash flow prepayment, based on 2011 operating results, of $8,727 on the tranche B loan and $5,882 on the tranche C loan.

Retired Revolving Credit Facility

As discussed above, on April 12, 2007, the Company entered into a $50,000 revolving credit facility. In May 2012, revolving credit facility was amended and extended and was retired on June 7, 2013 as part of the refinancing discussed above. There were no balances outstanding under the revolving credit facility on the retirement date or as of December 31, 2012. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, the Company paid commitment fees of $118 and $152, respectively, for the revolving credit facility.

 

F-85


MacDermid also had letters of credit outstanding of $3,874 at December 31, 2012. The letters of credit reduced the borrowings available under the revolving credit facility. Upon the retirement of this revolving credit facility, the outstanding letters of credit were reissued under the new revolving credit facility

Senior Subordinated Notes

On April 12, 2007, the Company issued $350,000 of senior subordinated notes with a fixed interest rate of 9.50% at par. As discussed above and as part of the refinance and recapitalization, the senior subordinated notes were called on June 7, 2013 and $249,519 of principal and a redemption premium of $9,357 were paid to retire the tendered senior subordinated notes. Additionally, $105,864 of the new debt proceeds from the refinance and recapitalization were escrowed to pay the outstanding called senior subordinated notes of $100,481. Additionally, proceeds from the refinance were escrowed for a redemption premium of $3,182 on the called senior subordinated notes outstanding and accrued interest of $2,201 related to these called senior subordinated notes. The escrowed funds were paid to the holders of the remaining senior subordinated note holders on July 8, 2013.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company made interest payments of $20,049 under the senior subordinated notes. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company made $16,625 of interest and $0 of principal payments under senior subordinated notes.

Japanese Senior Secured Bank Debt

On February 26, 2007, the company borrowed approximately $15,000 denominated in Japanese Yen in three separate notes. The first note of $8,397 had a maturity date of February 26, 2012, a fixed interest rate of 1.37% and was paid in full during 2009. The second note of $5,878 had a maturity date of March 26, 2014, a fixed interest rate of 1.47% and was paid in full July 25, 2013. The third note of $840 had a maturity date of March 27, 2012, a fixed interest rate of 1.31% and was paid in full on March 27, 2012.

On May 7, 2007 the Company borrowed an additional $7,557, denominated in Japanese Yen. The May 2007 note had a maturity date of May 28, 2012, a fixed interest rate of 1.41% and was paid in full on May 28, 2012.

On September 26, 2007, the Company borrowed an additional $2,519 denominated in Japanese Yen. The September 2007 note had a maturity date of September 26, 2014, a fixed interest rate of 1.42% and was paid in full on July 25, 2013.

On October 1, 2009, the Company borrowed $5,569 denominated in Japanese Yen. The October 2009 note has a maturity date of August 20, 2014 and a fixed interest rate of 2.40%. Under this note, interest and principal payments are due on a monthly basis.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company made principal and interest payments of $2,953 and $51, respectively, on Japanese senior secured bank debt.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company made principal and interest payments of $4,258 and $128, respectively, on Japanese senior secured bank debt.

Capital Leases

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company entered into equipment capital lease agreements totaling $393 with interest rates from 6.9% to 8.9%. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company entered into equipment capital lease agreements totaling $172, with interest rates ranging from 4.3% to 10%.

Payments on capital leases for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 were $368. Payments on capital leases for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 were $514.

 

F-86


Debt Covenants

The new senior secured credit facilities contain various covenants including restrictions on liens, limitations on additional indebtedness, dividends and other distributions, entry into new lines of business, transactions with affiliates, use of loan proceeds, capital expenditures, restricted payments, amendments to organizational documents, accounting changes, sale and leaseback transactions and dispositions. In addition, the new revolving credit facilities requires the Company to comply with certain financial covenants, including consolidated leverage, interest coverage ratios and limitations on capital expenditures if the Company’s funding under the revolving credit facility exceeds $12,500 at the end of the fiscal quarter. As of September 30, 2013, the Company was in compliance with the debt covenants contained in the new senior secured credit facilities.

As of the retirement date of the former senior secured credit facilities and senior subordinated notes and December 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with the debt covenants contained in the senior secured credit facility and senior subordinated notes.

Other debt facilities

MacDermid carries various short-term debt facilities worldwide which are used to fund short-term cash needs as the need arises. As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there was $0 and $0, respectively, outstanding under these other debt facilities. The Company also has various overdraft facilities available. At September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the capacity under these overdraft facilities was approximately $21,185 and $18,761, respectively. As of September 30, 2013, MacDermid’s overdraft lines bore interest rates ranging from 1.0% to 6.3%.

12. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

In the normal course of business, MacDermid is exposed to risks such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices. Derivative financial instruments, such as interest rate swaps are used to manage changes in market conditions related to debt obligations. All derivatives are recognized on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value at the end of each year. The counterparty to the Company’s derivative agreements is a major international financial institution. The Company continually monitors its positions and the credit ratings of its counterparties, and does not anticipate nonperformance by the counterparties.

Interest Rates

In June 2007, the Company entered into an interest rate collar agreement (“collar”) in June 2007. The collar helped protect the Company’s floating rate U.S. dollar denominated debt. The collar had a floor of 5.20% and a ceiling of 6.25%, a notional amount of $100,000 and covered the period from June 30, 2010 through June 30, 2012.

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated as and meets all the required criteria for a cash flow hedge are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and reclassified into earnings as the underlying hedged item affects earnings. Amounts reclassified into earnings related to the interest rate collar agreement are included in interest expense. As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there were no unrealized losses related to the interest rate derivative instruments as the interest rate collar agreement expired June 30, 2012. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company recorded $0, in unrealized gains to other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”). During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company recorded $1,462, in unrealized gains to other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”). There was hedge effectiveness of approximately $0 and $0, as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, included in OCI. There was hedge ineffectiveness of $0 for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. There was hedge ineffectiveness of $13, respectively, recorded as other expense in the statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

 

F-87


During nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company made no payments related to the interest rate collar agreement as the agreement expired June 30, 2012. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company made payments of $2,364, related to the difference between the interest rate collar agreement rate of 5.20% and the actual interest rate on the Company’s floating rate U.S. dollar denominated debt.

Foreign Currency

The Company conducts a significant portion of its business in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the currency in which the consolidated financial statements are reported. Correspondingly, the Company’s operating results could be affected by foreign currency exchange rate volatility relative to the U.S. dollar. The Company’s Autotype subsidiary in the United Kingdom uses the Great Britain Pound (“GBP”) as its functional currency for paying labor and other operating costs, while approximately 25 percent of its revenues are U.S. dollar denominated. To hedge against the risk of a stronger GBP, the Corporate Treasury Group contracted in 2012 and 2013, on behalf of the Autotype foreign subsidiary, with a financial institution to deliver U.S. dollars at a fixed GBP rate and to receive GBP in exchange for the U.S. dollar. The Company did not pay up-front premiums to obtain the hedge.

While the Company has implemented certain strategies to mitigate risks related to the impact of fluctuations in currency exchange rates, it cannot ensure that it will not recognize gains or losses from international transactions, as this is part of transacting business in an international environment. Not every exposure is or can be hedged and, where hedges are put in place based on expected foreign exchange exposure, they are based on forecasts for which actual results may differ from the original estimate. Failure to successfully hedge or anticipate currency risks properly could adversely affect impact or benefit the Company’s consolidated operating results.

As of September 30, 2013, the aggregate United States dollar notional amount of foreign currency forward contracts, designated as hedges, was $13,500. The Company uses the discounted period-end forward rates methodology to determine market value of its forward and option contracts.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, $(260) was recorded as unrealized (losses) to OCI related to hedged foreign currency exchange contracts. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company recorded realized (loss) of $(372) in other income (expense) related to the settlement of hedged foreign exchange contracts.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, $568 was recorded as unrealized gains to OCI related to hedged foreign currency exchange contracts. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, ($50) was recorded as realized loss in other income (expense) related to the settlement of hedged foreign currency exchange contracts.

The following table summarizes derivative instrument amounts as of September 30, 2013, by currency and the portion of the asset that settles within the next twelve months.

 

     Local Currency
Amount
     U.S. Dollar
Amount
     Percentage Settled
Within One Year
    Dates Contracts are
Through
 

Derivative Assets

          

Great Britain Pound

   £ 2,485       $ 4,000         100 %     December 30, 2013   

Great Britain Pound

   £ 2,796       $ 4,500         100 %     March 31, 2014   

Great Britain Pound

   £ 3,107       $ 5,000         100 %     June 30, 2014   
     

 

 

      
      $ 13,500        
     

 

 

      

 

F-88


The following table summarizes the fair value of derivative instruments reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:

 

Derivatives
designated as
hedging
instruments:
  Assets
Balance
Sheet
Location
    September 30,
2013
U.S. Dollar
Amount
    December 31,
2012
U.S. Dollar
Amount
    Liabilities
Balance Sheet
Location
    September 30,
2013

U.S. Dollar
Amount
    December 31,
2012
U.S. Dollar
Amount
 

Foreign exchange contracts

    Other currentassets      $ 76      $ 336        Other currentliabilities      $ —        $ —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative contracts

    $ 76      $ 336        $ —        $ —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

13. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/ (LOSS)

Reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income/ (loss) for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, was as follows (net of tax):

 

     Defined
benefit plans
    Foreign
currency
translation
    Derivatives     Equity
securities
    Total  

Balance, January 1, 2013

   $ (33,908   $ 3,317      $ 217      $ 104      $ (30,270
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

     —         (6,164 )     (541     295        (6,410

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     —         —         372        (192     180   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net year-to-date other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax benefit of $35

     —         (6,164     (169     103        (6,230
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2013

   $ (33,908   $ (2,847   $ 48      $ 207      $ (36,500
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

14. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company determines fair value measurements used in its consolidated financial statements based upon the exit price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants exclusive of any transaction costs, as determined by either the principal market or the most advantageous market. The principal market is the market with the greatest level of activity and volume for the asset or liability. Absent a principal market to measure fair value, the Company has used the most advantageous market, which is the market in which the Company would receive the highest selling price for the asset or pay the lowest price to settle the liability, after considering transaction costs. However, when using the most advantageous market, transaction costs are only considered to determine which market is the most advantageous and these costs are then excluded when applying a fair value measurement.

Inputs used in the valuation techniques to derive fair values are classified based on a three-level hierarchy. The basis for fair value measurements for each level within the hierarchy is described below with Level 1 having the highest priority and Level 3 having the lowest.

The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

  Level 1—quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

F-89


  Level 2—quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in non-active markets; and model derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant valuation drivers are observable.

 

  Level 3—significant inputs to the valuation model are unobservable and/or reflect the Company’s market assumptions.

The following table presents the Company’s financial instruments, assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

          Fair Value Measurement Using  
    September 30,
2013
    Quoted prices in
active markets
(Level 1)
    Significant other
observable
inputs (Level 2)
    Significant
unobservable
inputs (Level 3)
 

Assets:

       

Money market accounts

  $ 18,520      $ 18,520      $ —        $ —     

Available for sale equity securities

    2,151        2,151        —          —     

Derivatives

    76        —          76        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 20,747      $ 20,671      $ 76      $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

       

Derivatives

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
          Fair Value Measurement Using  
    December 31,
2012
    Quoted prices in
active markets
(Level 1)
    Significant other
observable
inputs (Level 2)
    Significant
unobservable
inputs (Level 3)
 

Assets:

       

Money market accounts

  $ 110,867      $ 110,867      $ —        $ —     

Available for sale equity securities

    2,233        2,233        —          —     

Derivatives

    336        —          336        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 113,436      $ 113,100      $ 336      $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities :

       

Derivatives

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Money market accounts are included in cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet. Available for sale equity securities are included in other long term assets in the balance sheet.

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements

In accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 350, other intangible assets with carrying amounts of $4,300 in the Graphic Solutions Americas reporting unit were written down to their implied fair values of $3,900, resulting in intangible asset impairment charges of $400. These impairment charges were included in the results from operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

In accordance with the provisions of the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets Subsection of ASC Subtopic 360-10, fixed assets with a carrying amount of $27 were written down to their implied fair value of $0, resulting in an impairment charge of $27. The fixed asset impairment charge was included in the results from operations for the nine months September 30, 2013.

 

F-90


There were no write down of assets to implied fair value during the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

 

            Fair Value Measurements Using         

Description

   Year Ended
December 31,
2012
     Quoted
prices in
active
markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
other
observable
inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
     Total
(Losses)
 

Other intangible assets—Graphic Solutions Americas

   $ 4,300         —           —         $ 3,900       $ (400

Property, plant and equipment—Performance Materials Asia

     27         —           —           27         (27
              

 

 

 
               $ (427
              

 

 

 

The following table presents the carrying value and estimated fair value of the Company’s first lien, second lien, tranche B, tranche C and Senior subordinated notes debt:

 

     September 30, 2013      December 31, 2012  
     Carrying value      Fair Value      Carrying value      Fair Value  

First lien and second lien term loans, including current portion

   $ 1,107,875       $ 1,116,713       $ —         $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tranche B, tranche C and senior subordinated notes debt outstanding, including current portion

   $ —         $ —         $ 714,993       $ 727,589   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The carrying value of the Company’s Japanese senior secured bank debt approximates fair value as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of the Company’s financial instruments, assets and liabilities:

Money market accounts —The Company invests in various money market funds which are managed by financial institutions. These money market funds are not publicly traded, but historically have been highly liquid. The fair value of the money market accounts is determined by the banks based upon the funds’ net asset values (“NAV”). All of the money market accounts currently permit daily investments and redemptions at $1.00 NAV.

Derivatives —The fair value of derivatives are determined using pricing models based upon market observable inputs including interest rate curves and both forward and spot prices for currencies. Derivative assets include foreign exchange contracts and derivative liabilities include an interest rate collar and foreign exchange contracts.

Available for sale equity securities —Equity securities classified as available for sale are measured using quoted market prices at the reporting date multiplied by the quantity held.

First Lien, Second Lien, Tranche B, Tranche C and senior subordinated notes debt —The First Lien, Second Lien, Tranche B, Tranche C and senior subordinated debt are measured using quoted market prices at the reporting date multiplied by the carrying amount of the related debt.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, there were no significant transfers of assets and liabilities between the fair value categories Level 1 and Level 2.

 

F-91


15. MISCELLANEOUS INCOME (EXPENSE)

The major components of miscellaneous income (expense) for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012:

 

     For the nine months ended  
     September 30,
2013
    September 30,
2012
 

Miscellaneous income:

    

Gain on remeasurement of foreign denominated debt

   $ 1,137      $ 1,057   

Gain on remeasurement of foreign denominated intercompany loans

     —          8,430   

Other

     99        341   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

   $ 1,236      $ 9,828   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Miscellaneous expense:

    

Loss on settled foreign currency derivative

   $ (372   $ (50

Foreign exchange loss

     (1,249     (570

Other

     (20     (103

Unrealized loss on interest rate derivative

     —          (13
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

     (1,641     (736
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net other (expense) income

   $ (405   $ 9,092   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

16. RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITIES

MacDermid continuously evaluates all operations to identify opportunities to improve profitability by leveraging existing infrastructure to reduce operating costs and respond to overall economic conditions. MacDermid implemented certain consolidation actions during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012. These actions are intended to better align the Company’s manufacturing capacity, eliminate excess capacity by lowering operating costs, and streamline the organizational structure for improved long-term profitability. The restructuring actions consist of facility consolidations and closures and employee terminations. The Company expects to incur incremental manufacturing inefficiency costs at the operating locations impacted by the restructuring actions during the related restructuring implementation period. The restructuring plans initiated in 2013 primarily related to the consolidation of manufacturing processes which affected a manufacturing facility in the Graphic Solutions Americas reporting unit. The restructuring plans initiated in 2012 primarily related to the consolidation of certain back office functions in the Performance Materials Europe reporting unit. Restructuring charges totaled $1,890 and $416, respectively, during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company recorded $1,890 of restructuring expense. The Company recorded restructuring expense of $1,668 related to the elimination of forty-seven positions in the Graphic Solutions Americas business unit. The Company recorded restructuring expense of $102 related to the elimination of four positions in the Performance Materials Americas business unit, $55 related to the elimination of two positions in the Performance Materials Europe business unit and $65 related to the elimination of three positions in the Performance Materials Asia business unit. As of September 30, 2013, the Company has accrued restructuring costs of $870 that are anticipated to be paid out in the next twelve months.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company recorded $416 of restructuring expense. The Company reversed $(12) related to accrued benefits in the Graphic Solutions Europe business unit as the amounts were no longer due to employees. Additionally, the Company reversed $(8) related to accrued other for estimated legal costs that were no longer required in the Graphic Solutions Europe business unit as the amounts were no longer due. The Company recorded restructuring expense of $297 related to the elimination of four positions in the Performance Materials Europe business unit, $99 related to the elimination of seven positions in

 

F-92


the Performance Materials Asia business unit and $85 related to the elimination of two positions in the Graphic Solutions Americas business unit. Also, the Company reversed $(45) related to accrued other for estimated lease termination costs that were no longer required in the Performance Materials Europe business unit as the amounts were no longer due.

The activity in the accrued restructuring was as follows for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, by segment:

 

     For the nine months ended  
     September 30,
2013
     September 30,
2012
 

Severance and other benefits

   $ 1,890       $ 469   

Other

     —           (53
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total restructuring expense

   $ 1,890       $ 416   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

          For the nine months ended
September 30, 2013
    Total costs and
adjustments for the
nine months ended
September 30, 2013
    Totalcosts as of
September 30,
2013
 
    Balance
December 31,
2012
    Charges
to
Expense
    Cash
payments
    Non-cash
Adjustments
     

Graphic Solutions:

           

Severance and other benefits

  $ —        $ 1,668      $ (1,442   $ —        $ 226      $ 226   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Graphic Solutions

    —          1,668        (1,442     —          226        226   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Performance Materials:

           

Severance and other benefits

    616        222        (224     18        16        632   

Other

    16        —          (4     —          (4     12   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Performance Materials

    632        222        (228     18        12        644   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total restructuring charges

  $ 632      $ 1,890      $ (1,670   $ 18      $ 238      $ 870   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
          For the nine months ended
September 30, 2012
    Total costs and
adjustments for the
nine months ended
September 30, 2012
    Total costs as
of
September 30,
2012
 
    Balance
December 31,
2011
    Charges
to
Expense
    Cash
payments
    Non-cash
Adjustments
     

Graphic Solutions:

           

Severance and other benefits

  $ 12      $ 73      $ (85   $ —        $ (12   $ —     

Site clean-up costs

    8        (8     —          —          (8     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Graphic Solutions

    20        65        (85     —          (20     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Performance Materials :

           

Severance and other benefits

    1,012        396        (814     6        (412     600   

Other

    215        (45     (28     (3     (76     139   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Performance Materials

    1,227        351        (842     3        (488     739   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total restructuring charges

  $ 1,247      $ 416      $ (927   $ 3      $ (508   $ 739   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

17. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company paid management fees of $305, to Court Square Capital Partners II LP (“Court Square or CSC”). For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company paid management fees of $204, to Court Square. Three of MacDermid’s board members are employees of Court Square.

 

F-93


For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company paid management fees to Weston Presidio of $70. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company paid management fees to Weston Presidio of $93.

On August 26, 2013, the Company loaned $275 to a MacDermid officer in exchange for a promissory note bearing prime rate plus 1% per annum. As collateral, the note was secured by real estate owned by the officer. The note along with accrued interest is included in other current assets.

18. SEGMENT REPORTING

The Company operates on a worldwide basis, developing technological solutions using chemistry for the metal and plastic plating, electronic, graphic arts and offshore production and drilling industries. The Company’s Performance Materials segment supplies technological solutions and chemistry used for finishing metals and non-metallic surfaces for automotive and other industrial applications, electro-plating metal surfaces, etching and imagining to created electrical patterns on circuit boards for the electronic industry and offshore lubricants and cleaners for the offshore oil and gas markets. The Graphic Solutions segment supplies flexographic plates for use in commercial printing and packaging industries and newspaper plates for the newspaper industry. The profitability of the Company’s reportable segments is evaluated by management based upon operating profit.

The operating profit for each reportable segment include corporate operating costs which are allocated based on the relative burden each segment bears on those corporate operating costs. Transactions between the Company’s reportable segments are recorded on a basis similar to external transactions.

The following table gives relevant information regarding each segment's results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012.

 

     For the nine months ended  
     September 30,
2013
     September 30,
2012
 

Net sales

     

Performance Materials

     

External sales for the segment

   $ 429,446       $ 421,541   

Graphic Solutions

     

External sales for the segment

     131,111         127,284   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated external sales

   $ 560,557       $ 548,825   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

     

Performance Materials

   $ 23,796       $ 25,561   

Graphic Solutions

     5,662         6,061   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated depreciation and amortization

   $ 29,458       $ 31,622   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating profit

     

Performance Materials

   $ 77,660       $ 63,136   

Graphic Solutions

     27,368         23,124   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated operating profit

   $ 105,028       $ 86,260   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-94


19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On October 31, 2013, substantially all of the outstanding equity of the Company was acquired by Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited (“Platform”) for $1.8 billion (including the assumption of approximately $753 million of indebtedness) plus up to $100 million of contingent consideration tied to certain EBITDA and stock trading price performance metrics over a seven year period following the closing of the acquisition.

In conjunction with the assumption of the MacDermid indebtedness, Platform also became a co-borrower on MacDermid’s $50 million revolving credit facility and unconditionally guaranteed all obligations under the first lien term debt and the revolving credit facility.

In conjunction with the acquisition, on October 31, 2013, the Company paid off the outstanding balance of the Second Lien Secured Credit Facility and amended the first lien credit facility. Accordingly, the Company paid approximately $8.0 million of amendment fees and recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $8.6 million.

In connection with the acquisition of the Company, the outstanding shares of the Company’s Class C shares vested and were paid on November 1, 2013 in the amount of $9,030.

The Company has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through December 11, 2013, which is the date the financial statements were issued.

 

F-95


APPENDIX A—PLATFORM BVI AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES

OF ASSOCIATION

TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT 2004

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

PLATFORM SPECIALTY PRODUCTS CORPORATION

a company limited by shares

 

1 NAME

 

1.1 The name of the Company is Platform Specialty Products Corporation.

 

2 STATUS

 

2.1 The Company is a company limited by shares.

 

3 REGISTERED OFFICE AND REGISTERED AGENT

 

3.1 The first registered office of the Company is at Nemours Chambers, PO Box 3170, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands, the office of the first registered agent.

 

3.2 The first registered agent of the Company is Ogier Fiduciary Services (BVI) Limited of Nemours Chambers P.O. Box 3170, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

 

3.3 The Company may change its registered office or registered agent by a Resolution of Directors or a Resolution of Members. The change shall take effect upon the Registrar registering a notice of change filed under section 92 of the Act.

 

4 CAPACITY AND POWER

 

4.1 The Company has, subject to the Act and any other British Virgin Islands legislation for the time being in force, irrespective of corporate benefit:

 

  (a) full capacity to carry on or undertake any business or activity, do any act or enter into any transaction; and

 

  (b) for the purposes of sub-paragraph (a), full rights, powers and privileges.

 

4.2 There are subject to Clause 4.1 no limitations on the business that the Company may carry on.

 

5 NUMBER AND CLASSES OF SHARES

 

5.1 The Company is authorised to issue an unlimited number of shares each of no par value which may be Ordinary Shares or Founder Preferred Shares.

 

6 DESIGNATIONS, POWERS, PREFERENCES OF SHARES

 

6.1 Ordinary Shares confer upon the holder:

 

  (a) the right to an equal share (with the holders of Founder Preferred Shares) in the distribution of the surplus assets of the Company on its liquidation as are attributable to the holders of Ordinary Shares in accordance with the Articles;

 

A-1


  (b) subject to the right of the Founder Preferred Shares in accordance with Article 4 to receive any Annual Dividend Amount from time to time, rights to receive all amounts available for distribution and from time to time to be distributed by way of dividend or otherwise at such time as the Directors shall determine (and in each case all amounts available for distribution to the holders of Ordinary Shares shall be distributed among the holders of Ordinary Shares pro rata to the number of paid up Ordinary Shares held by each holder); and

 

  (c) in respect of each such Ordinary Share the right to receive notice of, attend and vote as a Member at any meeting of Members, except that each holder of Ordinary Shares does not have a right to vote on any Resolution of Members as provided for by Article 42.1 (Merger and Consolidation) and Article 43 (Acquisition), and no right to receive notice of or attend any meeting of Members in respect thereof.

 

6.2 Founder Preferred Shares:

 

  (a) confer upon the holder the right to a share in the dividends payable in accordance with Article 4 of the Articles;

 

  (b) confer upon the holder no right to receive notice of, attend and vote at any meeting of Members, except that each Founder Preferred Share shall confer upon the holder the right to vote in relation to Clause 7.1 and Article 44 (Amendment of Memorandum and Articles) and upon any Resolution of Members as required by Article 42.1 (Merger and Consolidation) and Article 43 (Acquisition), and the right to receive notice of and attend any meeting of the holders of Founder Preferred Shares or meeting of Members, as the case may be, in respect thereof;

 

  (c) confer upon the holder the right to an equal share (with the holders of Ordinary Shares) in the distribution of the surplus assets of the Company on its liquidation as are attributable to the Founder Preferred Shares in accordance with the Articles; and

 

  (d) are convertible into Ordinary Shares in the circumstances specified in Article 5.

 

6.3 The Directors may at their discretion by a Resolution of Directors redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire all or any of the shares in the Company, with the consent of the Member whose shares are to be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired (unless the Company is permitted by any other provision in the Memorandum or the Articles to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire the shares without such consent being obtained), subject to the Articles.

 

7 VARIATION OF RIGHTS

 

7.1 Subject to Clause 7.2, the rights attached to a class of shares as specified in Clauses 6.1 and 6.2 may only, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than 75 (seventy five) per cent. of the issued shares of that class, or by a resolution passed by the holders of not less than 75 (seventy five) per cent. of the issued shares of that class at a separate meeting of the holders of that class.

 

7.2 For the purposes of any consent required pursuant to Clause 7.1, the Directors may treat one or more classes of shares as forming one class if they consider that any proposed variation of the rights attached to each such class of shares as specified in Clauses 6.1 and 6.2 would affect each such class in materially the same manner.

 

8 REGISTERED SHARES

 

8.1 The Company shall issue registered shares only.

 

8.2 The Company is not authorised to issue bearer shares, convert registered shares to bearer shares or exchange registered shares for bearer shares.

 

A-2


9 TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

9.1 A share may be transferred in accordance with the Articles.

 

10 AMENDMENT OF MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES

 

10.1 The Company may amend its Memorandum or Articles by way of a Resolution of Members or in accordance with the Articles.

We, Ogier Fiduciary Services (BVI) Limited of Nemours Chambers, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands, for the purpose of incorporating a BVI business company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands hereby sign this Memorandum of Association.

 

Dated: 23 April 2013  
Incorporator  
Sgd: Gareth Thomas   Sgd: Karen Fahie
Gareth Thomas   Karen Fahie
Authorised Signatory   Authorised Signatory
Ogier Fiduciary Services (BVI) Limited   Ogier Fiduciary Services (BVI) Limited

 

A-3


THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT, 2004 (AS AMENDED)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

PLATFORM SPECIALTY PRODUCTS CORPORATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1

  

INTERPRETATION

     A-6   

2

  

SHARES

     A-12   

3

  

PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHTS

     A-13   

4

  

DIVIDEND RIGHTS OF FOUNDER PREFERRED SHARES

     A-14   

5

  

CONVERSION OF FOUNDER PREFERRED SHARES

     A-15   

6

  

DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS

     A-17   

7

  

CERTIFICATES

     A-18   

8

  

LIEN

     A-18   

9

  

CALLS IN RESPECT OF SHARES AND FORFEITURE

     A-19   

10

  

UNTRACED SHAREHOLDERS

     A-20   

11

  

TRANSFER OF SHARES

     A-21   

12

  

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

     A-22   

13

  

COMPULSORY TRANSFER

     A-22   

14

  

ALTERATION OF SHARES

     A-23   

15

  

DISTRIBUTIONS

     A-23   

16

  

REDEMPTION OF SHARES AND TREASURY SHARES

     A-25   

17

  

MORTGAGES AND CHARGES OF SHARES

     A-25   

18

  

MEETINGS AND CONSENTS OF MEMBERS

     A-26   

19

  

PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS OF MEMBERS

     A-27   

20

  

VOTES OF MEMBERS

     A-28   

21

  

SQUEEZE OUT PROVISIONS

     A-31   

22

  

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

     A-31   

23

  

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

     A-31   

24

  

POWERS OF DIRECTORS

     A-32   

25

  

DELEGATION OF DIRECTORS’ POWERS

     A-32   

26

  

APPOINTMENT AND RETIREMENT OF DIRECTORS

     A-33   

27

  

DISQUALIFICATION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

     A-34   

 

A-4


28

  

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION AND EXPENSES

     A-34   

29

  

OFFICERS AND AGENTS

     A-34   

30

  

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

     A-35   

31

  

DIRECTORS’ GRATUITIES AND PENSIONS

     A-35   

32

  

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

     A-36   

33

  

INDEMNIFICATION

     A-37   

34

  

RECORDS

     A-37   

35

  

REGISTERS OF CHARGES

     A-39   

36

  

CONTINUATION

     A-39   

37

  

SEAL

     A-39   

38

  

ACCOUNTS AND AUDIT

     A-39   

39

  

CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS

     A-40   

40

  

NOTICES

     A-40   

41

  

WINDING UP

     A-42   

42

  

MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION

     A-43   

43

  

ACQUISITION

     A-43   

44

  

AMENDMENT OF MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES

     A-44   

45

  

RESOLUTIONS PRIOR TO ADMISSION

     A-44   

 

A-5


TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT 2004

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

PLATFORM SPECIALTY PRODUCTS CORPORATION

A COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

1 INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 In these Articles and the attached Memorandum, the following words shall bear the following meanings if not inconsistent with the subject or context:

Acquisition means an acquisition by the Company or by any subsidiary thereof (which may be in the form of a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, scheme of arrangement, reorganisation or similar business combination) of an interest in an operating company or business, as contemplated by the Prospectus;

Act means the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (as amended), and includes the regulations made under the Act;

acting in concert shall be construed in accordance with the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers;

Admission means admission of the Ordinary Shares to the standard segment of the Official List and to trading on the Main Market;

Annual Dividend Amount means:

A x B

where:

A = an amount equal (as at the relevant Dividend Date) to 20 per cent. of the increase (if any) in the value of an Ordinary Share. Such increase shall be calculated as being the difference between (i) the Dividend Price for that Dividend Year and (ii) (a) if no Annual Dividend Amount has previously been paid, a price of US$10.00 per Ordinary Share, or (b) if an Annual Dividend Amount has previously been paid, the highest Dividend Price for any prior Dividend Year, provided that in each case such amount is subject to such adjustment either as the Directors in their absolute discretion determine to be fair and reasonable in the event of a consolidation or sub-division of the Ordinary Shares in issue after the date of Admission or otherwise as determined in accordance with Article 5.5; and

B = a number of Ordinary Shares equal to such number of Ordinary Shares as was in issue on the date of Admission plus the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon automatic conversion of the Founder Preferred Shares in accordance with Article 5.1 as if converted on the date of Admission, which number is subject to such adjustment either as the Directors in their absolute discretion determine to be fair and reasonable in the event of a consolidation or sub-division of the Ordinary Shares in issue after the date of Admission or otherwise as determined in accordance with Article 5.5;

Articles means the articles of association of the Company as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time;

Auditors means the auditors from time to time of the Company;

Average Price means for any security, as of any date: (i) in respect of Ordinary Shares, the mid-market closing price of the Ordinary Shares on the London Stock Exchange as shown on Bloomberg; (ii) in

 

A-6


respect of any other security, the volume weighted average price for such security on the London Stock Exchange as reported by Bloomberg through its “Volume at Price” functions; (iii) if the London Stock Exchange is not the principal securities exchange or trading market for that security, the volume weighted average price of that security on the principal securities exchange or trading market on which that security is listed or traded as reported by Bloomberg through its “Volume at Price” functions; (iv) if the foregoing do not apply, the last closing trade price of that security in the over-the-counter market on the electronic bulletin board for that security as reported by Bloomberg; or (v) if no last closing trade price is reported for that security by Bloomberg, the last closing ask price of that security as reported by Bloomberg. If the Average Price cannot be calculated for that security on that date on any of the foregoing bases, the Average Price of that security on such date shall be the fair market value as mutually determined by the Company and the holders of the majority of outstanding Founder Preferred Shares (acting reasonably);

Bloomberg means Bloomberg Financial Markets;

Board means a board of Directors at any time of the Company or the Directors present at a duly convened meeting of Directors at which a quorum is present;

Business Day means a day (except Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for business in London and the British Virgin Islands;

BVI means the territory of the British Virgin Islands;

Change of Control means, following an Acquisition, the acquisition of Control of the Company by any person or party (or by any group of persons or parties who are acting in concert);

Company means Platform Specialty Products Corporation incorporated under the Act;

Control means:

 

  (a) the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

  (i) cast, or control the casting of, more than 50 (fifty) per cent. of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a meeting of Members; or

 

  (ii) appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the Directors or other equivalent officers of the Company; or

 

  (iii) give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of the Company with which the Directors or other equivalent officers of the Company are obliged to comply; and/or

 

  (b) the holding beneficially of more than 50 (fifty) per cent. of the issued shares of the Company (excluding any issued shares that carry no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital),

but excluding in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above any such power or holding that arises as a result of the issue of Ordinary Shares by the Company in connection with an Acquisition;

Conversion Date has the meaning specified in Article 5.1;

Default Shares has the meaning specified in Article 6.4;

Depositary means Computershare Investor Services PLC, or such other custodian or other person (or a nominee for such custodian or other person) appointed under contractual arrangements with the Company or other arrangements approved by the Board whereby such custodian or other person or nominee holds or is interested in shares of the Company or rights or interests in shares of the Company and issues securities or other documents of title or otherwise evidencing the entitlement of the holder thereof to or to receive such shares, rights or interests, provided and to the extent that such arrangements have been approved by the Board for the purpose of these Articles;

 

A-7


Director means a director of the Company for the time being or, as the case may be, the directors assembled as a Board or committee of such Board;

Disclosure Notice has the meaning specified in Article 6.1;

Dividend Date means in respect of a Dividend Year the last day of such Dividend Year;

Dividend Price means the amount calculated by adding together the Average Price per Ordinary Share for each of the last ten consecutive Trading Days in the relevant Dividend Year and dividing by ten;

Dividend Year means the period commencing on the day immediately after the date of completion of the Acquisition and ending on the last day of that Financial Year, and thereafter each subsequent Financial Year, except that:

 

  (a) in the event of the Company’s entry into liquidation, the relevant Dividend Year shall end on the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of commencement of liquidation; and

 

  (b) in the event of an automatic conversion of the Founder Preferred Shares pursuant to Article 5.1, the relevant Dividend Year shall end on the Trading Day immediately prior to the Conversion Date;

Document has the meaning set out in Article 40.1;

Dormant Company means a company which does not engage in trade or otherwise carry on business in the ordinary course;

equity security means a share (other than a bonus share) or a right to subscribe for, or to convert securities into, shares in the Company;

ERISA means the US Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended;

executed includes any mode of execution;

Financial Year means the financial year of the Company, being the 12 month (or shorter) period ending on 31 December in each year, except in respect of the first financial year of the Company, which shall end on 31 December 2014, or such other financial year(s) (each of which may be a 12 month period or any longer or shorter period) as may be determined from time to time by the Board and in accordance with any applicable laws and regulations;

Founder means each of Nicolas Berggruen and Martin E. Franklin;

Founder Preferred Share means a convertible preferred share of no par value in the Company having the rights and being subject to the restrictions specified in the Memorandum;

FCA means the Financial Conduct Authority of the United Kingdom or any successor;

holder, Member or shareholder in relation to shares means the member recorded as a holder of a share in the Company’s register of Members;

Independent Directors means those Directors of the Board from time to time considered by the Board to be independent for the purposes of the UK Corporate Governance Code (or any other appropriate corporate governance regime complied with by the Company from time to time) together with the chairman of the Board provided that such person was independent on appointment for the purposes of the UK Corporate Governance Code (or any other appropriate corporate governance regime complied with by the Company from time to time);

Law means every order in council, law, statutory instrument or regulation for the time being in force concerning companies incorporated in the British Virgin Islands and affecting the Company (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Act) in each case as amended, extended or replaced from time to time;

Listing Rules means the listing rules of the UKLA as amended from time to time;

 

A-8


London Stock Exchange means the London Stock Exchange plc;

Main Market means the London Stock Exchange’s main market for listed securities (or, if the Ordinary Shares are not at the relevant time traded on such market, the principal stock exchange or securities market on which the Ordinary Shares are then listed or traded or if the Ordinary Shares are at the relevant time listed or traded on more than one stock exchange or securities market, the stock exchange or securities market on which the Directors, in their absolute discretion, determine that Ordinary Shares have the greatest liquidity);

Memorandum means the memorandum of association of the Company, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time;

Office means the registered office of the Company;

Official List means the Official List maintained by the UKLA;

Ordinary Share means an ordinary share of no par value in the Company having the rights and being subject to the restrictions specified in the Memorandum;

paid up in relation to shares means fully paid or credited as fully paid, but excludes partly paid shares;

Payment Date means a day no later than ten Trading Days after the Dividend Date, except in respect of any Annual Dividend Amount becoming due on the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of commencement of the Company’s liquidation, in which case the Payment Date shall be such Trading Day, and except in respect of any Annual Dividend Amount becoming due on account of an automatic conversion immediately upon a Change of Control pursuant to Article 5.1(a), in which case the Payment Date shall be the Trading Day immediately after such event;

Plan means (i) an employee benefit plan (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (ii) a plan, individual retirement account or other arrangement that is subject to Section 4975 of the US Internal Revenue Code, (iii) entities whose underlying assets are considered to include plan assets of any such plan, account or arrangement and (iv) any governmental plan, church plan or non-US plan that is subject to the laws or regulations similar to Title I of ERISA or section 4975 of the US Internal Revenue Code;

Prohibited Person any person who by virtue of his holding or beneficial ownership of shares in the Company would or might in the opinion of the Directors:

 

  (a) give rise to an obligation on the Company to register as an investment company under the US Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and related rules or any similar legislation;

 

  (b) give rise to an obligation on the Company to register under the US Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or any similar legislation or result in the Company not being considered a “foreign private issuer” as such term is defined in Rule 3b-4(c) under the US Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

 

  (c) result in a US Plan Investor holding shares in the Company; or

 

  (d) create a material legal or regulatory issue for the Company under the US Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or regulations or interpretations thereunder;

Prospectus means the prospectus issued by the Company in connection with Admission;

register of Members has the meaning specified in Article 2.9;

Registrar means the Registrar of Corporate Affairs of the British Virgin Islands;

Relevant System means a computer-based system and procedures which enable title to units of a Security (including depositary interests) to be evidenced and transferred without a written instrument, and which facilitate supplementary and incidental matters;

 

A-9


Resolution of Directors means either:

 

  (a) a resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of Directors or of a committee of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors present at the meeting who voted except that where a Director is given more than one vote, he shall be counted by the number of votes he casts for the purpose of establishing a majority; or

 

  (b) a resolution consented to in writing by such number of Directors or such number of members of a committee of Directors as would have been required to approve a Resolution of Directors under (a) above;

Resolution of Members means either:

 

  (a) a resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of the Members of the Company by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes of the shares entitled to vote thereon which were present at the meeting and were voted; or

 

  (b) a resolution consented to in writing by a majority of the votes of shares entitled to vote thereon;

Sale Share has the meaning specified in Article 10.2;

Seal means any seal which has been duly adopted as the common seal of the Company;

secretary means the secretary of the Company or other person appointed to perform the duties of the secretary of the Company including a joint, assistant or deputy secretary;

Securities means shares and debt obligations of every kind of the Company, and including without limitation options, warrants and rights to acquire shares or debt obligations;

Special Resolution of Members means either:

 

  (a) a resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of the Members of the Company by the affirmative vote of not less than 75 (seventy five) per cent. of the votes of the shares entitled to vote thereon which were present at the meeting and were voted; or

 

  (b) a resolution consented to in writing by not less than 75 (seventy five) per cent. of the votes of shares entitled to vote thereon;

Trading Day means any day on which the Main Market (or such other applicable securities exchange or quotation system) is open for business and on which the Ordinary Shares may be dealt in (other than a day on which the Main Market (or such other applicable securities exchange or quotation system) is scheduled to or does close prior to its regular weekday closing time);

Transfer Notice has the meaning specified in Article 13.3;

Treasury Share means a share that was previously issued but was repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Company and not cancelled;

UK Corporate Governance Code means the UK Corporate Governance Code (or equivalent code) issued by the Financial Reporting Council in the United Kingdom from time to time;

UKLA means the FCA acting in its capacity as competent authority for the purposes of admissions to the Official List;

US or United States means the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any state in the United States of America and District of Columbia;

US Internal Revenue Code means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

US Person means a person who is a US person within the meaning of Regulation S under the US Securities Act;

 

A-10


US Plan Investor means:

 

  (a) an employee benefit plan as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA (whether or not subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, but excluding plans maintained outside of the US that are described in Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA);

 

  (b) a plan, individual retirement account or other arrangement that is described in Section 4975 of the US Internal Revenue Code, whether or not such plan, account or arrangement is subject to Section 4975 of the US Internal Revenue Code;

 

  (c) an insurance company using general account assets, if such general account assets are deemed to include assets of any of the foregoing types of plans, accounts or arrangements for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the US Revenue Code; or

 

  (d) an entity which is deemed to hold the assets of any of the foregoing types of plans, accounts or arrangements that is subject to Title I of ERISA of Section 4975 of the US Internal Revenue Code;

US Securities Act means the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

US$, USD or United States Dollars means the currency of the United States; and

Winding-up Date means the second anniversary of Admission.

 

1.2 A reference to any law, statute or statutory provision shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be construed as a reference to such law, statute or statutory provision as the same may have been or may from time to time be amended, modified, extended, consolidated, re-enacted or replaced and shall include any subordinated legislation or regulation made thereunder.

 

1.3 Reference to subsidiary or holding company shall be construed in accordance with Section 4 of the Act.

 

1.4 Words denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa.

 

1.5 Words denoting a gender include every gender.

 

1.6 References to persons shall include firms, corporations, partnerships, associations and other bodies of persons, whether corporate or not.

 

1.7 The word may shall be construed as permissive and the word shall shall be construed as imperative.

 

1.8 The word signed shall include a signature or a representation of a signature affixed by mechanical means.

 

1.9 The words in writing shall mean written, facsimiled, or otherwise electronically transmitted or published in a readable form, printed, photographed or lithographed or represented by any other substitute for writing or partly one or partly another.

 

1.10 References to something in electronic form shall include:

 

  (a) something partly in electronic form;

 

  (b) something, whether or not itself in electronic form:

 

  (i) made wholly or partly by electronic means; or

 

  (ii) made wholly or partly by means of something wholly or partly in electronic form.

 

1.11 The word discretion shall mean absolute discretion and the expression as the Directors may determine shall mean as the Directors in their absolute discretion may determine.

 

1.12 References to notice means a notice in writing unless otherwise specifically stated.

 

1.13 A reference to the Auditors or such other person confirming any matter shall be construed to mean confirmation of their opinion as to such matter whether qualified or not.

 

1.14 A reference to a Clause, unless the context requires otherwise, is a reference to a clause of the Memorandum and a reference to an Article, unless the context otherwise requires, is a reference to an Article of these Articles.

 

A-11


1.15 Subject to the above provisions any words defined in the Act shall bear the same meaning in these Articles.

 

1.16 The headings in these Articles are intended for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of these Articles.

 

2 SHARES

 

2.1 Shares and other Securities may be issued and options to acquire shares or other Securities may be granted at such times, to such persons, for such consideration and on such terms as the Directors may by Resolution of Directors determine.

 

2.2 The Company may issue fractions of shares and any such fractional shares shall rank pari passu in all respects with the other shares of the same class issued by the Company.

 

2.3 The maximum permitted number of joint holders of shares shall be four and the Company shall not be required to enter the names of more than four joint holders in the register of Members of the Company.

 

2.4 The Company may exercise the powers of paying commissions and in such an amount or at such a percentage rate as the Directors may determine. Subject to the provisions of the Act any such commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or by the allotment of paid up or partly paid shares or partly in one way and partly in the other. The Company may also on any issue of shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

 

2.5 Subject to the Law, the Directors may permit the holding of shares of any class in uncertificated form (including in the form of depositary interests or similar interests, instruments or Securities) in such manner as the Directors may determine from time to time.

 

2.6 Conversion of shares held in certificated form into shares held in uncertificated form, and vice versa, may be made in such manner as the Directors may, in their absolute discretion, think fit (subject always to any applicable laws and regulations and the facilities and requirements of any Relevant System). The Company shall enter on the register of Members how many shares are held by each Member in uncertificated form and in certificated form and shall maintain the register of Members in each case as is required by any applicable laws and regulations and the facilities and requirements of any Relevant System.

 

2.7 The rights conferred upon the holders of any shares of any class issued with preferred, deferred or other rights shall not (unless otherwise expressly provided by the conditions of issue of such shares) be deemed to be varied or abrogated by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith (excluding, for these purposes, the date from which such new shares shall rank for dividend) or in the case of Founder Preferred Shares (for the avoidance of doubt) the creation or issue of Ordinary Shares, or by the exercise of any power under the disclosure provisions requiring Members to disclose an interest in the Company’s shares pursuant to Article 6, the reduction of capital on such shares, the conversion of shares in accordance with these Articles, or by the purchase or redemption by the Company of its own shares or the sale of any shares held as Treasury Shares in accordance with the provisions of the Act.

 

2.8 No shares may be issued for a consideration other than money, unless a Resolution of Directors has been passed stating:

 

  (a) the amount to be credited for the issue of the shares;

 

  (b) their determination of the reasonable present cash value of the non-money consideration for the issue; and

 

  (c) that, in their opinion, the present cash value of the non-money consideration for the issue is not less than the amount to be credited for the issue of the shares.

 

A-12


2.9 The Company shall keep a register (the register of Members ) containing:

 

  (a) the names and addresses of the persons who hold shares;

 

  (b) the number of each class and series of shares held by each Member;

 

  (c) the date on which the name of each Member was entered in the register of Members; and

 

  (d) the date on which any person ceased to be a Member.

 

2.10 The register of Members may be in any such form as the Directors may approve, but if it is in magnetic, electronic or other data storage form, the Company must be able to produce legible evidence of its contents. Until the Directors otherwise determine, the magnetic, electronic or other data storage form shall be the original register of Members.

 

2.11 A share is deemed to be issued when the name of the Member is entered in the register of Members.

 

2.12 Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and (except as otherwise provided by these Articles or by law) the Company shall not be bound by or recognise (even when having notice thereof) any interest in any share other than an absolute right of the registered holder to the entirety of a share or fraction thereof.

 

2.13 On a winding up of the Company the assets (if any) of the Company available for distribution to Members shall be distributed to the holders of Ordinary Shares and Founder Preferred Shares pro rata to the number of such paid up shares held by each holder relative to the total number of issued and paid up Ordinary Shares as if such paid up Founder Preferred Shares had been converted into Ordinary Shares immediately prior to the winding-up.

 

2.14 The Company may, subject to the provisions of the Act and of these Articles, issue warrants or grant options to subscribe for shares in the Company. Such warrants or options shall be issued upon such terms and subject to such conditions as may be resolved upon by the Board.

 

3 PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHTS

 

3.1 Section 46 of the Act does not apply to the Company.

 

3.2 Subject to the other provisions of this Article 3, with effect following Admission the Company shall not issue any equity securities (and shall not sell any of them from treasury) to a person on any terms unless:

 

  (a) it has made an offer to each person who is a holder of equity securities of that class (other than the Company itself by virtue of it holding Treasury Shares) to issue to him on the same or more favourable terms a proportion of those equity securities which is as nearly as practicable equal to the proportion in value held by the holders of the relevant class(es) of equity securities then in issue; and

 

  (b) the period during which any such offer may be accepted by the relevant current holders has expired or the Company has received a notice of the acceptance or refusal of every offer so made from such holders.

 

3.3 Equity securities that the Company has offered to issue to a holder of equity securities in accordance with Article 3.2 may be issued to him, or anyone in whose favour he has renounced his right to their issue, without contravening Article 3.2 above.

 

3.4 An offer under Article 3.2 shall be made to holders in writing in accordance with the notice provisions of these Articles.

 

3.5 Where equity securities are held by two or more persons jointly, an offer under Article 3.2 may be made to the joint holder first named in the register of Members in respect of those equity securities.

 

A-13


3.6 In the case of a holder’s death or bankruptcy, the offer must be made:

 

  (a) by sending it by post in a prepaid letter addressed to the persons claiming to be entitled to the equity securities in consequence of the death or bankruptcy by name, or by the title of the representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankruptcy, or by any like description, at the address supplied for the purpose by those claiming; or

 

  (b) until any such address has been so supplied giving the notice in any manner in which it would have been given if the death or bankruptcy has not occurred.

 

3.7 If the relevant holder in relation to an offer under Article 3.2 has no registered address in the United Kingdom or the British Virgin Islands for the service of notices on him the offer may be made by causing it or a notice of where a copy may be obtained or inspected to be published in (i) at least one United Kingdom national daily newspaper and (ii) either one newspaper circulated widely in the British Virgin Islands or the BVI Gazette.

 

3.8 An offer pursuant to Article 3.2 must state a period of not less than 14 (fourteen) calendar days during which it may be accepted and the offer shall not be withdrawn before the end of that period.

 

3.9 The provisions of Article 3.2 shall not apply in relation to the issue of:

 

  (a) bonus shares;

 

  (b) equity securities if they are, or are to be, wholly or partly paid up otherwise than in cash; and

 

  (c) equity securities which would apart from any renunciation or assignment of the right to their issue, be held under an employee share scheme.

 

3.10 Equity securities held by the Company as Treasury Shares are disregarded for the purpose of this Article 3 so that:

 

  (a) the Company is not treated as a person who holds equity securities; and

 

  (b) equity securities held as Treasury Shares are not treated as shares in issue of the Company.

 

3.11 Subject to the Act, the Directors may be given by virtue of a Special Resolution of Members the power to issue or sell from treasury equity securities of any class either generally or in respect of a specific issue or sale and, on the passing of the resolution, the Directors shall have power to issue or sell from treasury pursuant to that authority, equity securities wholly for cash as if the provisions of Article 3.2 above do not apply to the issue or sale from treasury and the authority granted by the Special Resolution of Members may be granted for such period of time as such resolution permits and such authority may be revoked by a further Special Resolution of Members. Notwithstanding that any such resolution may have expired, the Directors may issue or sell from treasury equity securities in pursuance of an offer or agreement previously made by the Company, if the resolution enabled the Company to make an offer or agreement which would or might require equity securities to be issued or sold from treasury after it expired.

 

4 DIVIDEND RIGHTS OF FOUNDER PREFERRED SHARES

 

4.1

From such time after the Acquisition as the Average Price per Ordinary Share is US$11.50 (subject to such adjustment either as the Directors in their absolute discretion determine to be fair and reasonable in the event of a consolidation or sub-division of the Ordinary Shares in issue after the date of Admission or otherwise as determined in accordance with Article 5.5) or more for ten consecutive Trading Days, the holders of Founder Preferred Shares will be entitled to receive the Annual Dividend Amount in respect of each Dividend Year as calculated in accordance with these Articles. Each Annual Dividend Amount shall be divided between the holders pro rata to the number of Founder Preferred Shares held by them on the relevant Dividend Date. The Annual Dividend Amount will be paid on the Payment Date by the issue to each holder of Founder Preferred Shares of such number of whole Ordinary Shares as is equal to the pro rata amount of the Annual Dividend Amount to which they are entitled divided by the Average Price per

 

A-14


  Ordinary Share on the relevant Dividend Date (provided that any fractional Ordinary Shares due to a holder resulting from such calculation shall not be issued and such holder shall be entitled to be paid the nearest lower whole number of Ordinary Shares).

 

4.2 In the event of the Company entering liquidation, the Dividend Date for the relevant Dividend Year shall be the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of commencement of liquidation and accordingly an Annual Dividend Amount shall be calculated as of such Dividend Date and be payable on the relevant Payment Date.

 

4.3 In the event of an automatic conversion of Founder Preferred Shares occurring in accordance with Article 5.1, the Dividend Date for the relevant Dividend Year shall be the Trading Day immediately prior to the relevant Conversion Date and accordingly an Annual Dividend Amount shall be calculated as of such Dividend Date and be payable on the relevant Payment Date.

 

4.4 For the avoidance of doubt, any Annual Dividend Amount due in respect of a Dividend Year, including in accordance with Article 4.2 or 4.3, shall be payable in full and shall not be subject to prorating notwithstanding any Dividend Year being longer or shorter than 12 months.

 

5 CONVERSION OF FOUNDER PREFERRED SHARES

 

5.1 Each Founder Preferred Share will be automatically converted into one Ordinary Share (subject to such adjustment either as the Directors in their absolute discretion determine to be fair and reasonable in the event of a consolidation or sub-division of the Ordinary Shares in issue after the date of Admission or otherwise as determined in accordance with Article 5.5) upon the earliest of the following to occur:

 

  (a) immediately upon a Change of Control; or

 

  (b) immediately upon the last day of the seventh full Financial Year of the Company after completion of the Acquisition (or such subsequent date as determined in accordance with Article 5.2),

or, if either such date is not a Trading Day, on the first Trading Day immediately following such date (the Conversion Date ) .

 

5.2 Upon notice in writing from the holders of a majority of the Founder Preferred Shares to the Company to be received not less than ten Business Days prior to the last day of the seventh full Financial Year of the Company after completion of the Acquisition, such holder(s) may request that the date of automatic conversion as specified in Article 5.1(b) above be deferred to the last day of the eighth full Financial Year of the Company following completion of the Acquisition. If a majority of the Independent Directors determine in their discretion to defer the relevant Conversion Date as requested then (i) the date of automatic conversion as specified in Article 5.1(b) shall be such deferred date; and (ii) the holders of a majority of the Founder Preferred Shares will have the right to make a further request in writing no later than ten Business Days prior to the last day of the eighth full Financial Year of the Company after completion of the Acquisition for the deferral of the relevant Conversion Date by a further year. In the event a majority of the Independent Directors approve any such further request for a deferral of the relevant Conversion Date then (i) the date of automatic conversion as specified in Article 5.1(b) shall be such deferred date and (ii) the holders of a majority of Founder Preferred Shares will have the right to make one further request on the same basis as referenced above no later than ten Business Days prior to the last day of the ninth full Financial Year of the Company after completion of the Acquisition for the deferral of the relevant Conversion Date by a further year. In the event that a majority of the Independent Directors approve any such further request for a deferral of the relevant Conversion Date then the date of automatic conversion as specified in Article 5.1(b) shall be such deferred date. In no circumstances shall the Conversion Date determined pursuant to Article 5.1(b) and this Article 5.2 be deferred beyond the last day of the tenth full Financial Year of the Company after completion of the Acquisition (or, if either such date is not a Trading Day, on the first Trading Day immediately following such date).

 

5.3

A holder of Founder Preferred Shares may by notice in writing to the Company require the conversion of such number of that holder’s Founder Preferred Shares as is specified in such notice (and, if such notice is

 

A-15


  silent as to the number of Founder Preferred Shares, that holder shall be deemed to have required the conversion of all of his Founder Preferred Shares), into an equal number of Ordinary Shares (subject to such adjustment either as the Directors in their absolute discretion determine to be fair and reasonable in the event of a consolidation or sub-division of the Ordinary Shares in issue after the date of Admission or otherwise as determined in accordance with Article 5.5), and in such circumstances those Founder Preferred Shares the subject of such notice shall be converted five Trading Days following receipt of the notice by the Company. In the event of a conversion pursuant to this Article 5.3, the holder whose Founder Preferred Shares are converted shall not be entitled to receive, in respect of the Founder Preferred Shares converted, the relevant pro rata amount of the Annual Dividend Amount which may have been attributable to those Founder Preferred Shares in respect of the Dividend Year in which the date of conversion occurs.

 

5.4 In the event of a conversion pursuant to Article 5.1 or Article 5.3:

 

  (a) any share certificates relating to the converted shares shall be cancelled and the Company shall issue to the relevant Member new certificates in respect of the Ordinary Shares which have arisen on the conversion unless the holder elects (or is deemed to have elected) to hold their new Ordinary Shares in uncertificated form;

 

  (b) subject to the terms of these Articles, the Ordinary Shares arising on conversion shall be credited as paid up and shall rank pari passu with the outstanding Ordinary Shares of the Company in issue at the Conversion Date, including as to dividends and other distributions declared, by reference to a record date falling after the Conversion Date; and

 

  (c) where the Ordinary Shares (or any interests therein) are listed or traded on any stock exchange or securities market the Company shall use reasonable endeavours, including the issue of any prospectus, listing document or similar as may be required, to procure that, upon conversion, the Ordinary Shares arising from such conversion (or any interests therein) are promptly admitted to such stock exchange or securities market (or where more than one, all of them) and that any interests in the Ordinary Shares (including depositary interests) be capable of being transferred in a Relevant System.

 

5.5 Notwithstanding any other provisions in these Articles, in any circumstances where:

 

  (a) the Directors or the holders of a majority of the outstanding Founder Preferred Shares consider that an adjustment should be made to (1) any factor relevant for the calculation of the Annual Dividend Amount (including the amount which the Average Price per Ordinary Share must meet or exceed for ten consecutive Trading Days in order for the right to an Annual Dividend Amount to commence (initially set at US$11.50)) or (2) the number of Ordinary Shares into which the Founder Preferred Shares shall convert, whether following a consolidation or sub-division of the Ordinary Shares in issue after the date of Admission or otherwise; or

 

  (b) the holders of a majority of the outstanding Founder Preferred Shares disagree with any adjustment as determined by the Directors,

the Directors will either (i) make such adjustment as is mutually determined by the Directors and the holders of the majority of the outstanding Founder Preferred Shares (acting reasonably) or (ii) failing agreement within a reasonable time, will at the Company’s expense appoint the Auditors, or such other person as the Directors shall, acting reasonably, determine to be an expert for such purpose, to determine as soon as practicable what adjustment (if any) is fair and reasonable. Upon determination in either case the adjustment (if any) will be made and will take effect in accordance with the determination. The Auditors (or such other expert as may be appointed) shall be deemed to act as an expert and not an arbitrator and applicable laws relating to arbitration shall not apply, the determination of the Auditors (or such other expert as may be appointed) shall be final and binding on all concerned and the Auditors (or such other expert as may be appointed) shall be given by the Company all such information and other assistance as they may reasonable require.

 

A-16


5.6 Conversion of the Founder Preferred Shares pursuant to this Article 5 shall be in such manner as may be determined by the Company, including, without limitation, by redemption of such shares and applying the proceeds in the subscription for the applicable number of Ordinary Shares, by means of sub-division and/or consolidation and/or a combination of both (in which case, for the avoidance of doubt, the requisite sub-division and/or consolidation shall be effected pursuant to the provisions of these Articles), by automatically converting the Founder Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares or by redesignating any such Founder Preferred Shares as Ordinary Shares.

 

6 DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS

 

6.1 The Company may, by notice in writing (a Disclosure Notice ) require a person whom the Company knows to be or has reasonable cause to believe is or, at any time during the 3 (three) years immediately preceding the date on which the Disclosure Notice is issued, to have been interested in any shares:

 

  (a) to confirm that fact or (as the case may be) to indicate whether or not it is the case; and

 

  (b) to give such further information as may be required in accordance with Article 6.2.

 

6.2 A Disclosure Notice may (without limitation) require the person to whom it is addressed:

 

  (a) to give particulars of his status (including whether such person constitutes or is acting on behalf of or for the benefit of a Plan or is a US Person), domicile, nationality and residency;

 

  (b) to give particulars of his own past or present interest in any shares (held by him at any time during the 3 (three) year period specified in Article 6.1);

 

  (c) to disclose the identity of any other person who has a present interest in the shares held by him;

 

  (d) where the interest is a present interest and any other interest in any shares subsisted during that 3 (three) year period at any time when his own interest subsisted, to give (so far as is within his knowledge) such particulars with respect to that other interest as may be required by the Disclosure Notice; and

 

  (e) where his interest is a past interest to give (so far as is within his knowledge) like particulars of the identity of the person who held that interest immediately upon his ceasing to hold it.

 

6.3 Any Disclosure Notice shall require any information in response to such notice to be given within the prescribed period (which is 14 (fourteen) calendar days after service of the notice or 7 (seven) days if the shares concerned represent 0.25 (nought point two five) per cent. or more in number of the issued shares of the relevant class) or such other reasonable period as the Directors may determine.

 

6.4 If any Member is in default in supplying to the Company the information required by the Company within the prescribed period or such other reasonable period as the Directors determine, the Directors in their absolute discretion may serve a direction notice on the Member. The direction notice may direct that in respect of the shares in respect of which the default has occurred (the Default Shares ) the Member shall not be entitled to attend or vote in meetings of Members or class meetings. Where the Default Shares represent at least 0.25 (nought point two five) per cent. in number of the class of shares concerned the direction notice may additionally direct that dividends on such shares will be retained by the Company (without interest) and that no transfer of the Default Shares (other than a transfer authorised under the Articles) shall be registered until the default is rectified; or subject always to the rules of a Relevant System, the Listing Rules and the requirements of the UKLA and the London Stock Exchange in respect of the Default Shares where the Directors have any grounds to believe that such Default Shares are held by or for the benefit of or by persons acting on behalf of a Plan or a US Person, the Directors may in their discretion deem the default shares to be held by, or on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Plan or a US Person (as the Directors may determine) and that the provisions of Article 13 should apply to such Default Shares.

 

A-17


6.5 Where Default Shares in which a person appears to be interested are held by a Depositary, the provisions of this Article 6 shall be treated as applying only to those shares held by the Depositary in which such person appears to be interested and not (insofar as such person’s apparent interest is concerned) to any other shares held by the Depositary.

 

6.6 Where the Member on which a Disclosure Notice is served is a Depositary acting in its capacity as such, the obligations of the Depositary as a Member shall be limited to disclosing to the Company such information relating to any person appearing to be interested in the shares held by it, as has been recorded by it pursuant to the arrangements entered into by the Company or approved by the Board pursuant to which it was appointed as a Depositary.

 

7 CERTIFICATES

 

7.1 The Company may (but shall not be obliged to) issue to a Member without payment one certificate for all the shares of each class held by him (and upon transferring a part of his holding of shares of any class to a certificate for the balance of such holding) or several certificates each for one or more of his certificated shares upon payment, for every certificate after the first, of such reasonable sum as the Directors may determine. Every certificate shall specify the number, class and distinguishing numbers (if any) of the shares to which it relates and the amount or respective amounts paid up or partly paid thereon. The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for certificated shares held jointly by several persons and delivery of a certificate to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

 

7.2 All forms of certificate for shares or any other form of security shall be issued in such manner as the Directors may determine which may include under the Seal, which may be affixed to or printed on it or in such other manner as the Directors may approve, having regard to the terms of allotment or issue of shares, and shall be signed autographically unless there shall be in force a Resolution of Directors adopting some method of mechanical signature in which event the signatures (if authorised by such resolution) may be appended by the method so adopted.

 

7.3 If a share certificate is defaced, worn out, lost or destroyed it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and payment of the liability and expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating evidence as the Directors may determine but otherwise free of charge and (in the case of defacement or wearing out) on delivery up of the old certificate.

 

7.4 Any Member receiving a certificate shall indemnify and hold the Company and its Directors and officers harmless from any loss or liability which it or they may incur by reason of any wrongful or fraudulent use or representation made by any person by virtue of the possession thereof.

 

7.5 No provision of these Articles shall apply so as to require the Company to issue a certificate to any person holding such shares in uncertificated form.

 

7.6 Uncertificated shares of a class are not to be regarded as forming a separate class from certificated shares of that class.

 

8 LIEN

 

8.1 The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a paid up share) for all monies (whether presently payable or not) payable at a fixed time or called in respect of that share. The Directors may at any time declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to any amount payable in respect of it.

 

8.2 The Company may sell in such manner as the Directors determine any shares on which the Company has a lien if a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable and is not paid within 14 (fourteen) calendar days after notice has been given to the holder of the share or to the person entitled to it by transmission or operation of the law, demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the shares may be sold.

 

A-18


8.3 To give effect to a sale the Directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the shares sold to or in accordance with the directions of the purchaser. The title of the transferee to the shares shall not be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the sale.

 

8.4 The net proceeds of the sale after payment of the costs shall be applied in payment of so much of the sum for which the lien exists as is presently payable and any residue shall (upon surrender to the Company for cancellation of the certificate for the shares sold and subject to a like lien for any moneys not presently payable as existed upon the shares before the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the shares at the date of the sale.

 

9 CALLS IN RESPECT OF SHARES AND FORFEITURE

 

9.1 Subject to the terms of allotment the Directors may make calls upon the Members in respect of any monies unpaid in respect of their shares and each Member shall (subject to receiving at least 14 (fourteen) calendar days’ notice specifying when and where payment is to be made) pay to the Company as required by the notice the amount called in respect of his shares. A call may be required to be paid by instalments. A call may, before receipt by the Company of any sum due thereunder, be revoked in whole or part and payment of a call may be postponed in whole or part. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect whereof the call was made.

 

9.2 A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising the call was passed.

 

9.3 The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

 

9.4 If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the person from whom it is due and payable shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the calendar day it became due and payable until it is paid; either at the rate fixed by the terms of allotment of the share or in the notice of the call or at such rate not exceeding 15 (fifteen) per cent. per annum as the Directors may determine. The Directors may waive payment of the interest wholly or in part.

 

9.5 An amount payable in respect of a share on allotment or at any fixed date, whether in respect of the issue price or premium or as an instalment of a call, shall be deemed to be a call and if it is not paid the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call. The Company may accept from a Member the whole or a part of the amount remaining unpaid on any shares held by him although no part of that amount has been called up.

 

9.6 Subject to the terms of allotment, the Directors may make arrangements on the issue of shares to distinguish between Members as to the amounts and times of payment of calls in respect of their shares.

 

9.7 If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than (14) fourteen calendar days’ notice requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and any expenses which may have been incurred by the Company in respect thereof. The notice shall name the place where payment is to be made and shall state that if the notice is not complied with the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

9.8 If the notice is not complied with any share in respect of which it was given may at any time thereafter before the payment required by the notice has been made be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors and the forfeiture shall include all dividends or other moneys payable in respect of the forfeited shares and not paid before the forfeiture.

 

9.9

A forfeited share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such a manner as the Directors determine either to the person who was before the forfeiture the holder or to any other person and at any time before sale re-allotment or other disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on

 

A-19


  such terms as the Directors think fit. Where for the purposes of its disposal a forfeited share is to be transferred to any person the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the share to that person.

 

9.10 A person any of whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of them and shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate for any certificated shares forfeited but shall remain liable to the Company for all monies which at the date of forfeiture were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of those shares with interest at the rate at which interest was payable on those monies before the forfeiture or at such rate as the Directors may determine from the date of forfeiture and all expenses until payment but the Directors may waive payment wholly or in part or enforce payment without any allowance for the value of the shares at the time of forfeiture or for any consideration received on their disposal.

 

9.11 A declaration under oath by a Director or the secretary that a share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share and the declaration shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer if necessary) constitute a good title to the share and the person to whom the share is disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration, if any, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture or disposal of the share.

 

10 UNTRACED SHAREHOLDERS

 

10.1 The Company may sell the share of a Member or of a person entitled by transmission at the best price reasonably obtainable at the time of sale, if:

 

  (a) during a period of not less than 12 (twelve) years before the date of publication of the advertisements referred to in sub-paragraph (c) of this Article 10.1 (or, if published on two different dates, the first date) (the relevant period) at least three cash dividends have become payable in respect of the share;

 

  (b) throughout the relevant period no cheque payable on the share has been presented by the holder of, or the person entitled by transmission to, the share to the paying bank of the relevant cheque no payment made by the Company by any other means permitted by Article 15.8 has been claimed or accepted and, so far as any Director of the Company at the end of the relevant period is then aware, the Company has not at any time during the relevant period received any communication from the holder of, or person entitled by transmission to, the share;

 

  (c) on expiry of the relevant period the Company has given notice of its intention to sell the share by advertisement in (i) a United Kingdom national daily newspaper (ii) either one newspaper circulated widely in the British Virgin Islands or the BVI Gazette and (iii) a newspaper circulating in the area of the address of the holder of, or person entitled by transmission to, the share shown in the register of Members; and

 

  (d) the Company has not, so far as the Board is aware, during a further period of three months after the date of the advertisements referred to in sub-paragraph (c) of this Article 10.1 (or the later advertisement if the advertisements are published on different dates) and before the exercise of the power of sale received a communication from the holder of, or person entitled by transmission to, the share.

 

10.2 Where a power of sale is exercisable over a share pursuant to Article 10.1 (a Sale Share ), the Company may at the same time also sell any additional share issued in right of such Sale Share or in right of such an additional share previously so issued provided that the requirements of sub-paragraphs (b) to (d) of Article 10.1 (as if the words “throughout the relevant period” were omitted from sub-paragraph (b) and the words “on expiry of the relevant period” were omitted from sub-paragraph (c)) shall have been satisfied in relation to the additional share.

 

A-20


10.3 To give effect to a sale pursuant to Article 10.1 and Article 10.2, the Board may authorise a person to transfer the share in the name and on behalf of the holder of, or person entitled by transmission to, the share, or to cause the transfer of such share, to the purchaser or his nominee and in relation to an uncertificated share may require the operator of any Relevant System to convert the share into certificated form. The purchaser is not bound to see to the application of the purchase money and the title of the transferee is not affected by an irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings connected with the sale of the share.

 

10.4 The Company shall be indebted to the Member or other person entitled by transmission to the share for the net proceeds of sale and shall carry any amount received on sale to a separate account. The Company is deemed to be a debtor and not a trustee in respect of that amount for the Member or other person. Any amount carried to the separate account may either be employed in the business of the Company or invested as the Board may think fit. No interest is payable on that amount and the Company is not required to account for money earned on it.

 

11 TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

11.1 Subject to the Act and the terms of these Articles any Member may transfer all or any of his certificated shares by an instrument of transfer in any usual form or in any other form which the Directors may approve. The Directors may, without assigning any reasons therefor, refuse to register the transfer of a certificated share (whether paid up or not) unless the instrument of transfer is lodged with the Company and is accompanied by any certificates for the shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Directors may require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer.

 

11.2 Subject to the Act, the Directors may accept such evidence of title of the transfer of uncertificated shares as they shall in their discretion determine. The Directors may permit shares (or interests in shares) held in uncertificated form (including in the form of depositary interests or similar interests, instruments or Securities) to be transferred by means of a Relevant System of holding and transferring shares (or interests in shares) in uncertificated form in such manner as the Directors may determine from time to time. The Directors shall, subject always to the Act and any other applicable laws and regulations and the facilities and requirements of any Relevant System concerned and these Articles, have power to implement and/or approve any arrangements they may, in their absolute discretion, think fit in relation to the evidencing of title to and transfer of interests in shares in the Company in uncertificated form (including in the form of depositary interests or similar interests, instruments or Securities), which may include arrangements restricting transfers, and to the extent such arrangements are so implemented, no provision of these Articles shall apply or have effect to the extent that it is in any respect inconsistent (as determined by the Directors in their absolute discretion) with the holding or transfer thereof or the shares in the Company represented thereby. The Directors may from time to time take such actions and do such things as they may, in their absolute discretion, think fit in relation to the operation of any such arrangements.

 

11.3 If the Directors refuse to register a transfer of a share they shall, within two months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged with the Company, send to the transferor and the transferee notice of the refusal.

 

11.4 No fee shall be charged for the registration of any instrument of transfer or, subject as otherwise herein provided, any other document relating to or affecting the title to any share.

 

11.5 The Company shall be entitled to retain any instrument of transfer of a certificated share which is registered but any instrument of transfer which the Directors refuse to register shall be returned to the person lodging it when notice of the refusal is given.

 

11.6 No transfer of shares will be registered if, in the reasonable determination of the Directors, the transferee is or may be a Prohibited Person, or the transferee is or may be holding such shares on behalf of a beneficial owner who is or may be a Prohibited Person.

 

A-21


12 TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

12.1 If a Member dies, the survivor or survivors where he was a joint holder, and his personal representatives where he was a sole holder or the only survivor of joint holders, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his interest; but nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased Member from any liability in respect of any share which had been jointly held by him.

 

12.2 A person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death, bankruptcy or incapacity of a Member may, upon such evidence being produced as the Directors may properly require, elect either to become the holder of the share or to make such transfer thereof as the deceased, bankrupt or incapacitated Member could have made. If he elects to become the holder he shall give notice to the Company to that effect. If he elects to transfer the share he shall execute an instrument of transfer of the share to the transferee. All of the Articles relating to the transfer of shares shall apply to the notice or instrument of transfer as if it were an instrument of transfer executed by the Member and the death, bankruptcy or incapacity of the Member had not occurred.

 

12.3 A person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death, bankruptcy or incapacity of a Member shall have the rights to which he would be entitled if he were the holder of the share except that he shall not before being registered as the holder of the share be entitled in respect of it to attend or vote at any meeting of the Company or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the Company.

 

13 COMPULSORY TRANSFER

 

13.1 The Directors may require (to the extent permitted by the rules of any Relevant System where applicable) the transfer by lawful sale, by gift or otherwise as permitted by law of any shares that, in the reasonable determination of the Directors, are or may be held or beneficially owned by a Prohibited Person to another person who is not a Prohibited Person (including, without limitation, an existing Member) qualified under these Articles to hold the shares. In the event that the Member cannot locate a purchaser qualified to acquire and hold the shares within such reasonable time as the Directors may determine then the Company may seek to locate (but does not guarantee that it will locate) an eligible purchaser of the shares and shall introduce the selling Member to such purchaser. If no purchaser of the shares is found by the selling Member or located by the Company before the time the Company requires the transfer to be made then the Member shall be obligated to sell the shares at the highest price that any purchaser has offered and the Member agrees that the Company shall have no obligation to the Member to find the best price for the relevant shares.

 

13.2 The Directors may, from time to time, require of a Member that such evidence be furnished to them or any other person in connection with establishing the eligibility of that Member to hold shares as provided in Article 13.1 above as they shall in their reasonable discretion deem sufficient.

 

13.3 In the event that the Directors require the transfer of shares in accordance with Article 13.1 above the Directors will serve a notice (a Transfer Notice ) on the relevant Member requiring such person within 28 (twenty eight) calendar days to transfer the applicable shares to another person who, in the sole and conclusive judgment of the Directors is not a Prohibited Person. On and after the date of such Transfer Notice, and until registration of a transfer of the applicable shares to which it relates the rights and privileges attaching to the relevant shares will be suspended and not capable of exercise. To the extent permitted under any Relevant System, the Directors may instruct the operator of such Relevant System to convert any uncertificated share which is subject to a Transfer Notice into certificated form.

 

13.4 Members who do not comply with the terms of any Transfer Notice shall forfeit or be deemed to have forfeited their shares immediately. The Directors, the Company and the duly authorised agents of the Company, including, without limitation, the registrar of the Company, shall not be liable to any Member or otherwise for any loss incurred by the Company as a result of any Prohibited Person breaching the compulsory transfer restrictions referred to herein and any Member who breaches such restrictions is required under these Articles to indemnify the Company for any loss to the Company caused by such breach.

 

A-22


13.5 Without limitation to any of their powers under Article 6 the Directors may at any time and from time to time call upon any Member by notice to provide them with such information and evidence as they shall reasonably require in relation to such Member or beneficial owner which relates to or is connected with their holding of or interest in shares in the Company. In the event of any failure of the relevant Member to comply with the request contained in such notice within a reasonable time as determined by the Directors in their sole and unfettered discretion, the Directors may proceed to avail themselves of the rights conferred on them under these Articles as though the relevant Member were a Prohibited Person.

 

14 ALTERATION OF SHARES

 

14.1 Subject to the Act, the Company may, pursuant to a Resolution of Directors obtained at any time prior to an Acquisition, or by a Resolution of Members obtained at any time, undertake any action as is specified in sub-paragraphs (a) to (f) below, at any time following such Resolution of Directors or Resolution of Members:

 

  (a) consolidate and divide all or any of its shares into a smaller number than its existing shares;

 

  (b) sub-divide its shares, or any of them, into shares of a larger number so, however, that in such sub-division the proportion between the amount paid and the amount (if any) unpaid on each reduced share shall be the same as in the case of the share from which the reduced share is derived;

 

  (c) cancel any shares which at the date of the passing of the resolution have not been taken up or agreed to be taken up by any person;

 

  (d) convert all or any of its shares denominated in a particular currency or former currency into shares denominated in a different currency, the conversion being effected at the rate of exchange (calculated to not less than three significant figures) current on the date of the resolution or on such other dates as may be specified therein;

 

  (e) where its shares are expressed in a particular currency or former currency, denominate or redenominate those shares, whether by expressing the amount in units or subdivisions of that currency or former currency, or otherwise; and

 

  (f) reduce any of the Company’s reserve accounts (including any share premium amount) in any manner.

 

14.2 Whenever as a result of a consolidation of shares any Members would become entitled to fractions of a share, the Directors may, in their absolute discretion, on behalf of those Members, sell the shares representing the fractions for the best price reasonably obtainable to any person (including, subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company) and distribute the net proceeds of sale in due proportion among those Members. The Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the shares to or in accordance with the directions of the purchaser. The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the sale.

 

15 DISTRIBUTIONS

 

15.1 The Directors may, by a Resolution of Directors, authorise a distribution at a time and of an amount they think fit if they are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that, immediately after the distribution, the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due. For the avoidance of doubt, the requirements of this Article 15.1 shall not apply in respect of any issue of Ordinary Shares to the holders of Founder Preferred Shares in satisfaction of any Annual Dividend Amount to which such holders are entitled pursuant to Article 4.1.

 

15.2 Dividends may be paid in money, shares, or other property.

 

A-23


15.3 The Board may, before declaring any dividend, carry to reserve out of the profits of the Company (including any premiums received upon the issue of debenture or other securities of the Company) such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Board, be applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may be properly applied, and pending such application may, at the like discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Board may from time to time think fit. The Board may also without placing the same to reserve carry forward any profits which they may think prudent not to divide.

 

15.4 All dividends or other distributions (including but not limited to dividends or distributions declared and paid in accordance with Clauses 6.1 and 6.2 of the Memorandum and Articles 2.13 and 4.1) shall be declared and paid only in respect of paid up shares and the holder of any share or shares not paid up as at the date such dividend is declared or such distribution is authorised shall not be entitled to such dividend or distribution. For the purposes of calculating each holder’s pro rata share of any dividend or distribution paid, reference shall only be had to paid up shares (as at the date the dividend is declared or the distribution authorised) of the class or classes to which the dividend or distribution relates. If any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend or other distributions as from a particular date, that share shall rank for dividend or other distribution accordingly.

 

15.5 Any Resolution of Directors declaring a dividend or a distribution on a share may specify that the same shall be payable to the person registered as the holders of the shares at the close of business on a particular date notwithstanding that it may be a date prior to that on which the resolution is passed and thereupon the dividend or distribution shall be payable to such persons in accordance with their respective holdings so registered, but without prejudice to the rights inter se in respect of such dividend or distribution of transferors and transferees of any such shares.

 

15.6 Any Resolution of Directors declaring a dividend or other distribution may direct that it shall be satisfied wholly or partly by the distribution of assets, may authorise the issue fractional certificates, may fix the value for distribution of any assets and may determine that cash shall be paid to any Member upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of Members and may vest any assets in trustees.

 

15.7 Notice in writing of any dividend that may have been declared shall be given to each Member in accordance with Article 40 and all unclaimed dividends or other distributions may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Directors for the benefit of the Company until claimed and the Company shall not be constituted a trustee thereof. All dividends unclaimed for 3 years after notice shall have been given to a Member may be forfeited by Resolution of Directors for the benefit of the Company, and shall cease to remain owing by the Company.

 

15.8 Any dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share may be paid by electronic transfer or cheque sent by post to the registered address (or in the case of a Depositary, subject to the approval of the Board, such persons and addresses as the Depositary may require) of the person entitled or, if two or more persons are the holders of the share or are jointly entitled to it by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the holder, to the registered address of the one of those persons who is first named in the register of Members or to such person and to such address as the person or persons entitled may in writing direct (and in default of which direction to that one of the persons jointly so entitled as the Directors shall in their absolute discretion determine). Every cheque shall be made payable to the order of the person or persons entitled or to such other person as the person or persons entitled may in writing direct and payment of the cheque shall be a good discharge to the Company. Any joint holder or other person jointly entitled to a share as aforesaid may give receipts for any dividend or other moneys payable in respect of the share. Every cheque is sent at the risk of the person entitled to the payment. If payment is made by electronic transfer, the Company is not responsible for amounts lost or delayed in the course of making that payment.

 

15.9 The Directors may deduct from any dividend or distribution or other monies, payable to any Member on or in respect of a share, all sums of money (if any) presently payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise in relation to the shares.

 

A-24


15.10 No dividend or distribution or other moneys payable in respect of a share shall bear interest against the Company unless otherwise provided by the rights attached to the share and no dividend shall be paid on Treasury Shares.

 

15.11 If, in respect of a dividend or other distribution or other amount payable in respect of a share, on any one occasion:

 

  (a) a cheque is returned undelivered or left uncashed; or

 

  (b) an electronic transfer is not accepted,

and reasonable enquiries have failed to establish another address or account of the person entitled to the payment, the Company is not obliged to send or transfer a dividend or other amount payable in respect of that share to that person until he notifies the Company of an address or account to be used for that purpose. If the cheque is returned undelivered or left uncashed or transfer not accepted on two consecutive occasions, the Company may exercise this power without making any such enquiries.

 

16 REDEMPTION OF SHARES AND TREASURY SHARES

 

16.1 The Company may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire and hold its own shares with the consent of the Member whose shares are to be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired.

 

16.2 The purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Company of its own shares is deemed not to be a distribution where:

 

  (a) the Company purchases, redeems or otherwise acquires the shares pursuant to a right of a Member to have his shares redeemed or to have his shares exchanged for money or other property of the Company, or

 

  (b) the Company purchases, redeems or otherwise acquires the shares by virtue of the provisions of section 176 of the Act.

 

16.3 Sections 60, 61 and 62 of the Act shall not apply to the Company.

 

16.4 Shares that the Company purchases, redeems or otherwise acquires pursuant to this Article may be cancelled or held as Treasury Shares except to the extent that such shares are in excess of 50 (fifty) per cent. of the issued shares of that class in which case they shall be cancelled but they shall be available for reissue.

 

16.5 All rights and obligations attaching to a Treasury Share are suspended and shall not be exercised by the Company while it holds the share as a Treasury Share.

 

16.6 Treasury Shares may be disposed of by the Company on such terms and conditions (not otherwise inconsistent with the Memorandum and Articles) as the Company may by Resolution of Directors determine.

 

16.7 Where shares are held by another body corporate of which the Company holds, directly or indirectly, shares having more than 50 (fifty) per cent. of the votes in the election of directors of the other body corporate, all rights and obligations attaching to the shares held by the other body corporate are suspended and shall not be exercised by the other body corporate.

 

17 MORTGAGES AND CHARGES OF SHARES

 

17.1 A Member may by an instrument in writing mortgage or charge his shares.

 

17.2 There shall be entered in the register of Members at the written request of the Member:

 

  (a) a statement that the shares held by him are mortgaged or charged;

 

  (b) the name of the mortgagee or chargee; and

 

A-25


  (c) the date on which the particulars specified in sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) are entered in the register of Members.

 

17.3 Where particulars of a mortgage or charge are entered in the register of Members, such particulars may be cancelled:

 

  (a) with the written consent of the named mortgagee or chargee or anyone authorised to act on his behalf; or

 

  (b) upon evidence satisfactory to the Directors of the discharge of the liability secured by the mortgage or charge and the issue of such indemnities as the Directors shall consider necessary or desirable.

 

17.4 Whilst particulars of a mortgage or charge over shares are entered in the register of Members pursuant to this Article:

 

  (a) no transfer of any share the subject of those particulars shall be effected;

 

  (b) the Company may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any such share; and

 

  (c) no replacement certificate shall be issued in respect of such shares,

without the written consent of the named mortgagee or chargee.

 

18 MEETINGS AND CONSENTS OF MEMBERS

 

18.1 The Company shall hold the first annual general meeting within a period of 18 months following the date of an Acquisition. Not more than 15 months shall elapse between the date of one annual general meeting and the date of the next, unless such period is extended, or such requirement is waived, by a Resolution of Members.

 

18.2 Any Director may convene meetings of the Members at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the Director considers necessary or desirable.

 

18.3 Upon the written request of Members entitled to exercise 30 (thirty) per cent. or more of the voting rights in respect of the matter for which the meeting is requested the Directors shall convene a meeting of Members.

 

18.4 The Director convening a meeting shall give not less than 10 (ten) calendar days’ written notice of a meeting of Members to:

 

  (a) those Members who are entitled to vote at the meeting; and

 

  (b) the other Directors.

 

18.5 A meeting of Members held in contravention of the requirement to give notice is valid if Members holding at least 90 (ninety) per cent. of the total voting rights on all the matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting and, for this purpose, the presence of a Member at the meeting shall constitute a waiver in relation to all the shares which that Member holds.

 

18.6 The inadvertent failure of a Director who convenes a meeting to give notice of a meeting to a Member or another Director, or the fact that a Member or another Director has not received notice, does not invalidate the meeting.

 

18.7 If the Board, in its absolute discretion, considers that it is impractical or unreasonable for any reason to hold a meeting of Members at the time or place specified in the notice calling the meeting of Members, it may move and/or postpone the meeting of Members to another time and/or place. Notice of the business to be transacted at such moved and/or postponed meeting is not required. The Board must take reasonable steps to ensure that Members trying to attend the meeting of Members at the original time and/or place are informed of the new arrangements for the meeting of Members. Proxy forms can be delivered as specified in Article 20.10 until 48 (forty eight) hours before the rearranged meeting. Any postponed and/or moved meeting may also be postponed and/or moved under this Article.

 

A-26


19 PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS OF MEMBERS

 

19.1 The quorum of any meeting of Members shall be one Member present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote.

 

19.2 A Member shall be deemed to be present at a meeting of Members if he participates by telephone or other electronic means and all Members participating in the meeting are able to hear or read what is said or communicated by each other.

 

19.3 If a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting (or such longer period as the chairman of the meeting may think fit and allow), or if during a meeting such a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting, if convened by or upon the requisition of Members, shall be dissolved. If otherwise convened, it shall stand adjourned to such day, time and place as the chairman may determine or as otherwise may be specified in the original notice of meeting and, if at such adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within five minutes from the time appointed for the holding of the meeting, those Members present in person or by proxy shall be a quorum.

 

19.4 The chairman may invite any person to attend and speak at any meeting of Members of the Company where he considers this will assist in the deliberations of the meeting. The Directors may attend and speak at any meeting of Members and at any separate meeting of the holders of any class or series of shares.

 

19.5 The notice of meeting may also specify a time (which shall not be more than 48 (forty eight) hours before the time fixed for the meeting) by which a person must be entered on the register of Members in order to have the right to attend or vote at the meeting. Changes to entries on the register of Members after the time so specified in the notice shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to so attend or vote.

 

19.6 The Directors may determine that those persons who are entered on the register of Members at the close of business on a day determined by the Directors (which may not be more than 21 (twenty one) calendar days before the date on which the notices of meeting were sent) shall be the persons who are entitled to receive notice.

 

19.7 The chairman may, with the consent of the meeting, adjourn any meeting from time to time, and from place to place. When a meeting is adjourned for 14 (fourteen) calendar days or more, at least 7 (seven) calendar days’ notice shall be given specifying the day, time and place of the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any such notice.

 

19.8 At any meeting of Members, the chairman (if any) of the Board or, if he is absent or unwilling, one of the other Directors who is appointed for that purpose by the Directors or (failing appointment by the Directors) by the Members present, shall preside as chairman of the meeting. If none of the Directors are present or are present but unwilling to preside, the Members present and entitled to vote shall choose one of their number to preside as chairman of the meeting.

 

19.9 At any meeting of the Members the chairman is responsible for deciding in such manner as he considers appropriate whether any resolution proposed has been carried or not and the result of his decision shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting. If the chairman has any doubt as to the outcome of the vote on a proposed resolution, he shall cause a poll to be taken of all votes cast upon such resolution. If the chairman fails to take a poll then any Member present in person or by proxy who disputes the announcement by the chairman of the result of any vote may immediately following such announcement demand that a poll be taken and the chairman shall cause a poll to be taken. If a poll is taken at any meeting, the result shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting.

 

19.10 The demand for a poll may be withdrawn before the poll is taken but only with the consent of the chairman. A demand so withdrawn shall not be taken to have invalidated the result of a show of hands declared before the demand was made.

 

A-27


19.11 A poll shall be taken as the chairman directs and he may appoint scrutineers (who need not be Members) and fix a day, time and place for declaring the result of the poll. The result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.

 

19.12 A poll demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken either forthwith or at such day, time and place as the chairman directs not being more than 30 (thirty) calendar days after the poll is demanded. The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of a meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll was demanded. If a poll is demanded before the declaration of the result of a show of hands and the demand is duly withdrawn, the meeting shall continue as if the demand had not been made.

 

19.13 No notice need be given of a poll not taken forthwith if the day, time and place at which it is to be taken are announced at the meeting at which it is demanded. In any other case at least 7 (seven) calendar days’ notice shall be given specifying the day, time and place at which the poll is to be taken.

 

19.14 In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman shall not be entitled to a casting vote in addition to any other vote he may have.

 

19.15 The provisions of this Article 19 in relation to any meeting of Members shall apply equally to any separate meeting of a class of Members.

 

20 VOTES OF MEMBERS

 

20.1 Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares or class of shares and to the provisions of the Articles:

 

  (a) on a show of hands every Member who is present in person (or in the case of corporations, present by a duly authorised representative) or by proxy shall have one vote; and

 

  (b) on a poll every Member present in person (or in the case of corporations, present by a duly authorised representative) or by proxy shall have one vote for every share of which he is the holder.

 

20.2 The following applies where shares are jointly owned:

 

  (a) if two or more persons hold shares jointly each of them may be present in person or by proxy at a meeting of Members and may speak as a Member;

 

  (b) if only one of the joint owners is present in person or by proxy he may vote on behalf of all joint owners; and

 

  (c) if two or more of the joint owners are present in person or by proxy they must vote as one and in the event of disagreement between any of the joint owners of shares then the vote of the joint owner whose name appears first (or earliest) in the register of Members in respect of the relevant shares shall be recorded as the vote attributable to the shares.

 

20.3 A Member in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction (whether in the British Virgin Islands or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder may vote, whether by a show of hands or by a poll, by his attorney, receiver or other person authorised in that behalf appointed by that court, and any such attorney, receiver or other person may vote by proxy. Evidence to the satisfaction of the Board of the authority of the person claiming to exercise the right to vote shall be deposited at the office, or at such other place within the British Virgin Islands as is specified in accordance with these Articles for the deposit of instruments of proxy, before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting or the holding of a poll at which the right to vote is to be exercised and in default the right to vote shall not be exercisable.

 

A-28


20.4 Unless the Directors otherwise decide, no Member shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of Members or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the Company, either in person or by proxy, in respect of any share held by him or to exercise rights as a holder of shares unless all calls and other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares of which he is the holder or one of the joint holders have been paid.

 

20.5 No Member shall, if the Directors so determine, be entitled in respect of any share held by him to attend or vote (either personally or by representative or by proxy) at any meeting of Members or separate class meeting of the Company or to exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to any such meeting if he or any other person appearing to be interested in such shares has failed to comply with a Disclosure Notice within 14 (fourteen) calendar days, in a case where the shares in question represent at least 0.25 (nought point two five) per cent. of their class, or within 7 (seven) calendar days, in any other case, from the date of such Disclosure Notice. These restrictions will continue until the information required by the notice is supplied to the Company or until the shares in question are transferred or sold in circumstances specified for this purpose in these Articles.

 

20.6 No objection shall be raised to the entitlement of any voter or to any person to vote as he did except at the meeting or adjourned meeting or poll at which the vote objected to is or may be tendered, and every vote not disallowed at such meeting or poll shall be valid for all purposes. Any such objection made in due time shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

20.7 On a poll, a person entitled to more than one vote need not if he votes, use all his votes or cast all votes he uses in the same way.

 

20.8 A Member may appoint another person as his proxy to exercise all or any of his rights to attend and to speak and vote at a meeting of the Company. A proxy need not be a Member. A Member may appoint more than one proxy to attend on the same occasion, provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by him. When two or more valid but differing appointments of proxy are delivered or received for the same share for use at the same meeting, the one which is last validly delivered or received (regardless of its date or the date of its execution) shall be treated as replacing and revoking the other or others as regards that share. If the Company is unable to determine which appointment was last validly delivered or received, none of them shall be treated as valid in respect of that share.

 

20.9 The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing in any usual form (or in another form approved by the Board) under the hand of the appointer or his attorney duly authorised in writing or if the appointer is a corporation, either under its common seal or under the hand of an officer or attorney so authorised.

 

20.10 The instrument appointing a proxy and the power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which it is signed or a notarially certified copy of such power or authority shall be:

 

  (a) delivered to the Office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice of meeting or in the instrument of proxy issued by the Company not less than 48 (forty eight) hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote;

 

  (b) given by email or any other electronic method to the address of the Company specified for that purpose in the notice of the meeting or in the instrument of proxy issued by the Company not less than 48 (forty eight) hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote and subject to the need to deposit any power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which an instrument of proxy is signed, an instrument so given shall be deemed to be duly deposited. However any power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which an instrument of proxy is executed, or a notarially certified copy of such power or authority, shall not be given by email or any other electronic method;

 

A-29


  (c) in the case of a poll taken more than 48 hours after it is demanded, delivered as required by sub-paragraph (a) or (b) of this Article 20.10 not less than 24 (twenty four) hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll; or

 

  (d) in the case of a poll not taken immediately but taken not more than 48 (forty eight) hours after it was demanded, the time at which it was demanded,

and in default and unless the Board directs otherwise, the instrument of proxy shall not be treated as valid.

 

20.11 No instrument appointing a proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 12 months from the date named in it as the date of its execution, except at an adjourned meeting or on a poll demanded at a meeting or an adjourned meeting in cases where the meeting was originally held within 12 months from such date. Notwithstanding this Article, the Directors may, at their discretion, accept the appointment of a proxy at any time prior to holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote.

 

20.12 Without limiting the foregoing, in relation to any shares which are held in uncertificated form, the Board may from time to time permit appointments of a proxy to be made by means of an uncertificated proxy instruction and may in a similar manner permit supplements to, or amendments or revocations of, any such uncertificated proxy instruction to be made by like means. The Board may in addition prescribe the method of determining the time at which any such uncertificated proxy instruction (and/or other instruction or notification) is to be treated as received by the Company or a participant acting on its behalf. The Board may treat any such uncertificated proxy instruction which purports to be or is expressed to be sent on behalf of a holder of a share as sufficient evidence of the authority of the person sending that instruction to send it on behalf of that holder.

 

20.13 A vote given or poll demanded in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the death or insanity of the principal or the revocation or determination of the instrument of proxy or of the authority under which the instrument of proxy was executed or the transfer of the share in respect of which the instrument of proxy is given, provided that no intimation in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or determination shall have been received by the Company at the office or at such other place at which the instrument of proxy was duly deposited before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote is given or the poll demanded or (in the case of a poll taken otherwise than on the same day as the meeting or adjourned meeting) the time appointed for taking the poll.

 

20.14 Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles, and subject to such being permissible under the Law, the Directors of the Company may elect to provide a facility for using electronic voting and polling by the holders for any purpose deemed appropriate by the Directors, including without limitation, the polling of holders and electronic voting by holders at any meeting of Members.

 

20.15 Any vote given by proxy may be given by email or any other electronic method (including any instruction or message under a Relevant System) to the address of the Company or person nominated by the Company and specified for that purpose in the notice of meeting or in the instrument of proxy issued by the Company (unless using a Relevant System in which case such message may be received by the Company’s agent) and, with the exception of votes cast using a Relevant System subject to the need to deposit any power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which a vote given by proxy is made, a vote so given shall be deemed to be duly made. However, any power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which a vote given by proxy is made, or a notarially certified copy of such power or authority, shall not be given by email or any other electronic method.

 

20.16 Subject to the specific provisions contained in this Article for the appointment of representatives of Members other than individuals the right of any individual to speak for or represent a Member shall be determined by the law of the jurisdiction where, and by the documents by which, the Member is constituted or derives its existence. In case of doubt, the Directors may in good faith seek legal advice and unless and until a court of competent jurisdiction shall otherwise rule, the Directors may rely and act upon such advice without incurring any liability to any Member or the Company.

 

A-30


20.17 Any corporation which is a Member may, by resolution of its Board or other governing body or officers authorised by such body, authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of the holders of shares of any class of Members, and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member. A corporation present at any meeting by such representative shall be deemed for the purposes of these Articles to be present in person.

 

20.18 The chairman of any meeting at which a vote is cast by proxy or on behalf of any Member other than an individual may at the meeting but not thereafter call for a notarially certified copy of such proxy or authority which shall be produced within 7 (seven) calendar days of being so requested or the votes cast by such proxy or on behalf of such Member shall be disregarded.

 

20.19 An action that may be taken by the Members at a meeting may also be taken by a Resolution of Members consented to in writing, without the need for any prior notice. If any Resolution of Members is adopted otherwise than by the unanimous written consent of all Members, a copy of such resolution shall forthwith be sent to all Members not consenting to such resolution. The consent may be in the form of counterparts, each counterpart being signed by one or more Members. If the consent is in one or more counterparts, and the counterparts bear different dates, then the resolution shall take effect on the earliest date upon which Eligible Persons holding a sufficient number of votes of shares to constitute a Resolution of Members have consented to the resolution by signed counterparts.

 

21 SQUEEZE OUT PROVISIONS

 

21.1 Section 176 of the Act shall not apply to the Company.

 

22 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

 

22.1 The first Directors shall be appointed by the first registered agent within 30 (thirty) calendar days of the incorporation of the Company and, thereafter, the Directors shall be elected by Resolution of Members or by Resolution of Directors for such term as the Members or Directors, as applicable, determine.

 

22.2 No person shall be appointed as a Director unless he has consented in writing to act as a Director.

 

22.3 The minimum number of Directors shall be one and there shall be no maximum number of Directors.

 

23 ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

 

23.1 Any Director (other than an alternate Director) may by notice sent to or deposited at the office or tabled at the meeting of the Board or in any other manner approved by the Board appoint any other Director or any other person to be an alternate Director to attend and vote in his place at any meeting of the Directors at which he is not personally present or to undertake and perform such duties and functions and to exercise such rights as he would personally.

 

23.2 Any such appointment may be made generally or specifically or for any period or for any particular meeting and with and subject to any particular restrictions. An alternate Director need not be a Member.

 

23.3 A Director may by notice delivered to the office or tabled at a meeting of the Board revoke the appointment of his alternate Director and, subject to the provisions of this Article 23, appoint another person in his place. If a Director ceases to hold the office of Director or if he dies, the appointment of his alternate Director automatically ceases. If a Director retires but is reappointed or deemed reappointed at the meeting at which his retirement takes effect, a valid appointment of an alternate Director which was in force immediately before his retirement continues to operate after his reappointment as if he has not retired. The appointment of an alternate Director ceases on the happening of an event which, if he were a Director otherwise appointed, would cause him to vacate office.

 

A-31


23.4 Every alternate Director while he holds office as such shall be entitled:

 

  (a) if his appointor so directs the secretary to notice of meetings of the Directors and all committees of the Board of which his appointor is a member;

 

  (b) to attend and to exercise (subject to any restrictions) all the rights and privileges of his appointor at all such meetings at which his appointor is not personally present; and

 

  (c) to sign written resolutions on behalf of his appointor.

 

23.5 A Director acting as alternate Director has a separate vote at meetings of the Board and committees of the Board for each Director for whom he acts as alternate Director but he counts as only one for the purpose of determining whether a quorum is present.

 

23.6 Without prejudice to Article 23.3 every alternate Director shall ipso facto vacate office if and when his appointment expires by effluxion of time.

 

23.7 Save as otherwise provided in these Articles, an alternate Director shall be deemed for all purposes to be a Director and shall alone be responsible for his own acts and defaults and he shall not be deemed to be the agent of the Director appointing him.

 

24 POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

24.1 The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by, or under the direction or supervision of, the Directors. The Directors have all the powers necessary for managing, and for directing and supervising, the business and affairs of the Company. The Directors may pay all expenses incurred preliminary to and in connection with the incorporation of the Company and may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not by the Act or by the Memorandum or the Articles required to be exercised by the Members.

 

24.2 The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body.

 

24.3 Subject as hereinafter provided, the Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow or raise money (including the power to borrow for the purpose of redeeming shares) and secure any debt or obligation of or binding on the Company in any manner including by the issue of debentures (perpetual or otherwise) and to secure the repayment of any money borrowed raised or owing by mortgage charge pledge or lien upon the whole or any part of the Company’s undertaking property or assets (whether present or future) and also by a similar mortgage charge pledge or lien to secure and guarantee the performance of any obligation or liability undertaken by the Company or any third party.

 

24.4 All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by Resolution of Directors.

 

24.5 Section 175 of the Act shall not apply to the Company.

 

25 DELEGATION OF DIRECTORS’ POWERS

 

25.1 The Directors may, by Resolution of Directors, designate one or more committees, each consisting of one or more Directors, and delegate one or more of their powers, including the power to affix the Seal, to the committee. They may also delegate to any other Director (whether holding any other executive office or not) such of their powers as they consider desirable to be exercised by him. Any such delegation may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and may be revoked or altered. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of a committee shall be governed by the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors so far as they are capable of applying and so far as the same are not superseded by any provisions in the Resolution of Directors establishing the committee, provided that it is not necessary to give notice of a meeting of that committee to Directors other than the Director or Directors who form the committee.

 

A-32


25.2 The Directors have no power to delegate to a committee of Directors any of the following powers:

 

  (a) to amend the Memorandum or the Articles;

 

  (b) to designate committees of Directors;

 

  (c) to delegate powers to a committee of Directors;

 

  (d) to appoint or remove Directors;

 

  (e) to appoint or remove an agent;

 

  (f) to approve a plan of merger, consolidation or arrangement;

 

  (g) to make a declaration of solvency or to approve a liquidation plan; or

 

  (h) to make a determination that the Company will immediately after a proposed distribution, satisfy the solvency test (as defined in the Act).

 

25.3 Articles 25.1 and 25.2 do not prevent a committee of Directors, where authorised by the Resolution of Directors appointing such committee or by a subsequent Resolution of Directors, from appointing a sub-committee and delegating powers exercisable by the committee to the sub-committee.

 

25.4 The Directors may, by power of attorney signed by any one or more persons duly authorised, appoint any person either generally or in respect of any specific matter, to represent the Company, act in its name and execute documents on its behalf.

 

26 APPOINTMENT AND RETIREMENT OF DIRECTORS

 

26.1 Subject to the Act and these Articles, the Directors shall have power from time to time, without sanction of the Members, to appoint any person to be a Director, either to fill a casual vacancy or as an additional Director. A vacancy in relation to Directors occurs if a Director dies or otherwise ceases to hold office prior to the expiration of his term of office.

 

26.2 Subject to the Act and these Articles, the Members may by a Resolution of Members appoint any person as a Director and there shall be no requirement for the appointment of two or more Directors to be considered separately.

 

26.3 A Director is appointed for such term as may be specified in the Resolution of Directors or Resolution of Members appointing him. Where the Directors appoint a person as Director to fill a vacancy, such replacement Director may be appointed for any term as the Directors in their discretion determine.

 

26.4 Each Director holds office for the term, if any, fixed by the Resolution of Members or Resolution of Directors appointing or otherwise provided for in the relevant Director’s service agreement or letter of appointment (if applicable), or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. If no term is fixed on the appointment of a Director, the Director serves indefinitely until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

26.5 A person must not be appointed a Director unless he has in writing consented to being a Director of the Company.

 

26.6 A Director may resign his office by giving written notice of his resignation to the Company and the resignation has effect from the date the notice is received by the Company at the office of its registered agent or from such later date as may be specified in the notice, provided in both instances that such resignation is in accordance with the terms of the relevant Director’s service agreement or letter of appointment (if applicable). A Director shall resign forthwith as a Director if he is, or becomes, disqualified from acting as a Director under the Act.

 

26.7 A Director is not required to hold a share as a qualification to office.

 

A-33


27 DISQUALIFICATION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

27.1 The office of a Director shall be vacated if:

 

  (a) he ceases to be a Director by virtue of any provision of the Law or he ceases to be eligible to be a Director or is disqualified in accordance with the Law; or

 

  (b) he becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally or otherwise has any judgment executed on any of his assets; or

 

  (c) he becomes of unsound mind or incapable or an order is made by a court having jurisdiction (whether in the British Virgin Islands or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder for his detention or for the appointment of a receiver or other person to exercise powers with respect to his property or affairs; or

 

  (d) he is absent from meetings of Directors for a consecutive period of 12 months and the other Directors resolve that his office shall be vacated; or

 

  (e) he dies; or

 

  (f) he resigns his office by written notice to the Company; or

 

  (g) he is removed by a Resolution of Members passed at a meeting of Members called for the purposes of removing the Director or for purposes including the removal of the Director or by a written resolution passed by a Special Resolution of Members; or

 

  (h) where there are more than two Directors, all the other Directors request him to resign in writing,

and for the purposes of this Article 27.1, Section 114 of the Act shall not apply.

 

28 DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION AND EXPENSES

 

28.1 The Directors shall be remunerated for their services at such rate as the Directors shall determine.

 

28.2 The Directors may grant special remuneration to any Director who, being so called upon, shall be willing to render any special or extra services to the Company. Such special remuneration may be made payable to such Director in addition to or in substitution for his ordinary remuneration as a Director and may be made payable by a lump sum or by way of salary or commission or by any or all of those models or otherwise.

 

28.3 The Directors may be paid:

 

  (a) all reasonable travelling, hotel and other out of pocket expenses properly incurred by them in connection with their attendance at meetings of Directors or committees of Directors or meetings of Members or separate meetings of the holders of any class of shares or of debentures of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of their duties; and

 

  (b) all reasonable expenses properly incurred by them in seeking independent professional advice on any matter that concerns them in the furtherance of their duties as a Director of the Company.

 

29 OFFICERS AND AGENTS

 

29.1 The Company may by Resolution of Directors appoint officers of the Company at such times as may be considered necessary or expedient. Such officers may consist of a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more vice-presidents, secretaries and treasurers and such other officers as may from time to time be considered necessary or expedient. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

29.2 The officers shall perform such duties as are prescribed at the time of their appointment subject to any modification in such duties as may be prescribed thereafter by Resolution of Directors.

 

29.3 The emoluments of all officers shall be fixed by Resolution of Directors.

 

A-34


29.4 The officers of the Company shall hold office until their death, resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by Resolution of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company may be filled by Resolution of Directors.

 

29.5 Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Directors may appoint one or more of their number to the office of managing director or to any other executive office in the Company and may enter into an agreement or arrangement with any Director for his employment by the Company or for the provision by him of any services outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a director. Any such appointment, agreement or arrangement may be made upon such terms as the Directors determine and they may remunerate any such Director for his services as they determine.

 

29.6 The Directors may, by a Resolution of Directors, appoint any person, including a person who is a Director, to be an agent of the Company. An agent of the Company shall have such powers and authority of the Directors, including the power and authority to affix the Seal, as are set forth in the Articles or in the Resolution of Directors appointing the agent, except that no agent has any power or authority with respect to the matters specified in Article 25.2. The Resolution of Directors appointing an agent may authorise the agent to appoint one or more substitutes or delegates to exercise some or all of the powers conferred on the agent by the Company. The Directors may remove an agent appointed by the Company and may revoke or vary a power conferred on him.

 

30 DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

 

30.1 A Director shall, forthwith after becoming aware of the fact that he is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the Company, disclose the interest to all other Directors.

 

30.2 For the purposes of Article 30.1, a disclosure to all other Directors to the effect that a Director is a member, director or officer of another named entity or has a fiduciary relationship with respect to the entity or a named individual and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction which may, after the date of the entry or disclosure, be entered into with that entity or individual, is a sufficient disclosure of interest in relation to that transaction.

 

30.3 Subject to any applicable rules or regulations, a Director who is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the Company may:

 

  (a) vote on a matter relating to the transaction;

 

  (b) attend a meeting of Directors at which a matter relating to the transaction arises and be included among the Directors present at the meeting for the purposes of a quorum; and

 

  (c) sign a document on behalf of the Company, or do any other thing in his capacity as a Director, that relates to the transaction,

and, subject to compliance with the Act shall not, by reason of his office be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from such transaction and no such transaction shall be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such interest or benefit.

 

31 DIRECTORS’ GRATUITIES AND PENSIONS

 

31.1 The Directors may provide benefits, whether by the payment of gratuities or pensions or by insurance or otherwise, for any Director who has held but no longer holds any executive office or employment with the Company or with any body corporate which is or has been a subsidiary of the Company or a predecessor in business of the Company or of any such subsidiary, and for any member of his family (including a spouse and a former spouse) or any person who is or who was dependent on him, and may (as well before as after he ceases to hold such office or employment) contribute to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such benefit.

 

A-35


32 PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

32.1 Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the Directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit. A Director may, and the secretary at the request of a Director shall, call a meeting of the Directors by notifying each other Director in writing or otherwise. Questions arising at a meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes the chairman shall have a second or casting vote. A Director who is also an alternate Director shall be entitled to a separate vote for each Director for whom he acts as alternate in addition to his own vote.

 

32.2 A Director shall be given not less than 48 (forty eight) hours notice of meetings of Directors. A meeting of Directors held without 48 (forty eight) hours notice having been given to all Directors shall be valid if all the Directors entitled to vote at the meeting who do not attend waive notice of the meeting, and for this purpose the presence of a Director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver by that Director. The inadvertent failure to give notice of a meeting to a Director, or the fact that a Director has not received the notice, does not invalidate the meeting.

 

32.3 The quorum for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed by the Directors and unless so fixed at any other number shall be two except where there is a sole Director, in which case the quorum shall be one. A person who is an alternate Director shall be counted in the quorum and any Director acting as an alternate Director shall also be counted as one for each of the Directors for whom he acts as alternate.

 

32.4 The Directors or any committee thereof may meet at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the notice calling the meeting provides.

 

32.5 A meeting of Directors may be held notwithstanding that such Directors may not be in the same place if a Director is, by any means, in communication with one or more other Directors so that each Director participating in the communication can hear or read what is said or communicated by each of the others and any such meeting shall be deemed to be held in the place in which the chairman of the meeting is present and each such Director shall be deemed to be present at such meeting and shall be counted when reckoning a quorum.

 

32.6 The continuing Directors or the only continuing Director may act notwithstanding any vacancies in their number, but, if the number of Directors is less than the number fixed as the quorum, the continuing Directors or Director may act only for the purpose of filling vacancies or of calling a meeting of Members. In lieu of minutes of a meeting a sole continuing Director shall record in writing and sign a note or memorandum of all matters requiring a Resolution of Directors. Such a note or memorandum constitutes sufficient evidence of such resolution for all purposes.

 

32.7 The Directors may appoint one of their number to be the chairman of the Board and may at any time remove him from that office. Unless he is unwilling to do so, the Directors so appointed shall preside at every meeting of Directors at which he is present. But if there is no Director holding that office, or if the Directors holding it is unwilling to preside or is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, the Directors present may appoint one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

32.8 All acts done by a meeting of Directors, or of a committee of Directors, or by a person acting as a Director shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was a defect in the appointment of any Director or that any of them were disqualified from holding office, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified.

 

32.9

An action that may be taken by the Directors or a committee of Directors at a meeting may also be taken by a Resolution of Directors or a resolution of a committee of Directors consented to in writing by such majority of Directors or by such majority of the members of the committee, as the case may be, as would have been required to approve such Resolution of Directors or such resolution of a committee of the Directors at a duly convened meeting of Directors or the Committee as applicable without the need for any notice. The consent may be in the form of counterparts each counterpart being signed by one or more

 

A-36


  Directors. If the consent is in one or more counterparts, and the counterparts bear different dates, then the resolution shall take effect on the date upon which the last Director has consented to the resolution by signed counterparts.

 

32.10 The Company shall keep a register of Directors containing:

 

  (a) the names and addresses of the persons who are Directors;

 

  (b) the date on which each person whose name is entered in the register was appointed as a Director;

 

  (c) the date on which each person named as a Director ceased to be a Director; and

 

  (d) such other information as may be prescribed by the Act and/or any applicable law, rules and regulations.

 

32.11 The register of Directors may be kept in any such form as the Directors may approve, but if it is in magnetic, electronic or other data storage form, the Company must be able to produce legible evidence of its contents. Until a Resolution of Directors determining otherwise is passed, the magnetic, electronic or other data storage shall be the original register of Directors.

 

33 INDEMNIFICATION

 

33.1 Subject to the limitations hereinafter provided the Company may indemnify against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings any person who:

 

  (a) is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person is or was a Director; or

 

  (b) is or was, at the request of the Company, serving as a director of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

33.2 The indemnity in Article 33.1 only applies if the person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe that their conduct was unlawful.

 

33.3 The decision of the Directors as to whether the person acted honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company and as to whether the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful is, in the absence of fraud, sufficient for the purposes of the Articles, unless a question of law is involved.

 

33.4 The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entering of a nolle prosequi does not, by itself, create a presumption that the person did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

33.5 The Company may purchase and maintain insurance in relation to any person who is or was a Director, officer or liquidator of the Company, or who at the request of the Company is or was serving as a director, officer or liquidator of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person and incurred by the person in that capacity, whether or not the Company has or would have had the power to indemnify the person against the liability as provided in the Articles.

 

34 RECORDS

 

34.1 The Company shall keep the following documents at the office of its registered agent:

 

  (a) the Memorandum and the Articles;

 

A-37


  (b) the register of Members, or a copy of the register of Members;

 

  (c) the register of Directors, or a copy of the register of Directors; and

 

  (d) copies of all notices and other documents filed by the Company with the Registrar in the previous 10 years.

 

34.2 If the Company maintains only a copy of the register of Members or a copy of the register of Directors at the office of its registered agent, it shall:

 

  (a) within 15 (fifteen) calendar days of any change in either register, notify the registered agent in writing of the change; and

 

  (b) provide the registered agent with a written record of the physical address of the place or places at which the original register of Members or the original register of Directors is kept.

 

34.3 The Company shall keep the following records at the office of its registered agent or at such other place or places, within or outside the British Virgin Islands, as the Directors may determine:

 

  (a) minutes of meetings and Resolutions of Members and classes of Members;

 

  (b) minutes of meetings and Resolutions of Directors and committees of Directors; and

 

  (c) an impression of the Seal, if any.

 

34.4 Where any original records referred to in this Article 34 are maintained other than at the office of the registered agent of the Company, and the place at which the original records is changed, the Company shall provide the registered agent with the physical address of the new location of the records of the Company within 14 (fourteen) calendar days of the change of location.

 

34.5 The records kept by the Company under this Article 34 shall be in written form or either wholly or partly as electronic records complying with the requirements of the Electronic Transactions Act.

 

34.6 A Director is entitled, on giving reasonable notice, to inspect the documents and records of the Company:

 

  (a) in written form;

 

  (b) without charge; and

 

  (c) at a reasonable time specified by the Director,

and to make copies of or take extracts from the documents and records.

 

34.7 Subject to Article 34.8, a Member is entitled, on giving written notice to the Company, to inspect:

 

  (a) the Memorandum and Articles;

 

  (b) the register of Members;

 

  (c) the register of Directors; and

 

  (d) minutes of meetings of Members and Resolutions of Members and of those classes of Members of which he is a Member,

and to make copies of or take extracts from the documents and records.

 

34.8 The Directors may, if they are satisfied that it would be contrary to the Company’s interests to allow a Member to inspect any document, or part of a document, specified in Article 34.7(b), 34.7(c) or 34.7(d), refuse to permit the Member to inspect the document or limit the inspection of the document, including limiting the making of copies or the taking of extracts from the records.

 

34.9 The rights of inspection of a Director and a Member shall be exercisable during ordinary business hours.

 

A-38


35 REGISTERS OF CHARGES

 

35.1 The Company shall maintain at the office of its registered agent a register of charges in which there shall be entered the following particulars regarding each mortgage, charge and other encumbrance created by the Company:

 

  (a) the date of creation of the charge;

 

  (b) a short description of the liability secured by the charge;

 

  (c) a short description of the property charged;

 

  (d) the name and address of the trustee for the security or, if there is no such trustee, the name and address of the chargee;

 

  (e) unless the charge is a security to bearer, the name and address of the holder of the charge; and

 

  (f) details of any prohibition or restriction contained in the instrument creating the charge on the power of the Company to create any future charge ranking in priority to or equally with the charge.

 

36 CONTINUATION

 

36.1 The Company may by Resolution of Directors or Resolution of Members continue as a company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the British Virgin Islands in the manner provided under those laws.

 

37 SEAL

 

37.1 The Seal (if any) shall only be used by the authority of the Directors or of a committee of Directors authorised by the Directors.

 

37.2 Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Directors may determine to have an official for use in any country, territory or place outside the British Virgin Islands, which shall be a facsimile of the Seal. Any such official seal shall in addition bear the name of every territory, district or place in which it is to be used.

 

37.3 The Directors may determine who shall sign any instrument to which the Seal or any official seal is affixed and, in respect of the Seal, unless otherwise so determined: (i) share certificates need not be signed or, if signed, a signature may be applied by mechanical or other means or may be printed; and (ii) every other instrument to which the Seal is affixed shall be signed by a Director and by the secretary or by a second Director. A person affixing the Seal or any official seal to any instrument shall certify thereon the date upon which and the place at which it is affixed (or, in the case of a share certificate, on which the Seal may be printed). The Directors may also decide, either generally or in a particular case, that a signature may be dispensed with or affixed by mechanical means.

 

38 ACCOUNTS AND AUDIT

 

38.1 No Member shall (as such) have any right of inspecting any accounting records or other book or document of the Company except as conferred by the Act or authorised by the Directors or by these Articles.

 

38.2 The Company may appoint auditors to examine the accounts and report thereon in accordance with the Law.

 

A-39


39 CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS

 

39.1 The Directors may by a Resolution of Directors:

 

  (a) resolve to capitalise any undistributed profits of the Company or any part of the amount for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts (including a capital reserve, profit and loss account or revenue reserve) or subject as hereinafter provided any such amount standing to the credit of a share premium account or capital redemption reserve fund, whether or not available for distribution;

 

  (b) appropriate the sum resolved to be capitalised to the Members who, in the case of any amount capable of being distributed by way of dividend, would have been entitled thereto if so distributed or, in the case of any amount not so capable, to the Members who would have been entitled thereto on a winding-up of the Company and in either case in the same proportions and apply that sum on their behalf in or towards:

 

  (i) paying up the amounts (if any) for the time being unpaid on shares held by them respectively, or

 

  (ii) paying up in full unissued shares or debentures of an amount equal to that sum,

and allot the shares or debentures, credited as paid up, to the Members (or as they may direct) in those proportions, or partly in one way and partly in the other;

 

  (c) make any arrangements it thinks fit to resolve a difficulty arising in the distribution of a capitalised reserve and in particular, without limitation, where shares or debentures become distributable in fractions the Board may deal with the fractions as it thinks fit, including issuing fractional certificates, disregarding fractions or selling shares or debentures representing the fractions to a person for the best price reasonably obtainable and distributing the net proceeds of the sale in due proportion amongst the Members (except that if the amount due to a Member is less than £10, or such other sum as the Board may decide, the sum may be retained for the benefit of the Company);

 

  (d) authorise a person to enter (on behalf of all the Members concerned) an agreement with the Company providing for either:

 

  (i) the allotment to the Members respectively, credited as paid up, of shares or debentures to which they may be entitled on the capitalisation; or

 

  (ii) the payment by the Company on behalf of the Members (by the application of their respective proportions of the reserves resolved to be capitalised) of the amounts or part of the amounts remaining unpaid on their existing shares,

an agreement made under the authority being effective and binding on all those Members; and

 

  (e) generally do all acts and things required to give effect to the resolution.

 

39.2 Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, but subject to the rights attached to shares, the Board may fix any date as the record date for a dividend, distribution, allotment or issue. The record date may be on or at any time before or after a date on which the dividend, distribution, allotment or issue is declared, made or paid.

 

40 NOTICES

 

40.1 Any notice and any account, balance sheet, report or other document (each a Document) to be given to or by any person pursuant to these Articles shall be in writing except that a notice calling a meeting of the Directors or a committee of Directors need not be in writing.

 

40.2 The Company may give any Document either:

 

  (a) personally; or

 

A-40


  (b) by sending it by post in a prepaid envelope addressed to the Member at his registered address or by leaving it at that address or by sending it to or leaving it at such other address nominated for the purpose; or

 

  (c) by transmitting it by facsimile to the registered address of the Member; or

 

  (d) by sending it by electronic means (other than by transmission by facsimile) to such electronic address from time to time held by the Company for that Member, or by means of a website, unless such Member notifies the Company otherwise and unless and until the Company receives such notice, a Member is deemed to agree to the sending of Documents by electronic means in any particular electronic form and to the sending of documents by means of a website; or

 

  (e) if service cannot be effected in accordance with sub-paragraphs (a) to (d) inclusive above, in any other manner permitted by the Act.

 

40.3 Any Document to be given to the Company pursuant to these Articles may be given either:

 

  (a) by being sent by post in a prepaid envelope addressed to the Company (i) at its Office, or by leaving it at such address or (ii) by sending it to or leaving it at such other address nominated by the Directors from time to time for the purpose; or

 

  (b) by transmitting it by facsimile (addressed to the Company) (i) to the Company’s Office or (ii) to such other address nominated by the Directors from time to time for the purpose ; or

 

  (c) by sending it by electronic means (other than by transmission by facsimile) to (i) such electronic address, or by means of a website, from time to time provided by the Company for the purpose of the service of Documents upon it, or (ii) such other electronic address nominated by the Directors from time to time for the purpose; or

 

  (d) if service cannot be effected in accordance with sub-paragraphs (a) to (c) inclusive above, in any other manner permitted by the Act.

 

40.4 In the case of joint holders of a share, all Documents shall be given to the joint holder whose name stands first in the register of Members in respect of the joint holding and Documents so given shall be sufficient disclosure to all the joint holders.

 

40.5 A Member present, either in person or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company or of the holders of any class of shares in the Company shall be deemed to have received notice of the meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which it was called.

 

40.6 Every person who becomes entitled to a share shall be bound by any notice in respect of that share which, before his name is entered in the register of Members, has been duly given to a person from which he derives his title.

 

40.7 Service of any Document by post shall be proved by showing the date of posting, the address thereon and the fact of prepayment.

 

40.8 A Document addressed to the office, a registered address or an address for service is, if sent by post, deemed to be given 2 (two) calendar days after it has been posted or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next Business Day, and in proving service it is sufficient to prove that the envelope containing the Document was properly addressed and duly posted.

 

40.9 A Document not sent by post but left at the office, a registered address or at an address for service is deemed to be given on the day it is left or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next Business Day.

 

40.10 Any Document sent by facsimile shall be deemed to be received within half an hour (local time in the jurisdiction where the document is being sent) of the time on the transmission notice on the Business Day that it is sent or, if such time of receipt is after 5.00pm local time in the jurisdiction where the Document is sent, by 9.00am (local time in the jurisdiction where the Document is sent) on the next Business Day.

 

A-41


40.11 Any Document sent by other electronic means shall be deemed to be received immediately upon being sent on the Business Day that it is sent (provided that such time falls between 9.00am and 5.00pm local time in the jurisdiction where the Document is sent) or, if such day is not a Business Day, or the Document is sent outside the hours of 9.00am to 5.00pm local time in the jurisdiction where the Document is sent, by 9.00am (local time in the jurisdiction where the Document is sent) on the next Business Day.

 

40.12 In proving service of a Document sent by facsimile or by electronic means it shall be sufficient to show that:

 

  (a) in the case of a Document sent by facsimile, the facsimile was properly addressed to the facsimile number last notified to the sender by the recipient and that a transmission report was generated by the sender’s facsimile machine recording a message from the recipient’s facsimile machine that all pages were successfully transmitted; and

 

  (b) in the case of a notice sent by other electronic means, the electronic message was properly addressed to the electronic address from time to time held by the sender for the recipient, and that no error message has been received in relation to the electronic message or the Document by the sender.

 

40.13 Any Document served by an advertisement or notice published in a newspaper or the BVI Gazette is deemed to be given to all Members and other persons entitled to receive it at noon on the day when the advertisement or notice appears or, where an advertisement or notice is given by more than one advertisement or notice and the advertisements or notices appear on different days, at noon on the last of the days when the advertisements or notices appear.

 

40.14 Any Document served or delivered by the Company by any other means is deemed to be served when the Company has taken the action it has been authorised to take for that purpose.

 

40.15 A Document may be given by the Company to the persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death, bankruptcy or incapacity of a Member by sending or delivering it, in any manner authorised by these Articles for the giving of Documents to a Member, addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt or curator of the Member or by any like description at the address, if any, supplied for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled. Until such an address has been supplied, a notice may be given in any manner in which it might have been given if the death, bankruptcy or incapacity had not occurred. If more than one person would be entitled to receive a notice in consequence of the death, bankruptcy or incapacity of a Member, notice given to any one of such persons shall be sufficient notice to all such persons.

 

41 WINDING UP

 

41.1 If an Acquisition has not been announced by the Winding-up Date, the Directors shall determine whether to recommend to Members either that the Company be wound up or that the Company continues to pursue an Acquisition for another year.

 

41.2 Following any determination by the Directors pursuant to Article 41.1 to recommend that the Company be wound up or that the Company continues to pursue an Acquisition for another year, the Directors shall propose or cause to be proposed either at a meeting of Members or in writing a Resolution of Members to the effect that either: (i) the Company shall be wound up; or (ii) the Company shall continue for another year.

 

41.3

If any Resolution of Members proposed pursuant to Article 41.2 to continue the Company is approved, or to wind up the Company is not approved, the Company shall continue for a further period of one year from the Winding-up Date. If an Acquisition has not been completed by such subsequent time, the Directors shall as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter propose or cause to be proposed either at a meeting of Members or in writing a further Resolution of Members to the effect that the Company shall

 

A-42


  be wound up. If any such resolution is not approved, the Directors may thereafter (at any time and from time to time) propose or cause to be proposed either at a meeting of Members or in writing a Resolution of Members to voluntarily wind up the Company.

 

41.4 If any Resolution of Members proposed pursuant to Article 41.2 to continue the Company is not approved, the Directors shall as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter propose or cause to be proposed either at a meeting of Members or in writing a Resolution of Members to the effect that the Company shall be wound up. If any such resolution to wind up the Company is not approved, the Company shall continue for a further period of one year from the Winding-up Date. If an Acquisition has not been completed by such subsequent time, the Directors shall as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter propose or cause to be proposed either at a meeting of Members or in writing a further Resolution of Members to the effect that the Company shall be wound up. If any such resolution is not approved, the Directors may thereafter (at any time and from time to time) propose or cause to be proposed either at a meeting of Members or in writing a Resolution of Members to voluntarily wind up the Company.

 

41.5 The Directors may by a Resolution of Directors approve the winding up of the Company to occur at any time after an Acquisition has been completed and when the Directors reasonably conclude that the Company is or will become a Dormant Company. For the avoidance of doubt such Resolution of Directors may, subject to the Act, be approved at any time, including prior to completion of an Acquisition.

 

41.6 Save in the circumstances provided in Article 41.3, Article 41.4, Article 41.5, Article 41.7 and Article 43, a Special Resolution of Members is required to approve the voluntary winding-up of the Company.

 

41.7 If any proposal to wind up the Company is approved by a Special Resolution of Members, Resolution of Members or Resolution of Directors pursuant to this Article 41 or Article 43, the Company shall proceed to be wound-up in accordance with section 199 of the Act.

 

42 MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION

 

42.1 Subject to Article 42.2, the Company may, with the approval of a Resolution of Members, on which only the holders of Founder Preferred Shares shall be entitled to vote (such resolution to be obtained prior to an Acquisition), merge or consolidate with one or more other BVI or foreign companies, in the manner provided in the Act.

 

42.2 Except in relation to a Resolution of Members obtained prior to an Acquisition pursuant to Article 42.1, only the holders of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to vote on a Resolution of Members to approve the merger or consolidation of the Company with one or more other BVI or foreign companies.

 

42.3 A Resolution of Members (either pursuant to Article 42.1 or otherwise) shall not (unless the Law requires otherwise) be required in relation to a merger of a parent company with one or more subsidiary companies (each as defined in section 169 of the Act) in accordance with section 172 of the Act.

 

43 ACQUISITION

 

43.1 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Articles, but subject to compliance with the Law, any matters which the Directors consider it is necessary or desirable to approve in relation to, in connection with or resulting from an Acquisition (whether before or after the Acquisition has occurred), which for the avoidance of doubt shall include in respect of any continuation of the Company under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the British Virgin Islands in the manner provided under those laws, and/or the admission to listing and trading of any class(es) of the Company’s Securities (or interests therein) on the New York Stock Exchange or such other stock exchange as the directors may in their discretion determine, may be approved at any time by a Resolution of Directors or, to the extent a resolution of Members is required pursuant to the Law, upon the approval of a Resolution of Members (on which only the holders of Founder Preferred Shares shall be entitled to vote).

 

A-43


44 AMENDMENT OF MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES

 

44.1 The Directors may at any time (including after an Acquisition) amend the Memorandum or these Articles where the Directors determine, in their discretion, by a Resolution of Directors that such changes are necessary or desirable in relation to, in connection with or resulting from an Acquisition, which for the avoidance of doubt shall include in respect of any continuation of the Company under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the British Virgin Islands in the manner provided under those laws, and/or the admission to listing and trading of any class(es) of the Company’s Securities (or interests therein) on the New York Stock Exchange or such other stock exchange as the Directors may in their discretion determine, either upon or following an Acquisition), unless in each case the Directors in their discretion determine that such change materially prejudices the rights of the holders of any class of shares in the Company, in which case such changes may only be made pursuant to a Resolution of Directors if also approved by the holders of each class of shares affected in such manner as is specified in Clause 7.1 of the Memorandum.

 

45 RESOLUTIONS PRIOR TO ADMISSION

 

45.1 The Directors may, subject to compliance with the Law, at any time prior to Admission, by a Resolution of Directors, take any action as may be permitted or required to be taken by a Resolution of Members or Special Resolution of Members pursuant to the Memorandum or these Articles, save that no amendment may be made to the Memorandum or these Articles by a Resolution of Directors at any time:

 

  (a) to restrict the rights or powers of the Members to amend the Memorandum or Articles;

 

  (b) to change the percentage of Members required to pass a Resolution of Members to amend the Memorandum or Articles;

 

  (c) in circumstances where the Memorandum or Articles cannot be amended by the Members; or

 

  (d) to Clauses 6 or 7 of the Memorandum or this Article 45.

We, Ogier Fiduciary Services (BVI) Limited of Nemours Chambers, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands, for the purpose of incorporating a BVI business company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands hereby sign this Articles of Association.

 

Dated: 23 April 2013  
Incorporator  
Sgd: Gareth Thomas   Sgd: Karen Fahie
Gareth Thomas   Karen Fahie
Authorised Signatory   Authorised Signatory
Ogier Fiduciary Services (BVI) Limited   Ogier Fiduciary Services (BVI) Limited

 

A-44


APPENDIX B—FORM OF NEW CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF PLATFORM

DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PLATFORM SPECIALTY PRODUCTS CORPORATION

I, the undersigned, for the purposes of incorporating and organizing a corporation under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do execute this certificate of incorporation and do hereby certify as follows:

FIRST. The name of the corporation is Platform Specialty Products Corporation (the “ Corporation ”).

SECOND. The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101, City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

THIRD. The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH.

 

  A. CLASSES OF STOCK.

1. Capital Stock . The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is two hundred five million (205,000,000) shares, divided into: (i) two hundred million (200,000,000) shares, par value $0.01 per share, of common stock (the “ Common Stock ”); and (ii) five million (5,000,000) shares, par value $0.01 per share, of preferred stock (the “ Preferred Stock ”), of which two million (2,000,000) shares are designated as “Series A Preferred Stock” (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”).

2. Additional Series of Preferred Stock . The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions thereof, to provide from time to time out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock for one or more series of Preferred Stock, and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation of such series, the powers (including voting powers), if any, of the shares of such series and the preferences and relative, participating, optional, special or other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions, if any, of the shares of such series. The designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional, special and other rights of each series of Preferred Stock, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series of Preferred Stock at any time outstanding. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote irrespective of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, without the separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock as a class.

 

  B. COMMON STOCK.

1. Dividends . Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors in its discretion shall determine.

2. Voting Rights . Except as may otherwise be provided in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation (including any certificate filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware establishing

 

B-1


the terms of a series of Preferred Stock) or by applicable law, each holder of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote, and no holder of any series of Preferred Stock, as such, shall be entitled to any voting powers in respect thereof.

3. Liquidation Rights . Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them. A merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or other entity, or a sale or conveyance of all or any part of the assets of the Corporation (which shall not in fact result in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and the distribution of assets to its stockholders) shall not be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Section 3 .

 

  C. SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK.

The powers (including voting powers), if any, and the preferences and relative, participating, optional, special or other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions, if any, of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock are as follows:

1. Definitions . The following terms have the following meanings for purposes of this Article FOURTH C.:

(a) “ Annual Dividend Amount ” means the amount calculated as follows:

A X B, where

“A” = an amount equal to twenty percent (20%) of the increase (if any) in the value of a share of Common Stock, such increase calculated as being the difference between (i) the Dividend Price for that Dividend Year, and (ii) (x) if no Annual Dividend Amount has previously been paid, a price of $10.00 per share of Common Stock, or (y) if an Annual Dividend Amount has previously been paid, the highest Dividend Price for any prior Dividend Year, which such amount shall be adjusted to account for any subdivision (by stock split, subdivision, exchange, stock dividend, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock split, exchange, reclassification or otherwise) or similar reclassification or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater or lesser number of shares occurring after the original filing of this certificate of incorporation without a proportionate and corresponding subdivision, combination or similar reclassification or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock; and

“B” = a number of shares of Common Stock equal to such number of ordinary shares of Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited as was in issue on the Date of Admission plus the number of ordinary shares of Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited as was issuable upon automatic conversion of the founder preferred shares of Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited in accordance with the articles of association of Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited as if converted on the Date of Admission, which such amount shall be adjusted to account for any subdivision (by stock split, subdivision, exchange, stock dividend, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock split, exchange, reclassification or otherwise) or similar reclassification or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater or lesser number of shares occurring after the original filing of this certificate of incorporation without a proportionate and corresponding subdivision, combination or similar reclassification or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

(b) “ Average Price ” means for any security, as of any date: (i) in respect of ordinary shares of Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited, the mid-market closing price of ordinary shares of

 

B-2


Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited on the London Stock Exchange as shown on Bloomberg; (ii) in respect of any other security, the volume weighted average price for such security on the London Stock Exchange as reported by Bloomberg through its “Volume at Price” functions; (iii) if the London Stock Exchange is not the principal securities exchange or trading market for that security, the volume weighted average price of that security on the principal securities exchange or trading market on which that security is listed or traded as reported by Bloomberg through its “Volume at Price” functions; (iv) if the foregoing do not apply, the last closing trade price of that security in the over-the-counter market on the electronic bulletin board for that security as reported by Bloomberg; or (v) if no last closing trade price is reported for that security by Bloomberg, the last closing ask price of that security as reported by Bloomberg. If the Average Price cannot be calculated for that security on that date on any of the foregoing bases, the Average Price of that security on such date shall be the fair market value as mutually determined by the Corporation and the holders of at least a majority in voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (acting reasonably), voting separately as a single class.

(c) “ Bloomberg ” means Bloomberg Financial Markets.

(d) “ Business Combination Agreement ” means the Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger, made as of October 10, 2013, by and among the Corporation, Platform Delaware Holdings, Inc., Platform Merger Sub, LLC, MacDermid Holdings, LLC, Tartan Holdings, LLC, MacDermid, Incorporated, and CSC Shareholder Services LLC, as seller representative.

(e) “ Change of Control ” means the acquisition of Control of the Corporation by any person or party (or by a group of person or parties who are acting in concert).

(f) “ Completion Date ” means the date upon which the Merger (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) becomes effective.

(g) “ Control ” means

 

  1. The power (whether by way of record or beneficial ownership of shares, proxy, voting agreement or otherwise) to:

 

  a. vote or cause to be voted, more than fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock; or

 

  b. elect, or cause the election of, or remove, all or a majority of the members of the Board of Directors,

excluding, in each case, any such power that arises as a result of the issuance of shares of Common Stock by the Corporation in connection with the acquisition contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement; or

 

  2. record or beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock.

(h) “ Date of Admission ” means the date ordinary shares of Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited were admitted to the standard segment of the Official List maintained by the FCA acting in its capacity as competent authority for the purposes of admission to the Official List and to trading on the London Stock Exchange’s main market for listed securities.

(i) “ Dividend Date ” means in respect of a Dividend Year, the last date of such Dividend Year, except that (i) in the event of the Company’s dissolution, the date that is the last Trading Day immediately prior to the date of dissolution, and (ii) in the event of the automatic conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock upon a Mandatory Conversion Date, the date that is the last Trading Day immediately prior to such Mandatory Conversion Date.

(j) “ Dividend Price ” means the amount calculated by adding together the Average Price for each of the last ten (10) consecutive Trading Days in the relevant Dividend Year, and dividing such amount by ten (10).

 

B-3


(k) “ Dividend Year ” means the period commencing on the day immediately after the Completion Date and ending on the last day of that Financial Year, and thereafter each subsequent Financial Year, except that: (i) in the event of the Corporation’s dissolution, the relevant Dividend Year shall end on the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of dissolution; and (ii) in the event of the automatic conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock upon a Mandatory Conversion Date, the relevant Dividend Year shall end on the Trading Day immediately prior to such Mandatory Conversion Date.

(l) “ Financial Year ” means the financial year of the Corporation, being the twelve (12) month (or shorter) period ending on December 31 st in each year, except in respect of the first financial year of the Corporation, which shall end on December 31, 2014, or such other financial year(s) (each of which may be a twelve (12) month period or any longer or shorter period) as may be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

(m) “ Independent Directors ” means those members of the Board of Directors from time to time considered by the Board of Directors to be “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the corporate governance standards of the NYSE (or other applicable securities exchange or quotation system on which shares of Common Stock are listed).

(n) “ Junior Stock ” means the Common Stock and any outstanding series of Preferred Stock ranking junior to the Series A Preferred Stock as to dividends or distributions payable to holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, as applicable.

(o) “ London Stock Exchange ” means London Stock Exchange plc.

(p) “ Mandatory Conversion Date ” means the earlier to occur of (i) a Change of Control, or (ii) the last day of the seventh (7 th ) full Financial Year of the Corporation after the Completion Date, or, if either such day is not a Trading Day, on the first Trading Day immediately following such day; provided , however , that the holders of at least a majority in voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock may request, by writing delivered to the Corporation prior to the tenth (10 th ) business day prior to the last day of the seventh (7 th ) full Financial Year of the Corporation after Completion Date, that the day described in clause (ii) be deferred until the last day of the eighth (8 th ) full Financial Year of the Corporation after the Completion Date, and the Board of Directors, including by a majority of the Independent Directors, by resolution or resolutions thereof, determines to so defer the day as so requested, then the day in clause (ii) shall be the last day of the eighth (8 th ) full Financial Year of the Corporation after the Completion Date, or, if such day is not a Trading Day, on the first Trading Date immediately following such day; provided , further , that the holders of at least a majority in voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock may request, by writing delivered to the Corporation prior to the tenth (10 th ) business day prior to the last day of the eighth (8 th ) full Financial Year of the Corporation after the Completion Date, that the day described in clause (ii) be deferred until the last day of the ninth (9 th ) full Financial Year of the Corporation after the Completion Date, and the Board of Directors, including by a majority of the Independent Directors, by resolution or resolutions thereof, determines to so defer the day as requested, then the day in clause (ii) shall be the last day of the ninth (9 th ) full Financial Year of the Corporation after the Completion Date, or, if such day is not a Trading Day, on the first Trading Date immediately following such day; provided , further , that the holders of at least a majority in voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock may request, by writing delivered to the Corporation prior to the tenth (10 th ) business day prior to the last day of the ninth (9 th ) full Financial Year of the Corporation after the Completion Date, that the day described in clause (ii) be deferred until the last day of the tenth (10 th ) full Financial Year of the Corporation after the Completion Date, and the Board of Directors, including by a majority of the Independent Directors, by resolution or

 

B-4


resolutions thereof, determines to so defer the day as requested, then the day in clause (ii) shall be the last day of the tenth (10 th ) full Financial Year of the Corporation after the Completion Date, or, if such day is not a Trading Day, on the first Trading Date immediately following such day.

(q) “ NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange or any successor national securities exchange.

(r) “ Parity Stock ” means any outstanding series of Preferred Stock ranking on parity with the Series A Preferred Stock as to dividends or distributions payable to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, as applicable.

(s) “ Payment Date ” means the date fixed by the Board of Directors for the payment of the Annual Dividend Amount, which date shall be no later than ten (10) Trading Days after the Dividend Date, except in respect of any Annual Dividend Amount becoming due on the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of the Company’s dissolution, in which case, such date shall be such Trading Day, and except in respect of any Annual Dividend Amount becoming due on account of an automatic conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock upon a Mandatory Conversion Date occasioned by a Change in Control, in which case, such date shall be the Trading Day immediately prior to the Mandatory Conversion Date.

(t) “ SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

(u) “ Senior Stock ” means any outstanding series of Preferred Stock ranking senior to the Series A Preferred Stock as to dividends or distributions payable to holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, as applicable.

(v) “ Trading Date ” means any day on which the NYSE (or other applicable securities exchange or quotation system) is open for business and on which shares of Common Stock may be traded (other than a day on which the NYSE (or other applicable securities exchange or quotation system) is scheduled to or does close prior to its regular weekday closing time).

2. Dividends . Subject to the rights of the holders of any Senior Stock (as to dividends), and on parity with the holders of any Parity Stock (as to dividends), the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of assets legally available therefor, and payable in preference and priority to the declaration or payment of any dividends on any Junior Stock (as to dividends), cumulative annual dividends of the Annual Dividend Amount commencing from the date that is (i) after the Completion Date, and (ii) after the Average Price per share of Common Stock has been $11.50 per share or more (as adjusted to account for any subdivision (by stock split, subdivision, exchange, stock dividend, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock split, exchange, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or similar reclassification or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater or lesser number of shares occurring after the original fling of this certificate of incorporation without a proportionate and corresponding subdivision, combination or similar reclassification or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock) for ten (10) consecutive Trading Days. The Annual Dividend Amount shall be paid in shares of Common Stock on the Payment Date and shall be allocated among the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by them on the relevant Dividend Date, divided by the Average Price per share of Common Stock on the relevant Dividend Date (provided that any fractional shares of Common Stock due pursuant to such calculation shall not be paid and instead the nearest lower whole number of shares of Common Stock shall be paid). For the avoidance of doubt, the Annual Dividend Amount shall be payable in full and shall not be subject to prorating notwithstanding any Dividend Year being longer or shorter than twelve (12) months.

3. Voting Rights . Except as may otherwise be provided in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation or by applicable law, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote and shall not be entitled to any voting powers in respect thereof. For so long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall remain outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the prior vote or written consent of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then

 

B-5


outstanding, voting separately as a single class, amend, alter or repeal any provision of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, if such amendment, alteration or repeal would alter or change the powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other or special rights of the Series A Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding Article SEVENTH of this certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of Series A Preferred Stock were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which minutes of proceedings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Prompt written notice of the take of corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall, to the extent required by law, be given to those holders of Series A Preferred Stock who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders of Series A Preferred Stock to take the action were delivered to the Corporation.

4. Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, subject to the rights of the holders of any Senior Stock (as to distributions payable to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation), and on parity with the holders of any Parity Stock (as to distributions payable to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation) the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably with the Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series A Preferred Stock may then be converted. A merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or other entity, or a sale or conveyance of all or any part of the assets of the Corporation (which shall not in fact result in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and the distribution of assets to its stockholders) shall not be deemed to be liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Section 4 .

5. Conversion .

(a) Automatic Conversion . Upon the Mandatory Conversion Date, each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into one (1) share of Common Stock.

(b) Optional Conversion . Each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted into one (1) share of Common Stock by written notice of the holder thereof delivered the Corporation specifying the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be converted (if such notice is silent as to the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by the holder and proposed to be converted hereunder, the notice shall be deemed to apply to all shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder) and the surrender of the certificate(s) representing the shares of Series A Preferred Stock proposed to be converted hereunder, duly indorsed for transfer to the Corporation, on the fifth (5 th ) Trading Day following receipt of said notice and certificate(s) by the Corporation (the “ Optional Conversion Date ”). In the event of a conversion of share(s) of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5(b) , the holder whose shares are so converted shall not be entitled to receive, in respect of the share(s) of Series A Preferred Stock so converted, the relevant pro rata amount of the Annual Dividend Amount which may have been attributable to such shares of Series A Preferred Stock in respect of the Dividend Year in which the Optional Conversion Date occurs.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion . Before any holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive certificate(s) representing the shares of Common Stock into which shares of

 

B-6


Series A Preferred Stock shall have been converted pursuant to this Section 5 , such holder shall surrender the certificate(s) representing such shares of Series A Preferred Stock to the Corporation, duly indorsed for transfer to the Corporation. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable, and in no even later than ten (10) days after the delivery of said certificate(s), issue and deliver to such holder, or the nominee or nominees of such holder, certificate(s) representing the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled under this Section 5 , and the certificate(s) representing the share(s) of Series A Preferred Stock so converted shall be cancelled. The person(s) entitled to receive share(s) of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of share(s) of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5 shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder(s) of such shares of Common Stock as of the Mandatory Conversion Date or the Optional Conversion Date, as applicable.

(d) Adjustments . In the event that at any time or from time to time after the original filing of this certificate of incorporation, the Corporation effects a subdivision (by stock split, subdivision, exchange, stock dividend, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock split, exchange, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or similar reclassification or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater or lesser number of shares without a proportionate and corresponding subdivision, combination or similar reclassification or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, then and in each such event, the share(s) of Common Stock to be received upon conversion of share(s) of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5 shall be proportionately increased or decreased, as applicable.

FIFTH. The incorporator of the corporation is Brian J. Gavsie, whose mailing address is Greenberg Traurig, P.A., 401 East Las Olas Boulevard, Suite 2000, Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33301.

SIXTH. Board of Directors .

(a) Management . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

(b) Removal of Directors . Except for such additional directors, if any, as are elected by the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article FOURTH hereof, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, solely by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority in voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

(c) Vacancies . Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of ARTICLE FOURTH hereof, newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause shall be filled solely and exclusively by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director. Any director so elected shall hold office until the expiration of the term of office of the director whom he or she has replaced and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(d) Automatic Increase/Decrease in Authorized Directors . During any period when the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article FOURTH hereof have the right to elect one or more additional directors, then upon commencement of, and for the duration of, the period during which such right continues: (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by such specified number of directors, and the holders of such outstanding series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional director or directors so provided or fixed pursuant to said provisions of Article FOURTH hereof; and (ii) each such additional director shall serve

 

B-7


until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions of Article FOURTH hereof, whichever occurs earlier, subject to such director’s earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the provisions of Article FOURTH hereof, whenever the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock having the right to elect one or more additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such capital stock, the terms of office of each such additional director elected by the holders of such series of Preferred Stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal of each such additional director, shall forthwith terminate and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be decreased by such specified number of directors.

(e) No Written Ballot . Unless and except to the extent that the by-laws of the Corporation shall so require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

(f) Amendment of Bylaws . In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend and repeal the by-laws of the Corporation. Any by-law that is to be made, altered, amended or repealed by the stockholders of the Corporation shall receive the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 3 %) in voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote.

(g) Meetings of Stockholders . Except as may otherwise be provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article FOURTH hereof relating to the rights of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time, but only by (i) the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, or (ii) the Board of Directors. Except as provided in the foregoing sentence, special meetings of stockholders may not be called by another person or persons. Any meeting of stockholders may be postponed by action of the Board of Directors or by the person calling such meeting (if other than the Board of Directors) at any time in advance of such meeting.

SEVENTH. Except as may otherwise be provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article FOURTH hereof relating to the rights of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, no action that is required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be effected by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting of stockholders.

EIGHTH. A director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. Any amendment, modification or repeal of the foregoing sentence shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment, modification or repeal.

NINTH. The Corporation reserves the right at any time, and from time to time, to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this certificate of incorporation, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law; and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this certificate of incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the rights reserved in this Article NINTH.

[Signature Page Follows]

The undersigned incorporator hereby acknowledges that the foregoing certificate of incorporation is his act and deed on this the             day of             , 20    .

 

 

Brian J. Gavsie

Incorporator

 

B-8


APPENDIX C—FORM OF NEW BY-LAWS OF PLATFORM DELAWARE

BY-LAWS

OF

PLATFORM SPECIALTY PRODUCTS CORPORATION

ARTICLE I

Meetings of Stockholders

Section 1.1 Annual Meetings . If required by applicable law, an annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date, time and place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors of the corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) from time to time. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.

Section 1.2 Special Meetings . Except as otherwise provided by or pursuant to the certificate of incorporation, special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time, but only by (i) the Chief Executive Officer, or (ii) the Board of Directors. Except as provided in the foregoing sentence, special meetings of stockholders may not be called by any other person or persons. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 1.3 Notice of Meetings . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given that shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, the notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

Section 1.4 Adjournments . Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 1.8 of these by-laws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Section 1.5 Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, at each meeting of stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority in voting power of the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum, the stockholders so present may, by a majority in voting power thereof, adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 1.4 of these by-laws until a quorum shall attend. Shares of its own stock belonging to the corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by

 

C-1


the corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the corporation or any subsidiary of the corporation to vote stock, including but not limited to its own stock, held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

Section 1.6 Organization . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the President, or in his or her absence by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 1.7 Voting; Proxies . Except as otherwise provided by or pursuant to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot. When a quorum is present at any meeting of stockholders, all elections, questions or matters presented to the stockholders at such meeting shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority in voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote unless (i) the election, question or matter is one which, by express provision of the certificate of incorporation, these by-laws or the laws of the State of Delaware, a vote of a different number or voting by class is required, in which case, such express provision shall govern, or (ii) the election, question or matter is brought pursuant to the rules or regulations of an exchange upon which the securities of the corporation are listed, in which case, such rules and regulations shall govern.

Section 1.8 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date: (1) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting and, unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of such meeting shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting; (2) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, shall not be more than ten (10) days from the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors; and (3) in the case of any other action, shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such other action. If no record date is fixed: (1) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; (2) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action of the Board of Directors is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation in accordance with applicable law, or, if

 

C-2


prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action; and (3) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for the stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.8 at the adjourned meeting.

Section 1.9 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided , however , if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the corporation. The list of stockholders must also be open to examination at the meeting as required by applicable law. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 1.9 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 1.10 Action By Written Consent of Stockholders . Except as otherwise provided by or pursuant to the certificate of incorporation with respect to the rights of the holders of any outstanding series of preferred stock of the corporation, no action that is required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be effected by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting of stockholders. When, as provided by or pursuant to the certificate of incorporation with respect to the rights of the holders of any outstanding series of preferred stock of the corporation, action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders is taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which minutes of proceedings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. When, as provided by or pursuant to the certificate of incorporation with respect to the rights of the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock of the corporation, action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders is taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall, to the extent required by law, be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the corporation.

Section 1.11 Inspectors of Election . The corporation may, and shall if required by law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election, who may be employees of the corporation, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and to make a written report thereof. The corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. In the event that no inspector so appointed or designated is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the

 

C-3


discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed or designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation outstanding and the voting power of each such share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation represented at the meeting and such inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots. Such certification and report shall specify such other information as may be required by applicable law. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the corporation, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.

Section 1.12 Conduct of Meetings . The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the person presiding over the meeting. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the person presiding over any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and to adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such presiding person, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the presiding person at the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the presiding person of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. The presiding person at any meeting of stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and, if such presiding person should so determine, such presiding person shall so declare to the meeting, and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the person presiding over the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

Section 1.13 Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations .

(A) Annual Meetings of Stockholders . (1) Nominations of one or more individuals for election to the Board of Directors (each, a “ Nomination ,” and more than one, “ Nominations ”) and the proposal of business other than Nominations to be considered by the stockholders (“ Business ”) may be made at an annual meetings of stockholders only (a) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), provided , however , that reference in the corporation’s notice of meeting to the election of directors or the election of the members of Board of Directors shall not include or be deemed to include Nominations, (b) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (c) by an stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record of the corporation at the time the notice provided for in this Section 1.13 is delivered to the Secretary, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.13 .

(2) For Nominations or Business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (c) of paragraph (A)(1) of this Section 1.13 , the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary and any proposed Business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of

 

C-4


business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting ( provided , however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than seventy (70) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later on the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the corporation). In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting of stockholders of the corporation commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as describe above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (a) as to each Nomination to be made by such stockholder, (i) all information relating to the individual subject to such the Nomination that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), without regard to the application of the Exchange Act to either the Nomination or the corporation, and (ii) such individual’s written consent to being named in a proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as director if elected; (b) as to the Business proposed by such stockholder, a brief description of the Business, the text of the proposed Business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such Business includes a proposal to amend the by-laws of the corporation, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such Business at the meeting and any material interest in such Business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the Nomination or Business is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and such beneficial owner, (ii) the class, series and number of shares of capital stock of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (iii) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and such stockholder (or a qualified representative of such stockholder) intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such Nomination or Business, and (iv) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends (x) to deliver by proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the Business or elect the nominee subject to the Nomination, and/or (y) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders of the corporation in support of such Nomination or Business; provided , however , that if the Business is otherwise subject to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor thereto) promulgated under the Exchange Act (“ Rule 14a-8 ”), the foregoing notice requirements shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder if the stockholder has notified the corporation of his, her or its intention to present such Business at an annual meeting of stockholders of the corporation in compliance with Rule 14a-8, and such Business has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting of stockholders. The corporation may require any individual subject to such Nomination to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such individual subject to such Nomination to serve as a director of the corporation.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 1.13 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the corporation naming the nominees for election to the additional directorships at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 1.13 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for election to the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation.

(B) Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such Business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders of the corporation as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting; provided , however , that reference therein to the election of directors or the election of members of the Board of Directors shall not include or be deemed to include Nominations. Nominations may be

 

C-5


made at a special meeting of stockholders of the corporation at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting as aforesaid (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (2) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 1.13 is delivered to the Secretary, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.13 . In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such elections of directors may make Nominations of one or more individuals (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 1.13 shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of such special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected as such special meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting of stockholders of the corporation commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(C) General . (1) Only individuals subject to a Nomination made in compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.13 shall be eligible for election at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, and only such business shall be conducted at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation as shall have been brought before such meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.13 . Except as otherwise provided by law, the person presiding over the meeting shall have the power and duty (a) to determine whether a Nomination or any Business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.13 , and (b) if any proposed Nomination or Business shall be disregarded or that such Nomination or Business shall not be considered or transacted. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.13 , if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation to present a Nomination or Business, such Nomination or Business shall be disregarded and such Nomination or Business shall not be considered or transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the corporation.

(2) For purposed of this Section 1.13 , “public announcement” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14, and 15(d) of the Exchange Act (or any successor thereto).

(3) Nothing in this Section 1.13 shall be deemed to affect any (a) rights or obligations, if any, of stockholders with respect to inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (to the extent the corporation or such proposals are subject to Rule 14a-8), or (b) rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

ARTICLE II

Board of Directors

Section 2.1 Number; Qualifications . The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members, the number thereof to be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. Except with respect to newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause, each director shall be elected by a majority of the votes cast with respect to the nominee for election to the Board

 

C-6


of Directors at any meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected and a quorum is present, provided , however , that the directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at any meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected, a quorum is present and a stockholder or stockholders of the corporation has or have (i) nominated one or more individuals for election to the Board of Directors in compliance with Section 1.13 of these by-laws such that the number of nominees for election to the Board of Directors exceeds the number of open seats, and (ii) not withdrawn such Nomination or Nominations on or prior to the tenth (10 th ) day preceding the date the corporation first mails its notice of such meeting to the stockholders. For purposes of this Section 2.1 , a “majority of the votes cast” means that the number of shares voted “for” a nominee for election to the Board of Directors exceeds the votes cast “against” such nominee. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 2.2 Election; Resignation; Vacancies . The Board of Directors shall initially consist of the person or persons named as directors in the certificate of incorporation or elected by the incorporator of the corporation, and each director so elected shall hold office until the first annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified. At the first annual meeting of stockholders and at each annual meeting thereafter, the stockholders shall elect directors each of whom shall hold office for a term of one (1) year or until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, subject to such director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the corporation. Unless otherwise provided by law or the certificate of incorporation, newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause shall be filled solely and exclusively by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director. Any director so elected shall hold office until the expiration of the term of office of the director whom he or she has replaced and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

Section 2.3 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places within or without the State of Delaware and at such times as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

Section 2.4 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chief Executive Officer, President, the Secretary, or by any member of the Board of Directors. Notice of a special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given by the person or persons calling the meeting at least twenty-four (24) hours before the special meeting.

Section 2.5 Telephonic Meetings Permitted . Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting thereof by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this by-law shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 2.6 Quorum; Vote Required for Action . At all meetings of the Board of Directors the directors entitled to cast a majority of the votes of the whole Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except in cases in which the certificate of incorporation, these by-laws or applicable law otherwise provides, a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

Section 2.7 Organization . Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Chief Executive Officer, or in his or her absence by the President, or in their absence by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 2.8 Action by Unanimous Consent of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of

 

C-7


Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee in accordance with applicable law.

ARTICLE III

Committees

Section 3.1 Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of the committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent permitted by law and to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors or these by-laws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

Section 3.2 Committee Rules . Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board of Directors may make, alter and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts its business pursuant to Article II of these by-laws.

ARTICLE IV

Officers

Section 4.1 Executive Officers; Election; Qualifications; Term of Office, Resignation; Removal; Vacancies . The Board of Directors shall elect a Chief Executive Officer, President and Secretary, and it may, if it so determines, choose a Chairperson of the Board and a Vice Chairperson of the Board from among its members. The Board of Directors may also choose one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer and one or more Assistant Treasurers and such other officers as it shall from time to time deem necessary or desirable. Each such officer shall hold office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors after the annual meeting of stockholders next succeeding his or her election, and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation. The Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause at any time, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the corporation. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting.

Section 4.2 Powers and Duties of Executive Officers . The officers of the corporation shall have such powers and duties in the management of the corporation as may be prescribed in a resolution by the Board of Directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may require any officer, agent or employee to give security for the faithful performance of his or her duties.

Section 4.3 Appointing Attorneys and Agents; Voting Securities of Other Entities . Unless otherwise provided by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive

 

C-8


Officer, the President or any Vice President may from time to time appoint an attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of the corporation, for, in the name and on behalf of the corporation, to cast the votes which the corporation may be entitled to cast as the holder of stock or other securities in any other corporation or other entity, any of whose stock or other securities may be held by the corporation, at meetings of the holders of the stock or other securities of such other corporation or other entity, or to consent in writing, in the name of the corporation as such holder, to any action by such other corporation or other entity, and may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consents, and may execute or cause to be executed for, in the name and on behalf of the corporation and under its corporate seal or otherwise, all such written proxies or other instruments as he or she may deem necessary or proper. Any of the rights set forth in this Section 4.3 which may be delegated to an attorney or agent may also be exercised directly by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President.

ARTICLE V

Stock

Section 5.1 Certificates . All shares of capital stock of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairperson or Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors, if any, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the corporation. Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue. The corporation shall not have the power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

Section 5.2 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates . The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

ARTICLE VI

Indemnification

Section 6.1 Right to Indemnification . The corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (a “ Covered Person ”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the corporation or, while a director or officer of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Covered Person. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3 , the corporation shall be required to indemnify a Covered

 

C-9


Person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if the commencement of such proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized in the specific case by the Board of Directors.

Section 6.2 Prepayment of Expenses . The corporation shall to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided , however , that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VI or otherwise.

Section 6.3 Claims . If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding) or advancement of expenses under this Article VI is not paid in full within thirty (30) days after a written claim therefor by the Covered Person has been received by the corporation, the Covered Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

Section 6.4 Nonexclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any Covered Person by this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, these by-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 6.5 Other Sources . The corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or to advance expenses to any Covered Person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity shall be reduced by any amount such Covered Person may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit enterprise.

Section 6.6 Amendment or Repeal . Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VI shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Covered Person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

Section 6.7 Other Indemnification and Prepayment of Expenses . This Article VI shall not limit the right of the corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons when and as authorized by appropriate corporate action.

ARTICLE VII

Miscellaneous

Section 7.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 7.2 Seal . The corporate seal shall have the name of the corporation inscribed thereon and shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 7.3 Manner of Notice . Except as otherwise provided herein or permitted by applicable law, notices to directors and stockholders shall be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or

 

C-10


stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the corporation. Notice to directors may be given by telecopier, telephone or other means of electronic transmission.

Section 7.4 Waiver of Notice of Meetings of Stockholders, Directors and Committees . Any waiver of notice, given by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors need be specified in a waiver of notice.

Section 7.5 Form of Records . Any records maintained by the corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account, and minute books, may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device or method, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time.

Section 7.6 Amendment of By-Laws . These by-laws may be altered, amended or repealed, and new by-laws made, by the Board of Directors, but the stockholders may make additional by-laws and may alter and repeal any by-laws whether adopted by them or otherwise. Any by-law that is to be made, altered, amended or repealed by the stockholders of the corporation shall receive the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 3 %) in voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote.

 

C-11


APPENDIX D—EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

This EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of October 25, 2013, by and among Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited, a company limited by shares incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (“ PAHL ”), Daniel H. Leever, Sharon L. Johnson and Frank J. Monteiro (collectively, the “ Fiduciaries ”), not in their individual capacities but solely in their capacities as members of the Investment Committee, as defined in the MacDermid, Incorporated Profit Sharing and Employee Savings Plan (the “ Plan ”), such Investment Committee being a fiduciary (within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(21)(A)(i)) with respect to the portion of Plan assets held in trust (the “ Trust ”) by The Charles Schwab Trust Company Custodian for MacDermid Inc. PS and ESOP Plan (the “ Trustee ”) consisting of Company Shares (as defined below) held in accordance with the terms of the Plan and Trust.

WHEREAS , PAHL, Platform Delaware Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and direct wholly owned subsidiary of PAHL, (“ Platform Holdco ”), Platform Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of Platform Holdco (“ Merger Sub ”), MacDermid Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ MD Holdings ”), Tartan Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Newco ”), MacDermid, Incorporated, a Connecticut corporation (the “ Company ”), and CSC Shareholder Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as seller representative for the direct and indirect beneficial owners of the Company (“ Seller Representative ”), entered into a Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 10, 2013 (the “ BCA ”), pursuant to which, among other things, PAHL has agreed to acquire substantially all of the equity in MD Holdings, representing approximately 97% of the equity interests of the Company, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS , the Trust holds approximately 3% of the equity interests in the Company, consisting of 1,514,371.01 shares of common stock of the Company, no par value per share (the “ Company Common Stock ”) and 1,469 shares of 9.5% Series B Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock of the Company, no par value per share (the “ Company Preferred Stock ”, and together with the Company Common Stock, the “ Company Shares ”) in trust for the beneficial owners of the Company Shares held in the Plan (each such owner, a “ Beneficial Owner ” and collectively, the “ Beneficial Owners ”); and

WHEREAS , the Fiduciaries have agreed to exchange all of the Company Shares for either (i) cash or (ii) provided that a registration statement on Form S-4 registering the exchange of the shares (the “ Registration Statement ”) has been declared effective, cash and/or shares of common stock of PAHL (the “ PAHL Shares ”) (as indicated by the Beneficial Owners), on behalf of and at the instruction of the Beneficial Owners and on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein (the “ Exchange ”).

Section 1. Defined Terms . All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have their respective meanings set forth in the BCA. For purposes of this Agreement, the term:

1.1 “ Aggregate Cash Consideration ” means the aggregate amount of consideration paid pursuant to (i) Section 2.4(a)(i)1)(1) and Section 2.4(a)(ii)(i)(2) or (ii) Section 2.4(a)(ii) of this Agreement.

1.2 “ Aggregate Consideration ” shall mean the sum of (i) the Company Preferred Stock Value Per Share multiplied by the number of shares of Company Preferred Stock held by the Plan plus (y) the Company Common Stock Value Per Share multiplied by the number of shares of Company Common Stock held by the Plan.

1.3 “ Aggregate Stock Election Value ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a)(i)3) of this Agreement.

1.4 “ Aggregate Stock Consideration ” means the aggregate amount of PAHL Shares to be paid pursuant to Section 2.4(a)(i)3)(3) of this Agreement and, if the Trading Price shall be below $11.00, cash paid pursuant to the last sentence of Section 2.4(a)(i)(3).

 

D-1


1.5 “ Beneficial Owner ” and “ Beneficial Owners ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.

1.6 “ Cash Election ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a)(i) of this Agreement.

1.7 “ Closing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

1.8 “ Closing Date ” means the date on which the Closing shall occur.

1.9 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.10 “ Company Equity Value ” shall mean an amount equal to (i) $1,800,000,000.00 plus (ii) the Closing Adjustment Amount (as defined in the BCA), which may be positive or negative, plus (iii) the Final Adjustment Amount (as defined in the BCA), which may be positive or negative, minus (iv) the Company Preferred Stock Value.

1.11 “ Company Common Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.

1.12 “ Company Common Stock Value Per Share ” means an amount equal to the sum of (1) the amount each share of Company Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Closing of the Business Combination would be entitled to receive under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, in effect on such date, if the Company were liquidated at the Measurement Time and the net value available for distribution to the Company Class A Stock and the Company Common Stock were equal to the Company Equity Value plus (2) an amount equal to $0.13 per share plus $0.39 per share.

1.13 “ Company Preferred Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.

1.14 “ Company Preferred Stock Value ” shall mean the aggregate amount that all shares of Company Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination would be entitled to receive as a preference to the Company Common Stock under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, in effect on such date, if the Company were liquidated at the Measurement Time.

1.15 “ Company Preferred Stock Value (Plan Portion) ” shall mean the amount of the Company Preferred Stock Value allocable to the shares of Company Preferred Stock owned by the Plan immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination in accordance with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, in effect on such date.

1.16 “ Company Preferred Stock Value Per Share ” shall mean an amount equal to the sum of Company Preferred Stock Value (Plan Portion) divided by the number of shares of Company Preferred Stock held by the Plan immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination.

1.17 “ Company Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.

1.18 “ Effective Date ” means the effective date of the Registration Statement.

1.19 “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

1.20 “ Exchange ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.

1.21 “ Fiduciaries ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

1.22 “ Indication of Interest ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of this Agreement.

1.23 “ Indication of Interest Election Form ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

 

D-2


1.24 “ Indication of Interest Materials ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

1.25 “ Indication of Interest Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3 of this Agreement.

1.26 “ Measurement Time ” shall mean 12:01 a.m. New York time on the closing date of the Merger and Retaining Holder Exchange.

1.27 “ Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of this Agreement.

1.28 “ PAHL ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

1.29 “ Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

1.30 “ Prospectus ” means the final prospectus included in the Registration Statement.

1.31 “ Trust ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

1.32 “ Trustee ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

1.33 “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

1.34 “ Stock Election ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a)(ii) of this Agreement.

1.35 “ Trading Price ” means the average daily closing price per PAHL Share on the New York Stock Exchange (or other exchange on which such equity securities are then publicly traded) for the five (5) consecutive trading days ending on the trading day immediately prior to the Closing Date.

Section 2. Exchange with the Trust .

2.1 Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the closing of the Exchange (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at Greenberg Traurig, LLP located at 200 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10166 at 10:00 a.m. Eastern time on the earlier of (i) if the Registration Statement was declared effective prior to the one-hundred and eightieth (180 th ) day after the date hereof, three (3) business days after the closing of the Indication of Interest Period and (ii) if the Registration Statement was not declared effective prior to the one-hundred and eightieth (180 th ) day after the date hereof, then on the date that is one-hundred and eighty-three days after the date thereof, or at such other place, time and date as shall be agreed in writing between the parties.

2.2 The Fiduciaries shall provide PAHL with written delivery instructions with the respect to the Aggregate Cash Consideration and the Aggregate Stock Consideration no later than two (2) business days prior to the Closing.

2.3 At the Closing, the parties shall cause (i) the execution and/or delivery by the appropriate person of all necessary cash, certificates, documents and instruments, (ii) to be updated all company books, records and ledgers, as shall be required, to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (iii) to be delivered any certificates, documents and instruments as the parties or their counsel may reasonably request (including all such certificates, documents and instruments referred to herein) to evidence or consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

D-3


2.4 Payments at Closing .

(a) At the Closing, PAHL shall pay the Aggregate Consideration to the Trustee (for the benefit of the Beneficial Owners) in the following forms:

(i) To the extent the Registration Statement has been declared effective and the Indication of Interest Period has expired, PAHL shall pay or deliver (or cause the delivery) to the Trustee (for the benefit of the Beneficial Owners):

1) in exchange for the aggregate Company Preferred Stock for which Beneficial Owners have indicated that they wish to receive a cash payment (a “ Cash Election ”), an aggregate amount of cash equal to the product of (x) the Company Preferred Stock Value Per Share multiplied by the number of shares of Company Preferred Stock for which a Cash Election has been made; plus

2) in exchange for the aggregate Company Common Stock for which Beneficial Owners have made a Cash Election, an aggregate amount of cash equal to the product of (x) the Company Common Stock Value Per Share multiplied by (y) the number of shares of Company Common Stock for which a Cash Election has been made; and

3) in exchange for the aggregate Company Preferred Stock and Company Common Stock for which Beneficial Owners have indicated that they wish to receive a payment in PAHL Shares (a “ Stock Election ”), a number of PAHL Shares equal to (A) the sum of (1) the Company Preferred Stock Value Per Share multiplied by the number of shares of Company Preferred Stock for which a Stock Election has been made plus (2) the Company Common Stock Value Per Share multiplied by the number of shares of Company Common Stock for which a Stock Election has been made, (the “ Aggregate Stock Election Value ”), divided by (B) $11.00; provided, however, that if the Trading Price shall be below $11.00, then PAHL shall also deliver to the Trustee (for the benefit of the Beneficial Owners) cash in an amount equal to (A) the difference between $11.00 and the Trading Price multiplied by (B) the number of PAHL Shares delivered to the Trustee (for the benefit of the Beneficial Owners).

(ii) To the extent either the Registration Statement has not been declared effective or the Indication of Interest Period has not expired, an aggregate amount of cash equal to the Aggregate Consideration.

2.5 Deliveries at Closing .

(a) PAHL Deliveries . At the Closing, the Trustees shall have received:

(i) the cash payments set forth in Section 2.4;

(ii) if any PAHL Shares are delivered in consideration pursuant to Section 2.4(a)(i)(3) above, evidence of book entry deposits representing such PAHL Shares; and

(iii) all other agreements, documents, instruments or certificates required to be delivered by PAHL to the Trustee and/or Fiduciaries at or prior to the Closing pursuant to this Agreement.

(b) Fiduciary Deliveries . At the Closing, PAHL shall have received:

(i) stock certificates (or an affidavit of loss therefor acceptable to PAHL) evidencing the Company Shares, free and clear of all liens, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by stock powers or other instruments of transfer duly executed in blank; and

(ii) all other agreements, documents, instruments or certificates required to be delivered by the Fiduciaries to PAHL at or prior to the Closing pursuant to this Agreement.

 

D-4


Section 3. Indication of Interest from Beneficial Owners .

3.1 As promptly as practicable following the Effective Date, but no later than five (5) business days following the Effective Date, the Fiduciaries, directly will send, or will cause the Trustee to send, a written notice to all Beneficial Owners (the “ Notice ”) seeking a written indication of interest (an “ Indication of Interest ”) from each Beneficial Owner as to whether such Beneficial Owner desires for the Fiduciaries to make or cause the Trustee to make, on behalf of such Beneficial Owner and in connection with the Exchange, either (i) a Stock Election with respect to all such Company Shares beneficially owned by such Beneficial Owner or (ii) a Cash Election with respect to all such Company Shares beneficially owned by such Beneficial Owner.

3.2 In connection with the Notice, the Fiduciaries shall provide or shall cause the Trustee to provide, each Beneficial Owner with (i) a copy of the Prospectus and (ii) an election form pursuant to which each Beneficial Owner will instruct the Fiduciaries to make or to cause the Trustee to make either the Cash Election or the Stock Election (an “ Indication of Interest Election Form ”, and together with the Prospectus, the “ Indication of Interest Materials ”).

3.3 Each Beneficial Owner shall have twenty (20) business days from the date the Indication of Interest Materials are first sent or mailed by the Fiduciaries (or the Trustee) to the Beneficial Owners (such period of time, the “ Indication of Interest Period ”) to provide the Fiduciaries (or the Trustee) with a completed Indication of Interest Election Form.

3.4 The Notice shall provide that each Beneficial Owner shall have the right to change his, her or its election during the Indication of Interest Period.

3.5 The Fiduciaries shall follow or cause the Trustee to follow the election instructions provided by each Beneficial Owner. If upon the expiration of the Indication of Interest Period, neither the Fiduciaries nor the Trustee have received a completed Indication of Interest Election Form from a Beneficial Owner, the Fiduciaries shall make or cause the Trustee to make the Cash Election on behalf of such Beneficial Owner.

3.6 No later than the business day immediately following the last day of the Indication of Interest Period, the Fiduciaries shall notify PAHL of (i) the aggregate number of shares of Company Common Stock and Company Preferred Stock for which Beneficial Owners have made the Cash Election and (ii) the aggregate number of shares of Company Common Stock and Company Preferred Stock for which Beneficial Owners have made the Stock Election.

Section 4. Representations and Warranties of the Fiduciaries and the Plan .

The Fiduciaries, on behalf of the Trust and the Plan, represent and warrant to PAHL as follows:

4.1 The Fiduciaries have full power and authority to enter into this Agreement on behalf of the Plan and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby, and this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Fiduciaries and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trust, enforceable against the Trust in accordance with its terms.

4.2 The Trustee of the Trust is the record owner of the Company Shares, with good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances. There are no outstanding purchase agreements, options or other agreements of any kind entitling a person to purchase an interest in the Company Shares or restricting the transfer of the Company Shares.

4.3 The Fiduciaries have the authority and control within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(21)(A)(i) to direct the Trustee to transfer, on behalf of the Trust, the Company Shares to PAHL and upon closing of the transaction contemplated hereby, PAHL will become the record owner of the Company Shares, with good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of any liens and encumbrances.

 

D-5


4.4 The Fiduciaries have determined that both the Company Preferred Stock Value Per Share and the Company Common Stock Value Per Share, whether payable in cash or in PAHL Shares and cash, constitute adequate consideration as defined in Section 3(18) of the ERISA and represent that such determination was made in accordance with the standards developed under applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code, so as to ensure that the exchange does not constitute a “prohibited transaction” under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (the “ ERISA Standards ”), including, without limitation, consideration of the Independent Fiduciary’s Report (as hereinafter defined) and other relevant facts and circumstances.

4.5 The Fiduciaries have retained Evercore Trust Company, N.A. as a fiduciary to the Plan within the meaning of Section 3(21) of ERISA, who is independent of all parties to the transaction, other than the Plan and Trust, (the “ Independent Fiduciary ”), to determine whether the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including the receipt of the Aggregate Cash Consideration and/or Aggregate Stock Consideration) are fair to, and in the interests of, the Plan, the Trust and the Plan participants who are Beneficial Owners, and that the consideration to be received by the Plan and the Beneficial Owners in connection with the Business Combination, is adequate consideration to the Plan (within the meaning of ERISA).

4.6 The Independent Fiduciary has issued a report (the “ Independent Fiduciary’s Report ”) setting forth the Independent Fiduciary’s determination that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including the receipt of the Aggregate Cash Consideration and/or Aggregate Stock Consideration) are fair to, and in the interests of, the Plan, the Trust and the Plan participants who are Beneficial Owners, and that the consideration to be received by the Plan and the Beneficial Owners in connection with the Business Combination, is adequate consideration to the Plan (within the meaning of ERISA).

4.7 The Fiduciaries have been given a full opportunity to ask questions of and to receive answers from representatives of PAHL concerning the terms and conditions of the Exchange, the BCA, the Registration Statement and the business of the Company and to obtain such other information requested in accordance with the ERISA Standards in order to evaluate the Exchange and all such questions have been answered to the full satisfaction of the Fiduciaries.

Section 5. Representations and Warranties of PAHL .

PAHL represents and warrants to the Fiduciaries as follows:

5.1 PAHL has the full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby, and this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by PAHL and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of PAHL, enforceable against PAHL in accordance with its terms.

5.2 To the extent PAHL Shares are delivered to the Trustee under this Agreement, (i) the issuance, offer, sale and exchange of the PAHL Shares will be duly authorized by PAHL, (ii) the PAHL Shares, when issued and delivered to the Trustee in exchange for the Company Shares, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free from all liens and encumbrances other than any restrictions on transfer contained in PAHL’s organizational documents and (iii) the PAHL Shares will be freely-tradeable and listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “ NYSE ”).

5.3 To the extent PAHL Shares are delivered to the Trustee under this Agreement, the Prospectus will, at the time it (and any amendment or supplement thereto) is first sent or given to the holders of Company Shares and on the Closing Date, not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

 

D-6


Section 6. Covenants of the Parties .

6.1 Registration Statement . As promptly as practicable following the closing of the transactions contemplated by the BCA, PAHL shall use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “ Registration Statement ”) which shall register, among other things, the exchange of the PAHL Shares pursuant to the terms of this Agreement under the Securities Act. The Registration Statement shall comply as to form, in all material respects, with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act. PAHL shall use commercially reasonable efforts to have the Registration Statement declared effective under the Securities Act as promptly as practicable after such filing, keep the Registration Statement effective until the distribution contemplated in the Registration Statement has been completed or, if earlier, until this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8.1, and to ensure that it complies in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act. PAHL will advise the Fiduciaries and the Trustee promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when the Registration Statement has become effective, the issuance of any stop order or the suspension of the qualification of PAHL Shares issuable in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for offering or sale in any jurisdiction.

6.2 Amendments to the Registration Statement . If at any time prior to the Closing any information relating to PAHL, or any of its affiliates, officers or directors, should be discovered by PAHL which should be set forth in an amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, so that any of such documents would not include any misstatement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, PAHL shall promptly (i) notify the Fiduciaries and the Trustee and (ii) file with the SEC an appropriate amendment or supplement describing such information and (iii) to the extent required by applicable law, disseminate the information contained in such amendment or supplement to the Fiduciaries.

6.3 Non-Solicitation . The Fiduciaries shall not, directly or indirectly, (A) accept, solicit, initiate or take any action to knowingly facilitate or encourage the submission of any proposal relating to the purchase or sale of the Company Shares, (B) enter into or participate in any discussions or negotiations with, or furnish any information relating to PAHL, the Company or any of their respective subsidiaries to, any person (other than PAHL) in connection with purchase or sale of the Company Shares or (C) enter into any agreement in principle, letter of intent, term sheet, merger agreement, acquisition agreement, or other similar instrument (whether or not binding) constituting or relating to the purchase or sale of the Company Shares.

6.4 No Transfers of Company Shares . Until the earlier of the consummation of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement, the Fiduciaries shall not (and shall not permit any Beneficial Owner to), directly or indirectly, (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of its Company Shares or (ii) enter into any derivative transaction of any type whatsoever (including, without limitation, any swap, contract for differences, option, warrant or futures transaction or arrangement) that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of its ownership of any of its Company Shares, whether any such transaction described in clauses (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Company Shares, in cash or otherwise.

6.5 Further Action . Each of the parties agrees that it shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or desirable, or advisable under applicable laws or otherwise, so as to permit consummation of the Exchange as promptly as practicable and otherwise to enable consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement including using its commercially reasonable efforts to make any filing, and obtain (and cooperating with the other party hereto to obtain) any consent, authorization, registration, order or approval of, or any exemption by, any governmental entity and any other third party that is required to be obtained by PAHL, the Fiduciaries or the Trustee of the Plan or any of their respective subsidiaries in connection with the Exchange.

 

D-7


6.6 Additional Agreements . In case at any time after the Closing any further action is reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, the proper authorized persons on behalf of each party to this Agreement and their respective subsidiaries shall take all such lawful and necessary action as may be reasonably requested by the other party.

Section 7. Conditions to Closing .

7.1 Conditions to Obligations of PAHL . The obligations of PAHL to consummate the Closing are subject to the satisfaction (or, to the extent permissible, waiver) of the following conditions:

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Fiduciaries shall be true and correct as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing (except that those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date need only be true and correct as of such date).

(b) Agreements and Covenants . The Fiduciaries shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by them on or prior to the Closing Date.

(c) Officer’s Certificate . The Fiduciaries shall have delivered to PAHL a certificate, signed by each Fiduciary and dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that the conditions set forth in Section 7.1(a) and Section 7.1(b) have been satisfied.

7.2 Additional Conditions for PAHL to deliver PAHL Shares . The obligation of PAHL to deliver PAHL Shares, and the obligation of the Fiduciaries to cause the Trust to accept PAHL Shares, as part of the consideration for the Exchange is subject to the following conditions:

(a) Effectiveness of the Registration Statement . The Registration Statement shall have become effective under the Securities Act. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceedings for that purpose shall be pending or threatened, by the SEC.

(b) NYSE Listing . The PAHL Shares issuable as part of the Stock Election Consideration shall have been authorized for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance (or other exchange on which such equity securities will be publicly traded).

(c) Officer’s Certificate . PAHL shall have delivered to the Fiduciaries and the Trustee a certificate, signed by an authorized representative of PAHL and dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that the conditions set forth in Section 7.2 have been satisfied.

7.3 Conditions to Obligations of the Fiduciaries . The obligations of the Fiduciaries to consummate the Closing are subject to the satisfaction (or, to the extent permissible, waiver) of the following conditions:

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of PAHL shall be true and correct as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except that those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date need only be true and correct as of such date).

(b) Agreements and Covenants . PAHL shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Closing Date.

(c) Officer’s Certificate . PAHL shall have delivered to the Trustee, with a copy to the Fiduciaries, a certificate, signed by an executive officer of PAHL and dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that the conditions set forth in Section 7.3(a) and Section 7.3(b) have been satisfied.

 

D-8


Section 8. Termination .

8.1 This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

(a) automatically, without any further action by the parties hereto, upon termination of the BCA (for any reason);

(b) by mutual written agreement of PAHL and the Fiduciaries;

(c) by either PAHL or the Fiduciaries, if the Closing has not been consummated on or before June 30, 2014 (the “ End Date ”); provided, however , that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1 shall not be available to any party if the failure of the Closing to occur by the End Date is due wholly or partly to the failure of that party to fulfill in all material respects all of its obligations under this Agreement.

(d) by PAHL, if there has been a breach of or failure to perform any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of the Fiduciaries set forth in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform (i) would cause any of the conditions set forth in Section 7.1 or Section 7.2 not to be satisfied and (ii) either cannot be cured or has not been cured prior to the earlier of (A) the fifteenth calendar day following receipt the Fiduciaries of written notice of such breach from PAHL and (B) the calendar day immediately prior to the End Date;

(e) by the Fiduciaries, if there has been a breach of or failure to perform any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of PAHL set forth in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform (i) would cause any of the conditions set forth in Section 7.2 or Section 7.3 not to be satisfied and (ii) either cannot be cured or has not been cured prior to the earlier of (A) the fifteenth calendar day following receipt by PAHL of written notice of such breach from the Fiduciaries and (B) the calendar day immediately prior to the End Date;

8.2 Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Agreement, in the event that this Agreement is terminated by PAHL under Section 8.1(c) or under Section 8.1(d) with respect solely to a breach or failure to perform that would cause the conditions in Section 7.2 not to be satisfied, PAHL shall have the right to purchase, and the Fiduciaries shall be obligated to direct the Trustee to sell to PAHL, all of the Company Shares for the Aggregate Cash Consideration as if a Cash Election has been made with respect to all Company Shares.

Section 9. Miscellaneous .

9.1 All costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the parties hereto in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such costs and expenses when due.

9.2 All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally, telecopied (upon confirmation of receipt), e-mailed (upon receipt) or delivered by an express courier (with confirmation) to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

if to PAHL, to:   

Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited

 

Regency Court

Glategny Esplanade

St. Peter Port

Guernsey GY1 3RH

Attention: Company Administrator

Facsimile No.: +(44) 1481 716 868

E-mail: mwoodall@iag.gg

 

D-9


With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:   

Mariposa Capital, LLC

5200 Blue Lagoon Drive

Suite 855

Miami, Florida 33126

Attention: Martin Franklin

Facsimile No.: (305) 675-0653

E-mail: mfranklin@jarden.com

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:   

Greenberg Traurig, P.A.

 

401 E. Las Olas Blvd., Suite 2000

Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301

Attention: Donn Beloff, Esq.

Facsimile No.: (954) 765-1477

E-mail: beloffd@gtlaw.com

if to the Fiduciaries, to:   

Daniel H. Leever, Sharon L. Johnson and

Frank J. Monteiro, as Fiduciaries

MacDermid, Incorporated Profit Sharing and

Employee Savings Plan

245 Freight Street

Waterbury, CT 06702

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:   

John L. Cordani, Esq

MacDermid, Incorporated

245 Freight Street

Waterbury, CT 06702

E-mail: jcordani@macdermid.com

 

Michael E. Mooney, Esq.

Nutter, McClennen and Fish, LLP

Seaport West

155 Seaport Boulevard

Boston, MA 02210

Facsimile: 617-310-9342

E-mail: mmooney@nutter.com

9.3 This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and by facsimile or portable document format (pdf) transmission, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.

9.4 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

9.5 If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of applicable law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

D-10


9.6 This Agreement and any other document or instrument delivered pursuant hereto, and all claims or causes of action (whether in contract or tort) that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement or the negotiation, execution, termination, performance or nonperformance of this Agreement (including any claim or cause of action based upon, arising out of or related to any representation or warranty made in or in connection with this Agreement or as an inducement to enter into this Agreement), shall be governed and construed in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of Delaware applicable to a contract entered into and fully performed solely within the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

9.7 Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

9.8 Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect hereof brought by another party hereto or its successors or permitted assigns shall be brought and determined exclusively in any state court or Federal court sitting in New Castle County, Delaware and each of the parties hereto hereby (i) irrevocably submits with regard to any such action or proceeding for itself and in respect to its property, generally and unconditionally, to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts in the event any dispute arises out of or relates to this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby, (ii) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court and (iii) agrees that it will not bring any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby in any court other than any state court or Federal court sitting in New Castle County, Delaware. It is understood and agreed that any other court or arbiter in any other jurisdiction shall be entitled to enforce any judgment of any state court or Federal court sitting in New Castle County, Delaware. Any writs, process or summonses to be served on any other party in such action or proceeding may be made by delivery of process in accordance with the notice provisions contained in Section 9.2 or as otherwise permitted by applicable law. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, counterclaim or otherwise, in any action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement, (i) the defense of sovereign immunity, (ii) any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts for any reason other than the failure to serve process in accordance with this Section 9.8, (iii) that it or its property is exempt or immune from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process commenced in such courts (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise), and (iv) to the fullest extent permitted by law that (A) the suit, action or proceeding in any such court is brought in an inconvenient forum, (B) the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper and (C) this Agreement, or the subject matter hereof, may not be enforced in or by such courts.

9.9 The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage for which monetary damages, even if available, would not be an adequate remedy, would occur in the event that the parties hereto do not perform the provisions of this Agreement (including failing to take such actions as are required of it hereunder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) in accordance with its specified terms or otherwise breach such provisions. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions, specific performance and other equitable relief to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court of competent jurisdiction, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. Each of the parties agrees that it will not oppose the granting of an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief on the basis that the party seeking the injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief has an adequate remedy at law.

 

D-11


9.10 EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

9.11 This Agreement may not be amended or modified except (i) by an instrument in writing signed by, or on behalf of, the parties hereto or (ii) by a waiver in accordance with Section 9.12.

9.12 Any party to this Agreement may extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other party, waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of the other party contained herein or in any document delivered by the other party pursuant hereto or waive compliance with any of the agreements of the other party or conditions to such party’s obligations contained herein. Any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the party to be bound thereby. Any waiver of any term or condition shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or a subsequent waiver of the same term or condition, or a waiver of any other term or condition of this Agreement. The failure of any party hereto to assert any of its rights hereunder shall not constitute a waiver of any of such rights. All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.

[Signature pages follow]

 

D-12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have made and entered into this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

PLATFORM

 

PLATFORM ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

 

Name:   Martin E. Franklin
Title:   Director

[Plan Exchange Agreement Signature Page]

 

D-13


FIDUCIARIES:

 

INVESTMENT COMMITTEE OF MACDERMID, INCORPORATED
By:  

 

Name:   Daniel H. Leever
and
By:  

 

Name:   Sharon L. Johnson
and
By:  

 

Name:   Frank J. Monteiro

[Plan Exchange Agreement Signature Page]

 

D-14


APPENDIX D-1—FORM OF INDICATION OF INTEREST NOTICE

 

D-I-1


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation, in its certificate of incorporation, to limit or eliminate the liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (a) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the DGCL or (d) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Under Section 145 of the DGCL, a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation (or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. In the case of an action brought by or in the right of a corporation, the corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any such threatened, pending or completed action by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation (or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) only against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent the appropriate court finds that, in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court shall deem proper.

The new Platform Delaware certificate of incorporation provides that no director of Platform Delaware shall be liable to Platform Delaware or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except to the extent that such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as currently in effect or as the same may hereafter be amended. This provision in the certificate of incorporation does not eliminate the directors’ fiduciary duties, and in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies such as injunctive or other forms of nonmonetary relief will remain available under Delaware law. In addition, each director will be subject to liability for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to Platform Delaware, for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct, for knowing violations of law, for actions leading to improper personal benefit to the director, and for payment of dividends or approval of stock repurchases or redemptions that are unlawful under Delaware law. The provision also does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other law, such as the federal securities laws or state or federal environmental laws.

The new Platform Delaware by-laws also provide that Platform Delaware shall indemnify and advance expenses to its officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. For purposes of the indemnification described in this paragraph, references to Platform Delaware include Platform Specialty Products Corporation as incorporated under British Virgin Islands law prior to the continuance of its existence under Delaware law as Platform Delaware. Platform Delaware will remain obligated on any indemnification obligations of Platform BVI arising prior to the Domestication.

 

II-1


Further, on April 28, 2013, in the case of Messrs. Berggruen and Franklin, and on October 31, in the case of Messrs. Leever, Ashken, Goss, Israel and O’Neal, we entered into Letters of Appointment, pursuant to which we agreed to indemnify each director and hold them harmless to the full extent authorized by the laws of the British Virgin Islands.

 

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Description

  2.1   Business Combination Agreement And Plan Of Merger, dated as of October 10, 2013, by and among Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited, Platform Delaware Holdings, Inc., Platform Merger Sub, LLC, MacDermid Holdings, LLC, Tartan Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, MacDermid, Incorporated and CSC Shareholder Services LLC as seller representative for the direct and indirect beneficial owners of the Company.
  2.2   Exchange Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2013, by and between Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited and the MacDermid Incorporated Profit Sharing and Employee Savings Plan
  3.1**   Form of Certificate of Incorporation of Platform Specialty Products Corporation
  3.2**   Form of Bylaws of Platform Specialty Products Corporation
  4.1**   Specimen Common Stock certificate.
  4.2**   Form of Warrant issued by Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited
  5.1**   Form of Opinion of Greenberg Traurig, P.A.
10.1**†   Severance Agreement Letter, dated as of May 23, 2011, between MacDermid, Incorporated and Daniel H. Leever.
10.2**†   Severance Agreement Letter, dated as of January 7, 2003, between MacDermid, Incorporated and Frank J. Monteiro.
10.3**†   Severance Agreement Letter, dated as of July 22, 2002, between MacDermid, Incorporated and John L. Cordani.
10.4**†   Memorandum of Agreement, dated as of July 9, 2001, between MacDermid, Incorporated and John L. Cordani.
10.5†   MacDermid, Incorporated Profit Sharing and Employee Savings Plan (as amended and restated generally effective January 1, 2010).
10.6†   MacDermid, Incorporated Employees’ Pension Plan (as amended and restated generally effective January 1, 2009).
10.7**†   MacDermid, Incorporated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, effective April 1, 1994, as amended on February 25, 2005, and as further amended on July 11, 2013.
10.10**†   Platform Specialty Products Corporation 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan.
10.11**†   Form of Award Agreement with respect to the Platform Specialty Products Corporation Equity Incentive Plan.
10.12**†   Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement.
10.13**   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2013, among, inter alia, Platform Acquisition Holding Limited, MacDermid Holdings, LLC, Matrix Acquisition Corp., MacDermid, Incorporated (as successor to Matrix Acquisition Corp., the borrower), the subsidiaries of the borrower from time to time parties thereto, the lenders from time to time parties thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent and as collateral agent

 

II-2


Exhibit

Number

 

Description

10.14**   Retaining Holder Securityholders Agreement
10.15**   Advisory Services Agreement, dated October 31, 2013, by and between Platform Specialty Products Corporation and Mariposa Capital, LLC
10.16**†   Letter Agreement with respect to Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan payment, dated as of October 29, 2013, between Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited and Daniel H. Leever
10.17**   Registration Rights Agreement
10.18**   Placing Agreement, dated May 17, 2013, by and between Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited, certain of its Directors, Berggruen Acquisition Holdings IV Ltd., Mariposa Acquisition, LLC, and Barclays Bank and Citigroup Global Markets Limited as placing banks.
10.19**   Form of Option Deeds
10.20**   Form of Indication of Interest Notice
16.1   Letter from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, dated October 31, 2013, regarding change in certifying accountant.
21.1**   Subsidiaries of the registrant.
23.1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
23.2   Consent of KPMG LLP.
23.3**   Consent of Greenberg Traurig, P.A. (form contained in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1**   Powers of Attorney (included in signature pages hereto).

 

** To be filed by amendment.
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

Item 22. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(a) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(b) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(c) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


(3) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of the registration statement shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness; provided , however , that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(4) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrants, the registrants have been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrants in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, each registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel, the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(6) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply, by means of a post-effective amendment, all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

(7) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, if a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant is deemed to occur pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, and if the securities are deemed to be offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

II-4


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned.

 

PLATFORM SPECIALTY PRODUCTS CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ Daniel H. Leever

Name: Daniel H. Leever
Title: Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman of the Board

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that that each of the undersigned directors and officers of the registrant hereby constitutes and appoints Daniel H. Leever and Frank J. Monteiro, and each of them his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments and including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933) to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite, necessary or advisable to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Daniel H. Leever

Daniel H. Leever

  

Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman of the Board

(principal executive officer)

  December 11, 2013

/s/ Frank J. Monteiro

Frank J. Monteiro

   Chief Financial Officer and Secretary (principal accounting officer)   December 11, 2013

/s/ Martin E. Franklin

Martin E. Franklin

   Chairman of the Board   December 11, 2013

/s/ Ian G. H. Ashken

Ian G. H. Ashken

   Director   December 11, 2013

/s/ Nicolas Berggruen

Nicolas Berggruen

   Director   December 11, 2013

/s/ Michael F. Goss

Michael F. Goss

   Director   December 11, 2013

/s/ Ryan Israel

Ryan Israel

   Director   December 11, 2013

/s/ E. Stanley O’Neal

E. Stanley O’Neal

   Director   December 11, 2013

 

II-5

Exhibit 2.1

EXECUTION COPY

BUSINESS COMBINATION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

BY AND AMONG

PLATFORM ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LIMITED,

PLATFORM DELAWARE HOLDINGS, INC.,

PLATFORM MERGER SUB, LLC,

MACDERMID HOLDINGS, LLC,

MACDERMID, INCORPORATED,

TARTAN HOLDINGS, LLC

and

CSC SHAREHOLDER SERVICES LLC, as SELLER REPRESENTATIVE,

Dated October 10, 2013


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

              Page  
BUSINESS COMBINATION AGREEMENT   

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     3   
  Section 1.1    Defined Terms      3   
  Section 1.2    Glossary of Other Defined Terms      17   
  Section 1.3    Interpretation and Rules of Construction      19   

ARTICLE II BUSINESS COMBINATION TRANSACTIONS

     20   
  Section 2.1    MD Holdings Governing Documents      20   
  Section 2.2    Newco Contribution      21   
  Section 2.3    Platform Holdco Contribution      21   
  Section 2.4    Retaining Holder Offer to Exchange      21   
  Section 2.5    Drag-Along Notice      21   
  Section 2.6    The Merger      21   

ARTICLE III THE CLOSING; EFFECT OF THE MERGER

     23   
  Section 3.1    Closing      23   
  Section 3.2    Conversion of Securities      23   
  Section 3.3    Contingent Purchase Price      25   
  Section 3.4    Contingent Litigation Proceeds      26   
  Section 3.5    Allocation of Total Holder Value      27   
  Section 3.6    Deliveries at Closing      28   
  Section 3.7    Purchase Price Adjustment      29   
  Section 3.8    Retaining Holder Exchange      32   
  Section 3.9    Withholding      32   
  Section 3.10    Plan Exchange      32   

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

     33   
  Section 4.1    Incorporation or Organization, Standing and Corporate Power      33   
  Section 4.2    Subsidiaries      33   
  Section 4.3    Capital Structure      34   
  Section 4.4    Authority      35   
  Section 4.5    Non-Contravention      36   
  Section 4.6    Financial Statements; Undisclosed Liabilities      36   
  Section 4.7    Absence of Certain Changes or Events      37   
  Section 4.8    Litigation      37   
  Section 4.9    Contracts      37   
  Section 4.10    Compliance with Laws      39   
  Section 4.11    Labor and Employment Matters      40   
  Section 4.12    Employee Benefit Matters      40   
  Section 4.13    Taxes      44   
  Section 4.14    Real Property      45   
  Section 4.15    Intellectual Property      46   

 

(i)


  Section 4.16    Environmental Matters      47   
  Section 4.17    Insurance      48   
  Section 4.18    Products      48   
  Section 4.19    Affiliate Transactions      49   
  Section 4.20    Certain Business Practices      49   
  Section 4.21    Company Swaps      49   
  Section 4.22    Stockholder Consent      49   
  Section 4.23    State Takeover Statutes      49   
  Section 4.24    Brokers and Other Advisors      50   
  Section 4.25    Import Compliance      50   
  Section 4.26    Export Compliance      50   
  Section 4.27    No Other Representations and Warranties      51   

ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF MD HOLDINGS

     51   
  Section 5.1    Organization, Standing and Corporate Power      51   
  Section 5.2    Subsidiaries      52   
  Section 5.3    Title to Shares      52   
  Section 5.4    Authority      52   
  Section 5.5    Non-Contravention      53   
  Section 5.6    Brokers and Other Advisors      53   
  Section 5.7    Litigation      53   
  Section 5.8    Information Supplied      54   
  Section 5.9    No Other Representations and Warranties      54   

ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PAHL, PLATFORM HOLDCO AND MERGER SUB

     54   
  Section 6.1    Incorporation or Organization, Standing and Corporate Power      54   
  Section 6.2    Capital Structure      54   
  Section 6.3    Authority      55   
  Section 6.4    Non-Contravention      56   
  Section 6.5    Undisclosed Liabilities      56   
  Section 6.6    FCA Reports and Financial Statements      57   
  Section 6.7    Sufficiency of Funds      57   
  Section 6.8    Tax Matters      58   
  Section 6.9    Absence of Certain Changes or Events      59   
  Section 6.10    Litigation      59   
  Section 6.11    Brokers and Other Advisors      59   
  Section 6.12    No Other Representations and Warranties      59   

ARTICLE VII COVENANTS RELATING TO CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

     59   
  Section 7.1    Conduct of Businesses Prior to Closing      59   
  Section 7.2    Company Forbearances      60   

ARTICLE VIII ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

     63   
  Section 8.1    Access to Information      63   
  Section 8.2    Exchange      64   
  Section 8.3    Further Action      64   

 

(ii)


  Section 8.4    Additional Agreements      64   
  Section 8.5    Plan Termination      64   
  Section 8.6    Employment and Benefit Arrangements.      65   
  Section 8.7    PAHL Activities      66   
  Section 8.8    Transfer Taxes      67   
  Section 8.9    Regulatory Matters      68   
  Section 8.10    Drag Along Notice      69   
  Section 8.11    Affiliated Transactions      69   
  Section 8.12    Director and Officer Liability; Indemnification.      70   
  Section 8.13    Advice of Changes      70   
  Section 8.14    Transaction Litigation      71   
  Section 8.15    Parachute Payment Waiver; 280G Stockholder Approval      71   

ARTICLE IX SURVIVAL

     72   
  Section 9.1    Survival      72   

ARTICLE X CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     72   
  Section 10.1    Conditions to Each Party’s Obligation to Effect the Business Combination      72   
  Section 10.2    Conditions to Obligations of PAHL, Platform Holdco and Merger Sub      72   
  Section 10.3    Conditions to Obligations of the Company and MD Holdings      73   

ARTICLE XI TERMINATION

     74   
  Section 11.1    Termination      74   
  Section 11.2    Effect of Termination      75   

ARTICLE XII GENERAL PROVISIONS

     75   
  Section 12.1    Expenses      75   
  Section 12.2    Notices      76   
  Section 12.3    Counterparts      77   
  Section 12.4    Entire Agreement; Severability      77   
  Section 12.5    Governing Law      78   
  Section 12.6    Publicity      78   
  Section 12.7    Assignment; Third Party Beneficiaries      78   
  Section 12.8    Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers; Consent to Service of Process      79   
  Section 12.9    Enforcement of Agreement      79   
  Section 12.10    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      80   
  Section 12.11    Amendment; Waiver      80   
  Section 12.12    No Recourse      81   
  Section 12.13    Seller Representative      81   
  Section 12.14    Retaining Holder Representative      82   
  Section 12.15    Conflict Waiver      83   
  Section 12.16    Financing Sources      83   

 

(iii)


EXHIBITS

  

Exhibit A

   Form of Exchange Agreement

Exhibit B

   Form of Letter of Transmittal

Exhibit C

   Form of Rollover Support Agreement

Exhibit D

   Form of Sponsor Support Agreement

Exhibit E

   Form of Drag Along Notice

Exhibit F

   Form of MRD Operating Agreement (post-Merger)

Exhibit G

   Form of Retaining Holder Securityholders’ Agreement

Exhibit H

   Form of Instruction Letter

APPENDIXES

Appendix I

   Table of Newco Contribution Membership Interests

Appendix II

   Contingent Purchase Price Calculation

Appendix III

   Allocation of Total Holder Value

 

(iv)


BUSINESS COMBINATION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

This BUSINESS COMBINATION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of October 10, 2013, by and among Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited, a company limited by shares incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (“ PAHL ”), Platform Delaware Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and direct wholly owned subsidiary of PAHL, (“ Platform Holdco ”), Platform Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of Platform Holdco (“ Merger Sub ”), MacDermid Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ MD Holdings ”), Tartan Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Newco ”), MacDermid, Incorporated, a Connecticut corporation (the “ Company ”), and CSC Shareholder Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as seller representative for the direct and indirect beneficial owners of the Company (“ Seller Representative ”). All capitalized terms shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in Article I .

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, PAHL was organized and raised capital for the stated purpose of acquiring a controlling interest in one or more operating businesses through a merger, capital stock exchange, share purchase, asset acquisition, reorganization or similar transaction;

WHEREAS, Platform Holdco is a direct wholly owned subsidiary of PAHL that was formed solely for the purpose of effecting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

WHEREAS, Merger Sub is a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Platform Holdco that was formed solely for the purpose of merging with and into MD Holdings (the “ Merger ”) pursuant to and in accordance with the terms set forth in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, PAHL desires to purchase the business and operations of the Company and is prepared to do so in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Company is owned by MD Holdings and the MacDermid, Incorporated Profit Sharing and Employee Savings Plan, as amended (“ Plan ”);

WHEREAS, MD Holdings is in turn owned by (a) the Court Square Members, (b) the Weston Presidio Member and (c) certain current and former employees and related parties of the Company and its direct and indirect Subsidiaries (each member other than the Court Square Member and the Weston Presidio Member, an “ Individual Member ”, collectively, the “ Individual Members ”, and together with the Court Square Members and the Weston Presidio Member, the “ MD Holdings Members ”);

WHEREAS, the MD Holdings Members are prepared to sell the Company to PAHL on the terms set forth in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, Platform Holdco will, on or promptly after the date hereof, offer the MD Holdings Members the right to exchange their interests in MD Holdings for shares of Platform Holdco common stock, Contingent Litigation Proceeds and Contingent Purchase Price pursuant to an Offer to Exchange in form and substance mutually agreeable to MD Holdings and Platform Holdco (the “ Retaining Holder Offer to Exchange ”), subject to entering into a Letter of Transmittal and the Retaining Holder Securityholders’ Agreement;


WHEREAS, the Retaining Holder Exchange is intended to be subject to Section 351 of the Code;

WHEREAS, certain members of the Company’s management are simultaneously entering into the Rollover Support Agreement (in lieu of a Letter of Transmittal) agreeing to participate in the Newco Contribution and to cause Newco to participate in the Retaining Holder Offer to Exchange;

WHEREAS, the Court Square Members and the Weston Presidio Member are simultaneously entering into the Sponsor Support Agreement declining the offer to participate in the Retaining Holder Exchange and thereby electing to retain their interests in MD Holdings and participate in the Merger;

WHEREAS, in addition to the foregoing, pursuant to an exchange agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , which is expected to be entered into by and between PAHL and the Plan prior to the Closing, PAHL will provide the Plan the opportunity to exchange its interest in the Company for cash or PAHL Ordinary Shares on the terms described therein;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company and the Board of Directors of MD Holdings have approved this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the Board of Directors of MD Holdings has determined to recommend to its members the approval of this Agreement and the Merger subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in accordance with the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “ DLLCA ”);

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of PAHL (the “ PAHL Board ”), acting upon the recommendation and approval of a majority of independent directors thereof, has unanimously approved this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of each of Platform Holdco and Merger Sub has unanimously approved this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Board of Directors of Merger Sub has determined to recommend to Platform Holdco as its sole member the approval of this Agreement and the Merger subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in accordance with the provisions of the DLLCA;

WHEREAS, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the parties hereto wish to effect the Business Combination as contemplated by this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the parties desire to make certain representations, warranties and agreements in connection with the Business Combination contemplated hereby and also to prescribe certain conditions to the Business Combination.

 

2


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties and agreements contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Defined Terms . For purposes of this Agreement, the term:

Action ” shall mean any Judgment outstanding or any action, claim, suit, litigation or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity or any arbitration proceeding before the AAA, JAMS or any other arbitral tribunal.

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such first Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Ancillary Agreements ” shall mean the Contribution Agreement, the Retaining Holder Securityholders’ Agreement, the Support Agreements, and each other agreement, certificate, instrument or other document executed and delivered by the parties in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including the Business Combination).

Assets ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all land, buildings, improvements, leasehold improvements, Fixtures and Equipment and other assets, real or personal, tangible or intangible, owned or leased by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries.

Business Combination ” means, collectively, the Newco Contribution, the Retaining Holder Exchange, the Plan Exchange, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement (other than those transactions contemplated by this Agreement that by their terms are to be consummated after Closing), in each case occurring in the order set forth herein.

Business Day ” shall mean each day other than Saturdays, Sundays and days when commercial banks are authorized or required to be closed for business in New York, New York or London, England.

Class A Units ” shall mean the Class A Junior Units of MD Holdings.

Class B Units ” shall mean the Class B Junior Units of MD Holdings.

Class C Units ” shall mean the Class C Junior Units of MD Holdings.

Closing Cash On Hand ” shall mean, as of the Measurement Time, the aggregate of all cash (including checks received but not deposited) and readily marketable securities of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as determined in accordance with GAAP (including, for the avoidance of doubt, checks that have been issued, but not cashed as of such date of determination).

 

3


Closing Date ” shall mean the date on which the Closing occurs.

Closing Indebtedness ” shall mean all Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Measurement Time, giving effect to the consummation of the Business Combination for purposes of determining any prepayment, change of control or similar costs or expenses for such Indebtedness; provided that any such amounts that have been paid on or prior to the Measurement Time shall be excluded. For the avoidance of doubt, “Closing Indebtedness” shall not be deemed to include any costs or expenses incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary to consummate the Proposed Amendment or the Debt Financing.

Closing Working Capital ” means as of the Measurement Time, the Company’s total current assets (excluding Closing Cash on Hand and any amounts related to income Taxes or deferred Taxes) as of such time plus the amount of any unreimbursed expenses incurred by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries required to be reimbursed pursuant to Section 8.7(b) , minus the Company’s total current liabilities (excluding Closing Indebtedness, income Taxes payable, deferred Taxes (if any), accrued severance and deferred purchase price with respect to Revestsul Produtos Quimicos Ltda.) as of such time, in each case, determined in accordance with GAAP as applied consistently with the accounting methods, policies, principles, practices and procedures, with consistent classifications, judgments and estimation methodology, as were used in preparation of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

Code ” shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

Common Units ” shall mean the Common Units of MD Holdings.

Company Benefit Agreement ” shall mean each individual employment, consulting, indemnification, change in control, severance or termination agreement or arrangement between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any current or former employee, officer, director or consultant of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the other hand pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has any continuing obligations as of the date of this Agreement, other than any agreement or arrangement mandated by applicable Law.

Company Benefit Plan ” shall mean each bonus, pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, incentive compensation, stock ownership, stock purchase, stock option, phantom stock or other equity-based compensation, retirement, vacation, severance, disability, death benefit, hospitalization, medical or other employee benefits plan, policy, program or arrangement (but excluding any Company Benefit Agreement), in each case sponsored, maintained or contributed to, or required to be sponsored, maintained or contributed to, by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or with respect to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has or may have any actual or contingent liability or obligation, in each case, as of the date of this Agreement, for the benefit of any current or former employee, officer, director or consultant of

 

4


the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than (a) any “multiemployer plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA) or (b) any plan, policy, program or arrangement mandated by applicable Law or a Governmental Entity.

Company Charter ” shall mean the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended, as in effect on the Closing Date.

Company Class A Stock ” shall mean the shares of Class A Junior Stock, no par value per share, of the Company.

Company Class A Stock Value Per Share ” shall mean an amount equal to the amount each share of Company Class A Stock outstanding immediately prior to Closing would be entitled to receive under the Company Charter if the Company were liquidated at the Measurement Time and the net value available for distribution to the Company Class A Stock and the Company Common Stock were equal to the Company Equity Value.

Company Common Stock ” shall mean the shares of Common Stock, no par value per share, of the Company.

Company Common Stock Value Per Share ” shall mean an amount equal to the amount each share of Company Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to Closing would be entitled to receive under the Company Charter if the Company were liquidated at the Measurement Time and the net value available for distribution to the Company Class A Stock and the Company Common Stock were equal to the Company Equity Value.

Company Equity Value ” shall mean an amount equal to (i) $1,800,000,000.00 plus (ii) the Closing Adjustment Amount, which may be positive or negative, plus (iii) the Final Adjustment Amount, which may be positive or negative, minus (iv) the Company Preferred Stock Value.

Company Equity Value (MD Portion) ” shall mean an amount equal to the sum of (i) the product of (x) the number of shares of Company Common Stock held by MD Holdings and (y) the Company Common Stock Value Per Share and (ii) the product of (a) the number of shares of Company Class A Stock held by MD Holdings and (b) the Company Class A Stock Value Per Share.

Company Intellectual Property ” shall mean all Intellectual Property rights owned, in whole or in part, by Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Company Major Representations ” shall mean those representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.1 , Section 4.2 , Section 4.3 , Section 4.4 , Section 4.19 and Section 4.24 .

Company Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean, with respect to the Company, any change, effect, event, or occurrence that, individually or in the aggregate with all other changes, events or occurrences, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on (a) the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided , that none of the following shall either alone or in combination constitute, or be taken into account in determining whether there has been, a

 

5


Company Material Adverse Effect for purposes of this clause (a): any change, effect, event or occurrence that directly arises out of or directly results from (i) general economic, credit, capital or financial markets or political conditions in the United States or elsewhere in the world, including with respect to interest rates or currency exchange rates that do not adversely affect the Company and its Subsidiaries in a manner disproportionate to other companies within the same industry as the Company and its Subsidiaries, (ii) any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, acts of war (whether or not declared), sabotage or terrorism that do not adversely affect the Company and its Subsidiaries in a manner disproportionate to other companies within the same industry as the Company and its Subsidiaries, (iii) any hurricane, tornado, flood, volcano, earthquake or other natural or man-made disaster occurring after the date of this Agreement, (iv) any change in applicable Law or GAAP (or authoritative interpretation or enforcement thereof), (v) general conditions in the industries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries primarily operate that do not adversely affect the Company and its Subsidiaries in a manner disproportionate to other companies within the same industry as the Company and its Subsidiaries, (vi) the taking of any action, or failing to take any action, at the request of PAHL or the taking of any action by PAHL to the extent not required by the terms of this Agreement, (vii) any change in the cost or availability or other terms of any financing to be obtained by PAHL, if any, (viii) any failure by the Company and its Subsidiaries to meet financial forecasts or estimates (in and of itself and not with regard to the changes, effects, events or occurrences underlying such failure) or (ix) the announcement and pendency of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) the ability of MD Holdings or the Company to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the Business Combination.

Company Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of Series B 9.5% Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock, no par value per share, of the Company.

Company Preferred Stock Value ” shall mean the aggregate amount all shares of Company Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to Closing would be entitled to receive as a preference to the Company Common Stock under the Company Charter if the Company were liquidated at the Measurement Time.

Company Preferred Stock Value (MD Portion) ” shall mean the amount of the Company Preferred Stock Value allocable to the shares of Company Preferred Stock owned by MD Holdings immediately prior to Closing in accordance with the Company Charter.

Company Preferred Stock Value (Plan Portion) ” shall mean the amount of the Company Preferred Stock Value allocable to the shares of Company Preferred Stock owned by the Plan immediately prior to Closing in accordance with the Company Charter.

Company Preferred Stock Value Per Share (Plan Portion) ” shall mean an amount equal to the sum of Company Preferred Stock Value (Plan Portion) divided by the number of shares of Company Preferred Stock held by the Plan immediately prior to the Closing.

Company Transaction Expenses ” shall mean (without duplication), to the extent payable by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and not paid in cash at or prior to the Closing (including any fees, costs or expenses payable as a result of the Plan Exchange or the Merger, but excluding any fees, costs or expenses relating to or arising out of the modification of the First

 

6


Lien Facility or the Retaining Holder Exchange), all costs, fees or expenses incurred by any person in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution or performance of this Agreement (including the fees and expenses of legal counsel, accountants, investment bankers, brokers or other representatives and consultants and any payments owing to the Sponsor Members under any advisory or management agreements in effect prior to the date hereof) and any Seller Representative Expenses; provided, that any and all fees and expenses payable to Cravath Swaine & Moore LLP or Mintz Levin Cohn Ferris Glovsky and Popeo PC shall not be considered Company Transaction Expenses.

Contingent Litigation Proceedings ” shall mean each of the individual DuPont Litigation and Cookson Litigation proceedings set forth on Sections 1.1(a) and 1.1(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule.

Contingent Litigation Proceeds ” shall mean one hundred percent (100%) of the proceeds actually received by the Company or any Subsidiary as a result of the Contingent Litigation Proceedings, less all losses, damages, liabilities, Taxes on such proceeds (calculated at the highest marginal rate applicable to the Company), judgments, interest, awards, penalties, fines, costs or expenses of whatever kind, including attorneys’ fees, expert witness fees, the cost of pursuing any insurance providers, bonding fees, incurred or paid by the Company or any Subsidiary, in each case, in connection with the Contingent Litigation Proceedings.

Contingent Litigation Proceeds Payment Event ” shall mean the date on which any one of the Contingent Litigation Proceedings has been fully and finally determined by a tribunal of competent authority and jurisdiction, settled or otherwise finally resolved, in each case, without the ability of appeal or reconsideration, and all proceeds with respect to such Contingent Litigation Proceedings have been received by the Company or any Subsidiary and all proceeds with respect to such Contingent Litigation Proceedings have been received by the Company or any Subsidiary and all losses, damages, liabilities, Taxes on such proceeds (calculated at the highest marginal rate applicable to the Company), judgments, interest, awards, penalties, fines, costs or expenses incurred in connection with the Contingent Litigation Proceedings have been finally determined.

Contingent Litigation Proceeds (MD Portion)” means fifty percent (50%) of the Contingent Litigation Proceeds.

Contingent Litigation Proceeds Per Unit ” shall mean the amount calculated by dividing the Contingent Litigation Proceeds (MD Portion) by the aggregate number of Common Units, Class A Units and Class B Units of MD Holdings outstanding prior to the Effective Time.

Contingent Litigation Proceeds Recipient ” shall mean any holder of Units who is entitled to receive a portion of the Contingent Litigation Proceeds (MD Portion).

Contingent Litigation Proceeds Release Event ” shall mean any date on which Contingent Litigation Proceeds are released from escrow in the sole discretion of PAHL.

Contingent Litigation Proceeds Sharing Percentage ” shall mean with respect to a Retaining Holder or a Transferring Holder the fraction expressed as a percentage the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Units (other than Preferred Units and Class C Units) held by

 

7


such person immediately prior to the Closing (but after giving effect to the contribution of Units to Newco pursuant to the Contribution Agreement) and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Units (other than Preferred Units and Class C Units) outstanding immediately prior to the Closing.

Contingent Purchase Price Independent Accountant ” shall mean the office of an impartial nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants, other than the Accountants of PAHL, the Company or Newco, as appointed by the mutual agreement of PAHL and the Retaining Holder Representative.

“Contingent Purchase Price Sharing Percentage” shall mean with respect to a Retaining Holder the fraction expressed as a percentage the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Units (other than Preferred Units and Class C Units) held by such person immediately prior to the Closing (but after giving effect to the contribution of Units to Newco pursuant to the Contribution Agreement) and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Units (other than Preferred Units and Class C Units) held by all Retaining Holders immediately prior to the Closing.

Contract ” shall mean any agreement, contract or other legally binding arrangement, understanding, obligation or commitment of a Person or to which a Person’s Assets are subject, whether oral or written, including any and all amendments, supplements, exhibits, annexes, appendices and schedules thereto.

Contribution Agreement ” shall mean that certain Contribution Agreement by and among the Individual Members set forth on Appendix I and Newco, in form and substance as mutually agreed upon by Newco and PAHL.

Cookson Litigation ” shall mean those Actions set forth on Section 1.1(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedules.

Court Square Members ” shall mean Court Square Capital Partners II, L.P.; Court Square Capital Partners II-A, L.P.; Court Square Capital Partners (Offshore) II, L.P.; Court Square Capital Partners (Executive) II, L.P. and CSC MacDermid Co-Investment LLC.

Disclosure and Transparency Rules ” shall mean the Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules of the FCA made under Part VI of FSMA.

DuPont Litigation ” shall mean those Actions set forth on Section 1.1(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules.

Encumbrances ” shall mean any claim, lien, pledge, option, right of first refusal, encroachment, charge, security interest, deed of trust, mortgage, restriction, covenant, reservation of interest in title or encumbrance of any kind or nature whatsoever.

Environmental Claims ” shall mean any administrative or judicial actions, suits, orders, claims, proceedings or written notices of noncompliance by or from any Governmental Entity or any other Person alleging Liability arising out of the Release of Hazardous Materials or the failure to comply with any Environmental Law or any Authorization issued thereunder.

 

8


Environmental Laws ” shall mean any Law relating to pollution or protection of the environment or natural resources or human exposure to Hazardous Materials.

Equity ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any (whether voting or otherwise) shares of capital stock, membership interests, limited liability company interests, partnership interests, joint venture interests or other equity interests of such Person, or interests which are directly or indirectly exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, any such equity interests.

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any trade or business, whether or not incorporated, that together with the Company would be deemed a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 4001(b) of ERISA.

Escrow Account ” means an account established by the Seller Representative to hold the Working Capital Escrow Amount.

Escrow Share of Post-Closing Adjustment” shall mean the product of (x) a fraction the numerator of which is the Transferring Holder Aggregate Equity Value and the denominator of which is the sum of the Transferring Holder Aggregate Equity Value and the Retaining Holder Aggregate Equity Value multiplied by (y) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Company Class A Stock and Company Common Stock held by MD Holdings immediately prior to Closing and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Company Class A Stock and Company Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to Closing.

Escrow Share Percentage Per Transferring Holder ” shall mean with respect to each Transferring Holder the fraction expressed as a percentage the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Units (other than Preferred Units and Class C Units) held by such person immediately prior to the Closing and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Units (other than Preferred Units and Class C Units) held by all Transferring Holders immediately prior to the Closing.

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Agreement ” shall mean that certain Exchange Agreement between the Plan and PAHL in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

Final Adjustment Amount ” shall mean an amount, which may be positive or negative, equal to (i) Closing Working Capital minus Estimated Working Capital, plus (ii) if positive, Closing Cash on Hand minus Estimated Closing Cash on Hand minus (iii) if negative, the absolute value of Closing Cash on Hand minus Estimated Closing Cash on Hand, minus (iv) Closing Indebtedness minus Estimated Closing Indebtedness.

Financing Sources ” shall mean the (i) the Persons engaged by PAHL to assist in the amendment of the First Lien Facility on the terms and conditions set forth in the Debt

 

9


Commitment Letter (the “ Proposed Amendment ”), together with their Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, advisors, agents and representatives involved in such transactions and their successors and assigns and (ii) Persons that have committed to provide the Debt Financing in connection with the Debt Commitment Letter to effect the transactions contemplated hereby or any alternative financing and any joinder agreements, indentures or credit agreements entered into pursuant thereto or relating thereto, together with their Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, advisors, agents and representatives involved in the financing and their successors and assigns.

First Lien Facility ” shall mean that certain First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as June 7, 2013, among MD Holdings, the Company, certain subsidiaries of MD Holdings, the lenders party, Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the other parties referenced therein, and the ancillary documents associated therewith.

Fixtures and Equipment ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all of the furniture, fixtures, furnishings, machinery and equipment owned or leased by such Person and located in, at or upon the other Assets of such Person.

Foreign Merger Control Laws ” shall mean the competition, merger control, antitrust or similar Law of any jurisdiction outside the United States.

FCA ” shall mean the Financial Conduct Authority of the United Kingdom, acting in its capacity as competent authority for the purposes of Part VI of FSMA.

FSMA ” shall mean the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 of the United Kingdom, as amended.

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as in effect from time to time, consistently applied.

Governmental Entity ” shall mean any transnational, domestic or foreign federal, state, local or provincial court, regulatory or administrative agency, commission or other governmental authority, body or instrumentality with jurisdiction, including for the avoidance of doubt any Self-Regulatory Organizations.

HSR Act ” shall mean the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

IFRS ” shall mean International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Indebtedness ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, without duplication, any obligations, contingent or otherwise, in respect of (a) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of all indebtedness for borrowed money, including accrued interest and any cost associated with prepaying any such debt, (b) the principal component of capitalized lease obligations, (c) net obligations under interest rate agreements and currency agreements, (d) all obligations in respect of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances issued for the account of the Company or its Subsidiaries, (e) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations

 

10


evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes and similar instruments and all other obligations of a Person upon which interest is paid by such Person, including accrued interest, (f) the principal component of all obligations to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property and equipment which have been delivered, including with respect to Revestsul Produtos Quimicos Ltda. (g) net cash payment obligations under swaps, options, derivatives and other hedging agreements or arrangements that will be payable upon termination thereof (assuming they were terminated on the date of determination), other than such obligations under the swaps, options derivatives and other hedging agreement or arrangements set forth on Section 4.21 of the Company Disclosure Schedule noted with an asterisk, (h) all Liabilities relating to securitization or factoring programs or arrangements, (i) all obligations arising from cash/book overdrafts or negative cash balances, (j) employee transaction bonuses (to the extent entered into by the Company or its Subsidiaries prior to Closing) payable by the Company or its Subsidiaries solely as a result of the consummation of the Business Combination, (k) Company Transaction Expenses, (l) an amount equal to $196,868 that represents a portion of the Plan Consideration payable pursuant to the Plan Exchange and (m) all Indebtedness of another Person referred to in clauses (a) through (l)  above guaranteed (including keep well arrangements) directly or indirectly, jointly or severally, in any manner.

Indebtedness Balance Statement and Consent ” shall mean a written consent and statement from those lenders, counterparties, creditors or other holders of Indebtedness (other than such Indebtedness for which a Payoff Letter is provided at the Closing) set forth on Section 1.1(b) (i) consenting to the consummation of the Business Combination as it relates to such Indebtedness and (ii) setting forth the outstanding balance, including accrued interest, penalties and any other cost associated with such Indebtedness assuming the Business Combination had been consummated.

Independent Accountant ” shall mean McGladrey LLP or, if McGladrey LLP is unable to serve, the office of an impartial nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants other than the Accountants of PAHL, MD Holdings or the Seller Representative as appointed by mutual agreement of PAHL and the Seller Representative.

Instruction Letter ” shall mean that certain instruction letter in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H .

Intellectual Property ” means all of the following and similar intangible property and related proprietary rights, interests and protections, however arising, pursuant to the Laws of any jurisdiction throughout the world: (a) trademarks, service marks, trade names, brand names, logos, trade dress and other proprietary indicia of goods and services, whether registered, unregistered or arising by Law, and all registrations and applications for registration of such trademarks, including intent-to-use applications, and all extensions and renewals of such registrations and applications, and all goodwill symbolized by and associated with the foregoing; (b) internet domain names, whether or not trademarks, registered in any generic top level domain by any authorized private registrar or Governmental Entity; (c) original works of authorship in any medium of expression, whether or not published, all copyrights (whether registered, unregistered or arising by Law), all registrations and applications for registration of such copyrights, and all issuances, extensions and renewals of such registrations and applications; (d) confidential and proprietary information, including formulas, designs, devices, technology,

 

11


know-how, research and development, inventions, methods, processes, compositions and other trade secrets, whether or not patentable; (e) patented and patentable designs and inventions, all design and utility patents, letters patent, utility models, pending patent applications and provisional applications and all issuances, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, reissues, extensions, reexaminations and renewals of such patents and applications; and (f) software, software code (in any form, including source code, executable code and object code), subroutines, techniques, and user interfaces.

Knowledge ” shall mean with respect to (a) the Company, the actual knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, of any of those individuals listed on Section 1.1(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, (b) PAHL, the actual knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, of any of those individuals listed on Section 1.1(d) of the PAHL Disclosure Schedule and (c) MD Holdings, the actual knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, of any of those individuals listed on Section 1.1(e) of the MD Holdings Disclosure Schedule.

Law ” shall mean any statute, law (including common law), regulation, rule, ruling, Judgment of or by any Governmental Entity.

Letter of Transmittal ” shall mean that certain letter of transmittal in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

Liabilities ” shall mean any and all debts, liabilities and obligations, whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured or determined or determinable, including those arising under any Law or Action and those arising under any Contract.

Listing Rules ” shall mean the Listing Rules of the FCA made under Part VI of FSMA.

MD Holdings Governing Documents ” shall mean the MRD Operating Agreement and the MRD Securityholders’ Agreement.

MD Holdings Major Representations ” shall mean those representations and warranties set forth in Section 5.1 , Section 5.2 , Section 5.3 and Section 5.4 .

Measurement Time ” shall mean 12:01 a.m. New York time on the Closing Date.

MRD Operating Agreement ” shall mean the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of MacDermid Holdings, LLC, dated as of January 29, 2013 (as amended from time to time in accordance with its terms).

MRD Securityholders’ Agreement ” shall mean the Securityholders’ Agreement dated as of April 12, 2007 by and among MacDermid Holdings, LLC, Court Square Capital Partners II, L.P., Court Square Capital Partners II-A, L.P., Court Square Capital Partners (Offshore) II, L.P., the Court Square Co-Investors (as defined therein), Weston Presidio V, L.P., Daniel Leever, the Management Investors (as defined therein) and certain other persons named therein, (as amended from time to time in accordance with its terms).

Official List ” shall mean the list maintained by the FCA in accordance with section 74(1) of FSMA for the purposes of Part VI of FSMA.

 

12


Organizational Documents ” shall mean, with respect to any entity, the charter, memorandum and articles of association, certificate of incorporation, articles of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement, operating agreement, declaration of trust, or other similar governing documents of such entity, including any documents designating or certifying the terms of any securities of such entity.

PAHL Founder Preferred Shares ” shall mean the preferred shares of PAHL, no par value.

PAHL Major Representations ” shall mean those representations and warranties set forth in Section 6.1 , Section 6.2 , Section 6.3 and Section 6.11 .

PAHL Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean any change, effect, event, or occurrence that, individually or in the aggregate with all other changes, events or occurrences, has had a material adverse effect on (a) the business, financial condition or results of operations of PAHL and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (b) the ability of PAHL or any of its Subsidiaries to perform its obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

PAHL Ordinary Shares ” shall mean the ordinary shares of PAHL, no par value, or equity securities of PAHL or any entity including a public company parent of PAHL into which such ordinary shares may be converted or exchanged.

PAHL Value Per Share ” shall mean an amount equal to the average of the daily closing price per share on the New York Stock Exchange or other exchange on which such equity securities are then publicly traded (as reported in The Wall Street Journal or, if not reported thereby, another alternative source as chosen by PAHL) for the ten (10) consecutive trading days ending on and including the Business Day immediately prior to any date of determination.

Permitted Encumbrances ” shall mean any and all Encumbrances (a) which result from all statutory or other liens for Taxes or assessments and are not yet due and payable or delinquent or the validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) zoning, entitlement, building and other land use regulations imposed by Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction over the Real Property which do not impair in any material respect the current use and operation of the Real Property or the operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries; (c) covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements and other similar matters of record affecting title to the Real Property which do not impair in any material respect the occupancy or use of the Real Property for the purposes for which it is currently used in connection with the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ business; (d) public roads and highways; (e) imposed or promulgated by Law or any Governmental Entity, (f) arising in connection with any cashiers’, landlords’, workers’, mechanics’, carriers’, repairers’ or other similar lien imposed by Law and arising out of obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (d) that are expressly listed as exceptions in title insurance policies, (g) listed on Section 1.1(f) to the Company Disclosure Schedule, (h) non-exclusive licenses for Intellectual Property granted in the ordinary course of business, and (i) which individually or in the aggregate do not materially detract from the value of or materially interfere with the present use of the property subject thereto or affected thereby and would not otherwise have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

13


Permitted Transfer ” shall mean the transfer of any portion of a right to Contingent Litigation Proceeds: (i) by will or intestacy upon the death of a Contingent Litigation Proceeds Recipient; (ii) by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which such right to Contingent Litigation Proceeds is to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustee; (iii) pursuant to a court order of a court of competent jurisdiction (such as in connection with divorce, bankruptcy or liquidation); (iv) if the Contingent Litigation Proceeds Recipient is a partnership or limited liability company, a transfer or distribution by the transferring partnership or limited liability company to its partners or members, as applicable; (v) if the Contingent Litigation Proceeds Recipient is a participant in the Plan, a transfer from the Plan to a successor plan, whether upon termination of the Plan or otherwise, or a reinvestment following a distribution by the Plan or (vi) made by operation of law (including a consolidation or merger) or in connection with the dissolution, liquidation or termination of any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity.

Permitted Transferee ” shall mean a Person receiving a right to Contingent Litigation Proceeds from a Contingent Litigation Proceeds Recipient pursuant to a Permitted Transfer.

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, real estate investment trust, other organization (whether incorporated or unincorporated), Governmental Entity (or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof), or any other legal entity or the media.

Plan Shares ” shall mean the outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock owned by the Plan.

Preferred Units ” shall mean the Preferred Units of MD Holdings.

Prospectus Rules ” shall mean the Prospectus Rules made by the FCA pursuant to section 73A of FSMA.

Registration Statement ” shall mean a Form S-4 under the Securities Act to be filed by PAHL in connection with (i) the change to the jurisdiction of incorporation of PAHL from the British Virgin Islands to the State of Delaware and (ii) the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Repaid Indebtedness ” shall mean the Indebtedness set forth on Section 1.1(g) to the Company Disclosure Schedule.

Representative ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, that Person’s officers, directors, managers, employees, financial advisors, agents or other representatives.

Retaining Holder ” shall mean each member of MD Holdings who agrees to participate in the Retaining Holder Exchange, including Newco, but only to the extent of such member’s participation in the Retaining Holder Exchange.

 

14


Retaining Holder Aggregate Equity Value ” shall mean the sum of the Total Holder Value for all Retaining Holders with respect to the Units such Retaining Holders exchange with Platform Holdco in the Retaining Holder Exchange.

Retaining Holder Equity Value Per Holder ” shall mean the Total Holder Value for a Retaining Holder with respect to the Units such Retaining Holder exchanges with Platform Holdco in the Retaining Holder Exchange.

Retaining Holder Exchange ” shall mean the exchange of Units with Platform Holdco in accordance with the terms of the Retaining Holder Offer to Exchange.

Retaining Holder Securityholders’ Agreement ” shall mean that certain Securityholders’ Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G .

RIS ” shall have the meaning given in the Listing Rules.

Rollover Support Agreement ” shall mean that certain support agreement by and among the Individual Members set forth on Appendix I and PAHL in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

SEC ” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Self-Regulatory Organization ” shall mean any domestic or foreign registered securities exchange, clearing house, futures exchange or securities market, or any other exchange or corporation or similar self-regulatory body or organization, whether United States or foreign, that is charged with the supervision or regulation of brokers, dealers, commodity pool operators, commodity trading advisors or future commission merchants, in each case with competent jurisdiction.

Seller Representative Expenses ” shall mean any and all amounts incurred in connection with the performance and enforcement of this Agreement by the Seller Representative (including attorneys’ fees, accountants fees, the fees of expenses of any third party paying agent, wire fees or similar charges) as certified by the Seller Representative.

Sponsor Members ” shall mean, together, the Court Square Members and the Weston Presidio Member.

Sponsor Support Agreement ” shall mean that certain support agreement by and between the Sponsor Members and PAHL in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, real estate investment trust, or other organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, or other legal entity of which (a) such Person directly or indirectly owns or controls at least a majority of the capital stock or other equity interests having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or others performing similar functions or (b) such Person is a general partner, manager or managing member.

 

15


Support Agreements ” shall mean, together, the Rollover Support Agreement and the Sponsor Support Agreement.

Target Cash ” shall mean Eleven Million Dollars ($11,000,000.00).

Target Working Capital ” shall mean $143,108,099.00.

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” shall mean all transnational, domestic, foreign, federal, state, local or provincial taxes, levies, fees, imposts, assessments, impositions or other similar government charges, including income, estimated income, business, occupation, franchise, real property, payroll, personal property, sales, value added, transfer, stamp, use, employment, commercial rent, withholding (including dividend withholding and withholding required pursuant to Section 1445 and 1446 of the Code or any similar provision of any other Tax law or regulation), occupancy, premium, gross receipts, profits, windfall profits, deemed profits, license, lease, severance, capital, production, corporation, ad valorem, excise, duty or other taxes imposed by any Taxing Authority, including interest, penalties and additions (to the extent applicable) thereto, whether disputed or not ).

Tax Return ” shall mean any report, return, document, declaration or other information or filing required to be filed with any Taxing Authority with respect to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto and any amendment thereof, any information returns, any documents with respect to or accompanying payments of estimated Taxes, or with respect to or accompanying requests for the extension of time in which to file any such report, return, document, declaration or other information.

Taxing Authority ” shall mean any Governmental Entity charged with the administration of any law, rule or regulation relating to Taxes.

Third Party ” shall mean any Person other than the Company, the Company’s Subsidiaries, PAHL, the MD Holdings Members, Newco, the Seller Representative and their respective Affiliates.

Total Holder Value ” shall mean with respect to a Retaining Holder or a Transferring Holder, the total amount that such person would be entitled to receive in respect of all Units held by such person in a liquidating distribution of MD Holdings pursuant to which the amount available for distribution to all Units was equal to the sum of the Company Preferred Stock Value (MD Portion) and the Company Equity Value (MD Portion).

Transferring Holder ” shall mean each member of MD Holdings immediately prior to the Effective Time other than Platform Holdco, Merger Sub or any of their Affiliates and other than the Retaining Holders, but shall include any member of MD Holdings who is a Retaining Holder to the extent of any Units such Retaining Holder has not exchanged with Platform Holdco in the Retaining Holder Exchange.

 

16


Transferring Holder Aggregate Equity Value ” shall mean the sum of the Total Holder Value for all Transferring Holders with respect to Units not exchanged with Platform Holdco in the Retaining Holder Exchange.

Transfer Taxes ” shall mean any real property transfer or gains, sales, use, transfer, recordation, registration, value added, stock transfer, stamp or similar Taxes levied by any Taxing Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

Units ” shall mean collectively the Preferred Units, Common Units, Class A Units, Class B Units and Class C Units.

Weston Presidio Member ” shall mean Weston Presidio V, L.P.

Working Capital Escrow Amount ” shall mean $20,000,000 or such other amount as may be specified in writing by the Seller Representative to PAHL at least three (3) days prior to the Closing Date.

Section 1.2 Glossary of Other Defined Terms . The following sets forth the location of definitions of capitalized terms defined in this Agreement:

 

Term    Section

280G Stockholder Vote

   Section 8.15

Agreement

   Introduction

Antitrust Division

   Section 8.9(b)

Authorizations

   Section 4.10

CBP

   Section 4.25

Class B Junior Stock

   Section 4.3(a)

Certificate of Merger

   Section 2.6(a)(ii)

Closing

   Section 3.1(a)

Closing Date Cash Payment

   Section 3.2(a)

Closing Statement

   Section 3.7(b)

Common Stock

   Section 4.3(a)

Company

   Introduction

Company Board

   Section 4.4(b)

Company Disclosure Schedule

   Article IV

Company Financial Statements

   Section 4.6(a)

Company Intellectual Property

   Section 4.15(a)

Company Interim Financial Statements

   Section 4.6(a)

Company Leased Real Property

   Section 4.14(b)

Company Leases

   Section 4.14(b)

Company Material Contract

   Section 4.9(a)

Company Owned Real Property

   Section 4.14(a)

Company Stock

   Section 4.3(a)

Company Voting Debt

   Section 4.3(b)

Confidentiality Agreement

   Section 8.1(b)

 

17


Term    Section

Contingent Litigation Proceeds

   Section 3.4(a)

Contingent Purchase Price

   Section 3.3

Contingent Purchase Price Objection

   Section 3.3

Contingent Purchase Price Review Period

   Section 3.3

Contingent Purchase Price Statement

   Section 3.3

Contingent Purchase Price Term

   Section 3.3

Continuing Employees

   Section 8.6(a)

CPP Disputed Amounts

   Section 3.3

Disputed Amounts

   Section 3.7(c)

DLLCA

   Recitals

Drag Along Notice

   Section 2.3(c)

Effective Time

   Section 2.6(a)(ii)

Estimated Closing Cash on Hand

   Section 3.7(a)

Estimated Closing Indebtedness

   Section 3.7(a)

Estimated Closing Working Capital

   Section 3.7(a)

Estimated Closing Statement

   Section 3.7(a)

Expenses

   Section 12.1

Foreign Company Plan

   Section 4.12(n)

FTC

   Section 8.9(b)

Individual Members

   Recitals

Intellectual Property Licenses

   Section 4.15(g)

Judgment

   Section 4.8

Lender Consent

   Section 8.7(a)

Loan Agreement

   Section 4.9(a)

Newco

   Introduction

Newco Contribution

   Section 2.2

MD Holdings

   Introduction

MD Holdings Board

   Section 2.1

MD Holdings Members

   Recitals

Merger

   Recitals

Merger Consideration

   Section 3.2(b)

Merger Sub

   Introduction

OFAC

   Section 4.26(a)

PAHL

   Introduction

PAHL Board

   Recitals

PAHL Disclosure Schedule

   Article VI

PAHL Exchange Ratio

   Section 3.8

PAHL FCA Reports

   Section 6.6(a)

PAHL Issued Shares

   Section 6.2(a)

PAHL Notified Information

   Section 6.6(a)

Payoff Letters

   Section 3.6(b)(iii)

PBGC

   Section 4.12(b)

Plan

   Recitals

Plan Consideration

   Section 3.10

Plan Exchange

   Section 3.10

 

18


Term    Section

Platform Holdco

   Introduction

Products

   Section 4.18(a)

Purchaser Payments

   Section 8.15

Registered Intellectual Property

   Section 4.15(a)

Related Party

   Section 12.12

Represented Parties

   Section 12.13(a)

Resolution Period

   Section 3.7(c)

Restraint

   Section 10.1(a)

Retaining Holder Offer to Exchange

   Recitals

Review Period

   Section 3.7(c)

Section 280G Payments

   Section 8.15

Seller Representative

   Introduction

Series A Preferred Stock

   Section 4.3(a)

Statement of Objections

   Section 3.7(c)

Surviving Company

   Section 2.6(a)(i)

Takeover Laws

   Section 4.4

Termination Date

   Section 11.1(c)

Title IV Plan

   Section 4.12(e)

Undisputed Amounts

   Section 3.7(c)

Waived Benefits

   Section 8.15

Warrant Backstop

   Section 6.7(c)

Warrant Commitments

   Section 6.7(c)

Warrant Exchange

   Section 6.7(c)

Warrant Exchange Parties

   Section 6.7(c)

Section 1.3 Interpretation and Rules of Construction .

(a) In this Agreement, except to the extent otherwise provided or that the context otherwise requires:

(i) when a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article, Section, Exhibit, Appendix or Schedule, such reference is to an Article or Section of, or a Schedule, Appendix or Exhibit to, this Agreement unless otherwise indicated;

(ii) the table of contents and headings for this Agreement are for reference purposes only and do not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement;

(iii) whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they are deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”;

(iv) the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, refer to this Agreement as a whole (including the Exhibits and Schedules hereto) and not to any particular provision of this Agreement;

 

19


(v) all terms defined in this Agreement have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto, unless otherwise defined therein;

(vi) the definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, any noun or pronoun shall be deemed to cover all genders;

(vii) references to a Person are also to its successors and permitted assigns;

(viii) the use of “or” is not intended to be exclusive unless expressly indicated otherwise;

(ix) any Law defined or referred to in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement shall mean such Law as from time to time amended, updated, modified, supplemented and superseded, including by succession of comparable successor Law and references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein and the rules applicable thereto, to the extent such amendment, update, modification, supplement or superseding Law is applicable to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

(b) The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and, in the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as jointly drafted by the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

(c) Except as otherwise set forth herein, wherever a conflict exists between this Agreement and any other Contract, agreement or other instrument (including any Ancillary Agreement), this Agreement shall control but solely to the extent of such conflict.

ARTICLE II

BUSINESS COMBINATION TRANSACTIONS

Section 2.1 MD Holdings Governing Documents . Following the date hereof, and prior to the Effective Time, the MD Holdings Members and the Board of Directors of MD Holdings (“ MD Holdings Board ”) shall take all actions necessary to amend and/or restate the MD Holdings Governing Documents to permit, authorize, approve and ratify the consummation of the actions contemplated by this Agreement (including each of the actions set forth below in this Article II ), and otherwise consummate the Business Combination.

 

20


Section 2.2 Newco Contribution . Following the date hereof and prior to the Effective Time, each of the Individual Members party to the Contribution Agreement and MD Holdings shall take all actions necessary to cause and permit such Individual Members to contribute the membership interests in MD Holdings owned by such Members to Newco in exchange for 100% of the membership interests in Newco (“ Newco Contribution ”).

Section 2.3 Platform Holdco Contribution . Following the date hereof and prior to the Effective Time, as part of one plan that includes the Merger, PAHL shall contribute to Platform Holdco by way of capital contribution:

(a) cash in an amount equal to the Transferring Holder Aggregate Equity Value for all Transferring Holders;

(b) the right to receive the Contingent Litigation Proceeds (MD Portion); and

(c) the right to receive the Contingent Purchase Price, if any.

Section 2.4 Retaining Holder Offer to Exchange . On or promptly following the date hereof, Platform Holdco shall issue the Retaining Holder Offer to Exchange to the MD Holdings Members. Immediately prior to the Merger, Platform Holdco, Newco, and the Individual Members that have elected to participate in the Retaining Holder Exchange by executing a Letter of Transmittal and the Retaining Holders Securityholders’ Agreement (or a joinder thereto), shall effect the Retaining Holder Exchange.

Section 2.5 Drag-Along Notice . On the date hereof, a written notice substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (“ Drag Along Notice ”) shall be issued to the Individual Members informing the Individual Members that the Business Combination constitutes a Compelled Sale for purposes of the MRD Securityholders’ Agreement and such Drag Along Notice shall notify the Individual Members that (i) each Individual Member is required to vote all securities of MD Holdings held by such Individual Members in favor of the Business Combination and (ii) each Individual Member will receive cash proceeds upon the Merger unless such Individual Member accepts the Retaining Holder Offer to Exchange. The Drag Along Notice will be accompanied by such consents, amendments or other instruments necessary to approve the Business Combination.

Section 2.6 The Merger .

(a) Effective Time .

(i) Upon the terms and subject to satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and in accordance with the DLLCA, at the Effective Time, Merger Sub shall be merged with and into MD Holdings. As a result of the Merger, the separate limited liability company existence of Merger Sub shall cease and MD Holdings shall continue as the surviving company after the Merger (the “ Surviving Company ”).

(ii) As soon as practicable on the Closing Date, the parties shall cause the Merger to be consummated by filing a certificate of merger relating to the

 

21


Merger in form and substance mutually agreed upon by PAHL and MD Holdings (the “ Certificate of Merger ”) with the Department of State of the State of Delaware, in such form as required by, and executed in accordance with the relevant provisions of, the DLLCA. The Merger shall become effective upon filing of the Certificate of Merger on the Closing Date or at such subsequent time as MD Holdings and PAHL shall agree and as shall be specified in the Certificate of Merger (the date and time the Merger becomes effective being the “ Effective Time ”).

(iii) At the Effective Time, the effect of the Merger shall be as provided in the applicable provisions of the DLLCA. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, at the Effective Time, all the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of MD Holdings and Merger Sub shall vest in the Surviving Company, and all debts, liabilities and duties of MD Holdings and Merger Sub shall become the debts, liabilities and duties of the Surviving Company.

(iv) For U.S. Federal income tax purposes, the Merger shall be treated as the termination of MD Holdings as a partnership pursuant to Revenue Ruling 99-6 (Situation 1).

(b) Certificate of Formation and LLC Agreement . At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger, the certificate of formation of MD Holdings shall be the certificate of formation of the Surviving Company, from and after the Effective Time, until thereafter changed or amended as provided therein and/or in accordance with applicable Law. The Board of Directors of MD Holdings shall take all action necessary so that, at the Effective Time, the MRD Operating Agreement shall be amended to read in its entirety as set forth in Exhibit F , and as so amended, such MRD Operating Agreement shall be the limited liability company operating agreement of the Surviving Company, from and after the Effective Time, until thereafter changed or amended as provided therein and/or in accordance with applicable Law.

(c) Board of Directors . Subject to applicable Law, each of the parties hereto shall take all necessary action to ensure that the board of directors of the Surviving Company effective as of, and immediately following, the Effective Time shall consist of the members of the board of directors of Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time.

(d) Officers . From and after the Effective Time, the officers of MD Holdings at the Effective Time shall be the officers of the Surviving Company, until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified in accordance with applicable Law.

 

22


ARTICLE III

THE CLOSING; EFFECT OF THE MERGER

Section 3.1 Closing .

(a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the closing of the Retaining Holder Exchange and the Merger contemplated hereby (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at Greenberg Traurig, LLP located at 200 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10166 at 10:00 a.m. Eastern time on a date to be specified by the parties, which shall be no later than three (3) Business Days after the satisfaction (or, to the extent permitted by Law, waiver) of the conditions set forth in Article X (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied by action taken at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions in accordance with this Agreement), or at such other place, time and date as shall be agreed in writing between MD Holdings and PAHL.

(b) At the Closing, the parties shall cause the execution and/or delivery by the appropriate Person of all necessary cash, certificates, documents and instruments, and shall cause to be updated all company books, records and ledgers, as shall be required, to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Business Combination. At the Closing, the parties shall cause to be delivered any certificates, documents and instruments as the parties or their counsel may reasonably request (including all such certificates, documents and instruments referred to herein) to evidence or consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Business Combination.

Section 3.2 Conversion of Securities . At the Effective Time and following the consummation of the Retaining Holder Exchange, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of MD Holdings, Merger Sub or the holders of any securities of MD Holdings or Merger Sub:

(a) Cancellation of Units held by PAHL, Platform Holdco or Merger Sub . Each Unit held by PAHL, Platform Holdco or Merger Sub or any direct or indirect Subsidiary of MD Holdings immediately prior to the Effective Time (and following the Retaining Holder Exchange) shall automatically be cancelled and extinguished and shall cease to exist and no consideration or payment shall be delivered in exchange therefor or in respect thereof.

(b) Conversion of Units . Each Transferring Holder shall be entitled to receive in respect of his, her or its Units (A) an amount in cash equal to such Transferring Holder’s Total Holder Value and (B) the right to receive such Transferring Holder’s Contingent Litigation Proceeds Sharing Percentage of any Contingent Litigation Proceeds (MD Portion) (all amounts referred to in this Section 3.2(b) , the “ Merger Consideration ”). All such Units that were issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (and following the Retaining Holder Exchange) shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be cancelled and retired and shall cease to exist and each holder shall thereafter cease to have any rights with respect to such Units except the right to receive the Merger Consideration, and, as provided by Law.

 

23


(c) Merger Sub Equity Interests . The membership interests in Merger Sub issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and become 100% of the membership interests of the Surviving Company.

(d) Change in Shares . If, between the date of this Agreement and the Effective Time, the outstanding Units shall have been changed into, or exchanged for, a different number of shares or a different class, by reason of any stock dividend, subdivision, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization, split, combination, contribution or exchange of shares, the Merger Consideration any other number or amount contained in this Agreement which is based upon the value of the Units shall be correspondingly adjusted to provide the holders of Units the same economic effect as contemplated by this Agreement prior to such event.

(e) Closing Date Cash Payment . On the Closing Date, Platform Holdco shall pay to the Seller Representative by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account(s) specified by the Seller Representative (on behalf of MD Holdings) in writing at least two (2) days prior to the Closing Date an aggregate amount in cash (the “ Closing Date Cash Payment ”) equal to the sum of: (i) the aggregate amount of the cash payments set forth in Section 2.3(a) (determined in accordance with Section 3.7(a) ), minus (ii) the Working Capital Escrow Amount. Upon receipt of the Closing Date Cash Payment, the Seller Representative shall pay the Closing Date Cash Payment to the Transferring Holders in accordance with Section 3.2(b) hereof.

(f) Working Capital Escrow . PAHL shall pay the Working Capital Escrow Amount by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Escrow Account to be held and distributed by the Seller Representative in accordance with Section 3.7 hereof.

(g) Payment of Indebtedness . On the Closing Date, PAHL shall pay, or cause to be paid, on behalf of the Company, the Repaid Indebtedness by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Persons or bank accounts specified in the Payoff Letters for such Indebtedness delivered pursuant to Section 3.6(b) .

(h) PAHL, Platform Holdco and the Retaining Holders agree to report the contributions pursuant to Section 2.3 and Section 2.4 and the conversion of Units pursuant to the Retaining Holder Exchange as a part of a single plan for U.S. federal income tax purposes and governed by Code section 351.

(i) Satisfaction of Plan Amounts . (A) any Indebtedness of PAHL or its Subsidiaries existing on the Closing Date, (B) any Indebtedness of PAHL or its Subsidiaries (including MD Holdings and the Company and its Subsidiaries) entered into on or after the Closing Date and (C) from and after the Closing Date, any Indebtedness under the First Lien Facility, shall not prohibit the payment of any of the cash amounts that made be required to be paid to the Plan pursuant to the Plan Exchange regardless of whether PAHL or any of its Subsidiaries (including MD Holdings and the Company and

 

24


its Subsidiaries) are then in default. In the event such Indebtedness does prohibit the payment of such amounts, on the Closing Date, PAHL shall post a letter of credit in such amount for the benefit of the Plan.

(j) Exchange Procedures . MD Holdings shall promptly (and in any event no more than five (5) Business Days) following the date of this Agreement, mail to each holder of record of a Unit an Instruction Letter. Upon delivery of an Instruction Letter, properly completed and duly executed, and such other documents as may be reasonably required pursuant to such instructions or otherwise reasonably requested by the Seller Representative, following and contingent upon the Closing, the Seller Representative shall issue and deliver to such delivering holder a check or wire transfer for the amount of cash that such holder is entitled to receive pursuant to Section 3.2(b) in respect of the Units formerly held, and any such Units shall forthwith be cancelled. Until transferred as contemplated by this Section 3.2(j) , each Unit shall be deemed at any time after the Effective Time to represent only the right to receive upon such surrender the Merger Consideration payable in respect of such Unit, without any interest thereon.

Section 3.3 Contingent Purchase Price . Platform Holdco shall, and PAHL shall cause Platform Holdco to, pay to the Retaining Holders Representative an amount up to One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000.00), in cash or, provided such shares are then listed on the New York Stock Exchange or equivalent public trading market, PAHL Ordinary Shares in the sole discretion of PAHL, when and as determined by this Section 3.3 (as so determined, the “ Contingent Purchase Price ”). The determination of the amount of the Contingent Purchase Price payable, if any, shall be contingent on the performance of the consolidated operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the seven (7) year period commencing on the Closing Date (“ Contingent Purchase Price Term ”). The amount of the Contingent Purchase Price shall be determined in accordance with Appendix II . To the extent any portion of the Contingent Purchase Price is paid in equity securities of PAHL and any equity securities of PAHL are then publicly traded, PAHL agrees to file a resale registration statement under the Securities Act registering the sale of such equity securities by the recipients thereof as promptly as practicable following issuance thereof and shall keep such registration statement effective until all securities registered thereunder have been sold or may be sold without the effectiveness of such registration statement (whichever is earlier); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, PAHL may suspend the effectiveness of such registration statement and the use of any prospectus (or prospectus supplement) included therein in the event, and for such period of time as (1) such a suspension is required by the rules and regulations of the SEC as applied to PAHL, (2) such prospectus supplement ceases to meet the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act or (3) in the good faith determination by PAHL’s board of directors, offers and sales pursuant to such registration statement should not be made by reason of the existence of material undisclosed circumstances or developments with respect to which the disclosure that would be required in such registration statement would be premature and would have an adverse effect on PAHL. For purposes of calculating the value of each equity security of PAHL used to pay any portion of the Contingent Purchase Price, the value shall be equal to the PAHL Value Per Share as of the date of payment of the Contingent Purchase Price.

Within 60 days of the expiration of the Contingent Purchase Price Term, PAHL shall deliver to the Retaining Holders Representative a statement setting forth a reasonably detailed calculation

 

25


of the Contingent Purchase Price, if any (the “ Contingent Purchase Price Statement ”). The Retaining Holders Representative shall have 60 days to review and object to the Contingent Purchase Price Statement (“ Contingent Purchase Price Review Period ”). If the Retaining Holders Representative objects to the Contingent Purchase Price Statement, it shall deliver to PAHL a written statement setting forth the Retaining Holders Representative’s objections in reasonable detail, indicating each disputed item or amount and the basis for its disagreement therewith (“ Contingent Purchase Price Objection ”). If the Retaining Holders Representative fails to deliver a Contingent Purchase Price Objection before the expiration of the Contingent Purchase Price Review Period, the Contingent Purchase Price reflected in the Contingent Purchase Price Statement shall be deemed to have been accepted by the Retaining Holders Representative. If the Retaining Holders Representative delivers a Contingent Purchase Price Objection before the expiration of the Contingent Purchase Price Review Period, PAHL and the Retaining Holders Representative shall negotiate in good faith to resolve such objections within 30 days after the delivery of the Contingent Purchase Price Objection, and, if the same are so resolved within such 30 day period, the Contingent Purchase Price with such changes as may have been previously agreed in writing by PAHL and the Retaining Holders Representative, shall be final and binding. On the other hand, if PAHL and the Retaining Holders Representative are unable to reach an agreement with respect to all of the matters set forth in the Contingent Purchase Price Objection within the 30 day period following the end of the Contingent Purchase Price Review Period, then any amounts remaining in dispute (“ CPP Disputed Amounts ”) shall be submitted to the Contingent Purchase Price Independent Accountants, who, acting as experts and not arbitrators, shall resolve the CPP Disputed Amounts only and make any adjustments to the Contingent Purchase Price, as the case may be, and the Contingent Purchase Price Statement. The parties hereto agree that all adjustments shall be made without regard to materiality. The Contingent Purchase Price Independent Accountants shall only decide the specific items under dispute by the parties and their decision for each CPP Disputed Amount must be within the range of values assigned to each such item in the Contingent Purchase Price Statement and the Contingent Purchase Price Objection, respectively.

The Retaining Holders Representative shall pay a portion of the fees and expenses of the Contingent Purchase Price Independent Accountants equal to 100% multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of any disputed amounts submitted to the Contingent Purchase Price Independent Accountants that are resolved in favor of PAHL (that being the difference between the Contingent Purchase Price Independent Accountants’ determination and the Retaining Holders Representative’s determination) and the denominator of which is the total amount of disputed amounts submitted to the Contingent Purchase Price Independent Accountants (that being the sum total by which PAHL’S determination and the Retaining Holders Representative’s determination differ from the determination of the Contingent Purchase Price Independent Accountants). PAHL shall pay that portion of the fees and expenses of the Contingent Purchase Price Independent Accountants that the Retaining Holders Representative is not required to pay hereunder.

Section 3.4 Contingent Litigation Proceeds .

(a) Payment . As an integral part of the consideration to be paid in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, promptly following the occurrence of a Contingent Litigation Proceeds Payment Event, if any, Platform Holdco shall, and

 

26


PAHL shall cause Platform Holdco to, pay to an escrow account any Contingent Litigation Proceeds to be held pending final resolution of all of the Contingent Litigation Proceedings. Such escrow account shall be held with an escrow agent and pursuant to an escrow agreement both of which shall be mutually acceptable to PAHL and the Seller Representative, which such agreement shall require the mutual consent of PAHL and the Seller Representative to release any amounts held in such escrow account. PAHL may, in its sole discretion, elect to cause a Contingent Litigation Proceeds Release Event at any time and from time to time following any Contingent Litigation Proceeds Payment Event at which time PAHL and the Seller Representative shall execute joint written instructions to the escrow agent to release the Contingent Litigation Proceeds as set forth in such instructions. Upon a Contingent Litigation Proceeds Release Event, the Contingent Litigation Proceeds (MD Portion) shall be released to the Seller Representative for distribution to each Contingent Litigation Proceeds Recipient in an amount equal to such recipient’s Contingent Litigation Proceeds Sharing Percentage in accordance with the Merger and the Retaining Holder Exchange and the remainder of the Contingent Litigation Proceeds shall be released to PAHL or PAHL’s designee.

(b) Use of Paying Agent . In the sole discretion of the Seller Representative, the Seller Representative may engage an independent third party agent for the purpose of receiving the aggregate Contingent Litigation Proceeds (MD Portion) and distributing the same to the Contingent Litigation Proceeds Recipients.

(c) No Voting, Dividends or Interest; No Equity or Ownership Interest . Neither the Seller Representative, nor any Contingent Litigation Proceeds Recipient shall have any voting or dividend rights in PAHL, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries in connection with the right to receive any portion of the Contingent Litigation Proceeds. The Contingent Litigation Proceeds shall not accrue interest in any event. The right to receive any portion of the Contingent Litigation Proceeds shall not constitute any equity or ownership interest in PAHL, the Company or any Subsidiary, whether now existing or hereafter formed.

(d) Nontransferable . The right to receive any portion of the Contingent Litigation Proceeds (MD Portion) shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, encumbered or in any other manner transferred or disposed of, in whole or in part, other than through a Permitted Transfer.

(e) No Certificate . The right to receive any portion of the Contingent Litigation Proceeds shall not be evidenced by a certificate or any other instrument.

(f) Control of Proceedings . The Company shall have the sole right to control all aspects of the Contingent Litigation Proceedings, including entering into any settlement, or appealing the determination, of a Contingent Litigation Proceeding, ceasing to defend or pursue a Contingent Litigation Proceeding, pursuing injunctive, equitable or any other relief in a Contingent Litigation Proceeding or otherwise.

Section 3.5 Allocation of Total Holder Value . Attached as Appendix III is a schedule prepared by MD Holdings setting forth in detail a good faith estimate of the allocation of the

 

27


Total Holder Value for each MD Holdings Member on an individual basis. The parties hereto acknowledge that Appendix III cannot be finalized until the Final Adjustment Amount has been determined in accordance with this Agreement. Therefore, Appendix III attached hereto shall be deemed to be the good faith estimate of MD Holdings based upon the information available to it as of the date hereof. On the Closing Date, MD Holdings shall, following the calculation of all adjustments to be made on the Closing Date in accordance with this Agreement, deliver to PAHL a revised and updated Appendix III containing all necessary revisions to accurately reflect the allocation of the Total Holder Value for each MD Holdings Member on an individual basis (as determined on the Closing Date). On the date the Final Adjustment Amount is determined in accordance with this Agreement, MD Holdings shall deliver to PAHL a revised, updated and final Appendix III containing all necessary revisions to accurately reflect the allocation of the Total Holder Value for each MD Holdings Member on an individual basis.

Section 3.6 Deliveries at Closing .

(a) PAHL Deliveries . At the Closing, the Seller Representative shall have received:

(i) The payments set forth in Section 3.2 , subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 3.7(a) ; and

(ii) The Ancillary Agreements and all other agreements, documents, instruments or certificates required to be delivered by PAHL at or prior to the Closing pursuant to this Agreement.

(b) Company, MD Holdings Deliveries . At the Closing, PAHL shall have received:

(i) Executed copies of the Ancillary Agreements and all other agreements, documents, instruments or certificates required to be delivered by MD Holdings at or prior to the Closing pursuant to this Agreement;

(ii) Indebtedness Balance Statements and Consents;

(iii) Payoff and release letters for the Repaid Indebtedness in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to PAHL (collectively, “ Payoff Letters ”);

(iv) Executed consents from a majority of the MD Holdings Members approving this Agreement and the Business Combination;

(v) Executed consents from the Board of Directors of the Company and the Board of Directors of MD Holdings approving this Agreement and the Business Combination; and

(vi) A properly completed and executed certificate from the Company to the effect that the Purchased Shares are not a U.S. real property interest (such certificate in the form required by Treasury Regulation Sections 1.897-2(h) and 1.1445-2(c)(3)).

 

28


Section 3.7 Purchase Price Adjustment .

(a) Closing Adjustment . At least three Business Days before the Closing, MD Holdings shall cause the Company to prepare and deliver to PAHL a statement setting forth its good faith estimate of Closing Working Capital (the “ Estimated Closing Working Capital ”), Closing Indebtedness (the “ Estimated Closing Indebtedness ”), and Closing Cash on Hand (“ Estimated Closing Cash on Hand ”), which statement shall contain an estimated balance sheet of the Company as of the Closing Date (without giving effect to the transactions contemplated herein), a calculation of Estimated Closing Working Capital, Estimated Closing Indebtedness and Estimated Closing Cash on Hand (the “ Estimated Closing Statement ”), a calculation based on the Estimated Closing Statement of Company Preferred Stock Value, Company Preferred Stock Value (MD Portion), Company Equity Value, Company Equity Value (MD Portion) and Total Holder Value for each MD Holdings Member as of immediately prior to the Effective Time and a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of MD Holdings, acknowledged and agreed to in writing by the Seller Representative, that the Estimated Closing Statement was prepared in accordance with GAAP applied using the same accounting methods, practices, principles, policies and procedures, with consistent classifications, judgments and valuation and estimation methodologies that were used in the preparation of the Company Financial Statements for the most recent fiscal year end as if such Estimated Closing Statement was being prepared and audited as of a fiscal year end. The “ Closing Adjustment Amount ” shall be an amount equal to (i) Estimated Closing Working Capital minus Target Working Capital, plus (ii) if positive, Estimated Closing Cash on Hand minus Target Cash minus (iii) if negative, the absolute value of Estimated Closing Cash on Hand minus Target Cash, minus (iv) the Estimated Closing Indebtedness. PAHL may object to MD Holdings’ Estimated Closing Statement and the Estimated Closing Working Capital, Estimated Closing Indebtedness and/or Estimated Closing Cash on Hand set forth therein, in which case MD Holdings and PAHL shall negotiate in good faith to agree on the Estimated Closing Working Capital, Estimated Closing Indebtedness and Estimated Closing Cash on Hand for purposes of determining the Closing Adjustment Amount. In the event that PAHL and MD Holdings are unable to resolve any such disputes through negotiation, the Estimated Closing Statement as prepared by the Company on behalf of MD Holdings shall be accepted for purposes of Closing, subject to Section 3.7(b) .

(b) Post-Closing Adjustment . Within 45 days after the Closing Date, PAHL shall (or shall cause the Company to) prepare and deliver to the Seller Representative a statement setting forth its calculation of Company Equity Value, Closing Working Capital, Closing Indebtedness and Closing Cash on Hand on the Closing Date, which statement shall contain a balance sheet of the Company as of the Closing Date (without giving effect to the transactions contemplated herein), a calculation of Company Equity Value, Closing Working Capital, Closing Indebtedness, Closing Cash on Hand and the Final Adjustment Amount (the “ Closing Statement ”), a calculation based on the Closing Statement of Company Preferred Stock Value, Company Preferred Stock Value (MD Portion), Company Equity Value, Company Equity Value (MD Portion) and Total Holder Value for each MD Holdings Member as of immediately prior to the Effective Time and a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of Company that the Closing Statement was

 

29


prepared in accordance with GAAP applied using the same accounting methods, practices, principles, policies and procedures, with consistent classifications, judgments and valuation and estimation methodologies that were used in the preparation of the Audited Financial Statements for the most recent fiscal year end as if such Closing Statement was being prepared and audited as of a fiscal year end.

(c) Examination and Review .

(i) Examination. After receipt of the Closing Statement, the Seller Representative shall have 30 days (the “ Review Period ”) to review the Closing Statement. During the Review Period, the Seller Representative and its Accountants shall have reasonable access to the books and records of the Company, the personnel of, and work papers prepared by, PAHL and/or PAHL’s Accountants to the extent that they relate to the Closing Statement and to such historical financial information (to the extent in PAHL’s or the Company’s possession) relating to the Closing Statement as the Seller Representative may reasonably request for the purpose of reviewing the Closing Statement and to prepare a Statement of Objections (defined below), provided , that such access shall be only provided during normal business hours on reasonable advance notice and in a manner that does not interfere with the normal business operations of PAHL or the Company.

(ii) Objection. On or prior to the last day of the Review Period, the Seller Representative may object to the Closing Statement by delivering to PAHL a written statement setting forth the Seller Representative’s objections in reasonable detail indicating each disputed item or amount and the basis for the Seller Representative’s disagreement therewith (the “ Statement of Objections ”). If the Seller Representative fails to deliver the Statement of Objections before the expiration of the Review Period, the Closing Statement and the Post-Closing Adjustment, as the case may be, reflected in the Closing Statement shall be deemed to have been accepted by the Seller Representative. If the Seller Representative delivers the Statement of Objections before the expiration of the Review Period, PAHL and the Seller Representative shall negotiate in good faith to resolve such objections within 30 days after the delivery of the Statement of Objections (the “ Resolution Period ”), and, if the same are so resolved within the Resolution Period, the calculation of the Final Adjustment Amount and the Closing Statement with such changes as may have been previously agreed in writing by PAHL and the Seller Representative, shall be final and binding.

(iii) Resolution of Disputes. If the Seller Representative and PAHL fail to reach an agreement with respect to all of the matters set forth in the Statement of Objections before expiration of the Resolution Period, then any amounts remaining in dispute (“ Disputed Amounts ” and any amounts not so disputed, the “ Undisputed Amounts ”) shall be submitted for resolution to the Independent Accountants who, acting as experts and not arbitrators, shall resolve the Disputed Amounts only and make any adjustments to the calculation of the Final Adjustment Amount, as the case may be, and the Closing Statement. The parties

 

30


hereto agree that all adjustments shall be made without regard to materiality. The Independent Accountants shall only decide the specific items under dispute by the parties and their decision for each Disputed Amount must be within the range of values assigned to each such item in the Closing Statement and the Statement of Objections, respectively.

(iv) Fees of the Independent Accountants. The Seller Representative shall pay a portion of the fees and expenses of the Independent Accountants equal to 100% multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of Disputed Amounts submitted to the Independent Accountants that are resolved in favor of PAHL (that being the difference between the Independent Accountants’ determination and the Seller Representative’s determination) and the denominator of which is the total amount of Disputed Amounts submitted to the Independent Accountants (that being the sum total by which PAHL’S determination and the Seller Representative’s determination differ from the determination of the Independent Accountants). PAHL shall pay that portion of the fees and expenses of the Independent Accountants that the Seller Representative is not required to pay hereunder.

(v) Determination by Independent Accountants . The Independent Accountants shall make a determination as soon as practicable within 30 days (or such other time as the parties hereto shall agree in writing) after their engagement, and their resolution of the Disputed Amounts and their adjustments to the Closing Statement and/or the calculation of the Final Adjustment Amount shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto.

(d) Payments of Post-Closing Adjustment . Except as otherwise provided herein, any payment of the Final Adjustment Amount shall be due (x) within five Business Days of acceptance of the applicable Closing Statement or (y) if there are Disputed Amounts, then within five Business Days of the resolution described in Section 3.7(c)(v) above, and paid as follows:

(i) If the Final Adjustment Amount is positive, (x) PAHL shall pay the Seller Representative an amount in cash calculated by multiplying the Escrow Share of Post-Closing Adjustment times the Final Adjustment Amount, (y) the Seller Representative shall release all funds in the Escrow Account, each of (x) and (y) for further distribution to the Transferring Holders, and (z) PAHL shall pay the Seller Representative an amount in cash equal to the Seller Representative Expenses to the extent not previously paid by the Company, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account(s) specified by the Seller Representative in writing.

(ii) If the Final Adjustment Amount is negative, the Seller Representative shall release (x) to PAHL the lesser of (A) the amount of the funds in the Escrow Account and (B) an amount equal to (1) the absolute value of the Final Adjustment Amount multiplied by the Escrow Share of Post-Closing Adjustment less (2) the Seller Representative Expenses, by wire transfer of

 

31


immediately available funds to the bank account(s) specified by PAHL in writing and (y) any and all remaining funds in the Escrow Account to the Transferring Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the amount of the funds in the Escrow Account released to PAHL is less than the Escrow Share of Post-Closing Adjustment times the absolute value of the Final Adjustment Amount, PAHL agrees to provide notice to each Transferring Holder (i) that each such Transferring Holder has an obligation to contribute such holder’s Escrow Share Percentage Per Transferring Holder of such shortfall to PAHL and (ii) requesting prompt payment of such amount. To the extent any Transferring Holder pays more than its Escrow Share Percentage Per Transferring Holder of the Escrow Share of Post-Closing Adjustment of the Final Adjustment Amount, such Transferring Holder shall have a right of contribution from each Transferring Holder who has not paid such Transferring Holder’s Escrow Share Percentage Per Transferring Holder of the Escrow Share of Post-Closing Adjustment of the Final Adjustment Amount. The Seller Representative shall holdback any amounts otherwise payable to any Transferring Holders who owe a contribution pursuant to the foregoing sentence, including from any amounts payable in respect of any Contingent Litigation Proceeds, and shall pay such contribution amounts to any Transferring Holders who are entitled to receive any such contribution.

Section 3.8 Retaining Holder Exchange . Promptly after the Final Adjustment Amount has been determined, PAHL and Platform Holdco agree to determine, in accordance with this Agreement, the number of shares of Platform Holdco common stock that shall be issued to each Retaining Holder as a result of the Retaining Holder Exchange (determined using such Retaining Holder’s PAHL Exchange Ratio), which shares shall be exchangeable into Ordinary Shares of PAHL pursuant to the Retaining Holder Securityholders’ Agreement at any time on or after the earlier of the first anniversary of the Closing Date or such time as PAHL owns less than 50% of the Company Common Stock. For the avoidance of doubt, each Retaining Holder’s right to receive their allocable portion of Platform Holdco common stock shall be effective upon the consummation of the Retaining Holder Exchange. “ PAHL Exchange Ratio ” shall mean, with respect to a Retaining Holder, the number determined by dividing such Retaining Holder’s Retaining Holder Equity Value Per Holder by $11.00.

Section 3.9 Withholding . PAHL shall be entitled to upon prompt (but in any event no later than three (3) business days prior to the time of such withholding) notice to Seller Representative deduct and withhold from any amount otherwise payable hereunder to any Person any Tax required by applicable Tax Law to be deducted and withheld therefrom. Parent shall timely pay such Tax to the applicable Governmental Entity and, as soon as reasonably practicable after such payment, deliver to Seller Representative the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Entity (or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to Seller Representative) evidencing such payment. To the extent any such Tax is so deducted and withheld and duly paid over to the applicable Governmental Entity, the amount of such deducted and withheld Tax shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.

Section 3.10 Plan Exchange . Promptly after the date of this Agreement, but before the Closing, PAHL agrees to initiate the an exchange (the “ Plan Exchange ”) pursuant to which

 

32


PAHL will offer the Plan the opportunity to exchange shares of Company Preferred Stock and Company Common Stock held by the Plan immediately prior to the Closing for consideration having a value equal to (i) for each share of Company Preferred Stock held by the Plan, the Company Preferred Stock Value Per Share (Plan Portion) and (ii) for each share of the Company Common Stock held by the Plan, the sum of (x) the Company Common Stock Value Per Share, as finally determined pursuant to Section 3.7 , (y) $0.13 per share of Company Common Stock held by the Plan immediately prior to the Closing and (z) $0.39 per share of Company Common Stock held by the Plan immediately prior to the Closing (collectively, the “ Plan Consideration ”). Promptly following the Closing, PAHL agrees to file a registration statement under the Securities Act registering the exchange of shares pursuant to the Plan Exchange and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

Except as set forth in the disclosure schedules delivered by the Company to PAHL concurrently with the execution of this Agreement (the “ Company Disclosure Schedules ”), the Company represents and warrants to PAHL as follows:

Section 4.1 Incorporation or Organization, Standing and Corporate Power . Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is duly incorporated or organized, as the case may be, and validly existing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, as the case may be. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has all requisite corporate or other entity power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted in all material respects. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing (where such concept is recognized under applicable Law) in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business or the ownership, leasing or operation of its properties makes such qualification or licensing necessary, other than where the failure to be so qualified, licensed or in good standing would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect. True and complete copies of the Organizational Documents of the Company, in each case as in effect on the date of this Agreement, have been delivered to PAHL.

Section 4.2 Subsidiaries . Section 4.2 of the Company Disclosure Schedule lists, as of the date of this Agreement, each Subsidiary of the Company and the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, as the case may be, thereof. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of, or other Equity in, each Subsidiary of the Company have been validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company free and clear of all Encumbrances other than Encumbrances securing Indebtedness obligations set forth on Section 1.1(f) to the Company Disclosure Schedule and were not issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights, purchase option, call or right of first refusal or similar rights. Except for its interests in its Subsidiaries, the Company does not own, directly or indirectly, any Equity in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, association or other entity. There are no options, warrants, rights, convertible or exchangeable securities, stock-based performance units, Contracts or undertakings of any kind to which any Subsidiary of the Company is a party or by which any of them is bound (vii) obligating any such Subsidiary to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or sold, additional shares of capital stock or other voting securities of or Equity in, or

 

33


any security convertible or exchangeable for any shares of capital stock or other voting securities of or Equity in, any Subsidiary of the Company, (viii) obligating any such Subsidiary to issue, grant or enter into any such option, warrant, right, security, unit, Contract or undertaking, or (ix) that give any Person the right to receive any economic interest of a nature accruing to the holders of capital stock of any of the Company’s Subsidiaries.

Section 4.3 Capital Structure .

(a) The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 50,000,000 shares of Company Common Stock; 316,000 shares of 9% Series A Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock, no par value per share (“ Series A Preferred Stock ”), 75,000 shares of Company Preferred Stock; 2,150,000 shares of Company Class A Stock and 1,614,000 shares of Class B Junior Stock, no par value per share (“ Class B Junior Stock ” and, together with Company Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Company Preferred Stock, Company Class A Stock and Class B Junior Stock, “ Company Stock ”). On the date hereof, (i) 49,582,937 shares of Company Common Stock were issued and outstanding, (ii), no shares of Company Common Stock were owned by the Company as treasury stock, (iii) no shares of Series A Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding, (iv) 44,977.4 shares of Company Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding, (v) 2,150,000 shares of Company Class A Stock were issued and outstanding and (vi) no shares of Class B Junior Stock were issued and outstanding. MD Holdings and the Plan are the record and beneficial owners of all outstanding shares of the Company Stock, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than Encumbrances securing Indebtedness obligations set forth on Section 1.1(f) to the Company Disclosure Schedule. Section 4.3(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth the total amount of Company Stock, by class, held by each of MD Holdings and the Plan. Except as set forth above, at the opening of business on the date hereof, no shares of capital stock or other voting securities of or equity interests in the Company were issued, reserved for issuance or outstanding.

(b) All issued and outstanding shares of Company Stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and are not subject to, nor were they issued in violation of, any preemptive rights or rights of first refusal. There are no bonds, debentures, notes or other indebtedness of the Company having the right to vote (or convertible into, or exchangeable for, securities having the right to vote) generally on matters on which holders of Company Stock may vote (“ Company Voting Debt ”). Except for any obligations pursuant to this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or as otherwise set forth above or with respect to the Plan, as of the date hereof, there are no options, warrants, rights, convertible or exchangeable securities, stock-based performance units, Contracts or undertakings of any kind to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound (1) obligating the Company to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or sold, additional shares of capital stock or other voting securities of or Equity in, or any security convertible or exchangeable for any shares of capital stock or other voting securities of or Equity in, the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries or any Company Voting Debt, (2) obligating the Company to issue, grant or enter into any such option, warrant, right, security, unit, Contract or undertaking, or (3) that give any Person the right to receive any economic interest of a nature accruing to the holders of Company

 

34


Stock. There are no outstanding contractual obligations of the Company to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of capital stock or options, warrants, rights, convertible or exchangeable securities, stock-based performance units or other rights to acquire shares of capital stock of the Company, other than pursuant to the Plan. Since April 11, 2007, the Company has not violated any federal or state securities laws in connection with the offer, sale or issuance of its capital stock.

(c) The Company has delivered to PAHL true and complete copies of the Plan. The Company is not a party to or bound by any stock option or similar agreements.

Section 4.4 Authority .

(a) The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and such Ancillary Agreements by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by, and compliance with the provisions of, this Agreement and any such Ancillary Agreement by the Company have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company. This Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which the Company is a party have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by PAHL, constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforceability, to bankruptcy, insolvency and other Laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

(b) The board of directors of the Company (the “ Company Board ”), at a meeting duly called and held at which all directors of the Company were present, duly and unanimously adopted resolutions (i) authorizing and approving the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements to which the Company is a party and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the Business Combination, (ii) approving and declaring advisable this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements to which the Company is a party, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the Business Combination, (iii) declaring that the terms of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements to which the Company is a party, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the Business Combination, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and therein, are fair to and in the best interests of the stockholders of the Company, (iv) recommending the approval and adoption of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreement and the Business Combination to the stockholders of the Company and (v) irrevocably approving for all purposes each of PAHL and its respective Affiliates and this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the Business Combination, to exempt such Persons, agreements and transactions from, and to elect for the Company, PAHL and their respective Affiliates not to be subject to, any “moratorium,” “control share acquisition,” “business combination,” “fair price” or other form of anti-takeover Laws (collectively, “ Takeover Laws ”) of any jurisdiction that may purport to be applicable to the Company, PAHL or any of their respective Affiliates or

 

35


this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the Business Combination, with respect to any of the foregoing, which resolutions, as of the date of this Agreement, have not been rescinded, modified or withdrawn in any way.

Section 4.5 Non-Contravention . Except as otherwise set forth on Section 4.5 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and compliance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements will not, conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to the loss of a benefit under, or result in the creation of any Encumbrance upon any of the Assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under (other than any such Encumbrance created as a result of any action taken by PAHL or any of its Affiliates), any provision of (a) the Organizational Documents of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries, (b) any written Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of their respective properties or assets are bound, (c) any Law, in each case applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, or (d) any Authorizations of the Company or its Subsidiaries, other than, in the case of clauses (b), (c) and (d) above, any such conflicts, violations, defaults, rights, losses or Encumbrances that would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Except as otherwise set forth on Section 4.5 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, no consent, approval, order, waiver or authorization of, action or nonaction by, registration, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Governmental Entity is required to be obtained or made by or with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party by the Company or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or such Ancillary Agreements, except for (A) the filing of a premerger notification and report form by the Company under the HSR Act and (B) such other consents, approvals, orders, waivers, authorizations, actions, nonactions, registrations, declarations, filings and notices the failure of which to be obtained or made would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.6 Financial Statements; Undisclosed Liabilities .

(a) True and complete copies of (i) the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company for each of the fiscal years ended as of December 31, 2012, December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, and the related audited consolidated statements of income, retained earnings, stockholders’ equity and changes in financial position of the Company, together with all related notes and schedules thereto, accompanied by the reports thereon of the Company’s accountants (the “ Company Financial Statements ”) and (ii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of June 30, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, retained earnings, stockholders’ equity and changes in financial position of the Company, together with all related notes and schedules thereto (the “ Company Interim Financial Statements ”) have been delivered by the Company to PAHL. Each of the Company Financial Statements and the Company Interim Financial Statements (including, in each case, the notes thereto) delivered to PAHL have

 

36


been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto) and fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the periods then ended (subject, in the case of the Company Interim Financial Statements, to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes).

(b) Except for matters reflected or reserved against in the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company for the fiscal year ended as of December 31, 2012, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any Liabilities of any nature, except Liabilities obligations that (A) were incurred since the date of such balance sheet in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (B) are incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, or (C) would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(c) The Company and its Subsidiaries have established and maintained a system of internal control over financial reporting. Such internal controls provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of the Company’s financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements in accordance with GAAP.

(d) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has or is subject to any “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement” (as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act).

(e) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any material liability with respect to escheat for unclaimed property.

Section 4.7 Absence of Certain Changes or Events . Between December 31, 2012 and the date of this Agreement, (a) there has not been any change, effect, event or occurrence that has had or would have a Company Material Adverse Effect, (b) the Company and its Subsidiaries have conducted their businesses only in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, and (c) there has not been any circumstance, action or activity which, if taken after the date hereof, would be a violation of Section 7.2 .

Section 4.8 Litigation . There is no Action pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that would have a Company Material Adverse Effect. There is no ruling, order, writ, injunction, decree or judgment of or by any Governmental Entity (each, a “ Judgment ”) outstanding against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that would have a Company Material Adverse Effect. This Section 4.8 does not relate to Tax matters, which are the subject of Section 4.13 , or environmental matters, which are the subject of Section 4.16 .

Section 4.9 Contracts .

(a) Except for this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, Section 4.9 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true and complete list of, as of the date of this Agreement:

(i) each Contract that would be required to be filed by the Company as a “material contract” pursuant to Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act;

 

37


(ii) each loan and credit agreement, note, debenture, bond, indenture and other similar Contract pursuant to which any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (each, a “ Loan Agreement ”), in each case in excess of $1,000,000, is outstanding or may be incurred, other than any such Contract between or among any of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries and any letters of credit;

(iii) each Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party that by its terms calls for aggregate payments by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of more than $1,000,000 over the remaining term of such Contract, except for any such Contract entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or that may be canceled, without any material penalty or other material liability to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, upon notice of 90 days or less;

(iv) each Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party entered into since January 1, 2013, for the acquisition or disposition by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of properties or assets for, in each case, aggregate consideration of more than $1,000,000, except for acquisitions and dispositions of properties and assets in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice (including acquisitions of supplies and acquisitions and dispositions of inventory and equipment that is no longer used or useful in the operations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries);

(v) each Contract that restricts the ability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to compete, in any material respects, with any business or in any geographical area or to solicit customers, in any material respects, except for use or radius restrictions that may be contained in Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(vi) each Contract that is a material settlement, conciliation or similar agreement (A) that is with any Governmental Entity, (B) pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is obligated after the execution date of this Agreement to pay consideration in excess of $1,000,000, or (C) that would otherwise materially limit the operation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or, to the Knowledge of the Company, PAHL or any of its other Affiliates from and after the Closing) as currently operated;

(vii) each Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party primarily involving the development or licensing of any Intellectual Property (except for licenses of commercially available software) that is material to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as presently conducted;

 

38


(viii) each Contract that grants to any Person any right or first offer or right of first refusal to purchase, lease, sublease, use, possess or occupy all or a substantial part of the material assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and

(ix) each Contract that relates to a partnership, joint venture or similar arrangement.

Each Contract set forth on Section 4.9 of the Company Disclosure Schedule or required to be set forth thereon (but subject to the last sentence of Section 4.9(b) ) is referred to herein as a “ Company Material Contract ”.

(b) As of the date of this Agreement, the Company has made available to PAHL true and complete copies of each Company Material Contract. Each of the Company Material Contracts is valid and binding on the Company or the Subsidiary of the Company party thereto and, to the Knowledge of the Company, each other party thereto, and is in full force and effect, except for such failures to be valid and binding or to be in full force and effect that would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect. There is no default under any Company Material Contract by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of the Company, by any other party thereto, and no event has occurred that with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a default thereunder by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of the Company, by any other party thereto, in each case except as would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect. This Section 4.9 does not relate to real property leases, which are the subject of Section 4.14 , Employee Benefit Matters, or Company Benefit Plans and Company Benefit Agreements, which are the subject of Section 4.12 .

Section 4.10 Compliance with Laws . Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is, and since the later of the date that is three years prior to the date hereof and its respective date of incorporation or organization has been, in compliance with all Laws applicable to its business or operations, in each case except for instances of noncompliance that would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has in effect all approvals, authorizations, registrations, licenses, exemptions, permits and consents of Governmental Authorities (collectively, “ Authorizations ”) necessary for it to conduct its business as presently conducted, except for such Authorizations the absence of which would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect. This Section 4.10 does not relate to the Company financial statements or disclosure controls and procedures, which are the subject of Section 4.6 , employee benefit matters, which are the subject of Section 4.12 , Taxes, which are the subject of Section 4.13 , or environmental matters, which are the subject of Section 4.16 . To the Knowledge of the Company, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received notice that any Authorizations will be terminated or modified or cannot be renewed in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, and the Company has no Knowledge of a basis for any such termination, modification or nonrenewal, except as would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect. To the Knowledge of the Company, no event or condition has occurred or exists which would result in a violation of, breach, default or loss of a benefit under, or acceleration of an obligation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under, any of the Authorizations, except for violations, breaches, defaults, losses or accelerations that would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

39


Section 4.11 Labor and Employment Matters . Except as set forth on Section 4.11 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any written collective bargaining agreement or other Contract with any labor organization, union or association; provided that the foregoing shall not include any statutory scheme or other regulatory regime relating to the organization of workers. There are not, to the Knowledge of the Company, any union organizing activities concerning any employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that would have a Company Material Adverse Effect. As of the date of this Agreement, there are no strikes, slowdowns, work stoppages, lockouts, or other material labor disputes pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened, against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Except as contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, to the Knowledge of the Company, no director, member of Newco, other key employee or group of employees has any present intention to terminate his, her, or their employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (that would have a Company Material Adverse Effect). Except for such non-compliance which would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect, (a) the Company and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable Laws respecting employment practices, terms and conditions of employment, wages and hours and occupational safety and health (including, without limitation, classifications of service providers as employees and/or independent contractors) and (b) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received written notice during the past two years of the intent of any Governmental Entity responsible for the enforcement of labor, employment, occupational health and safety or workplace safety and insurance/workers compensation Laws to conduct an investigation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no such investigation is in progress.

Section 4.12 Employee Benefit Matters .

(a) Section 4.12(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list, as of the date of this Agreement, of each material Company Benefit Plan and material Company Benefit Agreement. Each Company Benefit Agreement and each Company Benefit Plan has been administered in compliance in all material respects with its terms and with applicable Law (including ERISA and the Code).

(b) The Company has made available to PAHL true and complete copies of (to the extent applicable) (A) each material Company Benefit Plan and each material Company Benefit Agreement and any amendments made thereto (or, in either case, with respect to any unwritten material Company Benefit Plan or material Company Benefit Agreement, a written description thereof), (B) the most recent Form 5500 annual report and accompanying schedules filed with the IRS or similar reports required to be filed with any Governmental Entity, in each case with respect to each material Company Benefit Plan (if any such report was required by applicable Law), (C) each trust agreement and group annuity contract relating to any material Company Benefit Plan, (D) the most recent actuarial reports (if applicable) for each Company Benefit Plan, (E) the most recent summary plan description, if any, required under ERISA with respect to each material Company Benefit Plan and material Company Benefit Agreement, (F) a

 

40


copy of the most recent IRS determination, opinion or advisory letter for each material Company Benefit Plan (if applicable) and (G) any Forms 5310 and any related filings with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”) with respect to the last 3 plan years for each material Company Benefit Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA.

(c) Each Company Benefit Plan intended to be qualified within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination, opinion or advisory letter as to such qualification from the IRS, and no event has occurred, either by reason of any action or failure to act, that would reasonably be expected to cause the loss of any such qualification.

(d) Section 4.12(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth, as of the date of this Agreement, each material Company Benefit Plan that provides health or welfare benefits (whether or not insured) with respect to employees or former employees (or any of their beneficiaries) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries after retirement or other termination of service (other than coverage or benefits (A) required to be provided under Part 6 of Title I of ERISA, or any other applicable Law, or (B) the full cost of which is borne by the employee or former employee (or any of their beneficiaries)).

(e) During the immediately preceding six (6) years, no material liability under Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA has been incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary that has not been satisfied in full, and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no condition exists that is reasonably likely (including by reason of the Company or any Subsidiary being treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code with any other Person) to cause the Company or any Subsidiary to incur any such material liability, other than liability for premiums due the PBGC (which premiums owed prior to the date of this Agreement have been paid when due) in the ordinary course of business and for plan contributions due in the ordinary course of business. The PBGC has not as of the date of this Agreement, provided a written notice to the Company or any ERISA Affiliate that it has instituted proceedings pursuant to Section 4042 of ERISA to terminate any Company Benefit Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA (each, a “ Title IV Plan ”).

(f) With respect to any Title IV Plan, except as set forth on Section 4.12(f) of the Company Disclosure Schedule or as could not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or any Subsidiary (including by reason of the Company or any Subsidiary being treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code with any other Person): (i) there does not now exist, nor do any circumstances exist on the date hereof that could reasonably be expected to result in any material accumulated funding deficiency within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived, or any liability under Section 4971 of the Code; (ii) the fair market value of the assets of any such plan as of December 31, 2012 equals or exceeds the actuarial present value of all accrued benefits under such plan as of such date (whether or not vested), each as determined under the assumptions and valuation method of the actuarial valuation of such plan for the year ended December 31, 2012; (iii) no reportable event within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA for which the 30 days notice requirement has not been waived has occurred; (iv) all material contributions to

 

41


such plan and all material payments under such plan (except those to be made from a trust qualified under Section 401(a) or 501(a) of the Code) and all material payments with respect to such plan (including, without limitation, PBGC and insurance premiums) for any period ending before the date of this Agreement that are required to be made before such date have been timely made before such date, and (v) no material liability or material contingent liability (including liability pursuant to Section 4069 of ERISA) under Title IV of ERISA has been incurred by the Company or its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate and remains outstanding as of the date of this Agreement (other than for premiums payable to the PBGC in the ordinary course).

(g) None of the Company or its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliates contributes to or is required to contribute to, or otherwise has any liability with respect to, any “multiemployer plan” (within the meaning of Sections 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA or Section 414(f)(1) of the Code).

(h) None of the Company or its Subsidiaries has in the past three years maintained, sponsored, contributed to or had any obligation to contribute to any voluntary employees’ beneficiary association described under Section 501(c)(9) of the Code or any other welfare benefit fund described under Section 419 or 419A of the Code.

(i) (i) no material proceeding is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against any of the Company Benefit Plans or Company Benefit Agreements (other than non-material routine claims for benefits and appeals of such claims), (ii) to the Company’s Knowledge, no non-exempt “prohibited transaction” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code and Section 406 of ERISA) has occurred prior to the date of this Agreement with respect to the Company Benefit Plans that would result in material liability to the Company or any Subsidiary that has not already been satisfied in full and (iii) no Company Benefit Plan is under, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice of, a material audit or investigation by the IRS, Department of Labor or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any other Governmental Entity, and no such completed audit, if any, has resulted in the imposition of any Tax or penalty that is currently outstanding.

(j) Each Company Benefit Agreement and each Company Benefit Plan that constitutes a nonqualified deferred compensation plan subject to Section 409A of the Code has been operated, in all material respects, in compliance with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and applicable provisions of IRS Notice 2005-1 and other generally applicable guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service with an effective date prior to January 1, 2008, and to the extent that an issue is not addressed in an applicable provision of Notice 2005-1 or such other generally applicable guidance, each such plan has been operated in all material respects in a manner consistent with a good faith, reasonable interpretation of Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent not inconsistent therewith, its terms.

(k) Except as set forth on Section 4.12(k) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement, alone, will not give rise to any material payment under any material Company Benefit

 

42


Plan or material Company Benefit Agreement, including liability for severance pay, termination pay or withdrawal liability, or accelerate the time of payment or vesting or materially increase the amount of compensation or benefits due to any employee, officer, director or consultant of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (whether current, former or retired) or their beneficiaries. Except as set forth on Section 4.12(k) of the Company Disclosure Schedules, no amount that could be received (whether in cash or property or the vesting of property) as a result of the consummation of the Business Combination by any employee, officer, director or consultant of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under any Company Benefit Plan or Company Benefit Agreement, or otherwise, would not be deductible by reason of the application of Section 280G of the Code or would be subject to an excise Tax under Section 4999 of the Code (determined without regard to any payments or benefits to be provided under agreements entered into or negotiated by PAHL or any of its Affiliates other than to the extent disclosed by PAHL pursuant to Section 8.15 ). Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any indemnity obligation on or after the Closing Date for any Taxes imposed under Section 4999 or 409A of the Code.

(l) None of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has made any promises or commitments to create any additional material Company Benefit Plan or material Company Benefit Agreement or to modify or change in any material way any existing material Company Benefit Plan or material Company Benefit Agreement other than those amendments or modifications required by Law or to maintain the tax qualified or registered status of any Company Benefit Plan or Company Benefit Agreement.

(m) Except as would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect (i) any individual who performs services for the Company or any Company Subsidiary and who is not treated as an employee for federal income Tax purposes by the Company or any Company Subsidiary is not an employee under applicable Law and is not an employee for any purpose (including Tax withholding purposes or Company Benefit Plan purposes), (ii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liability by reason of an individual who performs or performed services for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in any capacity being improperly excluded from participating in a Company Benefit Plan and (iii) each employee of the Company and its Subsidiaries has been properly classified as “exempt” or “non-exempt” under applicable Law.

(n) Except as set forth on Section 4.12(n) of the Company Disclosure Schedule or as could not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, (i) with respect to each Company Benefit Plan that is subject to the Laws of a jurisdiction outside of the United States (each, a “ Foreign Company Plan ”) required to be funded under applicable Law, the fair market value of the assets of each such Foreign Company Plan, the liability of each insurer for any Foreign Company Plan funded through insurance or the book reserve established for any Foreign Company Plan, together with any accrued contributions, is sufficient to procure or provide for the accrued benefit obligations thereunder, as of the most recent valuation date, with respect to all current and former participants in such Foreign Company Plan according to the actuarial assumptions and valuations used in preparing such valuation, and (ii) each Foreign Company Plan has been maintained and operated in accordance with the applicable plan document and all applicable Laws and other requirements, and if intended to qualify for special Tax treatment, satisfies all requirements for such treatment.

 

43


(o) The representations and warranties set forth in this Section 4.12 , together with Section 4.07 and Section 4.11, are the only representations and warranties in this Agreement with respect to ERISA and benefits and compensation matters.

Section 4.13 Taxes .

(a) Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has timely filed or has caused to be timely filed all income and other material Tax Returns required to be filed by it (taking into account any validly obtained extension of time within which to file), and all such Tax Returns are true, complete and accurate in all material respects. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has either paid or caused to be paid all material Taxes due and owing by the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than Taxes that are being contested in good faith through appropriate proceedings or for which the Company Interim Financial Statements reflect an adequate reserve in accordance with GAAP (excluding any reserves for deferred Taxes).

(b) No deficiencies for any material Taxes (other than Taxes that are not yet due and payable or that are being contested in good faith) have been proposed, asserted, assessed or to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which have not been settled and paid. All assessments for material Taxes due and owing by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to completed and settled examinations or concluded litigation have been paid. There is no currently effective agreement or other document with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries extending the period of assessment or collection of any material Taxes. There are no Encumbrances for Taxes on any of the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than Permitted Encumbrances. None of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has been a “controlled corporation” or a “distributing corporation” in any distribution that was purported or intended to be governed by Section 355 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law) occurring during the two-year period ending on the date hereof. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has engaged in any “listed transaction” within the meaning of Section 6011 of the Code. There are no ongoing or pending Tax audits by any Taxing Authority against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) has been a member of an affiliated group filing a consolidated federal income Tax Return (other than a group the common parent of which was the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) or (ii) has any liability for the Taxes of any Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law), or as a transferee or successor. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by, or has any obligation under any Tax allocation, sharing, indemnity or similar agreement or arrangement (other than any agreement (A) entered into in the ordinary course of business and not primarily concerning Taxes or (B) where the only parties are the Company and any of its Subsidiaries). The Company has not been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code during

 

44


the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(l)(A)(ii) of the Code. Except as would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect, the transfer pricing policies of the Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with the rules of Section 482 of the Code (and any corresponding provision of state, local and foreign law). Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has been informed by any jurisdiction in which the Company or such Subsidiary did not file a Tax Return that the jurisdiction believes that the Company was required to file any Tax Return that was not filed or is subject to Tax in such jurisdiction.

The representations and warranties made in Section 4.12 and this Section 4.13 represent the sole and exclusive representations and warranties of the Company and its Subsidiaries regarding Tax matters.

Section 4.14 Real Property .

(a) Section 4.14(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth, as of the date of this Agreement, a true and complete list of all real property owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries (individually, a “ Company Owned Real Property ”). The Company has delivered to PAHL a true and complete copy of all surveys in the Company’s possession for the Company Owned Real Property. Except as would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect, the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company has good and valid fee title to each Company Owned Real Property, in each case free and clear of all Encumbrances and defects in title, except for Permitted Encumbrances.

(b) Section 4.14(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth, as of the date of this Agreement, a true and complete list of all leases of real property (together with all amendments, extensions, renewals, modifications, alterations or guaranties thereto, the “ Company Leases ”) under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a tenant or a subtenant, other than leases that do not provide for annual rent in excess of $250,000 (individually, a “ Company Leased Real Property ”). The Company has delivered to PAHL a true and complete copy of all Company Leases. The Company or a Subsidiary of the Company has a good and valid title to a leasehold estate in each Company Leased Real Property. Except as would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect, all Company Leases and each sublease of Company Leased Real Property are in full force and effect, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries that is party to such leases has received or given any written notice of any material default thereunder which default continues on the date of this Agreement.

(c) Section 4.14(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth, as of the date of this Agreement, a true and complete list of all leases, subleases or similar agreements under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is the landlord or the sublandlord, other than leases, subleases and similar arrangements that do not provide for annual rent in excess of $250,000.

(d) The Company and its Subsidiaries enjoy peaceful and undisturbed possession of the Company Owned Real Property and Company Leased Real Property, and to the Company’s Knowledge the buildings and improvements located thereon are in good condition and repair in all material respects, normal wear and tear excepted

 

45


Section 4.15 Intellectual Property .

(a) Section 4.15(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true and complete (in all material respects) list, as of the date of this Agreement, of all issued or registered Intellectual Property (including Internet domain names) or applications for issuance or registration of any Intellectual Property owned by the Company or its Subsidiaries, indicating for each, as applicable, the owner(s), jurisdiction, title, serial number, patent or registration number, filing date and issuance or registration date (the “ Registered Intellectual Property ”). To the Knowledge of the Company, each item of Registered Intellectual Property is valid, subsisting, and enforceable and in full force and effect; and has been duly maintained (including the payment of issuance fees, renewal fees, maintenance fees and annuities) and is not expired, canceled or abandoned.

(b) Except as listed on Section 4.15(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, and except as would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect, the Company or one of its Subsidiaries is the sole and exclusive owner of all right, title and interest in and to the Company Intellectual Property (other than the Intellectual Property Licenses or licenses granted by the Company or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business), free and clear of any Encumbrances, except Permitted Encumbrances.

(c) Except as would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall not impair the right, title, or interest of the Company or any its Subsidiaries in or to any Company Intellectual Property, and all of the Company Intellectual Property and the Intellectual Property licensed to Company or any of its Subsidiaries under any Intellectual Property Licenses shall be owned or available for use by the Company and its Subsidiaries on terms and conditions identical to those under which the Company and its Subsidiaries used the Company Intellectual Property immediately prior to the Closing Date.

(d) Except as listed on Section 4.15(d)(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, and except as would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect, no Actions are pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries alleging that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has infringed, misappropriated, diluted or otherwise violated any Intellectual Property rights of any other Person, or that contest the validity, use, ownership or enforceability of any of the Company Intellectual Property. Except as would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect and to the Knowledge of the Company, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries use of any Company Intellectual Property, nor the operation of the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ respective businesses as currently conducted, infringes, misappropriates, dilutes or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property of any other Person. Except as listed on Section 4.15(d)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, as of the date of this Agreement, to the Knowledge of the Company, no Person is infringing, misappropriating, diluting or otherwise violating the rights of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any Company Intellectual Property, except as

 

46


would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Except as listed on Section 4.15(d)(iii) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company Intellectual Property is not subject to any outstanding administrative proceedings, consent, settlement, lien, Judgment or ruling restricting the use thereof in a manner that would reasonably be expected to materially impair the continued operation of the Company and its Subsidiaries businesses, as currently conducted.

(e) The Company and its Subsidiaries have taken commercially reasonable steps to protect the Company Intellectual Property, including commercially reasonable steps to maintain and protect the secrecy and confidentiality of its trade secrets and other material confidential information. Except as set forth on Section 4.15(e) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, to the Knowledge of the Company, there have been no unauthorized disclosures of any material trade secrets or other material confidential information to any third parties.

(f) Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is, and has been to the extent required by Law, in material compliance with its privacy policies and all other related notices, policies and programs and all applicable data protection, privacy and other applicable Laws regarding the collection, use, storage, distribution, transfer, import, export, disposal or disclosure (in any form or medium) of any personally identifiable information, except as would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(g) Section 4.15(g) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true and complete (in all material respects) list of all material licenses, sublicenses and other agreements pursuant to which (i) Company and its Subsidiaries grants rights or authority to any Person with respect to any Company Intellectual Property; and (ii) any Person grants rights or authority to Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to any Third Party Intellectual Property, excluding licenses of off-the-shelf or commercially available software (collectively, the “ Intellectual Property Licenses ”). All such Intellectual Property Licenses are valid, binding and, to the Knowledge of Company, enforceable between Company and its Subsidiaries and the other parties thereto, and Company and its Subsidiaries and such other parties are in compliance in all material respects with the terms and conditions of all Intellectual Property Licenses. Company and its Subsidiaries have provided PAHL with access to true and complete copies of all Intellectual Property Licenses.

Section 4.16 Environmental Matters . Except for those matters that would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect: (A) each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is, and for the last three years has been, in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written communication alleging that the Company is in violation of, or has any liability under, any Environmental Law that is pending and unresolved, (B) each of the Company and its Subsidiaries possesses and is in compliance with all Authorizations required under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct its business as presently conducted, (C) there are no Environmental Claims pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (D) to the Knowledge of the Company, none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has Released or exposed any Person to, any Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any of the Company Owned Real

 

47


Property or the Company Leased Real Property, in a manner that would reasonably be expected to result in an Environmental Claim against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (E) to the Knowledge of the Company, there are no environmental investigations of the business or operations of the Company or any Subsidiary, or previously owned, operated or leased property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the Company Owned Real Property or Company Leased Real Property pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened that would reasonably be expected to lead to the imposition of any Environmental Claims against the Company or any Subsidiary or any costs and liabilities or liens against the Company Owned Real Property or Company Leased Real Property under Environmental Law and (F) the Company has made available for review by PAHL the most recent copies of any material, non-routine environmental audits, studies, or reports that have been performed by third party consultants or engineers, and (i) with respect to the currently owned, leased or operated properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries such audits, studies and reports in the Company’s possession or control; and (ii) with respect to previously owned, leased or operated properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, such audits, studies or reports either (a) located at the Company’s Waterbury, CT headquarters, or (b) prepared since October 2003 and in the Company’s possession or control.

Section 4.17 Insurance . Except as would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect, (a) the Company and its Subsidiaries maintain insurance in such amounts and against such risks as is sufficient to comply with applicable Law, (b) all insurance policies of the Company and its Subsidiaries are in full force and effect, except for any expiration thereof in accordance with the terms thereof, (c) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in breach of, or default under, any such insurance policy, and (d) no written notice of cancellation or termination has been received with respect to any such insurance policy, other than in connection with ordinary renewals.

Section 4.18 Products .

(a) Each product designed, manufactured, repaired or serviced by the Company (the “ Products ”) has been designed, manufactured, produced, repaired or serviced in material accordance with (i) the written specifications, bill of materials, set of drawings, blueprints and manufacture instructions in existence at the time of such Products’ design, manufacture, repair or service, and (ii) the material provisions of all applicable Laws, policies, guidelines and any other requirements of any Governmental Entity in place at the time of such Products’ design, manufacture, repair or service.

(b) No Products at any time have been recalled, withdrawn or suspended by the Company, whether voluntarily or otherwise. The Company has provided to PAHL a list of all regulatory letters received by the Company, any Subsidiary or any of their respective agents relating to the Company, any Subsidiary or any of the Products. There exists no set of facts which could reasonably be expected to furnish a basis for the recall, withdrawal or suspension of any product registration, product license, repair or overhaul license, manufacturing license, wholesale dealers license, export license or other license, approval or consent of any governmental or regulatory authority with respect to the Company, any Subsidiary or any of the Products.

 

48


(c) Except as would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect, there are no claims existing or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened under or pursuant to any warranty, whether express or implied, on products or services sold by the Company. Except as would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect, there are no claims existing and there is no basis for any claim against the Company for injury to persons, animals or property as a result of the sale, distribution or manufacture of any product or performance of any service by the Company, including, but not limited to, claims arising out of the defective or unsafe nature of its products or services.

Section 4.19 Affiliate Transactions . Except as set forth on Section 4.19 of the Company Disclosure Schedules, there have not been during the preceding three (3) years any transactions, Contracts, agreements, arrangements or understandings or series of related transactions between the Company and any of the Sponsor Members nor are there any of the foregoing currently proposed.

Section 4.20 Certain Business Practices . To the Knowledge of the Company, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (nor any of their respective officers, directors or employees) (a) has made or agreed to make any contribution, payment, gift or entertainment to, or accepted or received any contributions, payments, gifts or entertainment from, any government official, employee, political party or agent or any candidate for any federal, state, local or foreign public office, where either the contribution, payment or gift or the purpose thereof was illegal under the laws of any federal, state, local or foreign jurisdiction; or (b) has engaged in or otherwise participated in, assisted or facilitated any transaction that is prohibited by any applicable embargo or related trade restriction imposed by the United States Office of Foreign Assets Control or any other agency of the United States government.

Section 4.21 Company Swaps . Section 4.21 of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and correct list of all interest rate swaps and currency exchange swaps (“ Company Swaps ”) entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as of the date of this Agreement. All such Company Swaps were, and any Company Swaps entered into after the date of this Agreement will be, entered into in accordance with applicable Laws, and in the ordinary course consistent with past practice, and were, and will be, entered into with counterparties believed at the time to be able to bear the risks of such Company Swaps. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have duly performed in all material respects all of their respective obligations under the Company Swaps to the extent that such obligations to perform have accrued.

Section 4.22 Stockholder Consent . No consent or approval by, or vote of, the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Company is necessary for the Company to adopt this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and to approve the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the Business Combination.

Section 4.23 State Takeover Statutes . To the Knowledge of the Company, no state takeover statute applies or purports to apply to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the purchase and sale of the Shares.

 

49


Section 4.24 Brokers and Other Advisors . No broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other Person, other than Lazard Frères & Co. LLC, is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s or financial advisor’s fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements. Section 4.24 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth the maximum aggregate fees (without including reimbursement for expenses) that may become payable to Lazard Frères & Co. LLC pursuant to any engagement or fee letters between the Company and Lazard Frères & Co. LLC with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

Section 4.25 Import Compliance . To the Knowledge of the Company, the Company has been in full compliance with all import Laws, including, but not limited to, the laws and regulations administered by U.S. Customs and Border Protection (“ CBP ”). To the Knowledge of the Company, the Company, and the products that it imports, have not been, in the five (5) years preceding the date of this Agreement, subject to any penalties (civil or criminal), claims for liquidated damages, or notices of redelivery issued by CBP, or to any detentions, seizures or forfeitures by CBP, and the Company has not made any prior disclosures to CBP of any violation of customs laws during this period. The Company has not been, and is not currently, subject to any CBP investigation or enforcement action (and has no Knowledge of any possible future action). Additionally, the Company has not had, in the five (5) years preceding the date of this Agreement, and is not currently having, any disagreements/disputes or other issues with CBP over the correct tariff classification, valuation, country of origin and/or country of origin marking of any of the goods that it imports. The Company has paid all import duties, fees and other charges owed to CBP, and that the products that it imports are not subject to any antidumping duty, countervailing duty, or other penalty duty.

Section 4.26 Export Compliance .

(a) To the Knowledge of the Company, the Company is, and has been, in full compliance in all material respects with applicable provisions of U.S. export Laws and regulations, including but not limited to the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (22 C.F.R. §§ 120-130), the Export Administration Regulations (15 C.F.R. §§ 730-774), the economic sanctions regulations and guidelines administered by the Department of Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) and the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56, signed into law October 26, 2001), as amended; and restrictions against dealings with certain prohibited, debarred, denied or specially designated entities or individuals under statutes, regulations, orders, and decrees of various agencies of the United States government, and the export Laws of the other countries where it conducts business. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates has received any notices of noncompliance, complaints or warnings with respect to its compliance with export Laws.

(b) The Company affirms that, to the Knowledge of the Company, it is not (i) in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law (as defined below), (ii) a Prohibited Person (as defined below), (iii) conducting any business or engaging in any transaction or dealing with any Prohibited Person, including the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Prohibited Person, (iv) dealing in or otherwise engaging in any transaction relating to property or interests in property blocked

 

50


pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224 (as defined below) or (v) engaging in or conspiring to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose or intent of evading or avoiding, or attempting to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law. As used herein: (A) “Anti-Terrorism Law” is defined as any Law relating to terrorism or money-laundering, including Executive Order No. 13224 and the USA Patriot Act (as defined below); (B) “Executive Order No. 13224” is defined as the Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001, relating to “Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism”, as amended; (C) “Prohibited Person” is defined as any person or entity (1) listed in the Annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (2) owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any party described in clause (C)(1) above, (3) with whom any lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law, (4) who commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in Executive Order No. 13224, (5) named as a “specially designated national and blocked person” on the most current list published by OFAC, or (6) affiliated with any party described in clauses (C)(1)-(5) above; and (D) “USA Patriot Act” is defined as the “Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001” (Public Law 107-56), as amended.

Section 4.27 No Other Representations and Warranties . Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Article IV , PAHL acknowledges that none of the Company, MD Holdings, or any other Person on behalf of the Company makes or shall be deemed to make any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Company or with respect to any other information provided to PAHL and the Company disclaims any such representation or warranty. None of the Company, MD Holdings or any other Person will have or be subject to any liability or indemnification obligation to PAHL or any other Person resulting from the distribution to PAHL or PAHL’s use of, any such information.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF MD HOLDINGS

Except as set forth in the disclosure schedules delivered by MD Holdings to PAHL concurrently with the execution of this Agreement (the “ MD Holdings Disclosure Schedules ”), MD Holdings represents and warrants to PAHL as follows:

Section 5.1 Organization, Standing and Corporate Power . MD Holdings is duly formed and validly existing under the Laws of Delaware, and has all requisite limited liability company power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted, except (other than with respect to the MD Holdings’ due organization and valid existence) as would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect. MD Holdings is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing (where such concept is recognized under applicable Law) in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business or the ownership, leasing or operation of its properties makes such qualification or licensing necessary, other than where the failure to be so qualified, licensed or in good standing would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect. True and complete copies of the Organizational Documents of MD Holdings, in each case as in effect on the date of this Agreement, have been delivered to PAHL.

 

51


Section 5.2 Subsidiaries . Other than the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries set forth on Section 4.2 of the Company Disclosure Schedule lists, as of the date of this Agreement, MD Holdings does not have any Subsidiaries. Except for its interests in the Company, MD Holdings does not own, directly or indirectly, any Equity in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, association or other entity.

Section 5.3 Title to Shares . MD Holdings is the record and beneficial owner of, and has good and marketable title to, all of the shares of Company Stock specified in Section 5.3 of the MD Holdings Disclosure Schedule, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than Encumbrances securing Indebtedness obligations set forth on Section 1.1(f) to the Company Disclosure Schedule.

Section 5.4 Authority .

(a) MD Holdings has all requisite limited liability company power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and such Ancillary Agreements by MD Holdings and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by, and compliance with the provisions of, this Agreement and any such Ancillary Agreement by MD Holdings have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action on the part of MD Holdings. This Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which MD Holdings is a party have been duly executed and delivered by MD Holdings and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by PAHL, constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of MD Holdings, enforceable against MD Holdings in accordance with their respective terms, subject, as to enforceability, to bankruptcy, insolvency and other Laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

(b) The MD Holdings Board, at a meeting duly called and held at which all directors of MD Holdings were present, duly and unanimously adopted resolutions (i) authorizing and approving the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements to which MD Holdings is a party and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the Business Combination, (ii) approving and declaring advisable this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements to which MD Holdings is a party, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the Business Combination, (iii) declaring that the terms of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements to which MD Holdings is a party, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the Business Combination, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and therein, are fair to and in the best interests of the members of MD Holdings, (iv) recommending the approval and adoption of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreement and the Business Combination to the members of MD Holdings and (v) irrevocably approving for all purposes each of PAHL and its respective Affiliates and this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the Business Combination, to exempt such Persons, agreements and transactions from, and to elect for the Company, PAHL and their respective Affiliates not to be subject to, any “moratorium,” “control share acquisition,” “business combination,”

 

52


“fair price” or other form of anti-takeover Laws (collectively, “ Takeover Laws” ) of any jurisdiction that may purport to be applicable to MD Holdings, the Company, PAHL or any of their respective Affiliates or this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the Business Combination, with respect to any of the foregoing, which resolutions, as of the date of this Agreement, have not been rescinded, modified or withdrawn in any way.

Section 5.5 Non-Contravention . The execution and delivery by MD Holdings of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and compliance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements will not, conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to the loss of a benefit under, or result in the creation of any Encumbrance upon any of the Assets of MD Holdings, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under (other than any such Encumbrance created as a result of any action taken by PAHL or any of its Affiliates), any provision of (c) the Organizational Documents of MD Holdings, or (d) subject to the filings and other matters referred to in the immediately following sentence, and assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of PAHL set forth in Section 6.4 , (i) any written Contract to which MD Holdings is a party or by which any of its properties or assets are bound, (ii) any Law, in each case applicable to MD Holdings or any of its properties or assets, or (iii) any Authorizations of MD Holdings, other than, in the case of clauses (b), (c) and (d) above, any such conflicts, violations, defaults, rights, losses or Encumbrances that would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Section 5.5 of the MD Holdings Disclosure Schedules, no consent, approval, order, waiver or authorization of, action or nonaction by, registration, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Governmental Entity is required to be obtained or made by or with respect to MD Holdings in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party by MD Holdings or the consummation by MD Holdings of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or such Ancillary Agreements, except for (A) the filing of a premerger notification and report form by MD Holdings under the HSR Act and (B) such other consents, approvals, orders, waivers, authorizations, actions, nonactions, registrations, declarations, filings and notices the failure of which to be obtained or made would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.6 Brokers and Other Advisors . No broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other Person, other than Lazard Frères & Co. LLC, is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s or financial advisor’s fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements. Section 4.24 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth the maximum aggregate fees (without including reimbursement for expenses) that may become payable to Lazard Frères & Co. LLC pursuant to any engagement or fee letters between the Company and Lazard Frères & Co. LLC with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

Section 5.7 Litigation . There is no (a) Action pending or, to the Knowledge of MD Holdings, threatened in writing, and/or (b) Judgment outstanding, in each case, against MD Holdings relating to or arising in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (including the Business Combination) that would have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

53


Section 5.8 Information Supplied . The information supplied by MD Holdings, its Affiliates and their respective Representatives, including the Appendixes attached hereto, shall not (i) at the date of this Agreement or (ii) at the Closing, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading.

Section 5.9 No Other Representations and Warranties . Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Article V, PAHL acknowledges that neither MD Holdings nor any other Person on behalf of MD Holdings makes or shall be deemed to make any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to MD Holdings or with respect to any other information provided to PAHL and MD Holdings disclaims any such representation or warranty. Neither MD Holdings nor any other Person will have or be subject to any liability or indemnification obligation to PAHL or any other Person resulting from the distribution to PAHL or PAHL’s use of, any such information.

ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PAHL, PLATFORM HOLDCO AND MERGER SUB

Except as set forth in the disclosure schedules delivered by PAHL to the Company concurrently with the execution of this Agreement (the “ PAHL Disclosure Schedule ”) each of PAHL, Platform Holdco and Merger Sub represents and warrants to MD Holdings as follows:

Section 6.1 Incorporation or Organization, Standing and Corporate Power . Each of PAHL, Platform Holdco and Merger Sub, is duly incorporated or organized, as the case may be, and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, as the case may be, and has all requisite corporate or other entity power and authority to own, carry on and operate its business as presently conducted, except as would not have a PAHL Material Adverse Effect. PAHL is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing (where such concept is recognized under applicable Law) in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business or the ownership, leasing or operation of its properties makes such qualification or licensing necessary, other than where the failure to be so qualified, licensed or in good standing would not have a PAHL Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.2 Capital Structure .

(a) The maximum number of shares PAHL is authorized to issue consists of an unlimited number of PAHL Ordinary Shares and an unlimited number of PAHL Founder Preferred Shares. The issued and outstanding shares of PAHL consists of (A) 88,529,500 PAHL Ordinary Shares and (B) 2,000,000 PAHL Founder Preferred Shares (collectively, the “ PAHL Issued Shares ”). All of the PAHL Issued Shares have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and are not subject to preemptive rights. Other than as described on Section 6.2(a) of the PAHL Disclosure Schedule, there have been no issuances by PAHL of options, warrants, rights,

 

54


convertible or exchangeable securities, stock-based performance units or other rights to acquire shares or other Equity of PAHL, or other rights that give the holder thereof any economic interest of a nature accruing to the holders of PAHL Ordinary Shares.

(b) Other than Platform Holdco and Merger Sub or as may be acquired as a result of the Business Combination, PAHL has no Subsidiaries as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date shall not have any Subsidiaries, other than Platform Holdco and Merger Sub.

(c) PAHL owns all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Platform Holdco free and clear of all Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances. Platform Holdco owns all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Merger Sub free and clear of all Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances.

Section 6.3 Authority . Each of PAHL, Platform Holdco and Merger Sub has all requisite corporate or other entity power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and such other Ancillary Agreements by each such party, as applicable, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by, and compliance with the provisions of, this Agreement and any such other Ancillary Agreement by each such party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of such party. This Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements to which PAHL, Platform Holdco or Merger Sub is a party have been duly executed and delivered by such party and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, constitute (or, as applicable with respect to any Ancillary Agreements to be executed from and after the date hereof, when executed and delivered at the Closing will be) a legal, valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforceability, to bankruptcy, insolvency and other Laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles. Each of the PAHL Board, the Board of Directors of Platform Holdco and the Board of Directors of Merger Sub at a meeting duly called and held at which all directors were present has duly and unanimously adopted resolutions (i) authorizing and approving, as applicable, the execution, delivery and performance by PAHL, Platform Holdco and Merger, as applicable, of this Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements to which PAHL, Platform Holdco or Merger Sub is or is to be a party and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the Business Combination, (ii) approving and declaring advisable this Agreement and such other Ancillary Agreements to which PAHL, Platform Holdco or Merger Sub is or is to be a party, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (iii) declaring that the terms of this Agreement and such other Ancillary Agreements, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and therein, are fair to and in the best interests of the equity holders of such Person and (iv) irrevocably approving for all purposes each of, as applicable, this Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the Business Combination, to exempt such Persons, agreements and transactions from, and to elect for PAHL, and its Affiliates not to be subject to, any Takeover Laws of any jurisdiction that may purport to be applicable to PAHL or any of its Affiliates or this Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the Business Combination, with respect to any of the

 

55


foregoing, which resolutions, as of the date of this Agreement, have not been rescinded, modified or withdrawn in any way. No further action, vote, consent or approval of the direct or indirect holders of equity interests of PAHL, Platform Holdco or Merger Sub or any of their respective Affiliates is necessary to approve this Agreement and/or the Business Combination and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements.

Section 6.4 Non-Contravention . The execution and delivery by each of PAHL, Platform Holdco and Merger Sub of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party do not, and the consummation of the Business Combination and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such Ancillary Agreements and compliance with the provisions of this Agreement and such Ancillary Agreements will not, conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or result in the creation of any Encumbrance upon any of the Assets of such party or any of its Subsidiaries under (other than any such Encumbrance created as a result of any action taken by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), any provision of (a) the Organizational Documents of such party, (b) any Contract to which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which its Assets are bound, or (c) subject to the filings and other matters referred to in the immediately following sentence, and assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Article IV , any Law applicable to such party or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Assets other than, in the case of clause (b) , any such conflicts, violations, defaults, rights, losses or Encumbrances for which consent (or waiver) has been obtained on or prior to the date hereof or that would not have a PAHL Material Adverse Effect. No consent, approval, Judgment, waiver or authorization of, action or nonaction by, registration, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Governmental Entity is required to be obtained or made by or with respect to such party or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party or the consummation by such party of the Business Combination or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or such Ancillary Agreements, except for (x) the filing of a premerger notification and report form under the HSR Act, (y) the filing with the FSA of such notifications as may be required in connection with this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and (z) such other consents, approvals, Judgments, waivers, authorizations, actions, nonactions, registrations, declarations, filings and notices the failure of which to be obtained or made would not have a PAHL Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.5 Undisclosed Liabilities . Except for matters reflected or reserved against in the unaudited balance sheet of PAHL for the period from PAHL’s inception through June 30, 2013, neither PAHL nor any of its Subsidiaries has any Liabilities of any nature, except Liabilities obligations that (A) were incurred since the date of such balance sheet in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (B) are incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, or (C) would not have a PAHL Material Adverse Effect.

 

56


Section 6.6 FCA Reports and Financial Statements .

(a) PAHL has filed all forms, reports, schedules, statements and other documents, including any exhibits thereto, required to be filed by PAHL with the FCA pursuant to the Listing Rules and the Disclosure and Transparency Rules since the date the PAHL Ordinary Shares were admitted to the Official List and began trading on the London Stock Exchange’s main market for listed securities (collectively, the “PAHL FCA Reports ) and issued to a RIS a notification of all information required to be notified pursuant to the Listing Rules and/or the Disclosure and Transparency Rules since such date (the “PAHL Notified Information ). The PAHL FCA Reports and PAHL Notified Information (i) were and, in the case of PAHL FCA Reports and PAHL Notified Information filed or notified (as the case may be) after the date hereof, will be, prepared in accordance with the applicable requirements of the FCA, FSMA, the Listing Rules and the Disclosure and Transparency Rules and (ii) did not at the time they were filed or notified (or if amended or superseded by a filing or notification prior to the date of this Agreement, then on the date of such filing or notification), and in the case of such forms, reports and documents and information filed by PAHL with the FCA or notified after the date of this Agreement (other than information with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries contained therein provided by the Company and its Subsidiaries), will not as of the time they are filed or notified, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated in such PAHL FCA Reports or PAHL Notified Information or necessary in order to make the statements in such PAHL FCA Reports and PAHL Notified Information, in light of the circumstances under which they were and will be made, not misleading. To the Knowledge of PAHL, as of the date hereof, none of the PAHL FCA Reports or PAHL Notified Information is the subject of ongoing review or outstanding investigation by the FCA.

(b) PAHL is and has always been in compliance, in all material respects, with the Listing Rules, and Disclosure and Transparency Rules, the Prospectus Rules and FSMA.

Section 6.7 Sufficiency of Funds .

(a) As of the date hereof, PAHL has in excess of $880,000,000.00 in cash and/or United States government treasury bills.

(b) As of the date hereof, PAHL has received a debt commitment letter (the “ Debt Commitment Letter ”) from Barclays Bank PLC representing a debt commitment in an aggregate amount equal to or exceeding the amount outstanding under the First Lien Facility (the “ Debt Financing ”). To the Knowledge of PAHL, (i) the Debt Commitment Letter is in full force and effect and is a valid and binding obligation of Barclays Bank PLC, enforceable against Barclays Bank PLC in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and other Laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles, and (ii) no event has occurred which, with or without notice, lapse of time or both, could constitute a default on the part of Barclays Bank PLC under the Debt Commitment Letter.

(c) Prior to the Closing, PAHL shall consummate an initial closing of an exchange of PAHL’s warrants with its warrant holders (“ Warrant Exchange ”). As of the date hereof, PAHL has received commitments with respect to the Warrant Exchange from each of the Persons (“ Warrant Exchange Parties ”) set forth on Section 6.7(c) of

 

57


the PAHL Disclosure Schedule (“ Warrant Commitments ”). In conjunction with the Warrant Exchange, PAHL’s founders, Berggruen Acquisition Holdings IV Ltd., an affiliate of Nicolas Berggruen, and Mariposa Acquisition, LLC, an affiliate of Martin E. Franklin, have agreed to participate in the Warrant Exchange for a pro rata portion of any amounts not exchanged by other warrant holders (the “ Warrant Backstop ”). The Warrant Backstop and, to the Knowledge of PAHL, each of the Warrant Commitments, is in full force and effect and is a valid and binding obligation of each party thereto, enforceable against each such party in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and other Laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles. The terms of the Business Combination set forth in this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements are not materially different than the terms disclosed to the Warrant Exchange Parties by PAHL. Berggruen Acquisition Holdings IV Ltd. and Mariposa Acquisition, LLC are the only affiliates of Nicolas Berggruen and Martin E. Franklin, respectively, that hold PAHL warrants and Nicolas Berggruen and Martin E. Franklin do not hold any warrants of PAHL directly. PAHL shall not engage in any equity financing transaction other than the Warrant Exchange or as otherwise permitted pursuant to the Warrant Commitments.

(d) PAHL’s cash, current assets and the funds to be received by PAHL pursuant to the Warrant Exchange (including the Warrant Backstop) and the Debt Financing represent sufficient funds to pay any and all cash amounts owing under this Agreement, to repay the Repaid Indebtedness and to pay any and all fees and expenses, including out-of-pocket costs, incurred by PAHL, Platform Holdco and Merger Sub in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 6.8 Tax Matters .

(a) Each of PAHL and its Subsidiaries has timely filed or has caused to be timely filed all income and other material Tax Returns required to be filed by it (taking into account any validly obtained extension of time within which to file), and all such Tax returns are true, complete and correct in all material respects. Each of PAHL and its Subsidiaries has either paid or caused to be paid all material Taxes due and owing by the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than Taxes that are being contested in good faith through appropriate proceedings.

(b) No deficiencies for any material Taxes (other than Taxes that are not yet due and payable or that are being contested in good faith) have been proposed, asserted, assessed or to the Knowledge of PAHL, threatened in writing against PAHL or any of its Subsidiaries which have not been settled or paid. All assessments for material Taxes due and owning by PAHL or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to the completed and settled examinations or concluded litigation have been paid. There are no material Encumbrances for Taxes on any of the Assets of PAHL or any of its Subsidiaries other than Permitted Encumbrances. Neither PAHL nor any of its Subsidiaries has engaged in any “listed transaction” within the meaning of Section 6011 of the Code. There are no ongoing or pending Tax audits by any Taxing Authority against PAHL or any of its Subsidiaries. Neither PAHL nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) has been a member of an affiliated group filing a consolidated federal income Tax Return (other than a group the

 

58


common parent of which was PAHL or any of its Subsidiaries) or (ii) has any liability for the Taxes of any Person (other than PAHL or any of its Subsidiaries) under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law), or as a transferee or successor.

The representations and warranties made in this Section 6.8 represent the sole and exclusive representations and warranties of PAHL and its Subsidiaries regarding Tax matters.

Section 6.9 Absence of Certain Changes or Events . Between the date of its incorporation or formation, as the case may be, and the date of this Agreement, (a) there has not been any change, effect, event or occurrence that has had a PAHL Material Adverse Effect and (b) PAHL has conducted its business only in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

Section 6.10 Litigation . There is no (a) Action pending or, to the Knowledge of PAHL, threatened in writing, and/or (b) Judgment outstanding, in each case, against PAHL relating to or arising in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (including the Business Combination) that would have a PAHL Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.11 Brokers and Other Advisors . No broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other Person engaged by or on behalf of PAHL or any of its Subsidiaries, other than Barclays Bank plc, is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s or financial advisor’s fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements for which any party hereto or any of its Affiliates would be liable. Section 6.11 of the PAHL Disclosure Schedule sets forth the maximum aggregate fees (without including reimbursement for expenses) that may become payable to Barclays Bank plc pursuant to any engagement or fee letters between PAHL or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and any of Barclays Bank plc or any of their respective Affiliates, on the other hand, with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

Section 6.12 No Other Representations and Warranties . Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Article VI , the Company acknowledges that none of PAHL, nor any other Person on behalf of any such party makes or shall be deemed to make any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to such party or with respect to any other information provided to the Company and each such party disclaims any such representation or warranty. None of PAHL, or any other Person will have or be subject to any liability or indemnification obligation to the Company or any other Person resulting from the distribution to the Company or the Company’s use of, any such information.

ARTICLE VII

COVENANTS RELATING TO CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

Section 7.1 Conduct of Businesses Prior to Closing . During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Closing, except as expressly contemplated or permitted by this Agreement (including the

 

59


Company Disclosure Schedule and the PAHL Disclosure Schedule) or any Ancillary Agreement, as required by applicable Law or as PAHL (in the case of the Company) or the Company (in the case of PAHL) may otherwise consent in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed)), each of PAHL and the Company shall and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to (a) use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain and preserve intact, in all material respects, its business organization and significant business relationships and keep available the services of its current officers, employees, and consultants in the ordinary course of consistent with past practices and (b) take no action that would be reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect or delay the ability of any party hereto to obtain any necessary approvals of any Governmental Entity required for the transactions contemplated hereby or by the Ancillary Agreements or to perform its covenants and agreements under this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby on or prior to the Termination Date.

Section 7.2 Company Forbearances . Without limiting the generality of Section 7.1 , during the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Closing, except (i) as set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedule, (ii) as expressly contemplated or permitted by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or (iii) to the extent required by applicable Law, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, without the prior written consent of PAHL (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed):

(a) adopt or propose any amendment to its Organizational Documents;

(b) create any Subsidiary or acquire any capital stock, membership interest, partnership interest, joint venture interest or other interest in any Person that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the transactions contemplated hereby;

(c) (i) create, issue, deliver, pledge or sell, or propose or authorize the creation, issuance, delivery, pledge or sale of, or grant any awards with respect to any Equity of the Company or any Subsidiary or make any other agreements with respect to, any of its Equity or any other of its securities, (ii) amend, waive or otherwise modify any of the terms of any option, restricted unit, profits interest, warrant or stock option plan of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than to impose additional limitations on the holder thereof) or authorize cash payments in exchange for any rights granted under any of such plans or (iii) adopt or implement any stockholder or member rights plan , in each case, other than as required or permitted by the terms of the Plan;

(d) declare, set aside or pay any dividend or make any other distribution (whether in cash, stock or other Assets) or payment with respect to any shares, shares of capital stock, any Equity or other securities (or set any record date therefor), in each case, other than with respect to such items declared, set aside, paid or made by wholly-owned Subsidiaries of the Company or as required or permitted by the terms of the Plan;

(e) split, combine, divide, subdivide, reclassify or redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire, or propose to redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire, any shares of its membership interests, capital stock or beneficial interests other than in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Agreement;

 

60


(f) (i) lease, license, transfer, exchange or swap, mortgage (including securitizations), or otherwise dispose (whether by way of merger, consolidation, sale of stock or Assets, or otherwise) of any Assets material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, including any Equity of Subsidiaries, except (A) in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (B) pursuant to Contracts in existence on the date hereof, (C) dispositions of Assets with a fair market value of less than $5,000,000, (D) transactions between any Subsidiary of the Company and the Company or another Subsidiary of the Company, or (E) dispositions of excess inventory, property, leases, licenses, or other Assets or Fixtures and Equipment that the Company considers obsolete or unnecessary or (ii) adopt or effect a plan of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, restructuring, recapitalization or other reorganization;

(g) except in the ordinary course of business or as required under applicable Law, by any Governmental Authority or the terms of any Company Benefit Agreement or any Company Benefit Plan existing as of the date hereof (i) increase in any manner the compensation, bonus, pension, welfare, fringe or other benefits, severance or termination pay of any of the current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Company or its Subsidiaries, (ii) become a party to, establish, amend, commence participation in, terminate or commit itself to the adoption of any stock option plan or other stock-based compensation plan, or any severance, pension, retirement, profit-sharing or retiree welfare benefit plan with or for the benefit of any current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Company or its Subsidiaries (other than newly hired employees in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice), (iii) accelerate the vesting of or lapsing of restrictions with respect to any stock-based compensation or other long-term incentive compensation under any Company Benefit Plan, (iv) cause the funding of any rabbi trust or similar arrangement or take any action to fund or in any other way secure the payment of compensation or benefits under any Company Benefit Plan or Company Benefit Agreement, (v) enter into any collective bargaining agreement or other agreement with a labor union, works council or similar organization, (vi) materially change any actuarial or other assumptions used to calculate funding obligations with respect to any Company Benefit Plan that is required by applicable Law to be funded (excluding under Company Benefit Plans or Company Benefit Agreements that are tax qualified or registered) or change the manner in which contributions to such plans are made or the basis on which such contributions are determined, except as may be required by GAAP, international accounting standards or applicable Law, or (vii) forgive any loans, or issue any loans (other than routine travel, entertainment, relocation and business expense advances issued in the ordinary course of business) to any of its or its Subsidiaries’ directors, officers, contractors or employees;

(h) make, alter, revoke or rescind any material express or deemed election relating to Taxes or settle or compromise any material liability for Taxes, except in each case unless required by Law;

 

61


(i) fail to use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain its existing insurance policies or comparable replacement policies to the extent available for a reasonable cost;

(j) make any material change to its methods of accounting as in effect as of December 31, 2012 except as required by GAAP or applicable Law, or take any action, other than usual actions in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, with respect to accounting policies, unless required by GAAP or applicable Law;

(k) enter into or materially amend, terminate or extend any Company Material Contract, or waive, release, assign or fail to enforce any material rights or claims under any Company Material Contract, if such Company Material Contract or any such action or failure to act with respect to a Company Material Contract would reasonably be expected to impair the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements or prevent or delay the consummation of the Business Combination or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements;

(l) take, or agree to commit to take, any action that is intended to result in any of the conditions set forth in Section 10.1 or Section 10.2 not being satisfied;

(m) other than as permitted under Section 7.2(g) or Section 7.2(q) , engage in any transaction with, or enter into any agreement, arrangement, or understanding with, directly or indirectly, any Affiliate of the Company which involves the transfer from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of material consideration or has a material adverse financial impact on the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, other than pursuant to such agreements, arrangements, or understandings as in effect on the date of this Agreement or with respect to inter-company loans and/or transfers between any Subsidiary of the Company and the Company or another Subsidiary of the Company;

(n) except for capital expenditures required pursuant to any Company Material Contract or incurred in connection with the repair or replacement of any Company Property that is destroyed or damaged due to casualty or accident, make or commit to make any capital expenditures in excess of $2,500,000 million individually, or $10,000,000 million in the aggregate;

(o) initiate, compromise, or settle any litigation or arbitration proceedings involving payments by the Company or its Subsidiaries in excess of $1,000,000 per litigation or arbitration, or $2,000,000 in the aggregate, other than settlements (ii) related to the early termination of leases in connection with store closings, state tax matters and insurance litigation; provided that, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall compromise or settle any litigation or arbitration proceedings which compromise or settlement involves a material conduct remedy or injunctive or similar relief or has a material restrictive impact on Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ business or (iii) relating to this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby;

 

62


(p) enter into any new agreement with respect to the provision of management services to the Company or amend or modify, in any material respect, any existing management services agreement;

(q) materially increase the compensation or benefits payable or to become payable to any of the Company’s current or former executive directors or officers, or pay any material amounts or benefits (including severance) to, or materially increase any amounts payable to, any such individual, in each case other than in the ordinary course of business or to the extent required by any Company Benefit Agreement or Company Benefit Plan existing on the date of this Agreement; or

(r) enter into an agreement, contract, commitment or arrangement to do any of the foregoing, or to authorize, publicly recommend, publicly propose or publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing.

ARTICLE VIII

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

Section 8.1 Access to Information .

(a) Upon reasonable notice and subject to applicable Laws and Contracts, (i) each of PAHL, the Company and MD Holdings shall, and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, afford to the Representatives (and, in the case of the Company and MD Holdings, the Financing Sources and their Representatives (including financial advisors, accountants, legal counsel and consultants); provided that such Persons have executed customary confidentiality agreements with the Company and/or MD Holdings) of the other party reasonable access, upon advance notice and during normal business hours during the period prior to the Closing, to all properties, books, contracts, commitments and records as is reasonably necessary in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) the Company and MD Holdings and their Subsidiaries shall make their officers and employees available to PAHL and the Financing Sources and their Representatives (including financial advisors, accountants, legal counsel and consultants); provided , however , that the foregoing shall not require any party to take any such action if (x) it may result in a waiver or breach of any attorney/client privilege, (y) it could reasonably be expected to result in violation of applicable Law or material Contract, or (z) providing such access or information would be reasonably expected to be unreasonably disruptive to its operations; and provided further, no such access shall include any environmental testing or sampling. The parties hereto will make appropriate substitute disclosure arrangements under circumstances in which the restrictions of the preceding sentence apply. All requests for information made pursuant to this Section 8.1(a) shall be directed to the individual designated by PAHL and the Company, respectively (or such individual’s designee).

(b) Each of PAHL, MD Holdings, the MD Holdings Members and the Company shall hold all information furnished by or on behalf of the other party or any of such party’s Affiliates or Representatives pursuant to Section 8.1(a) , or otherwise in

 

63


connection with this Agreement, in confidence to the extent required by, and in accordance with, as applicable, the provisions of (i) that certain letter agreement, dated August 19, 2013, by and between Court Square Capital Equity Partners II, L.P., Weston Presidio Capital and PAHL and (ii) that certain letter agreement, dated August 6, 2013, by and between PAHL and the Company (together, the “ Confidentiality Agreements ”).

(c) No investigation or information provided or received by any party or its Representatives pursuant to this Section 8.1 shall affect any of the representations and warranties of the parties hereto contained in this Agreement or the conditions hereunder to the obligations of the parties hereto.

Section 8.2 Exchange . Each of the parties agrees that it shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the trustee, administrator, investment committee and other governing authorities of the Plan to adopt a plan of exchange prior to the Closing pursuant to which, following the Closing, the Plan shall exchange the Plan Shares for PAHL Ordinary Shares in accordance with the Exchange Agreement.

Section 8.3 Further Action . Each of the parties agrees that it shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or desirable, or advisable under applicable Laws or otherwise, so as to permit consummation of the Business Combination as promptly as practicable and otherwise to enable consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements including using its commercially reasonable efforts to make any filing, and obtain (and cooperating with the other party hereto to obtain) any consent, authorization, registration, order or approval of, or any exemption by, any Governmental Entity and any other Third Party that is required to be obtained by PAHL, MD Holdings or the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries in connection with the Business Combination. Without limiting the foregoing, the parties acknowledge that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement may require compliance with the Connecticut property transfer law in which event the Company shall undertake any and all actions before and after Closing as necessary to comply with the Connecticut property transfer law, including signing the applicable forms as a certifying party.

Section 8.4 Additional Agreements . In case at any time after the Closing any further action is reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, the proper officers and directors of each party to this Agreement and their respective Subsidiaries shall (at the Company’s sole expense) take all such lawful and necessary action as may be reasonably requested by the Company, PAHL or MD Holdings.

Section 8.5 Plan Termination . Prior to the Closing Date, the Board of Directors of the Company and the Board of Directors of MD Holdings shall (i) adopt a resolution terminating the Plan, effective no later than immediately prior to the Closing and in such form as PAHL may reasonably require and in accordance with the terms of the Plan and all Laws applicable thereto and (ii) take any and all other actions as PAHL may reasonably may request in connection with the termination of the Plan. The Company shall, prior to the Closing, provide PAHL with evidence reasonably satisfactory to PAHL that the resolutions terminating the Plan have been adopted. PAHL shall, or shall cause the Company to, adopt a new 401(k) plan effective as of the Closing Date or as soon as administratively practicable after the Closing Date that, for a period

 

64


of at least one year after the Closing Date, provides Continuing Employees with benefits that are substantially similar, in the aggregate, to those benefits provided to Continuing Employees under the Plan immediately prior to the Closing.

Section 8.6 Employment and Benefit Arrangements .

(a) For at least one year following the Closing Date, PAHL shall, or shall cause the Company or its Subsidiaries to, provide to employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries who remain employed following the Closing Date (“ Continuing Employees ”) compensation and benefits (other than equity-based compensation or benefits) that are substantially equivalent in the aggregate to the compensation and benefits provided to each such Continuing Employee immediately prior to the Closing Date. Further, for at least one year following the Closing, PAHL shall cause the Company and its Subsidiaries to continue the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ existing severance policies on the date of this Agreement in respect of applicable employees. For the avoidance of doubt, all severance agreements listed on Section 4.5 of the Company Disclosure Schedule shall be honored in accordance with their terms.

(b) PAHL shall take all actions required so that employees of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries shall receive service credit for employment with the Company or any Subsidiary for all purposes (other than benefit accrual under a defined benefit pension plan) under any successor benefit or compensation plans, programs, policies, contracts, agreements and arrangements sponsored by PAHL or any of its Affiliates (including the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) (other than any equity-based plan or arrangement). To the extent that PAHL or any of its Affiliates (including the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) modifies any coverage or benefit plan under which the employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries participate, PAHL shall waive or cause to be waived any applicable waiting periods, pre-existing condition exclusions or actively-at-work requirements (to the extent waived or satisfied by such employee and/or his or her dependents under an analogous Company Benefit Plan prior to such modification) and shall give such employees and/or his or her dependents credit under the new coverages or benefit plans for deductibles, co-payments and out-of-pocket payments that have been paid during the plan year in which such coverage or plan modification occurs.

(c) The provisions of this Section 8.6 are solely for the benefit of the parties to this Agreement, and, notwithstanding any provision contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no current or former employee, officer, director or consultant of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall be regarded for any purpose as a third-party beneficiary of this Section 8.6 . In no event shall the terms of this Agreement be deemed to (i) establish, amend or modify any Company Benefit Plan or Company Benefit Agreement or any other “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, or any other benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement maintained or sponsored by the Company, PAHL or any of their respective Affiliates, (ii) alter or limit the ability of the Company, PAHL or any of their respective Subsidiaries to amend, modify or terminate any Company Benefit Plan or Company Benefit Agreement or any other benefit or employment plan, program, agreement or arrangement after the Closing Date or (iii)

 

65


confer upon or guarantee any current or former employee, officer, director or consultant, any right to employment or service or continued employment or continued service with the Company, PAHL or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or constitute or create an employment agreement with any Person.

Section 8.7 PAHL Activities .

(a) Prior to the Closing, PAHL shall use its reasonable best efforts to (i) consummate the Warrant Tender and (ii) obtain the consent from the lenders under the First Lien Facility to permit (1) the consummation of the Business Combination to the extent required pursuant to the First Lien Facility and (2) the repayment in full of the outstanding Indebtedness under the Company’s existing second lien credit facility (the “Lender Consent”). PAHL additionally acknowledges and agrees that it shall use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that the proceeds of the Debt Financing on the terms and conditions set forth in the Debt Commitment Letter will be available as of the Closing Date to enable PAHL to pay off the amounts outstanding under the First Lien Facility if the Lender Consent is not obtained. PAHL shall use its reasonable best efforts to: (A) maintain in effect the Debt Commitment Letter, (B) satisfy on a timely basis all conditions within its control applicable to funding of the Debt Financing, (C) to the extent necessary, enter into definitive agreements with respect to the Debt Financing on terms and conditions contained in the Debt Commitment Letter or consistent in all material respects with the Debt Commitment Letter, and (D) comply with all of its obligations and enforce its rights under the Debt Commitment Letter provided that all of the conditions set forth in Section 10.2 (except those to be satisfied on the Closing Date, but subject to those conditions being capable of satisfaction) have been satisfied or waived and all conditions to the Debt Commitment Letter (except those to be satisfied on the Closing Date, but subject to those conditions being capable of being satisfied on such date) have been satisfied or waived. PAHL shall, upon reasonable request from MD Holdings, the Company or the Seller Representative from time to time, inform MD Holdings, the Company or the Seller Representative of the status of its efforts to arrange the Debt Financing. If, to the Knowledge of PAHL, any portion of the Debt Financing is unavailable in the manner or from the sources contemplated in the Debt Commitment Letter (other than as a result of the Company’s breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement set forth in this Agreement), PAHL will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain alternative debt financing for such portion from alternative sources on terms and conditions no less favorable in all material respects than those contained in the Debt Commitment Letter; provided that PAHL shall not be required to obtain any alternative debt financing on terms and conditions that are less favorable in any material respect from the terms and conditions set forth in the Debt Commitment Letter.

(b) Cooperation . On and prior to the Closing, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide, and shall cause the Company’s Subsidiaries to use its reasonable best efforts to provide, and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause its advisors to provide, in each case in a timely manner, all reasonable cooperation and assistance to PAHL in connection with the arrangement of the Debt Financing that is customary for such financings and the arrangement of the Proposed Amendment, including, as requested, using its reasonable best efforts to: (i) assist with

 

66


due diligence activities relating to the Company’s financial information, (ii) make management of the Company available to participate in meetings, (iii) provide such certificates, documents and financial reports as are required by the SEC or other regulatory bodies, standard underwriting practices or may be reasonably requested by PAHL and its financing sources, (iv) provide PAHL with such information regarding all of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ bank accounts and safe deposit boxes (including a complete and correct list of store level accounts) as may be reasonably requested by PAHL and its Financing Sources; provided , that nothing herein shall require (1) such cooperation to the extent it would interfere unreasonably with the business or operations of the Company or its Subsidiaries, (2) the Company to prepare or deliver any financial statements other than (x) audited financial statements of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012 and (y) unaudited financial statements of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the three and six month periods ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013 and as of March 31, 2013, and June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2013 and as of June 30, 2013, as applicable, which have been reviewed by the independent accountants of the Company as provided in the Statement on Auditing Standards No. 100; (3) deliver any other financial information in a form not customarily prepared by the Company or any financial information with respect to a month or fiscal period that has not yet ended or has ended less than 45 days prior to the date of such request, or (4) deliver or cause the delivery of any legal opinions or any certificate as to solvency. PAHL agrees that the execution by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any documents in connection with the financing for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby at the Closing and such documents will not take effect until the Closing. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 8.7(b) or elsewhere in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall the Company or any of its Subsidiaries be required to bear any out-of-pocket cost or expense, pay any fee or incur any liability or make any commitment or agreement effective in connection with the Debt Financing. PAHL shall promptly upon any request in writing by the Company reimburse the Company for all reasonable fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of outside counsel) incurred by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with their compliance with this Section 8.7 . The Company hereby consents to the reasonable use of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ logos in connection with the Debt Financing, provided that such logos are used solely in a manner that is not intended to or reasonably likely to harm or disparage the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the reputation or goodwill of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their logos and on such other customary terms and conditions as the Company shall reasonably impose.

Section 8.8 Transfer Taxes . All Transfer Taxes shall be paid by the Company at or following the Closing; provided that 50% of all Transfer Taxes, to the extent paid by the Company prior to Closing, shall be treated as current assets of the Company and, if not paid prior to Closing, shall not be excluded as current liabilities of the Company, in each case, for purposes of calculating Closing Working Capital.

 

67


Section 8.9 Regulatory Matters .

(a) Each of the parties hereto shall cooperate in connection with the preparation and filing of any statements, forms, documents or other instruments required pursuant to the Exchange Act, the Securities Act or FSMA or to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements; provided that no filing shall be made with the SEC or the FCA by the Company, MD Holdings, Newco or their respective Affiliates without the prior written approval of PAHL. Each of the parties hereto will advise each other party, promptly after they receive any request by, or correspondence from, the SEC or the FCA with respect to the Business Combination.

(b) On September 9, 2013 the parties filed a Notification and Report Form under the HSR Act with the United States Federal Trade Commission (the “ FTC ”) and the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of PAHL (the “ Antitrust Division ”), the HSR ACT filing fees for which were paid by PAHL. The parties hereto shall cooperate with each other and use their commercially reasonable efforts to take or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Law or pursuant to any Contract to consummate and make effective, as promptly as practicable, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, including preparing and filing all necessary documentation, effecting all applications, notices, petitions and filings, obtaining as promptly as practicable all permits, consents, approvals and authorizations of all Governmental Entities, and complying with the terms and conditions of all such permits, consents, approvals and authorizations of all such Governmental Entities and, to the extent applicable, making any filings or notifications with respect to such other approvals or waiting periods as may be required under Foreign Merger Control Laws. Each party shall (i) respond as promptly as practicable to any inquiries received from the FTC or the Antitrust Division for additional information or documentation and to all inquiries and requests received from any state attorney general or other Governmental Entity in connection with antitrust matters, and (ii) not extend any waiting period under the HSR Act or enter into any agreement with the FTC or the Antitrust Division not to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, except with the prior written consent of the other parties hereto (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). PAHL shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to avoid, eliminate, or resolve any impediment or objection under any antitrust, competition, or trade regulation law that may be asserted by the FTC, the Antitrust Division, any state attorney general or any other Governmental Entity or other Persons with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements so as to enable the consummation thereof as promptly as reasonably practicable and shall defend through litigation on the merits any claim asserted in any court by any party, including appeals. Each party shall (i) promptly notify the other party of any material communication to that party from the FTC, the Antitrust Division, any state attorney general or any other Governmental Entity and, subject to applicable Law, permit the other party to review in advance any proposed written communication to any of the foregoing; (ii) to the extent practicable not agree to participate in any substantive meeting or discussion with any Governmental Entity in respect of any filings, investigation or inquiry concerning this Agreement or the

 

68


transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements unless it consults with the other party in advance and, to the extent permitted by such Governmental Entity, gives the other party the opportunity to attend and participate thereat; and (iii) furnish the other party with copies of all correspondence, filings, and communications (and memoranda setting forth the substance thereof) between them and their Affiliates and their respective Representatives, on the one hand, and any Governmental Entity or members of their respective staffs, on the other hand, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

(c) At PAHL’s expenses, each of PAHL, MD Holdings and the Company shall furnish each other with all information concerning itself, its Affiliates, its Representatives and shareholders and interest holders, and such other matters as may be reasonably necessary or advisable in connection with the Registration Statement or any other statement, filing, notice or application made by or on behalf of PAHL, MD Holdings or the Company or any of their respective Affiliates to any Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, and each of PAHL, MD Holdings and the Company shall provide such other assistance as may be reasonably requested by the other in connection with the preparation, filing and distribution of any such statement, filing, notice or application.

(d) PAHL, MD Holdings and the Company shall promptly advise each other upon their or any of their Subsidiaries receiving any communication from any Governmental Entity whose consent or approval is required for consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements that causes such party to believe that there is a reasonable likelihood that any approval of such Governmental Entity will not be obtained or that the receipt of any such approval will be materially delayed.

(e) PAHL, MD Holdings and the Company shall (i) promptly inform the other of any communication to or from any Governmental Entity regarding the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) give the other prompt notice of the commencement of any Action by or before any Governmental Entity with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and (iii) keep the other reasonably informed as to the status of any such Action.

Section 8.10 Drag Along Notice . On the date hereof, MD Holdings shall issue the Drag Along Notice to the Individual Members in the manner required by, and consistent with, the MD Holdings Governing Documents.

Section 8.11 Affiliated Transactions . The Company shall cause all of the Contracts which are required to be set forth in Section 4.19 of the Company Disclosure Schedule (regardless of whether they are, in fact, so listed) to be terminated at or prior to the Closing, other than those documents set forth on Section 8.11 of the Company Disclosure Schedule.

 

69


Section 8.12 Director and Officer Liability; Indemnification .

(a) For a period of six (6) years after the Closing, PAHL shall not, and shall not permit MD Holdings, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to, amend, repeal or otherwise modify any provision in MD Holding’s, the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ certificate of incorporation or formation, bylaws or limited liability company agreement (or equivalent governing document) in respect of the time period prior to the Closing relating to the exculpation or indemnification of any managers, directors and/or officers from the form of such provisions as of immediately prior to the Closing (unless required by Law), it being the intent of the parties that the managers, directors and officers of MD Holdings, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall continue to be entitled to such exculpation and indemnification in respect of the time period prior to the Closing to the fullest extent permitted by Law.

(b) At the Closing, the Company shall obtain, maintain and fully pay for irrevocable “tail” insurance policies naming the current and former managers, directors and officers of MD Holdings, the Company and its Subsidiaries as direct beneficiaries with a claims period of at least six (6) years from the Closing Date, the cost of which shall be a post-closing expense of the Company and not reduce Closing Cash or be included as a Company Transaction Expense. PAHL shall not, and shall cause the Company not to, cancel or change such insurance policies in any material respect.

(c) In the event PAHL, MD Holdings, the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other Person and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation or entity in such consolidation or merger, or (ii) transfers all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person, then and in either such case proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of PAHL, MD Holdings or the Company or its Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall assume the obligations set forth in this Section 8.12 .

(d) The current and former managers, directors and officers of MD Holdings, the Company and its Subsidiaries are express and intended third-party beneficiaries of the provisions of this Section 8.12 and shall be entitled to independently enforce the terms hereof as if they were each a party to this Agreement.

Section 8.13 Advice of Changes .

(a) Prior to the Closing, the Company and MD Holdings shall promptly notify PAHL in writing of all events, circumstances, facts and occurrences arising subsequent to the date of this Agreement which would result in a breach of any representation or warranty or covenant of the Company and/or MD Holdings in this Agreement such that any of the conditions contained in Section 10.1 or Section 10.2 would not be satisfied.

(b) Prior to the Closing, PAHL shall promptly notify the Company and MD Holdings in writing of all events, circumstances, facts and occurrences arising subsequent to the date of this Agreement which would result in a breach of any representation or warranty or covenant of PAHL in this Agreement such that any of the conditions contained in Section 10.1 or Section 10.3 would not be satisfied.

 

70


Section 8.14 Transaction Litigation . Each party hereto shall give each other the opportunity to participate in the defense, settlement and/or prosecution of any Action commenced following the date hereof related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Prior to the Closing, no party hereto shall compromise, settle, come to an arrangement regarding or agree to compromise, settle or come to an arrangement regarding any such litigation or consent to the same unless the other parties hereto shall have consented in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

Section 8.15 Parachute Payment Waiver; 280G Stockholder Approval . Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain a written waiver from each Person who is a “disqualified individual” with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and to whom any payment or benefit has been or is required or proposed to be made that is reasonably expected to constitute a “parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code (the “ Section 280G Payments ”), waiving such Person’s right to receive some or all of such payments or benefits (the “ Waived Benefits ”) so that all remaining payments or benefits applicable to such Person shall not be deemed to be a parachute payment, and accepting in substitution for the Waived Benefits the right to receive the Waived Benefits only if approved by the stockholders of the Company in a manner that complies with Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code and the final regulations issuer thereunder. The Company shall deliver such waivers to PAHL promptly after their receipt by the Company. The Company shall use reasonable best efforts to submit for approval by the stockholders of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code the right of each such Person who has executed such a waiver to receive or retain, as applicable, such Person’s Waived Benefits, with such stockholder approval to be solicited in a manner which satisfies all applicable requirements of such Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, including Q-7 of Section 1.280G-1 of such Treasury Regulations. In connection with the foregoing, PAHL and its Affiliates shall use reasonable best efforts to provide the Company, no later than five (5) days prior to Closing, with all information and documents necessary to allow the Company to determine whether any payments made or to be made or benefits granted or to be granted pursuant to any employment agreement or other agreement, arrangement or contract entered into or negotiated by PAHL or any of its Affiliates (“ Purchaser Payments ”), together with all other Section 280G Payments, could reasonably be considered to be parachute payments. The Company shall provide to PAHL, at least three (3) days prior to the solicitation of such stockholder vote, copies of all disclosure materials, waivers, parachute payment calculations and related materials to be used to effectuate such 280G approval, and PAHL shall be provided a reasonable opportunity (not to exceed three (3) days) to comment thereon. The use of such materials shall be subject to PAHL’s reasonable approval of such materials within the time limits of the preceding sentence. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section or otherwise in this Agreement, to the extent PAHL has provided misinformation, or PAHL’s omission of information has resulted in misinformation, there shall be no breach of the representation contained in Section 4.12(k) or the covenants of the Company contained in this Section 8.15 but only to the extent actually caused by such omission or misinformation.

 

71


ARTICLE IX

SURVIVAL

Section 9.1 Survival . Other than in the event of fraud (in which case, applicable only to the party committing such fraud), the representations, warranties and covenants of the parties hereto contained in this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements shall not survive the Closing (other than those covenants or agreements which by their terms are to be performed in whole or in part after Closing which shall survive the Closing until performed in accordance with their terms). There are no remedies available to the parties hereto with respect to any breach of the representations, warranties and covenants of the parties to this Agreement after the Closing, except with respect to covenants to be performed following the Closing.

ARTICLE X

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Section 10.1 Conditions to Each Party’s Obligation to Effect the Business Combination . The respective obligations of the parties to effect the Business Combination shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions (any or all of which may be waived in whole or in part by mutual written agreement of the Company and PAHL to the extent permitted by applicable Law):

(a) No Injunctions or Restraints . No Judgment issued by any court of the United States, the United Kingdom, the British Virgin Islands or any other competent jurisdiction preventing the consummation of the Business Combination shall be in effect or Law shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced after the date hereof by any Governmental Entity of the United States, the United Kingdom, the British Virgin Islands or any other competent jurisdiction that prohibits, or makes illegal consummation of the Business Combination (a “ Restraint ”).

(b) Approvals . Any waiting period (and any extension thereof) under the HSR Act (and, if applicable, Foreign Merger Control Laws which PAHL and the Company mutually agree in writing is required in connection with the Business Combination) applicable to the Business Combination contemplated by this Agreement shall have expired or shall have been terminated.

Section 10.2 Conditions to Obligations of PAHL, Platform Holdco and Merger Sub . The obligation of PAHL, Platform Holdco and Merger Sub to effect the Business Combination is also subject to the satisfaction, or waiver by PAHL, at or prior to the Closing, of the following conditions (any or all of which may be waived in whole or in part by PAHL to the extent permitted by applicable Law):

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in Article IV of this Agreement (other than the Company Major Representations) and Article V of this Agreement (other than the MD Holdings Major Representations) shall be true and correct (without regard to any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier contained therein), on and as of the date hereof (except for any representations and warranties made as of a specified date, which shall be so true and

 

72


correct as of the specified date), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be true and correct would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect. The Company Major Representations and MD Holdings Major Representations shall be true and correct (without regard to any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier contained therein) in all material respects, on and as of the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date as if made at and as of the Closing Date (except for any representations and warranties made as of a specified date, which shall be so true and correct as of the specified date). PAHL shall have received certificates signed on behalf of the Company by an officer of the Company and signed on behalf of MD Holdings by an officer of MD Holdings, as applicable, to the foregoing effect.

(b) Performance of Obligations of the Company and MD Holdings . The Company and MD Holdings shall each have performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by it under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date. PAHL shall have received a certificate from each of the Company (signed on behalf of the Company by an officer of the Company) and MD Holdings (signed on behalf of MD Holdings by an officer of MD Holdings) including, in each case, a statement to the foregoing effect.

(c) No Company Material Adverse Effect . Since the date of this Agreement, there shall have been no event, change or circumstance which has had a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Deliveries . The Company, MD Holdings and/or Newco , as applicable, shall have delivered the items required to be delivered pursuant to Section 3.6(b) .

Section 10.3 Conditions to Obligations of the Company and MD Holdings . The obligation of the Company and MD Holdings to effect the Business Combination is also subject to the satisfaction, or waiver by Company or MD Holdings, at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions (any or all of which may be waived in whole or in part by the Company to the extent permitted by applicable Law):

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in Article VI of this Agreement (other than the PAHL Major Representations) shall be true and correct (without regard to any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier contained therein), on and as of the date hereof (except for any representations and warranties made as of a specified date, which shall be so true and correct as of the specified date), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be true and correct would not have a PAHL Material Adverse Effect. The PAHL Major Representations shall be true and correct (without regard to any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier contained therein) in all material respects, on and as of the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date as if made at and as of the Closing Date (except for any representations and warranties made as of a specified date, which shall be so true and correct as of the specified date). The Company shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of PAHL, Platform Holdco and Merger Sub by a Director of PAHL to the foregoing effect.

 

73


(b) Performance of Obligations of PAHL . Each of PAHL, Platform Holdco and Merger Sub shall have performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by it under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date. The Company shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of PAHL, Platform Holdco and Merger Sub by a director of PAHL including a statement to the foregoing effect.

(c) No PAHL Material Adverse Effect . Since the date of this Agreement, there shall have been no event, change or circumstance which has had a PAHL Material Adverse Effect.

(d) PAHL Deliveries . PAHL, Platform Holdco and Merger Sub shall have delivered the items required to be delivered pursuant to Section 3.6(a) .

(e) Plan Opinion . The Investment Committee of the Plan shall have received a written opinion from Evercore Trust Company, N.A. in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Investment Committee of the Plan that the Plan Exchange is fair to, and in the interests of, the Plan and its participants.

ARTICLE XI

TERMINATION

Section 11.1 Termination . This Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement abandoned at any time prior to the Closing:

(a) by mutual consent of PAHL and MD Holdings in a written instrument;

(b) by either PAHL or MD Holdings if any Restraint having any of the effects set forth in Section 10.1(a) shall be in effect and shall have become final and nonappealable; provided that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 11.1(b) shall not be available to any party whose failure to perform its covenants and agreements set forth herein resulted in any such Restraint to be in effect or to become nonappealable;

(c) by either PAHL or MD Holdings if the Business Combination shall not have been consummated on or before November 30, 2013 (such date, except as provided otherwise in the immediately following proviso, the “ Termination Date ”); provided that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 11.1(c) shall not be available to any party whose failure (or whose Affiliates’ failure) to perform or observe its covenants and agreements set forth herein resulted in the failure of the Business Combination to be consummated by the Termination Date; or

(d) by PAHL ( provided PAHL is not then in material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement contained herein) if there shall have been a breach or a failure to perform any of the covenants or agreements or any of the representations or warranties set forth in this Agreement on the part of the Company or MD Holdings which breach or failure to perform, either individually or in the aggregate, (i) would constitute, if occurring or continuing on the Closing Date, a failure of the conditions set forth in clauses (a) or (b)  of Section 10.2 and (ii) is not cured, or by

 

74


its nature cannot be cured, by such party within thirty (30) days following receipt of written notice of such breach or failure to perform from PAHL (or if the Termination Date is less than thirty (30) days from notice by PAHL, is not cured, or by its nature or timing cannot be cured, by such party by the Termination Date); or

(e) by MD Holdings ( provided neither MD Holdings nor the Company is then in material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement contained herein) if there shall have been a breach or a failure to perform of any of the covenants or agreements or any of the representations or warranties set forth in this Agreement on the part of PAHL which breach or failure to perform, either individually or in the aggregate, (i) would constitute, if occurring or continuing on the Closing Date, a failure of the conditions set forth in clauses (a) or (b)  of Section 10.3 , and (ii) is not cured, or by its nature cannot be cured, by PAHL within thirty (30) days following receipt of written notice of such breach or failure to perform from MD Holdings (or if the Termination Date is less than thirty (30) days from notice by MD Holdings, is not cured, or by its nature or timing cannot be cured, by PAHL by the Termination Date).

Section 11.2 Effect of Termination . In the event of termination of this Agreement by either PAHL or MD Holdings as provided in Section 11.1 , this Agreement shall forthwith become void and have no effect, and none of PAHL, MD Holdings, the Company, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of the officers, managers or directors of any of them shall have any Liability of any nature whatsoever hereunder, or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, except that (a)  Section 8.1(b) , this Section 11.2 and Article XII and shall survive any termination of this Agreement and (b) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, neither PAHL, MD Holdings nor the Company shall be relieved or released from any Liabilities arising out of its willful and material breach of this Agreement prior to such termination. The Confidentiality Agreements shall survive the termination of this Agreement in accordance with their respective terms.

ARTICLE XII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 12.1 Expenses . Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, all costs and expenses (including attorneys’, accountants’, investment banking and other similar fees) incurred by or on behalf of the parties hereto in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (collectively, “ Expenses ”) shall be paid by the party incurring such costs and expenses when due. In any action or proceeding brought to enforce any provision of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and costs from the other party to the action or proceeding. For purposes of this Agreement, the “prevailing party” shall be deemed to be that party who obtains substantially the result sought, whether by settlement, mediation, judgment or otherwise.

 

75


Section 12.2 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally, telecopied (upon confirmation of receipt) or delivered by an express courier (with confirmation) to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

  (a) if to PAHL, to:

Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited

Regency Court

Glategny Esplanade

St. Peter Port

Guernsey GY1 3RH

Attention: Company Administrator

Facsimile No.: +(44) 1481 716 868

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Mariposa Acquisition, LLC

5200 Blue Lagoon Drive

Suite 855

Miami, Florida 33126

Attention:

Facsimile No.:

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Greenberg Traurig, P.A.

401 E. Las Olas Blvd., Suite 2000

Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301

Attention: Donn Beloff, Esq.

Facsimile No.: (954) 765-1477

 

  (b) if to MD Holdings

c/o MacDermid, Incorporated

1401 Blake Street

Denver, CO 80202

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Facsimile No.: (720) 479-3085

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Dechert LLP

Cira Centre

2929 Arch Street

Philadelphia, PA 19104

Attention: Geraldine Sinatra

Facsimile No.: (215) 994-2222

 

76


  (c) if to Seller’s Representative

CSC Shareholder Services LLC

c/o Court Square Capital Partners

Park Avenue Plaza

55 East 52nd Street, 34th Floor

New York, NY 10055

Attention: Joseph Silvestri

Facsimile No.: (212) 752-6184

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Dechert LLP

Cira Centre

2929 Arch Street

Philadelphia, PA 19104

Attention: Geraldine Sinatra

Facsimile No.: (215) 994-2222

 

  (d) if to the Company, to:

MacDermid, Incorporated

1401 Blake Street

Denver, CO 80202

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Facsimile No.: (720) 479-3085

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Dechert LLP

Cira Centre

2929 Arch Street

Philadelphia, PA 19104

Attention: Geraldine Sinatra

Facsimile No.: (215) 994-2222

Section 12.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and by facsimile or portable document format (.pdf) transmission, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.

Section 12.4 Entire Agreement; Severability .

(a) This Agreement (including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto and documents and the instruments referred to herein), the Ancillary Agreements (and the documents and the instruments referred to therein) and the Confidentiality Agreements constitute the entire agreement and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

 

77


(b) If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of Law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

Section 12.5 Governing Law . Subject to Section 12.16 , this Agreement and any other document or instrument delivered pursuant hereto, and all claims or causes of action (whether in contract or tort) that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement or the negotiation, execution, termination, performance or nonperformance of this Agreement (including any claim or cause of action based upon, arising out of or related to any representation or warranty made in or in connection with this Agreement or as an inducement to enter into this Agreement), shall be governed and construed in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of Delaware applicable to a contract entered into and fully performed solely within the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

Section 12.6 Publicity . Prior to the earlier of termination of the Agreement in accordance with its terms and the Closing, except as otherwise required by applicable Law, neither PAHL, MD Holdings nor the Company shall, or shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, issue or cause the publication of any press release or other public announcement with respect to, or otherwise make any public statement concerning, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without the consent of the Company, in the case of a proposed announcement or statement by PAHL, or PAHL, in the case of a proposed announcement or statement by the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, except in the event that such release or announcement may be required by Law or the rules or regulations of any Self-Regulatory Organization, in which case the party required to make the release or announcement shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to allow the other party reasonable time to comment on each release or announcement in advance of such issuance and shall consider in good faith the views and comments made by such other party. The initial press release relating to this Agreement shall be a joint press release the text of which has been agreed to by each of the Company and PAHL in advance.

Section 12.7 Assignment; Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and assigns. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 12.7 , this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 11.2 , 12.2 , 12.7 , 12.9 , 12.10 , 12.11 and 12.16 are intended to be for the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the Financing Sources.

 

78


Section 12.8 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers; Consent to Service of Process . Subject to Section 12.16 , each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect hereof brought by another party hereto or its successors or permitted assigns shall be brought and determined exclusively in any state court or Federal court sitting in New Castle County, Delaware and each of the parties hereto hereby (i) irrevocably submits with regard to any such action or proceeding for itself and in respect to its property, generally and unconditionally, to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts in the event any dispute arises out or relates to this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby, (ii) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court and (iii) agrees that it will not bring any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby in any court other than any state court or Federal court sitting in New Castle County, Delaware. It is understood and agreed that any other court or arbiter in any other jurisdiction shall be entitled to enforce any Judgment of any state court or Federal court sitting in New Castle County, Delaware. Any writs, process or summonses to be served on any other party in such action or proceeding may be made by delivery of process in accordance with the notice provisions contained in Section 12.2 or as otherwise permitted by Law. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, counterclaim or otherwise, in any action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement, (i) the defense of sovereign immunity, (ii) any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts for any reason other than the failure to serve process in accordance with this Section 12.8 , (iii) that it or its property is exempt or immune from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process commenced in such courts (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise), and (iv) to the fullest extent permitted by Law that (A) the suit, action or proceeding in any such court is brought in an inconvenient forum, (B) the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper and (C) this Agreement, or the subject matter hereof, may not be enforced in or by such courts.

Section 12.9 Enforcement of Agreement . The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage for which monetary damages, even if available, would not be an adequate remedy, would occur in the event that the parties hereto do not perform the provisions of this Agreement (including failing to take such actions as are required of it hereunder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) in accordance with its specified terms or otherwise breach such provisions. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions, specific performance and other equitable relief to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court of competent jurisdiction, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. Each of the parties agrees that it will not oppose the granting of an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief on the basis that the party seeking the injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief has an adequate remedy at law. To the extent any party hereto brings any action to enforce specifically the performance of the terms and provisions of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement (other than an action solely to specifically enforce any provision that expressly survives termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.2

 

79


hereof) when available to such party pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, if the Termination Date would otherwise expire during the pendency of such action, the Termination Date shall automatically be extended by (i) the amount of time during which such Action is pending, plus ten (10) Business Days, or (ii) such other time period established by the court presiding over such action. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the Company or any of its Affiliates have any rights or claims against any Financing Source or their respective Affiliates in connection with this Agreement, the Debt Commitment Letter, the Proposed Amendment, the Debt Financing, or any other agreement related thereto or hereto.

Section 12.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

Section 12.11 Amendment; Waiver .

(a) This Agreement may not be amended or modified except (i) by an instrument in writing signed by, or on behalf of, the parties hereto or (ii) by a waiver in accordance with Section 12.11(b) .

(b) Any party to this Agreement may extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other party, waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of the other party contained herein or in any document delivered by the other party pursuant hereto or waive compliance with any of the agreements of the other party or conditions to such party’s obligations contained herein. Any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the party to be bound thereby. Any waiver of any term or condition shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or a subsequent waiver of the same term or condition, or a waiver of any other term or condition of this Agreement. The failure of any party hereto to assert any of its rights hereunder shall not constitute a waiver of any of such rights. All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Sections 11.2, 12.2 , 12.8 , 12.9 , 12.10 , 12.11 and 12.16 (and any provision of this Agreement to the extent a modification, waiver or termination of such provision would modify the substance of any of the foregoing provisions) may not be modified, waived or terminated in a manner that is adverse in any respect to a Financing Source or its Affiliates without the prior written consent of such Financing Source and its Affiliates.

 

80


Section 12.12 No Recourse . Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, and other than in the case of fraud (in which case, applicable only to the party committing such fraud), notwithstanding any rights of PAHL at Law or in equity, in the event of any default or breach by the Company under this Agreement, PAHL’s remedies shall be restricted to enforcement of its rights against the property and assets of the Company, and no Liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by, any former, current or future director, officer, employee, agent, general or limited partner, manager, member, stockholder or Affiliate of any of the Company (other than the Company) or any former, current or future director, officer, employee, agent, general or limited partner, manager, member, stockholder or Affiliate (other than the Company) of any of the foregoing (each, a “ Related Party ”, collectively, the “ Related Parties ”), whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, for any obligations or Liabilities of the parties to this Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, the transactions contemplated hereby. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, and other than in the case of fraud (in which case, applicable only to the party committing such fraud), notwithstanding any rights of the Company at Law or in equity, in the event of any default or breach by PAHL under this Agreement, the remedies of the Company and MD Holdings shall be restricted to enforcement of its rights against any other property and assets of PAHL, and no Liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be, incurred by, any former, current or future director, officer, employee, agent, general or limited partner, manager, member, stockholder or Affiliate of PAHL or any former, current or future director, officer, employee, agent, general or limited partner, manager, member, stockholder or Affiliate of any of the foregoing, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable Law, for any obligations or Liabilities of the parties to this Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 12.13 Seller Representative .

(a) CSC Shareholder Services LLC is hereby designated as “Seller Representative” to represent each of the direct and indirect beneficial owners of the Company (the “ Represented Parties ”) following the Closing for all purposes of this Agreement other than with respect to the Contingent Purchase Price for which Newco shall act as representative. The Seller Representative shall have the following powers and duties: (i) to take such actions and to incur such costs and expenses as the Seller Representative, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to safeguard the interests of the Represented Parties in the Escrow Account; (ii) to compromise, modify, settle, waive, relinquish, exchange, liquidate or otherwise resolve the rights of the Represented Parties in and to any amounts that are or may be payable after the Closing by PAHL hereunder other than the Contingent Purchase Price), which compromise, modification, settlement, waiver, relinquishment, exchange, liquidation or resolution may include payment to the Represented Parties of cash, property or any combination thereof; (iii) to employ accountants, investment banks, appraisers, and other experts, attorneys and such other agents as the Seller Representative may deem advisable; (iv) to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to the performance and implementation of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including costs and expenses relating to third party paying agents, wire expenses and other costs and expenses relating to the payment

 

81


of any amounts due hereunder), (v) to maintain a register of the Represented Parties; (vi) to receive and distribute the consideration payable hereunder, including payments from the Escrow Account and any earnings and proceeds thereon, and holdback therefrom, including from any Contingent Litigation Proceeds that may be payable hereunder, any amounts necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the Seller Representative and (vii) to take all actions which the Seller Representative deems necessary or advisable in order to carry out the foregoing. The Seller Representative shall serve without compensation. The Seller Representative shall not be liable to the Represented Parties for the performance of any act or failure to act so long as it acted (or failed to act) in good faith within what it reasonably believed to be the scope of its authority and for a purpose which it reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Represented Parties.

(b) The appointment of the Seller Representative shall be deemed coupled with an interest and is hereby irrevocable. The provisions of this Section 12.13 are independent and severable, shall constitute an irrevocable power of attorney, coupled with an interest and surviving death or dissolutions, granted by the Represented Parties to the Seller Representative, and shall be binding upon the executors, heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns of each such Represented Party.

(c) The Seller Representative shall act for the Represented Parties on all of the matters set forth in this Agreement in the manner the Seller Representative believes in good faith to be in the best interest of the Represented Parties and consistent with its obligations under this Agreement. The Seller Representative shall not be responsible to the Represented Parties for any damages they may suffer by reason of the performance by the Seller Representative of the duties of the Seller Representative under this Agreement, other than loss or damage arising from a willful and knowing violation of the Law or this Agreement by the Seller Representative.

(d) Each Represented Party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Seller Representative from, and promptly reimburse the Seller Representative for, any loss, damage, fees, costs or expenses arising from the performance of the duties of the Seller Representative hereunder, including the cost of any legal counsel or accountants retained by the Seller Representative on behalf of the Represented Parties or otherwise, but excluding any loss or damage arising from a willful and knowing violation of the Law or this Agreement by the Seller Representative. Any and all fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Seller Representative in connection with the performance or enforcement of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be considered Company Transaction Expenses for purposes of this Agreement.

(e) All actions, decisions and instructions of the Seller Representative taken, made or given pursuant to the authority granted to the Seller Representative pursuant to this Section 12.13 shall be conclusive and binding upon each Represented Party, and no Represented Party shall have the right to object to, dissent from, protest or otherwise contest the same.

Section 12.14 Retaining Holder Representative . Newco is hereby designated as “ Retaining Holder Representative ” to represent each of the Retaining Holders following the

 

82


Closing for all purposes in connection with the Contingent Purchase Price. The Retaining Holder Representative shall have all of the powers and duties afforded to the Seller Representative with respect to the Contingent Purchase Price and each of the provisions of Section 12.13 hereof shall be applicable to the Retaining Holder Representative and be deemed incorporated into this Section 12.14 , except the last sentence of Section 12.13(d) hereof, which shall not be applicable to the Retaining Holder Representative.

Section 12.15 Conflict Waiver . Dechert LLP has represented MD Holdings, the Company and certain members of MD Holdings. All parties to this Agreement recognize the commonality of interest that exists and will continue to exist between MD Holdings, the Company and the members of MD Holdings until Closing, and the parties agree that such commonality of interest should continue to be recognized after the Closing. Specifically, PAHL agrees that (a) it shall not, and shall cause the Company not to, seek to have Dechert LLP disqualified from representing any member of MD Holdings or any Affiliate thereof in connection with any dispute that may arise between such parties and PAHL or the Company in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and (b) in connection with any such dispute, any member of MD Holdings or any Affiliate thereof involved in such dispute (and not PAHL or the Company) will have the right to decide whether or not to waive the attorney-client privilege that may apply to any communications between the Company and Dechert LLP that occurred prior to the Closing.

Section 12.16 Financing Sources . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the parties hereto acknowledge and irrevocably agree (i) that any legal proceeding, whether in law or in equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, involving the Financing Sources arising out of, or relating to, the transactions contemplated hereby, the Proposed Amendment, the Debt Financing, the Debt Commitment Letter or the performance of services thereunder or related thereto shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, and any appellate court thereof and each party hereto submits for itself and its property with respect to any such legal proceeding to the exclusive jurisdiction of such court, (ii) not to bring or permit any of their Affiliates to bring or support anyone else in bringing any such legal proceeding in any other court, (iii) that service of process, summons, notice or document by registered mail addressed to them at their respective addresses provided in Section 12.2 shall be effective service of process against them for any such legal proceeding brought in any such court, (iv) to waive and hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which any of them may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of, and the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of, any such legal proceeding in any such court, (v) to waive and hereby waive any right to trial by jury in respect of any such legal proceeding, (vi) that a final judgment in any such legal proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law, (vii) that any such legal proceeding shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law rules of such State that would result in the application of the laws of any other State, (viii) that the Financing Sources are beneficiaries of and may enforce any liability cap or limitation on damages or remedies in this Agreement and (ix) that the Financing Sources are express third party beneficiaries of, and may enforce, any provisions in this Agreement reflecting the foregoing agreements.

 

83


[ Signature Page to Follow ]

 

84


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

PLATFORM ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Martin E. Franklin

Name:   Martin E. Franklin
Title:   Director
PLATFORM DELAWARE HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Martin E. Franklin

Name:   Martin E. Franklin
Title:   President
PLATFORM MERGER SUB, LLC
By:  

/s/ Martin E. Franklin

Name:   Martin E. Franklin
Title:   Manager
MACDERMID HOLDINGS, LLC.
By:  

/s/ Daniel H. Leever

Name:   Daniel H. Leever
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
MACDERMID, INCORPORATED
By:  

/s/ Daniel H. Leever

Name:   Daniel H. Leever
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO BUSINESS COMBINATION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER]


TARTAN HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Daniel H. Leever

Name:   Daniel H. Leever
Title:   Manager

CSC SHAREHOLDER SERVICES LLC, as Seller Representative

 

By:  

/s/ Joseph Silvestri

Name:   Joseph Silvestri
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO BUSINESS COMBINATION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER]


Appendix I

Daniel H. Leever

Daniel H. Leever Grantor Trust

Scot Benson

Michael Goralski

Mark Hollinger

Michael Kennedy

Frank Monteiro

Michael Siegmund Irrevocable Trust

John L. Cordani

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO BUSINESS COMBINATION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER]


Appendix II

Contingent Purchase Price Calculation

1. Determination of Contingent Purchase Price .

(a) Platform Holdco shall pay to the Retaining Holders Representative, for the benefit of the Retaining Holders, up to $100,000,000.00 as the Contingent Purchase Price if the Business EBITDA Benchmarks or the Share Price Targets (in each case, as defined below) are met or exceeded on or prior to 5:00 pm Eastern Time on December 31, 2020 (the “ Determination Date ”). If none of the Business EBITDA Benchmarks or the Share Price Targets are met or exceeded on or prior to the Determination Date, no Contingent Purchase Price shall be payable. Within 30 days following the receipt by the Company of its audited financial statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020, Platform Holdco shall deliver to the Retaining Holders Representative the Contingent Purchase Price Statement. No Contingent Purchase Price shall be payable until Platform Holdco and the Retaining Holders Representative have agreed upon the Contingent Purchase Price amount pursuant to Section 3.3 of the Agreement, notwithstanding when the Business EBITDA Benchmarks and/or the Share Price Targets are met.

(b) Up to $60,000,000.00 of the Contingent Purchase Price shall be payable based on the Business EBITDA Benchmarks, with $30,000,000.00 payable for reaching the 50% EBITDA Benchmark and an additional $30,000,000.00 payable for reaching the 100% EBITDA Benchmark. The determination of whether either of the Business EBITDA Benchmarks have been reached shall be made on each EBITDA Measurement Date such that if any of the Business EBITDA Benchmarks are reached as of any EBITDA Measurement Date, such Business EBITDA Benchmark(s) shall be deemed reached on the Determination Date, and the portion of the Contingent Purchase Price payable with respect to such Business EBITDA Benchmark shall be deemed earned, subject to the determination, objection and resolution procedures set forth in Section 3.3 of the Agreement.

(c) Up to $40,000,000.00 of the Contingent Purchase Price shall be payable based on the Share Price Targets, with $10,000,000.00 payable for reaching the 25% Share Price Target, an additional $10,000,000.00 payable for reaching the 50% Share Price Target and an additional $20,000,000.00 payable for reaching the 100% Share Price Target. If any of the Share Price Targets are reached between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2020, such Share Price Target(s) shall be deemed reached on the Determination Date, and the portion of the Contingent Purchase Price payable with respect to such Share Price Target shall be deemed earned, subject to the determination, objection and resolution procedures set forth in Section 3.3 of the Agreement.

2. Definitions .

(a) “ 25% Share Price Target ” shall mean a VWAP of $16.00, as adjusted in accordance with this Appendix II , for twenty (20) trading days in any thirty (30) consecutive trading day period.

(b) “ 50% Share Price Target ” shall mean a VWAP of $20.00, as adjusted in accordance with this Appendix II , for twenty (20) trading days in any thirty (30) consecutive trading day period.

(c) “ 50% EBITDA Benchmark ” shall mean Consolidated EBITDA equal to $268 million as of a close of the Company’s fiscal year during the Measurement Period, as adjusted in accordance with this Appendix II .

(d) “ 100% Share Price Target ” shall mean a VWAP of $26.60, as adjusted in accordance with this Appendix II , for twenty (20) trading days in any thirty (30) consecutive trading day period.

(e) “ 100% EBITDA Benchmark ” shall mean Consolidated EBITDA equal to $282 million as of a close of the Company’s fiscal year during the Measurement Period, as adjusted in accordance with this Appendix II .

(f) “ Acquired Business ” shall mean the consolidated operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date.

(g) “ Business EBITDA Benchmarks ” shall mean, together, the 50% EBITDA Benchmark and the 100% EBITDA Benchmark.

(h) “ Consolidated EBITDA ” shall mean the Consolidated Net Income of the Acquired Business for the Measurement Period, plus (a) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of (i) Consolidated Interest Charges for the Measurement Period, (ii) consolidated income tax expense for the Measurement Period, (iii) all amounts attributable to depreciation and amortization for the Measurement Period, (iv) any non-cash charges, expenses or losses (including, but not limited to, impairment of

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO BUSINESS COMBINATION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER]


goodwill or other intangible assets and exchange rate losses) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the Measurement Period (excluding any such charge, expense or loss incurred that constitutes an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period or an amortization of a prepaid cash expense paid in a prior period or writeoff or writedown of reserves with respect to current assets); provided, however, that cash payments made in the Measurement Period or in any future period in respect of such non-cash items (excluding any non-cash items to the extent representing an accrual for a future cash expenditure) shall be subtracted from Consolidated Net Income in calculating Consolidated EBITDA in the Measurement Period, (v) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring cash charges or expenses or income for the Measurement Period (including restructuring charges and severance, retention bonuses or other similar one-time compensation payments made to employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries), (vi) transaction fees and expenses during the Measurement Period for any non-ordinary course investment or acquisition or issuance of equity interests, (viii) losses to the extent reimbursed by third parties in connection with any non-ordinary course investment or acquisition, (ix) unrealized losses in respect of obligations under swap contracts during the Measurement Period, (x) any income, loss or expense during the Measurement Period from discontinued operations in accordance with GAAP, (xi) non-cash charges or amounts recorded in connection with purchase accounting for the Measurement Period, (xii) non-cash purchase accounting adjustments during the Measurement Period relating to the writedown of deferred revenue (whether billed or unbilled) that are the result of accounting for any acquisition, (xiii) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles for the Measurement Period, (xiv) expenses during the Measurement Period in connection with the settlement of any litigation or claim involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (xv) debt discount and debt issuance costs, fees, charges and commissions during the Measurement Period. For illustration purposes, a sample calculation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 is included as Exhibit A to this Appendix II .

(i) “ Consolidated Interest Charges ” shall mean, for the Measurement Period, the sum of (a) the interest expense (including imputed interest expense in respect of capital lease obligations and synthetic lease obligations) of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the Measurement Period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (including, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) any amounts of premium or penalty payable in connection with the payment of make-whole amounts or other prepayment premiums payable in connection with any indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and (ii) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed in respect of interest rates to the extent such net costs are allocable to the Measurement Period in accordance with GAAP), plus (b) any interest accrued during the Measurement Period in respect of indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is required to be capitalized rather than included in consolidated interest expense for such period in accordance with GAAP . For purposes of the foregoing, interest expense shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries during the Measurement Period with respect to interest rate swap contracts.

(j) “ Consolidated Net Income ” shall mean the net income of the Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for the Measurement Period determined in accordance with GAAP before any adjustments for GAAP minority interests resulting from the consummation of the Agreement.

(k) “ EBITDA Measurement Date ” shall mean the date on which the Company receives its audited consolidated financial statements with respect to each of the fiscal years 2014-2020.

(l) “ Measurement Period ” shall mean the seven (7) year period commencing on January 1, 2014 and expiring on the Determination Date.

(m) “ Share Price Targets ” shall mean, together, the 25% Share Price Target, 50% Share Price Target and 100% Share Price Target.

(n) “ VWAP ” shall mean the volume weighted average price per share of PAHL’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange or other exchange on which such equity securities are publicly traded.

3. Adjustments .

(a) If, during the Measurement Period, PAHL or any of its Affiliates, including the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, consummates (whether by merger, recapitalization, consolidation, stock purchase, asset purchase or otherwise) either an acquisition of any other company or business or a disposition of any material portion of the Acquired Business, in each case, out of the ordinary course of business, (an “ Acquired/Disposed Business ”), Platform Holdco and the Retaining Holders Representative shall negotiate in good faith to adjust the Business EBITDA Benchmarks to account for the relative impact on the determination of Consolidated EBITDA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Platform Holdco and the Retaining Holders Representative are unable to mutually

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO BUSINESS COMBINATION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER]


agree upon adjustments to the Business EBITDA Benchmarks within thirty (30) days following the consummation of such transactions, the results of operations of the Acquired/Disposed Business shall be excluded from the determination of Consolidated EBITDA and the Business EBITDA Benchmarks shall not be adjusted.

(b) If, during the Measurement Period, the shares of PAHL’s common stock are subdivided or combined into a greater or smaller number of shares of PAHL’s common stock, or if a dividend is paid in shares of PAHL’s common stock, the Share Price Targets shall be proportionately reduced in case of subdivision of shares or stock dividend or proportionately increased in the case of combination of shares, in each such case by the ratio which the total number of shares of PAHL’s common stock outstanding immediately after such event bears to the total number of shares of PAHL’s common stock outstanding immediately prior to such event.

4. Cooperation . PAHL, Platform Holdco and the Retaining Holders Representative acknowledge and agree that the intent of the adjustments set forth above is to measure the Business EBITDA Benchmarks and Share Price Targets following an adjustment event in a manner consistent with the measurement of the Business EBITDA Benchmarks and Share Price Targets prior to any such adjustment events. Further, PAHL, Platform Holdco and the Retaining Holders Representative agree that, in the event of any other material, non-ordinary course events, they shall cooperate in good faith to make such other appropriate adjustments consistent with such intent.

5. Payment . In the event that Platform Holdco is required to pay the Contingent Purchase Price, Platform Holdco shall make such payment in cash or PAHL Ordinary Shares (or equity securities of PAHL into which such Ordinary Shares have been converted prior to such payment date), in the sole discretion of Platform Holdco, in the manner set forth in Section 3.3 of the Agreement.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO BUSINESS COMBINATION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER]


EXHIBIT A

[see attached]

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO BUSINESS COMBINATION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER]


Appendix III

[see attached]

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO BUSINESS COMBINATION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER]

Exhibit 2.2

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

This EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of October 25, 2013, by and among Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited, a company limited by shares incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (“ PAHL ”), Daniel H. Leever, Sharon L. Johnson and Frank J. Monteiro (collectively, the “ Fiduciaries ”), not in their individual capacities but solely in their capacities as members of the Investment Committee, as defined in the MacDermid, Incorporated Profit Sharing and Employee Savings Plan (the “ Plan ”), such Investment Committee being a fiduciary (within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(21)(A)(i)) with respect to the portion of Plan assets held in trust (the “ Trust ”) by The Charles Schwab Trust Company Custodian for MacDermid Inc. PS and ESOP Plan (the “ Trustee ”) consisting of Company Shares (as defined below) held in accordance with the terms of the Plan and Trust.

WHEREAS , PAHL, Platform Delaware Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and direct wholly owned subsidiary of PAHL, (“ Platform Holdco ”), Platform Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of Platform Holdco (“ Merger Sub ”), MacDermid Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ MD Holdings ”), Tartan Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Newco ”), MacDermid, Incorporated, a Connecticut corporation (the “ Company ”), and CSC Shareholder Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as seller representative for the direct and indirect beneficial owners of the Company (“ Seller Representative ”), entered into a Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 10, 2013 (the “ BCA ”), pursuant to which, among other things, PAHL has agreed to acquire substantially all of the equity in MD Holdings, representing approximately 97% of the equity interests of the Company, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS , the Trust holds approximately 3% of the equity interests in the Company, consisting of 1,514,371.01 shares of common stock of the Company, no par value per share (the “ Company Common Stock ”) and 1,469 shares of 9.5% Series B Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock of the Company, no par value per share (the “ Company Preferred Stock ”, and together with the Company Common Stock, the “ Company Shares ”) in trust for the beneficial owners of the Company Shares held in the Plan (each such owner, a “ Beneficial Owner ” and collectively, the “ Beneficial Owners ”); and

WHEREAS , the Fiduciaries have agreed to exchange all of the Company Shares for either (i) cash or (ii) provided that a registration statement on Form S-4 registering the exchange of the shares (the “ Registration Statement ”) has been declared effective, cash and/or shares of common stock of PAHL (the “ PAHL Shares ”) (as indicated by the Beneficial Owners), on behalf of and at the instruction of the Beneficial Owners and on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein (the “ Exchange ”).

Section 1. Defined Terms . All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have their respective meanings set forth in the BCA. For purposes of this Agreement, the term:

1.1 “ Aggregate Cash Consideration ” means the aggregate amount of consideration paid pursuant to (i) Section 2.4(a)(i)1)(1) and Section 2.4(a)(ii)(i)(2) or (ii) Section 2.4(a)(ii) of this Agreement.


1.2 “ Aggregate Consideration ” shall mean the sum of (i) the Company Preferred Stock Value Per Share multiplied by the number of shares of Company Preferred Stock held by the Plan plus (y) the Company Common Stock Value Per Share multiplied by the number of shares of Company Common Stock held by the Plan.

1.3 “ Aggregate Stock Election Value ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a)(i)3) of this Agreement.

1.4 “ Aggregate Stock Consideration ” means the aggregate amount of PAHL Shares to be paid pursuant to Section 2.4(a)(i)3)(3) of this Agreement and, if the Trading Price shall be below $11.00, cash paid pursuant to the last sentence of Section 2.4(a)(i)(3).

1.5 “ Beneficial Owner ” and “ Beneficial Owners ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.

1.6 “ Cash Election ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a)(i) of this Agreement.

1.7 “ Closing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

1.8 “ Closing Date ” means the date on which the Closing shall occur.

1.9 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.10 “ Company Equity Value ” shall mean an amount equal to (i) $1,800,000,000.00 plus (ii) the Closing Adjustment Amount (as defined in the BCA), which may be positive or negative, plus (iii) the Final Adjustment Amount (as defined in the BCA), which may be positive or negative, minus (iv) the Company Preferred Stock Value.

1.11 “ Company Common Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.

1.12 “ Company Common Stock Value Per Share ” means an amount equal to the sum of (1) the amount each share of Company Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Closing of the Business Combination would be entitled to receive under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, in effect on such date, if the Company were liquidated at the Measurement Time and the net value available for distribution to the Company Class A Stock and the Company Common Stock were equal to the Company Equity Value plus (2) an amount equal to $0.13 per share plus $0.39 per share.

1.13 “ Company Preferred Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.

1.14 “ Company Preferred Stock Value ” shall mean the aggregate amount that all shares of Company Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination would be entitled to receive as a preference to the Company Common Stock under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, in effect on such date, if the Company were liquidated at the Measurement Time.


1.15 “ Company Preferred Stock Value (Plan Portion) ” shall mean the amount of the Company Preferred Stock Value allocable to the shares of Company Preferred Stock owned by the Plan immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination in accordance with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, in effect on such date.

1.16 “ Company Preferred Stock Value Per Share ” shall mean an amount equal to the sum of Company Preferred Stock Value (Plan Portion) divided by the number of shares of Company Preferred Stock held by the Plan immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination.

1.17 “ Company Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.

1.18 “ Effective Date ” means the effective date of the Registration Statement.

1.19 “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

1.20 “ Exchange ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.

1.21 “ Fiduciaries ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

1.22 “ Indication of Interest ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of this Agreement.

1.23 “ Indication of Interest Election Form ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

1.24 “ Indication of Interest Materials ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

1.25 “ Indication of Interest Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3 of this Agreement.

1.26 “ Measurement Time ” shall mean 12:01 a.m. New York time on the closing date of the Merger and Retaining Holder Exchange.

1.27 “ Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of this Agreement.

1.28 “ PAHL ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

1.29 “ Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

1.30 “ Prospectus ” means the final prospectus included in the Registration Statement.

1.31 “ Trust ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

1.32 “ Trustee ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

1.33 “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


1.34 “ Stock Election ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a)(ii) of this Agreement.

1.35 “ Trading Price ” means the average daily closing price per PAHL Share on the New York Stock Exchange (or other exchange on which such equity securities are then publicly traded) for the five (5) consecutive trading days ending on the trading day immediately prior to the Closing Date.

Section 2. Exchange with the Trust .

2.1 Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the closing of the Exchange (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at Greenberg Traurig, LLP located at 200 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10166 at 10:00 a.m. Eastern time on the earlier of (i) if the Registration Statement was declared effective prior to the one-hundred and eightieth (180 th ) day after the date hereof, three (3) business days after the closing of the Indication of Interest Period and (ii) if the Registration Statement was not declared effective prior to the one-hundred and eightieth (180 th ) day after the date hereof, then on the date that is one-hundred and eighty-three days after the date thereof, or at such other place, time and date as shall be agreed in writing between the parties.

2.2 The Fiduciaries shall provide PAHL with written delivery instructions with the respect to the Aggregate Cash Consideration and the Aggregate Stock Consideration no later than two (2) business days prior to the Closing.

2.3 At the Closing, the parties shall cause (i) the execution and/or delivery by the appropriate person of all necessary cash, certificates, documents and instruments, (ii) to be updated all company books, records and ledgers, as shall be required, to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (iii) to be delivered any certificates, documents and instruments as the parties or their counsel may reasonably request (including all such certificates, documents and instruments referred to herein) to evidence or consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

2.4 Payments at Closing .

(a) At the Closing, PAHL shall pay the Aggregate Consideration to the Trustee (for the benefit of the Beneficial Owners) in the following forms:

(i) To the extent the Registration Statement has been declared effective and the Indication of Interest Period has expired, PAHL shall pay or deliver (or cause the delivery) to the Trustee (for the benefit of the Beneficial Owners):

1) in exchange for the aggregate Company Preferred Stock for which Beneficial Owners have indicated that they wish to receive a cash payment (a “ Cash Election ”), an aggregate amount of cash equal to the product of (x) the Company Preferred Stock Value Per Share multiplied by the number of shares of Company Preferred Stock for which a Cash Election has been made; plus

2) in exchange for the aggregate Company Common Stock for which Beneficial Owners have made a Cash Election, an aggregate amount of cash equal to the product of (x) the Company Common Stock Value Per Share multiplied by (y) the number of shares of Company Common Stock for which a Cash Election has been made; and


3) in exchange for the aggregate Company Preferred Stock and Company Common Stock for which Beneficial Owners have indicated that they wish to receive a payment in PAHL Shares (a “ Stock Election ”), a number of PAHL Shares equal to (A) the sum of (1) the Company Preferred Stock Value Per Share multiplied by the number of shares of Company Preferred Stock for which a Stock Election has been made plus (2) the Company Common Stock Value Per Share multiplied by the number of shares of Company Common Stock for which a Stock Election has been made, (the “ Aggregate Stock Election Value ”), divided by (B) $11.00; provided, however, that if the Trading Price shall be below $11.00, then PAHL shall also deliver to the Trustee (for the benefit of the Beneficial Owners) cash in an amount equal to (A) the difference between $11.00 and the Trading Price multiplied by (B) the number of PAHL Shares delivered to the Trustee (for the benefit of the Beneficial Owners).

(ii) To the extent either the Registration Statement has not been declared effective or the Indication of Interest Period has not expired, an aggregate amount of cash equal to the Aggregate Consideration.

2.5 Deliveries at Closing .

(a) PAHL Deliveries . At the Closing, the Trustees shall have received:

(i) the cash payments set forth in Section 2.4;

(ii) if any PAHL Shares are delivered in consideration pursuant to Section 2.4(a)(i)(3) above, evidence of book entry deposits representing such PAHL Shares; and

(iii) all other agreements, documents, instruments or certificates required to be delivered by PAHL to the Trustee and/or Fiduciaries at or prior to the Closing pursuant to this Agreement.

(b) Fiduciary Deliveries . At the Closing, PAHL shall have received:

(i) stock certificates (or an affidavit of loss therefor acceptable to PAHL) evidencing the Company Shares, free and clear of all liens, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by stock powers or other instruments of transfer duly executed in blank; and

(ii) all other agreements, documents, instruments or certificates required to be delivered by the Fiduciaries to PAHL at or prior to the Closing pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 3. Indication of Interest from Beneficial Owners .

3.1 As promptly as practicable following the Effective Date, but no later than five (5) business days following the Effective Date, the Fiduciaries, directly will send, or will cause the Trustee to send, a written notice to all Beneficial Owners (the “ Notice ”) seeking a written indication of interest (an “ Indication of Interest ”) from each Beneficial Owner as to whether such Beneficial Owner desires for the Fiduciaries to make or cause the Trustee to make, on behalf of


such Beneficial Owner and in connection with the Exchange, either (i) a Stock Election with respect to all such Company Shares beneficially owned by such Beneficial Owner or (ii) a Cash Election with respect to all such Company Shares beneficially owned by such Beneficial Owner.

3.2 In connection with the Notice, the Fiduciaries shall provide or shall cause the Trustee to provide, each Beneficial Owner with (i) a copy of the Prospectus and (ii) an election form pursuant to which each Beneficial Owner will instruct the Fiduciaries to make or to cause the Trustee to make either the Cash Election or the Stock Election (an “ Indication of Interest Election Form ”, and together with the Prospectus, the “ Indication of Interest Materials ”).

3.3 Each Beneficial Owner shall have twenty (20) business days from the date the Indication of Interest Materials are first sent or mailed by the Fiduciaries (or the Trustee) to the Beneficial Owners (such period of time, the “ Indication of Interest Period ”) to provide the Fiduciaries (or the Trustee) with a completed Indication of Interest Election Form.

3.4 The Notice shall provide that each Beneficial Owner shall have the right to change his, her or its election during the Indication of Interest Period.

3.5 The Fiduciaries shall follow or cause the Trustee to follow the election instructions provided by each Beneficial Owner. If upon the expiration of the Indication of Interest Period, neither the Fiduciaries nor the Trustee have received a completed Indication of Interest Election Form from a Beneficial Owner, the Fiduciaries shall make or cause the Trustee to make the Cash Election on behalf of such Beneficial Owner.

3.6 No later than the business day immediately following the last day of the Indication of Interest Period, the Fiduciaries shall notify PAHL of (i) the aggregate number of shares of Company Common Stock and Company Preferred Stock for which Beneficial Owners have made the Cash Election and (ii) the aggregate number of shares of Company Common Stock and Company Preferred Stock for which Beneficial Owners have made the Stock Election.

Section 4. Representations and Warranties of the Fiduciaries and the Plan .

The Fiduciaries, on behalf of the Trust and the Plan, represent and warrant to PAHL as follows:

4.1 The Fiduciaries have full power and authority to enter into this Agreement on behalf of the Plan and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby, and this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Fiduciaries and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trust, enforceable against the Trust in accordance with its terms.

4.2 The Trustee of the Trust is the record owner of the Company Shares, with good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances. There are no outstanding purchase agreements, options or other agreements of any kind entitling a person to purchase an interest in the Company Shares or restricting the transfer of the Company Shares.

4.3 The Fiduciaries have the authority and control within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(21)(A)(i) to direct the Trustee to transfer, on behalf of the Trust, the Company Shares to PAHL and upon closing of the transaction contemplated hereby, PAHL will become the record owner of the Company Shares, with good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of any liens and encumbrances.


4.4 The Fiduciaries have determined that both the Company Preferred Stock Value Per Share and the Company Common Stock Value Per Share, whether payable in cash or in PAHL Shares and cash, constitute adequate consideration as defined in Section 3(18) of the ERISA and represent that such determination was made in accordance with the standards developed under applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code, so as to ensure that the exchange does not constitute a “prohibited transaction” under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (the “ ERISA Standards ”), including, without limitation, consideration of the Independent Fiduciary’s Report (as hereinafter defined) and other relevant facts and circumstances.

4.5 The Fiduciaries have retained Evercore Trust Company, N.A. as a fiduciary to the Plan within the meaning of Section 3(21) of ERISA, who is independent of all parties to the transaction, other than the Plan and Trust, (the “ Independent Fiduciary ”), to determine whether the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including the receipt of the Aggregate Cash Consideration and/or Aggregate Stock Consideration) are fair to, and in the interests of, the Plan, the Trust and the Plan participants who are Beneficial Owners, and that the consideration to be received by the Plan and the Beneficial Owners in connection with the Business Combination, is adequate consideration to the Plan (within the meaning of ERISA).

4.6 The Independent Fiduciary has issued a report (the “ Independent Fiduciary’s Report ”) setting forth the Independent Fiduciary’s determination that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including the receipt of the Aggregate Cash Consideration and/or Aggregate Stock Consideration) are fair to, and in the interests of, the Plan, the Trust and the Plan participants who are Beneficial Owners, and that the consideration to be received by the Plan and the Beneficial Owners in connection with the Business Combination, is adequate consideration to the Plan (within the meaning of ERISA).

4.7 The Fiduciaries have been given a full opportunity to ask questions of and to receive answers from representatives of PAHL concerning the terms and conditions of the Exchange, the BCA, the Registration Statement and the business of the Company and to obtain such other information requested in accordance with the ERISA Standards in order to evaluate the Exchange and all such questions have been answered to the full satisfaction of the Fiduciaries.

Section 5. Representations and Warranties of PAHL .

PAHL represents and warrants to the Fiduciaries as follows:

5.1 PAHL has the full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby, and this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by PAHL and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of PAHL, enforceable against PAHL in accordance with its terms.

5.2 To the extent PAHL Shares are delivered to the Trustee under this Agreement, (i) the issuance, offer, sale and exchange of the PAHL Shares will be duly authorized by PAHL, (ii) the PAHL Shares, when issued and delivered to the Trustee in exchange for the Company Shares, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free from all liens and


encumbrances other than any restrictions on transfer contained in PAHL’s organizational documents and (iii) the PAHL Shares will be freely-tradeable and listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “ NYSE ”).

5.3 To the extent PAHL Shares are delivered to the Trustee under this Agreement, the Prospectus will, at the time it (and any amendment or supplement thereto) is first sent or given to the holders of Company Shares and on the Closing Date, not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

Section 6. Covenants of the Parties .

6.1 Registration Statement . As promptly as practicable following the closing of the transactions contemplated by the BCA, PAHL shall use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “ Registration Statement ”) which shall register, among other things, the exchange of the PAHL Shares pursuant to the terms of this Agreement under the Securities Act. The Registration Statement shall comply as to form, in all material respects, with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act. PAHL shall use commercially reasonable efforts to have the Registration Statement declared effective under the Securities Act as promptly as practicable after such filing, keep the Registration Statement effective until the distribution contemplated in the Registration Statement has been completed or, if earlier, until this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8.1, and to ensure that it complies in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act. PAHL will advise the Fiduciaries and the Trustee promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when the Registration Statement has become effective, the issuance of any stop order or the suspension of the qualification of PAHL Shares issuable in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for offering or sale in any jurisdiction.

6.2 Amendments to the Registration Statement . If at any time prior to the Closing any information relating to PAHL, or any of its affiliates, officers or directors, should be discovered by PAHL which should be set forth in an amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, so that any of such documents would not include any misstatement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, PAHL shall promptly (i) notify the Fiduciaries and the Trustee and (ii) file with the SEC an appropriate amendment or supplement describing such information and (iii) to the extent required by applicable law, disseminate the information contained in such amendment or supplement to the Fiduciaries.

6.3 Non-Solicitation . The Fiduciaries shall not, directly or indirectly, (A) accept, solicit, initiate or take any action to knowingly facilitate or encourage the submission of any proposal relating to the purchase or sale of the Company Shares, (B) enter into or participate in any discussions or negotiations with, or furnish any information relating to PAHL, the Company or any of their respective subsidiaries to, any person (other than PAHL) in connection with purchase or sale of the Company Shares or (C) enter into any agreement in principle, letter of intent, term sheet, merger agreement, acquisition agreement, or other similar instrument (whether or not binding) constituting or relating to the purchase or sale of the Company Shares.


6.4 No Transfers of Company Shares . Until the earlier of the consummation of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement, the Fiduciaries shall not (and shall not permit any Beneficial Owner to), directly or indirectly, (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of its Company Shares or (ii) enter into any derivative transaction of any type whatsoever (including, without limitation, any swap, contract for differences, option, warrant or futures transaction or arrangement) that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of its ownership of any of its Company Shares, whether any such transaction described in clauses (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Company Shares, in cash or otherwise.

6.5 Further Action . Each of the parties agrees that it shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or desirable, or advisable under applicable laws or otherwise, so as to permit consummation of the Exchange as promptly as practicable and otherwise to enable consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement including using its commercially reasonable efforts to make any filing, and obtain (and cooperating with the other party hereto to obtain) any consent, authorization, registration, order or approval of, or any exemption by, any governmental entity and any other third party that is required to be obtained by PAHL, the Fiduciaries or the Trustee of the Plan or any of their respective subsidiaries in connection with the Exchange.

6.6 Additional Agreements . In case at any time after the Closing any further action is reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, the proper authorized persons on behalf of each party to this Agreement and their respective subsidiaries shall take all such lawful and necessary action as may be reasonably requested by the other party.

Section 7. Conditions to Closing .

7.1 Conditions to Obligations of PAHL . The obligations of PAHL to consummate the Closing are subject to the satisfaction (or, to the extent permissible, waiver) of the following conditions:

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Fiduciaries shall be true and correct as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing (except that those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date need only be true and correct as of such date).

(b) Agreements and Covenants . The Fiduciaries shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by them on or prior to the Closing Date.

(c) Officer’s Certificate . The Fiduciaries shall have delivered to PAHL a certificate, signed by each Fiduciary and dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that the conditions set forth in Section 7.1(a) and Section 7.1(b) have been satisfied.


7.2 Additional Conditions for PAHL to deliver PAHL Shares . The obligation of PAHL to deliver PAHL Shares, and the obligation of the Fiduciaries to cause the Trust to accept PAHL Shares, as part of the consideration for the Exchange is subject to the following conditions:

(a) Effectiveness of the Registration Statement . The Registration Statement shall have become effective under the Securities Act. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceedings for that purpose shall be pending or threatened, by the SEC.

(b) NYSE Listing . The PAHL Shares issuable as part of the Stock Election Consideration shall have been authorized for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance (or other exchange on which such equity securities will be publicly traded).

(c) Officer’s Certificate . PAHL shall have delivered to the Fiduciaries and the Trustee a certificate, signed by an authorized representative of PAHL and dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that the conditions set forth in Section 7.2 have been satisfied.

7.3 Conditions to Obligations of the Fiduciaries . The obligations of the Fiduciaries to consummate the Closing are subject to the satisfaction (or, to the extent permissible, waiver) of the following conditions:

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of PAHL shall be true and correct as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except that those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date need only be true and correct as of such date).

(b) Agreements and Covenants . PAHL shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Closing Date.

(c) Officer’s Certificate . PAHL shall have delivered to the Trustee, with a copy to the Fiduciaries, a certificate, signed by an executive officer of PAHL and dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that the conditions set forth in Section 7.3(a) and Section 7.3(b) have been satisfied.

Section 8. Termination .

8.1 This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

(a) automatically, without any further action by the parties hereto, upon termination of the BCA (for any reason);

(b) by mutual written agreement of PAHL and the Fiduciaries;

(c) by either PAHL or the Fiduciaries, if the Closing has not been consummated on or before June 30, 2014 (the “ End Date ”); provided, however , that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1 shall not be available to any party if the failure of the Closing to occur by the End Date is due wholly or partly to the failure of that party to fulfill in all material respects all of its obligations under this Agreement.


(d) by PAHL, if there has been a breach of or failure to perform any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of the Fiduciaries set forth in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform (i) would cause any of the conditions set forth in Section 7.1 or Section 7.2 not to be satisfied and (ii) either cannot be cured or has not been cured prior to the earlier of (A) the fifteenth calendar day following receipt the Fiduciaries of written notice of such breach from PAHL and (B) the calendar day immediately prior to the End Date;

(e) by the Fiduciaries, if there has been a breach of or failure to perform any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of PAHL set forth in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform (i) would cause any of the conditions set forth in Section 7.2 or Section 7.3 not to be satisfied and (ii) either cannot be cured or has not been cured prior to the earlier of (A) the fifteenth calendar day following receipt by PAHL of written notice of such breach from the Fiduciaries and (B) the calendar day immediately prior to the End Date;

8.2 Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Agreement, in the event that this Agreement is terminated by PAHL under Section 8.1(c) or under Section 8.1(d) with respect solely to a breach or failure to perform that would cause the conditions in Section 7.2 not to be satisfied, PAHL shall have the right to purchase, and the Fiduciaries shall be obligated to direct the Trustee to sell to PAHL, all of the Company Shares for the Aggregate Cash Consideration as if a Cash Election has been made with respect to all Company Shares.

Section 9. Miscellaneous .

9.1 All costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the parties hereto in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such costs and expenses when due.

9.2 All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally, telecopied (upon confirmation of receipt), e-mailed (upon receipt) or delivered by an express courier (with confirmation) to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

if to PAHL, to:   

Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited

 

Regency Court

Glategny Esplanade

St. Peter Port

Guernsey GY1 3RH

Attention: Company Administrator

Facsimile No.: +(44) 1481 716 868

E-mail: mwoodall@iag.gg


With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:   

Mariposa Capital, LLC

5200 Blue Lagoon Drive

Suite 855

Miami, Florida 33126

Attention: Martin Franklin

Facsimile No.: (305) 675-0653

E-mail: mfranklin@jarden.com

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:   

Greenberg Traurig, P.A.

 

401 E. Las Olas Blvd., Suite 2000

Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301

Attention: Donn Beloff, Esq.

Facsimile No.: (954) 765-1477

E-mail: beloffd@gtlaw.com

if to the Fiduciaries, to:   

Daniel H. Leever, Sharon L. Johnson and

Frank J. Monteiro, as Fiduciaries

MacDermid, Incorporated Profit Sharing and

Employee Savings Plan

245 Freight Street

Waterbury, CT 06702

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:   

John L. Cordani, Esq

MacDermid, Incorporated

245 Freight Street

Waterbury, CT 06702

E-mail: jcordani@macdermid.com

 

Michael E. Mooney, Esq.

Nutter, McClennen and Fish, LLP

Seaport West

155 Seaport Boulevard

Boston, MA 02210

Facsimile: 617-310-9342

E-mail: mmooney@nutter.com

9.3 This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and by facsimile or portable document format (pdf) transmission, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.

9.4 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.


9.5 If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of applicable law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

9.6 This Agreement and any other document or instrument delivered pursuant hereto, and all claims or causes of action (whether in contract or tort) that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement or the negotiation, execution, termination, performance or nonperformance of this Agreement (including any claim or cause of action based upon, arising out of or related to any representation or warranty made in or in connection with this Agreement or as an inducement to enter into this Agreement), shall be governed and construed in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of Delaware applicable to a contract entered into and fully performed solely within the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

9.7 Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

9.8 Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect hereof brought by another party hereto or its successors or permitted assigns shall be brought and determined exclusively in any state court or Federal court sitting in New Castle County, Delaware and each of the parties hereto hereby (i) irrevocably submits with regard to any such action or proceeding for itself and in respect to its property, generally and unconditionally, to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts in the event any dispute arises out of or relates to this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby, (ii) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court and (iii) agrees that it will not bring any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby in any court other than any state court or Federal court sitting in New Castle County, Delaware. It is understood and agreed that any other court or arbiter in any other jurisdiction shall be entitled to enforce any judgment of any state court or Federal court sitting in New Castle County, Delaware. Any writs, process or summonses to be served on any other party in such action or proceeding may be made by delivery of process in accordance with the notice provisions contained in Section 9.2 or as otherwise permitted by applicable law. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, counterclaim or otherwise, in any action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement, (i) the defense of sovereign immunity, (ii) any claim


that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts for any reason other than the failure to serve process in accordance with this Section 9.8, (iii) that it or its property is exempt or immune from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process commenced in such courts (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise), and (iv) to the fullest extent permitted by law that (A) the suit, action or proceeding in any such court is brought in an inconvenient forum, (B) the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper and (C) this Agreement, or the subject matter hereof, may not be enforced in or by such courts.

9.9 The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage for which monetary damages, even if available, would not be an adequate remedy, would occur in the event that the parties hereto do not perform the provisions of this Agreement (including failing to take such actions as are required of it hereunder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) in accordance with its specified terms or otherwise breach such provisions. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions, specific performance and other equitable relief to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court of competent jurisdiction, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. Each of the parties agrees that it will not oppose the granting of an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief on the basis that the party seeking the injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief has an adequate remedy at law.

9.10 EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

9.11 This Agreement may not be amended or modified except (i) by an instrument in writing signed by, or on behalf of, the parties hereto or (ii) by a waiver in accordance with Section 9.12.

9.12 Any party to this Agreement may extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other party, waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of the other party contained herein or in any document delivered by the other party pursuant hereto or waive compliance with any of the agreements of the other party or conditions to such party’s obligations contained herein. Any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the party to be bound thereby. Any waiver of any term or condition shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or a subsequent waiver of the same term or condition, or a waiver of any other term or condition of this Agreement. The failure of any party hereto to assert any of its rights hereunder shall not constitute a waiver of any of such rights. All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.

[Signature pages follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have made and entered into this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

PLATFORM

 

PLATFORM ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Martin E. Franklin

Name:   Martin E. Franklin
Title:   Director

[Plan Exchange Agreement Signature Page]


FIDUCIARIES:

 

INVESTMENT COMMITTEE OF MACDERMID, INCORPORATED
By:  

/s/ Daniel H. Leever

Name:   Daniel H. Leever
and
By:  

/s/ Sharon L. Johnson

Name:   Sharon L. Johnson
and
By:  

/s/ Frank J. Monteiro

Name:   Frank J. Monteiro

[Plan Exchange Agreement Signature Page]

Exhibit 10.5

ARTICLE I

Preamble

This instrument sets forth the restatement of the MacDermid, Incorporated Profit Sharing and Employee Savings Plan (the “Plan”) effective generally as of January 1, 2010. Prior to such date, the Plan was most recently restated as of January 1, 2005. This instrument incorporates all amendments to the Plan adopted after the 2005 Restatement, as well as certain other technical and miscellaneous changes as amended by the First through Fourth Amendments to the 2005 Restatement and the amendment relating to the termination of the employee stock ownership program feature of the Plan in 2007.

The Plan and the related trust are intended to qualify as a discretionary contribution individual account plan under Section 401(a) and Section 501(a) of the Code, respectively, and the cash or deferred arrangement under the Plan is intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Code.

Background. The Plan is the result of the merger, over the course of many years, of a number of separate plans, commencing with the merger, effective April 1, 1996, of the MacDermid, Incorporated Employees’ Profit Sharing Plan (the “Profit Sharing Plan”) and the MacDermid, Incorporated Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Employee Stock Ownership Plan” or “ESOP”).

The original version of the Profit Sharing Plan was adopted on December 15, 1952, effective as of January 1, 1952. It was intended to effectuate a moral objective of the Company to share profits with employees and also to encourage employee thrift, so as to further enhance the financial growth, independence and security of the Company’s employees and their families and beneficiaries at the time of retirement or disability, other termination of employment, or of death.

The Employee Stock Ownership Plan was established to further assist employees in planning financially for retirement, disability or termination of employment and to afford employees an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company. The Employee Stock Ownership Plan was originally adopted as of April 1, 1980. The Employee Stock Ownership Plan was intended to qualify under Section 401(a) and to meet the requirements for an employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code including, without limitation, the requirements relating to qualifying employer securities that may be held by the ESOP. In 2007, the securities of the Company ceased to be traded on an established securities market. In connection with this change, the Plan ceased to include an employee stock ownership plan feature. Participants’ account balances under the employee stock ownership plan feature were reinvested in one or more of the remaining investment options, including a restricted investment in stock of the new entity.

In addition to the Profit Sharing Plan and the Employee Stock Ownership Plan, other plans have contributed to the Plan set forth in this instrument. Effective January 1, 1999, the MacDermid Imaging Technology, Inc. 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan (the “MacDermid Imaging Plan”) was merged into the Plan in connection with the merger of MacDermid Imaging

 

-1-


Technology, Inc. (“MacDermid Imaging”) into MacDermid, Incorporated; effective October 1, 1999, the Canning Gumm, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the “Gumm Plan”) was merged into the Plan; effective January 1, 2000, the W. Canning, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the “W. Canning Plan”) was merged into the Plan; effective February 1, 2000, the Polyfibron Technologies, Inc. Savings and Investment Plan (the “PTI Plan”) was merged into the Plan; effective January 1, 2003, the MacDermid Equipment 401(k) Plan, the MacDermid Equipment, Inc. Money Purchase Plan and Trust and the Polyfibron Technologies, Inc. Retirement Plan were merged into the Plan; effective January 1, 2003, the MacDermid Equipment 401(k) Plan, the MacDermid Equipment, Inc. Money Purchase Plan and Trust and the Polyfibron Technologies, Inc. Retirement Plan were merged into the Plan; and, effective January 1, 2006, the Autotype Americas, Inc. 401(k) Plan was merged into the Plan.

 

-2-


ARTICLE II

Definitions and Construction

Whenever used in this instrument:

2.1 “Administrator” means the person or persons appointed pursuant to Article X to administer the Plan in accordance with said Article.

2.2 “Affiliated Company” means (a) any corporation (other than the Company) which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code) with the Company; (b) any trade or business (other than the Company), whether or not incorporated, which is under common control (as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code) with the Company; (c) any trade or business (other than the Company) which is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in Section 414(m) of the Code) of which the Company is also a member; or (d) any entity (other than the Company) required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to regulations issued under Section 414(o) of the Code; provided , that the term “Affiliated Company” shall not include any corporation, unincorporated trade or business or other entity prior to the date on which such corporation, trade or business or entity satisfies the affiliation or control test of (a), (b), (c) or (d) above. In identifying “Affiliated Companies” for purposes of Section 4.7(a), the definitions in Sections 414(b) and (c) of the Code will be modified as provided in Section 415(h) of the Code.

2.3 “Approved Leave” means a leave of absence authorized by the Company under the Company’s standard personnel practices; provided , that all persons under similar circumstances must be treated alike in the granting of such Approved Leaves; and provided further, that the Participant returns within the period specified in the Approved Leave.

2.4 “Autotype” means Autotype Americas, Inc.

2.5 “Autotype 401(k) Plan” means the Autotype Americas, Inc. 401(k) Plan.

2.6 “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of MacDermid, Incorporated.

2.7 “Break in Service” means one or more consecutive One Year Breaks in Service. The term “One Year Break in Service” means, with respect to any person, a Plan Year during which the person does not complete 500 or more Hours of Service, except as otherwise provided herein. An Approved Leave shall not constitute a Break in Service, but shall not be considered as Credited Service under the Plan, except as otherwise specifically provided herein.

2.8 “Cash Distributions” means the amount which a Participant elects to receive as a cash distribution for any Plan Year in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.6.

2.9 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as from time to time amended.

2.10 “Company” means MacDermid, Incorporated, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Connecticut, and any Affiliated Company which adopts the Plan with the consent of MacDermid, Incorporated.

 

-3-


2.11 “Compensation” means, with respect to any Employee for a Plan Year:

 

  (a) During Employment . For purposes of Sections 2.30 and 4.7(a), for any Employee, while such Employee is currently employed by the Company, the Employee’s wages, salaries, fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Company to the extent that the amounts are includable in gross income (or to the extent that the amounts would have been received and includible in gross income but for an election under Sections 125(a), 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), 457(b) of the Code), including but not limited to commissions paid to salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, reimbursements, expense allowances, and any amounts includible in an Employee’s gross income under Section 409A, but not including any items excludable from the definition of compensation under Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-2(d)(3).

 

  (b) Post-Severance . For purposes of Sections 2.30 and 4.7(a), for any Employee, after such Employee has separated from service with the Company:

 

  (i) Payments Made Within 2  1 2 Months from Separation from Service. Amounts described in paragraph (a) above, that are paid (1) within two and one half months of the Employee’s separation from service or (2) at the end of the limitation year that included the Employee’s date of separation from service;

 

  (ii) Regular Wages Pages After Separation from Service. Payments of regular compensation for services during an Employee’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside of an Employee’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments that would have been paid to the employee prior to a severance from employment if such Employee had continued to be employed by the Company;

 

  (iii) Leave Cashouts and Deferred Compensation. Payments for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave, but only if an Employee would have been able to use the leave if such Employee had continued to be employed by the Company or amounts received by an Employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan, but only if the payment would have been paid to such Employee at the same time if such Employee had continued to be employed by the Company and only to the extent such amount is includible in such Employee’s gross income;

 

  (iv)

Salary Continuation Payments for Military Service and Disabled Participants. Payments to a Participant who is no longer an Employee because of qualified military service (as defined in Section 414(u)(1) of the Code) or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3)

 

-4-


  of the Code) that are not in excess of the amounts such Participant would have received if such Participant had continued to be employed by the Company.

For all other purposes under the Plan, for any Employee, the Employee’s total compensation which is reportable as income subject to federal income tax withholding paid to the Employee during the Plan Year or which would have been so paid if not deferred by the Employee’s election under Section 4.3 or under any cafeteria plan maintained by the Company.

Consistent with Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, the Compensation of each Participant for any Plan Year shall be limited to $200,000 (as adjusted from time to time by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate).

2.12 “Continuous Employment” means the aggregate regular and customary employment by the Company for a period of one or more complete Plan Years, including periods of Approved Leave, and shall include all complete Plan Years of employment whether continuous or interrupted. If an Employee is absent solely because of sickness or disability, he shall be deemed an eligible Employee continuously employed during such period as the Company continues him on its payroll, but he shall not be deemed an eligible Employee or continuously employed during such absence after such period unless absent on Approved Leave. On and after April 1, 1969 continuous employment by the Company shall for purposes of the Plan include all continuous employment, as defined above, by Brookside AIL Corporation (formerly American Industrial Linings, Inc.). Effective January 1, 1999 continuous employment by the Company shall for purposes of the Plan include all continuous employment, as defined above, by MacDermid Imaging prior to January 1, 1999. Effective October 1, 1999, continuous employment by the Company shall for purposes of the Plan include all continuous employment, as defined above, by Gumm prior to October 1, 1999. Effective January 1, 2000, continuous employment by the Company shall for purposes of the Plan include all continuous employment, as defined above, by W. Canning prior to January 1, 2000. Effective February 1, 2000, continuous employment by the Company shall for purposes of the Plan include all continuous employment, as defined above, by PTI prior to February 1, 2000. Effective January 1, 2003, continuous employment by the Company shall for purposes of the Plan include all continuous employment, as defined above, by MEI prior to January 1, 2003. Effective January 1, 2006, continuous employment by the Company shall for purposes of the Plan include all continuous employment, as defined above, by Autotype prior to January 1, 2006.

2.13 “Credited Service” means, with respect to any person, the number of Plan Years during each of which such person has completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service; provided, however, that:

 

  (a) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.12 to the contrary, for any Participant, the Participant’s last period of Continuous Employment with the Company prior to April 1, 1976 shall be counted as Credited Service. The partial year beginning a Participant’s such last period of Continuous Employment shall be deemed to be one full year of Credited Service if (i) for Plan Years commencing prior to January 1, 2002, such partial year began on or before October 31, or (ii) for Plan Years commencing on or after January 1, 2002, such partial year began on or before July 31.

 

-5-


  (b) In the case of any person who does not have any nonforfeitable right to a benefit derived from Company contributions, years of Credited Service prior to any Break in Service shall not be taken into account if the number of consecutive One Year Breaks in Service is five or more. The aggregate number of years of Credited Service prior to such Break in Service shall be deemed not to include any years of Credited Service not required to be taken into account under this Section by reason of any prior Break in Service.

 

  (c) Without limiting any other Plan provision, with respect to the Plan Year ending December 31, 2001, each Participant credited with an Hour of Service between April 1, 2001 and December 31, 2001 and who has not separated from covered service prior to January 1, 2002 shall be credited with a Year of Service for such Plan Year.

2.14 “Early Retirement Age” means age 55.

2.15 “Effective Date” means, with respect to the restatement of the Plan set forth in this instrument, January 1, 2010.

2.16 “Elective Contribution” each mean the contribution made to the Plan on behalf of a Participant under Section 4.3(a). Prior to the elimination of the employee stock ownership feature of the Plan in 2007, the term “Elective Contribution” also included certain elective employee contributions on behalf of the Participant to such employee stock ownership feature of the Plan.

2.17 “Elective Contribution Account” means an Elective Contribution Account or Employer Special Share Account maintained for a Participant to record his Elective Contributions and adjustments thereto. “Elective Contribution Account” means the account maintained for a Participant to record his Elective Contributions to Plan and adjustments thereto. “Employer Special Share Account” means the account maintained for a Participant to record his interest, if any, in New MacDermid Stock that was converted from stock previously held under the elective deferral account of the Plan’s employee stock ownership plan feature in connection with the elimination of that feature prior to the Effective Date.

2.18 “Employee” means any person between whom and the Company or an Affiliated Company there exists the common law relationship of employee and employer and who is receiving remuneration for personal services rendered to the Company or an Affiliated Company, as the case may be, including any person absent on Approved Leave and any person who is also an officer or director of the Company or an Affiliated Company, but excluding (a) any officer or director not otherwise employed by the Company or an Affiliated Company, (b) any person who merely receives from the Company, an Affiliated Company or the Trust a retirement allowance or benefit, retainer or fee under contract but who is not otherwise an employee, (c) any employee who, by virtue of a general bargaining obligation, agreement or good faith impasse between the Company or an Affiliated Company and a labor organization

 

-6-


which the Company or the Affiliated Company is legally obligated to recognize as such employee’s exclusive bargaining representative, is precluded from participation in the Plan and (d) any person who is a nonresident alien and who receives no earned income from the Company or an Affiliated Company which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the Code). Any person who is a “leased employee,” within the meaning of Section 414(n) of the Code, and any person required to be considered an employee pursuant to regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code, shall be considered an employee to the extent required under such Section; provided , that no such person shall be eligible to become a Participant until he is actually employed by the Company.

2.19 “Employee Profit Sharing Contribution” means the amount contributed by a Participant under the Plan pursuant to Section 4.2.

2.20 “Employer Contribution” means the amount contributed by the Company under the Plan for each Plan Year pursuant to Section 4.1.

2.21 “Employer Money Purchase Contribution” means the amount contributed by the Company on behalf of certain former participants in the MEI MP Plan pursuant to Section 4.1.

2.22 “Employer Contribution Account” means the account maintained for a Participant to record his share of the contributions of the Company under Section 4.1 and adjustments thereto.

2.23 “Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account” means the account maintained for a Participant to record his share of the Employer Money Purchase Contributions made by the Company under Section 4.1 and adjustments thereto.

2.24 “Employer Special Share Account” means the account maintained for a Participant to record his interest, if any, in New MacDermid Stock that was converted from stock previously held under the employer contribution account of the Plan’s employee stock ownership plan feature before the elimination of that feature prior to the Effective Date.

2.25 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

2.26 “Fiduciary” means the Company, the Administrator and the Trustee, but only with respect to the specific responsibilities of each with respect to the administration of the Plan and Trust Fund, as provided in Article X.

2.27 “Forfeiture” means the portion of a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account and Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account and Employer Special Share Account which is forfeited because of termination of employment before full vesting.

2.28 “Gumm” means Canning Gumm, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company of which the Company is the sole member, and its predecessors.

2.29 “Gumm Plan” means the Canning Gumm, Inc. 401(k) Plan.

 

-7-


2.30 “Highly Compensated Employee” means, effective April 1, 1997,

 

  (a) For Plan Years beginning on or before January 1, 1996, an Employee who, during the Plan Year in question or the preceding Plan Year,

 

  (i) was at any time a five-percent owner (as defined in Section 416(i)(1) of the Code) of the Company,

 

  (ii) received Compensation in excess of $75,000,

 

  (iii) received Compensation in excess of $50,000 and was in the top-paid group of employees (as defined in Section 414(q) of the Code, based upon the exclusion of all employees excludable under Section 414(q)(8)) for the Year, or

 

  (iv) was at any time an officer of the Company and received Compensation greater than 150 percent of the amount in effect under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for such Year.

The $75,000 and $50,000 amounts in (ii) and (iii) above shall automatically be adjusted if and to the extent the corresponding amounts in Section 414(q) of the Code are adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury. No more than 50 Employees (or, if less, the greater of three Employees or 10 percent of all Employees) shall be treated as officers for purposes of clause (iv) above. An individual who was not described in (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) above during the preceding Plan Year shall be a Highly Compensated Employee during the current Plan Year only if he is described in (i) above or is among the 100 Employees with the greatest Compensation for the current Plan Year.

If an Employee is described in (i) above or is among the ten Employees with the greatest Compensation during the Plan Year, the Employee and any family members, as defined in Section 414(q)(6) of the Code, who are also Employees shall be treated as a single Employee.

 

  (b) For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1997, an Employee who (i) was a 5-percent owner, as defined in Section 416(i)(1) of the Code, of the Company at any time during the Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year, or (ii) for the preceding Plan Year received Compensation from the Company in excess of $80,000 (adjusted as provided in Section 415(d) of the Code), and, if the Company elects the operation of the remainder of this clause (ii), was in the top twenty percent of all Employees of the Company on the basis of Compensation for such preceding Plan Year.

 

-8-


2.31 “Hours of Service” means for any Employee during any period of time:

 

  (a) Each hour for which the Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Company or an Affiliated Company, each such hour to be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which such duties were performed.

 

  (b) (i) Each hour for which the Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of any of the following periods during which no duties are performed; provided , however , that no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited under this paragraph (b) to any person on account of any single continuous period during which he performs no duties; and further provided , that Hours of Service shall not be credited under this paragraph (b) for a payment which solely reimburses the Employee for medically related expenses incurred by the Employee, or which is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable worker’s compensation, unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws:

(A) Periods of time during which the Employee has been excused from work by the Company or an Affiliated Company by reason of vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff or jury duty; provided , that in the event that such person fails to return to work upon the expiration of the period for which he has been so excused, his employment shall be deemed to terminate upon such expiration;

(B) Periods of Approved Leave authorized in writing by the Company; provided , that in the event the Employee fails to return to the active employ of the Company or the Affiliated Company upon the expiration of the period of such Approved Leave his employment shall be deemed to terminate upon such expiration;

 

  (ii) (A) In the case of a payment made or due which is calculated on the basis of units of time, the number of Hours of Service to be credited shall be the number of regularly scheduled working hours included in the units of time on the basis of which the payment is calculated. Such hours shall be credited to the computation period in which the period during which no duties are performed occurs, beginning with the first unit of time to which the payment relates.

(B) In the case of a payment made or due which is not calculated on the basis of units of time, the number of Hours of Service to be credited shall be equal to the amount of the payment divided by the person’s most recent hourly rate of compensation before the period during which no duties are performed. For purposes of this subparagraph (b)(ii)(B), a person’s most recent hourly rate of compensation shall be (1) if his compensation is

 

-9-


determined on the basis of an hourly rate, his most recent hourly rate of compensation, (2) if his compensation is determined on the basis of a fixed rate for specified periods of time (other than hours), his most recent rate of compensation for such specified period of time divided by the number of hours regularly scheduled for the performance of duties during such period of time, and (3) if his compensation is not determined on the basis of a fixed rate for specified periods of time, the lowest hourly rate of compensation paid to employees in the same job classification as his, or if no employees in the same job classification have an hourly rate, the minimum wage as established from time to time under Section 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended. Any hours to be credited under this subparagraph (b)(ii)(B) shall be credited to the computation period in which the period during which no duties are performed occurs, or if the period during which no duties are performed extends beyond one computation period, shall be allocated between not more than the first two computation periods on any reasonable basis which is consistently applied with respect to all employees within the same job classification, reasonably defined.

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (b), a person is not required to be credited hereunder on account of a period during which no duties are performed with a number of Hours of Service which is greater than the number of hours regularly scheduled for the performance of duties during such period.

 

  (iv) For purposes of this paragraph (b), in the case of a person without a regular work schedule, such person shall be deemed to have a 40 hour work week.

 

  (c) To the extent not already credited under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Company or the Affiliated Company, each such hour being credited to the computation period to which such award or agreement pertains; provided , that crediting of Hours of Service under this paragraph (c) with respect to periods described in paragraph (b) shall be subject to the limitations set forth in such paragraph (b).

 

  (d) To the extent not already described under paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this Section, each hour as is determined by the Company to be credited for periods covered by leaves of absence authorized by it or an Affiliated Company; provided , however , that all such determinations shall be uniform and applicable to all persons similarly situated.

 

  (e)

Solely for purposes of determining whether a Break in Service has occurred, with respect to a person who furnishes to the Administrator such information as shall

 

-10-


be reasonably required to establish that he is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons, the number of Hours of Service which would normally have been credited to him during such absence but for such absence (or, if the number of such Hours of Service cannot be determined, eight Hours of Service for each day of such absence); provided , however , that no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited with respect to any such maternity or paternity absence.

For purposes of this paragraph (e), an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (i) by reason of the pregnancy of the Employee, (ii) by reason of the birth of a child of the Employee, (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by such Employee, or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.

Hours of Service credited in accordance with this paragraph (e) shall be credited for the computation period in which the absence begins, if necessary to prevent the Employee from incurring a Break in Service in such period, or if not, in the computation period following the period in which the absence begins if necessary to prevent such a Break in Service in that period.

 

  (f) Effective December 12, 1994, to the extent not already credited under paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d), or (e) of this Section, each period of qualified military service in the uniformed services (as defined for purposes of Section 414(u)(5) of the Code and the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (“USERRA”)) served by an Employee shall be considered, upon reemployment of the Employee by the Company under USERRA, for purposes of the Plan to be service with the Company. For benefit accrual purposes, each Participant who dies or becomes disabled within the meaning of Section 6.2 while performing qualified military service, within the meaning of Section 414(u)(9) of the Code with respect to the Company shall be treated as if such Participant had resumed employment in accordance with the individual’s reemployment rights under USERRA, on the day preceding death or disability (as the case may be) and terminated employment on the actual date of death or disability. All Participants performing qualified military service with respect to the Company who die or became disabled as a result of performing qualified military service prior to reemployment by the Company shall be credited with service and benefits hereunder on reasonably equivalent terms. The amount of employee contributions and the amount of elective deferrals of each Participant treated as reemployed under this paragraph (f) shall be determined on the basis of such Participant’s average actual employee contributions or elective deferrals for the lesser of (i) the 12-month period of service with the Company immediately prior to qualified military service, or (ii) if service with the Company is less than such 12-month period, the actual length of continuous service with the Company.

2.32 “Income” means the net gain or loss of the Trust Fund or of a separate investment fund within the Trust Fund, as the case may be, from investments, as reflected by interest payments, dividends, realized and unrealized gains and losses on investments and expenses paid from the Trust Fund. In determining the Income of the Trust Fund or any separate fund for any period, assets shall be valued on the basis of their fair market value.

 

-11-


2.33 “Investment Committee” means a committee appointed by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 10.1.

2.34 “Investment Manager” means an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, a bank as defined in that Act, or an insurance company qualified to manage, acquire or dispose of assets of the Plan under the laws of more than one State, which is appointed pursuant to Section 10.1 to manage, acquire or dispose of assets of the Plan.

2.35 “MacDermid Equipment” or “MEI” means MacDermid Equipment, Inc.

2.36 “MEI 401(k) Plan” means the MacDermid Equipment 401(k) Plan established by MacDermid Equipment, Inc. effective April 1, 1999.

2.37 “MEI MP Plan” means the MacDermid Equipment, Inc. Money Purchase Plan and Trust established by MacDermid Equipment, Inc. effective April 1, 1999.

2.38 “MacDermid Imaging” means MacDermid Imaging Technology, Inc.

2.39 “MacDermid Imaging Plan” means the MacDermid Imaging Technology, Inc. 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan established by MacDermid Imaging effective January 1, 1996.

2.40 “New MacDermid Stock” means an irrevocable interest in a restricted investment in MacDermid, Incorporated that was converted, at a Participant’s election in 2007, from such Participant’s interest in his elective deferrals and employer contributions in the terminated employer stock ownership plan feature of the Plan.

2.41 “Normal Retirement Age” means age 60.

2.42 “Participant” means an Employee of the Company who has become a Participant in the Plan in the manner set forth in Article III.

2.43 “Plan” means the MacDermid, Incorporated Profit Sharing and Employee Savings Plan contained herein, as from time to time amended.

2.44 “Plan Year” or “Limitation Year” means the 12-month period ending on December 31.

2.45 “Prior ESOP” means the MacDermid, Incorporated Employee Stock Ownership Plan as in effect from time to time prior to April 1, 1996.

2.46 “Prior Plan” means the MacDermid, Incorporated Employees’ Profit Sharing Plan as in effect from time to time prior to April 1, 1996.

 

-12-


2.47 “PTI” means Polyfibron Technologies, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company effective generally as of December 29, 1999.

2.48 “PTI Plan” means the Polyfibron Technologies, Inc. Savings and Investment Plan.

2.49 “PTI MP Plan” means the Polyfibron Technologies, Inc. Retirement Plan established by PTI effective January 1, 1995.

2.50 “Transferred National Starch Employee” means any individual who became an Employee of MacDermid, Incorporated pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Purchase and Sale Agreement dated September 29, 1997 by and among National Starch and Chemical Company and MacDermid, Incorporated.

2.51 “Trustee” means, collectively, the trustee or trustees acting under the Trust Agreement.

2.52 “Trust Agreement” means the agreement between the Company and the Trustee establishing the trust.

2.53 “Trust Fund” means the principal and Income of the trust under the Trust Agreement.

2.54 “Valuation Date” means June 30, September 30, December 31 and March 31 of each Plan Year and such other dates as the Administrator may determine.

2.55 “W. Canning” means W. Canning L.P., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

2.56 “W. Canning Plan” means the W. Canning, Inc. 401(k) Plan.

The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender, and the singular shall include the plural, unless the context indicates otherwise. The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder” and other similar compounds of the word “here” shall mean and refer to the entire Plan, and not to any particular provision or Section.

 

-13-


ARTICLE III

Participation and Service

3.1 Participation .

Each individual who was a participant in the Plan on December 31, 2008 shall become a Participant in the Plan as of the Effective Date; provided , that he is an Employee of the Company on such date. Each other Employee of the Company shall become a Participant in the Plan in accordance with the following:

 

  (a) For purposes of making Elective Contributions, an Employee shall become a Participant as of the later of (i) the first day of the calendar month next following the date his employment with the Company begins and (ii) the date on which he files with the Administrator a salary reduction agreement in accordance with Section 4.3 to have Elective Contributions made to the Plan on his behalf. No such Participant shall be entitled to an allocation of Employer Contributions, Employer Money Purchase Contributions or Forfeitures, or be permitted to make Employee Profit Sharing Contributions, until the requirements of paragraph (b) have been satisfied.

 

  (b) For purposes of eligibility to receive a portion of an Employer Contribution in accordance with Sections 4.1 and 5.2, an Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan (A) as of December 1 of the first Plan Year during which he is an Employee, provided , that his employment by the Company commences on or prior to July 1 of such Plan Year (or he is otherwise earns one year of Credited Service during such Plan Year) and he is at least 18 years of age as of such December 1 date; or (B) as of December 1 of the second Plan Year during which he is an Employee, provided , that his employment with the Company commences after July 1 of the first Plan Year during which he is an Employee and he is at least 18 years of age as of such December 1 date. In the event that an Employee is ineligible to become a Participant under the preceding sentence solely because he is less than 18 years old, then he shall become a Participant in the Plan as of December 1 next following the date he attains 18 years of age (or, if earlier, the date that is six months after the date he attains 18 years of age) provided that he is an Employee of the Company on such date.

3.2 Termination of Participation . A Participant shall cease to be a Participant in the Plan on the first to occur of the following events:

 

  (a) His retirement at or after reaching Early Retirement Age or Normal Retirement Age in accordance with Section 6.1;

 

  (b) His retirement as the result of disability in accordance with Section 6.2;

 

  (c) His death;

 

-14-


  (d) His termination of employment with the Company for reasons other than retirement, disability or death; and

 

  (e) The termination of the Plan.

3.3 Rejoining After Termination of Participation . Each Participant whose participation in the Plan terminates as a result of his retirement, disability or termination of employment for reasons other than retirement, disability or death shall again become a Participant as of the first day of his reemployment as an Employee of the Company.

3.4 Inactive Status . In the event that any Participant shall in any Plan Year accumulate 500 or more but less than 1,000 Hours of Employment or be on Approved Leave and have accumulated less than 1,000 Hours of Employment, his Employer Contribution Account, Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account and Employer Special Share Account shall be placed on inactive status. In such case, such Plan Year shall not be considered as a period of Credited Service for the purpose of determining the Participant’s vested interest in accordance with Section 6.4, and the Participant shall not share in the Employer Contribution (except as otherwise provided in Section 5.2), Employer Money Purchase Contribution or in Forfeiture allocations for any such Year, but he shall continue to receive Income allocations with respect to his Accounts in accordance with Section 5.5. For Plan Years commencing on or after January 1, 2003, such a Participant shall be eligible to make contributions pursuant to Sections 4.2 and 4.3. In the event such Participant accumulates 1,000 Hours of Service in a subsequent Plan Year, his Employer Contribution Account, Employer Special Share Account and Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account shall be restored to active status with full rights and privileges under the Plan restored.

 

-15-


ARTICLE IV

Contributions

4.1 Employer Contributions . The Company shall pay over to the Trust Fund for each Plan Year as an Employer Contribution under the Plan the amount, if any, determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion.

The Employer Contribution for each Plan Year shall be paid over to the Trustee by the Company not later than the time prescribed by law for filing its Federal income tax return, including any extensions thereof, with respect to the Company’s fiscal year ending with, or within which ends, such Plan Year.

The Employer Contribution shall be prorated between MacDermid, Incorporated and the Affiliated Companies participating in the Plan on the basis of the Compensation attributable to Participants who are Employees of each during the Plan Year and who are eligible to receive a portion of such Contribution in accordance with Section 5.2.

On behalf of each Participant who, as of December 31, 2002, was a participant in the MEI MP Plan and eligible to share in allocations of employer contributions to the MEI MP Plan, for each year of his or her participation in this Plan, the Company shall contribute and pay over to the Trust Fund an amount equal to three (3%) percent of said Participant’s base wage or salary payments received for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Company during the Plan Year for which such contribution is made; provided that, for purposes of this sentence, base wage and salary payments shall not include commissions paid to sales personnel, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, reimbursements and expense allowances or any other amounts that the Administrator determines on a reasonable and consistent basis to be other than base wage or salary payments; and provided further that, for purposes of this sentence, a Participant’s year(s) of participation shall not include any Plan Year in which a Participant separates from service with the Company unless he or she is credited with more than 500 Hours of Service for such Plan Year or is an Employee on the last day of such Plan Year.

4.2 Employee Profit Sharing Contributions . Effective January 1, 2002, each Participant may elect to make Employee Profit Sharing Contributions on an “after-tax” basis under the Plan; provided , however , that such Contributions may not exceed three percent (3%) of the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year, less any voluntary contributions made by the Employee under any other qualified plan of the Company or an Affiliated Company; and provided further, that effective January 1, 2006 in no event may a Participant elect to contribute any percentage to the Plan under this Section 4.2 which when combined with all Elective Contributions made with respect to the same Limitation Year, exceeds eighty percent (80%) of the Participant’s Compensation. Employee Profit Sharing Contributions may be made by means of payroll deduction in an amount equal to the percentage of Compensation designated by the Participant. A Participant may also make Employee Profit

 

-16-


Sharing Contributions by means of direct payments to the Company which is his employer. A Participant may terminate such Contributions at any time, and may elect to increase or decrease the amount of Employee Profit Sharing Contributions at such time and subject to such notice and timing requirements as the Administrator shall determine.

The aggregate amount of all Employee Profit Sharing Contributions deducted by or paid to the Company in any month shall be promptly paid over to the Trust Fund by the Company as soon as such amounts can reasonably be segregated from the assets of the Company, in accordance with applicable Department of Labor regulations.

Employee Profit Sharing Contributions shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times. The Administrator shall prescribe rules as to the time and manner of making Employee Profit Sharing Contributions, including any minimum payroll deduction which may be elected per payroll period and the effective date of any such election, and shall provide appropriate forms to be used in making Employee Profit Sharing Contributions and elections in connection therewith. Elections by Participants pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be made in writing in accordance with such rules as may be prescribed by the Administrator.

4.3 Elective Contributions.

 

  (a) Elective Contributions to Plan . Effective January 1, 2006, a Participant may elect in writing by a salary reduction agreement with the Company to have the Company contribute to the Plan on his behalf any percentage, up to a maximum of eighty percent (80%), of his Compensation payable thereafter while he is a Participant in the Plan.

A Participant may from time to time change such percentage by entering into a new salary reduction agreement or may at any time voluntarily suspend any Elective Contributions on his behalf by revoking any salary reduction agreement then in effect for him; provided , however , that a Participant who suspends his Elective Contributions may resume such contributions in accordance with Plan procedures.

 

  (b) Elective Contributions to ESOP . In connection with the elimination of the employer stock ownership feature of the Plan in 2007, elective Participant contributions to such feature ceased and are no longer permitted.

 

  (c) Salary Reduction Agreements, Etc . A salary reduction agreement entered into by a Participant in accordance with this Section 4.3 shall be applied to reduce his Compensation otherwise payable by the Company for each full pay period after the effective date of such salary reduction agreement until revoked or changed. Any such salary reduction agreement:

 

  (i) shall be effective as of the first day of the calendar month next following its execution or as of such other date subsequent to its execution as may be approved by the Administrator, and

 

  (ii)

shall remain in effect unless and until (A) revoked by the Participant by written notice to the Administrator, such revocation being effective as of

 

-17-


  the first full pay period next following receipt by the Administrator of such notice or as of such other date subsequent to the receipt of such notice as may be approved by the Administrator, or (B) superseded by a subsequent salary reduction agreement entered into in accordance with the provisions of this Section.

Elective Contributions shall be paid over to the Trust Fund by the Company as soon as such amounts can reasonably be segregated from the assets of the Company, in accordance with applicable Department of Labor regulations. To the extent required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(a)(3)(iii), Elective Contributions made by a Participant shall not be paid over to the Trust Fund before the Participant’s performance of services with respect to which the contributions are made (or when the cash or other taxable benefit would be currently available, if earlier); provided , however , that the timing of contributions will not be treated as failing to satisfy this sentence merely because contributions for a pay period are occasionally made before the services with respect to that pay period are performed, if the contributions are made early in order to accommodate bona fide administrative considerations within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(a)(3)(iii)(C) and are not paid early with a principal purpose of accelerating deductions.

Elective Contributions shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times. The Administrator shall prescribe such rules as he deems necessary or appropriate as to the form and manner in which elections and salary reduction agreements pursuant to this Section 4.3 are to be made. Elections and agreements shall be made in writing in accordance with such rules as may be prescribed by the Administrator.

 

  (d) All Participants who are eligible to make Elective Contributions under this Plan and who have attained age 50 before the close of the Plan Year shall be eligible to make ‘catch-up contributions’ in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of Section 414(v) of the Code. Such catch-up contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of Sections 402(g) and 415 of the Code. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of Sections 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416 of the Code, as applicable, by reason of the making of such catch-up contributions.

4.4 Employee ESOP Contributions . In connection with the elimination of the employer stock ownership feature of the Plan in 2007, elective Participant contributions to such feature on an “after-tax” basis ceased and are no longer permitted.

4.5 Employer ESOP Contributions . In connection with the elimination of the employer stock ownership feature of the Plan in 2007, Company contributions to such feature ceased and the Company shall no longer make contributions to such feature.

 

-18-


4.6 Cash Distributions . Each Participant entitled to a share of an Employer Contribution for any Plan Year made under Section 4.1 may elect, in lieu of having his entire share of such Contribution paid to the Trust Fund and applied for his benefit, to receive a Cash Distribution from the Company which is his employer, in an amount equal to 33 1/3 percent of his vested share (to the extent such share does not exceed five percent of his Compensation) of his portion of the Employer Contribution for the Plan Year. Such election must be made by submitting to the Administrator, not later than December 1 of the Plan Year for which the Contribution is to be made, a completed form as prescribed by the Administrator. An election to receive a Cash Distribution for any Plan Year is irrevocable. A new election must be filed for each Plan Year in order to receive a Cash Distribution with respect to each such Plan Year.

That portion of the Employer Contribution allocated to a Participant which may be distributed in cash pursuant to this Section shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times. In the event of the death of the Participant before payment of any elected Cash Distribution, such payment shall be made in accordance with Section 6.3.

4.7 Limitations on Allocations to Participants .

 

  (a) Limitations on Annual Additions Under Code Section 415 . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the total Annual Additions (within the meaning of Section 415(c)(2) of the Code) made to a Participant’s Accounts hereunder for any Limitation Year, when added to the Annual Additions to his accounts for such Year under all other defined contribution Plans maintained by the Company and the Affiliated Companies, shall not exceed the amount permitted under Section 415 of the Code. For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2000, in the case of a Participant who also participates in a defined benefit plan maintained by the Company or an Affiliated Company, the Annual Addition for a limitation year will, if necessary, be further limited so that the sum of the Participant’s “defined contribution fraction” (as determined under Section 415(e) of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder) and his “defined benefit plan fraction” (as so determined) for such Limitation Year does not exceed 1.0. To the extent necessary to satisfy the limitations of Section 415 of the Code for any Participant, the Annual Addition which would otherwise be made with respect to the Participant under the Plan shall be reduced only after the Participant’s benefit is reduced under any defined benefit plan.

Except as permitted by the provisions of the Plan concerning catch-up contributions (within the meaning of Section 4.3(d)) and Section 414(v) of the Code, the Annual Addition that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant’s Accounts under the Plan for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of: (i) $49,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living under Section 415(d) of the Code; or (ii) 100 percent of the Participant’s Compensation within the meaning of Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, for the Limitation Year ( provided , that the Compensation limit referred to in this subsection (ii) shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition.)

 

-19-


Except as permitted by the provisions of the Plan concerning catch-up contributions (within the meaning of Section 4.3(d)) and Section 414(v) of the Code, the Annual Addition that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant’s Accounts under the Plan for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of: (i) $40,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living under Section 415(d) of the Code; or (ii) 100 percent of the Participant’s Compensation within the meaning of Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, for the Limitation Year ( provided , that the Compensation limit referred to in this subsection (ii) shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition.)

In the event that the amounts otherwise allocable hereunder to the Accounts of any Participant for any Plan Year would be in excess of the limitations provided in this Section 4.7(a), such excess shall be disposed of in the following order:

 

  (i) First, any voluntary Employee Profit Sharing Contributions to the Plan, to the extent that their return would reduce such excess, shall be forthwith returned to the Participant.

 

  (ii) Second, to the extent such excess is attributable to Employer Contributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, such excess shall be reallocated among other eligible Participants in accordance with Section 5.2.

 

  (iii) Third, to the extent such excess is attributable to Forfeitures under the Plan, such excess shall be reallocated among other eligible Participants in accordance with Section 5.6.

 

  (iv) Fourth, such excess shall otherwise be held in a suspense account and used to reduce the Employer Contribution or Employer Money Purchase Contribution for the following Plan Year and each succeeding Plan Year if necessary; provided , however , that no such suspense account shall participate in the allocation of the investment earnings, gains or losses under the Plan.

 

  (b) Annual Addition . “Annual Addition” means all amounts contributed to the Plan by the Company or by a Participant except,

 

  (i) Rollover contributions (as described in Sections 401(a)(31), 402(c)(1), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408)(d)(3), and 457(e)(16) of the Code);

 

  (ii) Repayments of loans made to a Participant from the Plan;

 

  (iii) Repayments of amounts described in Section 411(a)(7)(B) of the Code (in accordance with Section 411(a)(7)(C)) and 411(a)(3)(D) of the Code);

 

-20-


  (iv) Employee contributions to a cost of living arrangement within the meaning of Section 415(k)(2)(B) of the Code; and

 

  (v) Restorative payments made to the plan as a result of a breach of fiduciary duty that creates a reasonable risk of liability to the Plan as described in Treas. Reg. 1.415(c)-1(b)(2)(C).

 

  (c) Nondiscrimination Provisions Under Code Section 401(k)(3).

 

  (i) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan shall at all times meet the applicable requirements of Section 401(k)(3) of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder, which are incorporated herein by reference.

Without limiting the foregoing, each cash-or-deferred arrangement within the meaning of Section 401(k)(2) of the Code maintained under the Plan shall satisfy the actual deferral percentage test of Section 401(k)(3) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2, as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(b)(1)(ii)(A), and the provisions of said Section 401(k)(3) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2 are incorporated herein by reference in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(e)(7). For the purpose of such test, the current year testing method, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(2)(ii), shall be used for Plan Years commencing on or after January 1, 2006.

 

  (ii) Correction of Excess Contributions . If the Elective Contributions made on behalf of Plan Participants, when added to that portion of the Employer Contribution which may be distributed in cash under Section 4.6, would cause the Plan to fail the nondiscrimination tests under Section 401(k)(3) of the Code, then any excess contributions and any allocable income or loss shall be distributed to the affected Participants no later than 12 months after the close of the Plan Year in which the excess contribution was made.

Distributions pursuant to this Section 4.7(c)(ii) shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(b)(2), which are incorporated herein by reference. Without limiting the foregoing, income allocable to excess contributions for the Plan Year with respect to which such contributions were made and for the gap period, i.e ., the period after the close of such Plan Year and prior to the distribution, shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(b)(2)(iv). Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.401(k)-2(b)(2)(v) and 1.401(k)-2(b)(4)(i), a distribution of excess contributions shall be in addition to any other distributions made during the year and shall be designated as a corrective distribution by the Company. In the event of a complete termination of

 

-21-


the Plan during the Plan Year in which an excess contribution arose, the corrective distribution shall be made as soon as administratively feasible after the date of termination of the Plan, but in no event later than 12 months after the date of termination. If the entire account balance of a Highly Compensated Employee is distributed prior to when the Plan makes a distribution of excess contributions, the distribution shall be deemed to have been a corrective distribution of excess contributions (and income) to the extent that a corrective distribution would otherwise have been required, subject to Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(b)(2).

Any excess contributions to be distributed shall be reduced by excess deferrals previously distributed under Section 4.7(e). For purposes of this subsection (c), the amount of excess contributions for a Plan Year for a Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee is the amount (if any) by which such Participant’s Elective Contributions must be reduced for the Participant’s actual deferral ratio to equal the highest permitted actual deferral ratio under the Plan, as determined in accordance with applicable Treasury regulations, including Treasury Regulation 1.401(k)-1(f)(2).

Effective April 1, 1997, if a distribution becomes necessary, it will be first applied to the Participant who is the Highly Compensated Employee having the highest actual deferral amount, determined under Section 401(k)(3) of the Code and applicable regulations, until the requirements of Section 401(k)(3) are met or until such Participant’s actual deferral amount is reduced to the same amount as that of the Participant who is the Highly Compensated Employee having the next highest actual deferral amount. If further limitations are required, the process shall be repeated until the requirements of Section 401(k)(3) are met.

The Administrator shall maintain such records as are necessary to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of Section 401(k)(3) of the Code.

 

  (d) Nondiscrimination Provisions Under Code Section 401(m)(2).

 

  (i) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan shall at all times meet the applicable requirements under Section 401(m)(2) of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder, which are incorporated herein by reference.

Without limiting the foregoing, the amount of matching contributions and employee contributions, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.401(m)-1(a)(2) and 1.401(m)-1(a)(3), respectively, to the Plan for a Plan Year shall satisfy the requirements of the nondiscrimination test of Section 401(m) of the Code under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-1(b)(1)(A), and the provisions of said Section 401(m) of the

 

-22-


Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-1(b) are incorporated herein by reference in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-1(c)(2). For the purpose of such test, the current year testing method, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(2)(ii), shall be used for Plan Years commencing on or after January 1, 2004.

 

  (ii) Correction of Excess Aggregate Contributions . If the Employee Profit Sharing Contributions made on behalf of Plan Participants would cause the Plan to fail the nondiscrimination tests under Section 401(m)(2) of the Code, then any excess aggregate contributions and any allocable income shall be returned to the affected Participants no later than 12 months after the close of the Plan Year in which the excess aggregate contribution was made.

Distributions pursuant to this Section 4.7(d)(ii) shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(b)(2), which are incorporated herein by reference. Without limiting the foregoing, income allocable to excess aggregate contributions for the Plan Year with respect to which such contributions were made and for the gap period, i.e ., the period after the close of such Plan Year and prior to the distribution, shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(b)(2)(iv). Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(b)(2)(v), a distribution of excess aggregate contributions shall be in addition to any other distributions made during the year and shall be designated as a corrective distribution by the Company. In the event of a complete termination of the Plan during the Plan Year in which an excess aggregate contribution arose, the corrective distribution shall be made as soon as administratively feasible after the date of termination of the Plan, but in no event later than 12 months after the date of termination. If the entire account balance of a Highly Compensated Employee is distributed prior to when the Plan makes a distribution of excess aggregate contributions, the distribution shall be deemed to have been a corrective distribution of excess aggregate contributions (and income) to the extent that a corrective distribution would otherwise have been required, subject to Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(b)(2).

For purposes of this subsection (d), the amount of excess aggregate contributions for a Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for a Plan Year is the amount (if any) by which the Participant’s Elective Contributions must be reduced for the Participant’s actual contribution ratio to equal the highest permitted actual contribution ratio under the Plan, as determined in accordance with applicable Treasury regulations, including Treasury Regulation 1.401(m)-1(e)(2). Except as otherwise provided in such regulations, to calculate the highest permitted actual

 

-23-


contribution ratio under the Plan, the actual contribution ratio of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest actual contribution ratio is reduced by the amount required to cause the employee’s actual contribution ratio to equal the ratio of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next highest actual contribution ratio. If a lesser reduction would enable the arrangement to satisfy the actual contribution percentage test imposed under Section 401(m) of the Code, only this lesser reduction shall be made. This process shall be repeated until the Plan satisfies the actual contribution percentage test. The highest actual contribution ratio remaining under the Plan after leveling is the highest permitted actual contribution ratio.

Effective April 1, 1997, if a distribution become necessary, it will be first applied to the Participant who is the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest actual contribution amount, determined under Section 401(m)(2) of the Code and applicable regulations, until the requirements of Section 401(m)(2) of the Code are met or until such Participant’s actual contribution amount is reduced to the same percentage level as that of the Participant who is the Highly Compensated Employee having the next highest actual contribution amount. If further limitations are required, this process shall be repeated until the requirements of Section 401(m)(2) of the Code are met. A Participant’s excess aggregate contributions will be designated by the Company as a distribution of excess aggregate contributions.

The Administrator shall maintain such records as are necessary to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of Section 401(m)(2) of the Code.

 

  (iii) The multiple use test described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2 shall not apply for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001.

 

  (e) Limitation of Code Section 402(g).

 

  (i) Elective Contributions made on behalf of a Participant, when added to that portion of the Employer Contribution which may be distributed in cash under Section 4.6 and to the Participant’s elective deferrals (within the meaning of Section 402(g)(3) of the Code) under all plans, contracts or arrangements maintained by the Company or an Affiliated Company shall not exceed the limitation of Section 402(g) of the Code (as from time to time adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury), except to the extent permitted under Section 4.3(d) and Section 414(v) of the Code.

 

  (ii)

Correction of Excess Deferrals . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, if prior to March 1 following the close of a Participant’s taxable year, the Participant notifies the Plan that he requests a return of that portion of his prior Plan Year’s Elective Contributions which exceeds the

 

-24-


  limit of Section 402(g) of the Code (and any income allocable to such amount) the Plan may (but is not required to) return such excess amount with income allocable thereto not later than the April 15 following the end of the Participant’s taxable year. The Participant’s request will be limited solely to Elective Contributions deemed made in the immediately prior taxable year. No distribution of an excess deferral shall be made during the taxable year of a Participant in which the excess deferral was made unless the correcting distribution is made after the date on which the Plan received the excess deferral and both the Participant and the Plan designate the distribution as a distribution of an excess deferral. The Administrator shall establish such rules as it deems necessary to carry out the effect of this provision.

4.8 Limit on Contributions of Company . The sum of the contributions by the Company shall in no event be greater than the amount which is deductible under Section 404 of the Code. All Company contributions are hereby conditioned on their deductibility under Section 404 of the Code.

4.9 Limited Return of Contributions . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any contribution which was made by the Company under a mistake of fact or which was conditioned on the deductibility of the contribution under Section 404 of the Code, but the deduction of which is disallowed or treated as disallowed, shall upon request of the Company be returned to it within one year following the payment of such contribution or the disallowance of such deduction (to the extent disallowed), whichever is applicable.

4.10 Certain Transfers . Amounts representing the balance to the credit of each participant in the MacDermid Imaging Plan who becomes a Participant as of January 1, 1999 shall be transferred to the Plan and each such amount shall be held in one or more separate individual accounts created by the Plan Administrator in accordance with Article V of the Plan for the benefit of the affected Participant. Amounts representing the balance to the credit of each participant in the Gumm Plan who becomes a Participant as of October 1, 1999 shall be transferred to the Plan and each such amount shall be held in one or more separate individual accounts created by the Plan and Administrator in accordance with Article V of the Plan for the benefit of the affected Participant. Amounts representing the balance to the credit of each participant in the W. Canning Plan who becomes a Participant as of January 1, 2000 shall be transferred to the Plan and each such amount shall be held in one or more separate individual accounts created by the Plan and Administrator in accordance with Article V of the Plan for the benefit of the affected Participant. Amounts representing the balance to the credit of each participant in the PTI Plan who becomes a Participant as of February 1, 2000 shall be transferred to the Plan and each such amount shall be held in one or more separate individual accounts created by the Plan and Administrator in accordance with Article V of the Plan for the benefit of the affected Participant. Amounts representing the balance to the credit of each participant in the MEI 401(k) Plan, the MEI MP Plan and/or the PTI MP Plan who becomes a Participant as of January 1, 2003, shall be transferred to the Plan and each such amount shall be held in one or more separate individual accounts credited by the Plan and Administrator in accordance with Article V of the Plan for the benefit of the affected Participant. Amounts representing the

 

-25-


balance to the credit of each participant in the Autotype 401(k) Plan who becomes a Participant as of January 1, 2006, shall be transferred to the Plan and each such amount shall be held in one or more separate individual accounts credited by the Plan and Administrator in accordance with Article V of the Plan for the benefit of the affected Participant. Optional forms of benefit, if any, with respect to such amounts shall continue to be available under the Plan to the extent required by Section 411(d)(6) of the Code.

 

-26-


ARTICLE V

Allocations to Participants’ Accounts

5.1 Individual Accounts . The Administrator shall create and maintain, or cause to be created and maintained, adequate records to disclose the interest in the Trust Fund of each Participant, former Participant and beneficiary. Such records shall be in the form of individual accounts and shall reflect the amount invested in each of the separate investment funds available from time to time under the Plan, or in New MacDermid Stock under the Employer Special Share Account, and credits and charges shall be made to such accounts in the manner herein described. A Participant shall have up to five separate accounts, an Employer Contribution Account, an Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account, an Employee Profit Sharing Contribution Account, an Elective Contribution Account, and an Employer Special Share Account, and such other accounts as the Administrator may deem appropriate. The maintenance of individual accounts is for accounting purposes, and a segregation of the assets of the Trust Fund shall not be required.

5.2 Computation and Allocation of Employer Contributions . As of December 31 of each year, there shall be allocated to the Employer Contribution Account of each person who was a Participant on the last day of the Plan Year, including a Participant who terminated employment on such date, or who ceased employment for reasons of retirement, disability or death during the Plan Year an undivided proportionate interest in the Employer Contribution, if any, made by the Company for such Plan Year. The amount allocated to each such Participant shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to the total Employer Contribution as the Participant’s Compensation for such Year bears to the total Compensation for all such Participants for such Year.

5.3 Allocation of Employee Profit Sharing . Each Participant’s Employee Profit Sharing Contributions, if any, made pursuant to Section 4.2 shall be allocated to such Participant’s Employee Profit Sharing Contribution Account for each biweekly or monthly payroll date.

5.4 Allocation of Elective Contributions . A Participant’s Elective Contributions, if any, made pursuant to Section 4.3(a) shall be allocated to his Elective Contribution Account for each biweekly or monthly payroll date.

5.5 Allocation of Income and Dividends .

 

  (a) With respect to amounts invested in the separate investment funds available under the Plan, the Income of each separate investment fund of the Trust Fund during each Plan Year shall be allocated as received among the Participants (including, for purposes of this Section 5.5, a former Participant) in each separate investment fund.

There shall be allocated to each Participant an undivided proportionate interest in such Income, the amount of which shall bear the same ratio to the total of such Income as the ratio which the market value of such Participant’s interest in the separate investment fund bears to the aggregate market value of all Participants’ interests in such separate investment fund.

 

-27-


  (b) All other Income of the Trust Fund during each calendar quarter shall be allocated as received among the Participant Accounts to which investments with respect to such Income are allocated as of the close of such quarter, excluding for this purpose any New MacDermid Stock allocated to such Accounts.

5.6 Forfeitures . If upon termination of employment a Participant’s vested interest in his Employer Contribution Account, Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account or Employer Special Share Account is less than 100 percent, then as of the Valuation Date next following or coinciding with his termination such Account shall be made to reflect two separate portions, one representing his vested percentage and the other his forfeiture percentage. The forfeiture percentage, if any, of each separate investment fund (other than the Employer Special Share Account) shall be held in such fund or partially or totally transferred from time to time to any other separate investment fund as the Investment Committee shall in its sole discretion determine until it is applied in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.6. As of the last day of the Plan Year in which the terminated Participant incurs a One-Year Break in Service, or, if earlier, on the last day of the Plan Year in which distribution to such Participant of his benefits is made as provided in Section 6.8, the terminated Participant’s previous Employer Contribution Account, Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account or Employer Special Share Account, as the case may be, shall be closed and his forfeiture percentage shall be applied to reduce the Employer Contribution or Employer Money Purchase Contribution for the next Plan Year; provided , that if the benefit of any Participant is to be restored in accordance with Section 6.11, Forfeitures for the current Plan Year shall first be applied for such purpose. If the terminated Participant returns to the employ of the Company or an Affiliated Company before he has incurred five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, then, subject to Sections 6.9 and 6.11, the amount of the forfeiture percentage maintained in his previous Employer Contribution Account and Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account in each of the separate investment funds shall upon reparticipation be credited to such funds in his new Employer Contribution Account and Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account, and the amount of the forfeiture percentage in his previous Employer Special Share Account shall be credited to his new Employer Contribution Account, together with the amount of a distribution repaid by the Participant, if any, pursuant to Section 6.11.

5.7 Account Value . The value of the interest of any Participant in the Trust Fund at any time prior to his retirement date or termination date shall be the market value, as determined by the Trustee, of his interest at the next preceding Valuation Date, plus Employee Profit Sharing Contributions, Elective Contributions and rollover or transferred amounts, if any, and less withdrawals or other distributions, if any, made subsequent thereto, and on and after the date of his retirement, disability, death or other termination of employment shall be the value of his Employee Profit Sharing Contribution Account, Elective Contribution Account, and any rollover or transfer account, and the vested portion of his Employer Contribution Account, Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account and Employer Special Share Account as of the Valuation Date coinciding with the date of distribution. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the value of any portion of a distribution of any benefit of a Participant that is invested in New MacDermid Stock shall be determined as of the date of distribution.

 

-28-


5.8 Investment Options Under Plan . Subject to the limitations hereinafter set forth and to such further rules as may be prescribed by the Administrator, including any rules as to the minimum amount of any Employer Contributions, Employee Profit Sharing Contributions or Elective Contributions which may be so invested, a Participant may give instructions or changes of instructions to the Administrator to invest (a) Employer Contributions allocated to his Employer Contribution Account in an amount equal to not more than five percent of his Compensation, (b) Employee Profit Sharing Contributions and Elective Contributions made to the Plan on his behalf, and (c) amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan in one or more of the following separate investment funds within the Trust Fund as the Participant shall designate. An election pursuant to this Section 5.8 shall become effective, and shall be reflected, as soon as is administratively feasible. An election, once made, may be changed by a Participant not more often than twice in any Plan Year, unless the Administrator permits such changes to be made more frequently. An election filed pursuant to this Section 5.8 shall remain in effect until changed by the Participant by the filing of a subsequent election in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.8.

The separate investment funds maintained within the Trust Fund shall consist of such investment funds as are specified on Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Investment Committee may from time to time in its sole discretion change such other separate investment funds by amending such Schedule A. New MacDermid Stock may not be acquired under the Plan after the Effective Date, as an investment or otherwise.

In the event that a Participant fails to provide investment instructions to the Administrator in accordance with this Section 5.8, amounts held in his Accounts under the Plan shall be invested in the money market fund identified on Schedule A.

5.9 Transfers Among Investment Funds . Subject to the limitations hereinafter set forth and to such further rules as may be prescribed by the Administrator, including any rules as to the minimum amount of transfers, a Participant (including, for purposes of this Section 5.9, a former Participant) may give instructions or changes of instructions to the Administrator to transfer all or any portion of the amounts then held in his Employer Contribution Account, Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account, Employee Profit Sharing Contribution Account or Elective Contribution Account and any rollover or transfer account from one separate investment fund to another separate investment fund. Such instructions shall become effective, and shall be reflected, as soon as is administratively feasible. An election, once made, may be changed by a Participant not more often than twice in any Plan Year, unless the Administrator permits such changes to be made more frequently.

5.10 Interest of Participants in Trust Fund . Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to give any Participant an interest in any specific assets of the Trust Fund or in any contribution made by the Company to the Plan, or any other interest under the Plan, other than his right to receive benefits in accordance with the provisions of Articles VI and VII.

 

-29-


5.11 Special Diversification Requirements . Effective January 1, 2007, this Section 5.11 shall apply to the extent that the Plan constitutes an applicable defined contribution plan within the meaning of Section 401(a)(35)(E) of the Code.

 

  (a) For purposes of this Section 5.15, the term “applicable individual” means any Participant and any beneficiary who has an account under the Plan with respect to which the beneficiary is entitled to exercise the rights of a Participant.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the case of the portion of an applicable individual’s account balances attributable to employee contributions and elective deferrals which is invested in employer securities, the applicable individual may elect to direct the Plan to divest any such securities and to reinvest an equivalent amount in other investment options meeting the requirements of subsection (c) of this Section 5.11; notwithstanding the foregoing, the interest in a Participant’s Employer Special Share Account may not be reinvested at the election of the Participant. In the case of the portion of an applicable individual’s account balances attributable to employer contributions (other than elective deferrals) which is invested in employer securities, the applicable individual may, if he or she is a Participant who has completed at least three years of Credited Service, or is a beneficiary of either a Participant who has completed at least three years of Credited Service or a deceased Participant, elect to direct the Plan to divest any such securities and to reinvest an equivalent amount in other investment options meeting the requirements of subsection (c) of this Section 5.11; notwithstanding the foregoing, the interest in a Participant’s Employer Special Share Account may not be reinvested at the election of the Participant.

 

  (c) The requirements of this subsection (c) are met if the Plan offers not less than three investment options, other than employer securities, to which an applicable individual may direct the proceeds from the divestment of employer securities pursuant to this Section 5.11, each of which is diversified and has materially different risk and return characteristics. To the extent permitted under Section 401(a)(35)(B) of the Code and applicable guidance issued thereunder, the Administrator may limit the time for divestment and reinvestment to periodic, reasonable opportunities occurring no less frequently than quarterly and may impose restrictions or conditions with respect to the investment of employer securities (in addition to any restrictions or conditions imposed by reason of the application of securities law).

 

  (d)

In the case of the portion of an account to which this Section 5.11 applies and which consists of employer securities acquired in a Plan Year beginning before January 1, 2007, this Section 5.11 shall only apply to the applicable percentage (as hereinafter defined) of such securities, and shall be applied separately with respect to each class of securities. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the applicable percentage shall be, with respect to the Plan Year beginning January 1, 2007, thirty-three (33%) percent; with respect to the Plan Year beginning January 1, 2008, sixty-six (66%) percent; and with respect to Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2009, one-hundred (100%) percent. Notwithstanding the

 

-30-


  foregoing, this subsection (d) shall not apply to a Participant who has attained age 55 and completed at least three years of Credited Service before the Plan Year beginning on January 1, 2006.

 

-31-


ARTICLE VI

Benefits

6.1 Retirement . An Employee may retire on or after the attainment of his Early Retirement Age or Normal Retirement Age. In the event of a Participant’s retirement, he shall be entitled to a benefit in the amount of the value of his interest in the Trust Fund, determined in accordance with Section 5.7. A Participant shall be fully vested in amounts held in his Employer Contribution Account, Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account and Employer Special Share Account as of the date on which he attains Early Retirement Age.

6.2 Disability . If, because of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment likely to result in death or to be of continued duration of at least one year, a Participant cannot engage in any substantial gainful employment and terminates employment with the Company and the Affiliated Companies, he will be entitled to a benefit in the amount of the value of his interest in the Trust Fund, determined in accordance with Section 5.7. In the event of such a disability, the Participant shall be fully vested in amounts held in his Employer Contribution Account, Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account and Employer Special Share Account. Whether or not a Participant is disabled will be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion on the basis of medical evidence satisfactory to the Administrator.

6.3 Benefits on Death . In the event of the death of a Participant or former Participant, his designated beneficiary or beneficiaries will have a fully vested and nonforfeitable interest in, and will be entitled to receive a benefit equal to, the amount or remaining amount of his interest in the Trust Fund, as determined in accordance with Section 5.7.

Each Participant may at any time and from time to time designate, in the manner described in this Section, one or more persons to be the beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive all benefits payable under the Plan upon or after his death. Each beneficiary designation shall be on a form furnished by the Administrator, signed by such Participant and delivered to the Administrator and upon receipt by the Administrator shall be deemed to be a revocation of all prior beneficiary designations, if any, made by the Participant. At any time and from time to time each Participant may revoke a prior beneficiary designation made by him by a written instrument signed by the Participant and delivered to the Administrator. No beneficiary designation or revocation of a designation shall become effective prior to its receipt by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant was married at the time of his death, he shall be deemed to have named his surviving spouse as his beneficiary unless (a) such spouse has consented in writing to the designation of another beneficiary or beneficiaries and that consent acknowledges the effect of such designation and the specific beneficiary or beneficiaries or, with respect to subsequent designations, the consent of the spouse explicitly permits such designations without any requirement of further consent by such spouse, and the consent is witnessed by a notary public, or (b) it has been established to the satisfaction of the Administrator (or a Plan representative designated by him) that the Participant has no spouse, or that the spouse’s consent could not be obtained because the spouse could not be located, or because of such other circumstances as may be prescribed in applicable Treasury Regulations. Any consent by a spouse or determination by the Administrator with respect to a spouse shall be effective only with respect to such spouse. Any consent that permits beneficiary designations by

 

-32-


the Participant without any requirement of further consent must acknowledge the spouse’s right to limit consent to a specific beneficiary and the spouse’s voluntary election to relinquish such right. Any consent by a spouse under this Section shall be irrevocable.

If a Participant has not designated any beneficiary, or no designated beneficiary survives the Participant, the benefit payable upon his death will be paid to his estate.

6.4 Vesting . If a Participant terminates employment for any reason other than retirement, disability or death, the Participant shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the full amount of his Employee Profit Sharing Contribution Account, Elective Contribution Account, and any rollover or transfer account, plus, in the case of a Participant who has completed five years of Credited Service, the full amount of his Employer Contribution Account, Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account and Employer Special Share Account, determined in accordance with Section 5.7, together with any allocable share of the Employer Contribution for the Plan Year of his termination of employment as provided in Section 5.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective with respect to employer contributions (other than elective deferrals) made for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, the reference in the preceding sentence to ‘five years of Credited Service’ shall be replaced with ‘three years of Credited Service.’ Subject to Section 8.2, a Participant who has completed less than five years of Credited Service will not be vested in any portion of his Employer Contribution Account, Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account or Employer Special Share Account and his interest in each such Account shall be subject to forfeiture in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.7. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective with respect to employer contributions (other than elective deferrals) made for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, the reference in the preceding sentence to ‘five years of Credited Service’ shall be replaced with ‘three years of Credited Service.’ Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to a Participant who was actively employed by PTI as of December 29, 1999 in no event shall the interest of such Participant in his Employer Contribution Account, Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account and Employer Special Share Account be subject to forfeiture based on the fact that such Participant has completed less than five years of Credited Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to a Participant who was actively employed by Autotype and participating in the Autotype 401(k) Plan as of December 31, 2005, in no event shall the interest of such Participant in his account balance under the Autotype 401(k) Plan as of December 31, 2005 be subject to forfeiture based on the fact that such Participant has completed less than five years of Credited Service (or, if greater, the length of service required under the Autotype 401(k) Plan for full vesting).

6.5 Changes in Vesting Schedule . If the Plan is amended at any time and such amendment directly or indirectly affects the computation of the nonforfeitable interest of a Participant in his Employer Contribution Account, such amendment shall apply to any Participant who has completed three years of Credited Service as of the end of the period described below only to the extent that the Participant’s nonforfeitable interest in each such Account is equal to or greater than such interest determined without regard to the amendment. If the Plan is amended at any time and such amendment directly or indirectly affects the computation of the nonforfeitable interest of a Participant in his Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account, such amendment shall apply to any Participant who has completed five

 

-33-


years of Credited Service as of the end of the period described below only to the extent that the Participant’s nonforfeitable interest in each such Account is equal to or greater than such interest determined without regard to the amendment. The period referred to in the preceding two sentences will begin on the date the amendment of the vesting schedule is adopted and will end on the date which is 60 days after the later of (a) the date on which the amendment is adopted and (b) the date on which the amendment becomes effective.

6.6 Manner of Payment of Benefits . Subject to such rules as the Administrator shall prescribe, a Participant or former Participant may elect to receive his benefits hereunder in any of the following forms:

 

  (a) in a lump sum in cash or in kind (payable currently or on a deferred basis);

 

  (b) in equal periodic installments payable not less frequently than annually over a fixed period not exceeding 15 years (or, if less, the life expectancy of the Participant or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and his beneficiary);

 

  (c) in any combination of the methods provided in (a) and (b);

provided , that in the event of the death of the Participant or former Participant after benefits have commenced, any remaining benefits will be paid to his beneficiary in an immediate lump sum. In the event of the death of a Participant or former Participant prior to the commencement of benefits, his beneficiary may elect the form of benefit payments in accordance with this Section 6.6.

In the case of distributions to be made in installments, the amount of an installment for a particular calendar year shall be determined by dividing (i) the value of the Participant’s Accounts as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the beginning of such year (adjusted for any allocations of contributions and any distributions which are made after the Valuation Date but before such year) by (ii) (A) the number of remaining installments under the period elected by the Participant (or, if applicable, beneficiary) as of the beginning of such year, or (B) if elected by the Participant (or, if applicable, beneficiary) the number of years in the applicable remaining life expectancy for such year determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, or (if the Participant’s beneficiary is not his spouse) the applicable divisor for such year determined under Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the Treasury Regulations. For purposes of determining the amount of any installment distribution, the life expectancies of a Participant and his spouse will be recalculated annually, if elected by the Participant, but only to the extent required pursuant to Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.

An election pursuant to this Section must be made prior to the commencement of benefits and shall become irrevocable upon the commencement of such benefits. In the absence of any election by the Participant, former Participant or beneficiary his benefits hereunder shall be payable in an immediate lump sum.

In the case of distributions from a Participant’s Employer Special Share Account, the Participant will receive a distribution of stock that may be sold to the Company in exchange for a lump sum cash payment or, at the election of the Company, an interest bearing promissory note providing for a payment schedule not in excess of five years or a combination of cash and a note.

 

-34-


6.7 Election to Take Benefits in Stock . All benefits payable from an Employer Special Share Account the shall be paid in cash or shares of New MacDermid Stock, as elected by the Participant or former Participant; provided, that he submits a written notice of such election to the Administrator at least 30 days prior to the date his benefit is to commence (or such shorter period as may be provided by rules or regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury). Notwithstanding the foregoing, fractional shares of New MacDermid Stock shall be paid in cash. In the event a Participant or former Participant fails to make an election under this Section, his benefit will be distributed in cash.

All benefit payments, as well as any subsequent transfer of New MacDermid Stock paid out from the Plan shall be effected in accordance with all applicable requirements of federal and other securities laws as from time to time in effect. In order to assure compliance with such securities laws and for other purposes deemed necessary and proper, the Trustee or the Company may in its discretion require as conditions to the payment of benefits under the Plan either (a) that a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the shares of new MacDermid Stock to be distributed has become, and continues to be, effective and that a requisite prospectus is available which meets, and conforms to, the requirements of such Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, or (b) that the recipient of the benefit payment shall have (i) represented, warranted and agreed, by documents satisfactory to the Company or the Trustee in form and substance, executed and delivered at and as of the time of payment, that he is acquiring such shares for his own account and not with a view to or in connection with any distribution, (ii) agreed to restrictions on transfer, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company or the Trustee, and (iii) agreed to an endorsement which makes appropriate reference to such representations, warranties, agreements and restrictions on the certificates representing such shares.

6.8 Time of Payment of Benefits . Distribution of benefits, or the commencement thereof, shall be made as soon as administratively feasible after the event giving rise to the distribution and, in any event, within 60 days after the close of the Plan Year in which such event occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Participant or former Participant may elect, subject to such rules as the Administrator may prescribe, to have his benefits commence as of such later date after his termination of employment and before his attainment of Normal Retirement Age as the Participant shall request.

6.9 Separate Account . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, if a Participant or former Participant receives a distribution from his Employer Contribution Account, Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account or Employer Special Share Account at a time when he has a nonforfeitable interest in less than 100 percent of such Account, then upon the distribution a separate account shall be established for him. Such separate account shall be credited with the balance remaining in the Participant’s Employer Contribution Account, Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account or Employer Special Share Account, as the case may be, after the distribution and shall be used to determine his nonforfeitable interest, if any, in such balance thereafter. On any particular date, the Participant or former Participant shall

 

-35-


be entitled to a nonforfeitable portion of the balance of his separate account, payable as otherwise herein provided, equal to an amount determined by the following formula:

X = P (AB + D) - D

where P is the applicable vesting percentage determined under Section 6.4 (or Section 8.2, if applicable) as of such date, AB is the balance in the separate account as of such date; and D is the amount which was last distributed from the separate account or from the Participant’s Account when the separate account was established. The establishment of a separate account for a Participant whose employment with the Company has terminated shall not prevent a Forfeiture of any portion of his Employer Contribution Account, Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account or Employer Special Share Account from occurring and a reallocation thereof, in accordance with Section 5.6; provided , that if any portion of such separate account is forfeited, the remaining balance, if any, in such separate account will thereafter be fully vested and nonforfeitable. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.9, a separate account shall be treated as though it were the Account from which it was derived for all purposes under the Plan.

6.10 Cash-Outs of Certain Benefits . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, with respect to a Participant whose employment terminates for any reason and who is entitled to a nonforfeitable benefit under the Plan, if the present value of such nonforfeitable benefit does not, and did not at the time of any prior distribution, exceed $3,500, the Participant’s benefit shall be distributed in cash or in kind in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible after such termination; provided , however , that effective April 1, 1998, if the present value of such nonforfeitable benefit does not, and did not at the time of any prior distribution, exceed $5,000, the Participant’s benefit shall be distributed in cash or in kind, in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible after such termination. If a Participant would have received a distribution under the preceding sentence but for the fact that the Participant’s nonforfeitable benefit exceeds $5,000 when the Participant terminated service and if at a later time such nonforfeitable benefit is reduced such that it is not greater than $5,000, the Participant will receive a distribution of such nonforfeitable benefit and the nonvested portion of the benefit will be treated as a forfeiture. For purposes of determining the $5,000 involuntary distribution threshold, the value of a Participant’s nonforfeitable Account balance shall be determined without regard to the portion of the Account balance that is attributable to rollover contributions (and earnings allocable thereto), if any, within the meaning of Sections 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3)(A)(ii), and 457(e)(16) of the Code; and provided further that for distributions on or after August 6, 1997, the value of the Participant’s nonforfeitable benefit derived from Company contributions shall be determined at the time of the distribution without regard to the value of the benefit at the time of any earlier distribution; provided , however , that if a Participant has begun to receive distributions pursuant to an optional form of benefit under which at least one scheduled periodic distribution is still payable and if the value of the Participant’s nonforfeitable benefit derived from Company contributions exceeded $5,000 at the time of the first distribution under the optional form of benefit, then the value of the Participant’s nonforfeitable benefit may be distributed immediately subject to this Section. For purposes of determining the $5,000 involuntary distribution threshold, the value of a Participant’s nonforfeitable Account balance shall be determined without regard to the portion of the Account balance that is attributable to rollover contributions (and earnings allocable thereto), if any,

 

-36-


within the meaning of Sections 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3)(A)(ii), and 457(e)(16) of the Code. Effective as of March 28, 2005, in the event of a mandatory distribution greater than $1,000 in accordance with the provisions of this Section, if the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant in a direct rollover, including elections made in accordance with Section 6.12, or to receive the distribution directly in accordance with Section 6.6, then the Administrator will pay the distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Administrator.

6.11 Restoration of Benefits . If a Participant who terminated employment with the Company and the Affiliated Companies for any reason other than retirement, disability or death and received a distribution of benefits hereunder returns to the employ of the Company before incurring five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service and again becomes a Participant, such Participant may repay to the Plan the full amount of such distribution derived from Employer Contributions, Employer Money Purchase Contributions and Employer Special Share Account. In the event of such repayment the full present value of the Participant’s benefit derived from such contributions (nonforfeitable and forfeitable, if any) as of the date of such distribution shall be restored to his accounts.

Any restoration of a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account, Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account or and Employer Special Share Account shall be made first from then current Forfeitures and second from additional contributions of the Company for such purpose.

6.12 Direct Rollover . With respect to distributions made on or after January 1, 1993, a Participant may elect to have all or any portion of a distribution paid in the form of a direct rollover to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or (b) of the Code, an annuity plan qualified under Section 403(a) of the Code, or a plan and trust qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, if such plan accepts direct rollover distributions. With respect to distributions made after December 31, 2001, a Participant may elect to have all or any portion of a distribution that qualifies as an eligible rollover distribution within the meaning of Section 402(c)(4) of the Code to be paid in the form of a direct rollover to an eligible retirement plan, including a qualified retirement plan, individual retirement account, an annuity contract described in Section 402(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code, which is maintained by a state political subdivision of a state or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state. With respect to distributions made after December 31, 2001, a Participant may elect to have all or any portion of a distribution that qualifies as an eligible rollover distribution within the meaning of Section 402(c)(4) of the Code to be paid in the form of a direct rollover to an eligible retirement plan, including a qualified retirement plan, individual retirement account, an annuity contract described in Section 402(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code, which is maintained by a state political subdivision of a state or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section shall not apply to any distribution that is (a) one of a series of substantially equal installments over the life expectancy of the Participant or the joint life expectancies of the Participant and his beneficiary, or over a fixed period of ten years or more, (b) a required minimum distribution under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, (c) a distribution (or portion of a distribution) of amounts not otherwise includable in income, (d) a

 

-37-


distribution in an amount less than $200, (e) a hardship distribution described in Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(iv) of the Code received after December 31, 1999, or (f) a distribution that is otherwise not an eligible rollover distribution, within the meaning of Section 402(f)(2)(A) of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder. Any election pursuant to this Section 6.12 shall be made in such form and manner as the Administrator may prescribe and shall specify the retirement plan to which the distribution is to be made. Any such election may be revoked by the Participant at any time prior to the time distribution is made. If no election is made by the Participant under this Section, the distribution shall be paid to the Participant. If any distribution is payable to the spouse or former spouse of a Participant, this Section shall apply as if such spouse or former spouse were the Participant, except that any such distribution may be directly rolled over only to an individual retirement account or annuity.

The Administrator shall provide Participants with notice with respect to the direct rollover of eligible rollover distributions no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior to the Participant’s annuity starting date, as defined for purposes of Section 411(a)(11) of the Code; provided , however , that the Participant may affirmatively elect, in accordance with such procedures as the Administrator may prescribe, to have benefits commence sooner than 30 days after such notice.

6.13 Immediate Distributions . Subject to Section 6.10, no distribution to a Participant will be compelled of amounts held in his Accounts before his attainment of age 62, unless the written consent of the Participant and, if the distribution is subject to Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code, the Participant’s spouse, has been obtained. Such consent shall be made in writing within the 180-day period ending on the Participant’s annuity starting date, as defined for purposes of Section 401(a)(11) of the Code. Within the period beginning 180 days before the Participant’s annuity starting date (as so defined) and ending 30 days before such date, the Administrator will provide the Participant with written notice containing a general description of the material features and an explanation of the relative values of the optional forms of benefit available under the Plan and informing the Participant of his right to defer receipt of the distribution until age 62; provided , that, if the distribution is not subject to Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code, the Participant may affirmatively elect to have benefits commence less than 30 days after such notice. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Plan may provide the written notice referred to in said sentence after the Participant’s annuity starting date (subject to applicable Treasury regulations, if any); provided , that the applicable election period under Section 417(a)(6) of the Code shall not end before the 30th day after the date on which such written notice is provided. A Participant may elect (with spousal consent, if applicable) to waive the requirement that the above-referenced written notice be provided at least 30 days before the Participant’s annuity starting date (or to waive the 30-day requirement under the preceding sentence); provided , that the benefit distribution commences more than 7 days after such written notice is furnished. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all or any portion of a Participant’s Accounts may be distributed without the consent of the Participant or the Participant’s spouse to the extent that a distribution is required to satisfy Section 401(a)(9) or Section 415 of the Code.

6.14 Required Distributions . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, distribution of benefits under Article VI shall satisfy the requirements of this Section 6.14. The benefits of a Participant will be distributed (a) to the Participant in full not later than the required beginning date, or (b) beginning not later than the required

 

-38-


beginning date, to the Participant over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant, or to the Participant and his designated beneficiary over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant and the designated beneficiary. For purposes of this Section 6.14, a Participant’s “required beginning date” shall be the date determined under Section 6.15(b) with respect to the Participant, and the term “designated beneficiary” shall have the meaning given such term under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder.

In the event that distribution of benefits to a Participant has commenced and the Participant dies prior to the distribution of his entire benefit, but after the required beginning date, the remaining portion of the benefit will be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution used as of the date of the Participant’s death. In the event a Participant dies before distribution of benefits has commenced or after actual commencement but before the required beginning date, the remaining benefit will be distributed within five years unless the benefit is payable to a designated beneficiary, in which case such benefit will be distributed, beginning not later than one year after the death of the Participant (or such other time as may be prescribed by regulations), over a period not exceeding the life expectancy of such beneficiary; provided , that if the designated beneficiary is the Participant’s spouse, distributions will not be required to commence hereunder earlier than the date on which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2 and, in the event the Participant’s spouse dies prior to the commencement of distributions, the provisions of this Section shall apply as if such spouse were the Participant. Any distribution required under the incidental death benefit requirements of Section 401(a)(9)(G) of the Code will be treated as a distribution required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and this Section. The provisions of this Section will be interpreted and applied in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.

6.15 Latest Commencement Date of Benefits . In no case will the payment of benefits to any Participant commence later than the earliest of:

 

  (a) unless the Participant otherwise elects in writing, the sixtieth day after the latest of the following:

 

  (i) the close of the Plan Year in which occurs the date on which the Participant attains age 62;

 

  (ii) the close of the Plan Year in which occurs the tenth anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or

 

  (iii) the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant ceases to be an Employee; and

 

  (b)

except with respect to a Participant who is a 5 percent owner (as defined in Section 416(i)(1)(B)(i) of the Code) of the Company or any Affiliated Company for the Plan Year ending in the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2, the April 1 next following the end of the calendar year in which the Participant retires; provided , that the Participant may elect an earlier commencement date for benefit distribution, but not earlier than the April 1 next

 

-39-


  following the end of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 62, by filing a written, irrevocable election with the Administrator in a form acceptable to the Administrator at least 30 days prior the proposed benefit commencement date; provided further, that with respect to any Participant who attained age 70 1/2 before April 1, 1997 (and who was not a 5 percent owner (as defined in Section 416(i)(1)(B)(i) of the Code) of the Company or any Affiliated Company for any of the Plan Years ending after the Participant attained age 70 1/2) but did not cease covered employment under the Plan (including Continuous Service under the Prior Plan, Prior ESOP and/or the MacDermid Imaging Plan) before April 1, 1997 and to whom benefit payments from the Plan (including the Prior Plan, the Prior ESOP or the MacDermid Imaging Plan) commenced in accordance with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, each such Participant may elect, at any time prior to the date the Participant retires, to stop such payments from the Plan (subject to the terms of any applicable qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code) and, if such an election is made, the Participant’s benefit shall be distributed in accordance with the other provisions of this Section and/or such other provisions of the Plan as may be applicable; provided further, that for the Plan Years commencing before April 1, 1997, the commencement date under this Section 6.15(b) shall be the April 1 next following the close of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2; and

 

  (c) with respect to a Participant who is a 5 percent owner (as defined in Section 416(i)(1)(B)(i) of the Code) of the Company or any Affiliated Company at any time during the Plan Year ending in the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2, the April 1 next following the close of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2.

6.16 Nonalienation of Benefits .

 

  (a) No benefit payable to any person under the Plan shall be subject to anticipation or assignment by such person or to attachment by or the interference or control of any creditor, or be taken or reached by any legal or equitable process in satisfaction of any debt or liability prior to actual receipt; provided , however , that this provision shall be inapplicable to the extent otherwise provided in a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code.

 

  (b) effective August 5, 1997, the non-alienation rule of Section (a) above shall not apply to any offset, as defined by the Administrator, of a Participant’s benefit(s) under the Plan against an amount that the Participant is ordered or required to pay to the Plan if:

 

  (i)

the order or requirement to pay arises (1) under a judgment of conviction for a crime involving the Plan; (2) under a civil judgment (including a consent order or decree) entered by a court in an action brought in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of the ERISA; or (3) pursuant to a settlement agreement between

 

-40-


  the Secretary of the United States Department of Labor and the Participant, or a settlement agreement between the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Participant, in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA by a fiduciary (as defined in Section 3(21) of ERISA) or any other person; and

 

  (ii) the judgment, order, decree, or settlement agreement expressly provides for the offset of all or part of the amount ordered or required to be paid to the Plan against the Participant’s benefit(s) provided under the Plan; and

 

  (iii) in a case in which the survivor annuity requirements of Section 205 of ERISA or Section 401(a)(11) of the Code apply with respect to distributions from the Plan to the Participant, if the Employee has a spouse at the time at which the offset is to be made;

 

  (1) either:

 

  (A) such spouse has consented in writing to such offset and such consent is witnessed by a notary public or Plan representative designated by the Administrator (or it is established to the satisfaction of such Plan representative that such consent may not be obtained by reason of circumstances described in Section 205(c)(2)(5) of ERISA or Section 417(a)(2)(B) of the Code, or

 

  (B) an election to waive the right of the spouse to a qualified joint and survivor annuity or a qualified preretirement survivor annuity is in effect in accordance with the requirements of Section 205(c) of ERISA or Section 417(a) of the Code; or

 

  (2) such spouse is ordered or required in such judgment, order, decree, or settlement to pay an amount to the Plan in connection with a violation of Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA; or

 

  (3) in such judgment, order, decree, or settlement, such spouse retains the right to receive the survivor annuity under a qualified joint and survivor annuity provided pursuant to Section 205(a)(1) of ERISA or Section 401(a)(11)(A)(i) of the Code, and under a qualified preretirement survivor annuity provided pursuant to Section 205(a)(2) of ERISA or Section 401(a)(11)(A)(ii) of the Code, determined in accordance with Section 206(d)(5) of ERISA and Section 401(a)(13)(D) of the Code.

 

-41-


6.17 Distributions Required by a Qualified Domestic Relations Order. To the extent required by a qualified domestic relations order, within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code, the Administrator shall make distributions of a Participant’s benefit to alternate payees named in such order in a manner consistent with the distribution options otherwise available under the Plan, regardless of whether the Participant is otherwise entitled to a distribution at such time under the Plan.

6.18 No Vested Rights. A Participant who terminates employment with the Company and the Affiliated Companies for reasons other than retirement, disability or death and who has no vested benefit under the Plan shall be deemed to receive a distribution of zero benefits hereunder and shall promptly forfeit all rights to all benefits under the Plan.

6.19 Incapacity of Payee. Subject to applicable regulations of the Secretary of the Treasury or the Secretary of Labor, if any person to whom a benefit is payable under the Plan is, in the opinion of the Administrator, incapable for any reason of handling his affairs at the time payment thereof is due, such payment (unless prior demand therefor is made to the Administrator or the Trustee by a duly qualified guardian or other legally qualified representative of such person) may be made to such person or persons comprised in the class consisting of the spouse, parents, brothers, sisters or issue of the person to whom the benefit is payable as the Administrator may determine, and each payment made pursuant to such determination shall constitute a full discharge of all liability under the Plan with respect thereto.

6.20 Special Distribution Rights Regarding MEI MP Plan Benefits . Amounts credited to an Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account shall be subject to this Section 6.20.

 

  (a) Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity . Unless an optional form of benefit is selected pursuant to a qualified election within the 180-day period ending on the annuity starting date, a married Participant’s vested account balance under an Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account will be paid in the form of a qualified joint and survivor annuity. The Participant may elect to have such annuity distributed upon attainment of the earliest retirement age under the Plan.

 

  (b) Single Life Annuity . Unless an optional form of benefit is selected pursuant to a qualified election within the 180-day period ending on the annuity starting date, an unmarried Participant’s vested account balance under an Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account will be paid in the form of a life annuity. The Participant may elect to have such annuity distributed upon attainment of the earliest retirement age under the Plan.

 

  (c) Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity . Unless an optional form of benefit has been selected within the election period pursuant to a qualified election, if a Participant dies before the annuity starting date then the Participant’s vested account balance under an Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account shall be applied toward the purchase of an annuity for the life of the surviving spouse. The surviving spouse may elect to have such annuity distributed within a reasonable period after the Participant’s death.

 

-42-


  (d) Definitions . For purposes of this Section 6.20, the following definitions shall apply:

 

  (1) Election Period. The period that begins on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35 and ends on the date of the Participant’s death. If a Participant separates from service prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which age 35 is attained, with respect to the account balance as of the date of separation, the election period shall begin on the date of separation.

 

  (2) Pre-age 35 waiver. A Participant who will not yet attain age 35 as of the end of any current Plan Year may make special qualified election to waive the qualified preretirement survivor annuity for the period beginning on the date of such election and ending on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant will attain age 35. Such election shall not be valid unless the Participant receives a written explanation of the qualified preretirement survivor annuity in such terms as are comparable to the explanation required under Section 6.20(e)(1). Qualified preretirement survivor annuity coverage will be automatically reinstated as of the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35. Any new waiver on or after such date shall be subject to the full requirements of this Section 6.20.

 

  (3) Earliest Retirement Age. The earliest date on which, under the Plan, the Participant could elect to receive retirement benefits.

 

  (4) Qualified Election. A waiver of a qualified joint and survivor annuity or a qualified preretirement survivor annuity. Any waiver of a qualified joint and survivor annuity or a qualified preretirement survivor annuity shall not be effective unless: (a) the Participant’s spouse consents in writing to the election; (b) the election designates a specific beneficiary, including any class of beneficiaries or any contingent beneficiaries, which may not be changed without spousal consent (or the spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any further spousal consent); (c) the spouse’s consent acknowledges the effect of the election; and (d) the spouse’s consent is witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public. Additionally, a Participant’s waiver of the qualified joint and survivor annuity shall not be effective unless the election designates a form of benefit payment which may not be changed without spousal consent (or the spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any further spousal consent). If it is established to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that there is no spouse or that the spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be deemed a qualified election.

Any consent by a spouse obtained under this subsection (d)(4) (or establishment that the consent of a spouse may not be obtained) shall be effective only with respect to such spouse. A consent that permits

 

-43-


designations by the Participant without any requirement of further consent by such spouse must acknowledge that the spouse has the right to limit consent to a specific beneficiary, and a specific form of benefit where applicable, and that the spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both of such rights.

A revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a Participant without the consent of the spouse at any time before the commencement of benefit.

The number of revocations shall not be limited. No consent obtained under this provision shall be valid unless the Participant has received notice as provided in Section 6.20(e) below.

 

  (5) Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. An immediate annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the spouse which is not less than 50% and not more than 100% of the amount of the annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the spouse and which is the amount of benefit which can be purchased with the Participant’s vested account balance. The percentage of the survivor annuity under the Plan shall be 50%.

 

  (6) Spouse (surviving spouse). The spouse or surviving spouse of the Participant, provided that a former spouse will be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse and a current spouse will not be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in Section 414(p) of the Code.

 

  (7) Annuity Starting Date. The first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form.

 

  (8) Vested Account Balance. The aggregate value of the Participant’s vested balance under an Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account.

 

  (e) Notice Requirements.

 

  (1) In the case of a qualified joint and survivor annuity, the Plan Administrator shall no less than 30 days and not more than 90 days prior to the annuity starting date provide each Participant a written explanation of: (a) the terms and conditions of a qualified joint and survivor annuity; (b) the Participant’s right to make and the effect of an election to waive the qualified joint and survivor annuity form of benefit; (c) the rights of a Participant’s spouse; and (d) the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous election to waive the qualified joint and survivor annuity.

The annuity starting date for a distribution in a form other than a qualified joint and survivor annuity may be less than 30 days after the receipt of the

 

-44-


written explanation described in the preceding paragraph provided: (a) the Participant has been provided with information that clearly indicates that the Participant has at least 30 days to consider whether to waive the qualified joint and survivor annuity and elect (with spousal consent) to a form of distribution other than a qualified joint and survivor annuity; (b) the Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution election at least until the annuity starting date or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day after the explanation of the qualified joint and survivor annuity is provided to the Participant; and (c) the annuity starting date is a date after the date that the written explanation was provided to the Participant.

 

  (2) In the case of a qualified preretirement annuity as described in Section 6.20(c), the Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant within the applicable period for such Participant a written explanation of the qualified preretirement survivor annuity in such terms and in such manner as would be comparable to the explanation provided for meeting the requirements of Section 6.20(e)(1) applicable to a qualified joint and survivor annuity.

The applicable period for a Participant is whichever of the following periods ends last: (a) the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35; (b) a reasonable period ending after the individual becomes a Participant; (c) a reasonable period ending after Section 6.20(e)(3) ceases to apply to the Participant; and (d) a reasonable period ending after this Section 6.20 first applies to the Participant.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice must be provided within a reasonable period ending after separation from service in the case of a Participant who separates from service before attaining age 35.

For purposes of applying the preceding paragraph, a reasonable period ending after the enumerated events described in (b), (c) and (d) is the end of the two-year period beginning one year prior to the date the applicable event occurs, and ending one year after that date. In the case of a Participant who separates from service before the Plan Year in which age 35 is attained, notice shall be provided within the two-year period beginning one year prior to separation and ending one year after separation. If such a Participant thereafter returns to employment with the Employer, the applicable period for such Participant shall be redetermined.

 

  (3)

Notwithstanding the other requirements of this Section 6.20(e), the respective notices prescribed by this Section 6.20(e), need not be given to a Participant if (a) the Plan “fully subsidizes” the costs of a qualified joint

 

-45-


and survivor annuity or qualified preretirement survivor annuity, and (b) the Plan does not allow the Participant to waive the qualified joint and survivor annuity or qualified preretirement survivor annuity and does not allow a married Participant to designate a non-spouse beneficiary. For purposes of this Section 6.20(e)(3), a plan fully subsidizes the costs of a benefit if no increase in cost, or decrease in benefits to the Participant may result from the Participant’s failure to elect another benefit.

 

  (4) For purposes of Section 6.20:

 

  (a) Qualified early retirement age is the latest of:

 

  (i) the earliest date, under the Plan, on which the Participant may elect to receive retirement benefits,

 

  (ii) the first day of the 120th month beginning before the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age, or

 

  (iii) the date the Participant begins participation.

 

  (b) Qualified joint and survivor annuity is an annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the spouse as described in Section 6.20(d)(4) of this Plan.

6.21 Special Distribution Rights Regarding PTI MP Plan Benefits . Effective September 1, 2007, nonforfeitable amounts held under the Plan attributable to the PTI MP Plan (including associated gains, losses and other adjustments) and allocated to a Participant’s individual account may be distributed to such Participant at or after such Participant’s attainment of age 62 without regard to whether such Participant has separated from service with the Company to the extent permitted by Section 401(a)(36) of the Code.

 

-46-


ARTICLE VII

Withdrawals

7.1 Hardship Withdrawals .

 

  (a) Amount of Withdrawal . A Participant who has suffered a financial hardship, as determined by the Administrator in accordance with the provisions of this Section, may elect to withdraw from the Trust Fund an amount not to exceed the value of his Employee Profit Sharing Contribution Account, Elective Contribution Accounts and any rollover or transfer account, plus his vested interest in his Employer Contribution Account and Employer Special Share Account, determined as of the date upon which written notice of such election is received by the Administrator. The withdrawal may not exceed the amount required to meet the financial hardship of the Participant (provided that such 30-day notice may be waived in whole or in part by the Administrator acting in its discretion provided however that the exercise of such waiver authority shall not be arbitrary, capricious or discriminatory).

Such a withdrawal shall be made by giving 30 days prior written notice to the Administrator ( provided that such 30-day notice may be waived, in whole or in part, by the Administrator, acting in its discretion, provided further that the exercise of such waiver authority shall not be arbitrary, capricious or discriminatory) on a form provided by him and shall be effective as soon as is administratively feasible. Such notice when made shall be irrevocable.

Withdrawals will be charged first to the Participant’s Employee Profit Sharing Contribution Account, next to his Employer Contribution Account, next to his Employer Special Share Account and the balance, if any, will be charged to his Elective Contribution Accounts; provided , that any changes to his Elective Contribution Accounts shall be made first to the account having the larger balance.

 

  (b) Immediate and Heavy Financial Need . For purposes of this Section 7.1, financial hardship shall consist of:

 

  (i) expenses for medical care described in Section 213(d) of the Code, or necessary to obtain such care, incurred by the Participant, his spouse or any of his dependents (as defined in Section 152 of the Code);

 

  (ii) the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence of the Participant;

 

  (iii) the payment of tuition, fees or room and board for the next 12-month period of post-secondary education for the Participant, his spouse, children or dependents; or

 

-47-


  (iv) the need to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of his principal residence.

The Administrator shall determine whether there is an immediate and heavy financial need on the basis of such written evidence furnished by the Participant as the Administrator may require. The Participant shall also provide evidence that he has obtained all other distributions (other than hardship distributions) and all nontaxable loans currently available under the Plan and all other plans maintained by the Company and the Affiliated Companies.

 

  (c) Effect of Hardship Distribution . If a Participant receives a hardship distribution from his Elective Contribution Account or from that portion of his Employer Contribution Account or Employer Special Share Account which may be distributed in cash, then any Elective Contribution election, Employee Profit Sharing Contribution election, or any other cash-or-deferred or employee contribution election in effect with respect to the Participant under the Plan (or any other qualified plan maintained by the Company or an Affiliated Company) shall be suspended for the 6-month period beginning with the date the Participant receives the distribution, and the amount of Elective Contributions made for the benefit of the Participant, together with any elective deferrals made on behalf of the Participant under any other plan maintained by the Company or an Affiliated Company for the calendar year immediately following the calendar year of the hardship distribution must not exceed the applicable limit under Section 402(g) of the Code for such next calendar year, less the amount of such contributions made on behalf of the Participant for the calendar year of the hardship distribution.

7.2 Withdrawals From Employee Profit Sharing Contribution Account. A Participant may elect at any time, subject to such rules as the Administrator may prescribe, to withdraw all or any portion of the amounts held in his Employee Profit Sharing Contribution Account and attributable to Employee Profit Sharing Contributions; provided , that a Participant who has attained aged 59 1/2 and who participated in the MacDermid Imaging Plan as of December 31, 1998 may withdraw all or a portion of the amounts held in the Plan credited to such participant as of December 31, 1995 but not in excess of his nonforfeitable interest in MacDermid Imaging Plan as of such date; provided further, that a Participant who has attained aged 59 1/2 and who participated in the Gumm Plan as of September 30, 1999 may withdraw all or a portion of the amounts held in the Plan credited to such Participant as of September 30, 1999 but not in excess of his nonforfeitable interest in Gumm Plan as of such date; provided further, that a Participant who has attained aged 59 1/2 and who participated in the W. Canning Plan as of December 31, 1999 may withdraw all or a portion of the amounts held in the Plan credited to such Participant as of December 31, 1999 but not in excess of his nonforfeitable interest in W. Canning Plan as of such date; provided further, that a Participant who has attained aged 59 1/2 and who participated in the PTI Plan as of January 31, 2000 may withdraw all or a portion of the amounts held in the Plan credited to such Participant as of January 31, 2000 but not in excess of his nonforfeitable interest in PTI Plan as of such date; provided further, that a Participant who has attained age 59  1 2 and who participated in the MEI 401(k) Plan or the MEI MP Plan as of December 31, 2002 may withdraw all or a portion of the amounts held in the Plan credited to such Participant as of

 

-48-


December 31, 2002 but not in excess of his nonforfeitable interest in the MEI 401(k) Plan or the MEI MP Plan, respectively, as of such date; and provided further, that a Participant who has attained age 59  1 2 and who participated in the Autotype 401(k) Plan as of December 31, 2005 may withdraw all or a portion of the amounts held in the Plan credited to such Participant as of December 31, 2005 but not in excess of his nonforfeitable interest in the Autotype 401(k) Plan as of such date. A withdrawal pursuant to this Section shall be made by giving 30 days prior written notice to the Administrator ( provided , however that such 30-day notice may be waived in whole or in part by the Administrator, acting in its discretion provided further that the exercise of such waiver authority may not be arbitrary, capricious or discriminatory) on a form provided by him and shall be effective as soon as is administratively feasible. Such notice when made shall be irrevocable. A Participant shall be entitled to make a withdrawal at such times and/or with respect to such period(s) as the Administrator may establish on a reasonable and uniform basis.

7.3 Loans To Participants. Subject to the conditions of this Section 7.3, loans shall be made from the Trust to Participants upon the written request of the Participant.

 

  (a) The Administrator shall prescribe such rules and procedures as it deems necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of this Section. All such rules and procedures shall be considered part of the Plan for purposes of Department of Labor Regulation Section 2550.408b-1(d).

 

  (b) The following limitations shall apply in determining the amount of any loan under the Plan:

 

  (i) The amount of the loan, together with any other outstanding indebtedness of the Participant under the Plan or any other qualified retirement plans of the Company, shall not exceed $50,000 reduced by the excess of (A) the highest outstanding loan balance of the Participant from such plans during the one-year period ending on the day prior to the date on which the loan is made, over (B) the Participant’s outstanding loan balance from such plans immediately prior to the loan.

 

  (ii) The amount of the loan shall not exceed 50 percent of the Participant’s nonforfeitable interest in his Accounts, excluding his Employer Special Share Account, determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the date of the loan.

 

  (c) Each loan shall be evidenced by a note signed by the Participant and shall be secured by 50 percent of his nonforfeitable interest in his Accounts, excluding his Employer Special Share Account. The loan shall bear interest at an annual percentage interest rate to be determined by the Administrator. In determining the interest rate, the Administrator shall take into consideration interest rates currently being charged by persons in the business of lending with respect to loans made in similar circumstances. The Administrator shall make such determination through consultation with one or more lending institutions, as the Administrator deems appropriate.

 

-49-


  (d) Each loan made to a Participant who is receiving regular payments of Compensation from the Company shall be repayable by payroll deduction. Loans made to Participants where payroll deduction is not practicable shall be repayable in such manner as the Administrator may from time to time determine. Loan payments shall be made not less frequently than quarterly, over a specified term as determined by the Administrator, in substantially level payments. Such term shall not exceed five years unless the loan is being applied toward the purchase of a principal residence for the Participant. Loan payments will be suspended to the extent required by Section 414(u)(4) of the Code.

 

  (e) If, at the time distribution of benefits is to be made or commence to a Participant or his beneficiary, there remains any unpaid balance of a loan under the Plan, such unpaid balance shall, to the extent consistent with Department of Labor Regulations, become immediately due and payable in full. Such unpaid balance, together with any accrued but unpaid interest on the loan, shall be deducted from the Participant’s Accounts subject to the default provisions below, before any distribution of benefits is made.

 

  (f) In the event of a default in making any payment of principal or interest when due under the note evidencing any loan under this Section, if such default continues for more than 14 days after written notice of the default by the Trustee, the unpaid principal balance of the note shall immediately become due and payable in full. Such unpaid principal, together with any accrued but unpaid interest, shall thereupon be deducted from the Participant’s Accounts, subject to the further provisions of this Section. The amount so deducted shall be treated as distributed to the Participant and applied by him as payment of the unpaid interest and principal (in that order) under the note evidencing such loan. In no event shall the Administrator apply the Participant’s Accounts to satisfy his repayment obligation, whether or not he is in default, unless the amount so applied could otherwise be distributed in accordance with the Plan.

 

  (g) The note evidencing a loan to a Participant shall be an asset of the Trust which is allocated to the Accounts of the Participant and shall for purposes of the Plan be deemed to have a value at any given time equal to the unpaid principal balance of the note plus the amount of any accrued but unpaid interest.

 

  (h) For loans granted prior to January 1, 1999, Participant may designate the Account or Accounts from which his loan is to be made. In the absence of such a designation and for loans granted on or after January 1, 1999, the loan shall be made proportionately from the Participant’s Accounts under the Plan, except as otherwise provided under the Administrator’s rules.

 

  (i) Loans shall be made available under this Section 7.3 to all Participants on a reasonably equivalent basis, except that the Administrator may make reasonable distinctions based on creditworthiness and financial need.

 

-50-


  (j) For purposes of this Section 7.3, a former Participant or beneficiary who is a party in interest with respect to the Plan, within the meaning of Section 3(14) of ERISA, shall be treated as a Participant.

 

  (k) To the extent, if any, that the Participant’s benefit is subject to Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code, the written consent of the Participant’s spouse to the loan must be obtained in accordance with Section 6.13.

 

-51-


ARTICLE VIII

Top-Heavy Provisions

8.1 Top-Heavy Minimum Contributions . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, for any Plan Year which is a top-heavy plan year, each Participant who is a Participant on the last day of such Plan Year and who is not a key employee shall be entitled to receive a minimum contribution under the Plan equal to the lesser of (a) three percent of his total Compensation from the Company for such Plan Year or (b) if the Company or Affiliated Company does not maintain a defined benefit plan required to be aggregated with the Plan, the largest percentage of Compensation contributed (exclusive of Employee Profit Sharing Contributions) on behalf of a key employee for such Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no minimum contribution will be required with respect to a Participant who is also covered by another top-heavy plan of the Company or an Affiliated Company under which he receives the top-heavy minimum contribution or the top-heavy defined benefit minimum.

8.2 Top-Heavy Vesting . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, for each Employee who is a Participant at any time during a top-heavy plan year the nonforfeitable percentage of the Participant’s Employer Contribution Account, Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account and Employer Special Share Account shall be determined in accordance with the following schedule, provided , however , that in no event shall a Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage of the Participant’s Employer Contribution Account be determined under the following schedule if such percentage is greater if determined without regard to such schedule:

 

If the period of his

Credited Service is:

   The percentage shall be:

Less than 2 years

   0%

2 years but less than 3 years

   20%

3 “ “ “ “ 4 “

   40%

4 “ “ “ “ 5 “

   60%

5 or more years

   100%

8.3 Adjustment to Limitation on Benefits. For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2000, for purposes of the Code Section 415 limits, the definitions of “defined contribution plan fraction” and “defined benefit plan fraction” contained therein shall be modified, for any Plan Year which is a top-heavy plan year, by applying the special rule set forth in Section 416(h) of the Code unless (a) the Plan and each plan with which the Plan is required to be aggregated for top-heavy purposes satisfies the requirements of Section 416(h)(2)(A) of the Code, and (b) such Plan year would not be a top-heavy plan year if “90 percent” were substituted for “60 percent” in the definition of a top-heavy plan year.

 

-52-


8.4 Definitions . For purposes of these top-heavy provisions, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

  (a) “key employee” means any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the determination date was an officer of the Company having annual Compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Section 416(i)(l) of the Code for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of the Company, or a 1-percent owner of the Company having annual Compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual Compensation means compensation within the meaning of Section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder; and

 

  (b) “top-heavy plan year” means a Plan Year if the sum of the account balances of all key employees under the Plan and each other defined contribution plan (as of the applicable determination date of each such plan) which is aggregated with the Plan, plus the sum of the present values of the total accrued benefits of all key employees under each defined benefit plan (as of the applicable determination date of each such plan) which is aggregated with the Plan exceeds 60 percent of the sum of such amounts for all Employees and former Employees (other than former key employees, but including beneficiaries of former Employees) under the Plan and all such plans. For purposes of these determinations:

 

  (i) The foregoing determination will be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder, which are specifically incorporated herein by reference.

 

  (ii) The term “determination date” means, with respect to the initial plan year of a plan, the last day of such plan year and, with respect to any other plan year of a plan, the last day of the preceding plan year of such plan. The term “applicable determination date” means, with respect to the Plan, the determination date for the Plan Year of reference and, with respect to any other plan, the determination date for any plan year of such plan which falls within the same calendar year as the applicable determination date of the Plan.

 

  (iii) Accrued benefits or account balances under a plan will be determined as of the most recent valuation date of the plan in the 12-month period ending on the applicable determination date of the plan; provided , however , that in the case of a defined benefit plan such valuation date must be the same date as is employed for minimum funding purposes, and in the case of a defined contribution plan the value so determined will be adjusted for contributions made after the valuation date to the extent required by applicable regulations.

 

  (iv)

If any individual has not received any compensation from the Company or an Affiliated Company maintaining a plan (other than benefits under the plan) at any time during the five-year period ending on the applicable

 

-53-


  determination date with respect to such plan, any accrued benefit for such individual (and the account of such individual) under such plan shall not be taken into account.

 

  (v) Each plan of the Company or an Affiliated Company (whether or not terminated) in which a key employee participates, and any other plan of the Company or an Affiliated Company which enables a plan referred to in the preceding clause to satisfy the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code, shall be aggregated with the Plan. Any plan of the Company or an Affiliated Company not required to be aggregated with the Plan may nevertheless, at the discretion of the Administrator, be aggregated with the Plan if the benefits and coverage of all aggregated plans would continue to satisfy the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

 

  (vi) The determination of the present value of accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan shall be made on the basis of the funding assumptions employed by such plan.

8.5 Determination of Top Heavy Status . Notwithstanding any provision of this Article VIII to the contrary, the following shall apply for purposes of determining the account balances of Employees as of the determination date. The present value of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an Employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “5-year period” for “l-year period.” The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the Company during the l-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account.

8.6 Matching Contributions . Employer matching contributions, if applicable, shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Section 416(c)(2) of the Code under the Plan. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to employer matching contributions under the Plan or, if the Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan. Employer matching contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purpose of the actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of Section 401(m) of the Code.

 

-54-


ARTICLE IX

Trustee

9.1 Appointment. A Trustee for the Plan shall be appointed by MacDermid, Incorporated and named in a Trust Agreement executed by MacDermid, Incorporated, and, upon acceptance thereof, the Trustee shall perform the duties and exercise the authority of the Trustee as set forth in the Plan and Trust Agreement. All cash and other assets of the Plan shall, until disposed of pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, be held in the possession of the Trustee. Such New MacDermid Stock may be registered in the name of the Trustee or in the name of its nominee and in certificate denominations which the Trustee shall determine.

9.2 Removal and Replacement . MacDermid, Incorporated shall reserve the right to remove the Trustee at any time and to appoint a successor Trustee.

9.3 Changes in Trust Arrangements . The Company may from time to time enter into such further agreements with the Trustee or other parties and make such amendments to trust agreements as it may deem necessary or desirable to carry out the Plan, and it may take such other steps and execute such other instruments as may be deemed necessary or desirable to put the Plan into effect or to carry it out.

9.4 Group or Common Trust Funds . The provisions of any group or common trust fund in which any trust under the Plan participates shall be deemed part of the Plan with respect to the Plan assets invested therein, but only as long as such group or common trust fund remains qualified under Section 401(a), and exempt from taxation under Section 501(a), of the Code.

 

-55-


ARTICLE X

Administration of Plan

10.1 Allocation of Fiduciary Responsibility . The Fiduciaries under the Plan shall have only those specific powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations as are specifically given them under the Plan or the Trust Agreement. The Company shall have the sole responsibility for making the contributions provided for under Sections 4.1 and 4.5. The Board of Directors shall have the sole authority (a) to appoint and remove or replace the Trustee, the Administrator, and the Investment Committee, (b) to amend or terminate, in whole or in part, the Plan or the Trust Agreement, (c) to direct the Trustee as to the investment of all or part of the Trust Fund in a specific manner, including under the management of an Investment Manager pursuant to such contractual arrangements as it shall specify, (d) to delegate to an Investment Committee appointed by it the authority to so direct investments, and to establish and discontinue such separate investment funds under Section 5.9 as the Committee shall in its sole discretion from time to time determine. The Administrator shall have the sole responsibility for the administration of the Plan, which responsibility is specifically described in the Plan and the Trust Agreement. The Trustee shall have the sole responsibility for the administration of the Trust Fund and the management of the assets held under the Trust Agreement, except as otherwise directed by the Board of Directors or the Investment Committee and except for assets managed by an Investment Manager, all as specifically provided in the Plan and the Trust Agreement. The Investment Committee shall have such authority and responsibility to direct investments and appoint Investment Managers as may be delegated to it by the Board of Directors. An Investment Manager shall have sole responsibility for the management of Trust Fund assets turned over to it.

Any directions given, information furnished, or action taken by a Fiduciary, with respect to the Plan or Trust Fund shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and the Trust Agreement, as the case may be, authorizing or providing for such direction, information or action. To the extent permitted by law, each Fiduciary may rely upon the direction, information or action of any other Fiduciary as being proper under the Plan and the Trust Agreement and is not required to inquire into the propriety of any such direction, information or action. It is intended that each Fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper exercise of its powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations under the Plan and the Trust Agreement and that no Fiduciary shall be responsible for any act or failure to act of another Fiduciary. No Fiduciary guarantees the Trust Fund in any manner against investment loss or depreciation in asset value.

10.2 Appointment of Administrator . The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator who shall be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. All usual and reasonable expenses of the Administrator may be paid in whole or in part by the Company, and any expenses not paid by the Company shall be paid by the Trustee out of the principal or Income of the Trust Fund. If the Administrator is an Employee he shall not receive compensation with respect to his services as Administrator. The Administrator may also appoint one or more assistant administrators and other persons, who shall serve at his pleasure, to assist him in the administration of the Plan and may allocate and delegate his fiduciary responsibilities under the Plan by written instrument in accordance with Section 405 of ERISA.

 

-56-


10.3 Power and Duties. In addition to such powers and duties as may be specified elsewhere in this instrument, the Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to

 

  (a) make and enforce such rules as he deems necessary or proper for the administration of the Plan;

 

  (b) determine all matters relating to the eligibility of persons to become Participants in the Plan and determine whether or not any eligible Employee has become a Participant in the Plan;

 

  (c) determine whether and when the employment of any Participant has been terminated and, if material to a determination of the benefits of such Participant, the cause of such termination;

 

  (d) decide all questions and disputes which may arise from time to time with respect to the rights under the Plan of Employees, Participants and all other persons who may be entitled to benefits under the Plan;

 

  (e) compute, or cause to be computed, the amount of benefits which will be payable to any Participant or other person, to determine the person or persons to whom such benefits will be paid and to authorize the payment of such benefits;

 

  (f) from time to time in writing furnish to the Trustee all such information, data and directions as may be required by the Trustee or the terms of this instrument for the performance by the Trustee of its duties hereunder;

 

  (g) determine such matters as may from time to time be submitted to him by the Trustee which the Trustee states to be necessary for it properly to discharge its duties, powers and obligations under this instrument;

 

  (h) keep, or cause to be kept, such books and records as may be necessary or appropriate for the orderly administration of the Plan, all such books and records to be open to inspection at any time by the Company;

 

  (i) execute and file, or cause to be executed and filed, such reports or other documents, and make, or cause to be made, such disclosures, as the Plan or any one acting for the Plan may be required to execute and file or make by any applicable law or statute now or hereafter enacted, unless otherwise provided by such law or statute;

 

  (j) interpret and construe any and all of the provisions of this instrument and any and all documents and materials developed, maintained or used in connection with the administration of the Plan; and

 

  (k) perform all such other duties and acts as may be required to be performed by the Administrator by the terms of this instrument and the operation of the Plan.

 

-57-


10.4 Effect of Interpretation or Determination . Any interpretation of the Plan or other determination with respect to the Plan by the Administrator shall be final and conclusive on all persons in the absence of clear and convincing evidence that the Administrator acted arbitrarily and capriciously.

10.5 Nondiscriminatory Exercise of Authority . Whenever, in the administration of the Plan, any discretionary action by the Administrator is required, he shall exercise his authority in a nondiscriminatory manner so that all persons similarly situated will receive substantially the same treatment.

10.6 Named Fiduciary . The Administrator will be a “named fiduciary” for purposes of Section 402(a)(1) of ERISA with authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, except that he will have no authority over the investment of the assets of the Trust Fund.

10.7 Indemnification . The Company agrees to indemnify the Administrator and save him harmless against any and all liability occasioned by or arising out of any action taken, suffered or omitted in good faith by him.

10.8 Examination of Records . The Administrator will make available to each Participant such of its records as pertain to him, for examination at reasonable times during normal business hours.

10.9 Claims and Review Procedures .

 

  (a) Claims Procedure . If any person believes he is being denied any rights or benefits under the Plan, such person may file a claim in writing with the Administrator. If any such claim is wholly or partially denied, the Administrator will notify such person of its decision in writing. Such notification will contain (i) specific reasons for the denial, (ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions, (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for such person to perfect such claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary and (iv) information as to the steps to be taken if the person wishes to submit a request for review. Such notification will be given within 90 days after the claim is received by the Administrator (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to such person within the initial 90-day period). If such notification is not given within such period, the claim will be considered denied as of the last day of such period and such person may request a review of his claim.

 

  (b)

Review procedure . Within 60 days after the date on which a person receives a written notice of a denied claim (or, if applicable, within 60 days after the date on which such denial is considered to have occurred) such person (or his duly authorized representative) may (i) file a written request with the Administrator for a review of his denied claim and of pertinent documents and (ii) submit written issues and comments to the Administrator. The Administrator will notify such

 

-58-


  person of its decision in writing. Such notification will be written in a manner calculated to be understood by such person and will contain specific reasons for the decision as well as specific references to pertinent Plan provisions. The decision on review will be made within 60 days after the request for review is received by the Administrator (or within 120 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the request, such as an election by the Administrator to hold a hearing, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given, to such person within the initial 60-day period). If the decision on review is not made within such period, the claim will be considered denied.

10.10 Membership of Investment Committee. The Investment Committee shall be comprised of the number of persons determined by the Board of Directors and appointed in writing by MacDermid, Incorporated. Any member of the Committee may at any time be removed from office by MacDermid, Incorporated by notice in writing delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to such member and to each other member of the Committee. Such removal shall be effective on the date specified therein or, if no date is specified, on the fifth day next following the date of such notice. Whenever a member of the Committee who is an Employee of the Company shall cease to be such Employee, he shall automatically cease to be a member of the Committee. Any member of the Committee may resign by instrument in writing delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Corporation. Such resignation shall be effective on the date specified therein or, if no date is specified, on the fifth day next following the date of such instrument. Each vacancy in the Committee, however arising, shall be filled by MacDermid, Incorporated by the appointment in writing of a successor; provided , that if, after the expiration of a period of 30 days following receipt by the Corporation from the remaining members of the Committee of a written request to fill any such vacancy, MacDermid, Incorporated shall have failed to do so, the remaining members of the Committee shall have the power to fill the same by instrument in writing delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Corporation and to the Trustee. During the existence of a vacancy on the Committee the remaining members thereof shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Committee.

10.11 Action by Investment Committee . The Committee shall act by a majority (but not less than two) of its members; provided , that no member of the Committee shall vote or decide upon any matter relating to himself as a Participant, but all such matters shall be voted or decided by the other members of the Committee and in case they do not agree may be determined by the Trustee, and the vote, decision or determination of such other members or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the interested member of the Committee. A formal meeting of the Committee need not be called or held for the purpose of making any decision, but decisions may be made and evidenced by a written document signed by a majority of the Committee. A Committee member who, within a reasonable time after he has knowledge of any action or failure to act by the majority, registers his dissent in writing with the other members of the Committee and the Corporation shall not be responsible for such action or failure to act.

 

-59-


10.12 Investment Instructions. The Committee shall have the authority to select the separate investment funds within the Trust Fund and, to the extent investments are not directed by Participants in accordance with Section 5.6, to instruct the Trustee regarding the investment and reinvestment of the Trust Fund and may delegate such authority to the Administrator. All such instructions to the Trustee shall be in writing and, if such instructions are given by the Committee, shall be signed by a majority of the Committee members. Except to the extent otherwise provided by applicable law, in acting pursuant to written instructions of the Committee or the Administrator, the Trustee shall not be liable for any loss resulting from following such written instructions.

10.13 Nondiscrimination and Standard of Care. In exercising the powers and duties vested in them under this instrument, neither the Administrator nor the Committee shall discriminate among Participants, each of whom shall be given the same consideration under like circumstances, and all such powers and duties shall be discharged with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims, and in accordance with the terms of the documents and instruments governing the Plan.

10.14 Payment of Expenses. All costs and expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan, including fees and expenses of the Trustee, shall be paid by the Company or, to the extent not paid by the Company, by the Plan. Brokerage commissions, transfer taxes, and other charges and expenses in connection with the purchase and sale of New MacDermid Stock by the Trustee shall be paid by the Company or, to the extent not paid by the Company, by the Plan. Taxes, if any, upon, or in respect of, any assets held by the Trustee or income therefrom, which are payable by the Trustee, shall be charged against the applicable Accounts of Participants as the Trustee and the Administrator shall determine.

10.15 Compensation and Indemnification. Neither the Administrator nor the Committee shall be entitled to compensation for their services, but the Company agrees to reimburse the Administrator and the Committee for any and all necessary expenses incurred by them. The Company agrees to indemnify and save harmless each of the Administrator and the members of the Committee against any and all liability occasioned by or arising out of any action taken, suffered or omitted in good faith by him. Any reasonable expenses incurred in administering the Plan may be paid by the Company, or to the extent not paid by the Company, from the Trust Fund.

 

-60-


ARTICLE XI

Amendment and Termination

11.1 Amendment . MacDermid, Incorporated shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, to modify or amend this instrument or any of its provisions by action of the Board of Directors, each such modification or amendment to be by instrument in writing, executed by MacDermid, Incorporated; provided , that no such modification or amendment shall be such, or shall be so construed, as to:

 

  (a) cause or permit any assets of the Trust Fund to be diverted to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants and their beneficiaries (as provided in Section 12.2);

 

  (b) amend the Plan’s vesting schedule unless the Plan, as amended, provides that each Participant whose nonforfeitable benefit derived from Company contributions is determined under such schedule and who has completed at least three years of Credited Service may elect during the election period (as hereinafter defined) to have the nonforfeitable portion of his or her benefit derived from Company contributions determined without regard to such amendment. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, no election need be provided for any Participant whose nonforfeitable benefit under the Plan, as amended, at any time cannot be less than such nonforfeitable benefit determined without regard to such amendment. For purposes of this paragraph, the “election period” must begin no later than the date the Plan amendment is adopted and end no earlier than the latest of the following dates:

 

  (i) the date which is 60 days after the day on which the amendment is adopted,

 

  (ii) the date which is 60 days after the day on which the amendment becomes effective, or

 

  (iii) (the date which is 60 days after the day on which the Participant is issued written notice of the Plan amendment by the Company or Administrator; or

 

  (c) reduce without his consent the benefits then accrued of any Participant in the Plan; or

 

  (d) change, without the prior written consent of the Trustee or Administrator, as the case may be, any of the powers, rights, duties or obligations of the Trustee or Administrator, as the case may be,

unless such modification or amendment is necessary or appropriate in order to qualify the trust hereunder as an exempt trust under the provisions of Section 401(a) and 501 of the Code, or to retain for the trust such qualified status.

 

-61-


11.2 Termination . Although MacDermid, Incorporated expects to continue the Plan indefinitely, it expressly reserves the right to terminate it any time by instrument in writing, such termination to be effective on the date specified in such instrument. From and after the termination date so specified, no further contributions shall be made by the Company and the Trustee shall forthwith proceed with the liquidation of the Trust Fund and each person who is a Participant in the Plan or entitled to benefits under the Plan on said date shall be entitled to a nonforfeitable benefit, payable in a single lump sum payment, equal in amount to that proportion of the value (after such liquidation and the payment of the expenses of liquidation and termination) of the Trust Fund which the net credit balance in the accounts maintained on behalf of such Participant on said termination date bears to the total of all net credit balances in the accounts of all Participants on said termination date. In the event that a partial termination of the Plan shall be deemed to have occurred, each Participant affected shall be entitled to a nonforfeitable benefit equal in amount to the net credit balance in the accounts maintained on behalf of such Participant as of the date such partial termination is deemed to have occurred. Although a suspension of Company contributions may occur without being deemed a termination of the Plan, the permanent discontinuance by the Company of further contributions under the Plan shall be deemed to be a termination by the Company of the Plan as hereinbefore provided. If the Company or an Affiliated Company maintains a defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code), a Participant’s benefit will not be distributed without the Participant’s consent. In the event a successor plan, as defined for purposes of Section 401(k) of the Code, is established or maintained, distribution shall be made in accordance with the requirements of such Section. Upon the completion of distributions hereunder, the Trust Fund will terminate and no Participant or other person shall have any claims thereunder, except as required by applicable law.

11.3 Termination in Event of Certain Changes in Ownership of the Company. In the event that at any time the Company shall have a “Principal Stockholder,” as hereinafter defined, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, unless a majority of the “Continuing Directors”, as hereinafter defined, shall have, on or before the date of termination hereinafter specified, voted to continue the Plan, the Plan shall terminate as of the twenty-first day next following the date on which the Board of Directors becomes aware that it has a Principal Stockholder. Thereupon, the Accounts of all Participants shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable and all amounts then held in the Participants’ Accounts shall be immediately distributed to such Participants in the manner provided in Section 11.2, subject to a prior favorable determination by the Internal Revenue Service with respect to the Plan termination, which shall be promptly applied for.

For purposes of this Section 11.3, (a) the term “Principal Stockholder” shall mean any corporation, person, or other entity (“person”) owning beneficially, directly or indirectly, shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to cast 25 percent or more of the votes at the time entitled to be cast generally in the election of Directors by all of the outstanding shares of all classes of capital stock of the Company (other than any such shares held by any qualified employee benefit plan maintained by the Company), considered for purposes of this Section 11.3 as one class; (b) in determining such ownership, a person shall be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any shares of capital stock of the Company which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other person (i) with which it or its “affiliate” or “associate,” as hereinafter

 

-62-


defined, has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of capital stock of the Company or (ii) which is its “affiliate” or “associate”; (c) the term “Continuing Director” shall mean a person who was a member of the Board of Directors of the Company elected by the public stockholders prior to the time that the Company had a Principal Stockholder, or a person recommended to succeed a Continuing Director by a majority of Continuing Directors; (d) a person shall be deemed to be an “affiliate” of, or affiliated with, a specified person if such person directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified; and (e) the term “associate” used to indicate a relationship with any person shall mean (i) any corporation or organization (other than the Company or any subsidiary of the Company) of which such person is an officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10 percent or more of any class of equity security, (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home as such person.

11.4 Notices with Respect to Termination . No payment of benefits or distribution of assets shall be made by the Trustee hereunder until receipt by it of written confirmation from the Company that it has given all notices and prepared and filed all reports which may be required by law.

 

-63-


ARTICLE XII

Miscellaneous Provisions

12.1 Participant and Employee Rights . This instrument and the Plan embodied herein and established hereby shall not be deemed to give any Participant or any Employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or an Affiliated Company, or confer on or create in any Participant or any Employee any rights of any name or nature, legal or equitable, except such as are expressly set forth herein. Neither anything contained in this instrument nor any action taken by the Company hereunder shall in any way prevent the Company or an Affiliated Company from terminating at any time the employment of any Employee or Participant, present or future, nor subject it to any liability under this instrument for any such termination.

12.2 Exclusive Benefit . This instrument and the Plan embodied herein and established hereby are for the exclusive benefit of the Employees of the Company. No part of the assets of the Trust Fund shall be held for purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants and their beneficiaries and the payment of expenses of administering the Plan and Trust Fund. Except as provided in Section 4.9, no funds paid to the Trustee under the Plan and no funds or property at any time held by the Trustee hereunder shall revert or inure to the possession, ownership or control of the Company.

12.3 Release by Participants . Except to the extent that it relieves the Company, the Administrator or the Trustee from responsibility or liability for any responsibility, obligation or duty owing to the Plan or any Participant, any payment to any Participant or to any person entitled to a benefit under the Plan, made in accordance with the provisions of this instrument, shall to the extent thereof be in full satisfaction of all claims against any or all of the Trustee, the Administrator and the Company, any of whom may require such Participant or person, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release therefor in such form as shall be determined by the Trustee, the Administrator or the Company, as the case may be.

12.4 Merger . In the event of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with any other plan, or in the event of any transfer of assets and liabilities from the Plan to any other plan, the assets of the Plan applicable to any Participant shall be transferred to such other plan only if the benefit to which such Participant is entitled immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer (determined as if the plan had then terminated) is equal to or greater than the benefit which he would have been entitled to receive if the Plan had terminated immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer.

12.5 Governing Law . This instrument shall be construed, and the rights and liabilities of all persons hereunder shall be determined, in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut, to the extent not preempted by ERISA.

 

-64-


SCHEDULE A

 

-65-


Exhibit 10.5

MACDERMID, INCORPORATED

PROFIT SHARING AND EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN

(As amended and restated generally

effective January 1, 2010)


MACDERMID, INCORPORATED PROFIT SHARING AND

EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN

Table of Contents

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I Preamble

     1   

ARTICLE II Definitions and Construction

     3   

2.1      “Administrator”

     3   

2.2      “Affiliated Company”

     3   

2.3      “Approved Leave”

     3   

2.4      “Autotype”

     3   

2.5      “Autotype 401(k) Plan”

     3   

2.6      “Board of Directors”

     3   

2.7      “Break in Service”

     3   

2.8      “Cash Distributions”

     3   

2.9      “Code”

     3   

2.10    “Company”

     3   

2.11    “Compensation”

     4   

2.12    “Continuous Employment”

     5   

2.13    “Credited Service”

     5   

2.14    “Early Retirement Age”

     6   

2.15    “Effective Date”

     6   

2.16    “Elective Contribution”

     6   

2.17    “Elective Contribution Account”

     6   

2.18    “Employee”

     6   

2.19    “Employee Profit Sharing Contribution”

     7   

2.20    “Employer Contribution”

     7   

2.21    “Employer Money Purchase Contribution”

     7   

2.22    “Employer Contribution Account”

     7   

2.23    “Employer Money Purchase Contribution Account”

     7   

2.24    “Employer Special Share Account”

     7   

2.25    “ERISA”

     7   

2.26    “Fiduciary”

     7   

2.27    “Forfeiture”

     7   

2.28    “Gumm”

     7   

2.29    “Gumm Plan”

     7   

2.30    “Highly Compensated Employee”

     8   

2.31    “Hours of Service”

     9   

2.32    “Income”

     11   

2.33    “Investment Committee”

     12   

2.34    “Investment Manager”

     12   

2.35    “MacDermid Equipment” or “MEI”

     12   

2.36    “MEI 401(k) Plan”

     12   

 

i


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

     Page  

2.37    “MEI MP Plan”

     12   

2.38    “MacDermid Imaging”

     12   

2.39    “MacDermid Imaging Plan”

     12   

2.40    “New MacDermid Stock”

     12   

2.41    “Normal Retirement Age”

     12   

2.42    “Participant”

     12   

2.43    “Plan”

     12   

2.44    “Plan Year” or “Limitation Year”

     12   

2.45    “Prior ESOP”

     12   

2.46    “Prior Plan”

     12   

2.47    “PTI”

     13   

2.48    “PTI Plan”

     13   

2.49    “PTI MP Plan”

     13   

2.50    “Transferred National Starch Employee”

     13   

2.51    “Trustee”

     13   

2.52    “Trust Agreement”

     13   

2.53    “Trust Fund”

     13   

2.54    “Valuation Date”

     13   

2.55    “W. Canning”

     13   

2.56    “W. Canning Plan”

     13   

ARTICLE III Participation and Service

     14   

3.1      Participation

     14   

3.2      Termination of Participation

     14   

3.3      Rejoining After Termination of Participation

     15   

3.4      Inactive Status

     15   

ARTICLE IV Contributions

     16   

4.1      Employer Contributions

     16   

4.2      Employee Profit Sharing Contributions

     16   

4.3      Elective Contributions.

     17   

4.4      Employee ESOP Contributions

     18   

4.5      Employer ESOP Contributions

     18   

4.6      Cash Distributions

     19   

4.7      Limitations on Allocations to Participants

     19   

4.8      Limit on Contributions of Company

     25   

4.9      Limited Return of Contributions

     25   

4.10    Certain Transfers

     25   

ARTICLE V Allocations to Participants’ Accounts

     27   

5.1      Individual Accounts

     27   

5.2      Computation and Allocation of Employer Contributions

     27   

5.3      Allocation of Employee Profit Sharing

     27   

5.4      Allocation of Elective Contributions

     27   

5.5      Allocation of Income and Dividends

     27   

5.6      Forfeitures

     28   

 

ii


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

     Page  

5.7      Account Value

     28   

5.8      Investment Options Under Plan

     29   

5.9      Transfers Among Investment Funds

     29   

5.10    Interest of Participants in Trust Fund

     29   

5.11    Special Diversification Requirements

     30   

ARTICLE VI Benefits

     32   

6.1      Retirement

     32   

6.2      Disability

     32   

6.3      Benefits on Death

     32   

6.4      Vesting

     33   

6.5      Changes in Vesting Schedule

     33   

6.6      Manner of Payment of Benefits

     34   

6.7      Election to Take Benefits in Stock

     35   

6.8      Time of Payment of Benefits

     35   

6.9      Separate Account

     35   

6.10    Cash-Outs of Certain Benefits

     36   

6.11    Restoration of Benefits

     37   

6.12    Direct Rollover

     37   

6.13    Immediate Distributions

     38   

6.14    Required Distributions

     38   

6.15    Latest Commencement Date of Benefits

     39   

6.16    Nonalienation of Benefits

     40   

6.17    Distributions Required by a Qualified Domestic Relations Order

     42   

6.18    No Vested Rights

     42   

6.19    Incapacity of Payee

     42   

6.20    Special Distribution Rights Regarding MEI MP Plan Benefits

     42   

6.21    Special Distribution Rights Regarding PTI MP Plan Benefits

     46   

ARTICLE VII Withdrawals

     47   

7.1      Hardship Withdrawals

     47   

7.2      Withdrawals From Employee Profit Sharing Contribution Account

     48   

7.3      Loans To Participants

     49   

ARTICLE VIII Top-Heavy Provisions

     52   

8.1      Top-Heavy Minimum Contributions

     52   

8.2      Top-Heavy Vesting

     52   

8.3      Adjustment to Limitation on Benefits

     52   

8.4      Definitions

     53   

8.5      Determination of Top Heavy Status

     54   

8.6      Matching Contributions

     54   

ARTICLE IX Trustee

     55   

9.1      Appointment

     55   

9.2      Removal and Replacement

     55   

9.3      Changes in Trust Arrangements

     55   

9.4      Group or Common Trust Funds

     55   

 

iii


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

     Page  

ARTICLE X Administration of Plan

     56   

10.1      Allocation of Fiduciary Responsibility

     56   

10.2      Appointment of Administrator

     56   

10.3      Power and Duties

     57   

10.4      Effect of Interpretation or Determination

     58   

10.5      Nondiscriminatory Exercise of Authority

     58   

10.6      Named Fiduciary

     58   

10.7      Indemnification

     58   

10.8      Examination of Records

     58   

10.9      Claims and Review Procedures.

     58   

10.10    Membership of Investment Committee

     59   

10.11    Action by Investment Committee

     59   

10.12    Investment Instructions

     60   

10.13    Nondiscrimination and Standard of Care

     60   

10.14    Payment of Expenses

     60   

10.15    Compensation and Indemnification

     60   

ARTICLE XI Amendment and Termination

     61   

11.1      Amendment

     61   

11.2      Termination

     62   

11.3      Termination in Event of Certain Changes in Ownership of the Company

     62   

11.4      Notices with Respect to Termination

     63   

ARTICLE XII Miscellaneous Provisions

     64   

12.1      Participant and Employee Rights

     64   

12.2      Exclusive Benefit

     64   

12.3      Release by Participants

     64   

12.4      Merger

     64   

12.5      Governing Law

     64   

 

iv

Exhibit 10.6

MacDERMID, INCORPORATED

EMPLOYEES’ PENSION PLAN

(As amended and restated generally effective January 1, 2009)

 

 

Table of Contents

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I Preamble

     4  

ARTICLE II Definitions

     4  

2.1      Accrued Benefit

     4  

2.2      Actuarial Equivalent

     4  

2.3      Actuary

     6  

2.4      Administrator

     6  

2.5      Affiliated Company

     6  

2.6      Annuity Starting Date

     6  

2.7      Approved Leave

     7  

2.8      Average Monthly Compensation

     7  

2.9      Board of Directors

     7  

2.10    Break in Service

     7  

2.11    Code

     7  

2.12    Company

     7  

2.13    Compensation

     7  

2.14    Continuous Employment

     9  

2.15    Covered Compensation

     9  

2.16    Credited Service

     9  

2.17    Disability

     10   

2.18    Early Retirement Date

     11   

2.19    Effective Date

     11   

2.20    Employee

     11   

2.21    ERISA

     11   

2.22    Final Average Compensation

     11   

2.23    Frozen Actuarial Equivalent Value

     12   

2.24    Highly Compensated Employee

     12   

2.25    Hours of Service

     12   

2.26    Normal Retirement Date

     15  

2.27    Participant

     16  

2.28    Plan

     16  

2.29    Plan Year

     16  

2.30    Primary Social Security Benefit

     16  

2.31    Prior Plan

     17  

2.32    Taxable Wage Base

     17  

2.33    Trust

     17  

2.34    Trust Agreement

     17  

2.35    Trust Fund

     17  

2.36    Trustee

     17  

2.37    Year of Service

     18  

 

i


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

     Page  

ARTICLE III Eligibility and Participation

     19  

3.1      Eligibility

     19  

3.2      Termination of Participation

     19  

3.3      Reemployment After Termination of Participation

     20  

3.4      Prior Plan Provisions to Apply to Certain Persons

     20  

ARTICLE IV Contributions

     20  

4.1      Participant Contributions

     20  

4.2      Company Contributions

     20  

4.3      Limited Return of Contributions

     20  

ARTICLE V Retirement

     20  

5.1      Retirement at Normal Retirement Date

     20  

5.2      Early Retirement

     21  

5.3      Disability Retirement

     21  

5.4      Late Retirement

     21  

ARTICLE VI Benefits

     21  

6.1      Normal Retirement Benefit

     21  

6.2      Early Retirement Benefit

     21  

6.3      Disability Retirement

     22  

6.4      Late Retirement Benefit

     23  

6.5      Supplemental Retirement Benefit

     23  

6.6      Death Benefits

     23  

6.7      Termination of Employment

     24  

6.8      Form of Benefits

     24  

6.9      Election Not to Take Joint and Survivor Annuity

     25  

6.10    Spousal Consent

     26  

6.11    Cash-Outs of Certain Benefits

     26  

6.12    Repayment of Distributions

     27  

6.13    Direct Rollover

     27  

6.14    Change of Vesting Schedule

     28  

6.15    Immediate Distributions

     28  

6.16    Required Distributions

     29  

6.17    Required Minimum Distributions

     29  

6.18    Latest Commencement Date of Benefits

     29  

6.19    General Limitations on Benefits.

     31  

6.20    Limitations Applicable to Certain Employees and Former Employees

     33  

6.21    Transitional Rule for Certain Accrued Benefits

     34  

6.22    Nonalienation of Benefits

     35  

6.23    Distributions Required by a Qualified Relations Order

     36  

 

ii


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

     Page  

6.24    No Vested Rights

     36  

6.25    Incapacity of Payee

     36  

6.26    Inability to Locate Participant or Beneficiary

     37  

ARTICLE VII Top Heavy Provisions

     37  

7.1      Top Heavy Minimum Benefits

     37  

7.2      Special Vesting

     37  

7.3      Definitions

     38  

7.4      Determination of Top Heavy Status

     39  

ARTICLE VIII Funding of Plan

     40  

8.1      Description of Trustee

     40  

8.2      Funding Policy and Method

     40  

ARTICLE IX Administration of Plan

     40  

9.1      Appointment of Administrator

     40  

9.2      Duties

     41  

9.3      Effect of Interpretation or Determination

     42  

9.4      Nondiscriminatory Exercise of Authority

     42  

9.5      Named Fiduciary

     42  

9.6      Indemnification

     42  

9.7      Examination of Records

     42  

9.8      Claims and Review Procedures

     42  

ARTICLE X Amendment and Termination

     43  

10.1    Amendment

     43  

10.2    Termination

     43  

10.3    Notices With Respect to Termination

     44  

10.4    Termination in Event of Certain Changes in Ownership of the Company

     44  

ARTICLE XI Miscellaneous Provisions

     45  

11.1    Participant and Employee Rights

     45  

11.2    Exclusive Benefit of Participants

     45  

11.3    Release by Participants

     45  

11.4    Merger

     46  

11.5    Governing Law

     46  

 

iii


ARTICLE I

Preamble

The purpose of MacDermid, Incorporated in establishing the MacDermid, Incorporated Employees’ Pension Plan is to provide eligible employees with basic retirement income, in addition to such income from any other plan which the company or an affiliated company may maintain.

In connection with and as part of the plan a trust was established by an agreement dated March 31, 1977. Other trustees may be appointed, if deemed appropriate, to act as co-trustees with the trustee under the above agreement or as the trustee or co-trustee under a separate agreement (collectively, the “Trustee”).

The plan was initially adopted on March 15, 1977, effective as of April 1, 1976. The Plan periodically has been amended and restated, among other things, to comply with the provisions of Uruguay Round Agreements Act of 1994, the Uniformed Service Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, the Internal Revenue Service Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998, the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000, the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001, the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and regulations thereunder.

The Plan was most recently amended and restated as hereinafter set forth January 1, 2009, unless specifically stated otherwise.

The Plan, as contained herein, and Trust are intended to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code.

ARTICLE II

Definitions

Wherever used in this instrument:

2.1 “Accrued Benefit” means the amount determined in accordance with Section 6.1 for a benefit commencing at Normal Retirement Date, based on the Participant’s Average Monthly Compensation, Covered Compensation, Final Average Compensation and Credited Service as of the date of determination.

2.2 “Actuarial Equivalent” means the equality in value of the aggregate amounts expected to be received under different forms of payment determined in accordance with this Section 2.2.

 

  (a) Except as otherwise provided, Actuarial Equivalent shall be determined based on the following actuarial assumptions: (i) Interest: 7% per annum; and (ii) Mortality: 1984 Unisex Pension Mortality Table with mortality rates set back three years for beneficiaries;

 

- 4 -


  (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1996, for purposes of determining the amount of a distribution in a form other than an annual benefit that is nondecreasing for the life of the Participant or, in the case of a qualified pre-retirement survivor, the life of the Participant’s spouse; or that decreases during the life of the Participant merely because of the death of the surviving annuitant (but only if the reduction is to a level not below 50% of the annual benefit payable before the death of the surviving annuitant) or merely because of the cessation or reduction of Social Security supplements or qualified disability payments, Actuarial Equivalent will be determined on the basis of the applicable mortality table and applicable interest rate under Section 417(e) of the Code, subject to the requirements of Section 6.19 of the Plan. For purposes of the preceding sentence, (i) the applicable interest rate is the rate of interest on 30-year Treasury securities as specified by the Commissioner for the month of November of the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which the distribution occurs, and (ii) the applicable mortality table is the blended 1983 Group Annuity Mortality Table (as prescribed by Internal Revenue Service in Revenue Ruling 95-6, or its successor rulings or guidance). For purposes of the time for determining the applicable interest rate, the stability period under the Plan is one calendar year. The lookback month, relating to the stability period under the Plan is the second calendar month preceding the first day of the stability period. A Plan amendment that changes the date for determining the applicable interest rate (including an indirect change as a result of a change in Plan Year), shall not be given effect with respect to any distribution during the period ending one year after the later of the amendment’s effective date or adoption date, if, during such period and as a result of such amendment, the Participant’s distribution would be reduced.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, the applicable interest rate means the adjusted first, second, and third segment rates for the applicable period applied under rules similar to the rules of Section 430(h)(2)(C) of the Code for the month before the date of the distribution (or such other time as the Treasury Secretary may by regulations prescribe), but in no event earlier than the first month of the Plan Year in which the distribution occurs. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the adjusted first, second, and third segment rates are the first, second and third segment rates which would be determined under Section 403(h)(2)(C) of the Code if:

 

  (i) Section 430(h)(2)(D) of the Code were applied by substituting the average yields for the month described in clause (ii) hereof for the average yields for the 24-month period described in such Section 430(h)(2)(D),

 

- 5 -


  (ii) Section 430(h)(2)(G)(i)(II) were applied by substituting “Section 417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(II)” for “Section 412(b)(5)(B)(ii)(II)”,

 

  (iii) the applicable percentage under Section 430(h)(2)(G) of the Code were: (a) in the case of the Plan Year beginning on January 1, 2008, twenty (20%) percent; (b) in the case of the Plan Year beginning on January 1, 2009, forty (40%) percent; (c) in the case of the Plan Year beginning on January 1, 2010, sixty (60%) percent; and (d) in the case of the Plan Year beginning on January 1, 2011, eighty (80%) percent, and

 

  (iv) the term “applicable period” means November of the Plan Year immediately preceding the Plan Year with respect to which the applicable interest rate is to be determined.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, for purposes of the adjusting any benefit under Section 415(b)(2)(B) of the Code for any form of benefit subject to Section 417(e)(3) of the Code, the interest rate assumption shall not be less than the greatest of (I) 5.5 %, (II) the rate that provides a benefit of not more than 105 % of the benefit that would be provided if the applicable interest rate (as described in Section 417(e)(3) of the Code) were the interest rate assumption or (III) or such other rate as may be specified under the Plan from time to time.

2.3 “Actuary” means the individual actuary or firm of actuaries selected by the Administrator to provide actuarial services in connection with the administration of the Plan.

2.4 “Administrator” means the person appointed pursuant to Article IX to administer the Plan.

2.5 “Affiliated Company” means (a) any corporation (other than the Company) which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code) with the Company; (b) any trade or business (other than the Company), whether or not incorporated, which is under common control (as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code) with the Company; (c) any trade or business (other than the Company) which is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in Section 414(m) of the Code) of which the Company is also a member; or (d) any entity (other than the Company) required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to regulations issued under Section 414(o) of the Code; provided , that the term “Affiliated Company” shall not include any corporation, unincorporated trade or business or other entity prior to the date on which such corporation, trade or business or entity satisfies the affiliation or control test of (a), (b), (c) or (d) above. In identifying “Affiliated Companies” for purposes of Section 6.19(a), the definitions in Sections 414(b) and (c) of the Code will be modified as provided in Section 415(h) of the Code.

2.6 “Annuity Starting Date” means, for any Participant, (a) the first day of the first period for which a benefit is payable to the Participant under the Plan as an annuity, or (b) in the case of a benefit not payable in the form of an annuity, the first day on which all events have occurred which entitle the Participant to such benefit.

 

- 6 -


2.7 “Approved Leave” means a leave of absence authorized by the Company under the Company’s standard personnel practices; provided , that all persons under similar circumstances must be treated alike in the granting of such Approved Leaves; and provided further , that the Participant returns within the period specified in the Approved Leave.

2.8 “Average Monthly Compensation” means the amount obtained by dividing by 60 the total Compensation of a Participant (a) for Plan Years beginning on or after April 1, 1995, during the five consecutive Plan Years in which Compensation was highest and (b) for Plan Years beginning prior to April 1, 1995, during the five Plan Years in which Compensation was highest, in either case, within the last ten Plan Years of the Participant’s Credited Service; provided, however, that if a Participant has a Break in Service during such ten year period, the rules described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.415 (b)-1 (a)(5)(iii) shall apply in order to determine the five years during which such Participant’s Compensation was highest.

2.9 “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of MacDermid, Incorporated.

2.10 “Break in Service” means one or more consecutive One Year Breaks in Service. The term “One Year Break in Service” means, with respect to any person, a Plan Year during which the person does not complete 500 or more Hours of Service, except as otherwise provided herein. An Approved Leave shall not constitute a Break in Service but shall also not be considered as Credited Service or as a Year of Service under the Plan.

2.11 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as from time to time amended.

2.12 “Company” means MacDermid, Incorporated, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Connecticut, and any Affiliated Company which adopts the Plan with the consent of MacDermid, Incorporated.

2.13 “Compensation” means, with respect to any Employee for a Limitation Year,

 

  (a) During Employment . For purposes of Sections 2.24, 6.19(b) and 7.3, for any Employee, while such Employee is currently employed by the Company, the Employee’s wages, salaries, fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Company to the extent that the amounts are includable in gross income (or to the extent that the amounts would have been received and includible in gross income but for an election under Sections 125(a), 132(f)(4), 401(k), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B)), 402(k) or

 

- 7 -


  457(b) of the Code, including but not limited to commissions paid to salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, reimbursements, expense allowances, and any amounts includible in an Employee’s gross income under Section 409A, but not including any items excludable from the definition of compensation under Treasury Regulations, Section 1.415(c)-2(d)(3).

 

  (b) Post-Severance . For purposes of Sections 2.24, 6.19(b) and 7.3, for any Employee, after such Employee has separated from service with the Company:

 

  (i) Payments Made Within 2  1 2 Months from Separation from Service . Amounts described in paragraph (a) above, that are paid (1) within two and one half months of the Employee’s separation from service or (2) at the end of the limitation year that included the Employee’s date of separation from service;

 

  (ii) Regular Wages Pages After Separation from Service . Payments of regular compensation for services during an Employee’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside of an Employee’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments that would have been paid to the employee prior to a severance from employment if such Employee had continued to be employed by the Company;

 

  (iii) Leave Cashouts and Deferred Compensation . Payments for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave, but only if an Employee would have been able to use the leave if such Employee had continued to be employed by the Company or amounts received by an Employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan, but only if the payment would have been paid to such Employee at the same time if such Employee had continued to be employed by the Company and only to the extent such amount is includible in such Employee’s gross income;

 

  (iv) Salary Continuation Payments for Military Service and Disabled Participants . Payments to a Participant who is no longer an Employee because of qualified military service (as defined in Section 414(u)(l) of the Code) or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) that are not in excess of the amounts such Participant would have received if such Participant had continued to be employed by the Company.

 

- 8 -


For all other purposes under the Plan, for any Employee, the Employee’s total compensation which is reportable as income subject to federal income tax withholding paid to the Employee during the Plan Year or which would have been so paid if not deferred by the Employee’s election under any cafeteria plan maintained by the Company.

Consistent with Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, the Compensation of each Participant for any Plan Year shall be limited to $200,000 (as adjusted from time to time by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate).

2.14 “Continuous Employment” means the aggregate regular and customary employment by the Company for a period of one or more complete Plan Years, including periods of Approved Leave, and shall include all complete Plan Years of employment whether continuous or interrupted. If an Employee is absent solely because of his sickness or disability he shall be deemed an eligible Employee continuously employed during such period as the Company continues him on its payroll, but he shall not be deemed an eligible Employee or continuously employed during such absence after such period unless absent on Approved Leave. An Employee absent on military leave shall be deemed to have been continuously employed during the period of such absence. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, effective December 12, 1994, service credit for qualified military service will be granted in accordance with Section 414(a) of the Code.

2.15 “Covered Compensation” means, for any Employee, the average of the Taxable Wage Bases in effect for each calendar year during the 35-year period ending with the last day of the calendar year in which the Employee attains Social Security retirement age, as determined under Section 415(b)(8) of the Code.

2.16 “Credited Service” means, with respect to any person, the number of Plan Years during which such person has completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service with the Company; provided , however , that:

 

  (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 2.16, for any Participant, the last period of Continuous Employment with the Company prior to April 1, 1976 shall be counted as Credited Service.

 

  (b) Solely for the purpose of determining the amount of benefits payable to or on behalf of a Participant under Article VI, a Participant shall accrue a pro rata portion of a year of Credited Service for:

 

  (i) any partial Plan Year during which a Participant’s date of employment or reemployment (in the event the Participant incurred a Break in Service) with the Company occurs,

 

  (ii) any partial Plan Year during which a Participant’s termination of employment with the Company for any reason occurs, unless the Participant is reemployed prior to incurring a Break in Service, and

 

- 9 -


  (iii) any Plan Year during which a Participant incurs a Break in Service without terminating his employment with the Company.

Such pro rata portion of a year of Credited Service shall be determined by dividing by 350 the number of consecutive days (up to a maximum of 350 days) including or between the first and last Hour of Service (excluding any period during which the Participant did not actively work on a regular basis) credited to the Participant during the period specified in (i), (ii) or (iii) above.

 

  (c) In the case of any person who does not have any nonforfeitable right to a benefit derived from Company contributions, years of Credited Service prior to any Break in Service shall not be taken into account if the number of consecutive One Year Breaks in Service is five or more. The aggregate number of years of Credited Service prior to such Break in Service shall be deemed not to include any years of Credited Service not required to be taken into account under this paragraph by reason of any prior Break in Service.

 

  (d) With respect to each Transferred Hercules Employee, such Employee’s years of service for benefit accrual purposes as credited by Hercules, Incorporated under the Hercules Pension Plan as of his date of employment with MacDermid Imaging Technology, Inc. shall be treated as years of Credited Service under this Section 2.16.

 

  (e) With respect to each Transferred National Starch Employee, such Employee’s years of service for benefit accrual purposes as credited by National Starch and Chemical Company under the National Starch and Chemical Company Pension Plan as of his date of employment with MacDermid, Incorporated shall be treated as years of Credited Service under this Section 2.16.

 

  (f) Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, effective December 12, 1994, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

2.17 “Disability” means a physical or mental condition which totally and permanently prevents a Participant from engaging in any substantially gainful activity and is expected to result in death or to be of continued duration of at least 12 months, and which either (a) qualifies the Participant for disability benefits under the Social Security Act, or (b) is found to be such a total and permanent disability by the Administrator on the basis of medical evidence satisfactory to him; provided , however , that no Participant shall be deemed to be totally and permanently disabled under this Section if his incapacity was contracted, suffered or incurred while he was engaged in a criminal enterprise or in service in the armed forces of any country.

 

- 10 -


2.18 “Early Retirement Date” means the date a Participant terminates employment after becoming eligible for Early Retirement in accordance with Section 5.2.

2.19 “Effective Date” means January 1, 2009. The original effective date of the Plan was April 1, 1976.

2.20 “Employee” means any person between whom and the Company or an Affiliated Company there exists the common law relationship of employee and employer and who is receiving remuneration for personal services rendered to the Company or an Affiliated Company, including any Employee who is also an officer or director of the Company or an Affiliated Company, but excluding (a) any officer or director not otherwise employed by the Company or an Affiliated Company, (b) any person who merely receives from the Company or an Affiliated Company or the Trust a retirement allowance or benefit, retainer or fee under contract but who is not otherwise an Employee of the Company or an Affiliated Company, (c) any employee who, by virtue of a general bargaining obligation, agreement or good faith impasse between the Company or an Affiliated Company and a labor organization which the Company or the Affiliated Company is legally obligated to recognize as such employee’s exclusive bargaining representative, is precluded from participation in the Plan, and (d) any person who is a nonresident alien and who receives no earned income from the Company or an Affiliated Company which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the Code). Any person who is a “leased employee,” within the meaning of Section 414(n) of the Code, and any person required to be considered an employee pursuant to regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code, shall be considered an employee to the extent required under such Section; provided , that no such person shall be eligible to become a Participant until he is actually employed by the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to each person who immediately prior to the decertification, effective on or about July 27, 1984, of the Cylinder Gas, Chemical, Petroleum, Auto Service and Accessory Drivers, Maintenance, Mechanics, Helpers and Inside Employees Local Union No. 283 were members thereof (and not Employees pursuant to (c) above), but immediately after such decertification became Employees, each such person shall be deemed an Employee of the Company for the period of such person’s employment with the Company prior to such decertification.

2.21 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

2.22 “Final Average Compensation” means the average of the Employee’s Compensation (or, in the case of the short Plan Year ending December 31, 2001, the Employee’s actual Compensation for such Plan Year multiplied by one and one-third) for the three consecutive full Plan Years preceding the date of determination. Compensation for each Plan Year shall be limited to the Taxable Wage Base in effect for such year.

 

- 11 -


2.23 “Frozen Actuarial Equivalent Value” means the value of the balance of each Participant’s accounts attributable to employer contributions (a) as of March 31, 1976 under the MacDermid Incorporated Employees’ Profit Sharing Plan and the American Industrial Linings, Inc. Employees’ Profit Sharing Plan and (b) as of March 31, 1984 under the MacDermid, Incorporated Ferndale Employees’ Profit Sharing Plan, in either case, increased by withdrawals and distributions made prior to such date and reduced by forfeitures, if any, of amounts in such accounts occurring after such date, projected to the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, using an interest rate of 5 1/2 percent, compounded annually, and converted to a life annuity.

2.24 “Highly Compensated Employee” means an Employee who (a) was a 5-percent owner, as defined in Section 416(i)(l) of the Code, of the Company, at any time during the Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year, or (b) for the preceding Plan Year received Compensation from the Company in excess of $80,000 (adjusted as provided in Section 415(d) of the Code), and, if the Company elects the operation of the remainder of this sentence, was in the top paid group of all Employees of the Company on the basis of Compensation for such preceding Plan Year. For this purpose, the applicable year of the Plan for which a determination is being made is called a determination year and the preceding 12-month period is called a look-back year. A Highly Compensated former Employee is based on the rules applicable to determining Highly Compensation Employee status as in effect for that determination year, in accordance with Section 1.414(g)-lT, A-4 of the temporary Income Tax Regulations and I.R.S. Notice 97-45. In determining whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee for years beginning in 1997, the amendments to Section 414(g) of the Code stated above are treated as having been in effect for years beginning in 1996.

2.25 “Hours of Service” means for any Employee during any period of time:

 

  (a) Each hour for which the Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Company or an Affiliated Company, each such hour being credited to the Employee for the computation period in which such duties were performed.

 

- 12 -


  (b)     

 

  (i) Each hour for which the Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of any of the following periods during which no duties are performed, the number of such hours and the computation periods to which such hours are to be credited being determined as provided in subparagraph (b)(ii); provided , however , that no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited under this paragraph (b) to any person on account of any single continuous period during which he performs no duties; and further provided , that Hours of Service shall not be credited under this paragraph (b) for a payment which solely reimburses the Employee for medically related expenses incurred by the Employee, or which is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable worker’s compensation, unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws:

 

  (1) Periods of time during which the Employee has been excused from work by the Company or an Affiliated Company by reason of vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff or jury duty; provided , that in the event that such person fails to return to work upon the expiration of the period for which he has been so excused, his employment shall be deemed to terminate upon such expiration.

 

  (2) Periods of Approved Leave authorized in writing by the Company; provided , that in the event the Employee fails to return to the active employ of the Company upon the expiration of the period of such Approved Leave his employment shall be deemed to terminate upon such expiration.

 

  (ii)     

 

  (1) In the case of a payment made or due which is calculated on the basis of units of time, the number of Hours of Service to be credited shall be the number of regularly scheduled working hours included in the units of time on the basis of which the payment is calculated. Such hours shall be credited to the computation period in which the period during which no duties are performed occurs, beginning with the first unit of time to which the payment relates.

 

  (2) In the case of a payment made or due which is not calculated on the basis of units of time, the number of Hours of Service to be credited shall be equal to the amount of the payment divided by the person’s most recent hourly rate of compensation before the period during which no duties are performed. For purposes of this subparagraph (b)(ii)(B), a person’s most recent hourly rate of compensation shall be (1) if his compensation is determined on the basis of an hourly rate, his most recent hourly rate of compensation, (2) if his compensation is determined on the basis of a fixed rate for specified periods of time (other than hours), his most recent rate of compensation for such specified period of time divided by the number of hours regularly scheduled for the performance of duties during such period of time, and (3) if his compensation is not determined on the basis of a fixed rate for specified periods of time, the lowest hourly rate of compensation paid to employees in the same job classification as his, or if no employees in the same job

 

- 13 -


  classification have an hourly rate, the minimum wage as established from time to time under Section 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended. Any hours to be credited under this subparagraph (b)(ii)(B) shall be credited to the computation period in which the period during which no duties are performed occurs, or if the period during which no duties are performed extends beyond one computation period, shall be allocated between not more than the first two computation periods on any reasonable basis which is consistently applied with respect to all employees within the same job classification, reasonably defined.

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (b), a person is not required to be credited hereunder on account of a period during which no duties are performed with a number of Hours of Service which is greater than the number of hours regularly scheduled for the performance of duties during such period.

 

  (iv) For purposes of this paragraph (b), in the case of a person without a regular work schedule, such person shall be deemed to have a 40 hour work week.

 

  (c) To the extent not already credited under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Company or an Affiliated Company, each such hour being credited to the computation period to which such award or agreement pertains, rather than to the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made; provided , that crediting of Hours of Service under this paragraph (c) with respect to periods described in paragraph (b) shall be subject to the limitations set forth in such paragraph (b).

 

  (d) To the extent not already described under paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this Section, each hour as is determined by the Company to be credited for periods covered by leaves of absence authorized by it or an Affiliated Company; provided , however , that all such determinations shall be uniform and applicable to all persons similarly situated.

 

  (e) Solely for purposes of determining whether a Break in Service has occurred, with respect to an Employee who furnishes to the Administrator such information as shall be reasonably required to establish that he is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons, the number of Hours of Service which would normally have been credited to him during such absence but for such absence (or, if the number of such Hours of Service cannot be determined, eight Hours of Service for each day of such absence); provided , however , that no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited with respect to any such maternity or paternity absence.

 

- 14 -


For purposes of this paragraph (e), an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (i) by reason of the pregnancy of the Employee, (ii) by reason of the birth of a child of the Employee, (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by the Employee, or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.

Hours of Service credited in accordance with this paragraph (e) shall be credited for the computation period in which the absence begins, if necessary to prevent the Employee from incurring a Break in Service in such period, or if not, in the following computation period if necessary to prevent such a Break in Service in that period.

 

  (f) With respect to each employee of Autotype Americas, Inc. as of June 13, 2005 who is actively employed by Autotype Americas, Inc. (or the Company or an Affiliated Company) as of January 1, 2006 and qualifies as an Employee as of January 1, 2006, such Employee’s hours of service, as credited under the terms of the Autotype Americas, Inc. 401(k) Plan (without regard to any amendments adopted after January 1, 2005); provided , however , that such service shall be treated as “Hours of Service” solely for purposes of determining such Employee’s eligibility to participate in the Plan under Section 3.1 (or its successors provision(s)) and the nonforfeitable portion of his or her interest in the Plan. Without limiting the foregoing, in no event shall service with Autotype Americas, Inc. or otherwise prior to the date upon which an individual becomes an Employee be considered for benefit accrual purposes under the Plan.

2.26 “Normal Retirement Date” means the last day of the calendar month coinciding with or immediately following the date on which the Participant attains age 60; provided , however, that, with respect to benefits that accrue after December 31, 2004, the term ‘Normal Retirement Date’ shall mean the last day of the calendar month coinciding with or immediately following the date on which the Participant attains age 65. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a Participant’s accrued benefit as of December 31, 2004 shall vest not later than such Participant’s attainment of age 60 provided he is then an Employee.

2.26A “Offset Amount” means, with respect to each Transferred Hercules Employee, the amount of benefits payable to such Employee under the Hercules Pension Plan as in effect on November 29, 1995 and amended pursuant to the Human Resources Annex to the Sale and Purchase Agreement dated as of November 29, 1995 by and among Hercules Incorporated, MacDermid, Incorporated and MacDermid Imaging Technology, Inc.; provided , that the calculation of such amount shall be made in accordance with such Agreement as of the date benefits become payable to the Employee under the Plan, without regard to whether benefits are then payable under the Hercules Pension Plan. An illustration of the calculation methodology described in this Section is appended to the Plan as Appendix 2.26A.

 

- 15 -


2.26B “Offset Amount” means, with respect to each Transferred National Starch Employee, the amount of benefits payable to such Employee under the National Starch and Chemical Company Pension Plan and the W. R. Grace Pension Plan as in effect on September 29, 1997; provided , that in the event that the National Starch and Chemical Company Pension Plan is amended to increase the amount of benefits payable to one or more Employees then, to that extent only, such amendment(s) shall be considered for purposes of determining an Employee’s Offset Amount; and provided , further , that the calculation of an Employee’s Offset Amount shall be made in accordance with the Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of September 29, 1997 by and among National Starch and Chemical Company and MacDermid, Incorporated as of the date benefits become payable to the Employee under the Plan, without regard to whether benefits are then payable under the National Starch and Chemical Company Pension Plan or the W.R. Grace Pension Plan. An illustration of the calculation methodology described in this Section is appended to the Plan as Appendix 2.26B.

2.27 “Participant” means an Employee of the Company who is eligible to participate and has become a Participant in the Plan in accordance with Article III.

2.28 “Plan” means the MacDermid, Incorporated Employees’ Pension Plan, as set forth herein.

2.29 “Plan Year” or “Limitation Year” means the 12-month period ending on December 31.

2.30 “Primary Social Security Benefit” means the old age benefit payable to a Participant in accordance with the provisions of the Social Security Act in effect on a Participant’s last day of employment. The amount of Primary Social Security Benefit, which shall be determined by the Administrator, is the estimated old-age insurance benefit to which the Participant would be entitled at age 65, or such other age as the unreduced primary Social Security benefit first becomes payable, based on the assumption that he did not receive any income prior to his employment with the Company and will not receive any income after his termination of employment or retirement date which would be treated as wages for purposes of the Social Security Act.

In determining the Primary Social Security Benefit of an Employee, his covered compensation under the Social Security Act for each year of employment with the Company (a) shall be assumed to be equal to the amount reported by the Company for all years such amount is available, and (b) shall be his “estimated compensation” for all earlier years, where such “estimated compensation” is determined by applying a 6 percent per year salary scale, projected backwards, to his last available reported compensation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in lieu of estimating an Employee’s compensation as aforesaid, an Employee’s actual salary history shall be used instead if it would result in a greater benefit for him under the Plan and if documentation of such actual salary history is obtained from the Social Security Administration and submitted to the Company by the Employee no later than (i) in the case of a deferred benefit, one year from his termination of employment, (ii) otherwise, the date his benefit under the Plan commences, or (iii) in any case, such later date as the Company shall determine to be reasonable under the circumstances.

 

- 16 -


2.31 “Prior Plan” means the MacDermid, Incorporated Employees’ Pension Plan as in effect from time to time prior to the Effective Date.

2.32 “Taxable Wage Base” means, for any year, the contribution and benefit base under Section 230 of the Social Security Act as in effect for such year.

2.32A “Transferred Hercules Employee” means any individual who became an Employee of MacDermid Imaging Technology, Inc. pursuant to Section 2 of the Human Resources Annex to the Sale and Purchase Agreement dated as of November 29, 1995 by and among Hercules Incorporated, MacDermid, Incorporated and MacDermid Imaging Technology, Inc.

2.32B “Transferred National Starch Employee” means any individual who became an Employee of MacDermid, Incorporated pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Purchase and Sale Agreement dated September 29, 1997 by and among National Starch and Chemical Company and MacDermid, Incorporated.

2.32C “Transferred PTI Employee” means any individual who was employed as of December 29, 1999 by Polyfibron Technologies, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company effective generally as of December 29, 1999, (“Polyfibron”) or any of the following subsidiaries of Polyfibron as of December 29, 1999 (except as otherwise noted): (i) NAPP Systems, Inc., (ii) AXCYL Inc., (iii) as of June 13, 2000, ColorSpan, and (iv) each other U.S.-based, wholly-owned subsidiary of Polyfibron (collectively, the “Polyfibron Subsidiaries”).

2.33 “Trust” means the trust established under the Trust Agreement between the Company and the Trustee, which constitutes a part of the Plan.

2.34 “Trust Agreement” means the agreement or agreements between the Company and the Trustee establishing the Trust.

2.35 “Trust Fund” means the fund, or funds, maintained in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement.

2.36 “Trustee” means the corporation or individuals appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company to administer the Trust under the Trust Agreement.

 

- 17 -


2.37 “Year of Service” or “Vesting Service” means, with respect to any Employee, the number of Plan Years in which such Employee has completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service; provided , however , that:

 

  (a) A partial Plan Year beginning a Participant’s last period of Continuous Employment prior to April 1, 1976 shall be considered a full Year of Service if such partial year began on or before October 31.

 

  (b) In the case of any person who does not have any nonforfeitable right to a benefit derived from Company contributions, Years of Service prior to any Break in Service shall not be taken into account if the number of consecutive One Year Breaks in Service is five or more. The aggregate number of Years of Service prior to such Break in Service shall be deemed not to include any Years of Service not required to be taken into account under this subsection by reason of any prior Break in Service.

 

  (c) With respect to each person who immediately prior to the sale of the assets, effective September 26, 1980, of American Industrial Linings, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of MacDermid, Incorporated and a participating entity in the Prior Plan, was an Employee of the Company and a participant under the Prior Plan, and who immediately thereafter became an employee of the corporation purchasing such assets and also known as American Industrial Linings, Inc. (the “new American Industrial Linings, Inc.”), each such person’s employment on or after September 26, 1980 with the new American Industrial Linings, Inc. shall be treated as employment with an Affiliated Company for purposes of this Section 2.37.

 

  (d) With respect to each Transferred Hercules Employee, such Employee’s years of service as credited by Hercules, Incorporated under the Hercules Pension Plan as of his date of employment with MacDermid Imaging Technology, Inc. shall be treated as Years of Service under this Section 2.37.

 

  (e) With respect to each Transferred National Starch Employee, such Employee’s years of service as credited by National Starch under the National Starch and Chemical Company Pension Plan as of his date of employment with MacDermid, Incorporated shall be treated as Years of Service under this Section 2.37.

 

  (f) With respect to each Transferred PTI Employee, each hour of employment service provided by such Employee to Polyfibron (including each hour of employment service provided by such Employee to W. R. Grace in connection with assets that were acquired by Polyfibron from W. R. Grace) and/or one or more of the Polyfibron Subsidiaries on or before December 28, 1999 shall be deemed to be an Hour of Service solely for purposes of determining such Employee’s Years of Service under this Section 2.37. Without limiting the foregoing, in no event shall any service with Polyfibron or any of the Polyfibron Subsidiaries be credited for any purpose under this Plan, including without limitation, for purposes of Section 2.16 hereof, other than as set forth in the preceding sentence.

 

- 18 -


  (g) With respect to the Plan Year ending December 31, 2001, each Participant credited with an Hour of Service between April 1, 2001 and December 31, 2001 and who has not separated from covered service prior to January 1, 2002 shall be credited with one Year of Service for such Plan Year.

The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender, and the singular shall include the plural, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder” and other similar compounds of the word “here” shall mean and refer to the entire Plan, not to any particular provision or Section.

ARTICLE III

Eligibility and Participation

3.1 Eligibility . Each individual who was a participant in the Prior Plan on March 31, 1989 and who is an Employee of the Company on January 1, 2001 shall become a Participant in the Plan. Any other Employee of the Company shall become a Participant as of the April 1 nearest the date on which he (a) attains the age of 21 years and (b) completes a 12 consecutive month period of employment during which he has 1,000 Hours of Service, provided , that he is then an Employee of the Company; and provided further , that effective April 1, 2001, any Employee of the Company not described in the first sentence of this Section 3.1, shall become a Participant as of the January 1 nearest the date on which he (a) attains the age of 18 years and (b) completes a 12 consecutive month period of employment during which he has 1,000 Hours of Service, provided , that he is then an Employee of the Company. The 12-month period shall be (i) the 12-month period commencing on the day the Employee completed his first Hour of Service or (ii) any Plan Year commencing thereafter.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Employees who became Employees as the result of a Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction will be excluded during the period beginning on the date of the transaction and ending on the last day of the first Plan Year beginning after the date of the transaction. For this purpose, a Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction is an asset or stock acquisition, merger, or similar transaction involving a change in the employer of the employees of a trade or business.

3.2 Termination of Participation . A Participant will continue to be a Participant as long as he remains an Employee of the Company and will cease to be a Participant on the first to occur of the following events:

 

  (a) his retirement at or after his Normal Retirement Date in accordance with Section 5.1 or 5.4;

 

  (b) his early retirement in accordance with Section 5.2;

 

  (c) his retirement for disability in accordance with Section 5.3;

 

  (d) his death;

 

  (e) the termination of his employment with the Company for reasons other than retirement or death; and

 

- 19 -


  (f) the termination of the Plan.

3.3 Reemployment After Termination of Participation . Each former Participant who is reemployed by the Company shall again become a Participant as of the date on which he first performs an Hour of Service as an Employee of the Company. Any benefits being paid to the Participant shall be suspended during the period of his reemployment in accordance with Section 203(a) of ERISA and Department of Labor Regulations thereunder. The retirement benefit subsequently payable shall be the benefit computed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Article VI, reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent of any payments previously made.

3.4 Prior Plan Provisions to Apply to Certain Persons . The provisions of the Plan as contained herein shall apply only to Employees who terminate employment or participation in the Plan on or after the Effective Date. The rights and benefits, if any, of each other Employee shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Prior Plan in effect on the date such Employee terminates his employment or participation.

ARTICLE IV

Contributions

4.1 Participant Contributions . No Participant shall be required or permitted to make any contributions to the Plan.

4.2 Company Contributions . All contributions necessary to provide the benefits under the Plan shall be made by the Company. Such Company contributions shall be made to the Trustee from time to time in amounts sufficient for the operation of the Plan on a sound actuarial basis, as determined on the basis of periodic computations made by the Actuary. The contributions by the Company for any Plan Year shall be paid over to the Trust Fund within the period, including any extensions, prescribed by law for filing the Federal income tax return of the Company for the fiscal year ending with, or within which ends, the Plan Year. All such contributions are hereby conditioned on their deductibility under Section 404 of the Code,

4.3 Limited Return of Contributions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any contribution which is made by the Company under a mistake of fact, or which was conditioned upon the deductibility of such contribution under Section 404 of the Code, but the deduction of which is disallowed or treated as disallowed, shall upon the request of the Company be returned to it within one year following the payment of such contribution or the disallowance of such deduction (to the extent disallowed), whichever is applicable.

ARTICLE V

Retirement

5.1 Retirement at Normal Retirement Date . A Participant may retire from the employ of the Company and the Affiliated Companies as of his Normal Retirement Date. In that event, the Participant will be entitled to receive a benefit in the amount, and commencing at the time, specified in Section 6.1.

 

- 20 -


5.2 Early Retirement . A Participant who has attained age 55 while an Employee and completed five or more Years of Service may elect to retire before his Normal Retirement Date. In that event, the Participant will be entitled to receive a benefit in the amount, and commencing at the time, specified in Section 6.2. Each Participant who remains an Employee until he reaches age 55 will have a fully vested and nonforfeitable interest in his benefit under the Plan.

5.3 Disability Retirement . A Participant who has completed five or more Years of Service and who incurs a Disability may apply to the Administrator for retirement within nine months of the date the Disability was incurred. Such a Participant will be entitled to a benefit in the amount specified, and in accordance with the provisions of, Section 6.3.

5.4 Late Retirement . A Participant who remains an Employee after his Normal Retirement Date will be entitled to receive a benefit in the amount, and commencing at the time, specified in Section 6.4.

ARTICLE VI

Benefits

6.1 Normal Retirement Benefit .

 

  (a) Each Participant who retires at his Normal Retirement Date will be entitled to a monthly amount of benefit, payable as provided in Section 6.8, equal to (a) 1 1/2 percent of the Participant’s Average Monthly Compensation, less (b) .45 percent of the lesser of (i) his monthly Covered Compensation or (ii) his monthly Final Average Compensation, for each year of Credited Service up to 30 years, less (c) the Frozen Actuarial Equivalent Value of his account and the Offset Amount, as applicable to the Participant. The benefit of any Participant who incurs a Break in Service which results in a loss of Credited Service shall be determined without subtracting the Frozen Actuarial Equivalent Value of his account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s benefit shall not be less than his Accrued Benefit as of March 31, 1995 or, if greater, December 31, 2004.

 

  (b) Each Participant as of December 31, 2004 who retires on or after attaining age 60 shall be entitled to receive a monthly benefit determined in accordance with Section 6.1(a); provided , however, that such benefit shall be determined without regard to Credited Service after December 31, 2004.

6.2 Early Retirement Benefit .

 

  (a) Each Participant who, prior to January 1, 2005, retires early in accordance with Section 5.2 will be entitled to receive a monthly amount of benefit equal to his Accrued Benefit, payable as provided in Section 6.8, commencing on his Normal Retirement Date. Such Participant may, however, elect to receive a reduced amount of benefit commencing on the date of his early retirement or the first day of any month thereafter, but prior to his Normal Retirement Date. In that event, the monthly amount of benefit payable to a Participant described in this Section 6.2(a) will be the amount of retirement benefit to which he would otherwise be entitled commencing on his Normal Retirement Date reduced by 1/2 percent for each month by which his Annuity Starting Date precedes his Normal Retirement Date.

 

- 21 -


  (b) Each Participant who, after December 31, 2004, retires early in accordance with Section 5.2 will be entitled to receive a monthly amount of benefit equal to his Accrued Benefit, payable as provided in Section 6.8, commencing on his Normal Retirement Date. Such Participant may, however, elect to receive a reduced amount of benefit commencing on the date of his early retirement or the first day of any month thereafter, but prior to his Normal Retirement Date. In that event, the monthly amount of benefit payable to a Participant described in this Section 6.2(b) will be the sum of the following (1) and (2):

 

  (i) the monthly amount that such Participant would be entitled to under Section 6.2(a) had he retired as of December 31, 2004 and elected to receive an early retirement benefit thereunder, provided however, that for purposes of computing such benefit, the Participant’s Average Monthly Compensation and Final Average Compensation shall be determined as of his actual retirement date, and

 

  (ii) the monthly amount that such Participant would be entitled to commencing on his Normal Retirement Date based on Credited Service after December 31, 2004 reduced by (i)  1 /2 percent for each month, during the sixty (60) month period ending on his Normal Retirement Date (the “6% reduction period”), by which his Annuity Starting Date precedes his Normal Retirement Date, and (ii) 1/3 percent for each month, during the sixty (60) month period ending at the commencement of the 6% reduction period, by which his Annuity Starting Date precedes his Normal Retirement Date.

6.3 Disability Retirement . Each Participant who retires as a result of Disability in accordance with Section 5.3 will be entitled to a monthly amount of benefit, payable as provided in Section 6.8, determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.1, but based on his Average Monthly Compensation as of the date of Disability and his Credited Service projected as if he were continuously employed to his Normal Retirement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Participant will be entitled to receive any Disability retirement benefit hereunder for any period prior to his Normal Retirement Date during which he is receiving benefits under any long-term disability plan sponsored by the Company or an Affiliated Company.

Disability will be considered to have ended and entitlement to a Disability retirement benefit will cease if, prior to his Normal Retirement Date, (a) the Participant is reemployed by the Company, or (b) he ceases to qualify for a Social Security disability benefit and the Administrator determines that he no longer has a Disability. If entitlement to a Disability retirement benefit ceases in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph, the Participant may nevertheless qualify for a benefit hereunder in accordance with other provisions of the Plan, based on his Compensation and Credited Service including the period of Disability.

 

- 22 -


6.4 Late Retirement Benefit . Each Participant who retires after his Normal Retirement Date in accordance with Section 5.4 will be entitled to receive a monthly amount of benefit, payable as provided in Section 6.8, computed in accordance with Section 6.1, but based on his Average Monthly Compensation, Credited Service, Covered Compensation, Final Average Compensation and Primary Social Security Benefit as of his actual retirement date; provided , however , that in no event shall such benefit be less than his benefit computed as of his Normal Retirement Date. In the event of a late retirement, the Participant’s benefits shall commence on the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date of his actual retirement or, if earlier, the date specified in Section 6.18(b).

6.5 Supplemental Retirement Benefit . A Participant who retires on or after his Early Retirement Date and has completed five years of Credited Service will be eligible for a supplemental retirement benefit payable to and including the month of his death or the attainment of age 65, whichever occurs first. The supplemental retirement benefit payable at the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date on a single-life basis shall be equal to .45 percent of the lesser of (a) his Covered Compensation and (b) his Final Average Compensation, for each year of Credited Service up to 30 years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any supplemental retirement benefit accrue under this Section 6.5 after December 31, 2004.

If a Participant elects early commencement of his benefit under Section 5.2, the supplemental retirement benefit shall commence as of the same date and shall be reduced as provided in Section 6.2.

The amount of the supplemental retirement benefit determined under the provisions of this Section 6.5 shall not be decreased by reason of any increase in the benefit levels payable or any increase in the wage base under Title II of the Social Security Act if such increase occurs after the date of the Participant’s separation from the service of the Company and the Affiliated Companies.

6.6 Death Benefits . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.6, or under a form of benefit payable under Section 6.8, no death benefits will be payable under the Plan to anyone following the death of the Participant.

 

  (a) In the case of a married Participant who is vested in all or a portion of his benefit under the Plan, and who dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date, his surviving spouse will be entitled to receive a monthly survivor benefit, as follows:

 

  (i) If the Participant dies on or before attaining age 55, his spouse’s survivor benefit will commence on the first day of the month coinciding with or next following (A) the date the Participant would have attained age 55 or (B) such later date, but not later than the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, as the spouse shall elect. The amount of the benefit will equal the survivor benefit that

 

- 23 -


  would have been payable if the Participant had terminated employment on the date of his death, had chosen to have benefit payments commence in the joint and survivor annuity form described in Section 6.8 on the date elected under (A) or (B) above, and had survived to and died the day following the day elected under (A) or (B) above.

 

  (ii) If the Participant dies after attaining age 55, his spouse’s survivor benefit will commence on the first day of the month coinciding with or next following (A) the date the Participant died or (B) the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, as the spouse shall elect. The benefit will be in the same amount as the survivor benefit that would have been payable if the Participant had retired on the day before the date of his death and commenced receiving benefits on the date described in (A) or (B) above in the joint and survivor annuity form described in Section 6.8.

 

  (iii) Any election under this Section 6.6 shall be made in writing in such form and during such period of time as the Administrator shall prescribe.

 

  (b) In the case of a Participant who dies after his Annuity Starting Date, no benefit will be payable after the death of the Participant except as may be provided under the form of benefit in effect with respect to such Participant.

6.7 Termination of Employment . Each Participant who has completed five or more years of Vesting Service and whose employment with the Company and the Affiliated Companies terminates for reasons other than retirement or death will be entitled to receive a monthly amount of benefit equal to his Accrued Benefit, payable as provided in Section 6.8, commencing on his Normal Retirement Date. Subject to the spousal consent requirements of Section 6.10, such a Participant may elect, in such form and manner as the Administrator may prescribe, to have his benefits commence on the first day of any month after he attains age 55, but before his Normal Retirement Date. In such event, the Participant will be entitled to the reduced benefit described in Section 6.2.

6.8 Form of Benefits . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.8, the normal form of benefit payable to a Participant under the Plan will be a benefit payable monthly during his lifetime, the first payment to be due on the date his benefits commence under the Plan and the last payment to be due as of the first day of the month in which his death occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant is married on his Annuity Starting Date and he has not made an effective election of an optional form of benefit under Section 6.9, then his benefit will be payable in a 50 percent joint and survivor form, under which a reduced benefit will be payable to the Participant during his lifetime, and upon his death one half of such reduced benefit will be paid to the Participant’s spouse during the spouse’s lifetime, if the spouse survives the Participant; provided, however, that at the election of the Participant, the joint and survivor form of benefit may be payable in a seventy-five (75%) percent joint and survivor form,

 

- 24 -


under which a reduced benefit will be payable to the Participant during his lifetime and, upon his death, seventy-five (75%) percent of such reduced benefit will be paid to the Participant’s spouse during the spouse’s lifetime, if the spouse survives the Participant, such election to be made in accordance with such requirements as the Treasury Secretary may prescribe. Such joint and survivor form of benefit shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the normal form of benefit otherwise payable to the Participant.

6.9 Election Not to Take Joint and Survivor Annuity . A married Participant may elect not to take the joint and survivor form of benefit and to have his benefit paid in the normal form of a single life annuity, as described in Section 6.8. Any such election shall be made on a form provided by the Administrator and during the election period described in (a) below. No such election shall be effective unless the Participant’s spouse consents to the election in accordance with Section 6.10 below.

 

  (a) Election Period . The election period will consist of the 180-day period preceding the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date and ending on such Date.

 

  (b) Information to be Furnished to Participant . The Administrator shall provide each married Participant with a written explanation of the joint and survivor annuity form of benefit described in Section 6.8. This explanation will be written in nontechnical terms and will contain:

 

  (i) the terms and conditions of the joint and survivor annuity;

 

  (ii) the Participant’s right, if any, to make, and the effect of, an election to waive the joint and survivor annuity;

 

  (iii) the rights of the Participant’s spouse under Section 6.10 to consent to a waiver of the joint and survivor annuity; and

 

  (iv) the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of an election to waive payment in the joint and survivor annuity form of benefit.

The Administrator will also furnish such Participants with a general description of the eligibility conditions and other material features of the normal form of a single life annuity, including sufficient information as to the relative value of such optional form of payment. The Administrator shall provide the foregoing explanation and other information, in such manner and in accordance with such procedures as may be required by regulations promulgated under Section 417 of the Code, within the period beginning 180 days prior to the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date and ending 30 days prior to such Date. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Administrator may provide the foregoing explanation after the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date (subject to applicable Treasury Regulations, if any), provided that the applicable election period under Section 417 of the Code shall not end before the 30th day after the date on which the foregoing explanation is provided. A Participant may elect (with spousal consent, if applicable) to waive the requirement that the foregoing explanation be provided at least 30 days before the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date (or to waive the 30-day requirement under the preceding sentence), provided that the benefit distribution commences more than 7 days after such explanation is furnished.

 

- 25 -


  (c) Revocation . A Participant may revoke any election made by him under this Section 6.9 without the requirement of spousal consent, by filing a written revocation with the Administrator any time during the election period described in (a) above. Such revocation shall not prevent the Participant from making a subsequent election under this Section during the election period described in (a) above, subject, however, to Section 6.10.

6.10 Spousal Consent . No election by a married Participant to waive the joint and survivor annuity pursuant to Section 6.9 shall be effective, and no distribution shall be made or commence to a married Participant prior to his attainment of age 62, unless:

 

  (a) the spouse of the Participant consents in writing to such election, and the spouse’s consent acknowledges the effect of such election and the specific form of benefits or nonspouse beneficiary, if any, including any class of beneficiaries and any contingent beneficiaries (or, with respect to subsequent designations, the consent of the spouse expressly permits such designations without any requirement of further consent by such spouse), and such consent is witnessed by a notary public; or

 

  (b) it is established to the satisfaction of the Administrator that the required consent may not be obtained because there is no spouse, because the spouse cannot be located, or because of such other circumstances as the Secretary of the Treasury may by regulations prescribe.

Any such consent by the spouse or establishment that the consent of a spouse may not be obtained under (a) or (b) above shall be effective only with respect to such spouse. Any consent that permits beneficiary designations or the election of optional forms of benefit by the Participant without any requirement of further consent must acknowledge the spouse’s right to limit consent to a specific beneficiary or optional form of benefit and the spouse’s voluntary election to relinquish such rights. Any election and spousal consent under this Section 6.10 must be made in such form and manner as the Administrator may prescribe.

6.11 Cash-Outs of Certain Benefits . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, with respect to any Participant whose employment with the Company and the Affiliated Companies terminates for any reason and who is entitled to a nonforfeitable benefit under the Plan, if the Actuarial Equivalent single sum value of such benefit does not, and did not at the time of any prior distribution, exceed $5,000, the Participant’s benefit shall be distributed in cash or in kind in a lump sum within one year of his termination of participation in the Plan; provided, however, that for Plan Years beginning before August 6, 1997, the foregoing $5,000 limit shall be replaced by $3,500; and provided further that for distributions on or after March 22, 1999, the Actuarial Equivalent single sum value of a nonforfeitable benefit shall be determined at the time of the distribution without regard to the present value of the benefit at the time of any earlier distribution, provided, however, that if a Participant has begun to receive distributions pursuant

 

- 26 -


to an optional form of benefit under which at least one scheduled periodic distribution is still payable and if the Actuarial Equivalent single sum value of the Participant’s nonforfeitable benefit exceeded $5,000 at the time of the first distribution under the optional form of benefit, then the Actuarial Equivalent single sum value of the Participant’s nonforfeitable benefit may be distributed pursuant to this Section. Effective as of March 28, 2005, in the event of a mandatory distribution greater than $1,000 in accordance with the provisions of this Section, if the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant in a direct rollover, including elections made in accordance with Section 6.13, or to receive the distribution directly in accordance with Section 6.7, then the Administrator will pay the distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Administrator.

6.12 Repayment of Distributions . If a former Participant who received a distribution pursuant to Sections 6.7 or 6.11 again becomes a Participant, he may repay to the Plan the full amount of such distribution, with interest at the rate of 120 percent of the Federal mid-term rate as in effect for the first month of the Plan Year in which such distribution was made, compounded annually, from the date of such distribution to the date repayment is made by the Participant. Such repayment must be made before the earlier of (a) the close of the period in which the Participant incurs five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service commencing with the distribution and (b) the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s reemployment with the Company. In the event that no repayment is made, the amount of monthly benefits otherwise payable to the Participant under the Plan shall be appropriately adjusted.

6.13 Direct Rollover . With respect to distributions made on or after January 1, 1993, a Participant may elect to have all or any portion of a distribution paid in the form of a direct rollover to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or (b) of the Code, an annuity plan qualified under Section 403(a) of the Code, or a plan and trust qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, if such plan accepts direct rollover distributions. With respect to distributions made after December 31, 2001, a Participant may elect to have all or any portion of a distribution that qualifies as an eligible rollover distribution within the meaning of Section 402(c)(4) of the Code to be paid in the form of a direct rollover to an eligible retirement plan, including a qualified retirement plan, individual retirement account, an annuity contract described in Section 402(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code, which is maintained by a state political subdivision of a state or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 6.13 shall not apply to any distribution that is (a) one of a series of substantially equal installments over the life expectancy of the Participant or the joint life expectancies of the Participant and his beneficiary, or over a fixed period of ten years or more, (b) a required minimum distribution under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, (c) a distribution (or portion of a distribution) of amounts not otherwise includable in income, (d) a distribution in an amount less than $200, (e) a hardship distribution described in Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(iv) of the Code received after December 31, 1999, or (f) a distribution that is otherwise not an eligible rollover distribution, within the meaning of Section 402(f)(2)(A) of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder. Any election pursuant to this Section 6.13 shall be made in such form and manner as the Administrator may prescribe and shall specify the retirement plan to which the distribution is to be made. Any such election may be revoked by the Participant at any time prior to the time distribution is made. If no election is made by the Participant under this Section, the distribution

 

- 27 -


shall be paid to the Participant. If any distribution is payable to the spouse, former spouse or non-spousal beneficiary (as hereafter defined) of a Participant, this Section shall apply as if such spouse, former spouse or non-spousal beneficiary were the Participant, except that any such distribution may be directly rolled over only to an individual retirement account or annuity. As used herein, “non-spousal beneficiary” means a designated beneficiary (as defined in Section 401(a)(9)(E) of the Code) of the Participant, who is not the surviving spouse of the Participant and on whose behalf a trustee-to-trustee distribution may be made pursuant to Section 402(c)(11) of the Code.

The Administrator shall provide Participants with notice with respect to the direct rollover of eligible rollover distributions no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior to the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date; provided , however , that if the distribution is not subject to Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code, the Participant may affirmatively elect, in accordance with such procedures as the Administrator may prescribe, to have benefits commence sooner than 30 days after such notice. An election made under this Section 6.13 shall be irrevocable.

6.14 Change of Vesting Schedule . If the Plan is amended at any time and such amendment directly or indirectly affects the computation of the nonforfeitable interest of a Participant in his benefit under the Plan, such amendment shall apply to any Participant who has completed three years of Credited Service as of the end of the period described below only to the extent that the Participant’s nonforfeitable interest in his benefit is equal to or greater than such interest determined without regard to the amendment. The period will begin on the date the amendment of the vesting schedule is adopted and will end on the date which is 60 days after the latest of (a) the date on which the amendment is adopted and (b) the date on which the amendment becomes effective.

6.15 Immediate Distributions . No distribution will be made to a Participant of his benefits under the Plan before he reaches age 62, unless the written consent of the Participant has been obtained. Such consent shall be made in writing within the 90-day period ending on the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date. Within the period beginning 90 days before the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date and ending 30 days before such Date, the Administrator will provide the Participant with written notice comparable to the notice described in Section 6.9(b) containing a general description of the material features and an explanation of the relative values of the optional forms of benefit available under the Plan and informing the Participant of his right to defer receipt of the distribution until his attainment of age 62; provided , that if the distribution is not subject to Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code, the Participant may affirmatively elect to have Benefits commence less than 30 days after such notice. If the Participant is married, consent of the Participant’s spouse must also be obtained in such circumstances unless the Participant has effectively waived the joint and survivor annuity under Section 6.9 or distribution will be made in the joint and survivor annuity form described in Section 6.8. A spouse’s consent to early distribution, if required, must satisfy the requirements of Section 6.10. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s benefits may be distributed without the consent of the Participant or the Participant’s spouse under Section 6.11 or to the extent that a distribution is required to satisfy Sections 401(a)(9) or 415 of the Code.

 

- 28 -


6.16 Required Distributions . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, distribution of benefits under the Plan shall satisfy the requirements of this Section 6.16. The benefits of a Participant will be distributed (a) to the Participant in full not later than the required beginning date, or (b) beginning not later than the required beginning date, to the Participant over the life of the Participant, or to the Participant and his designated beneficiary over the lives of the Participant and such beneficiary. For purposes of this Section 6.16, a Participant’s “required beginning date” shall be the date determined under Section 6.18(b) with respect to the Participant, and the term “designated beneficiary” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder.

In the event that distribution of benefits to a Participant has commenced and the Participant dies prior to the distribution of his entire benefit, but after the required beginning date, the remaining portion of the benefit will be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution used as of the date of the Participant’s death. In the event a Participant dies before distribution of benefits has commenced or after actual commencement but before the required beginning date, the remaining benefit will be distributed within five years unless the benefit is payable to a designated beneficiary, in which case such benefit will be distributed, beginning not later than one year after the death of the Participant (or such other time as may be prescribed by regulations), over the life of such beneficiary; provided , that if the designated beneficiary is the Participant’s spouse, distributions will not be required to commence hereunder earlier than the date on which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2 and, in the event the Participant’s spouse dies prior to the commencement of distributions, the provisions of this Section 6.16 shall apply as if such spouse were the Participant. Any distribution required under the incidental death benefit requirements of Section 401(a)(9)(G) of the Code will be treated as a distribution required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and this Section. The provisions of this Section will be interpreted and applied in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.

6.17 Required Minimum Distributions . All distributions of benefits will be made in accordance with regulations under Section 409(a)(9) of the Code, including Sections 1.401(a)(9)-l and 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the Final Regulations or any successor regulations of similar import. For this purpose, life expectancies will be determined in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, provided, that a participant and his or her spouse may elect to have life expectancies recalculated annually. Any distribution of benefits required to meet the incidental benefit requirement of Section 401(a) is considered a required distribution under Section 401(a)(9).

6.18 Latest Commencement Date of Benefits . In no case will the payment of benefits to any Participant commence later than the earlier of:

 

  (a) unless the Participant otherwise elects in writing, the sixtieth day after the latest of the following:

 

  (i) the close of the Plan Year in which occurs the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date;

 

- 29 -


  (ii) the close of the Plan Year in which occurs the tenth anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or

 

  (iii) the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant ceases to be an Employee; and

 

  (b) the April 1 next following the end of the later of (i) the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2, and (ii) except with respect to a Participant who is a 5 percent owner (as defined in Section 416(i)(l)(B)(i) of the Code) of the Company or any Affiliated Company for the Plan Year ending in the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2, the calendar year in which the Participant retires.

 

  (i) 5 percent owner. A Participant is treated as a 5 percent owner for purposes of this Section 6.18 if such Participant is a 5 percent owner as defined in Section 416 of the Code at anytime during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which such owner attains age 70 1/2. Once distributions have begun to a 5 percent owner under this Section 6.18, they must continue to be distributed, even if the Participant ceases to be a 5 percent owner in a subsequent year.

 

  (ii) Actuarial Increase. A Participant’s accrued benefit shall be actuarially increased to take into account the period after age 70 1/2 in which the Employee does not receive any distribution of benefits under the Plan. The actuarial increase begins on the April 1 following the calendar year in which the Employee attains age 70 1/2 (January 1, 1997 in the case of an Employee who attained age 70 1/2 prior to 1996), and ends on the date on which benefits commence after retirement in an amount sufficient to satisfy Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.

The amount of actuarial increase payable as of the end of the period for actuarial increases provided for under this Section 6.18 must be no less than the Actuarial Equivalent of the Employee’s retirement benefits that would have been payable as of the date the actuarial increase must commence plus the Actuarial Equivalent of additional benefits accrued after that date, reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent of any distributions made after that date. For purposes of Section 411(b)(1)(H) of the Code, the actuarial increase will be treated as an adjustment attributable to the delay in distribution of benefits after the attainment of normal retirement age. Accordingly, to the extent permitted under Section 411(b)(1)(H) of the Code, the actuarial increase required under Section 401(a)(9)(C)(iii) of the Code may reduce the benefit accrual otherwise required under Section 411(b)(l)(H)(i) of the Code, except that the rules on the suspension of benefits are not applicable.

 

- 30 -


6.19 General Limitations on Benefits .

 

  (a) For Limitation Years ending after December 31, 2001:

 

  (i) The “defined benefit dollar limitation” is $160,000, as adjusted, effective January 1 of each year, under Section 415(d) of the Code in such manner as the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe, and payable in the form of a straight life annuity, provided that a limitation as adjusted under Section 415(d) will apply to Limitation Years ending with or within the calendar year for which the adjustment applies; and

 

  (ii) The “maximum permissible benefit” is the lesser of the defined benefit dollar limitation or the defined benefit compensation limitation (both adjusted where required, as provided in (1) and, if applicable, in (2) or (3) below).

 

  (1) If the Participant has fewer than 10 years of participation in the Plan, the defined benefit dollar limitation shall be multiplied by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the number of years (or part thereof) of participation in the Plan and (ii) the denominator of which is 10. In the case of a Participant who has fewer than 10 Years of Service with the Company, the defined benefit compensation limitation shall be multiplied by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the number of years (or part thereof) of service with the employer and (ii) the denominator of which is 10.

 

  (2) If the benefit of a Participant begins prior to age 62, the defined benefit dollar limitation applicable to the participant at such earlier age is an annual benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity beginning at the earlier age that is the actuarial equivalent of the defined benefit dollar limitation applicable to the Participant at age 62 (adjusted under (1) above, if required). The defined benefit dollar limitation applicable at an age prior to age 62 is determined as the lesser of (i) the actuarial equivalent (at such age) of the defined benefit dollar limitation computed using the interest rate and mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in Section 2.2 and (ii) the actuarial equivalent (at such age) of the defined benefit dollar limitation computed using a 5 percent interest rate and the applicable mortality table as defined in Section 2.2. Any decrease in the defined benefit dollar limitation determined in accordance with this paragraph (2) shall not reflect a mortality decrement if benefits are not forfeited upon the death of the Participant. If any benefits are forfeited upon death, the full mortality decrement is taken into account.

 

- 31 -


  (3) If the benefit of a Participant begins after the Participant attains age 65, the defined benefit dollar limitation applicable to the Participant at the later age is the annual benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity beginning at the later age that is actuarially equivalent to the defined benefit dollar limitation applicable to the Participant at age 65 (adjusted under (1) above, if required). The actuarial equivalent of the defined benefit dollar limitation applicable at an age after age 65 is determined as (i) the lesser of the actuarial equivalent (at such age) of the defined benefit dollar limitation computed using the interest rate and mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in Section 2.2 and (ii) the actuarial equivalent (at such age) of the defined benefit dollar limitation computed using a 5 percent interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table as defined in Section 2.2. For these purposes, mortality between age 65 and the age at which benefits commence shall be ignored.

 

  (b) Maximum Annual Benefit . Subject to the adjustments described below, the annual benefit payable at any time to any Participant under the Plan may not, at any time within a Limitation Year, exceed the lesser of (i) the product of (A) $90,000 (or such other amount as may be specified by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate pursuant to Section 415(d) of the Code as effective for the calendar year which ends with the current Limitation Year) and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant’s years of participation (not to exceed ten years) in the Plan and the denominator of which is ten, and (ii) the product of (A) 100 percent of the Participant’s average Compensation for his high three years and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant’s years of service (not to exceed ten years) and the denominator of which is ten.

For purposes of this Section, in the case of any Participant, the terms “annual benefit,” “high three years,” “years of participation,” “years of service,” and “Social Security retirement age” will have the meanings given to them under Section 415 of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder. For purposes of applying the limitations set forth herein to benefits payable other than in the form of a single life annuity (without ancillary benefits) or qualified joint and survivor annuity, adjustment shall be made using the actuarial assumptions described in Section 2.2.

 

- 32 -


  (c) Limitations Applicable to Participants Who Also Participate in a Defined Contribution Plan . In the case of a Participant who at any time participates in a defined contribution plan (as defined in Section 415 of the Code and the regulations thereunder) maintained by the Company or an Affiliated Company, the sum of his defined benefit plan fraction, as determined under Section 415(e)(2) of the Code and the regulations thereunder) and his defined contribution plan fraction (as determined under Section 415(e)(3) of the Code and the regulations thereunder) shall not exceed 1.0.

For purposes of determining the defined benefit plan fraction and defined contribution plan fraction for any Participant, the adjustment described in Section 416(a) of the Code will apply unless the requirements of Section 416(b)(2)(A) and (B) of the Code are satisfied.

 

  (d) Adjustments to Limitations . If payment of the Participant’s benefit commences prior to the Social Security retirement age, the dollar amount of (b)(i)(A) above shall be reduced actuarially, using the actuarial assumptions described in Section 2.2, to reflect such early commencement, in accordance with Section 415(b)(2)(C) of the Code and applicable regulations thereunder. If payment of the Participant’s benefit commences subsequent to the Social Security retirement age, the dollar amount of (a)(i)(A) above shall be increased actuarially, using the actuarial assumptions described in Section 2.2 except that the interest rate shall be five percent, to reflect such late commencement.

 

  (e) Order of Limitations . Any reduction in the Participant’s annual benefit required to satisfy the limitations of subsections (b) or (c) above shall be applied first to the Participant’s benefit under this Plan and any other defined benefit plans before any reduction shall be applied to any defined contribution plan.

6.20 Limitations Applicable to Certain Employees and Former Employees . The limitations in this Section 6.20 shall be interpreted and applied in accordance with Section 401(a)(4) of the Code, applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder and such other guidance as may be issued by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

  (a) Limitations on Benefits . Upon termination of the Plan, the Accrued Benefit to which any Highly Compensated Employee or former Employee is entitled under the Plan shall not exceed the applicable limitations of Section 401(a)(4) of the Code.

 

  (b) Limitations on Distributions . In any Plan Year, the annual payments to which any Highly Compensated Employee or former Employee is entitled under the Plan shall not exceed the payments which would otherwise be payable to such Employee under a single life annuity which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the sum of such Employee’s Accrued Benefit and any other “benefit” (other than the supplemental retirement benefit), plus the amount of payments under the supplemental retirement benefit, to which such Employee is entitled under the Plan. The foregoing limitations shall not apply, however, if:

 

  (i) after payment of the Employee’s benefit, the value of the assets of the Plan equals or exceeds 110 percent of the value of its current liabilities, as defined in Section 412(1)(7) of the Code, or

 

- 33 -


  (ii) the value of the Employee’s benefit does not exceed one percent of the value of the current liabilities of the Plan before distribution of the Employee’s benefit.

The restrictions provided in this subsection (b) shall apply to any Highly Compensated Employee or former Employee who was among the 25 Employees with the greatest annual Compensation. For purposes of this subsection, “benefits” include loans in excess of the amounts set forth in Section 72(p)(2)(A) of the Code, any periodic income, any withdrawal values to a living Employee and any death benefits not provided for by insurance on the Employee’s life,

Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to May 14, 1990 distribution of benefits to any Highly Compensated Employee or former Employee who was among the 25 Employees with the greatest annual Compensation shall be subject to the restrictions of Treasury Regulations, Section 1.401-4(c) as from time to time in effect.

6.21 Transitional Rule for Certain Accrued Benefits . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan,

 

  (a) the benefit of a Participant under Section 6.1 shall not be less than his monthly amount of benefit accrued as of November 20, 1989 equal to (i) 1 1/2 percent of the Participant’s Average Monthly Compensation, less 1 2/3 percent of his Primary Social Security Benefit, for each year of Credited Service up to 30 years, less (ii) the Frozen Actuarial Equivalent Value of his account. The benefit of any Participant who incurs a Break in Service which results in a loss of Credited Service shall be determined without subtracting the Frozen Actuarial Equivalent Value of his account; and

 

  (b) the supplemental retirement benefit of a Participant under Section 6.5 shall not be less than 1 2/3 percent of his Primary Social Security Benefit for each year of Credited Service up to 30 years, determined as of November 20, 1989.

Any Participant described in Section 2.24(a) or (b) shall not be entitled to receive a distribution of benefits in excess of the Participant’s accrued benefit as of March 31, 1989 under the Prior Plan until such time as the Participant’s Accrued Benefit under the Plan exceeds such benefit.

Benefits under the Plan shall not accrue for a Participant until they exceed the accrued benefit of the Participant as of March 31, 1989 under the provisions of the Prior Plan.

 

- 34 -


6.22 Nonalienation of Benefits .

 

  (a) No benefit payable to any person under the Plan shall be subject to anticipation or assignment by such person or to attachment by or the interference or control of any creditor, or be taken or reached by any legal or equitable process in satisfaction of any debt or liability prior to actual receipt; provided , however , that this provision shall be inapplicable to the extent otherwise provided in a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code.

 

  (b) The non-alienation rule of subsection 6.22(a) above shall not apply to any offset, as defined by the Administrator, of a Participant’s benefit(s) under the Plan against an amount that the Participant is ordered or required to pay to the Plan if:

 

  (i) the order or requirement to pay arises (1) under a judgment of conviction for a crime involving the Plan; (2) under a civil judgment (including a consent order or decree) entered by a court in an action brought in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of the ERISA; or (3) pursuant to a settlement agreement between the Secretary of the United States Department of Labor and the Participant, or a settlement agreement between the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Participant, in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA by a fiduciary (as defined in Section 3(21) of ERISA) or any other person; and

 

  (ii) the judgment, order, decree, or settlement agreement expressly provides for the offset of all or part of the amount ordered or required to be paid to the Plan against the Participant’s benefit(s) provided under the Plan; and

 

  (iii) in a case in which the survivor annuity requirements of Section 205 of ERISA or Section 401(a)(11) of the Code apply with respect to distributions from the Plan to the Participant, if the Employee has a spouse at the time at which the offset is to be made;

 

  (1) either:

 

  (A) such spouse has consented in writing to such offset and such consent is witnessed by a notary public or Plan representative designated by the Participant (or it is established to the satisfaction of such Plan representative that such consent may not be obtained by reason of circumstances described in Section 205(c)(2)(5) of ERISA or Section 417(a)(2)(B) of the Code, or

 

- 35 -


  (B) an election to waive the right of the spouse to a qualified joint and survivor annuity or a qualified preretirement survivor annuity is in effect in accordance with the requirements of Section 205(c) of ERISA or Section 417(a) of the Code; or

 

  (2) such spouse is ordered or required in such judgment, order, decree, or settlement to pay an amount to the Plan in connection with a violation of Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA; or

 

  (3) in such judgment, order, decree, or settlement, such spouse retains the right to receive the survivor annuity under a qualified joint and survivor annuity provided pursuant to Section 205(a)(1) of ERISA or Section 401(a)(11)(A)(i) of the Code, and under a qualified preretirement survivor annuity provided pursuant to Section 205(a)(2) of ERISA or Section 401(a)(11)(A)(ii) of the Code, determined in accordance with Section 206(d)(5) of ERISA and Section 401(a)(13)(D) of the Code,

6.23 Distributions Required by a Qualified Relations Order . To the extent required by a qualified domestic relations order, within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code, the Administrator shall make distributions of a Participant’s benefit to alternate payees named in such order in a manner consistent with the distribution options otherwise available under the Plan, regardless of whether the Participant is otherwise entitled to a distribution at such time under the Plan.

6.24 No Vested Rights . A Participant who terminates employment with the Company and the Affiliated Companies for reasons other than retirement, disability or death and who has no vested benefit under the Plan shall be deemed to receive a distribution of zero benefits hereunder and shall promptly forfeit all rights to all benefits under the Plan.

6.25 Incapacity of Payee . Subject to any applicable regulations of the Department of the Treasury or the Department of Labor, if any person to whom a benefit is payable under the Plan is, in the opinion of the Administrator, incapable for any reason of handling his affairs at the time payment thereof is due, such payment (unless prior demand therefor is made to the Administrator or the Trustee by a duly qualified guardian or other legally qualified representative of such person) may be made to such person or persons comprised in the class consisting of the spouse, parents, brothers, sisters or issue of the person to whom the benefit is payable, as the Administrator may determine, and each payment made pursuant to such determination shall constitute a full discharge of all liability under the Plan with respect thereto.

 

- 36 -


6.26 Inability to Locate Participant or Beneficiary . In the event that the Administrator is unable to locate a Participant or his beneficiary at the time any payments are due under the Plan, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to withhold and set aside all payments due to such Participant or beneficiary until the earlier of (a) the date such Participant or beneficiary is located, in which event the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to pay all amounts currently payable and thereafter make further payments required by the Plan, and (b) the date the Plan is terminated, in which event such amount set aside for such Participant or beneficiary shall be dealt with as provided by applicable state law. Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrator may, but shall not be required to, use the Internal Revenue Service’s letter forwarding program referenced in Revenue Procedure 94-22, 1994-1 C.B. 608, to attempt to locate missing Participants and beneficiaries.

ARTICLE VII

Top Heavy Provisions

7.1 Top Heavy Minimum Benefits . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the benefit payable at any time to each Participant who is not a key employee in a Plan Year which is a top heavy plan year, determined as of the end of such Plan Year (and as of the end of any subsequent Plan Year) and expressed as an annual benefit payable as a single life annuity commencing at the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, shall not be less than the lesser of

 

  (a) the product of two percent of his high five year Compensation and the number of his years of service for minimum benefit purposes, and

 

  (b) 20 percent of his high five year Compensation.

If payment of the Participant’s benefit under the Plan is suspended in circumstances in which such suspension would constitute, but for Section 411(a)(3)(B) of the Code and Section 203(a)(3)(B) of ERISA, a forfeiture of benefits, the minimum benefit described above, to the extent affected by such suspension, will be actuarially increased (using the assumptions set forth in Section 2.2) to reflect such period of suspension.

7.2 Special Vesting . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, each individual who is a Participant at any time during a Plan Year which is a top heavy plan year shall have a fully vested and nonforfeitable interest in not less a percentage of his Accrued Benefit than is set forth in the following schedule, based on his completed years of Vesting Service:

 

Years of Vesting Service

   Applicable Nonforfeitable Percentage  

Less than 2

     0   

2 but less than 3

     20   

3 but less than 4

     40   

4 but less than 5

     60   

5 or more

     100   

In the event any Plan Year subsequent to a top heavy plan year is not itself a top heavy plan year, the foregoing special vesting schedule shall apply to benefits accrued through the close of the last Plan Year which was a top heavy plan year.

 

- 37 -


7.3 Definitions . Except where otherwise expressly noted, for purposes of this Article,

 

  (a) “high five year Compensation” means the average of the Participant’s Compensation for those five consecutive years of service for minimum benefit purposes (or if the Participant has less than five such years, then for his number of consecutive years of service for minimum benefit purposes) for which his aggregate Compensation is greatest. Any Plan Year which is not a year of service for minimum benefit purposes shall be ignored in determining whether the Participant’s years of service for minimum benefit purposes are consecutive.

 

  (b) “key employee” means any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the determination date was an officer of the Company having annual Compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Section 416(i)(l) of the Code for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of the Company, or a 1-percent owner of the Company having annual Compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual Compensation means compensation within the meaning of Section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with Section 416(i)(l) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

 

  (c) “top heavy plan year” means a Plan Year if the sum of the present value of the total accrued benefits of all key employees under the Plan and under each other defined benefit plan (as of the applicable determination date of each such plan) which is aggregated with this Plan and the sum of the account balances of all key employees under each defined contribution plan (as of the applicable determination date of each such plan) which is aggregated with this Plan exceeds 60 percent of the sum of such amounts for all Employees or former Employees (other than former key employees but including beneficiaries of deceased former Employees) under such plans. The following rules shall apply for purposes of these determinations:

 

  (i) The foregoing determination will be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 416 of the Code, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, which are specifically incorporated herein by reference.

 

  (ii) The term “determination date” means, with respect to the initial plan year of a plan, the last day of such plan year and, with respect to any other plan year of a plan, the last day of the preceding plan year of such plan. The term “applicable determination date” means, with respect to the Plan, the determination date for the Plan Year of reference and, with respect to any other plan, the

 

- 38 -


  determination date for any plan year of such plan which falls within the same calendar year as the applicable determination date of the Plan. Accrued benefits or account balances under a plan will include all such amounts other than deductible employee contributions and will be determined as of the most recent valuation date in the 12-month period ending on the applicable determination date of the plan; provided , however , that in the case of a defined benefit plan such valuation date must be the same date as employed for minimum funding purposes, and in the case of a defined contribution plan the value so determined will be adjusted for contributions made after the valuation date to the extent required by applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

  (iii) Each plan of the Company or any Affiliated Company in which a key employee participates, and any other plan of the Company or an Affiliated Company which enables a plan referred to in the preceding clause to satisfy the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code, shall be aggregated with the Plan. Any plan of the Company or an Affiliated Company not required to be aggregated with the Plan may nevertheless, at the discretion of the Administrator, be aggregated with the Plan if the benefits and coverage of all aggregated plans would continue to satisfy the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

 

  (d) “year of service for minimum benefit purposes” means, with respect to any Participant, each year of Credited Service, excluding any such Service during a Plan Year which was not a top heavy plan year or which ended before January 1, 1984.

7.4 Determination of Top Heavy Status . Notwithstanding any provision of this Article VII to the contrary, the following shall apply for purposes of determining the accrued benefit and account balances of Employees as of the determination date. The present value of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an Employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “5-year period” for “l-year period.” The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the Company during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account.

 

- 39 -


ARTICLE VIII

Funding of Plan

8.1 Description of Trustee . To carry out the provisions of the Plan, MacDermid, Incorporated shall enter into a Trust Agreement with one or more persons who shall act as the Trustee or Trustees hereunder, under which Trust Agreement the Trustee shall receive the contributions of the Company and deposit them in the Trust Fund to be held, invested, reinvested and distributed by such Trustee as therein provided.

MacDermid, Incorporated may remove any Trustee, or any succeeding Trustee, acting hereunder at any time by written notice delivered or mailed by registered mail to such Trustee, or such Trustee may resign at any time by written notice delivered or mailed by registered mail to the Company, the effective date of such removal or resignation to be that provided for in the Trust Agreement.

In the event of a vacancy in the office of Trustee, MacDermid, Incorporated shall designate a successor Trustee who, upon his acceptance in writing of the office of Trustee hereunder, shall be and become a Trustee hereunder and shall have the same rights, powers and duties as are conferred upon a Trustee hereunder and under the Trust Agreement, and shall be vested with title to the funds and property then constituting the Trust Fund as provided herein and in the Trust Agreement, all without the necessity of any act of transfer or conveyance.

8.2 Funding Policy and Method . MacDermid, Incorporated shall establish a funding policy and method consistent with the objectives of the Plan and the requirements of ERISA and the Code. Participating Companies shall make contributions under the Plan in accordance with such policy. To the extent permitted by law, MacDermid, Incorporated may rely on the estimate provided by the Actuary of the amounts of contributions to be made by it which would accomplish the purposes of the Plan, consistent with the requirements of Title I of ERISA and the Code, and neither the Company, nor the Administrator, nor the Trustee shall be liable in any manner if the Trust Fund shall be insufficient to provide for the payment of all benefits. Such benefits shall be payable only from the Trust Fund and only to the extent the Trust Fund shall suffice therefor.

The Company reserves, in its sole discretion, the right to determine or change the method of funding and the time of making and the amount of its contributions and all matters relating to the financing of the Plan.

ARTICLE IX

Administration of Plan

9.1 Appointment of Administrator . The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator who shall be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. All usual and reasonable expenses of the Administrator may be paid in whole or in part by the Company, and any expenses not paid by the Company shall be paid by the Trustee out of the principal or income of the Trust Fund. If the Administrator is an Employee he shall not receive compensation with respect to his services as Administrator. The Administrator may also appoint one or more assistant administrators and other persons, who shall serve at his pleasure, to assist him in the administration of the Plan and may allocate and delegate his fiduciary responsibilities under the Plan by written instrument in accordance with Section 405 of ERISA.

 

- 40 -


9.2 Duties . In addition to such powers and duties as may be specified elsewhere in this instrument, the Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to:

 

  (a) make and enforce such rules as he deems necessary or proper for the administration of the Plan;

 

  (b) determine all matters relating to the eligibility of persons to become Participants in the Plan and determine whether or not any eligible Employee has become a Participant in the Plan;

 

  (c) determine whether and when the employment of any Participant has been terminated and, if material to a determination of the benefits of such Participant, the cause of such termination;

 

  (d) decide all questions and disputes which may arise from time to time with respect to the rights under the Plan of Employees, Participants, and all other persons who may be entitled to benefits under the Plan;

 

  (e) compute, or cause to be computed, the amount of benefits which will be payable to any Participant or other person, to determine the person or persons to whom such benefits will be paid and to authorize the payment of such benefits;

 

  (f) from time to time in writing furnish to the Trustee all such information, data and directions as may be required by the Trustee or the terms of this instrument for the performance by the Trustee of its duties hereunder;

 

  (g) determine such matters as may from time to time be submitted to him by the Trustee which the Trustee states to be necessary for it properly to discharge its duties, powers and obligations under this instrument;

 

  (h) keep, or cause to be kept, such books and records as may be necessary or appropriate for the orderly administration of the Plan, all such books and records to be open to inspection at any time by the Company;

 

  (i) execute and file, or cause to be executed and filed, such reports or other documents, and make, or cause to be made, such disclosures, as the Plan or any one acting for the Plan may be required to execute and file or make by any applicable law or statute now or hereafter enacted, unless otherwise provided by such law or statute;

 

  (j) interpret and construe any and all of the provisions of this instrument; and

 

- 41 -


  (k) perform all such other duties and acts as may be required to be performed by the Administrator by the terms of this instrument and the operation of the Plan.

9.3 Effect of Interpretation or Determination . Any interpretation of the Plan or other determination with respect to the Plan by the Administrator shall be final and conclusive on all persons in the absence of clear and convincing evidence that the Administrator acted arbitrarily and capriciously.

9.4 Nondiscriminatory Exercise of Authority . Whenever, in the administration of the Plan, any discretionary action by the Administrator is required, he shall exercise his authority in a nondiscriminatory manner so that all persons similarly situated will receive substantially the same treatment.

9.5 Named Fiduciary . The Administrator will be a “named fiduciary” for purposes of Section 402(a)(1) of ERISA with authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, except that he will have no authority over the investment of the assets of the Trust Fund.

9.6 Indemnification . The Company agrees to indemnify the Administrator and save him harmless against any and all liability occasioned by or arising out of any action taken, suffered or omitted in good faith by him.

9.7 Examination of Records . The Administrator will make available to each Participant such of its records as pertain to him, for examination at reasonable times during normal business hours.

9.8 Claims and Review Procedures .

 

  (a) If any person believes he is being denied any rights or benefits under the Plan, such person may file a claim in writing with the Administrator. If any such claim is wholly or partially denied, the Administrator will notify such person of its decision in writing. Such notification will contain (i) specific reasons for the denial, (ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions, (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for such person to perfect such claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary and (iv) information as to the steps to be taken if the person wishes to submit a request for review. Such notification will be given within 90 days after the claim is received by the Administrator (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to such person within the initial 90-day period). If such notification is not given within such period, the claim will be considered denied as of the last day of such period and such person may request a review of his claim.

 

- 42 -


  (b) Review Procedure . Within 60 days after the date on which a person receives a written notice of a denied claim (or, if applicable, within 60 days after the date on which such denial is considered to have occurred) such person (or his duly authorized representative) may (i) file a written request with the Administrator for a review of his denied claim and of pertinent documents and (ii) submit written issues and comments to the Administrator. The Administrator will notify such person of its decision in writing. Such notification will be written in a manner calculated to be understood by such person and will contain specific reasons for the decision as well as specific references to pertinent Plan provisions. The decision on review will be made within 60 days after the request for review is received by the Administrator (or within 120 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the request, such as an election by the Administrator to hold a hearing, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to such person within the initial 60-day period). If the decision on review is not made within such period, the claim will be considered denied.

ARTICLE X

Amendment and Termination

10.1 Amendment . MacDermid, Incorporated shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, to modify or amend the Plan or any of its provisions by action of its Board of Directors, each such modification or amendment to be by instrument in writing, executed by MacDermid, Incorporated; provided , that no such modification or amendment shall be such, or shall be so construed, as to:

 

  (a) cause or permit any assets of the Trust Fund to be diverted to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants and their beneficiaries, as provided in Section 11.2;

 

  (b) reduce without his consent the benefit then accrued of any Participant; or

 

  (c) increase the duties or liabilities of the Trustee or Administrator without its written consent;

unless such modification or amendment is necessary or appropriate in order to qualify the Plan under the provisions of Section 401(a) of the Code or the Trust under Section 501(a) of the Code, or to retain for the Plan and Trust such qualified status, or for the Plan and Trust to meet the requirements of ERISA.

10.2 Termination . Although MacDermid, Incorporated expects to continue the Plan indefinitely, it expressly reserves the right to terminate it in whole or in part at any time by instrument in writing, such termination to be effective on the date specified in such instrument. Upon termination or partial termination of the Plan, the rights of each affected Participant or former Participant, to the benefit accrued to the date of such termination or partial termination, to the extent then funded, shall be nonforfeitable, and the assets of the Plan which have not previously been allocated to provide benefits hereunder shall be allocated by the Trustee in the order of precedence set forth in Section 4044(a) of ERISA; provided , however , that if any funds

 

- 43 -


remain after the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan, such remaining funds will be delivered over and paid to the Company. In order to provide for distribution of the amounts allocated in accordance with the preceding sentence, MacDermid, Incorporated, may, subject to the requirements of applicable law, direct that the Trustee (a) continue the Trust in existence or (b) purchase specified annuity contracts or make cash distributions, or may direct any combination of the foregoing; provided , however , that MacDermid, Incorporated, upon finding that it is not practicable or desirable in the circumstances to direct any of the foregoing with respect to some or all of the Participants or beneficiaries, may provide for the distribution of a part or all of the assets of the Trust Fund otherwise than through the continuance of the Fund or the purchase of annuity contracts with respect to such Participants or beneficiaries; and further provided , that no amount so allocated will be paid to any person prior to the time such payment is permitted under ERISA. No Participant or other person will have any rights or claims under the Plan beyond the sufficiency of the Trust Fund to provide benefits in accordance with the above provisions.

10.3 Notices With Respect to Termination . No payment of a benefit or distribution of assets shall be made by the Trustee hereunder until receipt by it of written confirmation from the Administrator that it has given all notices and prepared and filed all reports which may be required by law.

10.4 Termination in Event of Certain Changes in Ownership of the Company . In the event that at any time the Company shall have a “Principal Stockholder”, as hereinafter defined, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, unless a majority of the “Continuing Directors”, as hereinafter defined, shall have, on or before the date of termination hereinafter specified, voted to continue the Plan, the Plan shall terminate as of the twenty-first day next following the date on which the Board of Directors becomes aware that it has a Principal Stockholder. Thereupon, each Participant’s Accrued Benefit, based on his Credited Service and Compensation prior to the date of termination, shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable, and all such Accrued Benefits shall be immediately distributed to such Participants in the manner provided for in Section 10.2, In the event the aggregate value of the assets of the Trust Fund at the date of such termination is not sufficient to fund such vested benefits, then the Company shall be obligated promptly to make additional contributions to the Trust Fund in an amount equal to such deficiency. In no event, however, shall any assets of the Trust Fund revert to the Company upon such Plan termination, but any excess of such assets over the value necessary to fund the Accrued Benefits of all Participants shall instead be distributed to such Participants in proportion to their Accrued Benefits.

For purposes of this Section 10.4, (a) the term “Principal Stockholder” shall mean any corporation, person or other entity (“person”) owning beneficially, directly or indirectly, shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to cast 25 percent or more of the votes at the time entitled to be cast generally in the election of Directors by all of the outstanding shares of all classes of capital stock of the Company (other than any such shares held by any qualified employee benefit plan maintained by the Company), considered for purposes of this Section 10.4 as one class; (b) in determining such ownership, a person shall be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any shares of capital stock of the Company which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other person (i) with which it or its “affiliate” or “associate,” as hereinafter defined, has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding,

 

- 44 -


voting or disposing of capital stock of the Company or (ii) which is its “affiliate” or “associate;” (c) the term “Continuing Director” shall mean a person who was a member of the Board of Directors of the Company elected by the public stockholders prior to the time that the Company had a Principal Stockholder, or a person recommended to succeed a Continuing Director by a majority of Continuing Directors; (d) a person shall be deemed to be an “affiliate” of, or affiliated with, a specified person if such person directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified; and (e) the term “associate” used to indicate a relationship with any person shall mean (i) any corporation or organization (other than the Company or any subsidiary of the Company) of which such person is an officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10 percent or more of any class of equity security, (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home as such person.

ARTICLE XI

Miscellaneous Provisions

11.1 Participant and Employee Rights . This instrument and the Plan embodied herein shall not be deemed to give any Participant or any Employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or an Affiliated Company, or confer on or create in any Participant or any Employee any rights of any name or nature, legal or equitable, except such as are expressly set forth herein. Neither anything contained in this instrument nor any action taken by the Company hereunder shall in any way prevent the Company of an affiliated company from terminating at any time the employment of any Employee or Participant, present or future, nor subject it to any liability under this instrument for any such termination.

11.2 Exclusive Benefit of Participants . This instrument and the Plan embodied herein are for the exclusive benefit of the Employees of the Company. No part of the assets of the Trust Fund shall be held for purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants and their beneficiaries and the payment of expenses of administering the Plan and Trust. Under no circumstances, except as provided in Sections 4.3 or 10.2, shall any funds paid to the Trustee or any funds or property at any time held by the Trustee with respect to the Plan revert or inure to the possession, ownership or control, either directly or indirectly, of the Company.

11.3 Release by Participants . Except to the extent that it relieves the Company, the Administrator or the Trustee from responsibility or liability for any responsibility, obligation or duty owing to the Plan or any Participant, former Participant or beneficiary, any payment to any Participant or to any person entitled to a benefit under the Plan made in accordance with the provisions of the Plan shall to the extent thereof be in full satisfaction of all claims against any or all of the Trustees, the Administrator and the Company, any of whom may require such Participant or person, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release therefor in such form as shall be determined by the Trustee, the Administrator or the Company, as the case may be.

 

- 45 -


11.4 Merger . Subject to such conditions and modifications as may be imposed or permitted pursuant to regulations adopted by the Secretary of the Treasury, in the event of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with any other plan, or in the event of any transfer of assets and liabilities from the Plan to any other plan, the assets of the Plan applicable to any Participant shall be transferred to such other plan only if the benefit to which such Participant is entitled immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer (determined as if the plan had then terminated) is equal to or greater than the benefit which he would have been entitled to receive if the Plan had terminated prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer.

11.5 Governing Law . This instrument shall be construed, and the rights and liabilities of all persons hereunder shall be determined, in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut, to the extent not preempted by ERISA.

 

- 46 -

Exhibit 16.1

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, DC 20549

Commissioners:

We have read the statements made by Platform Specialty Products Corporation (previously known as Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited) within the section “Changes in Registrant’s Certifiying Accountant”, which we understand will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Item 304(a) of Regulation S-K as part of the Form S-4 of Platform Specialty Products Corporation dated November 4, 2013. We agree with the statements concerning our Firm in such Form S-4.

Very truly yours,

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

London, United Kingdom

November 4, 2013

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Platform Specialty Products Corporation (previously known as Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited) of our report dated October 30, 2013 relating to the financial statements of Platform Acquisition Holdings Limited, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

London, United Kingdom

December 11, 2013

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

MacDermid, Incorporated and subsidiaries:

We consent to the use of our report dated March 6, 2013, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of MacDermid, Incorporated and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Hartford, Connecticut

December 11, 2013